FAQs: Solar Powered Torch
Frequently asked questions
Can the spikes be removed so lights can be fixed to a wall or post?
Asked by Simon Dyson on 18 Apr 2022
Hi Simon. Yes, the spikes can be removed and these lights can be mounted on a wall/post.
hello. do you have any lights like this that can be swtiched on and off? not a dusk till dawn one, but you can turn on when you want to use them just not on all the time? Thank you
Asked by vanessa hurley-perera on 17 Apr 2022
Hi Vanessa. This light does have an on/off switch on the back, which can be turned off if you like.
Where is the solar panel for it to charge please?
Asked by Natalie Wilmot on 11 Apr 2022
Hi Natalie. The solar panel for this light is integrated and is located on the top of the light.
Hi - how do I know which mode the light is in and how do I switch it to the different modes? I've found the button at the back of the light so I'm assuming it's this put there's no indicator to show which mode you're in. Thanks
Asked by sarah hand on 9 Apr 2022
Hi Sarah. The round switch located on the back of the light, when clicked once the light will go on standard mode. When the button is clicked twice, this will put the light on powersaving mode. The third click will switch the light off. When the light is in power saving mode, it will be a little dimmer than in the standard mode.
Does this light have a motion sensor?
Asked by Alicia H on 31 Mar 2022
Hi Alicia. These particular ones are a dusk till dawn light. We do have a motion version, which will illuminate when motion has been detected. Link for Motion version.
Just checking that these lights are Sola Powered not wired
Asked by Susie on 28 Mar 2022
Hi Susie. Yes, this light is a solar-powered light.
the three way switch on my London mini lights has P and S mode. which one gives the most light. Thank you
Asked by Ian Mackenzie on 26 Mar 2022
There is S, P and off, The S which is standard mode gives out the most brightness.
Hi once it's set on outdoor setting and put on required colour do you leave it on and it will come on every night , or do u have to turn on and off every night pls?
Asked by Wendyhopkins on 25 Mar 2022
Hi Wendy. If you are using your light outdoors, you will be able to leave the light switched to the sun icon and leave it in position. Your light will then come on as soon as the solar panel detects darkness and stay on throughout the night.
What is the material composition of the solar panel frame, aluminium or plastic? Thanks.
Asked by Christine Davis on 24 Mar 2022
Hi There, The solar panel frame is made from Aluminium.
What is the output/wattage of this solar panel please.
Asked by Christine Davis on 24 Mar 2022
The panel is 12v.
II would like to purchase a replacement light for a mini London post.. Is this possible?
Asked by Mrs I Catterson on 22 Mar 2022
Hi there, The replacement part for this is available if you click here .
Where is the slide click on and off switch as I do not have one on my solar panel
Asked by Sue Cocksedge on 21 Mar 2022
Hi Sue. The on/off button on these lights is a push button and is located on the back of the solar panel.
I just bought atlas garden solar lights, Lost the top lens on one of the lights in a set of 4, where can I get one light replacement.
Asked by Ahmed Moneeb on 17 Mar 2022
Hi Ahmed. I am sorry to hear this. The lights for this unit cannot be purchased separately.
What is the Ip rating of this light please
Asked by Janice Davis on 16 Mar 2022
Hi Janice. the IP rating of this light is IP65.
Hi is this a self contained , wireless unit or does it require attaching to a solar panel ?
Asked by ANDREW KYLE on 14 Mar 2022
Hi Andrew. The solar panel for this light is integrated and is located on the top of the light.
How long does it take to charge before it can be used
Asked by Tricia Lawrence on 10 Mar 2022
If you can leave it switched off up to 3-5 days to base charge before turning on.
Hi If I just want to use these while I am on the patio but not at other times so when I come indoors I can turn them off ? Also can they be on a timer ie from dusk for 3 hours for example. Thank you
Asked by Alan on 10 Mar 2022
Hi Alan. These lights do come with an on/off switch. You can also use them as an outdoor dusk till dawn light, you would just need to switch to the sun icon on the base and place your light outside.
Do I need individual solar panel for each light or can I connect multiple wall lights to one solar panel?
Asked by Vinesh Shah on 8 Mar 2022
It's one panel per light, you cannot connect multiple wall lights to one panel Im afraid.
I want to buy these lights to take abroad. How do they come packed? Is the panel included?
Asked by Thelma Frye on 8 Mar 2022
The panel is connected.
Can the Solar panel be attached to a fence post ?
Asked by Robin Eyre on 8 Mar 2022
The solar panel is integrated into the light itself.
can these be run on a timer? need them to illuminate a sign but don't want them on after 11pm, is this doable? (it's 300m from the house so don't want to have to do it manually every time!)
Asked by charlie woodall on 8 Mar 2022
Hi Charlie. These lights are a dusk till dawn light, but can be switched on manually via the button on the back of the solar panel. You will be unable to run these lights on a timer.
Please can you tell me the position of the solar panel on the light? I cannot see in your photo, is it on the top along with the upward-facing light?
Asked by Alison on 6 Mar 2022
It is integrated on top of the light.
What is the size of the spike?
Asked by mark on 4 Mar 2022
It is 178mm long.
Once these units have been in direct sunlight for their initial charge, do they need to be in permanent direct sunlight to charge in normal circumstances? As an example, if they were only to receive sunlight for the morning, would they still provide 12 hours of light from dusk?
Asked by Andrew Almond on 3 Mar 2022
As long as they are in a south-facing position, they will come on however in winter it will come on for less than 12 hours as we don't get much sun then.
Can you tell me how you select the colours. I.e. are there seven separate colours that are static or can you wait for the whole range to cycle through and effectively freeze the colour on the shade that you like? I know this sounds like a unnecessary question I just would like something that is a sort of sunset orange colour and I can't tell from your video if I can have that selected in static mode.
Asked by Sally on 3 Mar 2022
Hi Sally. Yes, you can select a static colour with these lights as well as have them run through a cycle.
Hi, Does this have a base or is it just a frame? I'd like to put a planter at the bottom but can't if it's just empty space. Thanks!
Asked by Heffy on 2 Mar 2022
It's a frame base so you can place a plant pot to sit on the bottom.
Can these be free standing on a base or do they have to be spiked into the ground
Asked by Freda Brown on 2 Mar 2022
They would have to be spiked into the ground.
is the solar panel built into the light and if so where is it, or is it separate?
Asked by Jim on 1 Mar 2022
It's connected to the string on the top.
Is there an on/off switch or are they on dusk until dawn?
Asked by Vicky on 1 Mar 2022
They come on from dusk till dawn however you can manually turn them on/off.
Where do I get hold of the two additional batteries? Will they charge from the solar panel alongside the supplied battery, or do they only charge via the USB method?
Asked by John on 28 Feb 2022
You can get hold of them on our website: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/SolarCentre_18650_2600mAh_Lithium_Ion_Rechargeable_Battery-857-5.html They charge by sunlight as well as USB as well.
Is there an on / off switch (I.e. I don't want them to come on automatically every evening only when I want them to)
Asked by Ian on 28 Feb 2022
There is a manual switch to turn them on/off.
What size are the lights and what length is the cable please.
Asked by Steph Smith on 27 Feb 2022
The size of the bulbs are 3.5 cm high and 4cm across, the length of the cable is 5.2m.
Hi. There is no information re. Length of string? Distance between bulbs? Distance from solar panel to first bulb? Thanks.
Asked by Daniel O'Brien on 27 Feb 2022
The length of the string is 5.2m long Distance between the bulbs is 19cm Distance from the solar panel to the first bulb is around 2.5m
So many questions!... How long is the light string? His far apart are the bulbs spaced? How long is the wire to the first bulb? Does this set have the removable rechargeable usb battery? Can the lights be set to constant multicoloured? Thanks
Asked by Neil Crossley on 27 Feb 2022
It is 5.2m long, The bulbs are spaced 19cm apart, The wire to the first bulb is 6.5 cm , The battery is replaceable and rechargeable, It can also be selected to be multicoloured.
Does this lamp have usb for charging.
Asked by Pauline on 27 Feb 2022
Unfortunately, it doesn't.
Hi, how long is the wire please?
Asked by Bernadette Barron on 26 Feb 2022
It's 5.2 Metres long.
Does the mini sphere light come with the spike
Asked by Teresa Bates on 26 Feb 2022
yes.
Where are these lights made!
Asked by Patricia on 26 Feb 2022
we manufacture our lights in china and distribute them in the UK.
HI AGAIN.CAN THESE BE USED WITHOUT THE STAKE.REGARDS
Asked by LYNN ARRELL on 25 Feb 2022
yes they can.
Are the bulbs replaceable? Is there 15% off the price? Got fed up waiting for someone to answer the helpline phone.
Asked by Malcolm Trudgeon on 24 Feb 2022
They are not replaceable. We do have discount codes sent to you when subscribed.
You say the battery should last for 3 years. Are the solar lights then useless, or can the battery be replaced?
Asked by Anne on 22 Feb 2022
Hi Anne. We do say the battery life is around 2-3 years depending on the use of your lights. We have had lights that last a lot longer than this. Unfortuantely, the batteries in these lights cannot be replaced.
Is the price per unit or if not how many in a pack? Thanks
Asked by Helena Connelly on 20 Feb 2022
Yes, the price is per light.
What size is the bulb
Asked by Judith Chaganis on 18 Feb 2022
5.5cm across and 9cm in Length.
Hi, I'm looking for a light for my front door but it is in a dark spot with no sunshine (which is why I need the light!) so do you have any lights that have a separate solar panel that I can place in the light?
Asked by Gemma Champ on 16 Feb 2022
Hi Gemma. This light would not work in a shaded area, as the solar panel is located on the top. I would suggest looking at our security lights , where you can position the solar panel in a sunny position.
Hi, I have 8 of these lights in Spain and the batteries are failing. Can you please confirm Size, Voltage and mAh I need for the replacement batteries? Thank you.
Asked by Warren Hilton on 14 Feb 2022
Hi Warren. Thank you for your question. You can access the battery compartment by removing the screws in the bottom and pulling out the top section. The newer models of these lights are AA rechargeable batteries.
How far does this light protrude from the wall
Asked by Paul D Metcalf on 13 Feb 2022
Hi Paul. These lights measure 170 mm.
Hi, can these solar panels be fitted to wooden fence posts
Asked by Eugene on 13 Feb 2022
Hi Eugene. The solar panel for this light is located on the top. Yes, this light can be fixed to a fence panel, screws and fixings are included.
Will these work in whole of UK? Will they get enough sunlight in winter in north of Scotland at 59 degrees north? It's not clear if they can be set to come on at dusk but go off at a set hour. Dusk mid winter here is 3.30pm so would need them to come on then but be set to go off at 10pm or so.
Asked by D Cooper on 9 Feb 2022
Our lights need to be in a south-facing position to work to their full capacity, We don't, unfortunately, advise positioning them in a north-facing position as they won't last long very long Im afraid. They are set to come on when it gets dark and then turn off when it gets light and daytime.
How long should it take to get the light fully charged.?
Asked by Debbie on 6 Feb 2022
Hi Debbie. For a full USB charge, it will take 5-6 hours of charge. A full charge via the solar panel can take 3-5 days.
Will u be selling these in future or any path posts with the usb charging.
Asked by Lisa Woods on 2 Feb 2022
At the moment we aren't Im afraid but we will be sure to contact you if we do.
Hi, does this light have an option to be lit downwards only?
Asked by Graeme on 30 Jan 2022
Hi Graeme. This light is an up-and-down lighter. We do sell lights that are just downlights such as the Truro , the Chelmsford and the Zenith .
How bright is this light .in after a very bright light .Thanks Micky.
Asked by Micky on 30 Jan 2022
Hi Micky. This light is 60 lumens.
What is the body construction made from? IS it plastic or steel?
Asked by Nic Breeze on 26 Jan 2022
Hi Nic! Thank you for your question! The body of the lantern is made out of toughened plastic!
Does the new Eco Wedge XT have two mounting screws - one at the top and one at the bottom? The video says yes, but I've read among the reviews that the new one only has a mounting screw at the top.
Asked by Mads Rorstrom on 26 Jan 2022
I do apologise for the confusion, the new updated version only requires one screw which is at the top.
I have the mini post solar lights and have misplaced the instructions what does the letter P and S at each side of the off button mean as l have had to clean the top head and now lamps not working so l maybe need to alter the settings l think l have had a brain blip ha . Regards Brenda 23.02.22
Asked by Brenda Wilson on 23 Jan 2022
Hi There , The S is standard mode which is advised to use in summer , The P is powersaving mode which dims your light but extends the runtime which is advised to use throughout winter
Possibly a silly question but will the light power up in a shady spot? Our front door never sees the sun and it's for next to the front door. Thanks
Asked by Tana Holmes on 18 Jan 2022
Hi Tana. The solar panel for this light is located on the top, this is the section that will need direct sunlight to charge the batteries. If you wish to light a shaded area, I would suggest looking at lights that have a remote solar panel.
I have got couple of Truro Solar Wall Lights. How do I activate the PIR sensor on these?
Asked by Samit Basak on 18 Jan 2022
Thank you for your question. These lights are the ones without a motion sensor. For the Truro motion light, please click here .
Want to fix lights onto a fence... what needs doing to fix them.on said fence
Asked by Linda on 18 Jan 2022
We provide the fixings, it's fixed by screws and Rawlplugs which is provided.
can i have these permanently connected to a power source via the usb so that they can remain in place
Asked by mark hemsworth on 16 Jan 2022
Hi Mark. Yes, please remove the battery from these lights and then you can have the light continuously plugged into a USB source.
My Eco Wedge comes with a red adhesion backed square in the fixing pack. What is this for and what should I do with it?
Asked by Martin Davidson on 14 Jan 2022
This is for if you want to stick your light on the wall instead of screwing it on.
r these like the lumify usb rechargable lights where u can remove the battery part and charge the batteries up indoors
Asked by lisa woods on 13 Jan 2022
Unfortunately not , they can only be charged via sunlight.
What angle is it when the motion sensor activates the light 180 degrees? Or do you need to be directly in front? Thanks
Asked by James wilson on 7 Jan 2022
Hi James. This light has a sensor that can reach up to 8 metres at a 100-degree angle when any motion is detected close by.
Hi there, are you able to set the sensor to activate in a smaller range than the up to 8m specified, say 3m?
Asked by Rebecca Dray on 3 Jan 2022
Hi Rebecca. The range on the motion sensor cannot be adjusted.
I am interested in a solar security light for the side pathway of our house. This area does not get much natural light during the day . Can you recommend anything please?
Asked by Susan Batho on 2 Jan 2022
Hi Susan. I would recommend our security lights , we have a range of lights that have a remote solar panel.
What is the height & width of this solar light?
Asked by Carol Hodgson on 2 Jan 2022
Hi Carol. The height of this light is 150 mm and the width is 110 mm.
Can you tell me approximately how many hours of sunshine/ daylight is required to charge the batteries? Thanks! Ken
Asked by Ken Cosgrove on 30 Dec 2021
Hi there , We advise charging the lights for 3-5 days before use.
Hello, I want to use this on a cobbled driveway, can it be fixed without the spike at all?
Asked by Avril Coe on 29 Dec 2021
Hi Avril. These lights come with a ground spike, there will be no way to be fixed your light to a cobbled driveway.
The instruction manual describes 3 possible modes for this light, but does not explain how to change the mode. There appears to be only one on/off switch on the rear of the light. How do I switch between modes?
Asked by Steve Denning on 28 Dec 2021
Hi There, To change modes press the power button as it's all located on the power button. Press once: Standard mode (recommended to use in summer and brightest mode) Press twice: powersaving mode (recommended to use in winter and dims light but extends runtime) Press thrice: the light is off.
Could this unit be mounted using double sided tape.
Asked by Jim Carron on 21 Dec 2021
Hi There, The light would need to be screwed on so its secure Im afraid however we do include an adhesive pad if you want to stick your light on instead.
Hello May I use this indoors? Many thanks for any info Jean
Asked by Jean on 21 Dec 2021
Hi Jean! Thank you for your question! You may however the panel would need to be covered as any light that could get onto the panel would cause the light to not work!
Does surface water on the solar panel affect recharging?
Asked by David Stocks on 20 Dec 2021
Hi There , It doesn't as the light is IP64 waterproof.
Dies this have a lithium battery
Asked by Diane Brooksbank on 19 Dec 2021
It does indeed, its 3.7v 1200 mAh lithium-ion battery
Re previous question by Chris on 22nd Nov 2021, am I correct in gathering that the actual lamp itself is 19.5cm and this, along with the spike is 67cm? Thanks.
Asked by Carol on 18 Dec 2021
Hi Carol! Thank you for your question! The dimensions of the light are: Lantern Height: 19.5cm Lantern width/depth: 12.5cm Height(including spike): 84cm Height(excluding spike): 67cm
'Description' says 40cm high, 'dimensions' says 800mm. which is correct please?
Asked by John Lahiff on 14 Dec 2021
Hi John, Thank you for bringing this to our attention. The dimensions are: Height: 40 cm Width: 13 cm Depth 13 cm
Hi, will these work if I fit them to my wall under a over hang which is about a foot long. Many thanks.
Asked by Mark on 13 Dec 2021
Hi there , If its shaded it will block the light from getting sunlight to charge so I would advise positioning is somewhere where it has full access to sunlight.
Please can you remind me of the two settings to ensure that I get maximum use during the shorter winter days please ( I note that switching off for 5 days to fully charge is also recommended in an earlier question)
Asked by Troy Burton on 11 Dec 2021
Hi Troy. The S is for standard mode, this is to be used in the summer and brighter months. The P is for powersaving mode, this setting is recommended for winter months. As your lights will be a little dimmer but run for a longer period of time.
Will the light be strong enough to extend 2.5 metres away - I want to put it in a fence behind a flower bed to light up the path I from of the flower bed
Asked by Jacqui Hazell on 6 Dec 2021
Hi Jacqui. Yes, the light reach will light up to 2.5 metres away.
Do you still do them in black colour or only anthracite. I have ordered anthracite and want black
Asked by Gaurav on 2 Dec 2021
we have them in chrome and anthracite only.
What is the battery voltage
Asked by Cliff on 2 Dec 2021
The battery is 3.7v 1200 mAh
Hello. Does this model include the solar panel? If it does where is the panel located in relation to the unit?
Asked by Corinne verrycken on 26 Nov 2021
It is integrated on the top of the light
Is it possible to extend the wire between the panel and where it splits?
Asked by Steve on 26 Nov 2021
Hi Steve. Yes, you can extend the length of the cable between the splitter and an individual light. Please click here for the extension cable.
Do you supply the usb charging lead, only it doesn't say there is one in the box
Asked by Gail on 26 Nov 2021
We include the charger with them
When you say the icicle string length is 11m, is that the total length of the string including all the vertical drops or just the horizontal length?
Asked by Richard Jenner on 26 Nov 2021
Yes that's correct
Hi, Can you advise what the length of total chord is for this product is pls ?
Asked by Michael Watson on 25 Nov 2021
10 m
The there settings the Grantham up and down wall light one is off I know there is a normal and a power saving mode which comes after the off regards John
Asked by John Didlockthe there settin on 24 Nov 2021
Hi John. The round switch located on the back of the light, when clicked once the light will go on standard mode. When the button is clicked twice, this will put the light on powersaving mode. The third click will switch the light off.
I have mislaid the instructions, do you press once for powersaving mode or twice, thank you
Asked by Lloyd oakden on 23 Nov 2021
Hiya, Press once: - standard brightness (160 lumens) Press twice - Powersaving brightness (80 lumens) Press thrice - the lamp is off
Regards first charge, is the power button already in the off position out the box.
Asked by Oaks on 22 Nov 2021
Yes, it is in the off position.
Hello, I am a bit confused about the dimensions It says the lantern height is 19.5cm. Then it says height excluding spike is 67 cm.
Asked by Chris on 22 Nov 2021
The height of the lantern is 67cm.
Hello, I am a bit confused about the dimensions It says the lantern height is 19.5cm. Then it says height excluding spike is 67 cm.
Asked by Chris on 22 Nov 2021
Hi Chris! Thank you for your question! The dimensions of the light are: Lantern Height: 19.5cm Lantern width/depth: 12.5cm Height(including spike): 84cm Height(excluding spike): 67cm
What is the furthest point that the last spotlight can be set up from the solar panel.
Asked by Susan on 21 Nov 2021
The distance from the splitter to the light head is 4.5m (450cm). We also sell an extension cable separately which is 5m.
Height of solar. Christmas trees please
Asked by Susan Donaldson on 21 Nov 2021
45cm high, 38cm wide
Is there an option to use it as a pure motion sensor light, i.e. only emits light when motion is detected?
Asked by Kai on 21 Nov 2021
yes, it's mode 3, the light will only illuminate when motion is detected.
Approximately how long can I expect these lights to be illuminated for in December? Last year I bought a set of solar fairy lights (from a different supplier) and they were quiet dim and only lasted for about two hours from 4-6pm. Is this the best that can be expected given the low light levels in Dec in the UK, or can these provide a better service? Thanks
Asked by HRS on 21 Nov 2021
The lights will work for 8 hours, once they have been fully charged via the USB cable.
Silly question but it's important to me. What colour are the cables from the light to the solar panel. Thank you
Asked by Graeme Hollyhead on 21 Nov 2021
The cable is clear. As shown in this picture
Hello there, does this light or any other of your motion sensor lights have an off switch as I sometimes sit outside in the dark and don't want to trigger the light each time I move. Many thanks
Asked by Marcus Soldini on 20 Nov 2021
https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Astron_Solar_Motion_Light-908-78.html The above unit has an on/off switch button next to the PIR sensor.
Hi, I have just received two Dartington Solar lights. I am puzzled by the instruction 'pull out the plastic tab'. Where is this tab located? Do you have any photos showing this operation? Thanks.
Asked by Frank Reynolds on 20 Nov 2021
It depends on the batch. Sometimes there is a plastic tab on the battery compartment.
can this light be recharged if there is insufficient sunlight to keep it working?
Asked by William James Espie on 20 Nov 2021
The light has to be installed on a South facing wall and in direct daylight.
How much does this light protrude from the wall when fitted?
Asked by Matthew Callaway on 19 Nov 2021
13.5 cm but the bracket itself is 6.5cm
Hi is the usb a booster charge for the lights if so do I change it to the p for charging then when charged back to the s I have lost the instructions for these can't remember what they stand for . Many thanks
Asked by Gillian Ashton on 19 Nov 2021
The 'p' setting is the winter mode and the 's' setting is the summer mode. We recommend charging the lights on the off position until the led on the tube glows green.
Where can I get replacement batteries?
Asked by David John Rainey on 19 Nov 2021
Please click here
What is the lifespan of the unit I am asking because I read a review of a similar style and it had a 24 months.life span. Would that be the led or the battery or both?
Asked by Dave on 19 Nov 2021
We expect our products to last for a minimum of two years, but this varies depending on the location, installation and the customer
Can you turn these lights off manually? They will be positioned outside my bedroom so will want to turn them off at bedtime!
Asked by Andrew Blackburn on 19 Nov 2021
you can turn them off manually
Are the bulbs removable and replaceable?
Asked by Anon on 18 Nov 2021
They are replaceable or removeable unfortunately
Is this light warm white in colour?
Asked by Georgie on 18 Nov 2021
warm white
Can you use one remote to switch on multiple floodlights
Asked by chris hollister on 18 Nov 2021
I am afraid not. The remote control is not universal.
Are these cool white or warm white. Thanks.
Asked by Naomi on 18 Nov 2021
warm white
Is it possible to get the anthracite edition post with the natural white light instead of warm?
Asked by Simon on 18 Nov 2021
I am afraid not.
Does it have a dawn/dusk facility?
Asked by Tony Crofts on 18 Nov 2021
yes that's correct
Good afternoon, Is it possible to purchase spare parts of the mini shape lamps? (Such as plastic small lid which covers the cable port). Thank you, Olga
Asked by Olga Yatsyuk on 17 Nov 2021
unfortunately we dont
Do you sell clips which could attach the lights to fencing?
Asked by Jacqueline Edgar on 17 Nov 2021
we don't unfortunately
From previous answers I presume the Truro light blank "switch" (for off, P & S settings) is rather oddly controlled by the unlabelled switch on the opposite side of the round plate?
Asked by Steven Smith on 17 Nov 2021
The Truro wall light has the switches s,p and off whereas the motion light just has the on/off switch which explains the blank switch on the opposite side.
I understand the solar lantern has rechargeable batteries. What are these called please?
Asked by Joan Higman on 16 Nov 2021
It is a 18650mAh Lithium battery. The one that we advertise on the website is not compatible. You need one that does not come with a pin, in order to fit inside the battery compartment.
Can you advise on the dimensions? I have a torch battery of 18x65 mm I need to replace. Thank you
Asked by Alan on 16 Nov 2021
Its 5.9 cm X 1.2 cm
Is it 20 lumens or 200 ?
Asked by S Walker on 16 Nov 2021
Its 20 lumens bright
Hi! I live on a narrowboat and am looking for festoon lights to run along the sides... my fenders hang by rope from the roof - do the bulbs get hot when they are on or would it be safe for them to be in contact with polypropylene ropes? Many thanks!
Asked by Rose on 16 Nov 2021
The bulbs do not get hot when on
We have red sandstone on the front of our property. Would this fix easily to sandstone and most surfaces? Thank you
Asked by Lauren on 16 Nov 2021
The unit comes with a wall bracket and the fixing provided is good for brick wall/fence etc.
What is the Lumens output of these lights?
Asked by Damien Edwards on 15 Nov 2021
Its 12 lumens
When in dusk to dawn mode, presumably the light gives a constant glow, and then gets brighter for a short while after detecting motion? Grateful if you could confirm please
Asked by Kai on 15 Nov 2021
That is correct. Mode B:Light is set to remain at low brightness until motion is detected which activates mid brightness for up to 25 seconds
What is the battery capacity please
Asked by Gil on 15 Nov 2021
It is a lithium battery, 3.7v, 2200mAh.
Do these lights need much direct sun to work. I need them at base of an east and north facing wall which gets very little direct sunlight.
Asked by Susan on 15 Nov 2021
We recommend installing the lights in a South facing garden.
I need to extend my softec light by 11m. Can I daisychain the extension cables together?
Asked by Bruce Roberts on 15 Nov 2021
yes you can, there might be a drop of around 10%
Can you turn light off if you need to
Asked by Giana Allen on 15 Nov 2021
You will need to turn off the light by the button on the front, so how accessible depends on how far up the light is.
To be absolutely certain: These lights are OFF when there is no movement? Not dim! (I want them OFF)
Asked by Steve on 15 Nov 2021
Correct, the light is off when no motion is detected.
Does the replacement tube include a battery? I have a new string of lumify 100 fairy lights, and am thinking of buying a "replacement" tube and solar panel. Will this make a complete set, or do I need to purchase a battery as well. In which case I mayas well but a brand new set? Thanks
Asked by Elaine on 14 Nov 2021
The control tube does not include the battery. You will have to purchase the battery separately.
Hi - can this lamp be set to come on at night without the moon-sensor being activated? I want a light to illuminate my house-name sign when it gets dark. Thank you Paul Bliss
Asked by Paul Bliss on 14 Nov 2021
The lights will come on automatically when is dark and has these modes: Mode A: Light is set to remain at low brightness Mode B: Light is set to remain at low brightness until motion is detected which activates mid brightness for up to 25 seconds Mode C: Light is only set to activate when motion is detected
The diameter of this lamp (22cm) is the diameter of a tennis ball (21cm). Is this correct? From the picture one imagines that it would be larger than a tennis ball.
Asked by Dinah on 14 Nov 2021
This light is 22cm in diameter.
How do you hang the lights? Do they come with some kind of clip that will allow hanging from the outside rain guttering for instance?
Asked by Neil Jones on 14 Nov 2021
They do not come with clips. You might need to use cable ties to secure them.
Is this water proof ?
Asked by Bryan Harris on 14 Nov 2021
Yes, it is waterproof.
Can the sensor be adjusted/turned so that it picks up motion at an angle?
Asked by Barry Turnbull on 14 Nov 2021
It cannot unfortunately
Can I get these in white .?
Asked by Stuart on 14 Nov 2021
No, sorry.
I have a li-ion 14500 3.7V 500mAh 1.85Wh battery which has lost it live over time and use.... would i be able to replace it with this 14500 600mAh Lithium-Ion ?
Asked by Altaf Hussain on 14 Nov 2021
yes you can as long its the same voltage
Hi Re Newbury Solar Garden lights - just to clarify, are the lumens 25 or 50 for each light?
Asked by Judy on 14 Nov 2021
It is 50 Lumens for each light.
Hi! I'm looking for some solar lights for wreaths I have at my windows, would these be suitable to wind round a wreath and can I position the solar panel on the wreath?
Asked by Laura on 14 Nov 2021
You could possibly do that, however, the solar panel will need to be installed with the spike.
Can you tell me in complete darkness how far with the light will emit up and down and also left and right. This is important in my decision to determine how many to purchase. Thank you
Asked by Rachel on 14 Nov 2021
This unit has an output of 100 Lumens.
Is this light fitting motion sensitive ?
Asked by Gill Leitc on 13 Nov 2021
this light will come on and stay on in the evening, it doesn't have a PIR.
Hi. I am considering a 'self contained' uplighting application where both the panel and lights would be fixed to the lower branches of a tree. To present a neat and tidy finish I would be looking to shorten the two supplied cables using a pair of third party in line waterproof splices. Would you envisage any issues with this approach and, if not, could you confirm the cable specification ? Many thanks, David.
Asked by David Smith on 13 Nov 2021
We do not advise modifying the kit, this will invalidate the warranty.
I'm looking for solar lights for the outside of my summerhouse. What is the minimum lumens you would recommend for this to give a good light pkease?
Asked by Jennifer Gough on 13 Nov 2021
It depends on how big the area is and the effect that you want to give. Usually, something around 100 Lumens would be sufficient for a wall light.
Your description mentions that the light stays on at 50 lum and then increases to 200 when motion is detected. How one of your responses was it does not have a motion detector. Bit confused on this one. Also can you turn the unit off if not required. Look forward to receiving your response. Thanks Steve
Asked by Steve Barnes on 13 Nov 2021
Apologies, it must have been an error. The light operates at 15% brightness when there is no motion. Brightness increases to 100% as soon as motion is detected and reverts to 15% brightness 30seconds after motion stops.
Does this bollard come with a anchoring ground spike?
Asked by Steve on 13 Nov 2021
Yes, it comes with a ground stake.
How long will the lights work on a USB charge when the weather is dull and the solar panel is not able to charge? Will I have to charge them daily?
Asked by Liz on 12 Nov 2021
From a USB charge of 6 hours full charge, the light will run up to 8-10 hours
Can you supply 4 ft LED batten fittings for this kit instead of individual lamps and if so what would be the cost difference ? Kind regards Jan krygier
Asked by Jan Krygier on 12 Nov 2021
I am afraid that we do not have this option.
are any of the lumpy lights white light or are they all warm white
Asked by stuart salmon on 12 Nov 2021
They are warm white
How bright, in lumens, is the mini cube light, on the bright white setting?
Asked by Tal George on 12 Nov 2021
This is just a decorative unit. We do not provide the Lumens on these ones.
Will these lights fix on to a wooden fence?
Asked by Lorraine on 12 Nov 2021
Yes, they will be fine!
How is the Nottingham light secured to the ground
Asked by Mike on 12 Nov 2021
You will have to screw the base on a hard surface.
My garden is very dark, what is the brightest light that you do?
Asked by Julie Audino on 11 Nov 2021
The most bright light that we sell is this one: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Evo_SMD_Elite_Solar_Security_Light-808-78.html
Could you please let me know how many lumens these lights have? Thank you!
Asked by Denise Gordon on 11 Nov 2021
This post light has an output of 12 Lumens.
Do these mini London post lights give cool white or warm white light? Thank you!
Asked by Denise Gordon on 11 Nov 2021
It is cool white.
Is the Warwick Wall Light cool white or warm white, please?
Asked by Denise Gordon on 11 Nov 2021
Natural white colour temperature
Does this item come in cream or white?
Asked by lisa on 10 Nov 2021
No, only comes in the colour advertised.
If you have more than one light fitting, do they all work from one remote control unit or does each fitting have to be controlled from separate remote controllers?
Asked by Gary Bibby on 10 Nov 2021
Yes, the remote will work all the units.
Just checking the Dorchester height is only 220mm as it looks bigger in the photo? Really like it but wondering if it would make a big enough statement either side of an entranceš¤
Asked by Rhoz on 10 Nov 2021
All dimensions are correct. We strongly recommend measuring out before buying.
Will this light be suitable for inside a glass porch?
Asked by karen Hodgson on 10 Nov 2021
We do not recommend any of our lights to be installed behind glass. The UV protection on the glass will stop any meaningful charge to the light.
Will this light be suitable for inside a glass porch?
Asked by karen Hodgson on 10 Nov 2021
Hi Karen. As this light is a solar light, it will require direct sunlight on the solar panel for the batteries to charge. Your light will not charge correctly behind a glass panel.
I've just received my Ivy lights, so disappointed, the plain cable is 1.9m as described but the string of lights and separate Ivy is no more than 2.5m definitely not the 10m stated. No what I ordered
Asked by Martin Hathaway on 10 Nov 2021
The distance between the panel and the first led is 1.9m. The string that holds the led's is 10m. The Ivy Flowers that go around the string is approximately 2.5m.
Can I get spare heads for my mini post lights? Thanks Kind regards
Asked by Peter Sleet on 10 Nov 2021
These can be found here .
Is this a warm white lights ? 3000k or 3500K
Asked by Po Yeung on 10 Nov 2021
It is a warm white light.
Hi. Presumably with a motion sensor it's not on all the time - maximising lighting time?
Asked by Chris on 10 Nov 2021
It has a powersaving mode to maximize run time.
Will this light run through the winter
Asked by Alan on 10 Nov 2021
yes as our products are all made to survive any UK typical weathers and seasons
Why does the advertisement show a white option on the 30 light when it does not actually have that option.
Asked by Alison on 10 Nov 2021
The colour of the outside of the item is a white plastic.
Do these work at night only or do they trigger regardless of current available light ?
Asked by John on 9 Nov 2021
This will only trigger at night.
Do these work at night only or do they trigger regardless of current available light ?
Asked by John on 9 Nov 2021
This will only trigger at night.
How does the light and separate solar panel mount to the wall? do you have to have the solar panel next to the light or are there wires that can mean it can be mounted somewhere more discreet to look better?
Asked by Ginnie Romain on 9 Nov 2021
There are two different mountings for the panel and light, there is a 5-metre black cable between the light and panel.
Are the batteries able to be replaced ?
Asked by Mark Clydesdale on 9 Nov 2021
Yes they are able to be replaced.
is there a switch where I can turn the lights off manually if they are not required at night? (you say they come on automatically when it is dark, but can this be switched off?)
Asked by Sara on 9 Nov 2021
Hello, yes there is an on/off switch. It depends on how high up you have the lights as to how accessible it is, as it will need to be taken off the wall to access it.
Does this have an integrated solar panel?
Asked by Mary Williams on 9 Nov 2021
Yes it does.
How large is each bulb?
Asked by Mary Watson on 9 Nov 2021
They are 5.5cm across and 9cm high.
After a glowing review which I gave last Jan/Feb Ive got to replace two tops or batteries before the twelve months is out. I'm happy to do this but dont know what to do and cant find the manual. Perhaps I have to replace the tops? Please help. Ive been so pleased with them I just want the two to work again.
Asked by Lucy Riley on 8 Nov 2021
Hi, Please use the 'p' mode once the batteries have been fully charged and that will work. Batteries can easily be replaced there are underneath the panel.
Are the batteries usb or mains rechargeable should there not be enough sun ?
Asked by ROBERT PEARCE on 8 Nov 2021
No, these can only be charged via the sun. We would not recommend charging these by mains.
Is the solar panel integrated or separate to the light unit? Thanks
Asked by Chris on 8 Nov 2021
The solar panel is integrated
Can you use no extension lead with 1 light, 1 extension cable with 2nd light and 2 or more extension cables with the 3rd or 4th light? Or does each light need the same size extension lead?
Asked by Michelle Burrells on 8 Nov 2021
It depends on which lights you want to extend away from the panel. If it is all of them then you need 2 or 4 depending on your set, however, if you want two lights further away then you can use 2 extension cables.
Hi. How long are the icicle drops approximately? How long is the longest one? Many thanks.
Asked by Orlando Guimarey on 8 Nov 2021
it is 4m long however the 300 LEDs are 11 m long
Do these lights have an amorphous panel and do are mSh batteries included?
Asked by Barbara Yandell on 8 Nov 2021
they have an integrated panel on the top of the light and the batteries are included (AA 1.2V 1000mAh NiMH rechargeable batteries)
I'm undecided between two optioms - which gives the brighter light:these Edison bulbs or the Lumify USB Solar Vintage Bulb Lights?
Asked by Stephanie Jane Weller on 8 Nov 2021
All the festoons are decorative, so will roughly give the same amount of light.
I want to fit the light above our back door but two local factors make me wonder if our situation is suitable! 1 we live in Edinburgh- much less light available in winter than say the UK south coast! And 2 Our back door has a north facing aspect so there would only be around 15% of any day when the solar panel could receive direct sunlight (not that there is much sunshine in our winter anyway) I would appreciate your comments upon our specific situation in regard to this solar light being able to operate effectively in our location. If this light is not suitable can you recommend another product that would be effective in our specific location? Many thanks. Ed
Asked by Ed Lloyd on 7 Nov 2021
We would not recommend these for a north face location.
Where is the "integrated solar panel" positioned on the product please. Mine will be surrounded by plants so need to ensure no interference
Asked by Judith Twigger on 7 Nov 2021
The panel is on top of the product. So if it will be surrounded by foliage then it might not get the light it needs.
Does the pack comes with 2 lights?
Asked by Paola Medel on 7 Nov 2021
This is a one pack item.
Can you adjust pir distance I only have 4 meters to front I only want it to come on when someone Is near front door
Asked by Richard Churchill on 7 Nov 2021
No sorry, this cannot be adjusted.
My Truro have stopped lighting up. I have lost the leaflet but seem to remember that they should be switched off and left to recharge. Is this correct? Also is there a chance the batteries may need replacing?
Asked by Margaret Walker on 7 Nov 2021
we do advise you to keep it left off while charging up to 5 days, if this does not work for you after doing this please contact info@thesolarcentre.co.uk and we can help you from there
What material the stake made from?
Asked by Margaret Munro on 7 Nov 2021
hard plastic
If you charge by USB can you turn them on when you need or do they just come on automatically?
Asked by Katy Coultas on 7 Nov 2021
These will only come on automatically when it is dark.
How long is the cable, if any?
Asked by Simon on 7 Nov 2021
5m of cable.
Hi I'm installing the Geo 2 now and have run out of 10m cable. What's the correct cable to purchase, what lengths are on offer and can I purchase from you? Thanks
Asked by Brian Roberts on 7 Nov 2021
The longest wiring kit we do is 20m it can be found here . However if you need less than that please search TSC in the search bar and the others will come up, we have a 20m 10m or 5m.
Can the light be set to blue permanently?
Asked by Beau on 7 Nov 2021
Yes, it can be.
Where is the on/off switch situated? Or is it remote controlled?
Asked by sue on 6 Nov 2021
On the back of the panel.
If this on a door that opens where would you put the solar charger ?
Asked by Sara on 6 Nov 2021
The panel will come with a wall-mounted bracket.
Can you set these lights to turn off automatically? I want then to come on at dusk, but turn off after a couple of hours.
Asked by Imran on 6 Nov 2021
These will run from dusk until dawn or until the batteries run out, whichever comes first,
What are the dimensions of the solar panel and is it hard wired to the lights?
Asked by Martin on 6 Nov 2021
Hi, There are 3m of cable between the light and the solar panel so it is wired in.
When charging during the day do u need sunshine to charge them up or can they be charged when its cloudy, raining and snow and frost.and if they can be charged when its cloudy do they last for.
Asked by Lisa woods on 6 Nov 2021
we advise our customer to position it south-facing while switched off as it will need sunlight to charge however we do have batteries in our lights that help the solar panel charge when there's a dull day where your not getting sunlight
When charging during the day do u need sunshine to charge them up or can they be charged when its cloudy, raining and snow and frost.and if they can be charged when its cloudy do they last for.
Asked by Lisa woods on 6 Nov 2021
The lights will need direct daylight in order to charge. If the weather is not great that might affect the run time.
The cabling distance between photocell and light is about 15 metres. Can i do this with 3x of your extension cables ? If not how many cores are there in the extension cable and what size conductors so that can use a separate larger size cable ?
Asked by John on 5 Nov 2021
Yes, you can! We only recommend using our extension cables and not and larger sized cables.
Could you use this in doors as well as outside
Asked by Malcolm on 5 Nov 2021
this is possible as you can just use the charging tube and disconnect the panel however you will need to charge it via USB and manually turn it on
Hi Is this rechargeable battery user replaceable? Thanks
Asked by Jason Hutcherson on 5 Nov 2021
They are AA batteries and are replaceble.
What is the battery capacity, is it 12V?
Asked by Sam on 4 Nov 2021
The battery is a 3.7v Lithium-Ion with 2000 mAh
Hi , could you tell me how these lights are anchored to the ground .?
Asked by LInda on 4 Nov 2021
You have two choices: Fix the post to a hard surface using the fixings provided. Alternatively, screw the solid metal spike into the space and stake it into soft ground.
Is this product on a time switch and is it adjustable and do they work in the winter months?
Asked by ROBERT KNOTT on 4 Nov 2021
It comes on automatically when it's dark. It does work during winter using intelligent powersaving to slowly reduce the brightness as the battery depletes in order to maximise runtime.
The description lists 6 colours but not white as in the main picture. Can the light be set to white as in the main picture?
Asked by Kevin Walsh on 4 Nov 2021
Yes, it does have a white setting.
How many lumens is each post light?
Asked by RSJ on 4 Nov 2021
they are 12 lumens bright
What is the IP rating (water ingress) for the evo smd solar floodlight.? Thanks
Asked by Mike on 4 Nov 2021
It is IP56 rated.
What is the IP rating (water ingress) for the evo smd solar floodlight.? Thanks
Asked by Mike on 4 Nov 2021
IP56
Can these be placed directly onto a patio or drive without the need for mounting?
Asked by Herjinder on 3 Nov 2021
Yes, they can be installed with the ground stake provided.
Are these goiung to come back into stock?
Asked by Gaynor Wallace on 3 Nov 2021
We are expecting more details from our supplier. Once we have the relevant information, we will update the website.
To charge via usb, do you have to charge the lights in situ or is it possible to detach the unit from the lights to charge via usb indoors?
Asked by shaun on 3 Nov 2021
You can take only the control tube indoors and charge the battery via the USB cable that is provided.
Had these lights up since summer and they've been great, however now not all of the bulbs turn on. I'm going to take them down for winter, is there a quick fix for this?
Asked by Tom Warden on 2 Nov 2021
Please can I ask whether you can check along the string to see if there is any bites/breaks that would stop them from coming on? Any damage that is found please can you respond with a photo, we can then look into this further. If you cannot see anything please just double check the location of the light, that there is no outside light in the evening that could be getting onto the panel, this will trick the panel into thinking it is daytime and the lights will not come on, to test this please cover the light with a thick towel/jumper and if they come on please reconsider the panel location. If all else fails and this has not been done already, turn off the lights for 3-5 days and allow them a base charge
How much will you charge us if we buy 18 units of these round decking solar lights .if.you look up your records we have purchased lots of lights off you.
Asked by Mrs Hema patel on 2 Nov 2021
Please use this voucher code: moresolar
The cabling distance between the solar panel and light needs to be greater than 5 metres _ nearer 10. Is this possible ?
Asked by John Neate on 2 Nov 2021
Yes, you can purchase an extension cable separately. https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Evo_SMD_Solar_Panel_Extension_Cable_5m-795-84.html
I am planning on fitting a charge controller to the GEO 2 kit, I will place a fuse between battery and charging unit. Should I also place a fuse between the panel and charging unit ?
Asked by Calvin Hazard on 1 Nov 2021
There is no need wiyh the geo kit to fit a charge controller. However, the instructions are included on this page, if you open the PDF it will fully explain how to attach the charge controller if you wanted one. They do not come with the GEO2 kit, this would need to be purchased separately.
Are these soft plastic/rubber? I live in a very exposed location and am worried about them getting damaged in wind.
Asked by Lynn Wolk on 1 Nov 2021
This are a soft rubber feel.
Hi, Are the rechargeable batteries removable, so you can recharge to give a boost if needed. Thank you Dave Tye 07971 500554
Asked by Dave Tye on 1 Nov 2021
The batteries are rechargeable, we would just recommend charging them in the unit to prevent any compromise to the waterproofing. So leave them off for 5 days to allow a good full charge.
In order to fully charge does the solar panel need to be 'on' continuously? Thanks
Asked by Cecilia McDowall on 1 Nov 2021
no you can charge your solar panel while the lights are switched off
How many lumens is this light .
Asked by Caroline on 1 Nov 2021
its 110 lumens
Hi How do you charge these before use ?? Thanks
Asked by Jason aggus on 31 Oct 2021
you can charge these in sunlight for 3-5 days while switched off
Can you move the solar panel in different directions
Asked by Diane Greatorex on 31 Oct 2021
No sorry.
Is it possible to set the light to be on permanently rather than just when -motion-activated?
Asked by Estelle on 31 Oct 2021
this is only motion detected however we do have the same light but from dusk till dawn : https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Grantham_Up_Down_Solar_Wall_Light-896-56.html
In your photo the lights look multicoloured, or are they like the natural looking flame in the single lights.
Asked by Jeannie on 30 Oct 2021
it's a flickering flame effect
Are these matt black and are most of the up and down solar lights matt black?
Asked by Maggie Watt on 30 Oct 2021
they are anthracite grey
I want the lights to stay on constantly over night. Can the motion radar / power saving mode be turned off?
Asked by Daniel Judd on 30 Oct 2021
mode 1: light will remain at low brightness and then when motion is detected it will activate at full brightness for 15 seconds. mode 2: light will only work for up to 15 seconds when motion is detected. mode 3: the light will be switched off.
Hi, Does your Exeter Solar Path Light have fixings included that can be set in a concrete base (ie to minimise theft) ? Thanks Tom
Asked by Tom Raban on 29 Oct 2021
It comes with a bracket and a screw pack. That should help you secure the light on a hard surface such as the concrete base or pavement, driveway, etc.
Hi, Just received ECO welcome sensor light and ready to go on outside wall , prior to fitting I would like to know what the recommended min and max height is prior to installing
Asked by Peter Underwood on 29 Oct 2021
It would be best to test the unit prior to installing it. Please note that the sensor range is about 3 meters.
I see from your reply to another question that this light does allow the battery to be replaced. So, how long would you expect the rechargeable battery to last?
Asked by Andrew Stevens on 29 Oct 2021
the battery lasts up to 2-3 years
On another light I have bought from you it says "IP65 waterproofing", but I cannot find any specific statement about waterproofing on this light, so can you tell me any WP rating it does have please?
Asked by Andrew Stevens on 29 Oct 2021
IP44.
This purchase would be for a North facing Garden no direct sunlight. In winter with even less light how effective is the Solar panel please.
Asked by steve on 29 Oct 2021
We would not recommend the panel or any panels to be in a north-facing location. You are able to buy extension cables here so you can place the panel somewhere more favourable.
Hi. Are these lights dimmable? Thanks.
Asked by Peter on 29 Oct 2021
No, these are not dimmable.
Putting these outside in December, will they capture enough light to work at that time of year?
Asked by Gudrun Shemilt on 29 Oct 2021
we also have batteries in the solar panel so the even in winter they are made to work as the batteries help the solar panel charge
Do these have multiple patterns or are they just "on"?
Asked by Paul East on 28 Oct 2021
There are three brightness settings.
Is it possible to have the light off overnight, with light only when the motion sensor is triggered, rather than low level light all the time which increases when there is motion ?
Asked by Justine Robertson on 28 Oct 2021
That is possible.
Would they be suitable for the cemetery to shine the light on the headstone
Asked by Lynn on 28 Oct 2021
It will be suitable.
What is the IP rating?
Asked by James Glover on 27 Oct 2021
IP65
hi - there's a Ā£10 difference between these and the lumify vintage set and I'm just wondering if there's a difference between them? thanks
Asked by Arlene McPherson on 27 Oct 2021
you can charge the lumify via USB as well however the madison is only charged via solar panel
Could you tell me if I could expect this to last as it's going to be positioned under some eaves and north facing. Also does it have battery backup
Asked by bill Broad on 27 Oct 2021
We would not recommend it for this position.
I bought 4 of these last week and charged them all for 5 days and put them into p-mode. The past two nights they have come on at 6pm then 3 of them went off at 7pm, the 4th one went off at 9pm!! They are all 4 screwed to my fencing and are not covered by anything. Surely these should stay on longer? A bit expensive to get an hour from them i would say?
Asked by Ann on 27 Oct 2021
we do advise to leave them in off position when charging in sunlight for 5 days, then if you can switch it into p or s mode and it should run for up to 10 hours from a full charge, if however you still have issues please can you contact info@thesolarcentre.co.uk
I will be clipping the light into a wooden batten. What is the width of the clip that I will be clipping into the batten?
Asked by Yee Gan Ong on 26 Oct 2021
The bracket is 2.5cm and the back part is 3 cm tall. I am unsure if these will fit onto your batten as they come in all different styles.
What is the IP rating?
Asked by James Glover on 26 Oct 2021
IP44
Hi, Looking to purchase this for my shed. 1) can you confirm expected run time for a 40w blub? Would this be suitable especially in winter if used for 1 hour every other day? 2) my shed has a sloped roof which I assume contains asbestos- can I still fit the panel onto the roof ?
Asked by Harry on 26 Oct 2021
If you purchase the recommended battery, that will provide up to 48 hours of run time. In terms of the panel, you will have to screw the black plastic panel holders in place. As long as you can secure the holders on the roof the panel would be attached. You might have to use different type of screws suitable for this surface.
Does the Salisbury solar spotlight produce a warm white or harsh white light ?
Asked by David on 25 Oct 2021
This is a warm white light.
Is it possible to adjust the brightness of these lights?
Asked by Jason on 25 Oct 2021
No it is not possible.
Hi , can I add A pull cord switch as dont want it lit up every night and im not 8ft tall to reach switch on back of solar panel thanks, Lawrence.
Asked by Lawrence Peckham on 25 Oct 2021
No sorry, this is not possible. Any attempt to do so would invalidate the warranty.
What batteries do theese take and do you sell spare batt and charger to suit rechargeable batteries,
Asked by David on 25 Oct 2021
It comes with a powerful 18650 lithium battery.
Can the solar panel be attached to a fence?
Asked by Anne Pilkington on 25 Oct 2021
Yes, the panel can be installed on a fence.
Hello I need a set of decking lights that has a screw thread at the back so they can go into steps is there any of these in your store about 30 in total sean
Asked by Sean on 24 Oct 2021
We do not have a decking light with a screw thread at the back. However, these lights can possible work: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Sherpa_Solar_Step_Lights_Set_Of_4-863-56.html
Hi, I want to light the alleyway that runs along the side of my house. It's about 10m long so I was going to mount the light at the halfway point but will the PIR pick up people approaching the alley from either end? Is the angle of detection wide enough for this or will it only detect once you have entered the alley and crossed in front of the light?
Asked by Steve Coates on 24 Oct 2021
The sensor has 120 degrees detection angle.
Does the light have a white option?
Asked by Alan on 24 Oct 2021
No, just the colours shown
So what do you actually get - 3 trees and one solar panel, or 3 trees and 3 solar panels? And are they completely separate so they can be placed in different locations?
Asked by ValB on 24 Oct 2021
There are 3 trees on one line and they come with one panel and can not be removed.
Is this a warm or bright white. If not bright white can you advise any in the range that are.
Asked by Sandra on 24 Oct 2021
It is a warm white colour. You might want to look into this instead: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Canterbury_XT_Solar_Wall_Light-783-56.html
I am looking for solar lights that come on (and stay on) when it gets dark, is there a light sensor that will switch on automatically at dusk on this light?
Asked by Malcolm Stagg on 24 Oct 2021
The panel of the light senses when it gets dark and will come on automatically. So this light will come on and stay on. The lights in our security section have sensors, so will know when it is dark, will only work in the dark but with movement.
What size is this Large Cone
Asked by S Wardell on 23 Oct 2021
The Large Cone light stands at 90cm and includes 485 Lumify DualWhite LEDs.
Hi, what type of rechargeable batteries do these use (AA or AAA)? Also, is it possible for me to change the battery for a power powerful MAH one?
Asked by Matt on 23 Oct 2021
This unit has AAA batteries. Yes, you could use a compatible mAh charger to charge the batteries.
Can you disconnect the panel and put it in a higher sunlight area in the garden for charging? Basically which part of the panel holds the charge?
Asked by Jess Bindra on 22 Oct 2021
You can buy an extension cable to place the panel (which holds the charge) further away, but you can not disconnect the panel otherwise the lights will be on all the time.
Are these a very bright cool white light please? I want to use them on a couple of tree trunks year round but I think cool white is too Christmasy for all year round so I'd like warm white ones
Asked by Nicola Falzon on 22 Oct 2021
These lights are cool white.
Hi, does this have a built in volume control? My player is unable to change the volume! Other than that, Im very happy Thank you
Asked by Rachael Catt on 22 Oct 2021
I am afraid not. You cannot adjust the volume.
Please can you tell me if it's possible to extend the cables between the pv cell and the battery without significant power losses, and how long the cable that is provided is? Many thanks
Asked by Mary-Jane Tyrrell on 22 Oct 2021
Hello, it is yes, you already get 10m of cable, but there is a wiring kit to add more wire on. Please look up tsc wire and it will come up in the search bar.
Please can you tell me is this a warm white or cool white light? Is the adhesive backing strong enough to mount so that the lights are facing down attached to the underside of smooth granite steps?
Asked by Perri on 21 Oct 2021
these are a cool white. I would try and test a small section before installing as we have not tried it on smooth granite.
Would you please provide a pic of the fixing for mounting onto decking. Thank you
Asked by Perri on 21 Oct 2021
We will try to upload more pictures. There is a bracket that attaches to the two sides of the light. It comes with a screw pack and the installation is very easy.
Can you charge the lights with the USB to ensure you have light coverage?
Asked by Bex on 21 Oct 2021
These lights can be charged both via USB and solar.
Can you turn this light on and off when you need to use it or can it only be used to come on with the light sensor at dusk?
Asked by Katie on 21 Oct 2021
It will come on automatically when is dark.
Could you tell me how many lumens are these solar lights. Thanks Bernice Roberts
Asked by Bernice Roberts on 21 Oct 2021
50 Lumens.
I ask again, as there is the facility to mount the solar panel away from the light connecting with a cable are there fittings provided for mounting the panel as well as for the light? I asked this before and you acknowledged it but have not answered it although you have answered questions asked later than mine.
Asked by Richard James Hodder on 21 Oct 2021
No, the panel is attached, all the fittings you need to mount the light are included
Hi, would I be able to use this extension with the Atlas Solar lights too?
Asked by Anthony on 20 Oct 2021
I am afraid not. It will not be compatible. You will have to purchase this cable instead: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Atlas_5M_Extension_Cable-894-5.html
Do you have installation instructions for this product like others on your site?
Asked by Carol Weale on 20 Oct 2021
No sorry, we are updating our site all the time. Once purchased you get full instructions and all the fixtures needed to fit the light.
can you buy a usb cable to charge these lights please
Asked by brenda lyons on 20 Oct 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell the USB cable separately.
Hi! Is it possible to adjust the length of the sensor, or is it always 8 meters? Wondering if it's possible to set it to only turn on if something is 1 or 2 meters away, and not more. Thanks!
Asked by Alex on 20 Oct 2021
The PIR sensor range cannot be adjusted.
Do I need NiMH AA battery charger or a 900mAh one for the Elan solar copper pendant lanterns?
Asked by Angela on 19 Oct 2021
A NiMH AA battery charger would be compatible. However, the batteries can also charge through the panel.
What are the measurements of the Wreath?
Asked by jim crawford on 19 Oct 2021
The wreath measures 25cm x 25cm and incorporates 150 Lumify DualWhite LEDs.
Can these lights be buried into a lawn to highlight a path which runs alongside. Alternatively are there any other decking lights where this can be done?
Asked by Jackie Hawes on 19 Oct 2021
We do not recommend that. Please look into these lights instead: click here
Does the solar panel pivot around on the spike to capture the best sunlight angles?
Asked by sharon on 19 Oct 2021
The light can be installed with a ground stake so you should be able to adjust the position of the unit and make sure that it is South facing.
Could these lights be used indoors
Asked by Jayne on 19 Oct 2021
I am afraid not.
If I left the egg switched on, would it turn itself off after a certain amount of time.
Asked by Stephen on 19 Oct 2021
It will turn off automatically when it runs out of battery. It doe not have a timer.
What kind of battery does it has, is it lithium battery?
Asked by Daniel Christopher on 19 Oct 2021
This unit holds a lithium battery.
Are these cool white or warm white?
Asked by Jo Harris on 18 Oct 2021
There are warm white.
There is a lampost about 20ft away which partly shines across my driveway. Would this have any effect on the light?
Asked by Veronica on 18 Oct 2021
It could possibly stop it from working and trick it into thinking that it is daylight.
What is the expected lifespan of this light, can it do upto 20,000 hours ?
Asked by Daniel Christopher on 18 Oct 2021
we expect our lights to last min 2 years
Can you have these lights on all evening inside the house.or will they only come on when it's dark?
Asked by Sally Reynolds on 18 Oct 2021
You can use them inside the house. They have both an indoor and outdoor mode.
What battery do I need to replace it.?
Asked by Don Kirk on 18 Oct 2021
Please open the unit and double-check as the type of battery that this unit uses was changed. You will either need AA batteries or a Lithium battery.
I see from the product description that it contains an included 3m extension cable "The Chester has a remote solar panel which can be positioned 45cm away from the light or 3.45m away if you use the 3m extension cable included in the box giving you flexibility when looking for that perfect solar panel location". Please could you confirm if this is true?
Asked by Kevin Foot on 18 Oct 2021
This is true.
What are the dimensions?
Asked by Paul on 17 Oct 2021
Width: 121mm Depth: 121mm Height: 221mm
My Chester light was slowly fading. I bought another one but used only the light as the old solar panel still works. I was wondering if I could buy a new Lithium battery and put it in the old light? Would that work as I don't know if the lithium battery goes in the light or the solar panel?
Asked by Sheiila margaret Urbani on 17 Oct 2021
The battery you need is here .
Hi, I was wondering what the dimensions are of the Dorchester Solar Wall Light are, as the add does not say.
Asked by Andrew on 17 Oct 2021
Width: 121mm Depth: 121mm Height: 221mm
Please can you confirm how far out from the wall the light fitting protrudes?
Asked by Joanne Westwood on 17 Oct 2021
This would be 8cm.
What is IPS rating for this light
Asked by Rhiannon Bevan on 17 Oct 2021
IP54
Hi do these mini speres come with stakes to put in the ground?
Asked by CeeJay on 17 Oct 2021
Yes, they come with ground stakes.
What is the frame made of? I'd like to know what it looks like during the day. Thanks
Asked by Emma on 16 Oct 2021
The frame is made of aluminium.
If it only works when the solar panel senses darkness, what happens if someone pulls the switch chord and it doesn't come on and forgets to pull it to the off position again, is it going to come on when the panel senses darkness even though nobody is there?
Asked by Steven Ward on 16 Oct 2021
That is correct, yes.
Hi, these look perfect for our pergola. Can you please advise how we can fit/hang these from the pergola? Are there hooks available etc? Many thanks
Asked by Damien Prior on 16 Oct 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell hooks. But these lights can go around the pergola or you can find hooks online.
What if you charge the panel for 3-5 days via usb. Will it damage the panel?
Asked by Gloria Smith on 16 Oct 2021
You should not charge the batteries for over 6 hours. There is a light inside the USB port that will indicate when the batteries have been fully charged.
I appreciate you lights like many are made to survive winter months given the material they are made from , my original question was does this product charge sufficiently to work through the winter period
Asked by Peter Underwood on 15 Oct 2021
As long as the unit has been installed on a South Facing wall and there are no obstructions to stop it from charging, it will perform during winter.
How often do you need to charge them?
Asked by Lucy on 15 Oct 2021
After the initial charge, you will only have to charge them again if the weather is overcast and the batteries are unable to charge through solar.
Hi, if you have two or more of these mounted close together will they all work off the same remote control?
Asked by Steve Flatman on 15 Oct 2021
The remote control is universal.
what is the max distance between light and solar panel
Asked by Bill on 15 Oct 2021
It is approximately 5m of cable between the light and solar panel.
Can one get an extra remote? One for the house and one for the car.
Asked by Roger on 15 Oct 2021
I am afraid not. The remote control is not universal. They are set up to work on a specific frequency. Only one remote control will work with each unit.
Hi there, would these lights be bright enough to light a pathway up to our front door? They would be fitted onto a fence about half a metre in distance from the pathway? Thanks
Asked by Charlotte on 15 Oct 2021
These are 12 lumens.
Are these suitable to be placed on top of a deck post?
Asked by Stephen Rowlands on 15 Oct 2021
The diameter is 115mm. As long as it can fit and you can secure the light with the screws provided, that would be safe.
How many fixing holes does it require
Asked by elza on 14 Oct 2021
two
How do you fix the light to your wall
Asked by Ken Dutton on 14 Oct 2021
You will have to use the screw pack provided.
It is said that the solar panel can be mounted away from the light, are there additional wall fixings for that?
Asked by Richard James Hodder on 14 Oct 2021
There is a wall mounting bracket provided.
Do you know what size area this will light up?
Asked by Demmi-Jo Dunning on 14 Oct 2021
It is 350 Lumens. It will cover approximately an area which is as big as two parking spaces.
Can you alter the light brightness for these lights? We are looking for something with a built in solar panel to light up three individual trees in our garden but don't want it to be too bright that it annoys the neighbours. We brought the up and down lights from you and you can alter there brightness I recall so thought I'd double check for these. Thank you.
Asked by Sara-Lee Kenney on 14 Oct 2021
I am afraid that this unit does not have a power-saving mode. You won't be able to adjust the brightness.
At What distance does light come on brighter when it detects motion? Thanks
Asked by Anne on 14 Oct 2021
The motion sensor can reach up to 8m.
How bright are these lights? Is there a motion sensor on them?
Asked by Anne on 14 Oct 2021
50 Lumens. They do not have a PIR sensor.
Can they be easily fitted to a 5" wooden post.?
Asked by Steve lock on 14 Oct 2021
Yes, that would be okay. The wall bracket width is 60mm.
Hi Fab just what I was looking for, the solar box wall light with a bulb, what are the dimensions please?
Asked by Yvonne hall on 14 Oct 2021
Dimensions Width: 121mm Depth: 121mm Height: 221mm
can the spike be removed so they can be just placed on concrete steps ?
Asked by stuart vincent on 14 Oct 2021
You can take off the spike if you wish to.
Do I need to purchase a solar panel separately? Or does this come with one built in? I'm afraid I'm not clear. If one does have to be purchased separately, are there any well suited ones that can be pointed out?
Asked by R Locke on 13 Oct 2021
There will be a panel inside the box that has to be connected to the lights. There is a cable with a female and male connection.
To switch on do you click switch to left or right before holding down for 3 seconds. Also do you press once/twice/etc for different modes. Ie step 3 do you press 3 times
Asked by B. Collins on 13 Oct 2021
You have to press and hold for 3 seconds to activate the unit. You have to press the switch button to change through the modes or switch it off completely.
Do the Shimmer solar lights come with a rechargeable battery that is easily replaced please
Asked by Kimberley Finney on 13 Oct 2021
Yes, they come with one battery Li 500(mAh) 3.2v and that is replaceable
Hi what is the rating of the battery and can it be replaced in the future if needed to do so
Asked by Saj on 13 Oct 2021
It comes with an 18650 lithium battery.
Is this light waterproof?
Asked by Nigel Cousins on 13 Oct 2021
Yes, it is waterproof.
I have a garden table under a pergola would this be suitable to light up this area?
Asked by Penny on 13 Oct 2021
This unit is mainly decorative.
Hi, does the unit need to be in direct sun to recharge as aiming to put at front door but we have a small over hang roof so may be limited with direct light
Asked by Phill Laughton-Gleave on 13 Oct 2021
It will have to be in direct daylight. Any obstructions can stop the batteries from charging.
It says the lights take 3 to five days to charge, is that by using the USB or by placing the unit outside in the daylight?
Asked by Rob parker on 13 Oct 2021
its 3-5days by sunlight but up to 6 hours if you charge by USB
Can you tell me if these would get adequate charge on a north facing wall? Also, can you confirm they automatically switch on at night. It doesn't say on the product description.
Asked by marc godin on 10 Oct 2021
They need to be installed on a South facing wall. They come on automatically when it gets dark.
Hi - how long do they need from natural daylight (as opposed to direct sunlight) to charge up? And do they then come on automatically when it's dark or are they movement activated?
Asked by Andrew Lancaster Davey on 10 Oct 2021
if you can allow the light to be switched off while charging up to 5 days and then turn it on and from there it will come on from dusk till dawn
Is the battery replaceable and can it be charged via another source if the Solar power is not sufficient.
Asked by Graham on 10 Oct 2021
This unit charges automatically by day and it comes with a rechargeable lithium battery (18650mAh).
what is the warranty on this product? Should it last a few years with care?
Asked by alex armstrong on 9 Oct 2021
all our products come with 12 months warranty
I understand the solar panel can be mounted separately up to two metres away from the lamp. This is ideal as the lamp is to illuminate an alleyway that sees very little sun due to it facing north-south between high walls and I want to mount the panel out of the alleyway, around the corner of the wall, to catch the sun. Are there additional wall fittings supplied to mount the panel in another location?
Asked by Richard James Hodder on 9 Oct 2021
The bracket for the panel would be supplied. The panel should be South facing.
What is the lifetime of these lights, when permanently left working outdoors?
Asked by Selwyn Curtis on 8 Oct 2021
We expect our products to last for a minimum of two years, but this varies depending on the location, installation and the customer so the warranty is set to one year.
What watt rating is the solar panel?
Asked by Eric on 7 Oct 2021
This unit has an output of 700 Lumens.
Are these lights made of glass or plastic ?
Asked by Caroline on 7 Oct 2021
its made out of plastic
The battery in this light is 2000 mAh Can you use an higher capacity when replacing?
Asked by Sarah on 7 Oct 2021
The voltage should be the same, the mAh could be higher.
When you say there are 3 metres between each light and the solar panel, does this mean that there are 6metres in total? That is, the panel, one light, and then the next light following. Or does it mean each light is attached to the panel with 3metres of wire each? Thanks, Heather
Asked by Heather Ewing on 6 Oct 2021
There are two cables, which are 3m each and connect to a splitter which leads to the panel.
Are they heavy enough to put on my path with out fitting in the ground
Asked by Eve. Chapman on 6 Oct 2021
It is recommended to either use the spike or the screws to install the unit.
How well do these work in winter, eg for outside christmas tree? I'm in south of England! Thanks
Asked by Alex Russell on 6 Oct 2021
This unit will work for up to 10 hours from a full charge. The lights will work during winter if the panel is located in a clear, South facing location without obstructions.
Will these ever be available in white? I have white guttering
Asked by Alex on 6 Oct 2021
at the moment we only have them available in anthracite
Is there any cables attached from the light to the solar panel and can you run more than one light from one solar panel. ?
Asked by Lawrence Cripps on 6 Oct 2021
yes there is a cable that connects from the light to the solar panel however its one light per panel
I am working out where to position the switch, battery and solar panel prior to buying this system. Please can you tell me the dimensions of the recommended battery and the length of cable supplied? Thank you.
Asked by Suzanne Bradbury on 5 Oct 2021
The length of the cable is 10 metres. The battery dimensions are: L 149mm x W 96mm x H 96mm
Are the bulbs glass or plastic
Asked by Holly Wheeley on 5 Oct 2021
They are made of plastic.
Are the solar panel on the opposite side to the LEDs?
Asked by David Blackshaw-Howell on 5 Oct 2021
Yes, the panel is located on top of the unit.
Hi I have 2 large cubes and a large pebble. Which we love as they light up our decking. We are finding they are not recharging in the limited light as winter draws near . We would like to store them over winter , What way do you recommend they are stored.
Asked by Mike tomlin on 5 Oct 2021
You could use the USB charger and the lights will keep up and running. Please note that the units can also be used indoors if you wish to. Please take off the batteries before you store them away.
Can these lights be set with a timer to go off?
Asked by James McGowan on 5 Oct 2021
I am afraid not.
As you are unable to change the battery , what is the life expectancy of this light .
Asked by Peter Underwood on 4 Oct 2021
The battery cannot be replaced on this unit. The battery should last for at least 2-3 years.
Is this light a dawn to dusk solar light and not motion sensor.
Asked by John on 4 Oct 2021
It does not have a PIR sensor. It works from dusk to dawn.
Hi, Can these be used on a pond as a floating light? Thanks
Asked by Richard Chilvers on 4 Oct 2021
I am afraid not.
What is the length of cable from the solar panel to the first lantern please?
Asked by Sandie on 4 Oct 2021
It is 2m of cable between the panel and the first led.
How do these switch on and off? Dusk/dawn? Timer? Remote? Dusk for a certain number of hours?
Asked by Shelley Harrington on 3 Oct 2021
The lights will come on automatically each evening and will go off when they run out of battery.
Love the look of this star. How many lights are on it? Also, does it collapse flat for storage? Thanks.
Asked by shelley harrington on 3 Oct 2021
The Large Star light stands at 60cm and includes 900 Lumify DualWhite LEDs.
How does this light perform over the winter months and would it charge sufficiently now if purchased during October /November, also what is the life expectancy given you can't change the battery
Asked by Peter Underwood on 2 Oct 2021
The light can trigger up to 250 times per evening once fully charge. Please make sure that the unit is installed on a South facing wall and it will work during winter. The battery would last for 2-3 years.
Are these bulbs 5V 0.3W? If so they will replace failed ones in a set bought previously from you.
Asked by Paul on 2 Oct 2021
These bulbs will only be compatible with this set: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Falmouth_USB_Solar_Festoon_Lights_Set_Of_25_Glass_Bulbs-918-109.html
Can you tell me the dimensions for the solar panel?
Asked by Adrian Northcott on 2 Oct 2021
It is 364mm x 164mm x 17mm.
Hi, I misplaced my usb cable and I can see it is still out of stock! Any ideas what kind of cable it is so can purchase from else where? Thanks
Asked by Shreeya on 2 Oct 2021
It is a mini USB charging cable.
Are these Bright White or Warm White.??
Asked by Elaine Ambler on 2 Oct 2021
These are warm white.
I have the spot light set on red, the instruction says to change the colour do this manually but no instruction as to how?? How do I change the static colour to green ? Thanks
Asked by Ann on 1 Oct 2021
Please press again on the switch button to change modes/colours.
Hi. Same as Roger Lyne, my Guide also has a small button to the left of the PIR sensor, although it's not mentioned in the User Guide. It seems to activate/deactivate the light, but does it do anything else (such as set the light to be permenatly illuminated during dark conditions)?
Asked by Jonathan Brown on 1 Oct 2021
This light will only come on automatically when is dark and when motion has been detected. There is a sensor on the panel. It does not come with a switch button.
Hi, does the USB mini pebble light have a power saving mode? I've lost my instructions.
Asked by Lesley on 30 Sep 2021
As the light is USB chargeable there is no need for the powersaving mode. You can always make sure the light is not on bright white or warm white which uses the most battery.
Are you sure the solar panel is on the top of this model. It appears that the light is emitting light from the top and the bottom and therefore I don't understand where the solar panel could be located. A picture of this would really help. Thank you
Asked by Michael on 30 Sep 2021
The panel is integrated and the lights are on the outside edges of the panel, so will not interfere
How far away does the remote work from?
Asked by Helen on 29 Sep 2021
The remote control works up to 8m away from the unit.
How long does the light stay on for once it has been activated? Thanks.
Asked by John Wilkins on 29 Sep 2021
It will stay on for 15 seconds.
Should I bring the bulbs and solar panel in over the winter to prevent it against frost?
Asked by Abi on 28 Sep 2021
our products are made to survive in UK typical conditions but you can bring it in if you wish
How long is the length of ivy. The description says 10m but does that include the cable from the power source?
Asked by Liz on 28 Sep 2021
The distance between the panel and the first led is 1.9m. The length of the string of lights is 10m.
Will the solar work if the light is placed under a wide eave overhang in a bungalow
Asked by Rose on 28 Sep 2021
As the panel is integrated we would not suggest this is placed under any eaves or overhangs.
Hi, The solar panels have gone white. Can you recommend a product to clean them or do I need to replace the tops? Thank yoiu.
Asked by Joe Hanbury on 28 Sep 2021
Please try to use a cloth and CIF cream to clean your panels. You can also purchase these tops, which are compatible.
We already have an outside mains light on a timer, so would this Eco Wedge be best placed nearby so would only come on when other outside light not on, or not working? I wouldn't want them both on at the same time. Thanks
Asked by Phoebe Spence on 28 Sep 2021
If there is any light getting onto the panel the light will assume it is daytime, so please take this into consideration when placing the light.
Does this have an integrated solar panel on top of the light or is it separate? If separate do they connect with a wire lead?
Asked by suzanne on 28 Sep 2021
The solar panel is integrated.
I is it good for a front door and how long will it stay on
Asked by Brown on 27 Sep 2021
It will stay on for up to 15seconds.
Could you tell me the Dimensions and the IP rating for this light ? Also Does the fact that the Works well in Winter sign isn't in blue mean that it doesn't work well in winter?
Asked by maz on 27 Sep 2021
They are designed to work in UK weather conditions. The dimensions are Length: 20cm Width: 27cm Height: 13cm
Dimensions and IP rating for this light please?
Asked by maz on 27 Sep 2021
The Comet is: Height: 9.5cm Width: 6 cm and Depth 8.7 and the IP rating of the light is IP65
Hi, can you have this light on continuously in power saving mode?
Asked by Ben on 27 Sep 2021
Yes, this is possible if you want to.
Is the length of time ON adjustable ?
Asked by Rodger Graham on 27 Sep 2021
No, sorry!
Can these lights be used on the skirting surrounding a lodge.
Asked by Barrie Hamilton on 27 Sep 2021
Yes this shouldn't be a problem.
Do this work and charge well through the winter months
Asked by Peter Underwood on 27 Sep 2021
all our items are made to survive UK weather conditions
What is the total length of the lighting and how far apart is each bulb?
Asked by Emma Brown on 27 Sep 2021
60cm between each bulb too so 4.2m in length
what is the diameter of the tube and will the solar panel work in a window? thank you.
Asked by kellie on 27 Sep 2021
It is 0.8cm. The panel needs to be exposed in direct daylight. It won't charge sufficiently through a window.
Are they got motion sensors
Asked by Carol on 26 Sep 2021
They do not have motion sensors unfortunately as they are automated on/off lighting at dusk and dawn
what is the diameter of the tube and will the solar panel work in a window? thank you.
Asked by john on 26 Sep 2021
It is 0.8cm. I am afraid not. It has to be exposed in direct daylight.
How long is the cable?
Asked by Bryony on 26 Sep 2021
20 metres
How wide is the straight part that goes against the wall or fence please?
Asked by Christa on 26 Sep 2021
The dimensions are: 18.7 deep x 20cm wide by 3cm high
Is the battery areplaceable aa r aaa
Asked by Bee on 26 Sep 2021
The batteries for this light are here
Is it ok to leave these lights out in the winter or should they be put away until spring?
Asked by Susan McGoldrick on 25 Sep 2021
These lights will be ok to leave out year-round, you will find a shorter run time in winter, this can be solved by turning the lights off for 3-5 days.
Can the pebble lights be left out for the winter?
Asked by Susan McGoldrick on 25 Sep 2021
Yes, they can be.
What is the IP rating?
Asked by James Glover on 25 Sep 2021
IP44
How long is this string of lights ?
Asked by Julie Kirk on 24 Sep 2021
the string light is 30m
Are theses warm, or cool white?
Asked by Rachael on 24 Sep 2021
These are a bright white colour.
Hi, What type of battery does the 'Advance' panel come with and if so how many bays? Can the advance panel be used with any other lighting (say festoon to fairy)?
Asked by Laurence on 24 Sep 2021
The batteries are 18650 Li-ion battery2200 mAh 3.7V and there is one of them. The panel cannot be used for any other lighting.
What sort of rechargeable batteries are used? Are they Nickel metal hydride, lithium, AA cells, 18650? You state they are not replaceable but if they are a standard type & size then I would certainly have a go at replacing them myself if/when they eventually fail. Thanks
Asked by Peter Merrick on 24 Sep 2021
These are AA batteries (NIMH) in a sealed pack and soldered in, which is why we do not recommend changing them.
Can the mini pebbles be hung up on hook onto a wall, or do they have to rest on the floor? If not, which lights would you recommend to be moved around? Thank you
Asked by Nina on 24 Sep 2021
We would not recommend this. They can be just placed on the ground using the risers.
Do you do the 100 and 200 with USB or is it only the 300.
Asked by Steven Limbrick on 24 Sep 2021
The 100 & 200 Elans do not come with USB chargeable function. The 100 Lumify do, please find the link for the white 100s here & warm white 100 here
If this can be used as a dusk to dawn light, what lumens does it give out if on permanently during the evening.
Asked by John on 24 Sep 2021
This light cannot be permanently on I am sorry.
I would like to buy this and use to light up my roof terrace. Can the be attached to a concrete wall? If not, have you got any lights that are suitable for concrete walls in a tropical country? Thank you.
Asked by Belinda on 23 Sep 2021
These can be attached to a concrete wall without an issue.
Is this cable an IP65 4.0 mm (outer connector) x 1.7mm (pin diameter) connector to make sure that this works with our existing system?
Asked by Andrew Turner on 23 Sep 2021
This cable is onto to be used with our EVO SMD range of lights and cannot be adapted to any other system.
Could these solar decking lights be inserted into some wall panelling and still charge? I need to box in some cabling and a vertical column of lights would look quite nice in the corner it is going in. Thanks Helen
Asked by Helen Roberts on 23 Sep 2021
This could be done, the panel will still need to have access to direct sunlight
Can i disengage the dusk to dawn sensor and the motion sensor and use only on off to control the light when i need it ?
Asked by Scott T on 23 Sep 2021
We would not recommend this.
can it be placed in the garden among my flowers
Asked by MARGARET ROSSER on 23 Sep 2021
It can be placed anywhere in your garden as long as the panel is in direct daylight.
How tall are these please?
Asked by Caroline Sarah Curran on 22 Sep 2021
these are 40cm when naturally posed.
Can this light also be set for one colour only ( white )
Asked by JOHN on 22 Sep 2021
It can be set to one colour
Are the lights black or anthracite?
Asked by Sarah on 22 Sep 2021
they are anthracite
How tall are the trees?
Asked by Michelle on 22 Sep 2021
The trees are 40 cm high when naturally posed.
I bought one without a Remote and the 4-5 colours alternate every 5 seconds. Do you sell these?
Asked by YUSUF on 22 Sep 2021
we have the shapelights which come without the remote:
Do these deck lights need an aperture to be drilled in
Asked by john on 22 Sep 2021
A hole will need to be created for the lights to slot into.
We have a set of 10 at the moment. Is the set of 20 the same brightness as the set of 10? We don't want them to look different as they will be positioned near each other.
Asked by Helen B on 22 Sep 2021
They are the same in brightness. the only difference is the length.
Wondering if you can purchase the solar panel mounting bracket separate?
Asked by Kia on 22 Sep 2021
unfortunately at the moment, we do not sell the solar panel or the bracket separately
Reading various items about USB, but doesn't seem to really mention solar panel, can you confirm that this does come with solar panel?
Asked by Andy on 22 Sep 2021
Yes, this comes with a solar panel, this is where the USB port and batteries are based.
Do the lights really last on a dull winters day
Asked by Josie on 22 Sep 2021
yes that's correct , they are designed specifically to work in the UK winter
Hi there, Can the Kingsbridge be turned off easily when not needed or to enjoy a night sky?
Asked by Barbra on 21 Sep 2021
Yes, the on/off switch button is located next to the pir sensor.
Can these lights be stuck on rather than screwed as looking for lights on our decking and caravan don't want to d Drill into the van if I can avoid it thanks
Asked by Chris Biggs on 21 Sep 2021
We would not really recommend sticking them down as any adhesive product may become loose over time and the lights may then fall off the surface and crack and get damaged, which sadly wouldn't be covered under the warranty.
Do you need to use the separate solar panel with these or is there an interpreted one on the light itself? Kind Regards David
Asked by David Deeks on 21 Sep 2021
You will need to use the separate solar panel there is not an integrated panel option on this light.
Would these lights work / charge with just daylight or do they require direct sunlight
Asked by Malcolm Hewitt on 21 Sep 2021
they only come on in the evening however in the day time they are charging via sunlight
how many leds does the solar light have, some show 56 other 96, wondered what yours were.
Asked by Zoe on 21 Sep 2021
the trueflame has 96 LEDs
Hi, Would one light be enough for a standard 7m x 4m Front drive? What distance and angle does the sensor reach? Where abouts on the light is the solar panel? Could it be positioned below a porch for example Thanks
Asked by Tom on 21 Sep 2021
This light is 15cm high with an 11cm diameter and produces a stunning warm white light with a sensor that can reach up to 8 metres at a 100-degree angle when any motion is detected close by. the solar panel is integrated on top of the light. it would need to be positioned where your light is getting direct sunlight so as long as it is positioned in an area where there's sunlight coming through that would be perfect.
is the solar panel adjustable? Does the light only come on when movement is detected when dark? Thanks
Asked by Kristian Micheals on 21 Sep 2021
There is an option to have the panel integrated or away from the light. It will come on when there is motion, however, there is an option to have a dimmer light all the time and then brighter when motion is detected.
Where is the switch located to manually turn them on and off?
Asked by Vernon Lawrence on 20 Sep 2021
It is on the solar panel.
What are the measurements
Asked by Brian Handley on 20 Sep 2021
1m high and 60cm long
Hi team how tall and wide are the Christmas trees and cones. Thank you Mrs Boyle
Asked by Daniellea Boyle on 19 Sep 2021
The large Christmas Tree is 97cm high, 66cm wide and the Large cone is 90cm high, 30cm base diameter.
Hi. I've lost the instructions. I note the light comes on after a long press of the button, and gets brighter with each press. However does not seem to motion sense, just stays on?
Asked by Mr Kam-Fai Wong on 19 Sep 2021
You will have to use mode C. Please see below: Mode A:Light is set to remain at low brightness Mode B:Light is set to remain at low brightness until motion is detected which activates mid brightness for up to 25 seconds Mode C:Light is only set to activate when motion is detected
Can the light be switched on and off manually?
Asked by Mick on 19 Sep 2021
yes it can.
Which light would be best next to my front door to light up my key hole
Asked by Iris Furnham on 19 Sep 2021
Please look at the Truro wall light.
What is the configuration of the cable - is it 1.5 m between lights & 1.5m from light to solar panel? Or 3m cable between lights and 3m cable from lights to solar panel? Or something else?
Asked by Jo Spiegl on 19 Sep 2021
There is a 3m of cable between each light and the solar panel.
how bright is the light when on?
Asked by david heath on 19 Sep 2021
it is 800 lumens bright
Does the solar panel come fully charged, as I've just hung the lights, but they aren't working?
Asked by Fiona North on 19 Sep 2021
We fully recommend USB charging for four hours so that you are confident they are fully charged. You can alternatively leave them out for 5 days in the off position. The batteries may not be necessarily charge on arrival.
Are you able to control lights manually (switch all of them off) or do they always light up automatically when it is dark?
Asked by John Franks on 19 Sep 2021
These will always come on automatically at night if they are left switched on, you can turn them off at whatever time you wish in the evening.
Does this light have an easily renewable li-ion battery
Asked by Michael Mellor on 19 Sep 2021
It does have a lithium battery but it cannot be replaced.
What size is the bracket please? I need to make sure the post is wide enough.
Asked by Angie Porter on 19 Sep 2021
Approx 7 cm
Are these white or warm colour?
Asked by Saira on 19 Sep 2021
These are a white colour.
How long is the light string and what is the distance between the lights
Asked by Jacquie MacNeill on 19 Sep 2021
52cm between each bulb too so 5.2m in all with another 1.6m between panel and first bulb. 6.8m total
Please would you confirm the length of the lighting garland, thank you.
Asked by Martine on 18 Sep 2021
52cm between each bulb too so 5.2m in all with another 1.6m between panel and first bulb. 6.8m total
Please confirm garland length thanks.
Asked by Martine on 18 Sep 2021
52cm between each bulb too so 5.2m in all with another 1.6m between panel and first bulb. 6.8m total
How do I stop them flashing, I would like them permanent ?
Asked by Christine Johnson on 18 Sep 2021
if you press the mode button it should take you to the mode for permanent
Have got two sets of these in my garden can I reorder the spike that is attached to solar panel and also one new globe Thanks P.s you still haven't answered my previous question Thanks
Asked by Isabel Hanrahan on 17 Sep 2021
Sadly the spikes are not sold separately.
Hey there, so I bought three of these. I note that you can actually attach the individual sets to each other as they have a specific adapter at the end. If I had each set attached to each of the power panel and then attached together would that be ok?! KR, Lette
Asked by Arlette Vassallo on 17 Sep 2021
We do not recommend that.
The light turns on easily at the push of a button, but then it doesnt seem to turn off by itself> How can I activate the motion sensor alone?
Asked by Regan du Closel on 17 Sep 2021
It would be mode 3. Press on the switch button 3 times to activate the PIR sensor.
Where does the PIR (motion sensor) face? What it the range and angle of dectection? - I see many others have already asked for the dimensions :D
Asked by Jonny Oakland on 16 Sep 2021
There is no motion sensor on this light. I believe the light you want is here .
Can replacement cables be bought? Someone accidentally cut through ours.
Asked by Jenna McIntyre on 16 Sep 2021
I am afraid we do not sell the cable only.
What's the lumens on this, compared with the 20 version?
Asked by Rhona Davidson on 16 Sep 2021
the lumen for this light is 10 lumens, whereas the eclipse 20 is 8 lumens
Can you control at what degree of darkness they will light up, ie will they operate in twilight or only when there is no sunlight?
Asked by Richard on 16 Sep 2021
I am afraid this cannot be controlled or programmed, they will light up automatically when is gets to dusk.
What IP rating does this light have?
Asked by Mark on 15 Sep 2021
IP65
Is there any way of using the Bluetooth function to speak through the speaker, eg to talk to intruders ?
Asked by Heather on 15 Sep 2021
no unfortunately
How bright are thay ie luminescence
Asked by MR JAMES DE'ATH on 15 Sep 2021
There are decorative lights.
Can the batteries be replaced?
Asked by Ken on 15 Sep 2021
Yes, you can replace the batteries. They are located underneath the solar panel.
What are the dimensions of this madison hanging wire nest light please.
Asked by Sandra on 15 Sep 2021
22cm diameter
I want to be able to light the outside of a 50ft houseboat moored in the river. It's off grid and only accessible by boat so I need something that will help me find my way back in the dark and dock the boat alongside. Would these lights get me home or could you recommend something more suitable. I obviously dont want it to be lit up like a fair ground but something to help me locate and dock on the longer nights is a clear need
Asked by Jaki Beech on 15 Sep 2021
These lights would be suitable. You can also look at the Albany spotlight which is even more bright.
Hi, can these be fitted to walls or just wood fences?
Asked by Harish Kohli on 15 Sep 2021
These can be fitted to walls as well as fences.
What is the width of the light please?
Asked by Madeline Kay on 15 Sep 2021
the width is 208mm / 20.8 cm
Can you tell me what colour the finish is?
Asked by Ivor Thorne on 15 Sep 2021
It is an anthracite colour.
How do you adjust this to spotlight a certain angle?
Asked by Madeline Kay on 15 Sep 2021
You cannot adjust the LED's to a different angle.
Please can you provide the dimensions of the actual trees. A less zoomed in photo of the 3 trees together would be helpful too. Many thanks, from a loyal customer.
Asked by Karina on 15 Sep 2021
These are 40cm when naturally posed.
What is the IP rating please?
Asked by Maria on 14 Sep 2021
IP54
Hi, I have these lights which are great. I have a couple of questions for you. 1. If in daylight, do they need to be turned on in order for them to charge? 2. How long based on a full charge will they stay on for? I've noticed that they only appear to stay on for around 3 hours from 8pm ish to 11 pm ish which isn't great. Please advise. Many thanks David
Asked by David on 14 Sep 2021
We recommend all our lights in the first instance to be turned off and left to charge for 5 days to allow a base charge. After this time they should then naturally charge in the on position.
I have a set of these bought several years ago but they stopped working a few weeks ago. Can you supply a replacement panel please?
Asked by Mike on 14 Sep 2021
we have them available on our website : https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Replacement_Panel_For_Selene_Spotlights-753-5.html
how long does the light stay on for, and is that time adjustable?
Asked by Steven butcher on 14 Sep 2021
Up to 25 seconds and this cannot be adjusted.
Chiron details say that they can be dimmed for longer use. Can you please tell me how. Thanks.
Asked by Bme on 14 Sep 2021
If you press the switch button while the colour fades it will stay on this setting continuously.
Purchased and fitted light however, mine seems to have on the front a small switch which is not shown or mentioned in the leaflet. Can you tell me what it's for is it just on off or does it switch the light away from the motion application to permanently on in the dark.
Asked by Roger Lyne on 13 Sep 2021
This unit won't have a switch button. It must be the PIR sensor that you are talking about. Once the unit detects motion and it is dark it will illuminate you do not have to press on a button.
Hi the instructions says charge the lights for 3-5 day Does this mean attached the lights to the solar panel and leave plugged in Or do you just charge the panel A tad confused
Asked by Jeanette Hunt on 13 Sep 2021
Please either leave them on charge via the USB cable for 6 hours or leave them outdoors for 5 days in order to fully charge through the sun.
Hi, once triggered how long does the light stay on please?
Asked by Steve on 13 Sep 2021
The light will trigger for 10 seconds
Will the solar panel gather enough light if the lights are placed in side of decking facing forward as opposed to facing upwards?
Asked by Charlotte Heyworth on 12 Sep 2021
I would not recommend installing them so that the panel is not facing up and receiving direct sunlight.
Hi! On receiving the luxflow gutter light I am a little confused. What is the initial charging time before putting light on gutter and whilst it is charging in sunlight what position does the switch need to be ? Thank you. Irene K.
Asked by Gladys Irene Kitching on 11 Sep 2021
We recommend all our lights to be in the off position for 3-5 days in as much direct sunlight as possible. After that time do switch it on and you will be up and running.
I wish to mount this approx. 9/10 ft. on a wall, but concerned whether the flood light can be angled downwards? My other concern is whether the motion sensor is adjustable; in the question and answer section it says "NO Sorry it's fixed." The same question Is asked later "Can the motion detector be pointed in different directions" is answered by "The PIR can be moved up and down, left and right, it will be 120 degree angle."
Asked by Gary Cant on 11 Sep 2021
Apologies, there has been an error. You can adjust the angle of the PIR sensor.
Can this light be turned on and off, it's for animal use and I only want it on when I'm in the fields.
Asked by michelle colwell on 9 Sep 2021
The light can be turned on/off, the button can be found on the light.
What size is the solar panel associated with this product.
Asked by Mark on 9 Sep 2021
The panel is 19 cm high and 13cm wide 2.5 cm depth where the spike is attached.
How long is the cable between the first and last light
Asked by Jan Lavender on 8 Sep 2021
10 bulbs spaced 50cm apart. So 5 metres
If I was to buy 5 of these would it be possible to operate all of them with one remote control or will I have to use 5 separate remotes for each light??
Asked by Lee Graves on 8 Sep 2021
you can operate them all with one remote as they are universal
Hi Maybe a silly question. Do these lights have an on/off switch or not? Thanks Graeme Clark
Asked by Graeme Clark on 8 Sep 2021
They do have an on/off switch button.
How long is the cable between the solar panel and light unit
Asked by Jon Hughes on 8 Sep 2021
The cable from the solar panel is 5m.
Hello. Am I right in thinking charging via USB is optional and that you can just leave this out in the sun to charge?
Asked by Loraine Morley on 8 Sep 2021
yes, you can charge your light via the sun but have the option to charge your light by USB
How long do the battery last and can they be replaced at end of life? If yes what type of battery is it?
Asked by Rsna on 7 Sep 2021
I am afraid that the batteries cannot be replaced. The unit operates with a lithium battery.
Do you make your white fairy solar lights in groups of forty
Asked by Thomas meechan on 7 Sep 2021
unfortunately not, we either have them in 100 which is 10 metres or 200 - 20 metres
How long is the string of lights?
Asked by Mamta Patel on 7 Sep 2021
Icicle string length is 11m
Hi ! I cant find anywhere the size in meters for Lumify DualWhite USB Solar Christmas Lights . Regards
Asked by Daniela Frigea on 7 Sep 2021
Icicle string length is 4m.
How long does the light remain on once activated.
Asked by Ray on 6 Sep 2021
15 seconds.
Can the motion sensor be adjusted to say 3 metres?
Asked by Rosemary Betteley on 6 Sep 2021
This cannot be adjusted.
How long does this light stay on for on Mode 1 with full charge? Does it have a light sensor to come on automatically when it is dark? What is the charge time for full charge?
Asked by Dixit Patel on 6 Sep 2021
The light will be at a dim brightness from dusk till dawn or the batteries run out, whatever happens, sooner. It will get brighter when someone approaches. The sensor will work automatically after dark. We would recommend leaving the light to charge for 3-5 days.
I want to run these lights around a carport and they probably won't stick to the sawn timber. Can these be pinned to the timber or are there clips of some sort available?
Asked by Dave on 6 Sep 2021
The pins would damage the tube, you can use small hooks or something similar.
Hi there - 3 questions please!. 1. What's the distance between the bulbs? 2. what's the overall length of the cable overall? 3. what's the distance between the first bulb and the solar unit?
Asked by isabel on 5 Sep 2021
52cm between each bulb too so 5.2m in all with another 1.6m between panel and first bulb. 6.8m total
Does the 20 lamp string have a larger battery and last as long last the 10 lamp string on a full USB charge?
Asked by David Wellington on 5 Sep 2021
Both units will hold this battery
Can you change the batteries in this light if required?
Asked by Jennifer Schrantz on 5 Sep 2021
I am afraid not, you cannot replace the batteries on this unit.
How do I replace the battery as I think mine needs replacing as it won't hold the charge with either solar or mains power.
Asked by kate taylor on 5 Sep 2021
Please remove the base from the shell. Unscrew the 6 screws that surround the solar panel and gently lift off the piece that holds the solar panel. Remove the battery and replace it with a new 18650 3.7V rechargeable Lithium Ion battery.
What is area of space covered by light
Asked by Geraldine Akehurst on 4 Sep 2021
It is 50 Lumens. It is mainly a decorative light.
Hello Will these lights work in Southern Spanish direct sun temperatures
Asked by James Norval Paul on 3 Sep 2021
Yes, these should be fine.
How long does it take the solar battery to charge for the first time? I followed the activation instructions and although my lights have been out in the daylight for > 36hrs, they aren't coming on at night.
Asked by Kate on 3 Sep 2021
we advise our customers to charge their light up to 3-5 days
Hi my fairy lights are not working, I've charged them but no luck, can I buy a new battery? I love the lights and I've bought loads of lighting from you and I don't want to get rid of the lights, thank you
Asked by Sarah Hart on 3 Sep 2021
You just need to replace the batteries that are located inside the panel with AA rechargeable ones, please.
Can i install these directly connected to a switch supply in the garden Neil
Asked by Neil on 2 Sep 2021
I am afraid not, it won't be possible.
Can the light stay on one light or does it have to rotate through the colours thankyou
Asked by Nicholas price on 2 Sep 2021
It can work on a static colour/mode.
Do these (or other fairy lights) come with a light coloured cable, rather than dark green/black?
Asked by Holly on 2 Sep 2021
I am afraid not. However, an alternative might be this unit, if you want multicolored lights: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Madison_Solar_Tube_Lights_Multicolour_200_LEDs-1044-77.html
Are these lights suitable for a resin bound driveway?
Asked by R. K. on 2 Sep 2021
They should be ok to be placed in resin.
Just to confirm the control's. Can this be off during dawn/dusk but activated if the sensor is activated, or is the on/off only for complete working or disabled? I'm looking just for a light to come on if the sensor is activated
Asked by Charles Harris on 2 Sep 2021
I am a little confused by your question. Please see the different modes below, hopefully, this helps. If the light is physically turned off it will remain off. If the light is turned on you can choose one of the modes below and it will work as you have asked it to night after night. Mode A: Light is set to remain at low brightness Mode B: Light is set to remain at low brightness until motion is detected which activates mid brightness for up to 25 seconds Mode C: Light is only set to activate when motion is detected [This is the best mode for Winter]
Can these lights be turned off when not in use?
Asked by Andrew Hawes on 1 Sep 2021
There is an on/off switch button on the solar panel.
My light has stopped working after being outside during several days of heavy rain. Could the battery need changing and if so where is the access to the battery and what type of battery is needed? Regards
Asked by Jean Grey on 1 Sep 2021
You need this type of battery: Li-ion 14500/3.2v/500mAh. It is available on our website. The battery is located on the base.
Hi are they individual or are they connected as like a string of lights...thanks
Asked by Den jefferson-stokell on 1 Sep 2021
There are connected to one string which leads to one solar panel.
How do I activate the light with the pin? a it is not clear.
Asked by Gillian Palmer on 1 Sep 2021
There is a small hole near the light if you look at the back of where the light is.
What is the size/dimension of the bulb. It's difficult to gauge from the picture. Thank you.
Asked by DannyDIYer on 31 Aug 2021
The bulbs are 5.5 inches tall and 3 inches across.
Had these lights delivered today , how do you know if they are charging when you put USB in , i can't see a light anywhere on solar unit .?
Asked by Lesley Rose on 31 Aug 2021
It usually takes between 4 to 6 hours for the unit to fully charge via the USB cable.
Where is the solar panel ?Is it at the top ? I wish to place the lantern under the eves on a south facing wall and I am concerned that it would not get sufficient light to charge . Thanks
Asked by Beth on 31 Aug 2021
The solar panel is integrated and is located on top of the unit.
Can the Chester up and down in anthracite grey be charged by a usb ? Some advice is contradicting so cannot work out if can be. If so do you sell the usb cable ?
Asked by Debbie Speak on 31 Aug 2021
You can charge the panel via the USB cable which is provided.
Do these lights have a timer, or an on/off switch?
Asked by Michelle on 31 Aug 2021
They have a on/off button
What is the difference in light output between Dartington Premium and the Newbury premium?
Asked by carol Morrison on 30 Aug 2021
Both units have an output of 50 Lumens.
Hi Both sets of my fairy lights hve stopped working. I am assuming this is because the back up batteries have run out?? Can I just change the existing AA battery with a new one to get them working again?
Asked by Cara on 30 Aug 2021
Please replace the batteries with AA rechargeable ones and that should work.
Great amount of information but you do not say how long the light unit is however, you do say they have a 2.0m lead prior to the light tube!!
Asked by Mel Harvey on 30 Aug 2021
There are 2m of cable between panel and first LED and then 10m of tube lights.
Do you these with 200 lights and white cable Thanks
Asked by Isabel Hanrahan on 30 Aug 2021
I am afraid not. We only sell them in 100 or 300 lights.
Can you mount the separate/independent solar panel sideways so that you can point it sideways to catch the sun from the west on a NNW facing wall.
Asked by michael on 30 Aug 2021
We would recommend the light and panel to be installed as per the instructions.
Is the solar panel on the light all self contained
Asked by Wade mitchell on 30 Aug 2021
The panel is integrated on this product, yes.
What is the IP rating?
Asked by penny on 30 Aug 2021
IP44
How are these lights secured o the floor? Are there options for drilling to a path/deck as well as a stake into the ground?
Asked by Graham dawson on 30 Aug 2021
It comes with a screw pack and a fitting/bracket to be installed on a hard surface. I am afraid that it does not come with a spike.
If these are designed to fit into a space for a brick (or block in a driveway) what are the screws supposed to fix to?
Asked by Graham dawson on 30 Aug 2021
The screws are there so you can get to the batteries to replace them.
I noticed a small switch on this light is it an on/off switch ?
Asked by Paul Doltis on 29 Aug 2021
That's right. The on/off switch button is located next to the PIR sensor.
What colour are these lights black/silver?
Asked by Marie Owens on 29 Aug 2021
There are stainless steel.
Are any of your solar garden lights (not just the Madison Solar Tube lights) made in the UK or Europe? Thanks.
Asked by Barbara G on 29 Aug 2021
All of our lights are designed in the UK and manufactured in China.
Unable to see if the solar panel button is on or off?
Asked by Berni McIntyre on 29 Aug 2021
You should cover the panel to identify when the lights are on/off.
Can these be joined electrically to form a line of 4 or 6 to light up the front of a house garden (i.e. by buying 2 or three sets)? Many thanks Katrina
Asked by Jim & Katrina Smith on 29 Aug 2021
I am afraid not. However, they come as a set of 4. Please click on this link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Atlas_Solar_Spotlights_Set_Of_4-876-83.html
Hello, how long is the light strip itself please?
Asked by Helen on 29 Aug 2021
There are 10m of tube lights.
Hi, is the light attached to the solar charging panel please - as I need to position the light in a shady spot behind a tree.
Asked by Judith Marta Klingels on 29 Aug 2021
The solar panel is integrated and attached to the light. We do not recommend using it in a shady spot as it might not be able to fully charge.
Can this be used as a replacement cable for the Albany Premium Solar Spotlight? Or is it only an extension cable? My original cable has accidentally been cut by someone.
Asked by Jenna on 29 Aug 2021
This is just an extension cable and not a replacement cable.
Does this light illuminate whenever motion is detected or only during hours of darkness?
Asked by Cliff on 29 Aug 2021
This light illuminates only when is dark and motion is detected.
Does this light require sunlight only to charge it or will it charge just on daylight
Asked by Derek Castle on 29 Aug 2021
The panel is integrated and it needs direct daylight without any shadows/obstructions.
How long can you cut them
Asked by N mosley on 29 Aug 2021
There are 10m. You cannot adjust the length.
Can the motion sensor be turned off
Asked by Kate on 28 Aug 2021
The light can stay on continuously but it would be dimmer compared to the PIR setting /mode.
Hi, what is the length of the string and distance between bulbs. I can't see any of this detail unlike in other product descriptions. Thanks!
Asked by Rebecca on 28 Aug 2021
It is 5m long (10 bulbs spaced 50cm apart).
How long is the cable containing the lightbulbs? Thanks
Asked by Gillian Henderson on 28 Aug 2021
It is 5m long (10 bulbs spaced 50cm apart).
Hi, is it possible to use a separate solar pants with these? They would be put on the side of the house and worried about how much sun the actual solar panels will get, especially in winter. Or do they not necessarily need to be in direct sunlight? Thanks
Asked by Bradley Dyer on 28 Aug 2021
It would not be possible to use a separate panel with these, they are integrated. We would recommend them as south facing as possible.
What height are these, please?
Asked by Mrs W on 28 Aug 2021
The height of the light without the spike is 360mm. The height including the spike is 480mm.
Hi, I would like to position the solar panel remote from the light fitting how long is the cable between the two?
Asked by Stuart White on 27 Aug 2021
It is approximately 2meters of cable.
Hi, is there a setting option to switch off the motion sensor detect function in order to keep the lights at the 50lumin level? Thank you.
Asked by Adam on 27 Aug 2021
No sorry, the motion is the main function of the light. It will stay at a low level until movement then will get brighter.
Hi please can you tell me is this light waterproof in normal garden conditions, for example heavy rain?
Asked by Teresa on 27 Aug 2021
yes , our lights are made to survive in UK typical weather conditions
Do these lights come with a stake so you put into the soil/ground? Thank you
Asked by Sarah on 27 Aug 2021
I am afraid not, they do not come with a stake, they can only be installed on a hard surface.
Can you choose the bulb shape you receive?
Asked by Melanie on 26 Aug 2021
No sorry, the lights come with all the shapes mentioned pre-installed.
Can you please give me the measurements for this light.?
Asked by Valerie Pearce on 26 Aug 2021
Height: 11.3 cm Width 12.5cm 14cm
Are these warm light or cool white light?
Asked by Eric on 26 Aug 2021
they are natural white
does the lamp produce cool while or warm white light?
Asked by Eric on 26 Aug 2021
A cool white colour.
Can I get a replacement solar panel for this light?
Asked by Susan Kirwan on 26 Aug 2021
We do not sell the solar panel individually.
How do I replace the bulbs?
Asked by Diane Whitham on 26 Aug 2021
I am afraid that it is not possible to replace the bulbs.
What is the IP rating of these lamps? Regards.
Asked by Steven on 26 Aug 2021
They are IP54 rated.
How many lumens are these lights?
Asked by David on 25 Aug 2021
50 Lumens.
How are these "fixed" to the floor?
Asked by Geoffrey Griffin on 25 Aug 2021
It comes with a screw pack and a fitting/bracket to be installed on a hard surface
What is the height of the post light in feet ? Thanks
Asked by Harj on 25 Aug 2021
They are 1.7 feet
What is the length of the lighted tube?
Asked by Lynn on 25 Aug 2021
It is 10m of tube lights.
Can you attach multiple sets please - so create longer lengths? Thank you!
Asked by Violet on 25 Aug 2021
I am afraid not. Each panel will support a specific amount of led's.
How is it fixed into the ground or to a paving slab?
Asked by Peter Howell on 25 Aug 2021
You just have to place the light on a hard surface and Insert the screw with a screwdriver, into the hole at the bottom of the light fitting. It will come with some instructions.
Hi, A quick question if I may, how do you fit these lights to the pathway. Is it just drill holes in the paving. Thank you for any advice. Warm regards, Tina
Asked by Tina Park on 25 Aug 2021
You just have to place the light on a hard surface and Insert the screw with a screwdriver, into the hole at the bottom of the light fitting. It will come with some instructions.
How are these lights secured in the ground?
Asked by Mr Rollo Hume Prendergast on 25 Aug 2021
They need to be drilled down or cemented.
Hi, can this be charged via usb like your other lights? And does it have an option for static warm white light? Thanks
Asked by Georgiana on 25 Aug 2021
This light cannot be charged by USB as it is in the Shimmer range. There is not an option to choose warm white. They are red, green, blue, light blue, pink and purple
Hi, do you have pictures of the solar panel and accessories that come with it? Thanks
Asked by John Hammond on 25 Aug 2021
I am afraid not yet. We are expecting the first batch to arrive soon and we will add more details on our website. It is a new arrival.
What are the dimensions of the 'fixing bracket base?
Asked by John Weir on 25 Aug 2021
Approx 6.5 cms
Is it possible to recharge the lithium battery separately from the mains or does it rely solely on the solar panel Regards Rosalynn Taylor
Asked by Rosalynn Taylor on 24 Aug 2021
It can only charge through solar.
Is there a extenstion cable for evo 15 pir utility light? Want to place solar panel to more sunlight
Asked by Kay on 24 Aug 2021
Sorry, there is currently no extension available for this light.
Is this lamp SUN have bought a few lights from you , always been very happy, but prefer USB for use in the winter.
Asked by Mary Bedingham on 24 Aug 2021
This light cannot be charged via a USB cable. It can only charge through solar.
Is it possible to connect an exterior motion sensor light to work along with switch controlled interior lights ?
Asked by Dan Smith on 24 Aug 2021
I am afraid not. That won't be possible.
Will these lights be activated by the motion of a car moving passed them? As I want to put them up the side of my drive and would like them to come on when reversing up onto it.
Asked by Chris Watson on 24 Aug 2021
The PIR sensor will trigger once motion has been detected within 5m and 120 degrees.
What are the 3 modes of operation referred to in a previous FAQ
Asked by Andrew on 23 Aug 2021
It is different levels of brightness. It is a power-saving mode. The light can be set on a dimmer mode.
1) Does it come with a solar panel? 2) How long is the whole strip light (excluding the extension cable)? 3) Can this be cut (want to position under one single step)? 4) Are the strip lights flexible? Thanks
Asked by Gem on 23 Aug 2021
It does come with a solar panel. It is 10m of tube lights. You cannot cut or adjust the length.
Is the time it stays on, adjustable?
Asked by A Crick on 23 Aug 2021
Sorry, the timer is not adjustable.
What's the spacing between bulbs? Also what's the distance between the first light and the solar thing? Thanks
Asked by Jonathan on 23 Aug 2021
There are 10 bulbs spaced 50cm apart. The distance between the panel and the first bulb is 1.6m long.
What is the height
Asked by Kay on 23 Aug 2021
The height of the light without the spike is 360mm. The height including the spike is 480mm.
What IP rating are these? Can these be installed onto a fence panel?
Asked by Steve on 23 Aug 2021
They are IP44 and are suitable for mounting to fence.
How many metres is this?
Asked by Rose on 23 Aug 2021
It is 10m.
Is there a timer option on this light?
Asked by L Pallister on 22 Aug 2021
No there is no timer option on this light. It can be manually turned on/off in the evening.
Hi - i bought 4 of the black London XT Solar Post Light. One of the lights has stopped working and i think i need a new cap with the batteries and light. Can i just buy a replacement cap without the need to buy the base and spike?
Asked by Howard Williams on 22 Aug 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell only the panels for the anthracite edition. But you can try replacing the batteries.
Hi there. Is it possible to replace the bulbs on these lights? Thanks.
Asked by Penny on 22 Aug 2021
I am afraid not.
Id like to wrap these around and along the length of chestnut fencing (20+ metres) but at the far end it is quite shady (solar panel might not get loads of light, how many hours is needed). The other end (near the house and drive) has a sunnier aspect but there are house security lights which are permanently on during the evening, plus there are vehicle lights frequently. Can you set the lights so that they automatically turn on in the evening regardless of whether there are other lights present? I'm looking at having them at the wedding next year, where there will be even more lighting present.
Asked by Sonia on 22 Aug 2021
If there is any light getting onto the panel then the lights will assume it is daytime, so will not work if the panel is plugged in. You do have the option of fully usb charging and then using them outside without the panel attached if you wanted to, however, this isn't an ideal permanent solution.
Could you please give the dimensions?
Asked by Peter D on 22 Aug 2021
340mm high x 200mm wide x 110mm deep
How long is the run of lights?
Asked by Jan on 22 Aug 2021
Up to 10 hours of Run time.
How many AA batteries does the unit take and how many leds does it have.
Asked by jason kelly on 22 Aug 2021
It takes 2 x AA rechargeable batteries.
Is this light USB chargeable
Asked by Denise Parkinson on 21 Aug 2021
It isn't unfortunately
Can someone please tell me the length of the festoon lights please.
Asked by Mr Desimone on 21 Aug 2021
It is 10m.
Is there a mode that turns off the flame effect for a steady light instead?
Asked by Brendan on 21 Aug 2021
No sorry, it will only ever flicker.
How Long is cable to solar panel and then to first light and space between lights
Asked by Susan on 21 Aug 2021
There are 10 bulbs spaced 50cm apart. The distance between the panel and the first bulb is 1.6m long.
Could you let me know the dimensions of the light.
Asked by Marii on 21 Aug 2021
Length: 20cm Width: 27cm Height: 13cm
Hi, how easy is to replace the battery is needed and does it store solar energy so that it light up on a cloudy day. Thanks
Asked by Anonymous on 20 Aug 2021
The unit would be able to charge if it is placed in direct daylight. The batteries are inside the unit and can easily be replaced.
If I put this light inside an open porch doorway would it still charge during the day or does the top part need to be fully exposed to daylight for it to charge properly? I have the Avon already which give off a lot of light but they are fully exposed for charging. Would like to put the Warwick inside an open porch but I'm worried that the ceiling above it will stop the charge
Asked by Jill Coombs on 20 Aug 2021
It won't be able to charge. Please make sure that the panel is exposed in direct daylight.
Can the evo smd solar extension cable be used for the evo15 solar utility light please?
Asked by Kay on 20 Aug 2021
There is no extension for this at the moment.
HI, how long is the lighting strip (excluding 3 m cable from the solar panel)? Thank you
Asked by Diane Long on 20 Aug 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights.
Are you able to purchase just the top solar panel? We love these lights!
Asked by Pam Franklin on 20 Aug 2021
Please click on the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Replacement_Top_For_Kodiak_Solar_Lights-845-5.html
Can they be turned on/off manually so that the lights can just be switched on when they are needed? We think it's important not to light sky at night/garden when not in use.
Asked by Colette L Annesley-Gamester on 20 Aug 2021
They do have a switch button, it is located at the back of the unit.
How stable is it in wind. Just placed on an outside table on the stand
Asked by A Clarke on 19 Aug 2021
I would not leave it out on the table if wind is around unless it has been secured down.
I have one and the light is very effective dusk til dawn, however the motion sensor doesn't function and I cant find the instruction manual! How do I turn it on?
Asked by Bev Walshe on 18 Aug 2021
You will have to press the switch button 3 times. On mode 3 the unit will work as a security light.
Can the light bulbs be replaced with Cool White? Thanks
Asked by Thomas Barkley on 18 Aug 2021
I am afraid not.
Hi,how do you disengage the PIR sensor? thanks Louise.
Asked by Louise Gibson on 18 Aug 2021
Through the remote control provided.
Is this light like the other solar lights which also have white settings or is it just the coloured lights?
Asked by Vicky on 18 Aug 2021
It does have different modes: white, red, green, blue, light blue, pink, and purple
If I buy these I'll be fixing them to concrete fence posts. How are they fixed? Screws, sticky pad, other? And are these fixings provided? Regards
Asked by Mark on 17 Aug 2021
All fixings are supplied, they need to be screwed down to the decking.
Hello - can you tell me which PIR activated wall lights that you have - are equipped with batteries that can be replaced. thank you
Asked by RUSSELL LEE SMITH on 17 Aug 2021
Please look into the Truro Solar Motion Light, batteries can easily be replaced.
The colour description is different to the photo description. Could you tell me if one of the colour changes is orange?
Asked by Janice on 17 Aug 2021
I am confused about what you mean, the light can be an orange colour, you can choose from any colours which are shown.
Hi, Do these lanterns have an on/off switch so you can stop them coming on when you want to?
Asked by Sarah on 17 Aug 2021
Yes, they do have an on/off switch button.
Hi, Does the power saving mode reduce the brightness, or turn them off (or is there a separate on/off switch so you can stop them coming on when you want to)?
Asked by Sarah on 17 Aug 2021
There is only one switch button with 3 modes. Mode 1: The light is set to work at full brightness Mode 2. Powersaving mode (will reduce the brightness) Mode 3: Light will switch off
Are these suitable for driveways?
Asked by Chris on 16 Aug 2021
No as these are glass, they cannot be driven over.
What is the maximum - minimum height for fixing on the house. Is it more than 2M.
Asked by Del on 16 Aug 2021
We recommend testing the unit on the level of the wall that you want to install making sure that it covers your needs. The PIR sensor will have a range of up 10m.
Do these have to be fitted to a hard structure or can they be fitted to a fence panel?
Asked by Steve on 15 Aug 2021
They can be installed on a fence.
Are these weather proof? I've just had a colourfence installed and I'm looking for solar lights which would be suitable? Thanks
Asked by Irene on 15 Aug 2021
Yes, there are.
Length please
Asked by Sue Nicholls on 15 Aug 2021
5.2m is the length of the string lights and 1.6m between the panel and the first bulb.
what is the IP rating for these lights please?
Asked by Sam Page on 14 Aug 2021
They are IP54 rated.
What triggers the light to come on, movement in front of the panel or lamp? Would like to use the lamp inside a summerhouse.
Asked by Jeffrey Farrow on 14 Aug 2021
it will turn on when it is dark, dusk till dawn as the panel detects when it is night to turn on
Glass or plastic pls?
Asked by Bronwyn on 14 Aug 2021
There are made of plastic.
Can the lights be screwed to a fence? Atlas Solar Spotlights (Set of 4)
Asked by Chris on 14 Aug 2021
Yes, you can use the brackets to install them on the fence.
Can the lights be switched on without it being da. Running off the battery?
Asked by Anthony gates on 14 Aug 2021
The lights will work when connected only to the tube, but we do not recommend that.
Is the stake made of metal or plastic? Is it strong for placing in hard ground?
Asked by Richard Skerrett on 13 Aug 2021
It is made of plastic. It has to be installed inside the grass etc.
looking for replacement batteries for Henley light - original ones are 750mAh 1.2v from 05.2017 when purchased l believe ! thank you
Asked by sue beagley on 13 Aug 2021
As long as the voltage is the same the battery would be compatible.
Can you run 2 sets of lights of one solar panel using the splitter
Asked by Trevor Robinson on 13 Aug 2021
I am afraid not. This can only be used if you want to have 2 panels at one set of lights.
How long is the lighting section?
Asked by Obi on 12 Aug 2021
It is 10m of tube lights.
Can the lights be fitted to any other material other than a fence or wall, we have got composite slatted fence with steel posts.
Asked by Jane on 12 Aug 2021
The bracket can be installed on a hard surface. That should work. You will have to drill on your fence and use appropriate screws.
How long is the string of coloured lights?
Asked by Andy D on 12 Aug 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights.
Hi, will this string of 100 lights work with a solar panel and battery tube that came with the 300 lights set?
Asked by David on 12 Aug 2021
Hi, we do not recommend that. Please purchase the compatible string.
Good morning, I have 12 of these lights, unfortunately 6 of these have stopped working due to moisture on the circuit board causing corrosion. Is it possible to buy the solar/lighting part only? Good attractive light but would be disappointing to have to pay for the whole item again plus have to dispose of the whole unit. Regards John
Asked by John Byrne on 11 Aug 2021
We do sell the tops separately. https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/XT_Power_Saving_Top_For_London_Canterbury_Durham-784-5.html
Hi does this extension cable allow you to connect two sets of lights?
Asked by Angela Gaywood on 11 Aug 2021
I am afraid not. It can only be used to extend the distance between the lights and the panel.
Do you have a product like this where the light can be used outside? We want to have lights suspended on a pergola, but also want to be able to switch them on and off as we need them. Thanks!
Asked by Rebecca Osborn on 10 Aug 2021
Please look into this light
How long is the actual rope of lights?
Asked by Margaret Watson on 10 Aug 2021
It is 10m.
What is the IP rating of these?
Asked by Richard Daly on 10 Aug 2021
It is IP54 rated.
Hi could you tell me where your products are made/ manufactured please Thank you Amanda
Asked by Amanda on 10 Aug 2021
our products are manufactured in China and distributed in the UK
Can you fix these lights onto a festoon pole so that they zigzag across the garden?
Asked by Annabelle Teale on 10 Aug 2021
That should be okay. However, I would recommend you to support them with hooks on the post and leave some slack so that the wind cannot damage the units.
After a full day in the sun charging, typically how long would the light stay on full power for?
Asked by Jay Hubbard on 9 Aug 2021
they run up to 8 -10 hours from a full charge
Hi does the lamp have the cool white colour along side the other colours?
Asked by Shelley Benn on 8 Aug 2021
I am afraid not.
Hi what colour is the lamp when switched off?
Asked by Shelley Benn on 8 Aug 2021
It is white.
Do you have to attach all 4 lights to the splitter or can you vary the number you attach?
Asked by Dirk Venthem on 7 Aug 2021
All lights need to be connected to the splitter. Otherwise, the connections will be exposed and the unit can get damaged.
How long is solar tube. It is warm white or cold white light? Thx.
Asked by Daniel on 7 Aug 2021
It is 10m. It is cool white.
Can the solar panel be wall mounted
Asked by Russ on 7 Aug 2021
I am afraid not.
How long is the light string/tube please?
Asked by LJ Marsh on 6 Aug 2021
It is 10m.
do we need to purchase new batteries for remote controlwith these? bought 6 and they dont seem to be working with remote control
Asked by Ian on 6 Aug 2021
You have to remove the protective tag from the remote controls. You will also have to activate the unit from the base first. Please press and hold on to the circular button.
Hi Could the metal lantern part be used separately - i.e. without the plastic post? I'm looking for a light to sit on top of a brick housing for my gate sensors. Thanks
Asked by CSA on 6 Aug 2021
I am afraid not.
Hi, can you please confirm the dimensions of the backplate. Can you provide any photos showing the side for this product. Thanks
Asked by Ninos Themistocleous on 6 Aug 2021
H: 3.5 cm L: 16cm
How do these lights fix to the floor? Are there multiple ways? screws bolts stakes?
Asked by Will on 5 Aug 2021
It does not come with a ground stake. You will have to use the screw pack that is provided.
Can this be lit as just natural/cream/white colour I'm not interested in the other colours.
Asked by Gita on 4 Aug 2021
You can set it to work on white colour.
What is the method of fixing the base please?
Asked by Paul dalby on 4 Aug 2021
It comes with a base that needs to be screwed on a hard surface.
Hi, would these batteries be suitable for the mini london post lights? Have they got to be a specific type, brand, or voltage or just your normal type of rechargeable battery? Many thanks
Asked by Natalie Sommerton on 3 Aug 2021
These batteries are compatible with the mini London post lights.
Are these suitable for inside use? I was thinking they would look great in my conservatory.
Asked by Livi Oldland on 3 Aug 2021
The lights are designed to be used outdoors. The panel has to be placed in direct daylight.
Can the charging battery be replaced?
Asked by Richard HADFIELD on 3 Aug 2021
Unfortunately, the batteries in these lights can not be replaced.
Would this product be suitable for the edge of a lawn. Thanks.
Asked by Craig on 3 Aug 2021
We would not recommend that. It would be difficult to install and keep the tube lights in place at the edge of a lawn. Unless you have a small fence etc that the lights can go on.
Hi can I ask how long the cable is ,I'm looking for something approximately 2.5m in length? thank you
Asked by Sarah on 2 Aug 2021
5.2m is the length of the string lights and 1.6m between the panel and the first bulb.
Do these have a night light (low level - always on) mode or are they completely off until there's movement?
Asked by Ray on 1 Aug 2021
this isn't a motion detected light however we do have a motion detected light in this design , however, this light has a standard and power-saving mode
Hi, could you tell me if it's safe to install these lights directly into soil and rockeries including the wires and connectors? Thanks, Hugh
Asked by Hugh on 1 Aug 2021
We do not recommend that. They are designed to be installed in a decking area.
Hi, could you fence mount the solar panel? Any extras fixtures/brackets for this purpose? Thanks, Hugh
Asked by Hugh on 1 Aug 2021
The panel will have to be installed using the spike provided.
How long is this light installation from the 3m cable of solar to lights and then length of lights please. Length of lights? Thank you
Asked by Kirstie archer on 1 Aug 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights.
Hi, is it possible to reduce the cable distance between the lights? Thanks
Asked by Hugh on 1 Aug 2021
I am afraid not.
Is the PIR adjustable height wise as I need it to pick up my dogs movements ? (Dog only one foot high)
Asked by Tracey Crebbin on 1 Aug 2021
Yes, the PIR sensor can be adjusted.
how waterproof are the solar fairy lights, others i have bought have taken on water then rust and do not work this is usually on the part with the solar panel with the batteries in it.
Asked by denise on 1 Aug 2021
The fairy lights are waterproof. This unit can be used outdoors without any water ingress problems.
What colour is this light and how much lumen gives? Thank you
Asked by Williamson on 31 Jul 2021
this light is natural white in colour and 550 lumens
Is this light available in black please?
Asked by Les Baker on 31 Jul 2021
we do not have it available in black unfortunately
Hello, does a spike come with these lights to allow you to put them In a lawn or in soil ? Also what is the dimension of the panel on the top is this 110mm square ? Thanks
Asked by Mick on 31 Jul 2021
It does come both with a bracket and ground stake. The dimensions are: 340mm high x 200mm wide x 110mm deep
Could you set the shimmer Eclipse 30 to one chosen colour Many Thanks
Asked by Col on 31 Jul 2021
Yes, you have this option.
What is the IP rating for this product please?
Asked by Amanda Church on 31 Jul 2021
IP55
Once these lights are switched "on'', can they just be left on? I mean, do they automatically light up at dusk? If I had 5 in my garden, I wouldnt have to switch them all off and on again?
Asked by Tom Astrella on 31 Jul 2021
once they are switched on they will come on automatically from dusk till dawn
Do these have a PIR and if so what range does it cover. Also what is the lumen rating for each light.
Asked by David Boyd on 31 Jul 2021
50 Lumens. It does not have a PIR sensor.
Seems the lumens on this light have been upgraded from 50 to 60? Can you confirm that the up light is 30 lumens and the down light is 30 lumens?
Asked by Tom Astrella on 31 Jul 2021
That is correct. The total output is 60Lumens. Both sides will illuminate equally, it would be 30 Lumens for each side.
Can the light be adjusted directionally?
Asked by Marilyn Burton on 30 Jul 2021
It can be moved up and down slightly.
How long should I leave this switched off outside before I turn it on?
Asked by Denise Sims on 30 Jul 2021
if you can leave it switched off for up to 5 days to allow it to charge before turning it on
Can this be just a warm white too ?
Asked by Nat on 30 Jul 2021
It can only be set to work on red, green, blue, light blue, pink and purple.
Can I have this light without the PR !if not do you have one
Asked by Bryan thomas on 30 Jul 2021
unfortunately we only have this light with PIR
What is the length of the tube light?
Asked by Larissa Tonkin on 29 Jul 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights.
Hi - does this come with the fittings supplied i.e. screws to fix to fence and stake for the ground etc?
Asked by Shital Patel on 29 Jul 2021
Yes, it does come with a stake for the ground.
The light goes through all the different colours, but how do i get it to stay on 1 speciific colour?
Asked by Angela Steele on 28 Jul 2021
You have to click on the circular button to change a colour/mode.
Hi there Is the charging cable available to buy separately? I have acquired a light from my sister, but without the cable. Many thanks
Asked by Rian Douthwaite on 28 Jul 2021
Please click on the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Shapelights_USB_Charging_Cable-893-5.html
how long is the light section
Asked by Robert Wright on 27 Jul 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights.
Could I wall mount this light. Want to light up garden/decking area but don't want PIR
Asked by Jacqueline Henry on 27 Jul 2021
This unit can be installed on the wall.
There is a street lamp close by will this have any effect on the motion sensor at night?
Asked by Veronica on 27 Jul 2021
That can affect the performance of the unit. It can make the panel into thinking that it is daylight and stop it from working.
It doesn't mention the colour of the emitted light, is it warm white or cool white?
Asked by Joanne Durrant on 27 Jul 2021
It is a warm white colour.
Is the lamp body detachable, iam looking for something to put inside an old gas street light ,ilike this concept but don't require the outer case
Asked by Charlie on 27 Jul 2021
unfortunately its not im afraid
Is the amount of time the light comes on for adjustable? If so what is the maximum time it can stay on for before the motion sensor needs to be triggered again?
Asked by Jon on 27 Jul 2021
The time that the light will stay on after motion has been detected is not adjustable.
In which country are these lights made, please?
Asked by hannah on 27 Jul 2021
They are designed in the UK and manufactured in China.
Hi how long is lead from solar panel to the last bulb, as I am looking for it to go round a 2.4 x 2.4 pergola, Thank you
Asked by John Ledger on 27 Jul 2021
The distance between the panel and the bulb is 1.6m.
Will they survive heavy rain?
Asked by Sarah Stokes on 27 Jul 2021
yes our lights are made to survive any UK weather
Is there a white light setting?
Asked by Paul Dalby on 27 Jul 2021
I am afraid not.
Can you please tell me if there is an IP waterproof rating on the Kodiak Post light Many thanks Frank
Asked by FRANK HOSSACK on 26 Jul 2021
IP44 rated.
Do these bulbs have a small hole in the bottom to drain rainwater in case of water ingress?
Asked by Nikki on 26 Jul 2021
these lights are sealed so water won't be able to go through to cause water ingress
One of my Atlas lights has stopped working? Is it the bulb and can they be changed.
Asked by lisa louka on 26 Jul 2021
the bulbs are not replaceable unfortunately if you can contact info@thesolarcentre.com and they can help you with that
Hi, What colour is the exterior, is it grey or black ? Thanks
Asked by Elizabeth Shackleton on 26 Jul 2021
It is anthracite.
Are the lights warm white or cool white?
Asked by Stephen on 26 Jul 2021
they are warm white
How are they held in the 25mm hole as I was thinking of mounting them horizontally along the front face of the decking support joist
Asked by Martyn Bosworth on 26 Jul 2021
You will have to drill holes at the decking and fit the led's in there to keep them in place. The connections can be fitted underneath the deck and they won't be visible.
Does this mood light come with USB cable to charge light if the is period of inclement weather
Asked by Kevin McMeechan on 25 Jul 2021
I am afraid not. It can only charge through solar.
When you first switch these on are they automatically on the summer mode?
Asked by Natalie C on 25 Jul 2021
there's a switch so you can either switch it to the standard mode or power saving mode
Is the solar panel separate or built into the light?
Asked by Rob on 25 Jul 2021
its build in the light
Can you replace battery in these lights if so how
Asked by Tricia on 25 Jul 2021
I am afraid not. The batteries cannot be replaced.
Is the solar panel detachable (so I can string the lights inside a tent, but put the panel out in a good location to charge during the day)?
Asked by Matt on 25 Jul 2021
unfortunately the solar panel cannot be detached
What about the larger diameter London XT replacement tops, do you not do them anymore, I've fitted a number of replacement batteries but still none of them work after charging
Asked by Tony Strawson on 25 Jul 2021
Please click on this link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/XT_Power_Saving_Top_For_London_Canterbury_Durham-784-5.html
Hi, does this have an option for normal white light or is it all colours only? Thank you
Asked by Kathryn Mulhearn on 25 Jul 2021
It does have different modes: red, green, blue, light blue, pink, and purple but not white.
What length are the actual light strings? (Excluding the feed wire)
Asked by Harriet Langridge on 25 Jul 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights.
What type of bulb does this light take? LED? Is a bulb included?
Asked by Margaret Baldock on 24 Jul 2021
It is an LED. The bulb is included and pre-installed.
How long (in hours) will they run for from a full charge ?
Asked by Andy on 24 Jul 2021
from up to 10 hours
Can you tell me how bright the light is when set to static white? Is it bright enough to light a table for 6 to eat dinner by?
Asked by Margaret Simpson on 24 Jul 2021
This unit can only operate in these modes: red, green, blue, light blue, pink, and purple. It is mainly used as decorative light.
What's the spacing between the bulbs?
Asked by Claire Morgan on 24 Jul 2021
It is 50cm.
Hello Can I fix these to my concrete posts between my wooden garden fences ?
Asked by Jesse on 24 Jul 2021
Yes, that should be fine.
How are these mounted/fixed to the surface?
Asked by Wayne Etheridge on 23 Jul 2021
There is a bracket that has to be screwed in on a hard surface to secure the light.
can your lights be switched off at night?
Asked by John Parkinson on 23 Jul 2021
Yes, there is an on/off button on the panel.
Can the motion sensor be switched on/off so that I can have it on, whilst working outside, without it going on/off. Can you adjust the distance for detecting movement? I have a boat and I dont want it going off every time someone walks down the pontoon.
Asked by sharon on 23 Jul 2021
You cannot adjust the range of the PIR sensor. There is an on/off switch that will be used to monitor the light, not the PIR sensor.
Hi, can you turn each individual light on and off, or all are on and all are off?
Asked by Zoe on 23 Jul 2021
they come on all together
How many lumens are they? Thanks
Asked by Georgina Jacobs on 22 Jul 2021
50 Lumens.
Hi I bought these light two days ago. Just realised both end of the wire of buld got different connectors, any way I can swap them as I want to use the hook to hang, what in that case my connector end up in area with less sun light?
Asked by Gurminder on 22 Jul 2021
I am afraid that you cannot swap over the connections. You can purchase an extension cable separately: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Falmouth_5M_Extension_Cable-963-5.html That would help you with placing the panel in a good location.
Does this light automatically come on at dusk and go off at dawn?
Asked by Derek on 22 Jul 2021
yes that's correct
What is the length of cable from Solar panel to the lamp please
Asked by Richard Butler on 22 Jul 2021
the solar panel is integrated on the top of the light
How wide a beam does this spotlight provide?
Asked by Stephen Weston on 22 Jul 2021
this is quite a directional beam.I cannot give the exact angle as it depends on how it is going to be placed etc.
I saw the answer about the brightness modes (80 lumens , 140 lumens 200 lumens), is this per bulb or in total?
Asked by Simon on 22 Jul 2021
I believe this will be in total as they are a decorative light.
Are these watertight ?
Asked by James Busher on 22 Jul 2021
Yes, these lights are waterproof.
Does the extension cable fit between the solar panel and the splitter or just between the splitter and the light unit? Or both?
Asked by Tony on 21 Jul 2021
It only fits between each light and the splitter.
I have purchased lighting from you last year and perfectly happy. I am now looking for solar powered wall lights which contain a switching mechanism so they can be de-activated if required
Asked by Tony Iddon on 21 Jul 2021
This unit has an on/off button. It is located next to the PIR sensor.
How many Sherpas would it take to light up a patio area 2m x 2m fixed to a fence post at approx. 1.5 m high
Asked by David on 21 Jul 2021
The total output for 4 will be 48 lumens. It depends on the effect that you want to have and also if there are other lights around illuminating in that area.
Can multiple or larger solar panels/battery packs be added, to allow for a more sustainable system?
Asked by Stephen Middleton on 20 Jul 2021
You can add up to two panels using this splitter cable
Can you switch it white light only?
Asked by Deborah Carey on 20 Jul 2021
I am afraid not.
What distance can the two lights be from one another ?
Asked by John Edward on 20 Jul 2021
The wire from the splitter to each spotlight is: 4.5m (450cm) However, we also sell an extension cable if that is required: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Atlas_5M_Extension_Cable-894-5.html
How long are they? I would prefer lights that are 8m long!
Asked by Ralph on 20 Jul 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights.
Are the lights a warm or a cool white light?
Asked by Chrissy on 19 Jul 2021
These lights are warm white.
I have just bought a set of solar lights but I am not sure, once I have charged them up, if I am meant to turn them on and off each day or whether I just leave them in the on position while they just recharge themselves the following day after they have run out each night.
Asked by Vicki on 19 Jul 2021
If the lights are left switched on, they will come on automatically once it gets dark. The batteries will charge while it is daylight.
The cable between two lights has got snagged and seems to have broken. How do I fix it?
Asked by Jonathan Woodhouse on 18 Jul 2021
I am afraid that the string cannot be repaired.
Very pleased with my shape lights, but I don't know how to get them to change colour automatically. The only way I can change the colour is manually. What am I doing wrong?
Asked by Vivien Redman on 18 Jul 2021
Please see below a Youtube video showing how to get to the automatic colour changing mode https://youtu.be/AkMIRcmZBsc
I'm looking for a solar light to uplight a hymalayan birch tree (5m tall) - would this be a good option and could you suggest any alternatives which may be better?
Asked by Julie on 18 Jul 2021
This unit is 100 Lumens and can produce light up to 15m away. It would be suitable as long as the panel is not located in a shady area.
Hi. I can't seem to manually turn the lights on when the solar unit is plugged in- they only come on at night?
Asked by James on 18 Jul 2021
The lights will only work when is dark. The solar panel is sensitive to daylight and any other source of lighting.
Is it possible to add a cable extender from the end of the bulbs to the solar pack as I need to position the power pack slightly further away.from where the bulbs hang
Asked by Kel on 18 Jul 2021
It is possible. Please click on the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Falmouth_5M_Extension_Cable-963-5.html
Hi I have the Chester up/down wall lights. Do you do a replacement solar panel for this product.
Asked by Brenda Johnstone on 18 Jul 2021
I am afraid not, we do not sell the panel individually.
Hi Does this light automatically turn on/off?
Asked by Matthew Bucknall on 18 Jul 2021
yes, that's right.
Hi, can I ask what the diameter of the bulbs are please? Kind regards, Sarah
Asked by Sarah on 18 Jul 2021
Each bulb is 5cm diameter.
Can I sink these lights into paving slabs? I understand good drainage is required, so would I need to remove all slab material below the light?
Asked by Michael Fray on 18 Jul 2021
We would not recommend that.
How many lumens are there
Asked by Les David on 18 Jul 2021
40 Lumens
BATTERY REMOVED....LI-ION ICR 18650 1800AH3.7V...CAN THIS BATTERY BE REPLACED...IF SO WHERE DO I GET ONE????
Asked by JOHN M DUFF on 18 Jul 2021
Please click here
We have the eco disc wall light..is this one exactly the same l as our eco wall light with just the colour changes ? or is it different lumins ?
Asked by Bonny cook on 17 Jul 2021
It is a different unit. It would be more of a decorative light compared to the Eco disk light.
Are these waterproof?
Asked by Paula on 17 Jul 2021
Yes, these lights are waterproof.
I notice the Falmouth festoon lights have a 2 pin female connector at the end of the cable. Is this to connect another set of lights into it? If not what is this for please?
Asked by Zoe on 17 Jul 2021
The panel won't support more led's. This is needed for the extension cable: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Falmouth_5M_Extension_Cable-963-5.html and the solar panel.
Hi I need a pack of 4. Are they sold separately or in a pack. I don't want 4 solar panels. Just the one to work all 4 lights thanks
Asked by Ruby on 17 Jul 2021
The panel is integrated and located on top of the light.
What are the exact measurements of the back plate as I have a small space between fence and fence concrete post I want to fill but not sure on back plate size as you say 6cm but I need exact measurements please. Thanx x
Asked by Maxine Holsworth on 17 Jul 2021
It is 61mm wide.
Hi, do you know if you can get spare parts for these lamps? thanks
Asked by Dave Duncan on 17 Jul 2021
I am afraid not. We do sell spare parts for this unit.
Hi there, how long does it take to be fully charged in full sunlight, and how long in other weather conditions?
Asked by Sue on 17 Jul 2021
We do recommend charging the light via the USB cable for 6 hours. If you want to charge the light through daylight, you have to keep it switched off and it can take up to 5 days, depending on the weather conditions.
What is the life expectancy of the 4 spot lights, ive bought several and I love them, but I didn't check that you can't change the batteries. Thankyou
Asked by janet hemming on 17 Jul 2021
We expect our products to last for a minimum of two years, but this varies depending on the location, installation and the customer
Please can you send me the installation instructions so I can see if they are suitable for my deck? Many thanks
Asked by Jamie Clarke on 16 Jul 2021
These lights can be installed with a spike.
Light comes on sometimes how can I check if it's battery or other fault are there spare parts available
Asked by John McMonagle on 15 Jul 2021
You will have to take the battery out of the unit and check with a voltage meter. The batteries can be replaced easily if needed.
Do you have any plans to produce something that looks like rose gold or brass other than anthracite color? Or if you have (and can make) such a color right now, I'm willing to buy it right away. I am Korean and I am glad to know your site. However, it is very difficult to find a color close to gold among solar wall lamps. Please reply by email.
Asked by yun on 15 Jul 2021
All of our wall lights are anthracite or stainless steel at the moment. We can look into your suggestion.
How long do the lights take to fully charge via USB please?
Asked by Carleen on 15 Jul 2021
they take up to 6 hours to charge
From your diagram, it looks as if you have to remove the light from the wall to switch it on or off. Is this right?
Asked by David Entwistle on 15 Jul 2021
The switch button is located at the back of the unit. However, if the unit has been left switched on, it will come on automatically each evening.
Is it possible to buy 1 replacement spotlight? An animal has chewed through the cable of 1 light and they have all stopped working
Asked by Tony on 15 Jul 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell the spotlights individually.
How much darkness do they need I have a street light next to my driveway
Asked by Lambert munro on 14 Jul 2021
The street light can stop the solar light from working. They are designed to work when it is completely dark.
Hi, want to put solar panel on the outside of a shed/garage and the lightPIR on the inside to come on during the day as there is no natural light in the shed when the door is closed. Would this work please?
Asked by Vonnie on 14 Jul 2021
āYes, this will work in the way you have described. You just need to adjust the lux sensor on the light head and that will trick the panel into thinking it is darker than it is and the light will work even though the panel is outside.
Hey, What's the life of the battery? How many years should I expect from the lights?
Asked by Dylan on 14 Jul 2021
the batteries last a minimum - 2-3 years, We expect our products to last for a minimum of two years, but this varies depending on the location, installation and the customer
Hi, what is the total length of cable from the solar panel to the last bulb?
Asked by John on 13 Jul 2021
The distance from the panel to the first bulb is 2 metres. The total length of cable 4.4 metres
What is the length of the lights not including cable to the solar panel please
Asked by Doreen on 13 Jul 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights.
Do these give warm or cool light?
Asked by Greg Moyes on 13 Jul 2021
It has white led bulbs.
Hi, Do the lanterns come on automatically every night? and is there a switch to turn them manually on/off?
Asked by Emma on 12 Jul 2021
They would come on automatically, but there is an on/off switch button as well.
These lights are show as screwed down. How are they anchored? Do they come with some kind of housing/backing that the light itself fits in & is screws to?
Asked by Tom on 12 Jul 2021
They are sandwiched between the bricks, the screws are so you could undo and get to the batteries.
What is the total length from first bulb and what colour is cable ?
Asked by Jan on 12 Jul 2021
It is 1.9m cable between the first led and the panel. It is 10m of string bulbs and the string is green in colour.
Hi I want this lights to put them on my fence is that ok or is only for wall?
Asked by Suzie on 12 Jul 2021
That would be fine. The lights can also be installed on a fence.
Hello, I need to buy replacement USB charging cables. What type are the USB charging cables and where can I purchase them as I live in the UK? Thank you
Asked by Valerie Lolita Vige on 11 Jul 2021
These are micro USB. You can take the head with you to check the size. You can usually get these from any electrical sellers.
Are these lights cool white or warm white
Asked by Zoe on 11 Jul 2021
warm white
How much space is in between each bulb and how big is a bulb
Asked by Andrew Franklin on 11 Jul 2021
There are spaced 55cm apart. The bulbs are 5.5 inches tall and 3 inches across.
Can this be set to a static white light? Many thanks, Jeff
Asked by Jeff Boone on 11 Jul 2021
I am afraid not.
Hi I have just bought 4 of the large pebble lights and they are not changing colour. I have tried all the advice from the questions already asked.
Asked by Karen Maddock on 11 Jul 2021
Please click on this video: https://youtu.be/AkMIRcmZBsc
How long do they stay alluminated for?
Asked by Mark brenton on 10 Jul 2021
they run up to 10 hours from a full charge
What is the length of cable between the light and solar panel?
Asked by Jess on 10 Jul 2021
The cable from the solar panel is 5m.
How do you know when the lantern is fully charged as there doesn't appear to be anyway of showing?
Asked by G.Barnard on 9 Jul 2021
It will take 4 hours for the unit to fully charge via the USB cable.
You say there is a switch. Is it separate or integrated? I'd like to be able to switch it on or off without climbing a ladder!
Asked by Chris on 9 Jul 2021
its on the back of the light
Is there a switch so it doesn't have to be on all the time? If so, is it separate or integrated?
Asked by Chris on 9 Jul 2021
The switch button is located on the unit, next to the LEDs.
Is it possible to turn this light on and off as and when wanted? Thanks
Asked by Olivia scott on 8 Jul 2021
There is an on/off switch button, but once the light has been installed it will not be easily accessible.
Do these lights come with a warm yellow light
Asked by Steve ludlow on 7 Jul 2021
These lights come with 4 warm white led spotlights.
What length of guarantee comes with these lights?
Asked by David Shoebridge on 7 Jul 2021
All of our lights come with a 12-months warranty.
Can the cable (quoted as "approx" 5m) be lengthened? I need about 10m as I want to put the light fitting at the bend of an "L" shaped covered passageway. If not, can you suggest an alternative? Thanks.
Asked by Nick Vernon-Smith on 6 Jul 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell an extension cable for that light.
Hi there, How long is the string of lights?
Asked by Simon on 6 Jul 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights.
Hi. How thick is the wire? It looks quite chunky in the picture.
Asked by Jill C on 6 Jul 2021
its 0.4 cm thick
Once fully charged the if the lights can run continuously on mode 1 how many hours would the charge last ?
Asked by Cliff on 6 Jul 2021
It depends on the location and the weather conditions. It can work for up to 8 hours.
I have 6 Kodiax mini lights on my fence but I wish a recommendation for my new Astro turf to full enhance it but don't wish to spike it any suggestions I am awaiting another mini light
Asked by John Kean on 6 Jul 2021
Please look into the spotlights or post lights.
Dimensions please.
Asked by Barry Harber on 6 Jul 2021
The dimensions are: 18.7 deep x 20cm wide by 3cm high
Can you please tell me what the diameter of the laterns are?
Asked by Janice h on 6 Jul 2021
Each lantern is 7cm in diameter.
Is the PIR dawn to dusk operation or adjustable . I don't want the light coming on when it's early evening in the summer only when it's dark.
Asked by Roy Martin on 6 Jul 2021
The light will come on automatically when it gets dark.
Does this item have an override on/off switch?
Asked by E Halson on 6 Jul 2021
This light has an on/off switch button. However, if you leave the light switched on, it will come on automatically every evening.
What is colour of flame ?? And is it a single colour ? On the picture it seems to be mixed colours ?? I only want one definite colour on outside and one definite colour on the actual flame !!
Asked by Elizabeth Hamlyn on 5 Jul 2021
So it is a mixture of oranges to create a flame effect.
Could you use the mini cube on top of small piller
Asked by Sue baker on 5 Jul 2021
It would not be recommended because you would need to unscrew it to bring it in if it ever needed to be USB charged.
What is the length of cable with these lights and the distance between the lights and size of lights please. Are you going to do a set of 20 in this range?
Asked by Deborah Blair on 5 Jul 2021
It is 5m long (10 bulbs spaced 50cm apart). They are not available in a set of 20 Bulbs.
Are these waterproof?
Asked by Louise Mccall on 4 Jul 2021
Yes, these lights are waterproof.
Hi, Can the battery be changed easily. Is it a lithium-Ion? Regards, glen
Asked by Glen Fuller on 4 Jul 2021
No sorry, the battery in this cannot be changed.
Hi, Can the battery be changed easily. Is it a lithium-Ion? Regards, glen
Asked by Glen Fuller on 4 Jul 2021
No sorry, the battery in this cannot be changed.
Hi, Can the battery be changed easily. Is it a lithium-Ion? Regards, glen
Asked by Glen Fuller on 4 Jul 2021
No sorry, the battery in this cannot be changed.
Would this light be suitable to be used each night. IE as it gets dark, would it turn on to light up my garden room and how long would the battery last if it was fully charged. If this product is not suitable for this operation, which other product would you recommend?
Asked by Richard on 4 Jul 2021
The light from a full charge should run up to 10 hours, however in winter, you might want to change the brightness level so that the product lasts longer throughout winter. You could probably expect up to 6 hours in wintertime.
Hi team Does the solar panel charge the batteries on a dull day? And how long are s battery life before replacement? Thanks D Patterson
Asked by David Patterson on 4 Jul 2021
The panel will constantly charge the batteries, taking in whatever it can. However, if the day is heavily overcast and you can not see the sun, then it will take on as much charge. This is when you can use the USB facility if you want to. The batteries shouldn't need changing for at least up to 3 years, sometimes longer.
What is the ideal battery for the Geo 2 system
Asked by Nick Arnold on 3 Jul 2021
34AH is the recommended battery.
What is the lifespan of this light? In hours please. Can I replace the bulb when it fails?
Asked by Adam on 3 Jul 2021
The light is dusk until dawn, so should through until it gets light. In winter you can use the power saving mode to help it run longer. I would say the most in winter would be around 6 hours, depending on weather and location.
Does the Geo 2 solar panel come with fixing brackets of ay kind. If not how is it secured? Thanks
Asked by Nick Arnold on 3 Jul 2021
It comes with a plastic panel holder in order to be secured on the roof.
Not sure whether I missed it, but what are the dimensions of this light, please?
Asked by Barbara Castle on 3 Jul 2021
The dimensions are: 18.7 deep x 20cm wide by 3cm high
Can they fit into artificial grass?
Asked by Costa on 3 Jul 2021
They come with a spike so it might not be suitable for artificial grass.
What is the total length of the lights on the cable
Asked by Lisa m carpenter on 3 Jul 2021
It is 1.9m between the panel and the first led. It is 10m of string which holds the festoon bulbs.
Are these lights made in the U.K.? If not, where are they made? I have bought so many solar lights, but they are not fit for the weather in Cornwall. Not a single one has even lasted a year...what a waste!
Asked by Caroline on 3 Jul 2021
All our lights are manufactured in China but to UK specifications. The Elans are rated IP54.
Is there an on/off button on this lamp?
Asked by D Munasinghe on 3 Jul 2021
yes, there is an on/off switch button.
Hi. What length do the lights cover, please?
Asked by Donna Sheppard on 3 Jul 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights.
Do lights come with USB charging cable like other shape lights I have purchased from you previously?
Asked by Kevin McMeechan on 3 Jul 2021
No, these do not have a charging cable or USB charging facility.
Is it possible to turn these lights (or others) on before it's quite dark? On/off switch mentioned but only to turn off- is that correct?
Asked by Noreen on 2 Jul 2021
There is an on/off switch button. However, the lights will operate only when is dark.
How to these decking lights attach to the decking please? Does the stake go through the gaps in the boards? Or are they for grass only?
Asked by Susan on 2 Jul 2021
The stake would be used for the grass only.
Does the power switch need to be "On" in order to get solar charged? I don't want the light to automatically come on when it is dark, but would like to be able to switch on the lights.
Asked by Karen on 2 Jul 2021
You can turn the lights on/off on demand. If the lights are switched off it would allow them to build up a charge.
Please can you advise if these lights are warm white or bright white ? Thanks Carol
Asked by Carol Jones on 2 Jul 2021
warm white
Can I switch off the colour rotation and just a normal light
Asked by Sharon Munns on 2 Jul 2021
You can set the light on a static mode if you wish to.
Do these decking lights emit a warm white or cool white light?
Asked by Alison Coombes on 2 Jul 2021
The LED Bulb Colour is white, not warm white.
Does this come as 1 single unit for 4 units. The mini solar lights are sold as a pack of 4 so I'm wondering if these are sold individually @ Ā£6.98 or for a pack of 4?
Asked by Amz on 1 Jul 2021
they are sold individually
Can this light be turned on manually to provide a constant light for outside dinner parties etc ?
Asked by Darren Reid on 1 Jul 2021
I am afraid not. It can only operate when motion is detected.
Will I have to drill a recess into my deck boards and, if so, what diameter and depth please.
Asked by Chris on 30 Jun 2021
The lights come with a spike for easy installation.
Is this device waterproof
Asked by Wayne Springer on 30 Jun 2021
Yes, this light is waterproof.
What is the length of the 200 section of led lights. Are they fully waterproof ?
Asked by Mr G Cooper on 29 Jun 2021
It is a 10m of tube lights. The lights are waterproof.
Hi I have just purchased x3 of these you see it says charge for 3 to 5 days ... do you just leave it on the off setting in the sun and will that allow them to fully charge or do I set it to setting to my choice and just let it charge that way? Thanks
Asked by Chris Devlin on 29 Jun 2021
if you can charge it while its switched off please up to 5 days
Hi, what is the IP rating on this light?
Asked by Wendy Maybin on 28 Jun 2021
IP44
How do these Harrogate solar post lights mount on hard block paving or slabs.
Asked by Paul Graham on 28 Jun 2021
We will provide a bracket and a screw fixing pack.
This battery is rechargeable but they won't fit into a AA OR AAA charger so do we have to now buy a separate charger to accomadate this particular battery,?
Asked by Terence Langridge on 28 Jun 2021
You will either need to purchase a compatible charger or leave the batteries inside the unit to charge through the panel or USB cable depending on the set of lights that you have got.
Do you need a separate solar power panel or is this integrated into the light?
Asked by Zoe on 28 Jun 2021
The solar panel is integrated.
Will these work in a car port
Asked by Sue on 28 Jun 2021
Not if the carport has a roof, as the panels are on top of the light.
What are the size of these lights/globes?
Asked by Deborah Blair on 28 Jun 2021
The bulbs are 5.5 inches tall and 3 inches across.
Hi What is this product made of - is it powder-coated aluminium?
Asked by Sarah on 28 Jun 2021
Yes, it is aluminium.
Hi, can you tell me whether the light from these is a bright white or a warm white?
Asked by Kate Hilton on 28 Jun 2021
It is natural white in colour.
Please can you advise the total length of these lights, and the spacing between each bulb?
Asked by Sarah on 27 Jun 2021
It is 5m long (10 bulbs spaced 50cm apart).
can i program this to stay on one colour
Asked by ruthie on 27 Jun 2021
Yes, you can set it on a static colour/mode.
What is the total length of the 10 lights please ?
Asked by Jane on 27 Jun 2021
It is 5m.
Can these be set in cobbles
Asked by Michael on 26 Jun 2021
We do not recommend that, but you could possibly use the stake to keep the lights securely in place.
Hi, how the London lights perform in the winter? Thanks
Asked by Ili on 26 Jun 2021
we have a power-saving mode where its recommended to use in winter so even in winter they perform well
Can you tell me the depth of the light please? Thankyou
Asked by Alison Rawlings on 26 Jun 2021
30cm in depth
Hello im looking for a few sets of solar lights , what is the highest lumes set you have with no pir as wanting them on from dusk to early morning as a night shift worker. Regards Barry from Belfast.
Asked by Barry Hutchinson on 26 Jun 2021
The most powerful light that we sell and can stay on continuously is this (1000 Lumens) https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Eco_Wedge_Elite_Remote_Control_Solar_Light_With_PIR-846-78.html
Can these lights just be screwed into the top of a patio and how raised are they?
Asked by Farah Dunlop on 25 Jun 2021
These are made to be placed between bricks and the screws is so you can access the batteries. They will lie flat.
Another question about these lights ... do they only do colours or is there a white setting as well ? Thanks :-)
Asked by Mandy Evans Ewing on 25 Jun 2021
Yes, it does have a white setting.
can these be switched on and off?
Asked by matthew mcmanus on 24 Jun 2021
There is a switch button, but once the light has been installed it will not be easily accessible.
Hi I am wanting to put these lights on my fence what type of hook would I need to fix to the fence please? Given the hook would be facing the fence panel a cup hook wouldn't work looks like a fence hook would need to go in from side.
Asked by Sara Phillips on 24 Jun 2021
'Hanger hooks' for string lights will be fine.
How many different flowers are in this set, and is it the same for the 40pack?
Asked by Richard on 24 Jun 2021
They come in 4 different colours, there is a little bit of everything on the same string of lights. It has yellow, green, red and purple. This is the same for both the set of 20 and the set of 40.
I've seen the light colour is warm white, can you get them in cool white?
Asked by Terry on 24 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. This light comes only in warm white.
Can you fix the Truro solar wall light to fencing?
Asked by Gary on 24 Jun 2021
Yes, you can install this light on the fence.
Are they OK to leave out in the rain.
Asked by Tony Clayton on 23 Jun 2021
yes
What is the height and diameter of the bulbs please?
Asked by Natalie on 22 Jun 2021
The bulbs are 10cm in height x 4cm in diameter.
Is there an adjustable timer for the when the light stays illuminated with the PIR function
Asked by David Thwaites on 22 Jun 2021
This light will come on automatically when motion is detected and it will be switched off when motion stops. I am afraid that you cannot adjust the timer on the PIR mode.
Does these lights sit flat and level with the decking or do they pertrude on top ?
Asked by Angela on 22 Jun 2021
they sit flat and level with the decking
Hi, Is it possible to extend the length by connecting another set of lights?
Asked by Steve on 22 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. That would not be possible.
The image shows the lights sunk into grass but they're described as lights for decking so I'm confused - do they go on the decking itself or are these just garden lights? How would they attach to the decking? Thanks
Asked by Martin on 22 Jun 2021
These lights come with a spike.
Is there an on/off switch so you can charge up the battery over several days so that it lasts longer when required for an event?
Asked by Mark McCormack on 21 Jun 2021
There is an on/off switch button on this light.
Is it possible to join 2 of these extension cables together if you need to put the solar panel further than 5m
Asked by Rory Musgrave on 21 Jun 2021
Yes, you can use more than one extension cables. Please note that each extension cable can drop the brightness at a rate of 10%.
Would this still work installed on a 6ft high fence ? As cannot drill into house wall ( landlords instructions)
Asked by Jill Burke on 21 Jun 2021
We do recommend testing the light on the location that you wish to place it, prior to going through installation.
Are these lights made of glass? Would they be suitable hung against a fence in a windy spot or are they too fragile? Thanks
Asked by Jane on 21 Jun 2021
These light are made of plastic. They can be installed on a fence.
What is the IP rating of these lights? And what material are the lights made of?
Asked by Sergio on 20 Jun 2021
IP44 and it is made from Solid Aluminium lamp construction
Where is the light made !!
Asked by Anthony Moore on 20 Jun 2021
All of our lights are designed in the UK but manufactured in China.
Some ask the question about replacement batteries for the Truro solar lights,the answer was replace them with AA rechargeable ,there is absolutely no way they will fit in or replace the existing 3,7v 18650 battery,do you sell the 3.7v batteries that are about 3 times bigger than a AA,thank you,
Asked by Terence Langridge on 20 Jun 2021
I am sorry for the confusion. The batteries have been changed recently. This unit takes either AA rechargeable batteries or 18650 Li-ion battery depending on when you've bought it. Both batteries are available on our website if you need to replace them. Here are the links: 18650 Li-ion battery AA Rechargeable
Hi, do you have to screw these down into decking or will they stand up if sheltered from the wind? We do not want to screw the light into the decking as we are in a rented property and not sure we are allowed
Asked by Emily on 20 Jun 2021
These will need to be screwed down to decking or concreted in.
Hi can you tell me if the bulb holder is metal or plastic.
Asked by Robin on 20 Jun 2021
The bulb holder is silver plastic
Are these lights bright
Asked by Doreen Pragnell on 20 Jun 2021
The output of this light is 50 Lumens.
What is the equivalent in watts?
Asked by Lars on 20 Jun 2021
This post light has an output of 12 Lumens.
Hi, will these lights work if used in a porch?
Asked by Jade Rickard on 20 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. The solar panel is integrated and the light needs to be exposed to some direct daylight and not be charged via windows/glass etc.
Hi Is there an option to turn the light off so it does Not pick up motion if you are entertaining
Asked by Alison on 20 Jun 2021
There is an on/off switch button on this light.
At the splitter are the lights on 4 separate cables and if so how long is each cable? If the lights are on one cable linked together, what is the length of the cable between each linked light?
Asked by Joanne kennedy on 20 Jun 2021
At the splitter, there are 4 different/separate cables. Each of the cables leads to one spotlight. The length of each cable is 4.5m.
What are the dimensions and are they the same for stainless steel colour?
Asked by Rose Devlin on 19 Jun 2021
Yes, both the stainless steel and the anthracite edition would have exactly the same dimensions, which are: 118mm x 127mm x 89mm.
the edison you say you cant buy what other bulb can you use
Asked by susan on 19 Jun 2021
I am afraid just this bulb would be suitable. We are looking at selling these separately soon.
In lamans terms am i correct in whats required once the lights arrive 1..Charge lights up in the off position for 3 days 2. Cut a 97mm hole with a hole saw into decking. 3. Turn on lights after 3 days and place into 97mm holes 4. Leave lights turned on and lights will come on at dusk & turn of automatically at dawn 5. Replace batteries after how long??
Asked by Lewis on 19 Jun 2021
That is correct. The batteries may need changing after 2 years minimum.
Can the light be switched on in daylight (with sun on the solar panel) to light a dark room
Asked by Bruce Rawlings on 19 Jun 2021
This light can only operate while it is completely dark / night outside.
I have installed four lights for a customer, and wanted to ensure they were off to allow time to be fully charged but could not tell whether they were on or off, the switch at the rear gives no indication of what's selected ..can you advise
Asked by Steve kemp on 19 Jun 2021
if you can cover the solar panel with a thick towel so place the light upside down so that the panel is covered , then if it is on the light will turn on and if not the light wont come on
What is the white part of these light made of please ? is it plastic? I have similar ones from another company but the white has turned yellow.
Asked by Lesley Jones on 19 Jun 2021
That part is made of plastic.
What is the IP rating of these lights?
Asked by Sergio on 19 Jun 2021
IP44
Wanting to put these in my conservatory which is all glass. Will the panel not charge even if attached to glass pane in ceiling?
Asked by Elspeth Baillie on 18 Jun 2021
The panel has to be placed outdoors in direct daylight. Please do not charge the units through glass or windows.
Hi Can you ell me if the bulb can be replaced? and is it Warm white? thanks!
Asked by caroline on 18 Jun 2021
The bulb cannot be replaced. It is 5,500K natural white colour temperature.
hello is the bulb warm white? thanks
Asked by caroline on 18 Jun 2021
Yes, there are warm white LED's.
Would these cast light up a wall if placed adjacent to it, or are they just a glow? For example to mark a brick gate post or front door?
Asked by Richard on 18 Jun 2021
They would cast some light but not a great amount. we would recommend these for marking out car parking spaces edges or entrances to a driveway
Hi Thanks for answer can they be bought in black like in pic three? Ideally I wanted black
Asked by Gary on 17 Jun 2021
I am afraid not, they only come in grey. The black circular bit on this image is actually the solar panel.
Can you turn these off with the remote so they aren't on all night ?
Asked by Gaby on 17 Jun 2021
You can turn these off using the remote control if you wish.
Light comes on at night but stays on
Asked by Del lambert on 17 Jun 2021
This is how this light should operate, it will stay on continuously.
The shimmer pebble. Can this be changed via USB too? And if you can change the colour do you get to pick which colour you want when you pre order?
Asked by Karen Crichton on 16 Jun 2021
It cannot be charged via a USB cable. You can choose a static mode, and you can pick a colour from the remote control.
I have ordered 2 of these Can they be set to change light colour intermittently?
Asked by John Hughes on 15 Jun 2021
This light has a static mode (which means that you can use one colour) or it can run through all the colours automatically.
Do the batteries have to be rechargeable or can I put ordinary batteries in?
Asked by Bernadette Brewster on 15 Jun 2021
You will have to use rechargeable batteries.
Does the anthracite finish also have a motion detector option?
Asked by Steve Banks on 15 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. It does not come with a PIR sensor.
Usb charging for the first time. How many hours should it be charged for?
Asked by Barrie Waugh on 15 Jun 2021
You should charge this unit until the light goes green.
Please can you advise / send pictures of how this fixes to the wall. Thanks so much :-)
Asked by Mandy Evans Ewing on 15 Jun 2021
This light comes with a screw pack and that can be fitted on the wall or a flat surface using the screws provided.
Can I use 18650 3400mAh battery instead of 18650 2600mAh battery as I read they will make things brighter and lit for longer time?
Asked by Cheryl Darwen on 14 Jun 2021
The recommended battery for this unit is: 18650 2600mAh Lithium-Ion Rechargeable Battery.
Is the solar panel waterproof?
Asked by Jarmila Jurickova on 14 Jun 2021
Yes, it is waterproof.
Can you use multiple lights off on solar panel or does each light require a solar panel?
Asked by Nathan Marron on 14 Jun 2021
Each light will require one solar panel.
Can you get then in grey or black
Asked by Karl on 14 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. They only come in stainless steel.
Hi I have bought a video doorbell and they state it needs 18650 Li-Lon 2600mAh batteries x 3. I have already ordered incorrect ones so just want to make sure I order the correct ones. Is it longer than a normal AA battery as the space fixture looks like they are longer. Thank you
Asked by Alison on 14 Jun 2021
This battery is longer than the AA batteries.
Hi I have a few queries if you don't mind. 1) The description says the cable is 2.7m howeve, however in the FAQ's you have stated 4.5m, please could you confirm which is the correct length? 2) Do you know the IP rating for dust and waterproofing? 3) Is the battery replaceable? Thanks.
Asked by Asif on 13 Jun 2021
Hi, The wire between the splitter and the light head is 2.7m. The lights are waterproof, it will be at least IP44. The battery can easily be replaced, It is inside the panel and this unit takes 18650-2600mah Lithium battery.
Can you get a 90 degree connector to enable wall mounting my TrueFlame USB Solar Torch Lights?
Asked by Graeme Wharry on 13 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. This light comes with a spike.
Can the sets be connected to each other
Asked by Karen on 13 Jun 2021
I am afraid not.
Hello Do you sell an extension lead for the solar panel? Thanks James
Asked by James Ewence on 13 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. We do not have an extention cable for this unit.
What are the light jar dimensions please?
Asked by Ian on 13 Jun 2021
Each flower jar is 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Can I connect thi to my Alexa to play music outside?
Asked by Stephen Goodwin on 13 Jun 2021
I am afraid not.
What size are the light jars please?
Asked by Ian on 13 Jun 2021
Each flower jar is 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Is this light black or anthracite?
Asked by Beth on 13 Jun 2021
It is anthracite.
The foxes have chewed the cable connecting to the solar panel. Can this be fixed or replaced?
Asked by Jeannette on 12 Jun 2021
I am sorry to hear that. The panel is integrated and this part cannot be replaced.
can you confirm the size of the pebble
Asked by Debra Morgan on 12 Jun 2021
It is 32cm by 24cm.
how many lights per pack and is the solar panel on the light or on a wired panel
Asked by Dawn Forster on 11 Jun 2021
It is one light per pack.
Do you sell spare parts? I accidentally cut through the cable joining the control tube to the solar panel with the lawnmower. Need a new solar panel with cable (lighting series is in tact and battery power still works)
Asked by Alison Godfrey on 11 Jun 2021
I am sorry to hear that. Please click on the link below: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Replacement_Solar_Panel_Lumify_300_LEDs-820-5.html
hi can you adjust the pir for different positions thanks
Asked by Mark Peffers on 10 Jun 2021
The PIR sensor cannot be adjusted. However, you can adjust the Led's and the solar panel.
Details state light colour white/warm white is it possible to change between both?
Asked by K Wheeler on 10 Jun 2021
Yes, there is a switch button that will help you to change the setting between white and warm white.
How are they fixed to the gutter? Screwed on or do they just sit (balanced) on it?
Asked by Dave on 9 Jun 2021
It is a thumb screw that tightens up to secure it.
please can you supply the fitting size, bulb size, colour temperature and wattage of these bulbs
Asked by Kate Stone on 9 Jun 2021
There are G40 led Bulbs in warm white colour.
Is it possible to replace battery if required?
Asked by Brian Poole on 9 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. The batteries cannot be replaced.
Hi 3 questions: Is there an on/off switch? Can a lower brightness bulb be fitted? When do you expect stocks to be available?
Asked by Nick on 9 Jun 2021
There is a switch button. You cannot change the bulb on this unit. They will be available from the end of June/ early July.
We have the elan festoon white lights & love them we want to order fairy lights which are the same colour when lit Is white & natural white the same colour when lit please
Asked by Sue Cook on 8 Jun 2021
The festoon lights come in a natural white. The fairy lights come in crisp white or warm white. So it might be a slight difference but it should not be very noticeable.
Can you this on outdoor rope lights
Asked by Kathryn Grace on 8 Jun 2021
This panel is only compatible with the Lumify 300 LEDs.
Can this installed under the entrance porch? It's not too deep and faces south.
Asked by Mark on 8 Jun 2021
As long as it is a South facing wall and there are no obstructions or shadows that should be okay. Please be advised that the light cannot be charged via windows and it needs to be exposed to some direct daylight.
is there a setting to turn them on so they are constantly illuminated? or is it only periodically with motion detection? and is it only motion activated at night or all day? and roughly how long is it illuminated before it times out?
Asked by terry on 8 Jun 2021
This light will only illuminate every time it detects motion and it will stay on for approximately 30 seconds. It works only when is dark.
Hi Are the arm and base of this item black or grey? I asked a few days ago but no response received.
Asked by Gary on 8 Jun 2021
It is grey.
Is there a way of knowing the button selection. There is just a rubber button at bottom of solar panel. How do I know if it is s position or p
Asked by Antony Barker on 7 Jun 2021
Each push of the button will select a different brightness. The lower the brightness the longer the light will run for after dark.
Are they waterproof?
Asked by Jamie Connell on 7 Jun 2021
Yes, there are waterproof.
Love both the quality and look of this light purchased a set of 2, and very happy with how they look but need a single to finish the look. Is a single spot of similar size and intensity available.
Asked by P Evans on 6 Jun 2021
Here are some options for single spotlights. They are not in the same range as the atlas spotlights but they are bright enough: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Thea_Solar_Garden_Spotlight-341-83.html https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Albany_Premium_Solar_Spotlight-766-83.html
What's the IP rating of these lights?
Asked by Russ on 6 Jun 2021
IP65
Are these well sealed? Has similar ones but we get a fair amount of standing water in our garden due to be in a marshy area and had some similar ones that didn't last.
Asked by Laura on 6 Jun 2021
These lights are sealed and are waterproof.
How long is the runtime of these light in summer and winter?
Asked by Gabriel on 6 Jun 2021
The run time is up to 12 hours from a full charge.
Is the battery replaceable?
Asked by Russell Willis on 6 Jun 2021
I am afraid not.
Can you tell me if the adhesive patch is strong enough to hold secure to wooden decking.
Asked by Darryl on 5 Jun 2021
I would not recommend adhesive patches to secure them, as these will become loose over time.
How do you switch it on
Asked by Belinda Cowley on 5 Jun 2021
Please use the switch button, which is located above the PIR sensor.
Can you use the hook either way round so you can fix from below as well as from above?
Asked by Sian Lynch on 5 Jun 2021
No, we do not recommend installing them outside of the instructions.
is this 100 lumens each or 50 lumens each thanx
Asked by Melanie J Rees on 5 Jun 2021
It is 50 Lumens for each spotlight.
Is there anyway of extending the height to 80 cms
Asked by Mr. Edward Gough on 5 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. We do not sell a part that can extend the height of this light.
In my front garden I have pebbled borders. Would I be able to sit these into the pebbles
Asked by Lorraine on 5 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. We do not recommend that. It would be best if this light is screwed on a surface.
Are the lanterns made of metal or plastic?
Asked by Susan Denyer on 5 Jun 2021
They are made of metal.
Hi, I like the look of these lights do you have to have the USB near an electrical plug or can you just charge them then place them in the garden?
Asked by Brenda on 5 Jun 2021
You can just take the light indoors, charged it and place it back in the garden.
At dusk is the light permanently on in a dim mode and is at full brightness when triggered by movement or does the light only come on when triggered?
Asked by Gary on 4 Jun 2021
Please see the instructions for the different modes. You can have either A/B/C To switch between the different modes, short press for 1 second Mode A: Light is set to remain at low brightness Mode B: Light is set to remain at low brightness until motion is detected which activates mid brightness for up to 25 seconds Mode C: Light is only set to activate when motion is detected [This is the best mode for Winter]
Are these a warm white or a cool white? Many thanks.
Asked by Emily Karasavvas on 4 Jun 2021
It is natural white colour.
The diameter of the hole to be cut is 97mm but hole cutters do not come in that size. Would a 100mm hole cutter be to big. I am aware that they can be screwed down so the question is whether a sightley larger 100mm hole would be within the tolerance as the outer edge 120mm
Asked by Neil Whitehead on 4 Jun 2021
Customers have used jigsaws to create the correct hole.
How is this item secured at the base.
Asked by Darryl on 4 Jun 2021
It comes with a bracket and a screw pack to be installed on a hard surface.
On an average sunny day, what's the duration of time the light will stay on
Asked by Steve on 4 Jun 2021
It depends on the location of the panel and the weather conditions.
Hi In the pictures the arm of light fitting and the housing which attaches to wall are black in some pics and grey in others. What colour is the arm and wall mount?
Asked by Gary on 4 Jun 2021
It is grey.
Can I purchase a spotlight replacement? I've been using this solar spot light for a year and am very happy with the product. Unfortunately I accidentally cut one of the spotlight cable while mowing:( It would be great if I can buy just a spotlight not full set again.
Asked by Noriko on 3 Jun 2021
I am sorry to say that we do not sell the spotlights individually.
I'm looking for around another two feet cable length between each light, are there any short extension leads for this or is there any way they can be extended ?
Asked by Brian on 3 Jun 2021
The only extension cable that we sell is the one below: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Edinburgh_Extension_Cable_5m-856-5.html Which is used to extend the distance between the first led and the solar panel. I am afraid that we do not have any more cables available.
Hi - is the Dartington Premium Solar Garden Light completely waterproof? I've had too many duff experiences with cheaper solar lights...
Asked by Mark Harvey on 3 Jun 2021
This light is waterproof.
how long does the light stay on once it detects motion?
Asked by Richard Harriman on 3 Jun 2021
The light will stay on for 30 seconds after a single trigger.
Do these have over-charge protection or any protection at all? I've bought cheap versions of these and the batteries explode out the side in direct sunlight!
Asked by Trev on 3 Jun 2021
We have not had reports of these exploding or causing any issues for as long as we have been selling the product.
Are the bulbs glass or plastic?
Asked by Monica on 2 Jun 2021
The bulbs are made of plastic
FROM what material is the stake made, metal or plastic?
Asked by Ken Grumble on 1 Jun 2021
The spike is made of plastic but the light is made of metal.
Would these work in a raised bed?
Asked by Joanna Simpson on 1 Jun 2021
Yes, these are on spikes, so would work, just make sure the foliage does not cover the panels.
Does the Solar Panel come with a wall/post mounting bracket?
Asked by Simon Letts on 1 Jun 2021
Yes, it does.
Can the bulbs be changed from warm white to cool white?
Asked by Keith on 1 Jun 2021
I am afraid not. The Led's cannot be changed. This light comes only in a natural white colour.
Can the battery be replaced.
Asked by P. Calvesbert on 31 May 2021
I am afraid not, the batteries cannot be replaced.
Can you give me the dimensions of the back plate and the distance between the fixing points? I assume from photo they can be attached to a fence.
Asked by Susan on 31 May 2021
The dimensions are: 14cm wide by 19cm deep by 4.6cm high The distance between the two screws should be 80mm. They can be fitted on a flat surface (wall/fence etc).
Can you please give me the dimensions between the fixing points on the back plate and of the back plate itself? I assume they can be attached to a wooden fence. What is the IP rating on the products in this line?
Asked by Susan on 31 May 2021
The two screws will be placed 60mm apart. They can be installed on a wooden fence. There are waterproof.
Can you join up sets of the Falmouth lights?
Asked by rebecca on 31 May 2021
I am afraid not.
Do you sell the batteries required for the truro solar lights?
Asked by Lee Marie on 31 May 2021
Yes, you will need the AA rechargeable batteries.
Hi what is the lumin brightness please
Asked by Matt on 31 May 2021
The total output for 4 will be 48 lumens.
If a child leant on it - is it strong?
Asked by Mrs Guy on 30 May 2021
That should be okay, the light won't be damaged as it is made of toughened plastic. But it is best not to, in case of an accident. They only secure with a spike that goes into the ground.
Hello It says to charge lights for up to 5 days before first use. Can I just install solar panels first and leave to charge for few days ? Would battery charge or does it need to be connected to actual light Many thanks
Asked by Fabian on 30 May 2021
The batteries are located inside the panel. As long as the panel is exposed in direct daylight the batteries will charge.
Is this free standing?
Asked by Julie Kelly on 30 May 2021
There is a spike.
Can the mood lights be screwed done
Asked by J bolch on 30 May 2021
I am afraid not. They can only be installed with the spike provided.
Are the solar panels available as replacement panels?
Asked by Dean Hemblade on 30 May 2021
I am afraid not.
Do these lights have soya in the wire casing. Some previous lights with black casings from you have been chewed by squirrels
Asked by pauline schofield on 30 May 2021
As far as we know these do not contain soya.
Hi. I've managed to cut one of the leads near one of the lights. Is there any way of fixing this or can I get a new lead or light?
Asked by Grant Roberts on 30 May 2021
I am sorry to say that you cannot repair that. I am afraid that we do not sell spotlights individually.
What are the lumens for these lights?
Asked by Mike on 30 May 2021
2-4 lumen
Can these be installed as down lighters
Asked by Sara Thorpe on 30 May 2021
We do not recommend that. They are designed to be used in a decking area.
Hi, can these lights be turned on and off or does it need to be dark for them to turn on? Thanks
Asked by Chris Bryce on 30 May 2021
The lgihts can be turned on/off manually using the switch on the panel. Yes, the solar panel needs to be in the dark for the lights to come on.
Do these lights require installation? i.e drilling holes in decking?
Asked by Elizabeth on 29 May 2021
You will have to drill two holes in order to attach the light securely to the decking area with the two screws provided.
What is the effective wattage of these bulbs please ...or lumens ....or ant other indication of light output?? Thank you
Asked by Lesley on 29 May 2021
These are decorative lights, we do not really provide the lumens of each bulb on this unit as there are only used for decoration.
What batteries are in the solar unit? I need to ship by air freight so have to remove the rechargeable batteries and replace overseas.
Asked by Caren on 29 May 2021
The battery that you require is: 14500 600mAh Lithium-Ion Rechargeable Battery
Hi can you tell me how these lights are fixed to the ground please?
Asked by Angie on 29 May 2021
These need to be screwed or drilled down to decking.
Are these only stick on? Is there a screwhole to screw then down too? Worried they will het kicked off.
Asked by Jo on 28 May 2021
These lights cannot be screwed on a surface.
Do you have any blue lights, thanks
Asked by Dave on 28 May 2021
I am afraid that we do not have blue decking lights.
Are the batteries replaceable?
Asked by Robert smith on 28 May 2021
Yes, the batteries can be replaced. You will need AA rechargeable batteries.
Hi, I want to put lanterns on fence at the top.Do they just hook on panel Thanks.
Asked by Julie on 28 May 2021
You might need another hook or pin etc in order to be able to attach the light's hook to the fence. Exactly like the picture indicates.
I only want the lights on when we sit in that area when dark. Can I leave the lamps off and just switch them on when I need them and if left off is the battery still getting charged.
Asked by Chris on 27 May 2021
The switch button is at the back of the light, you can switch the light on/off manually but it might not be easily accessible once it has been installed on the wall/ fence. The batteries will still be able to charge when your unit is switched off.
Does this have integrated solar panel, or separate solar panel; with power lead? I am looking for a lantern with a separate solar panel and a few metres power cable
Asked by Graham Morris on 27 May 2021
This lantern has an integrated solar panel.
How many lumens does this light have ?
Asked by Smita on 27 May 2021
It is 40 Lumens.
What, please, is their luminosity (lumens PER BULB)?
Asked by Tony Cockrell on 27 May 2021
There are decorative bulbs only.
Can these be attached to a garden fence
Asked by Liz on 27 May 2021
Yes, they can be installed on a fence.
Can you turn the Pir off and have the light on constant
Asked by Bernice Roberts on 27 May 2021
I am afraid not. The pir sensor cannot be turned off on this light.
Are the bulbs made of glass or plastic please?
Asked by Lynne on 26 May 2021
The bulbs are made of plastic.
Are the bulbs made of glass or plastic?
Asked by Lynne on 26 May 2021
They are made of plastic.
What is the lifespan on these compare to other solar decking lights and manufactures?
Asked by Jacky on 26 May 2021
You can replace the batteries, so the lights should last for a few years. It takes Ni-MH AA600mah 1.2V.
Is the solar panel separate from the lights so it can be mounted in the best position to catch the most sunlight? Also length of cable please, thanks?
Asked by Alastair Gemmell on 26 May 2021
The solar panel can be placed on top of the light or can be connected via a cable and be positioned separately. It is approximately 2meters of cable.
Do these lights need a separate solar panel please before I purchase
Asked by Dawn on 26 May 2021
The solar panel is integrated.
Hi does the control panel have to be spiked onto the ground or can it be free standing
Asked by Russ Crane on 25 May 2021
It has to be wall-mounted or be installed using the spike provided.
How does this compare with the Paverlights you also stock? Would be nice to see a video of these similar to the Paverlights for comparison, better still with the differing light bricks side by side?
Asked by Jonovich on 25 May 2021
These are different to the Paverlight as you can choose either White or Warm White and they also have a power saving mode which will help them throughwinter, which the Paverlights do not. Sadly as much as we would love to produce multiple videos for comparison this is just not feasible as we do not have the capacity to film these videos.
Is one of these bright enough to light up a decking area at the back of the garden for summer night parties?
Asked by Valerie C on 25 May 2021
This light is 50 Lumens. It depends on how big the area is, you might want to put a couple of lights around.
What is the IP rating of the lantern?
Asked by Chloe Lowry on 25 May 2021
IP44
Is the bulb casing and wire green or black?. It's difficult to tell from the varied pictures
Asked by Janie on 25 May 2021
It is green.
How does this fix to a fence or wall?
Asked by David on 25 May 2021
This unit comes with a fixing screw pack for easy installation on a flat surface.
Do these come in black ?
Asked by Richard on 25 May 2021
I am afraid not. We only sell them in the anthracite edition.
Where is the panel on these lights please - I assume on the top
Asked by Anne Roberts on 25 May 2021
It is on top of the light.
Hi, are these lights waterproof. Our previous lights (bought elsewhere) filled up with water and didn't work.
Asked by Jane Winstanley on 25 May 2021
These lights are waterproof.
can these be sunk into grass by a path? If not, are there any others that can be? Thanks.
Asked by Ann on 25 May 2021
We do not recommend that. It might be best to look into the post lights, they come with a ground stake and the installation is very easy.
What are the globe's made out of. What is the cable length in total .
Asked by FRANCESCA L HOLBERTON on 24 May 2021
The globe is made out of thin copper
What are the dimensions of the solar panel, and it the same size as the panel used for the Set of 10 ?
Asked by rich on 23 May 2021
The solar panel would be different compared to the set of 10. The dimensions of the panel are 9.5cm x 16.5cm.
I noticed that on a previous question asking dimensions that you stated a height of 16cm and a width of 24cm which makes the lamp very short. Is it not the other way round?
Asked by Claire on 23 May 2021
The full length of the lamp including the base is 29cm.
Hi, I have two questions. First question: can you please confirm if the light in this light is a natural white light or warm white? As we are looking for a cool natural white not warm as that can come across yellow. Second question : can the battery be charged before first use in charger? Thank you
Asked by Sandra on 23 May 2021
1. It is a natural white colour 2. You could do that if you have a compatible charger. Alternatively, please keep the lights switched off for 3-5 days and the batteries will charge via solar energy.
I am considering this light for a north west facing wall. It gets lost of afternoon and evening light in the summer but not so much in the winter. How effective is this light likely to be in the winter without lots of direct sunlight? Is there a minimum amount of direct sunlight for this light to work.
Asked by Gareth on 23 May 2021
This light has to be placed on a South facing wall as the solar panel is integrated.
What are the dimensions please.
Asked by Carroll on 23 May 2021
It is 11cm in diameter.
Hi Could you please give me the dimensions Thank you š
Asked by Tamson on 22 May 2021
Please see below: 14cm wide by 19cm deep by 4.6cm high
What type of batteries & how many are needed
Asked by Vivienne on 22 May 2021
It contains one battery - Lithium Ion 2200(mAh) 3.7v
Hello. Do I need to use the spike or can I secure the lights to a pergola instead?
Asked by Simon Waine on 22 May 2021
You can install them on your pergola instead.
Does it have a bulb underneath? And if so what lumen is it?
Asked by Mary-anne on 22 May 2021
There is an led. It is 16 Lumens.
Does the light have a setting to stay on without motion needing to be detected?
Asked by Nicola Dodoo on 21 May 2021
Yes, on mode one the light will stay on continuously but it will be dimmer (like a power saving mode).
How tall is this product?
Asked by Margaret Gannaway on 21 May 2021
It is 82cm.
What size are the bulbs?
Asked by Lesa Sadler on 21 May 2021
There are 5 different bulb shapes. The size of the bulbs is between 10cm and 15cm long.
Can you give me the size of these lights please.... Width and depth.
Asked by Mrs Wajs on 21 May 2021
It is 11cm in diameter and 2cm in height.
What type & size of battery / batteries do these lights use? Is the globe glass or plastic?
Asked by Will Robinson on 20 May 2021
This unit uses AA 1.2V 1000mAh NiMh rechargeable batteries. The globe is made of glass.
Do these come on once it's totally dark outside or as it starts to get dark (dusk).im after some that will come on as the sun sets so to speak. Thanks
Asked by Mark on 20 May 2021
The lights will come on automatically at night.
Is it easy to install these lights in composite decking?
Asked by Anna on 20 May 2021
These can be fitted into composite decking. Please check the dimensions before purchasing.
I have used other solar type lights and they do seem to only have a 2 year or so lifespan - how long would you say these last - or are there parts that can be replaced in them to continue their life?
Asked by Lynn Hotham on 20 May 2021
We expect our products to last for a minimum of two years, but this varies depending on the location, installation and the customer
How many lumens does each unit give out?
Asked by William Gordon Campbell on 20 May 2021
We do not provide the Lumens on this light as it operates more like a path light. They are just markers.
What is the light output of this unit in lumens?
Asked by William Gordon Campbell on 20 May 2021
We do not provide the Lumens on this light as it operates more like a path light. They are just markers.
What is this made of?
Asked by Emma Leese on 19 May 2021
It is made of plastic.
What is the height and does it come with a spike to put in ground
Asked by Kathleen Shields on 19 May 2021
It is 82cm including the spike.
Can you switch these lights on and off manually?
Asked by Karen on 19 May 2021
yes, you can switch this light on/off manually.
Hi. Are the bulbs glass or plastic please? Thanks
Asked by Vikki Payne on 19 May 2021
There are made of plastic.
Can you tell me what are the bases dimensions and is the solar panel built into it
Asked by Dave P on 19 May 2021
It is 11.5cm high by 22.5cm deep by 14cm wide.
How tall is this
Asked by Murray on 19 May 2021
It is 82cm.
Hi, Could you please confirm the diameter of the bulbs and that there's is a 4m length of cable to the solar panel from the first bulb? Also can I connect two sets together, or do I need to order 2 sets? Kind regards Mark
Asked by Mark on 19 May 2021
The diameter of the bulbs is approximately 8cm. The distance from the panel to the first bulb is 2 metres. I am afraid that you won't be able to connect two units in one panel.
Is this warm white or bright white
Asked by Carol Jones on 18 May 2021
It is a warm white light.
What is the diameter of the bottom plate with the screw holes. Looking to attach to 4inch wooden sleepers
Asked by David Philpott on 18 May 2021
The Diameter of the base is: 115mm
I there could you confirm the dimensions of this fitting, particularly its width as i'd like to fix to a square fence post to create a bollard like fitting. Thanks
Asked by Tim on 18 May 2021
Back of the light: (H) 12.5cm x (W) 9cm. Distance between the hole fixing: 7cm apart
A couple of customers have enquired about IP rating and this has not been answered. Please could you please state clearly the IP rating of these lights.
Asked by Janey on 18 May 2021
IP65
I've noticed you now sell spare Falmouth bulbs for this set but the ones shown are noticeably different from the original set. The replacements have visible filaments whereas the originals seem to be encased in small plastic tubes. Is this the case and if so does Falmouth make replacement bulbs that do match? Thanks in advance.
Asked by Janey. on 18 May 2021
The bulbs that we sell separately would be exactly the same as the original set.
Can you turn these on when you want anytime or do they only automatically come on when it gets dark?
Asked by Anthony on 18 May 2021
You can either turn them on/off manually via the control tube or if you leave the lights switched on they will come on automatically when is dark.
Hi, I have 1 set of Edinburgh lights, unfortunately they are not long enough for our fence. Is it possible to connect a 2nd set and have the 2 solar panels powering the 2 connected sets?
Asked by Josh on 18 May 2021
I am afraid not. That will not be possible.
Can this light be turned off or once on is it on until it runs out if charge?
Asked by Woods on 18 May 2021
There is a switch button. However, this light will come on automatically at dusk and switch off once it runs out of battery.
hi wondered what size this is?
Asked by John Berry on 17 May 2021
The diameter is 200mm and the height: 120mm.
Hi, can the 14m length be made shorter? Or are the lights available in smaller packs?
Asked by James Dagnall on 17 May 2021
It cannot be shorter. Please look into these lights instead https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Lumify_USB_Solar_Vintage_Bulb_Lights_Set_Of_10-809-77.html The length of the cable is approximately 9m.
I want to fit these on my fence panels. I have wooden batons running horizontal, would the lights be ok on them?
Asked by Louise on 17 May 2021
This light can be installed on a wooden fence/ surface etc.
Is the casing glass? Can replacements be purchased if one was to break? Thank you for your help. Roger
Asked by Roger Pullin on 16 May 2021
There are plastic bulbs. I am afraid that they cannot be replaced.
Can the solar panel be attached to a wall?
Asked by Roger Pullin on 16 May 2021
The panel cannot be mounted to a fence, It comes with a stake.
Would these be suitable to place in gravel instead of wooden steps for example? The intention would be to surround the lights with gravel on a gravel path.
Asked by Geoffrey Doran on 16 May 2021
These would be fine in gravel.
I am looking for background lighting for a 6.8m x 5m white tent. Would these do the job?
Asked by Shane Rutter-Jerome on 16 May 2021
It should be okay, The length of the cable is 14.4m. We also have the same unit in a set of 10. Which is approximately 9m long. It might be more suitable.
Dusk to dawn PIR is good facility. What about an auto-off function eg midnight?
Asked by John O'Flaherty on 16 May 2021
I am afraid that this light does not have a timer.
Hi do these turn on during the daytime or is it only at night.
Asked by John fox on 16 May 2021
These lights will illuminate only when it is dark.
How do you change the warm light to bright light on the settings?
Asked by Rita Desai on 15 May 2021
Please press on the power button and the setting/mode would be changed.
Hello, what size bulbs are these please, are they replaceable and if so where can I purchase them?
Asked by Adam Ashton on 15 May 2021
They are 4.5cm in diameter They cannot be replaced.
Is this lamp waterproof?
Asked by Milan on 15 May 2021
Yes, it is waterproof.
Can you override the automatic turn on? Can you turn them on before it gets dark?
Asked by Karen Sheppard on 15 May 2021
I am afraid not. The lights will only illuminate when is dark.
Please can you let me know the height and width of these lights. I couldn't see it on the website. Thanks
Asked by Beth on 15 May 2021
The height is 27cm and the width is16.5cm.
Can you tell me how these lights stand upright? From your pictures they look top heavy & as if they could easily be knocked over. Many thanks.
Asked by David on 15 May 2021
You will have to screw the base on a hard surface to secure the units.
What lumen output does the Gloucester solar lights emit?
Asked by Gavin on 15 May 2021
It is 50 Lumens.
Has there been any progress with stocking the replacement bulbs? How long are the bulbs expected to last?
Asked by Andy on 15 May 2021
We do have replaceable bulbs for this light. If you log into your account and go through the spare for that particular light you will be able to purchase the bulb
Is it possible shorten the post length as we want to mount on a brick wall?
Asked by david hoxby on 14 May 2021
I am afraid not. That cannot be adjusted.
What is the temperature colour of this light please
Asked by NIcholas Breeze on 14 May 2021
It is warm white colour.
Can you please let me know how strong the light is? Does it light up the front of the door or is it more a decorative light? Thanks, Tom
Asked by Thomas Palenicek on 14 May 2021
It is 40 Lumens. It will be able to cover this area.
How do you set up this light.
Asked by C. Lewis on 14 May 2021
The light comes with a stake attachment for easy installation. In order to activate the light, you will have to press the button underneath the light.
Can you switch these lights manually on and off to avoid damaging nocturnal wildlife?
Asked by Pete on 14 May 2021
There is an on/off switch button.
Hi.Does this come in a warm white?not cool light.If not does any other product for a solar pir light come in warm white?Thanks
Asked by Paul on 13 May 2021
I am afraid not. Please look into the Halo Solar Wall Light instead:
I am just trying to help my mother-in-law who has these. I read in the mini-London posts FAQ that the solar panel is 0.12W. However: 1) What is the solar panel's charging current and voltage? Thanks in advance for answering this query.
Asked by Sunny Day on 13 May 2021
It is 10 Lumens per light.
What are the overall dimensions of the unit please??
Asked by Martyn on 13 May 2021
Dimensions Height: 27cm Width: 16.5cm Depth: 15cm
We purchased because the dexlscription says you can tilt the angle through 180 degrees .... how do you secure once you have the light at the angle you need as there is not ratchet or screws?
Asked by Christine Daley on 12 May 2021
You do not need a screw. Once positioned it will stay on the specific angle selected as it fits between the two ends of the light and secures there.
Can these lights be set into a gravel path rather than decking?
Asked by Lynda Rosier on 12 May 2021
We would not recommend that. They are designed to be installed in a decking area.
Can you please give the measurements of this light please. Thanks
Asked by Kate on 12 May 2021
Please see below: Lamp height: 77mm Lamp depth & width: 90mm
Please can you let me know the measurements of the back plate which fixes to the wall?
Asked by Kelly on 12 May 2021
Please see below: Fixing holes: 35mm apart Bracket:(W) 75mm (H)105mm
I cannot read the full description of this product on the website, it seems to cut off part way. What are the dimensions of this product? The circumference? Thank you
Asked by colleen smith on 11 May 2021
It is 30cm in diameter.
Do these lights work in the winter
Asked by Antonia allen on 11 May 2021
Yes, there are designed to work during winter.
What is the base made out of, is it fairly heavy or likely to blow over?
Asked by Paula on 11 May 2021
This light is quite solid, it won't be affected by the wind or wheather conditions.
I'm putting these in a gazebo and as it's darker in there (solar panel outside in sunlight) I would like them to come on during the daytime - is this possible?
Asked by Elaine on 11 May 2021
The lights will operate if you disconnect or cover the panel. However, we do not recommend that. It is best if you use them as per instructions.
Silly question perhaps. How durable and strong is the lead . Are they cat proof!!. I currently have cheap lights on my fence and when cats jump up they are always catching and snapping the lead
Asked by Nick weir on 11 May 2021
The string can possibly get damaged by a cat or any other animal.
Are the lights black or gray?
Asked by Stephanie on 11 May 2021
There are anthracite/ grey in colour.
Are these IP65 rated?. Thanks
Asked by Kenneth Malone on 11 May 2021
they are IP55
Hi as the cable has a connector at both ends of the lights can you add another set of Falmouth lights to run off one solar panel?
Asked by Mark Brown on 10 May 2021
I am afraid not. One panel cannot support two sets of lights.
I need to fix solar panel on top of pergola post or cross rail. The spike shown would be of no use to me, do you supply a flat fixing
Asked by Robert Elvins on 10 May 2021
The panel can either be wall mounting or stake mounting. We do provide both parts inside the box. So there is a flat fixing for you to use.
Hello can you tell me where the solar panel is ie where does the light need to be placed to charge in the sun. For example could they be placed on a fence that doesn't get direct sunlight except at the top. Thank you
Asked by Ingrid Lee on 9 May 2021
The panel is located on top of the unit. The unit has to be installed on a South facing wall and in direct daylight.
Hi Please can you confirm the length of cable? The description states that from panel to first bulb is 4.95m and then the bulbs are spaced 50cm apart which would mean 5.5m in total. Adding these two measurements together the result is greater than the 8.95m in description. Many thanks
Asked by Lindsey on 9 May 2021
Total length of cable 8.95 meters
What colour is the actual lantern black or brown? Is it metal or plastic?
Asked by Janice McCaughey on 9 May 2021
It is black and made of plastic.
Like the look of this product but would like to know what 'stylish black metal finish' means is it metal or is it plastic finished to look like metal? and is the lens glass or plastic? Best regards Charles Harrison
Asked by Charles Harrison on 9 May 2021
It is metal and the lens is made of glass.
Hi , Would this light be big eneough for a 2.1x2.1 corner summer house ?
Asked by Nigel Lincoln on 9 May 2021
This light has an output of 50 Lumens.
Hi, how many AA rechargeable batteries the lights have?
Asked by Mrs I Mrazek on 9 May 2021
You require one battery.
Hi I'm replacing some mains ground lights as they keep failing, as such the recess is already there, the current lights are 10cms square and the recess approx 9 cms diameter would these be suitable? Many thanks
Asked by Gaynor on 9 May 2021
I am not quite sure if that will work out, but please find the dimensions below: Dimensions: 120mm x 120mm x 30mm deep Recess: 92 x 92 x 30mm
can the motion detection range be reduced
Asked by thomas williams on 9 May 2021
I am afraid not, it cannot be adjusted.
What lenght of cable is supplied? I would like to put the light unit down the side of the house but its north facing and recieves no sunlight the photovoltaic panel would have to go either to the fron or rear of the house.
Asked by Adrian on 9 May 2021
The cable provided is approximately 5m long.
What is the guarantee on these please
Asked by Lesley Elliott on 8 May 2021
They come with a 12-months warranty.
Is it made of metal?
Asked by Michael Honey on 8 May 2021
Yes, it is made of metal and glass.
Hello, could you please tell me what lumens these lights are? Thank you
Asked by Louise Ritchie on 8 May 2021
It is 12 Lumens.
Hello, could you please tell me what lumens these are? Thanks
Asked by Louise Ritchie on 8 May 2021
It is 10 Lumens per light.
Can you switch this light off if/when you don't want it to shine overnight and if it's off will it still charge ready for when you do need it? Thinking of the neighbours!
Asked by Richard Markham on 8 May 2021
There is a switch button and yes, the light will still be able to charge while it is switched off.
The space between each light is 80cm. I want the distance to be no more than 40cm. Would it course damage if I created a fold in the cable?
Asked by Maureen on 8 May 2021
Yes, it might create a break if constantly folded.
Does this come with a guarantee??? If yes for how long
Asked by Clifford Rodrigues on 8 May 2021
yes, all of our lights come with a 12-months warranty.
Will these lights charge up if the solar panels are situated indoors and are exposed almost exclusively to artificial lighting (from indoor lighting) or is sunlight essential to provide charge power via the solar panels?
Asked by David on 8 May 2021
The panel cannot charge via artificial lighting. The unit has to be exposed to direct daylight. It is for outdoor use only.
Hi there What colour will the wires be as one photo shows nice clear wire and the other a dark green. Many thanks Graham
Asked by Graham dey on 7 May 2021
The wire is green.
Does the light have a battery back up
Asked by Bob Gardner on 7 May 2021
The batteries are pre-installed inside the light head.
Hi, How many Rechargeable batteries are there in each set ??
Asked by Norman Hardwick on 7 May 2021
1 x AA rechargeable battery
Hi, the wire for the light section has come off sadly. Is it possible to buy only that part from you?
Asked by Mahesh on 6 May 2021
We do sell a replacement string if that has been damaged. Please click here
Hi do you need to cut a hole for these or are they screwed to the top
Asked by Pat O'Donnell on 6 May 2021
You do not have to create a hole or screw the top. It comes with an adhesive sticker. Easy installation.
What size battery does this require and how many.
Asked by David Brooks on 6 May 2021
This unit works with one lithium battery. It cannot be replaced.
Can you buy replacement bulbs
Asked by Jean Eve on 6 May 2021
I am afraid not.
Just received lights and says to charge for four to five days .... should this be hours as seems a long time ? Thanks
Asked by samantha bearman on 6 May 2021
Please leave the lights switched off to fully charge for 3-5 days.
Hi Can you please let me know if this solar light is sufficient to light up the main door and also at front of the door? Is it as good as an electric light? Or is it more a decorative light? I plan to take it to Cyprus where the main door is in the direct sun for 1/2 day only, however, the sun is very strong. Thank you
Asked by Tom on 6 May 2021
It is 40 Lumens. It can be used as a welcome light.
Can I please ask what colour and size the unit is . Also the light remains at 25 seconds is this extendable
Asked by Kim Bell on 6 May 2021
It is natural white colour. Diamensions: Back of the light: (H) 12.5cm x (W) 9cm Panel: (H) 16.5 x (W) 9 cm Full light: (H) 12,5 (D) 4,5 (Top/panel) 16,5. I am afraid that the 25 seconds timer cannot be extended but this light can stay on continuously on mode 1.
Can you advise dimensions of the base part of the light please
Asked by jonathan henley on 6 May 2021
It is 11.5cm high by 22.5cm deep by 14cm wide.
Hi, I would like to know how big the flower Jars are please?
Asked by Donna on 6 May 2021
The jars are 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Any chance I can purchase a longer lead from the panel to the battery pack/ store as the ideal position is a good five metres from the battery pack/ holder on this potential installation
Asked by Mr Wells on 6 May 2021
I am afraid not. We do not sell an extention cable.
Are these lights made of metal or plastic?
Asked by Annabel on 6 May 2021
They are made of plastic.
How long do bulbs usually last
Asked by ivy on 6 May 2021
It is very rare for the LEDs to stop working.
EVO SMD Remote Controlled Solar Floodlight What are the model numbers of the batteries, light and remote and are they easily obtainable? Thank you.
Asked by John Morgan on 5 May 2021
The batteries cannot be replaced. The remote control works on a specific frequency, they are not universal, you cannot use another one.
Is the solar panel fixed to the light unit or can it be mounted away from lights.
Asked by Rachel on 5 May 2021
It can also be installed away from the light.
Can this light be switched on permanently or is it motion sensor only? I'm looking for something similar that I can switch on/off when outside in the summer months . Any suggestions gratefully received. Thanks..... Tony
Asked by Tony on 5 May 2021
It has 3 modes. It can either work on the PIR sensor or it can stay on continuously.
What size is this please?
Asked by Eleanor on 5 May 2021
Please see below: Diameter: 200mm Height: 120mm
Hello, my partner would like to know what the IP rating of this light is please?
Asked by Amy on 5 May 2021
IP65
What is the width and height of the flower jars, thank you.
Asked by Mick Morris on 4 May 2021
The jars are 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Do these lights come on automatically when it starts to get dark or do I have to go out and turn them on?
Asked by Andrea on 4 May 2021
they come on automatically from dusk till dawn however you can manually turn it on/off
Are these bulbs plastic? Can the solar panel be mounted on to a wall?
Asked by Gem on 3 May 2021
There is both a deck/wall mount supplied for the solar panel. There are plastic bulbs.
I'm looking to take these camping. What size do the pack of 10 and pack of 20 pack down to - ie. how much space in the car will they need? Thanks!
Asked by Nicola Lazenby on 3 May 2021
Both boxes are small enough and will not take up much room.
How do these attach to a fence?
Asked by Kevin H on 3 May 2021
Usually, customers use hooks to attach the lights to the fence.
Can you buy a replacement solar panel separately in case of damage?
Asked by Leon on 3 May 2021
I am afraid not, the solar panel cannot be replaced.
Can I program these lights to glow for a limited 4 hours etc?
Asked by Richard Burridge on 3 May 2021
It does not have a timer.
What a dims of this light please
Asked by Barbara lewis on 3 May 2021
Dimensions Fixing holes: 70mm apart Bracket:(H) 125mm (W)90mm Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
Do the 20 bulbs run off one solar panel ? What is the full distance from panel to last bulb and how big are the bulbs .
Asked by Samantha on 3 May 2021
The dimentions of the string are: Total length of cable 13.9m / Distance from panel to first bulb 4m / 9.9m of lights / 20 x Festoon Bulbs (spaced 55cm apart) The bulbs are 5.5 inches tall and 3 inches across. Yes there is one panel supporting the lights.
Is the flex green or transparent as both are shown in photos
Asked by BRIDGET HAZELWOOD on 3 May 2021
The string is green.
How big are the bulbs?
Asked by Andrew Devonshire on 2 May 2021
its diameter is 8cm
What is the length of cable from the solar panel?
Asked by Sam on 2 May 2021
It is 80cm. However, we sell a 5m extension cable separately.
The lights don't come on until dark (9.30pm) which is after dusk, would prefer earlier especially if entertaining, not sure why. Otherwise love the lights
Asked by Julie Thorburn on 2 May 2021
Depending on the time of year dusk can vary. In summer dusk is 21:30pm-10:00pm. If you find they are coming on too late then you are able to cover the panel, this will simulate darkness.
How are these fitted, do they have a backplate or drilled and screwed directly to the surface, and where is the cable entry Thanks
Asked by brian blackmore on 1 May 2021
There is a bracket and you will have to drill in order to fit this light on the wall.
What colour is the lead's done pictures show green some clear? Thank you
Asked by Pippa on 1 May 2021
The LED's are warm white but the string is green.
why does the shimmer pebble have remote control if you cannot set colour? Yet in the description it says remote to choose your colour.
Asked by jul on 1 May 2021
You can change the colours on this unit, it comes with remote control and different settings.
How many lumens does this light have please
Asked by Adrienne on 1 May 2021
It is 50 Lumens.
Edinburgh USB Solar Micro LED Festoon Lights: what the dimensions of the bulbs please?
Asked by Susan Lonford-Brown on 1 May 2021
The diameter of the bulbs is approximately 8cm.
hi. what battery do these lamps use.
Asked by david clark on 1 May 2021
They use a lithium battery.
Can you please confirm the width of the wall bracket. Thank you.
Asked by Robert Smith on 1 May 2021
It is 7cm in diameter.
Why don't you show how they screw onto decking in your video? It makes me doubt whether I should order
Asked by David on 1 May 2021
The lights screw-down via the screw holes around the outside of the light. Sorry that it is not shown in the video. However the full instructions state how to fix them to decking.
Hi, where is the solar panel located on this lap? Does the lamp need to be situated in direct sunlight? I need a solar lamp that will work on a shady north facing wall :(
Asked by Patricia on 1 May 2021
The panel is integrated and located on top of the light. It has to be installed on a South facing wall.
Does the light have a separate solar panel or is the solar panel on top of the light it's self?
Asked by Lyndsey on 30 Apr 2021
The solar panel is integrated.
Hi there can these lights be operated just with the usb bank it's self leaving the solar panel out ?? Is this the controller to turn them off and on or do you need the solar panel attached to work them ?? And also if they can just be operated with the usb bank how long would they normal last until another full charge Many thanks
Asked by Michael on 30 Apr 2021
We would not recommend using the lights only with the control tube. You will have to charge them quite often. The on/off switch button is on the control tube and the lights will work if the battery has been charged via the USB cable.
What are the dimensions of these lights please?
Asked by Deb on 30 Apr 2021
The dimensions are: 18.7 deep x 20cm wide by 3cm high
What are the dimensions of this light please?
Asked by Deb on 30 Apr 2021
The dimensions of this light are 45m high by 14cm wide by 14cm deep (70cm high with spike).
Please can you tell me the size of the plate, also does this light require any batteries?
Asked by Irene Tyler on 30 Apr 2021
The size of the bracket is: 110mm x 100mm The batteries are pre-installed.
Is there a separate solar panel for this item or is it all integrated
Asked by Dawn hicks on 30 Apr 2021
The panel is integrated.
What IP rating are these lights?
Asked by Louise Shields on 29 Apr 2021
IP55
Can you put these solar powered lights inside a summerhouse? Would they charge in there please?
Asked by M Holmes on 29 Apr 2021
I am afraid not. The solar panel needs to be placed outdoors in a direct daylight.
Can you tell me the max distance you can have between each light? Also the distance between the solar panel and the light? Thanks.
Asked by Sharon Simpson on 29 Apr 2021
The dimensions are: Wire from panel to splitter: 58cm Wire from the splitter to light head: 4.5m (450cm) You can also purchase an extension cable for each spotlight which is 5m
Can you turn the light off ?
Asked by Matt bridgeman on 29 Apr 2021
Yes, there is a switch button.
Is there a shorter cable version of this same quality and can you please post a photo of the solar panel and advise on dimensions of the solar panel. Thanks
Asked by Pippi on 29 Apr 2021
Please look at these lights: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Edinburgh_USB_Solar_Festoon_Lights_Set_Of_10-881-109.html
Does this have the connections on the ends? Or is it literally just the length of cable?
Asked by Chris Fryer on 29 Apr 2021
It does have a female and male connection.
Do these lights come on by themselves when it goes dark? Or they have to be switched on and off each time you want to use them?
Asked by Tom on 29 Apr 2021
They do come on automatically when it gets dark.
Are these glass? I am worried they might break if put on my fence panels as they will blow when windy
Asked by sarah on 29 Apr 2021
These lights are made of glass. There are hooks on the base of each light bulb so that you can install them securely.
Hi, is it possible to add in a second switch onto the one curcuit, so I can use the 2 lights in two adjacent small rooms, independently off each other? Or would it be better to have 2 separate circuits from the battery?
Asked by Nigel on 29 Apr 2021
Yes, this is possible but you will have to consult an electrician.
In one photo the wire fir these lights us green and in another it's clear ....I'd like the clear is that an option please?
Asked by Bridget Hazelwood on 29 Apr 2021
The string is green. Possibly look into our Lumify Multiwhite lights instead, please.
What's the individual brightness in lumens?
Asked by Aury on 29 Apr 2021
It is 50 Lumens for each spotlight.
Hi - Is the USB charger detachable? I do not want to have to take down the string of lights if I want to charge them. Thanks
Asked by Ross on 29 Apr 2021
You will have to disconnect the solar panel and then you can take it indoors and charge it via the USB cable.
Hi I can't seem to find the instructions on my lantern . Could you send me a copy ? I gave charged it but can't get it to work . I think batteries came with it. .. thanks rose
Asked by Rose Alfano on 28 Apr 2021
Please do hold down the on/off button at the bottom of the light for 5 seconds.
What is the method of fixing for installation
Asked by A McDonald on 28 Apr 2021
The light comes with a wall mounting bracket.
Can you get a replacement bulb if required. Couldn't see these on your website. Do you supply them? If not where do we get them from.
Asked by Andy Gutteridge on 28 Apr 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell this type of bulb.
I assume they can withstand rain?
Asked by Joanna on 28 Apr 2021
There are waterproof.
What are the cable lengths from the panel to the light and the length of cable between lights? How many illuminating hours do the spotlights have? Thank you
Asked by Tracey Witcher on 28 Apr 2021
There are no cables. The panel is integrated. The battery should last for at least 2-3 years.
What are the measurements of the jars please? Thank you
Asked by Anna on 27 Apr 2021
The jars are 6cm long and 2cm wide.
What is the total length of the set please?
Asked by Paul Blackham on 27 Apr 2021
It is approximately 2m of string lights.
Would these lights be able be installed in grass around my patio?
Asked by Morag on 27 Apr 2021
We would not recommend that.
How many lights do you get for Ā£29.99
Asked by Mrs tait on 27 Apr 2021
These lights are sold individually.
Do the replacement tops come with batteries, if not can you supply?
Asked by Andrew on 27 Apr 2021
The replacement top will have a pre-installed battery.
Are the bulbs waterproof preventing water seeping into the bulbs? Does the products guarantee cover damage from water leaking into the bulbs?
Asked by Anna on 27 Apr 2021
The lights are waterproof and suitable to be used outdoors during winter. They come with a 12-month warranty.
Do these lights turn on and off?
Asked by Dan on 27 Apr 2021
yes, it does.
What dimensions is the light
Asked by Louise Connolly on 27 Apr 2021
This light is 18cm x 15cm.
Could you please tell me what is the overall length of the lights
Asked by Mark Davies-Tagg on 27 Apr 2021
It is a 10m string of lights.
I am not sure if my lights are the mini version so can you tell me the diameter of this replacement top so that I can be sure that it is the correct one.
Asked by Dena Millaci on 27 Apr 2021
The diameter is 55mm and is waterproof.
Could you tell me is the electrical connecting cable clear or green as there are two versions on the website which is slightly confusing. Clear would be the preference. Thank you.
Asked by Diggers on 27 Apr 2021
The wire is green.
What power ie how many lumens
Asked by John on 27 Apr 2021
It is 50 Lumens.
Are these in warm white colour?
Asked by Martin Drienovsky on 26 Apr 2021
These lights are warm white.
Can you advise what IP rating this Halo solar wall light has please ?
Asked by K.Murgatroyd on 26 Apr 2021
It is IP54 rated.
How long is the cable between each bulb.
Asked by J. Elliott on 26 Apr 2021
The bulbs are spaced 75cm apart.
Hi once again my last purchase was two solar spotlights 39Ā£. They have been placed in my garden ornamental wind mill withthe windows drilled out and looks like its open.they are brilliant. I am looking at the lumfiy fairy lights 100 lights multi coloured 39Ā£ but would like to know how far apart are the lights thanks . Keep up the good work.
Asked by Leslie priestley on 26 Apr 2021
They are spaced approximately 10mm apart.
Does this need to be connected to an external solar panel or is the square box an inbuilt solar panel?
Asked by Paula on 26 Apr 2021
The solar panel is integrated.
This may be a silly question, but are the lanterns waterproof?
Asked by Kay Byrne on 26 Apr 2021
These lights are waterproof.
What diameter are the individual bulbs?
Asked by Dave Scotson on 26 Apr 2021
its 5cm
HI, Can these be put on permanent on, so they dont flash on and off when outside, and if so how long will they light for after dusk falls before flat?
Asked by ANDY on 26 Apr 2021
No sorry, this is a motion-based light.
How bright is this item
Asked by Maura.ward70@gmail.com on 25 Apr 2021
its 50 lumens bright
Hiw bright is this item.
Asked by Maura on 25 Apr 2021
it is 300 lumens bright
I don't want flashing lights can you have them Stay on without flashing Thanks
Asked by Joe Cottle on 25 Apr 2021
Yes, you can choose the static mode.
Hi, what are the dims for this light fitting please. Thank you Sally
Asked by Sally Salter on 25 Apr 2021
Dimensions Fixing holes: 70mm apart Bracket:(H) 125mm (W)90mm Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
What are the dimensions
Asked by John McQuade on 25 Apr 2021
Dimensions Height: 27cm Width: 16.5cm Depth: 15cm
Hi....will these lights be effective on a north facing outer wall that doesn't get much sun, even in the height of summer?
Asked by Claire on 25 Apr 2021
They have to be installed on a South facing wall.
We are looking for a constant not-too-bright light. Don't want to scare off wildlife, but don't want to trip in dark area. What is best option please?
Asked by J Williams on 25 Apr 2021
It might be best to look into post lights.
Really like them,but what is IP rating please.
Asked by John Ridgway on 25 Apr 2021
The light should be fine outdoors, provided the top is left on, no water should get into the light.
hello, are the lights warm or cool white ? thankyou
Asked by YVONNE MCLAREN on 25 Apr 2021
natural white
Can you buy just the festoons (or other lumify lights). My previous set got damaged, but the solar panel and battery are fine. Seems wasteful to replace the whole set.
Asked by Paul on 25 Apr 2021
You can purchase a string of fairy lights. The 300 led's are compatible with the parts that we use for the set of 20 bulbs.
Great product, but can one change the settings so that it does not come on during the day? I have one on a busy path and movements during the day trigger it go on during the day.
Asked by Alex on 25 Apr 2021
Yes, please adjust the lux sensor so that it is further away from the sun symbol.
How are these fitted to a hard surface, such as decking or paving.
Asked by John Hartley on 25 Apr 2021
You can either use the spike provided to install the light in the ground or you can use the bracket that we provide in order to install it into the decking area.
Hi will this work in semi shade under a fern .
Asked by Jayne davis on 25 Apr 2021
The panel needs to be exposed to direct daylight. Please avoid any shadows and obstructions.
How do you run the cable out of the shed so the solar panel is outside?
Asked by G Brown on 25 Apr 2021
You will have to drill a small hole in the shed in order to run the cable that connects to the panel.
Can you take the flowers out of the jars?
Asked by J Warren on 25 Apr 2021
I am afraid not.
I have a set of Edinburgh Festoon Lights - Set of 10. Is the solar panel on the set of 20 double to size so the light intensity per bulb looks the same? I need 30 lights but is it better to buy 2 sets of 10 more or one set of 20? Thanks
Asked by Olwen on 25 Apr 2021
The output of the panel is different, the panel is the same size, the brightness of both will be the same.
Can the solar panel be surface mounted, e.g. on a wall or garden fence.
Asked by S H Liddell on 25 Apr 2021
Yes, the panel can go on the wall on be installed using the spike provided.
Hello, I am interested in these lights for a road with no streetlights. Could they be secured to prevent theft? Eg. could we set them in concrete? Secondly, just to confirm, I am right in thinking that the solar panel is on the top of each of these, so they operate independently? Thanks Suzanne Newbald Parish Council
Asked by Suzanne Smith on 24 Apr 2021
The solar panel is integrated and it is located on top of the light. It can either be installed on a hard surface or lawn etc. You might need a security light for that purpose. However, this light will also shine brighter if it detects motion.
Does the Warwick have a dusk to dawn feature like the Shrewsbury
Asked by Malcolm on 24 Apr 2021
Yes, it does have this option.
Hi. What width dimensions are the male & female connectors. Thanks.
Asked by Glymey on 24 Apr 2021
This cable will only be compatible with the Esher Solar Wall Lantern and the Softec Solar Security Light .
Advise dimensions please
Asked by John Day on 24 Apr 2021
Height: 27cm , Width: 16.5cm , Depth: 15cm
What happens if a glass bulb is broken or fails - can they be replaced?
Asked by Stuart Bowes on 24 Apr 2021
Unfortunately, they cannot be replaced. The bulbs are made by toughened plastic, they cannot break easily.
Can you buy a replacement solar panel or battery for the panel?
Asked by Louise Sinclair on 24 Apr 2021
I am afraid not, the solar panel / batteries cannot be replaced.
Hello Could you tell me what are the jars made of?
Asked by Nathalie on 24 Apr 2021
There are made of glass.
I have lost the remote for the mushroom and cactus. I can't seem to change the mode with the button (only steady colour change) I have just pre-ordered the table light, will that remote operate the other two?
Asked by Sharon on 24 Apr 2021
Yes, the remote will work on all shimmer items.
Once activated and the light is on, will it stay on if there is little movement, eg, people sitting down around a table as you would want from a normal light?
Asked by James on 23 Apr 2021
No, this is motion only. You can choose a low light mode, but this will activate to brightness when there is movement, so would not recommend it.
What is the IP rating on this please?
Asked by Emma on 23 Apr 2021
IP44
Hoe many LED's does each light have?
Asked by Chris Mellett on 23 Apr 2021
There are 2 LEDS in each light.
Can you tell me the cable colour on this item, please? Thank you.
Asked by Elaine on 23 Apr 2021
The colour of the cable is black.
Hi. Is the 62cm height with or without the spike. Also what is the width of the head / light section. Thanks.
Asked by Alistair Davies on 23 Apr 2021
Light including spike: 540mm Max Diameter 170mm
Hi there I've just bought a set of these. I haven't opened the box yet but was wondering how you fix them to walls, are there hooks included in the pack? Or do I need to buy additional hooks to attach them? Many thanks. Laura
Asked by Laura Solomon on 22 Apr 2021
There are hooks on top of the lights you can use to put them up on the wall. For the string, you will need either further hooks or nails.
I have not been able to change modes on the panel.Should there have been a remote control in the package? Kind regards John
Asked by John Johnston on 22 Apr 2021
You will have to click on the power button in order to change modes. It does not come with remote control.
can these lights stay outside all year round?
Asked by Helen Drysdale on 22 Apr 2021
yes, the lights can stay outside and be used all year around.
what does this look like in daylight?
Asked by sophie edgar on 22 Apr 2021
It is a white shell.
How do you control the volume.
Asked by Ikevin on 22 Apr 2021
This can be controlled through the device you are using to play the music.
Does the Gloucester Up & Down Solar Wall Light have a separate free-standing solar panel or is the solar panel integrated within the light ?
Asked by G. Hanford on 22 Apr 2021
The panel is integrated.
Does the Gloucester Up & Down Solar Wall Light have a separate free-standing solar panel or is the solar panel integrated within the light ?
Asked by G. Hanford on 22 Apr 2021
the solar panel is integrated on the top of the light
Hi , are you still selling the anthracite grey version ??
Asked by Bob gills on 22 Apr 2021
yes
Does powersave mode actually dim the leds, as I can't see any variation in the setting on mine
Asked by Lloyd Fifield on 22 Apr 2021
It will run them at a lower level to run longer. If they are on the right setting then the mode would be activated.
Hi, where does it store the electricity during the day so it can work at night ?
Asked by Paul Francis on 22 Apr 2021
The solar power is stored in the rechargeable battery in the panel, which then runs it and then recharges the next day via the panel.
Can they be screwed straight to decking instead of using spikes?
Asked by Karen Kyte on 21 Apr 2021
I am afraid not. They can only be installed using the spike provided.
Can these spot lights be used with an extension cable to get the solar panel further away?
Asked by tom on 21 Apr 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell an extension cable for these spotlights.
would this light be suitable to hang from a branch of a tree
Asked by Diane on 20 Apr 2021
We would not recommend that as it might fall off with the wind etc.
What are the bulb types. please. Filament or LED?
Asked by David Spencer on 20 Apr 2021
LED
What is the metal used in the construction of this light, i.e. is it rustproof. Is the light output about the same as the Henley.
Asked by Ernest Barmby on 20 Apr 2021
It is waterproof. It is 50 Lumens.
Does the light only come on with the motion sensor, or is it on at a reduced output during the night?
Asked by Parki on 20 Apr 2021
It does have both modes.
Is it now possible to purchase a replacement solar panel for these lights?
Asked by Sue Whitehead on 19 Apr 2021
I am afraid not. We do not sell the panel individually.
Is the charging panel within the light as with the eco wedge or is there a remote charger as with the fairy lights - on a cable?
Asked by Susan Lonford-Brown on 19 Apr 2021
That is correct, the panel is on top and integrated.
Panel fixed so cannot see the back(failure to think ahead) so looking at the panel from the sunny side, is the on / off switch on the left or the right please? I don't want to take it down if I can avoid doing so. Thank you
Asked by Andrew Way on 19 Apr 2021
The switch button is at the back of the solar panel.
Please can you tell me what type of USB connection I need to connect to the lights to charge them? Struggling to find the right one.
Asked by Natalie swarbrick on 19 Apr 2021
You need a micro USB charging cable.
Just purchased two and was surprised to see the USB port/ lead .. What's the purpose ? I have seen two different answers to previous questions , one said it is to charge and others said it doesn't charge ., please clarify !?
Asked by Steven Coggins on 19 Apr 2021
These are fine to charge via USB.
Are the bulbs glass or plastic?
Asked by Fay on 19 Apr 2021
There are made of plastic.
With the PIR turned off can you turn the lights on and off with the remote when required?
Asked by Mike on 18 Apr 2021
Yes, there is an on/off switch button on the remote control.
Hi, how long will the rechargeable battery retain charge from the solar panels for realistically? They look too quality lights but not worth it if they stop charging after a couple of years. Can the rechargeable batteries be replaced?
Asked by Lisa on 18 Apr 2021
The batteries can be replaced you need a NiMH 1200mAh battery.
I have placed these USB solar lights around outdoor Bamboo plants. Is it safe to leave them on overnight, unsupervised? Is there any fire risk from this unit?
Asked by Andy M on 18 Apr 2021
It is safe for the fairy lights to be installed on plants etc.
Looking at these for a decking 3metres by 3mertres. How many would you suggest? Don't want it too bright but noticeable. How far should they be spaced out?. Looking at these or square ones which ones look best?
Asked by Belinda Plater on 18 Apr 2021
Sadly we cannot give details on far apart they should be placed, this is all down to personal preference and how the space looks, so any shading trees etc. The best bet is to buy 2 and work it out from there.
Hi there, could you please advise what the dimensions are of this light. Many thanks.
Asked by NCM on 18 Apr 2021
Dimensions Height: 27cm Width: 16.5cm Depth: 15cm
Hi, I am looking to buy spare bulbs for the Falmouth solar festoon lights but the page says it is unavailable. Please can you advise how to purchase these? Thanks, Hannah
Asked by Hannah Bowman on 18 Apr 2021
Please click on this link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Falmouth_USB_Bulbs_Set_Of_4-968-5.html
How do you attach it to the wall ?
Asked by Graham Fuller on 18 Apr 2021
There is a bracket/ wall fixing plate which you can use in order to attach the light on the wall.
What are the measurements please?
Asked by Joanne Nulty on 18 Apr 2021
Solar panel: 55mm x 55mm , Lamp: 180mm x 150mm
Are the panel batteries replaceable? And if so, are they access via back of panel and what type is required? Thanks.
Asked by Peter Alexander on 17 Apr 2021
The batteries are replaceable and they are in the panel. The batteries are Li-ion 2600 (mAh) 3.7V
Is the light coming out from two little squares at the top and bottom of the box rather than the whole top/bottom surface? My light has been charged for 3 days now in these are the only little lights I can see
Asked by Lyudmila on 17 Apr 2021
Correct there are 4 lights in each corner at the top and four lights in each corner at the bottom.
Are these lights waterproof?
Asked by Elaine Baker on 17 Apr 2021
yes, there are.
Hi. This isn't a question but I've noticed a couple of people have asked if the shimmer pebbles can be set to one colour and been told no. This is not correct. I've just bought three of these (March 2021) and have them all set to the same colour which I change every night. So you have complete control over colour settings.
Asked by Graeme Smith on 17 Apr 2021
There has been an error from our side. Thank you for pointing that out. The unit can work on static colours as well as on colour changing mode. We have now made the appropriate changes to the FAQ's section.
Hello, can you tell are the lights glass or plastic?
Asked by Amanda knee on 17 Apr 2021
There are made of plastic.
Hi - can these be fixed to a fence or does it need to be a wall? Also, how far apart do you recommend they need to be to light up a small garden 10m long by 8m wide?
Asked by Caroline Holmes on 17 Apr 2021
The lights can be installed on a fence. How many units you will need depends on the effect that you want to achieve.
Can the detectors angle be changed?
Asked by Maisie on 17 Apr 2021
I am afraid not, the range of the PIR sensor cannot be changed.
Can you have them on all night as a light or is it just when there is movement they come on
Asked by Rowland beedle on 16 Apr 2021
Just light when there is movement.
Can i replace the 1.2v 900mah batteries with a larger capacity battery of the same fitment for example a 1.2v 2600mah battery
Asked by callum wood on 16 Apr 2021
As long as the voltage is the same that should not be a problem.
Please can you advise light temperature, how many k does it have? Thanks
Asked by Katja Correia on 16 Apr 2021
It is warm white - 3000k.
Is it possible to purchase replacement stakes for these post lights and also for the smaller post lights? We seem to have lost all of ours and think they may have been thrown out when clearing out the shed
Asked by Adrienne Darko on 16 Apr 2021
I am afraid that we don't sell the stakes only.
Hi. What are the dimensions of the jars please?
Asked by Erin on 16 Apr 2021
The jars are 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Is the solar panel integral?
Asked by Mark on 15 Apr 2021
yes
Are these more of a cool white?
Asked by Linda Fox on 15 Apr 2021
These lights are warm white.
I have a large apple tree l would like to light up. It's probably 25ft high. Would this light be powerful enough to project up into the tree that far?
Asked by Sharon Smith on 15 Apr 2021
One spotlight might not be enough to illuminate your tree. You might also need a more powerful spotlight such as the Albany Premium Spotlight.
Hi Can you run 2 lights off of 1 panel please? Are these switchable - I do not want them on all of the time? Many thanks Steve
Asked by STEVE TALBOTT on 15 Apr 2021
Each panel can support only one light. There is an on/off switch button.
Can the batteries be replaced DIY also how long do batteries last and how long the led last before the unit need replaceing
Asked by Ali on 15 Apr 2021
The batteries can be replaced they are Lithium In 3.7 v 2200 (mAh)
Are the light bulbs glass? Can you set the on/off time? Can you switch them on and off manually? Thanks
Asked by Olwen on 15 Apr 2021
The bulbs are made of plastic. There is an on/off switch button. They do not have a timer.
What standard of water proofing are these lamps?
Asked by Mr L Blowing on 14 Apr 2021
These lights are waterproof. You can leave them outdoors all year round.
Hi what is there up rating and is the light off them a warm white or a bright whit
Asked by Diarmaid on 14 Apr 2021
There is no up rating on these lights I am afraid, they light up around the middle and they are good for marking out parking spaces. The switch inside says W and WW you just choose the colour you would like.
How long is the cable from panel to light?, as I am not able to install them close together.
Asked by David on 14 Apr 2021
We sell an extension cable separately which is 5m: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Evo_SMD_Solar_Panel_Extension_Cable_5m-795-84.html
I see the cable is 5m. Can a shorter one be purchased
Asked by David on 14 Apr 2021
No sorry, 5m is the shortest.
What are the dimensions? Thanks
Asked by Edward Kelly on 14 Apr 2021
Fixing holes: 70mm apart , Bracket:(H) 125mm (W)90mm , Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
Is one of the colours green and can they stay on green all the time
Asked by Sandra on 14 Apr 2021
Yes, it can stay static on green or any other colour.
Are the batteries in each light? Or, in the solar panel? Can the batteries be replaced if they start to not hold their charge after a while? Thanks.
Asked by Peter Spencer on 14 Apr 2021
The batteries are located inside the panel and cannot be replaced.
I bought atlas spotlights last year the panel seems to have given up the ghost, would this panel fit the set of 2 spotlights and would I need any additional wiring etc?
Asked by June Hodgson on 14 Apr 2021
This panel is only compatible with the Selene spotlights.
Hi, we have recently purchased 2 sets of these lights, but cannot find a 97mm hole saw anywhere. Will 100mm work? Thanks!
Asked by Graham on 14 Apr 2021
It has to be a 97mm diameter round hole as per instructions.
Hi, How big is the solar panel? How do you screw them? Can you not slide them into the little gap that exists between the decking panels?
Asked by Regina on 13 Apr 2021
The dimensions of the light are: 110mm x 110mm x 22mm deep and the panel is on top. You will have to drill two holes and use the screws provided to securely attach the light to your decking area.
I am looking to replace the battery on my Truro I have had for a couple of years. The battery I have taken out is Li-ion IFR18650 1000mAh 3.2v I am having problems finding one the exactly the same they are all 18650 but 3.7v would these work or they are 2000mAh. Do they have to be exactly the same Kind regards
Asked by Angela Lord on 13 Apr 2021
This battery would be compatible with your Truro light: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/SolarCentre_18650_2600mAh_Lithium_Ion_Rechargeable_Battery-857-5.html
Good afternoon, is it possible to fit the lights in to solid wood railway sleepers that run along the edge of my lawn ?thank you
Asked by john brown on 13 Apr 2021
We recommend these for decking, so there is ample drainage. If there will be a place for the water to escape then that should be fine. Just make sure the panels are facing skyward and not outward facing.
Can you please tell me where the dusk sensor is. Is it on the light or is it on the PV panel? I have already asked this but had no reply yet.
Asked by Eric Martin on 13 Apr 2021
The sensor is in the panel.
What do you do with the last end of the cable there is nothing to cover it from the elements .
Asked by Track on 13 Apr 2021
You can seal it off with silicone if you wish.
Are these the cool bright white lights or the yellow warm lights?
Asked by Gillian on 13 Apr 2021
They are natural white.
is that 200 lumens all together or each spot light?
Asked by Neil Ratcliffe on 12 Apr 2021
It is 200 Lumens for the set of 4 (50 Lumens for each spotlight)
HI, In your main description it states that the length from the solar panel to first bulb is 4m but further down it states it 2m. Can you please confirm which is correct. Regards Simon
Asked by Simon on 12 Apr 2021
It is 4m.
Hi! Q1. Will this light come on at night if there are street light in its vicinity? Q2. When you advise that the 3 metres detection range cannot be adjusted, does it mean that even partially obscuring the PIR sensor won't reduce the range? Thanks.
Asked by Domi on 12 Apr 2021
If any light is getting on the panel on top of the light then the light will not come on as it will assume it is daytime. You can try partially obscuring the sensor which might limit the range, but only from the side you have covered.
Could you please provide the measurements of this item. Can't see them on the advert.
Asked by Tammy Hughes on 12 Apr 2021
Dimensions Fixing holes: 70mm apart Bracket:(H) 125mm (W)90mm Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
What are the dimensions of this product?
Asked by Martin Dale on 11 Apr 2021
Dimensions Fixing holes: 70mm apart Bracket:(H) 125mm (W)90mm Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
Hi I can't figure out how to get it on the auto on / off setting. Ie so I can just leave it to charge during the day and come on at dusk and off at dawn. How do I do that? Thanks
Asked by Alexandra Brigden on 11 Apr 2021
Please leave the light switched on and it will come on automatically each evening.
Why does this product need to be screwed in to decking, rather than just sit on decking?
Asked by Adam Prickett on 11 Apr 2021
You do not have to screw the light into the decking. It comes with an adhesive sticker.
Hi I'm wanting the outdoor usb mini pebble i see it has a spike to pierce grass but what about placing on decking? Wont it blow away as cant attach to decking? Or r they heavy?
Asked by Helen on 11 Apr 2021
It would be better to use the spike and secure it inside the ground. But it can also be placed on the patio area if you wish to. The base is flat.
Does this light definitely have a warm white setting? I have read a review on Amazon to say that it hasn't
Asked by Richard Williams on 11 Apr 2021
Yes, it has both warm and cool white option.
what are the dimensions of the jar lamp holders.
Asked by paul on 11 Apr 2021
The jars are 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Will you be having bigger shimmer hemispheres
Asked by Mrs Shirley Sainty on 10 Apr 2021
I am afraid that this is the only one available at the moment. But we are always looking into designing more new lights, so please keep an eye on the website for any updates.
Hi can you please confirm how long does the light last at night? And More generally, which of your lights (warm white) lasts longer in the night? I need them for a shared courtyard in the Med, and ideally i would need something that lasts all night durng summer. Thanks
Asked by Antonio on 10 Apr 2021
The run time depends on the mode that you are using. This light comes with a power-saving mode which will help you extend the run time during winter. It also depends on the location of the solar panel. The panel is integrated and the light will have to be exposed to some natural daylight and South facing in order to perform at its best.
Do these have an IP rating. If they do, what rating is it?
Asked by Michelle Coffman on 10 Apr 2021
It is IP67 rated.
Is the battery replaceable? If so what type is it?
Asked by Andrew on 10 Apr 2021
The batteries are replaceable they are Li 2000 (mAh) 3.7v
I am interested in these spotlights to go into a window box but need to know that it will fit. What is the length of the spike please? Also, please give the height of the light from its base, ie the point at which it would protrude from the surface of the soil . I also need the dimension of the diameter of the light.. Thank you.
Asked by Cheryl on 10 Apr 2021
Dimensions Height:25cm (including spike) Diameter of light head: 12cm Solar panel: 14cm x 8.5cm Also, please note that the batteries cannot charge through a window they have to be exposed in direct daylight.
I can put panel outside but I want the lights in the roof area f a garden Room. Can you please tell me where the light sensor is.... I am going you are going to say on the solar panel! Have loads of your lights!
Asked by Eric Martin on 10 Apr 2021
The light sensor is in the panel, so if the room is dark, but it is light outside (where the panel should be) the lights will not come on until dusk.
Hello, What ip rating are these, and is the spike metal or plastic. Is it rust proof.
Asked by Samantha Smith on 10 Apr 2021
We have had no instances of the item rusting or ingressing water. If you have plants in the planters just do be careful to not drench the solar panel when watering.
Hi, is the light off with no motion or is it at low intensity?
Asked by Peter on 10 Apr 2021
The light has 3 modes: 1. Light is set to remain at low brightness until motion is detected which activates high brightness for up to 20 seconds 2. Light will activate only when it detects motion 3. Light is set to remain ON all night.
What are the dimensions.
Asked by Anthony Edwards on 10 Apr 2021
Dimensions Fixing holes: 70mm apart Bracket:(H) 125mm (W)90mm Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
How do you attache the spike to the solar panel so it can sit in the ground.
Asked by Suzette Smith on 9 Apr 2021
The instructions will help you with attaching the spike. You will need to remove the ball joint from the back of the panel.
What is the bracket size please
Asked by Julie jackson on 9 Apr 2021
Bracket:(W) 75mm (H)105mm
There seems to be differing answers to the questions about the USB port. Can you advise whether this is to allow the lights to be charged by USB or not? I was thinking of charging them first through this before installing rather than leaving in the sun for 3 days.
Asked by Josh O'Neill on 9 Apr 2021
This light can be charged via a USB cable.
I've not used solar lights before and I can't tell how the lights are charged up? You mention rechargeable batteries? How do i recharge the batteries - do they come with something for that?
Asked by Claire on 9 Apr 2021
Please leave the lights outdoors, switched off for 3-5 days and the batteries will fully charge through the daylight.
What is the height of the light head
Asked by Antonia on 9 Apr 2021
Diameter of light head: 121mm
Where is the on/off switch located? The lights are for the top of a pergola so wondering if the switch is accessible or attached to the solar panel which in our case but have to be up a height and therefore not easily accessible (we wouldn't want to leave on all night), thanks
Asked by Ken on 9 Apr 2021
The switch button is located on the solar panel.
is it made in china
Asked by jeffrey robertson on 9 Apr 2021
All of our lights are designed in the UK but manufactured in China.
What is this light made of, specifically the anthracite grey part?
Asked by Nicola on 8 Apr 2021
toughened plastic
Please could you tell me what size the solar panel is for this product.
Asked by Catherine Dugmore on 8 Apr 2021
L- 15.5cm W- 9cm
How are they fixed to a wall/guttering
Asked by Mo Williams on 8 Apr 2021
You could use string hooks to install the lights on the wall.
Does this light have 2 settings?
Asked by Shaz on 8 Apr 2021
It has got a powersaving mode.
Is there a reason why these can't be mounted vertically on a retaining wall ? If so is there a similar product you could recommend?
Asked by Sean Simpson on 7 Apr 2021
We do not recommend that as the panel is integrated and it should be facing upright. Please look into our wall lights instead.
What is the field of detection
Asked by Ronald Fletcher on 7 Apr 2021
120 degress detection.
Hello Could you put these straight on a gravel path. Thank you
Asked by Stephen Blackburn on 7 Apr 2021
We would not recommend that.
Can this be left outside in all weathers such as rain or snow?
Asked by Rob on 7 Apr 2021
These can be left out all year round, there will be no need to bring them in.
What are the dimensions of this please?
Asked by Vickykirby on 7 Apr 2021
Dimensions Fixing holes: 70mm apart Bracket:(H) 125mm (W)90mm Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
What type of USB charger does the Shapelight Mini cube need? I've not been able to find the answer anywhere, and the instructions just say the vague "USB charger".
Asked by Kerry Jones on 7 Apr 2021
Please click on the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Shapelights_USB_Charging_Cable-893-5.html
Are replacement battery packs available for the EVO SMD?
Asked by Nick on 7 Apr 2021
I am afraid not.
Is the cable to the light 3m? Can I extend the length of the cable between the solar panel and the floodlight?
Asked by Dee on 6 Apr 2021
There is a 3m of cable between the solar panel and the light unit. I am afraid that we do not sell an extension cable.
What ip does this have, and what kind off solor panel please
Asked by Samantha Smith on 6 Apr 2021
its is IP44 and the solar panel is integrated on the top of the light
Can you replace the bulbs on these lights
Asked by Caroline on 5 Apr 2021
I am afraid not.
What is the expected life of these lights
Asked by Caroline on 5 Apr 2021
The light has a minimum expectancy of 2-3 years, however the lights are known to last longer than that.
What strength number are lights ,we brought number 10 ,and it's not bright ,would these be brighter
Asked by Pat on 5 Apr 2021
These are decorative lights. They will illuminate in the same way as the set of 10.
Is the battery AA or 18650 sized?
Asked by Mark on 5 Apr 2021
This unit has pre-installed lithium batteries. 2200mAh/ 3.7c/ 2pcs
Can you replace the bulb in this lamp? If not, what is the approximate lifetime of the bulb? My concern is that they will only last around 12 months (as per warranty) and the whole light will then need to be replaced.
Asked by Anita on 5 Apr 2021
The bulbs cannot be replaced. It is very rare for the led's to stop operating.
Can the light be turned off while using the speaker function? Thanks
Asked by David Wareham on 5 Apr 2021
Not turned off no, so will need to be on.
Can you please advise whether the bulbs are glass or plastic. Many thanks
Asked by Stuart on 5 Apr 2021
There are made of plastic.
Does this have battery backup to the solar power? Thank you.
Asked by Karl on 5 Apr 2021
There is a battery inside the unit that will be able to charge through solar. The unit does not come with a USB cable if you mean that.
Is the glass shatterproof? I want to hang these along a trellis on a brick wall and wonder if the wind could cause them to shatter. Thanks
Asked by hannah cook on 5 Apr 2021
These light bulbs are made of glass. They could be damaged if they hit on the brick wall etc. But there are hooks on each light bulb which should help you install them properly.
What is the size of the jar?
Asked by Suzy on 4 Apr 2021
The jars are 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Can the bulbs and/or batteries be changed? Thanks
Asked by Dominique sinclair on 4 Apr 2021
Neither the bulbs nor the battery on this light are replaceable.
Hi, is the charging light supposed to stay on all the time? It is not plugged in yet the charging light is still red.
Asked by Brogan on 4 Apr 2021
Yes, the light will stay on. That shows that the unit is charging through solar.
Hi, I have just purchased 2 of these batteries (18650) - 1 for each set of my lights. Can I check whether suitable for both the 100 and 300 lumify fairy lights, as no mention in the battery description, but reading about the lights, it says the 300 set have a bigger battery? Many thanks.
Asked by Melanie Woodland on 4 Apr 2021
The battery is suitable for both the Lumify 100 and 300 led's.
How do you fix it to the wall ?
Asked by Michele borg on 4 Apr 2021
It comes with a clip bracket and a screw pack.
Are the separate bulbs replaceable? And also how big are the individual bulbs?
Asked by Lucy on 4 Apr 2021
The bulbs cannot be replaced. Each bulb has a max diameter of 59mm and a height of 105mm.
Hi, do the lights have an on/off switch and if so, where is this? I would like to hang the lanterns on a pergola. Also, what is the length of cable between each lantern? Many Thanks.
Asked by Yvonne on 4 Apr 2021
The on/off switch button is located on the solar panel. There are spaced about 0.5m apart.
How would I attach these lights on my decking posts around our caravan which are a form of plastic please
Asked by Ray Deanr on 4 Apr 2021
You will have to make holes to fit these lights. They are designed for a decking area.
If charging by usb how do you know when they have fully charged ?
Asked by Karen Taylor on 3 Apr 2021
It will take approximately 6 hours. There will be a green light glowing inside the USB port.
What is the maximum angle in the upwards direction? I would like to situate near to the house and shine upwards.
Asked by Brian Eames on 3 Apr 2021
This light can be adjusted up to 90 degrees. That should work and the light should be able to shine upwards.
What are the dimensions of this light?
Asked by Kirsty Taylor on 3 Apr 2021
Dimensions Fixing holes: 70mm apart Bracket:(H) 125mm (W)90mm Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
Do these use the same connections as lumify? Eg could I connect to a lumify battery?
Asked by Tony on 3 Apr 2021
I am afraid not. The solar panel that needs to be connected with the Edinburgh festoon lights will be inside the box and the battery is inlcuded.
Hi, are these lights a warm white please?
Asked by Georgina Dowding on 2 Apr 2021
Hi, yes there are warm white colour.
does this come in a cool light ?
Asked by Andrew Mason on 2 Apr 2021
I am afraid not. It only comes in a warm white.
Is the light casing made of glass or plastic?
Asked by Linda Muir on 2 Apr 2021
It is made of metal and plastic.
How is the cable fitted? Is it fitted to the light? Many thanks
Asked by Simon T on 2 Apr 2021
The extention cable should be fitted between the light and the solar panel.
Hi there, How many 5m extension cables can I add to this light? I need to place the solar panel about 20 metres away from the light. If this is not possible, do you sell any other garden lights that would work at this distance from panel to light fixture? Thanks
Asked by Jazz on 2 Apr 2021
Each extension will slightly reduce the power from the panel to the light, we normally recommend no more than 3. The reduction can easily be outweighed by having the panel in a far better position.
Just bought this light and I can't work out how to use the remote control to set it to the first setting of motion detection at brightest light and auto switch off when no more motion. I get it to light up but can only get it to go off by using the off button. Any help greatly appreciated.
Asked by Brian Straker on 2 Apr 2021
Please press on the '100% lighting switch button' and on the 'sensor button'. Please check on the instructions sheet where it shows the name of its switch button.
If you don't want the light on when dark can it be switched off please
Asked by James Rainbow on 2 Apr 2021
The on/off button is inside the back of the light, so it would not be immediately accessable.
Is the battery a bespoke li-on or Nimh? I assume the battery is not replaceable under normal circumstances but would I be able desolder it if I found a suitable replacement online?
Asked by Scott on 2 Apr 2021
This unit holds a 3.7v lithium-ion battery 400 mah. This can not be replaced.
Can I charge my light battery by plugging in a USB portable phone charger (power bank) ?
Asked by David Clelland on 2 Apr 2021
Provided that the system is compatible this shouldn't be a problem.
Does this light have an on off switch?
Asked by Philip Nelson on 1 Apr 2021
Yes, it does.
Will one remote work with multiple lights? I'm thinking of purchasing a few but could end up with a remote control nitemare!
Asked by Kevin on 1 Apr 2021
The remote control is universal.
Do these come on at dusk automatically?
Asked by Trista on 1 Apr 2021
yes
What colour is the string lead?
Asked by Elizabeth English on 31 Mar 2021
The string comes in green colour.
Hi, what is the Kelvin rating of the bulbs? Thanks.
Asked by Harriet on 31 Mar 2021
It is warm white - 3000k
Can I use this cable to extend globe spotlights?
Asked by Michael Henriques on 31 Mar 2021
I am afraid not. It won't be compatible.
Hi, do I need to drill to secure these lights on my front door steps ? Thank you.
Asked by Mrs Gurmej Cox on 31 Mar 2021
Yes, they will need to be drilled.
The description says this light is suitable for a pergola but in answer to a question you say that it should be mounted indoors. Not very suitable for a pergola then, is it?
Asked by John Tippins on 31 Mar 2021
It depends on the location of the solar panel. If the solar panel is exposed to some direct daylight it will be able to charge and perform.
Do the lights have a manual on/off switch so it doesn't always go on and stay on when its dark? What is the life span of the bulbs and can they be replaced?
Asked by Craig on 31 Mar 2021
There is an on/off switch button. I am afraid that the light bulbs cannot be replaced, but it is very rare for an led to stop illuminating.
What type of solar panel made of?
Asked by Jocelyn on 31 Mar 2021
The solar panel is made of glass.
How long should the bulb last for before it needs replacing? What bulb is it and where can I buy a replacement?
Asked by Lisa Bishop on 30 Mar 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell replaceable bulbs yet. This is an LED bulb so it is very rare for those ones to go off.
What type of battery is installed - their Voltage and mAh?
Asked by Iain on 30 Mar 2021
2 x Ni-MH batteries, 2000mAh, 1.2voltage.
What type of batteries are used - Voltage and mAh? I am a little surprised this information is not supplied in your description of solar lights. The mAh indicates how long the light will work at night.
Asked by Iain on 30 Mar 2021
This unit has a lithium battery 3.7 voltage and 2000mAh.
Is there a separate solar panel for this - as the instructions state integrated but another description states a panel in well placed sun will aid lighting.
Asked by Denise on 30 Mar 2021
The panel is integrated.
What is the P number for these lights?
Asked by Colin Tompsett on 30 Mar 2021
These are IP65
This looks fun, what does it look like when not illuminated / so during the day?
Asked by Angela on 30 Mar 2021
During the day it will be a white shell. It won't illuminate.
Will this light work in winter?
Asked by Lisa Bishop on 30 Mar 2021
Yes, it will work during winter.
How long does the battery last overnight?
Asked by Kevin Craig on 30 Mar 2021
The run time can be up to 8 hours.
is there a control for output brightness? eg...dim>mid>bright output
Asked by G H on 30 Mar 2021
Push the power button on the underside of the solar panel: - once: lights illuminate in full brightness - twice: lights illuminate in medium brightness - three times: lights illuminate in low brightness - four times: lights are off
Is the latter the same one as in the video. The one in the video looks like it has a pattern on the glass
Asked by Chris B on 30 Mar 2021
No, that is our Trueflame torches, they have a filigree pattern. The crook lantern is as shown.
Hi do you have to use all 8 decking lights or can you just install say 3 or 4 and add later Thanks Steve
Asked by Steve barnes on 30 Mar 2021
We recommend installing all 8.
Will you be doing these lights in warm white?
Asked by Debbie Owers on 30 Mar 2021
No plans at the moment, but will pass on the comments to the production team.
What material are these solar lights ie plastic?
Asked by Serene Wringer-Burnett on 30 Mar 2021
There are made of plastic.
How long does it take to fully charge this light to get 16 hours from it. Bought 2 of these lights hoping to get a full night but only getting about 8 hours on a day that is really sunny
Asked by Lynn Logan on 29 Mar 2021
We strongly recommend leaving the light switched off for 5 days to allow a good base charge on the batteries. As we are now in autumn/winter we would recommend using the power-saving mode for doubling the run time, so do check the instructions on how to activate this. Please also make sure the light is in the open and there is no heavy shading over the panel.
Can I put these lights in a glass jar Thank you
Asked by Carol Watson on 29 Mar 2021
As long as the solar panel is exposed to some direct daylight (not through glass/window etc) you can put the fairy lights inside a glass jar. However, I would be mindful and make sure that the lights are not staying inside a jar that is full of rainwater etc.
I am charging the lights via USB and the light is green - what does this mean?
Asked by Sarah on 29 Mar 2021
That means that your unit has been fully charged.
Can I ask if the bulbs are glass or plastic? Thanks
Asked by Sarah on 29 Mar 2021
There are made of plastic.
I have a paved terrace that I would like to place some solar lights on the help light up the edges at night but because the paving is laid already I can't bed these lights into the stone. Would these be stable if just placed on the paving? Or what would you suggest? I'm also considering the glow stones instead.
Asked by Sue Webb on 29 Mar 2021
I would not place them just on the edge, in case they get kicked over.
How do you charge with usb ?
Asked by Vanja Martyn on 29 Mar 2021
There is a USB port on the solar panel.
Sorry to ask this question again but can you set the light to one colour on the Shimmer Solar Glow Stone Pebble Mood Light as the list of specs says 'Remote control included to let you select a colour to match your mood'
Asked by Claire on 29 Mar 2021
Yes, you can select a static mode and choose a specific colour.
What is the measurement between the wall fixings please?
Asked by Matthew on 28 Mar 2021
It is approximately 4.5cm
How long will the light run for on a full charge without further charging?
Asked by Bruce on 28 Mar 2021
The run time can be up to 6 hours.
You've always been really helpful with any questions or problems I have had with my Mini London lights and replaced parts without question. Now I have had them for a good few years and I'm still happy with the product. I have two queries though. 1. Do you plan to sell replacement spikes as I have two lights I cannot use as the spikes have snapped. I'd be more than happy to pay more if the spikes were made of metal rather than plastic that becomes brittle. and 2. My lights are older versions. Someone asked if the batteries were replaceable and was told yes. With my version you needed to replace the whole top as the batteries were not accessible. Has this now changed? Thanks.
Asked by Mrs Kirsty Summers on 28 Mar 2021
Hi, I am sorry to say that we do not sell spikes. The new panels take replaceable rechargeable batteries.
I am thinking of buying these for my greenhouse. The solar panel would therefore sit behind glass. The roof is also glass and reaches a peak (it's octagonal). Would the lights work from solar power within the greenhouse and do you have a suggestion to attach them to either the aluminium frame or to glass? Many thanks, Anne
Asked by Anne McAleer on 28 Mar 2021
The panel has to be exposed in direct daylight. Charging batteries through glass won't be sufficient.
Hi. Does this come with a way to shut off the motion detector? We've had one before and every time a cat walked near it in the garden, it shone brighter. Annoying if your bedroom is above it. Could you tell me how sensitive the motion detector is? Thanks.
Asked by Stephanie on 28 Mar 2021
Please see the different modes below: Mode 2: Light is set to remain at low brightness until motion is detected which activates high brightness for up to 25 seconds Mode 3: Light will only activate when motion is detected for up to 25 seconds [This is the best mode for winter] Press 1: Light ON - Press and hold for three seconds Press 2: Switch to Mode 2 Press 3: Switch to Mode 3 Press 4: Light OFF - Press and hold for three seconds There is no way of shut off the sensor.
Could I put these against a brick wall, or are they likely to shatter against it if the weather is poor?
Asked by Linda on 28 Mar 2021
The bulbs are made of toughened plastic, so will not shatter.
Are these suitable for a fence?
Asked by Helen Simms on 28 Mar 2021
Yes, they can be installed on a fence.
How many lumens of light does each one give off.
Asked by Barry on 28 Mar 2021
The total output for 4 will be 48 lumens.
Can the bulbs on this lamp be replaced? What wall lights in your range can have replacement bulbs? I noticed in another conversation that Grantham bulbs can't be replaced
Asked by Brett MacDonald on 28 Mar 2021
The led's cannot be replaced on this unit. You can replace the led/panel on the Canterbury wall light or the Kodiak Wall light.
Is the light cover glass or plastic?
Asked by Linda Muir on 28 Mar 2021
The light cover is plastic and the rest of the light is stainless steel.
Can the lights be turned off at, say, midnight. I wonder about the effect on wildlife
Asked by Julie on 28 Mar 2021
You can switch it off manually, but it does not have a timer.
Other solar lights which I have purchased from the solar centre can be initially 'boost charged' with a USB lead. Can this solar panel be chargeD in this way?
Asked by Iris Corfield' on 28 Mar 2021
No, we recommend just leaving the light off for up to 5 days to allow a base charge on the batteries.
Do you have a picture of the warm white lights on and installed?
Asked by Cindy Lang on 28 Mar 2021
I am afraid not, but they look exactly as the picture provided. It is a daisy chain and they connect to one panel.
Can this light be screwed to a wall or does it only stick to surfaces
Asked by Ian T on 28 Mar 2021
Yes, the plastic front can be removed, you can then screw it to the wall.
Could you post a picture of the solar panel? I'd like to see how big it is. Thank you
Asked by Chris on 28 Mar 2021
The solar panel is 17x19cm.
Do these come with the clear wire or the green? Both are shown in the photos.
Asked by Andrew Spurgeon on 28 Mar 2021
The wire is green.
As they are not replaceable.How many hours do the bulbs last before they stop working?
Asked by Barbara on 28 Mar 2021
With this unit, you can replace the batteries. The led's should not stop working.
Can you please let me know the size of the jar lights
Asked by Rosemary Dawber on 28 Mar 2021
The jars are 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Are extension cables available?
Asked by LINDA KELLY on 28 Mar 2021
I am afraid not. We do not sell an extension cable for these lights.
will these fit well on a rendered wall?
Asked by julia powell on 28 Mar 2021
Yes, it should fit well.
Hi when charging for first time, is the solar panel to be switched on or off ??
Asked by Neil Service on 27 Mar 2021
The lights need to be switched off while charging the unit.
The USB fitting to charge, is it a standard size like a phone USB?
Asked by Richard Arthur Simpson on 27 Mar 2021
One end goes into any USB plug socket yes.
Do these lights have an on/off switch ???
Asked by James Gordon on 27 Mar 2021
Yes, they do have an on/off switch button.
Hi, does the cable unplug from either the panel or the light to enable it to be fed through a small hole in the shed?
Asked by A Greene on 27 Mar 2021
Yes, that is possible.
Please could you advise on the size of each bulb - length and width. Thanks
Asked by Helen Ramsey on 27 Mar 2021
The bulbs are 10cm in height x 4cm in diameter.
Can the cable between the lights and solar panel be buried under earth or does it have to sit on the surface?
Asked by Nicola on 27 Mar 2021
That should be okay. The cables can be hidden inside the ground etc.
Is there a way of switching them off at the end of the evening so it doesn't shine through the night but it would still charge the next day automatically
Asked by Tracey Higgins on 27 Mar 2021
You can switch off the lights through the switch button. The lights will charge as long as there are exposed to direct daylight. But the next evening you will have to switch them back on for them to illuminate. On the other hand if you leave the lights swithced on, they will come on automatically every evening.
Could you tell me the size of the solar panel please?
Asked by John Cook on 27 Mar 2021
The panel is: 16.5cm x 9.5cm
How many leds in light
Asked by Mervyn on 27 Mar 2021
It's one led. This light has an output of 40 Lumens.
Hi, can these only be installed into decking boards before the decking is constructed or is it possible to do this once the decking is already complete? Thanks
Asked by Paul on 27 Mar 2021
You will have to lift the decking and connect the cables so that are not visible.
Bought new set/ Tested and all 8 worked, now only the first 4 work now in situ, I am charging with the usb and assuming the 5 hours on the info sheet is ok ? Or is it when it changes to green then it's fully charged?
Asked by Rob Wanless on 27 Mar 2021
It will have to glow green in order for the unit to be fully charged. You need to check the connections in between the lights.
I have purchased 4 small flame torches, there is no switch to turn them on and no instructions. T They have been in the garden for 2 days but still no flame, what am I doing wrong? :(
Asked by Marie Best on 27 Mar 2021
These lights need to be charged for 4 hours via the USB cable to start with. Once it has been fully charged and it is completely dark you have to press and hold for 5 seconds on the rubber switch button which is located on the light head and your lights will illuminate.
Do you have any lights that offer background light then light up when activated!?
Asked by Mark on 26 Mar 2021
https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Warwick_Solar_Wall_Light-990-56.html The Warwick light will illuminate and when someone is approaching it will activate at full brightness.
How many degrees do the lights span
Asked by Keith on 26 Mar 2021
It is 180 degrees.
Hello Can I switch these lamps off when not in use ? Thank you
Asked by Ray Maze on 26 Mar 2021
Hello, yes you can, there is a switch button on the solar panel.
What is the light structure made out of?
Asked by Emily on 26 Mar 2021
The light is made from aluminum.
Can this Zenith solar wall light be inverted and used as an up lighter as opposed to a down light?
Asked by Steven Cooke on 26 Mar 2021
No as the panel is on top.
Do you provide a USB cable ? If not , what do I need to charge the lights ? Thanks
Asked by Sue Corke on 26 Mar 2021
A USB cable will be provided.
hi we have a printed concrete drive that runs along a lawn, will these still work if we sink them in the lawn at the edge of the concrete drive instead of drilling/digging out the concrete
Asked by Mandy on 26 Mar 2021
Yes, they will. Just make sure that the lights are turned off for 3-5 days before they are used for the first time, that way they good a good base charge.
Can you source replacement remote controls?
Asked by Pete on 26 Mar 2021
I am afraid not. We are not supplied with remote controls.
Do these need to be screwed in or cemented in to a patio or decking or can the just sit on top?
Asked by Louise on 25 Mar 2021
We do recommend following up with the instructions and these lights need to be screwed into the decking area.
So the larger light has a USB + solar panel for charging, 96 LED's and a bracket as well as a spike for mounting, is this correct?
Asked by Mark Ritson on 25 Mar 2021
That is correct! Apart from the fact that it can only be installed with the spike. There is no wall-mounted bracket.
Woul I be able to set them in my very well drained artificial lawn
Asked by L Gallagher on 25 Mar 2021
These are best for a decking area. You won't be able to secure them in place if you have turf or artificial lawn. They don't come with a spike.
Whats the approximate running time of these based on a full charge?
Asked by Elfyn Roberts on 25 Mar 2021
The run time is up to 8 hours from a full charge.
Where do the batteries go
Asked by Jean robson on 25 Mar 2021
The batteries are underneath the solar panel.
How easy are the Shapelights to keep clean? Are they designed to be left outside at all times or do they have to be brought in regularly? Also, are they heavy enough not to be blown away if placed on a table?
Asked by Paramjit Toor on 25 Mar 2021
These lights can be used both indoors or outdoors. There are very easy to clean, the shell is made from plastic. There is a ground stake which needs to be used when you place the light outdoors.
Hi When you say 14.45 m is that from the solar panel to end light or from first light to end light as I know there's 4 m from panel to first light Thankyou in advance
Asked by Gemma nicholson on 25 Mar 2021
Total length of cable 13.9m
How long would the usb charge last? I have a garden with no direct sunlight
Asked by Richard on 25 Mar 2021
If the light is fully charged by USB it will run from dusk until dawn for the first night, after that night it should run again as it will have a full battery but after that the run time will decrease. I would not recommend these for a space that has very little light.
If we place them in decking I take it we can unscrew and remove easily by just lifting up to replace batteries? Thank you
Asked by Nina Foley on 25 Mar 2021
That is correct yes, unscrew the top part and you will be able to reach the internals. When replacing everything please make sure the seal is tight around the edge of the light to prevent water ingress.
Could you please give me the dimensions of this product?
Asked by Robert on 24 Mar 2021
Please see below: Bracket:(H) 125mm (W) 90mm Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
Hi there What are the dimensions of the bulbs themselves? Thanks F
Asked by Franky on 24 Mar 2021
Each bulb has a max diameter of 59mm and a height of 105mm.
Hi Could I mount these on 4inch square fence posts? Thanks
Asked by Sarah on 24 Mar 2021
The base of this light is 120mm.
What are the measurements of this light please?
Asked by Sarah Spake on 24 Mar 2021
Please see below: Bracket:(H) 125mm (W) 90mm Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
Can this light remain on during the night. E.g. does it have a simple on off switch rather than coming on via motion detection
Asked by Glen James on 24 Mar 2021
You can either use it as a security light or it can stay on continuously throughout the night. There is a switch button to help you change through the different setting.
Hi there, how little sunlight will these work on? Which part of the light needs to be in (I presume direct) sunlight? Thanks
Asked by Kate on 23 Mar 2021
We strongly recommend they are left in as much direct sunlight at all. We do not recommend these for north facing properties.
Do these lights require separate solar panels, if so at what cost, or are they integrated into the product?
Asked by Neil Morris on 23 Mar 2021
The solar panel is integrated and located on top of the unit.
Can you replace the battery as I bought similar one's last year and they only lasted one year and now don't work.
Asked by Paula Hills on 23 Mar 2021
The batteries can be replaced. They are located inside the solar panel.
I have just purchase one. Are there any spare parts ? Can I buy a panel or other component separetely?
Asked by Tony lee on 23 Mar 2021
Sorry, currently we do sell any spares for this light.
HI, I need light at front door to be able to see key hole, will this give enough light if placed near top of door? thanks
Asked by Miren on 23 Mar 2021
That light will be suitable.
Hi what colour is the frame please ot looks a bronze colour but would like to be sure thanks š
Asked by Sharon on 23 Mar 2021
It is black colour.
Is there any means of charging the battery if in winter it fails to charge sufficiently in bad weather, e.g.. usb. Thank you.
Asked by Ray Pollin on 23 Mar 2021
That unit can only be charged through solar. You can give it a boost by switching off the unit for 3-5 days and that will allow the batteries to build up charge.
How many lumens?
Asked by Rachel Ray on 22 Mar 2021
It is 60 Lumens.
Do you have replacement batteries for the mini posts ? Thank you
Asked by Stefan on 22 Mar 2021
Please click on the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/AAA_Rechargeable_Batteries-355-5.html
Can these be fixed to a fence?
Asked by Kellie on 22 Mar 2021
yes, you could do that.
Does this come with a usb cable for extra charging as well as being solar powered
Asked by elaine on 22 Mar 2021
I am afraid not, it does not come with a USB cable.
Can you please tell me the colour of the unit? Your description says construction stainless steel however the unit appears to be either black or anthracite grey. Thanks you
Asked by Niki Bleach on 22 Mar 2021
It is anthracite/grey in colour.
Will these charge in normal daylight or do they have to be in direct sunlight to charge?
Asked by Simon on 22 Mar 2021
We recommend for these to be in as much direct sunlight as possible or in a position where there would be direct sunlight. They also have the power saving mode for shadier spots.
Hi, Do the Edinburgh or Falmouth have an IP ratting.
Asked by John Brewer on 22 Mar 2021
Both units are suitable for outdoor use and there are waterproof.
Is there the option to keep the lights ON in the evening for 2 or 3 hours or does it work only with a motion sensor ? If yes, for how long time the lights can stay ON with a full charge ?
Asked by Maria Giovanna Palazzo on 22 Mar 2021
The Eco wedge XT is motion sensor only
What colour is the wire/ green or black
Asked by Carol Slater on 22 Mar 2021
its dark green
Hi, are the batteries able to be changed, and do you sell replacements? Thanks
Asked by Simon Grant on 21 Mar 2021
The batteries cannot be replaced on this unit.
How long will these lights last? Mine is 3/4 yrs. old approx. and has stopped working. Is it repairable? Thanks.
Asked by Richard Williams on 21 Mar 2021
Please do try changing the batteries which can be located in the light top.
Can these lights be switched on and off?
Asked by ADAM REED on 21 Mar 2021
There is an on/off switch button.
Could these be affixed to a low brick wall? I am looking lights to put on two low walls which border the entrance to my driveway and which I park my car between...hope that makes sense! thanks.
Asked by JO HEMMINGS on 21 Mar 2021
No, as the panel is integrated and on top, I would not recommend this. They will need to have direct access to the sun.
Can you tell me the dimensions of the solar panel for these lights please?
Asked by Gayle on 21 Mar 2021
The dimensions of the panel are 9.5cm x 16.5cm.
Are these glass bulbs?
Asked by Laura Sowton on 21 Mar 2021
There are plactic bulbs.
I've installed them and the lights came on but not for very long. It was a sunny day but it is still only March. Can I get them to last longer by turning them off and letting the battery get a good charge before using them?
Asked by David Hampton on 21 Mar 2021
The units won't come fully charged. Prior to start using the lights you should always leave the lights switched off for 3-5 days and allow the batteries to built up charge. The run time would be extended.
Hi, can you switch these on manually, or just off? Thanks!
Asked by Tim on 21 Mar 2021
You can switch these lights on/off manually if you wish to.
What material is this light made of, plastic or metal?
Asked by Sophie Cuff on 21 Mar 2021
It is made of plastic.
Hi, would you be able to let me know the size of the rechargeable batteries that fit in the unit? Installation instructions say they are replaceable, not sure if they are 'AA's or similar. Thanks.
Asked by Mark Newbold on 21 Mar 2021
The batteries that you need are: 2 x 1.2V 900mAh NiMh batteries
The panel for the solar lights will fit on a wall above an arbor, whereabouts is the switch for the lights.? If its on the panel do you have similar lights with other switching options. Many thanks.
Asked by Peter Stanger on 20 Mar 2021
The on/off switch is on the panel. Sorry we do not have festoon lights with any other switching options.
What size are the jars please?
Asked by Amanda on 20 Mar 2021
Each flower jar is 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Is the solar panel hinged?
Asked by Wendy Miller on 20 Mar 2021
The solar panel is integrated and attached to the unit as shown in the picture.
Would you be able to charge it indoors if it was placed on a sunny window sill.?
Asked by Maureen Monaghan on 20 Mar 2021
I am afraid not.
Can these be set to a single colour, preferably white?
Asked by Steve on 20 Mar 2021
Yes they can.
When the batteries need replacing are they easy to replace and approximately how much do they cost?
Asked by Leon Brown on 20 Mar 2021
The batteries in this cannot be replaced, they are soldered in.
It say it comes with a 5mtr cable in the video , then it says in the reviews it comes with a 3mtr cable .Which is correct 5mtrs or 3mtrs ?
Asked by Paul Roberts on 19 Mar 2021
It comes with a 3m of cable. However, you can buy an extension cable which is 5m.
Which are the best solar fairylights Elan or Lumify? Also I would like a warm white but not a yellow light, which brand would you suggest please. Thank you very much
Asked by tracey on 19 Mar 2021
There are two different products. The Elan fairy lights can only be charged via the panel. The Lumify can be charged via the panel and through a USB cable. The warm white will have a yellowish effect.
Does the internal battery only charge with sunlight or can it be charged via the socket under the rubber cover at the bottom
Asked by E Mason on 19 Mar 2021
The Chester Up and down stainless steel won't have the option to be charged via the USB cable. That would only apply to the anthracite edition.
Hi, I've just had mine delivered, how long would you recommend charging them on USB please?
Asked by Scott on 19 Mar 2021
Hi, it will take approximately 6 hours for the unit to fully charge via the USB cable.
Does the shape light automatically change colour on its own
Asked by Jean Pearson on 19 Mar 2021
You will need to put them on the colour stated in the instructions under 'operating your Shapelight' it will then automatically colour change.
Are the length of these 10m plus the 2m cable to the solar panel? Or is that 2m included in the 10m length? Thanks!
Asked by Jade Woodall on 18 Mar 2021
It is 10m of cable plus 2 meters between the solar panel and the first bulb.
How big are solar panels for the Chester light
Asked by Paul Adair on 18 Mar 2021
Solar panel is 190mm wide and 140mm high Solar panel bracket 157mm by 42mm
Can you switch the pebble on with the remote before it goes on by its self ?
Asked by Joy Fusco on 18 Mar 2021
These lights are designed to work only when is dark.
Can you place these sideways on the wall. Our front door is on the side of the house and the wall has to be passed before getting to the door.
Asked by Donna Sweeney on 18 Mar 2021
No, we would not advise installing them this way.
Do these lights come with a white glow?
Asked by Andi on 18 Mar 2021
No, these are a flame effect light, so they are orange.
I need a length of cable of 6ish metres between solar cells and splutter to allow me to mount cell on top of pergola. Do you supply any spotlight group that will achieve this Thanks
Asked by David Copp on 18 Mar 2021
You can purchase separately an extention cable, which will be 5m long.
Do they switch on automatically?
Asked by Nicola on 18 Mar 2021
Yes, they do come on automatically when it gets dark.
Can you tell me if these are suitable for a pergola, are the wires between the bulbs flexible and could wind around the pergola? If not which set of festoon lights would you suggest please.
Asked by Sara on 18 Mar 2021
These lights will be suitable.
Hi, can I have these turned on permanently when outdoors connected to mains?
Asked by Jacob Lee on 17 Mar 2021
Hi, if you leave them on the indoor mode, the lights will stay on permanently unless you switch them off manually. The run time is 60 hours once the light has been fully charged, via a USB cable.
Does this need a separate solar panel to install or is the solar panel installed into the light?
Asked by Cameron Hutchinson on 17 Mar 2021
The solar panel is integrated.
What is the wattage output of the solar panel?
Asked by James Ritchie on 17 Mar 2021
1 x 10 Watt Solar Panel
I've charged up the mini pebble as advised and set it to work indoors to start with. However, the colour sequencing is not working as it stands. Should this be automatic, or do I need to change the setting somehow to achieve this? Thanks and kind regards
Asked by Fred Crennell on 17 Mar 2021
Please click on the video: https://youtu.be/AkMIRcmZBsc That will help you set the light on the colour changing mode.
Are the rechargeable batteries ready to use or do you have to charge them first ?
Asked by Shona Smillie on 17 Mar 2021
We do recommend charging the batteries prior to using them as it really depends on the batch.
Can I slow down the cycle of the colour change? As it switches between the colours very quickly and I'd much prefer a slower transition that's much more calming.
Asked by NJM on 17 Mar 2021
I am afraid that this setting cannot be adjusted.
Can you leave these outside but turned off for a long period of time? Would this overcharge? Or reduce battery life?
Asked by Nick Pomfret on 17 Mar 2021
We recommend leaving the lights switched on and they will come on automatically evening. That way the battery neither will go flat nor overcharge.
Hi looking to buy 4 solar lights , do you get a solar panel with each light or do you have to use a extension cable?
Asked by Lauren Marshall on 17 Mar 2021
You will receive one solar panel with each light that you order.
Does the solar panel come with the light or is that a separate price
Asked by Paul Adair on 17 Mar 2021
The panel is on top of the light.
Hi, could you tell me the dimensions please. Thanks, Lisa
Asked by Lisa on 16 Mar 2021
Height 21cm x max-diameter 15.5cm
Does this item have an on/off switch?
Asked by Melanie on 16 Mar 2021
Yes, it does have an on/off switch button.
After 4 years good service and one change of batteries, the solar panel has turned white and performance is not so good. Can the panel be replaced or is there any other remedy? Otherwise, has been great!
Asked by Peter Boorman on 16 Mar 2021
The panel is integrated and cannot be replaced. However, please try to clean the panel with a cloth and CIF cream.
Is there a way to switch off these lights?
Asked by John on 15 Mar 2021
There is an on/off switch button underneath the solar panel.
Do these lights have an IP rating please?
Asked by Bryn Allpress on 15 Mar 2021
They are IP54 rated.
Hi would really like this with a coloured light can the Bulb be changed or do you sell filters?
Asked by Kala Notton on 15 Mar 2021
I am afraid not. That won't be possible.
Hi, How long is the wire from solar panel to pair light unit. Thanks
Asked by Terry on 15 Mar 2021
5 metres
What IP rating does this product have?
Asked by Mary Flack on 14 Mar 2021
IP54
What IP rating does this product have?
Asked by Mary Flack on 14 Mar 2021
IP54
Does this come with the lights?
Asked by rhys on 14 Mar 2021
You will receive one panel and the light head inside the box along with the instructions and the fittings.
My door is north facing and so the front gets barely any sun, will this affect the brightness of the light?
Asked by Alana on 14 Mar 2021
This light has an integrated panel and needs to be placed on a South facing wall.
What sort of run time is achieved from a charge please?
Asked by Duncan Johnson on 14 Mar 2021
The run time from a full charge will be up to 10 hours.
Hi, How many lumens does this light have? Thanks! Anna
Asked by Anna on 14 Mar 2021
60 lumen
How many lumens is this light?
Asked by Jason Hamilton on 13 Mar 2021
its 50 lumens
Can the light be pointed skywards, looking to light up a couple of Olives in large planters, also if you have any other ideas to do this I'd also love to hear about them
Asked by George on 13 Mar 2021
I would not suggest this as the panel will be quite far back and may not receive good light.
Where does it get its solar power from? Is there a separate panel and connecting line? Thanks
Asked by Thomas Van Every on 13 Mar 2021
The panel is integrated.
What is the power output of these lights in Lumens and Watts. thanks
Asked by William Milligan on 13 Mar 2021
It is 40 Lumens.
Does it need direct sun light to charge or for example could it be mounted upside to illuminate a sign from underneath and have the solar panel pointing downwards. I.e. 45 degree down to the ground.
Asked by Ian on 13 Mar 2021
I am afraid not. The panel needs to be on top and exposed in direct daylight.
Can these be turned off easily? Without unscrewing from decking?
Asked by James on 13 Mar 2021
Yes, you would just need to tap the light until it turned off.
Once charged how long will the Cube remain lite. Thanks in advance. Mike
Asked by Mike on 12 Mar 2021
It depends on the mode and colour that you will be using. A full USB charge will enable your Shapelight to work for up to 60 hours in static colour or colour changing mode. In OUTDOOR MODE the Shapelight will turn off automatically after 7 hours, so a full USB charge will give you 8 nights runtime in static colour or colour changing mode without any help from the sun. Please note that the bright white and bright warm white settings are significantly brighter than the colour modes so run-times are reduced to 19 hours from a full USB charge.
Can the solar panel be installed flat?
Asked by Simon Harding on 12 Mar 2021
I would not recommend installing it flat, as water will sit on the surface and will encourage water staining. If it as an angle it will catch the sun better as well.
Hi it says on the product details that this can be charged via mains, does it come with a mains charger
Asked by Paul on 12 Mar 2021
Hi, it comes with a USB cable.
Is the power panel detachable so that you can charge inside using USB charger
Asked by J. Evans on 12 Mar 2021
That is correct, the panel detaches, so you can then bring it inside to charge.
Hi can you get these lights in blue
Asked by Karl on 12 Mar 2021
No, sorry. They are only available in white or warm white.
Can these be powered by the mains via a low voltage transformer?
Asked by Alan on 12 Mar 2021
I am afraid not. You can only charge them via the USB cable provided or through daylight.
Hi, does this come in warm white or bright white? Thanks
Asked by Melissa Hall on 12 Mar 2021
It is natural white colour temperature.
What is the diameter of the rear part of the light as in what size hole do you have to drill for them to sit in
Asked by Geoff Warburton on 11 Mar 2021
To fit the lights decide upon a suitable location for the lights and drill an 25mm hole for each of the lights and secure them into the decking. Pass the cable through the hole and connect it to the previous light - approx 1.6m of cable per light.
Hi, Can you replace the bulbs and if not, how long would you expect them to last i.e years or months? Thank you Erika
Asked by Erika Howman on 11 Mar 2021
The bulbs cannot be replaced. It is rare for the LEDs to stop working.
How far do these lights protrude from a fence with the light and bracket in total please. Thanks
Asked by Paul Wilson on 11 Mar 2021
Approximately 185mm.
What does the ball itself measure.
Asked by Carolyn on 11 Mar 2021
It has a 15cm diameter.
Please can you send me the dimensions of this tap light .
Asked by MRS A BETTSON on 11 Mar 2021
Solar panel: 50mm x 50mm Pots: 100mm high, 90mm wide Light: 820mm
Can it be turned on and off with the remote, or will it always go on at dusk?
Asked by Patrick on 11 Mar 2021
You can use the light on demand and switch it on/ off via the remote control.
We have mounted the light two days ago and still no light in darkness? Have we forgot to do something, does it take battery or does it need activation?
Asked by Paul Sparke on 11 Mar 2021
Please do push the on/off button next to the sensor.
Is there an on/off switch? Thanks.
Asked by Rachelle on 11 Mar 2021
Yes, there is an on/off switch button.
Could I set the light to operate in 1 single colour as opposed to sequencing. Does the light have a USB charge port. What IP rating does the light carry.
Asked by Harry Fowler on 11 Mar 2021
It is IP44 rated. You can set it to illuminate on a specific colour. It cannot be charged via a USB cable.
Could I set the light to operate in 1 single colour as opposed to sequencing. Does the light have a USB charge port. What IP rating does the light carry.
Asked by Harry Fowler on 11 Mar 2021
Yes, you can just choose one colour. No, the light does not have a USB charging facility. The lights are intended for outdoor use.
Hi I'd like to add a timer - the light doesn't need to be on after say midnight. Please can you tell me the voltage and amperage between the panel and the light? Thank you.
Asked by Terry on 11 Mar 2021
We do not recommend making changes to the units as the warranty will come to an end. However, this light is 120 Lumens.
Can the light be turned off at night if not required? Is there a switch?
Asked by Tony on 11 Mar 2021
There is an on/off switch button located at the back of the unit.
Hi, do these solar lights require batteries and if so what type?
Asked by Marion Murphy on 11 Mar 2021
The batteries are pre-installed.
I can't undo the bottom of my mini sphere light as it's very tight and can't work out how to use the base wrench
Asked by Karen Stirrat on 10 Mar 2021
Please use the three 'feet' and place them in the holes, then pop the wrench over one of those and move the wrench in the direction of the unlock symbol.
Do these lights come in warm white?
Asked by Doreen Shovlin on 10 Mar 2021
I am afraid not.
Please can you tell me if this is this likely to be available in cool white? Thank you.
Asked by Andrew Farrow on 10 Mar 2021
Not at this time, I have passed this onto the production team for consideration though.
Can multiple shapelights be controlled with one remote. Or does each have to have its own remote. Thank you
Asked by Nicola ireland on 10 Mar 2021
Our Shapelights do not come with a remote control. Our Shimmer pebble and all the shapes do and one remote will control them all.
What's the difference betweene therLondon antricite Ā£19 99 and the package with 2, thanks.
Asked by Graham scaife on 9 Mar 2021
The difference is the colour of the light itself (so anthracite is dark grey) and the chrome is shiny silver. The item is a different light output as well, anthracite is a warm white and the chrome is a bright white.
What is the colour temperature of the light?
Asked by Spencer Guy on 9 Mar 2021
These are a cold white colour
what is the colour temperature of the light? I've asked this question now on a number of fittings - it would be useful information to show on all your products as designers are trying to match the temperatures across a number of different lights and locations. Thanks
Asked by Spencer Guy on 9 Mar 2021
In the features it does mention that the colour is a warm white, I am afraid that as the lights will come from different factories we would be able to promise that they will match each other, as they are made differently. This stylish 60cm tall warm white down-lighter is made from high quality aluminium and finished in anthracite grey
Good morning, I have charged up light, when I try to turn it on it is not responsive I have tried it on the indoor mode and outside , any ideas?
Asked by Robert Bartlett on 9 Mar 2021
Please use the indoor mode and press and hold on the circular button for 5 seconds and the light will illuminate.
Hi is there a on and off switch so I could turn it off at bedtime and if so where is it located please Many thanks Sandra
Asked by Sandra Goodwin on 9 Mar 2021
There is an on/off switch button and it is located on the solar panel.
Do you sell the charger separately?
Asked by Sonja on 9 Mar 2021
I am afraid not.
Love these! Does this use 1 or 2 rechargeable AA batteries & is it easy to change the batteries, ie - no screws? Thanks
Asked by Fiona Chalmers on 9 Mar 2021
Just one AA battery and they are easy to change, just unscrew the back of the solar panel.
do you do a 6 m extension for this light. i have double garage with drive north facing so would like to put panels at rear of garage as it's south facing.
Asked by les reed on 9 Mar 2021
No sorry, just the 3m advertised here
Will these lights work ok in a pond Thanks
Asked by Mark on 9 Mar 2021
We would not recommend this.
Hi have these got a remote on/off? Or do they have a PEC built in? Thanks
Asked by Chloe on 9 Mar 2021
They do have an on/off switch button. But they will come on automatically every evening.
Can these lights be turned turned off without removing them from decking?
Asked by James Marston on 9 Mar 2021
The on/off button is underneath the light.
What is the size of the actual jar light?
Asked by Kerry Worthington on 9 Mar 2021
The jars are 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Hi..is the cable that these bulbs are attached to flexible? Looks more like a tube or rod from the picture so need to know if this can be intertwined or not..thanks
Asked by Abigail Dodd on 8 Mar 2021
The cable can be flexible. But it cannot be twisted as that might damage the connections.
I am considering purchasing the atlas solar lights,set of 4. I need to extend the distance from the solar panel to the splitter. Is there a cable available for this?
Asked by Doug Ferguson on 8 Mar 2021
We sell an extension cable. But that can only be used between the splitter and each spotlight.
Can you link another set to these, therefore making the total length approximately 28 metres?
Asked by Mark Smith on 8 Mar 2021
I am afraid not. Each panel will support a certain amount of led's.
Thinking of using this for some lighting inside a 3m x 3m wooden summerhouse with the panel outside facing south. Would this work and is there an off switch for the lighting when we're not using the summerhouse
Asked by martin davies on 8 Mar 2021
As long as the panel is outdoors in direct daylight that would be fine. The on/off switch is located on the solar panel.
What is the diameter of the bulb?
Asked by Brisie on 8 Mar 2021
They are 4.5cm diameter
Hi. Can you please advise if these lights are suitable for attaching to fence?
Asked by Lee on 8 Mar 2021
Yes, these lights can be installed on a fence.
Can these be fitted to floor patio slabs? If so do they have to be screwed or could an adhesive be used?
Asked by James on 8 Mar 2021
These will need to be screwed down. I would not recommend adhesive as over time it will become loose. They will work on the patio slabs, just as long as there is no additional light or outside that might get onto them, if that does happen then the light will assume it is daytime and not come on.
Can this light be turned off if we don't want it coming on every evening?
Asked by Glyn Saul on 7 Mar 2021
The on/off button is on the inside of the back of the light, so not easily accessible to turn off.
Hi. What are they made of? metal or plastic? Do they have a guarantee? Thanks
Asked by Rebecca Wright on 7 Mar 2021
They are made of plastic and they come with a 12-months warranty.
The battery in my Eco Wedge XT is a 18650 but it has a plug connected to it. Do you sell these batteries? If not would I be able to solder the wires from the old battery onto the new one? Many thanks.
Asked by Richard Maudslay on 7 Mar 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell these type of batteries. We would recommend you to use exactly the same type of battery instead of trying to connect this lithium battery to your unit as it might not be compatible.
Do these work by Daylight?I have been looking everywhere and I saw your page it's only daylight ones I wantš¤š»Thanks appreciate it
Asked by Margaret on 7 Mar 2021
Sorry, I am a little confused. The lights will not work during the day and will need sunlight to charge.
Can the solar panel be fixed to a wall?
Asked by Simon Black on 7 Mar 2021
The panel can be installed with the ground stake provided. It does not come with a wall-mounted bracket.
Are these bright enough to use as a light inside a tent or children's den? Thank you
Asked by Kelly on 7 Mar 2021
These are bright enough to be used as a night light, so will give light to the tent.
Would these be safe to use in a bathroom? I am worried about it accidentally falling in bath water for example.
Asked by Jen on 6 Mar 2021
These lights can work both indoors and outdoors. There are waterproof but not suitable to soak in water etc.
Does the Chiron solar panel charge a battery like some of the other lights you offer? If so, could you advise the battery type and whether it can be removed for charging separately if needed? Could you also confirm the length of the ground spike please? Thank you.
Asked by Peter on 6 Mar 2021
The battery cannot be replaced. The height is 25cm (including spike).
How big are the glass jars. I want something to go round a trellis so don't want anything too big. Trellis is 6 feet high and 2 feet wide, black metal.
Asked by Pauline Heath on 6 Mar 2021
The jars are 6cm long and 2cm wide.
Is it possible to turn off the motion sensor and simply have the lights stay on for extended periods of time?
Asked by Jennifer on 6 Mar 2021
Yes, on mode one the light will stay on continuously but it will be dimmer (like a power saving mode).
What is the lumens for this light?
Asked by Graham Davies on 6 Mar 2021
It is 50 Lumes.
Could you use a strong glue to attach this and other wall lights?
Asked by Karen on 5 Mar 2021
We do recommend to our customers to use the screw pack that is provided.
Do these mount with one screw (centrally) or two? Thank you.
Asked by Ian on 5 Mar 2021
It needs two screws centrally. It comes with a clip bracket.
do these have an off/on switch?
Asked by Marcus on 5 Mar 2021
yes, they do have an on/off switch.
How do I replace the batteries?
Asked by Simon on 5 Mar 2021
The batteries are in the panel. So you undo the panel. The batteries then can be removed.
Are the bulbs plastic or glass please? Answer to a previous question suggests glass?
Asked by Jo Tong on 5 Mar 2021
There are made of plastic.
I like very much this light.it will be available again? Kind Regards
Asked by Jana Klaus on 4 Mar 2021
I am afraid not, it has been discontinued.
I would like to put four of these at the front of my home. Does that mean 4 solar panels? Is there an upgraded solar panel that can be purchased that would charge multiple lights?
Asked by Tim on 4 Mar 2021
That is right, it would mean 4 panels. There is not just one panel for multiple lights.
Hi Do you sell Warm White 200 LEDS as i can only see 100 or 300
Asked by Theresa Hattersley on 4 Mar 2021
Lumify only comes in the 100's and 300s. We have our Elans which come in the 200's but they are not USB chargeable.
Can you extend the lights on these, i.e add another set of 20 bulbs to get a longer run of lights without additional solar panels?
Asked by Peter on 4 Mar 2021
I am afraid not. Each solar panel will be able to support a string of 20 bulbs.
Do you sell Replacement batteries for Kodak Mini
Asked by Josie Cooke on 4 Mar 2021
It requires 2 x 900mAh NiMh batteries.
Hi, is 'natural white' (in the Lumify Solar Festoon Lights) cold or warm? Thanks
Asked by Dagmar on 4 Mar 2021
They are a cold white,
Hello, can you extend the cable between the panel and the splitter?
Asked by Ray on 4 Mar 2021
I am afraid not. You can only extend the cable between the lights and the splitter.
I see you can not replace the bulbs. Are the bulbs glass or plastic?
Asked by Emma Morris on 4 Mar 2021
There are made of plastic.
whats the recommended installation height and spacing between fittings for a continuous spread of light
Asked by Ian on 2 Mar 2021
We do not have a recommended spacing between lights, this is all down to personal preference. The higher the unit the PIR will pick up from a different point.
Hi, Can the lighting units be driven over? We want to illuminate the edges of a parking area. Regards,
Asked by Luke on 2 Mar 2021
Yes, these can withstand the weight of a car.
Can u buy replacement solar panal for the edinburgh 8 decking lights
Asked by Jackie buvkley on 1 Mar 2021
I am afraid not. We do not sell the panel separately.
Do these come with fixings to attach to the fence? If not, what would you recommend using to attach? Thanks
Asked by Craig on 1 Mar 2021
There is both a deck/wall mount supplied for the solar panel.
Hi, I am looking to purchase a solar motion security light to place in between my neighbours and my garages. The wall it would be placed on is east facing and doesn't get the sun until late afternoon and evening. Can you tell me if this light would be suitable or if not can you recommend the most appropriate light for my needs. Thank you
Asked by Susan Buttle on 1 Mar 2021
This light has an integrated panel. It will have to be installed on a South facing wall. Please select a unit with a remote panel that can give you some flexibility in terms of positioning the panel in a good location.
Hi, Can the solar panel be mounted with screws rather than staked? Thinking of mounting it above the shed door.
Asked by Margaret Murphy on 1 Mar 2021
No sor ry, there are no fixings for mounting it onto a wall. It can only staked.
We've recently received our Guide Solar Light and it has a small black button on the front left hand side. This isn't mentioned in the instructions - what does it do? does it change the intensity of the light? switch it off? or anything else? thanks
Asked by Paul Rosser on 1 Mar 2021
This unit does not have a switch button. The panel detects when is dark and when is daylight.
I've just bought the atlas lights which I am impressed with, I've forgot after throwing instructions away what position is power saving and which is normal . There are 2 letters on the button . Thanks
Asked by Nick walch on 1 Mar 2021
P is power saving, so if you see the letter P it will put the lights into the mode you want.
Hi , do you know how long the led's last , bought these two weeks ago and love them, we've put them in decking but won't be able to get access to replace them
Asked by Becky on 1 Mar 2021
The LEDs should last roughly 80,000 hours, so you should be ok! Glad you love the lights!
How much are the batteries and how often do you have to replace them
Asked by Colin hart on 1 Mar 2021
This unit needs AA rechargeable batteries, please click on the link to find out more about prices etc: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/AA_Rechargeable_Batteries-157-5.html You have to replace them if the unit stops working.
What size batteries does the light have and how many?
Asked by James Mitchell on 1 Mar 2021
There is one battery. 1200ah and 3.7v (lithium-Ion)
Are replacement bulbs available for this light yet, please?
Asked by Maureen Lilliott on 1 Mar 2021
I am afraid not.
Hi does the very end of the wire have a loop so that it can be hung on a hook / screw etc?
Asked by Jenny Turton on 28 Feb 2021
I am afraid that it does not have a loop. But you should be able to put the lights on a fence etc.
Hello! We have already purchased these lights but a couple of ground spikes have been damaged. Do you sell these separately? Thanks
Asked by Nichola on 28 Feb 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell them separately.
Do you sell a replacement pole and stake that the head fits onto?
Asked by Karen on 28 Feb 2021
I am afraid not.
What sort of battery does it use? Is there more than one? Do you sell replacement batteries? I note that you list Lithium-Ion and nickel-metal hydride batteries on your Accessories page. Which does this light use?
Asked by Ronald Roy on 28 Feb 2021
Depending on when you bought the unit, you either need AA rechargeable batteries or 18650 - 26000mAh. Both are available on the website. Please open the unit as per the instructions and double-check prior to placing an order.
Is there an on/off switch on this light if you don't want it to come on every night particularly?
Asked by Angela Mercer on 28 Feb 2021
There is an on/off switch button on this unit.
I've recently fitted my Eco Wedge Pro Solar Security Light and left it to charge for 2wks due to the short daylight hours. I have to keep turning my light on each day for it to work. Is there something I can do to fix it?
Asked by Daniel Alexander on 28 Feb 2021
Once the on/off button has been pressed there should be no need to press it again. Please do make sure once it is switched on the light is then left and the button is not pressed again. I would just make sure there isn't anything over triggering the light during the evening, traffic or trees/bushes etc?
Hi, does this battery fit the Lumify 300 LED light tube?
Asked by Andy on 28 Feb 2021
yes, it is compatible.
What colour is the light
Asked by Claire Warner on 28 Feb 2021
warm white
Can you replace the bulbs if they fail?
Asked by Cheryl Rowland on 28 Feb 2021
The bulbs are not replaceable on this item.
My front door is positioned to the side of the house where we get less sunlight will this effect the light? Also does this light automatically go out after 15 seconds even when there is still someone there?
Asked by Margaret O'Brien on 27 Feb 2021
I would not place this item where there is less sunlight as it will affect its function as the panel is integrated
Is this battery appropriate for Lumify White 300 string?
Asked by O'Sullivan on 27 Feb 2021
yes, it is compatible.
How do I order a larger version of this product please
Asked by John Matley on 27 Feb 2021
Please click on the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Shimmer_Eclipse_30-982-115.html
Hi, can I buy a replacement ground spike?
Asked by Andrew on 27 Feb 2021
I am afraid that we do not sell spikes.
What length of cable is between each lantern please? And are the lanterns connected to the solar panel in any way? Not sure how it powers them. Considering hanging these around our summerhouse. Thank you.
Asked by Dilys on 27 Feb 2021
Each lantern is spaced 25cm apart. All of the lanterns are connected to one panel.
Is this a large screw fitting that can be fitted in to a solar standard lamp.
Asked by roger on 26 Feb 2021
This will just be for the Falmouth.
How long would u expect the batteries to last if usef each night
Asked by William on 26 Feb 2021
The batteries should only need to be changed around 3 years.
I want to locate my lights in a shady part of the garden. Can the light string be detached from the battery pack and solar panel and left in situ, while the solar panel is put in a sunnier spot for recharging the battery during the day and then be reconnected for use in the evening?
Asked by Sarah Mills on 26 Feb 2021
Yes, the light string can be detached so that the charging pack and panel remain. You might be best fully charging the lights by USB and then leave the lights in the powersaving mode. If any part is going to unplugged and left open to the elements please do make sure that they are covered so no water gets in.
The light isn't coming on, just the music. How do you get the light to come on? Even when you walk past it doest come on.
Asked by Kim Jones on 26 Feb 2021
Using your Blulite Solar Motion Speaker Light: The on/off switch is located on the front of the light. To turn the light on, press and hold the button - you will hear the light say “Power on”. A second press of the button will disable the
If you have 4/6 of these does one remote control turn them all on at once and how far is the remote control range?
Asked by Charles Harris on 25 Feb 2021
The remote control is universal. So, the answer is yes! You can use one remote control to switch the lights on/off.
Hi, can you charge the lights with USB for first use or do you have to charge in the sun?
Asked by Kate on 25 Feb 2021
Hi, you can charge the lights via a USB cable. It can take approximately 6 hours for the unit to fully charge.
Do these lights have a built in solar panel are is it separate attached by a cable?
Asked by Danielle Nind on 25 Feb 2021
The solar panel is integrated.
Hi if I placed the lights inside with the solar panel outside, would the lights operate during the day if you switched them on? Many thanks
Asked by Victoria Kellett on 25 Feb 2021
No, the panel determines whether it is day/night. So these will only work when the panel detects it is dark enough (usually at dusk) then the light will come on.
Do they need to be in direct sunlight to charge? Asking as thinking of using for back of house but is north facing garden and not much direct sun would get to the solar panel (if any)
Asked by Rob on 25 Feb 2021
This light needs to be placed on a South facing wall because the solar panel is integrated.
How much sunlight does it need? Can it be placed in a shady area under trees? Many thanks
Asked by Julie Bartlett on 25 Feb 2021
I am afraid not. The light needs to receive some direct daylight without any shadows and obstructions.
Is it ok if the solar panel gets wet, I've had lights previously that need keeping under the roof eaves to protect the solar panel.
Asked by Kirsty Roberts on 25 Feb 2021
It is ok if panel gets wet, as the water will run off it.
Could you publish or email me a picture of the solar panel as I need to see how I could mount it. Plus, as they can be charged via USB can this be done in situ using a power bank/cell or could I remove a battery pack from them and charge it indoors? Thanks, Dave.
Asked by Dave on 25 Feb 2021
The panel can be wall-mounted and the USB cannot be done in situ, we recommend bringing it into the house.
I'm going to put these in my porch roof will that be OK as I will have the main solar panel on the roof getting the sun?
Asked by CRAIG CALVERT on 25 Feb 2021
This would be ok, however, the lights will not come on until the panel detected that it was dark enough.
Hi there, do you need to unscrew something in order for the solar panels to work or are they inside but the sun works through the plastic?Or something else? Thanks
Asked by Katty on 24 Feb 2021
The panel is inside the shell. You can charge it through solar or through the USB cable provided.
Hi. Looking for a light to sit on top of a fence post so wondered if the Halo sits at a fixed angle as shown or could it be placed in an upright position with the solar panel facing directly upwards?
Asked by Daniel O'Brien on 24 Feb 2021
This light can be installed at 0 degrees or 25 degrees as shown in the picture.
Please can you tell me the dimensions of light? Thanks
Asked by C Powell on 24 Feb 2021
The diamention are: Height: 27cm Width: 16.5cm Depth: 15cm
We bought the large globe shapelight last summer from you but we dont seem to have the male/female circular adapter which fits directly into the shapelight base only the USB part - please can you advise the part we need to order?
Asked by pauline lawson on 23 Feb 2021
You will need to order the ShapeLighs replacement cable as this has the correct USB charging port.
What is the distance in cm between each light on the string? (Ie. Spacing distance?
Asked by Sarah on 22 Feb 2021
The lights are placed approximately 0.47cm apart.
Is this light waterproof?
Asked by Nicola Mainwaring on 22 Feb 2021
These lights are waterproof.
Hi there can the automatic function of this light be turned off so it doesn't come on at night unless I use the remote
Asked by Shane dix on 22 Feb 2021
The light will stay turned off if switched off by the remote, the only time it will come back on is if you turn it back on with the remote.
Can these be fixed directly into timber with wood screws?
Asked by Shaun on 22 Feb 2021
Yes, they can be.
How long are the run times on the three settings once fully charged? Thanks
Asked by Tom Scoble on 21 Feb 2021
The run time is up to 10 hours once the unit has been fully charged.
Would you advise a sealant or glue to stop rain from getting under the light?
Asked by Paul McNulty on 21 Feb 2021
The lights themselves are waterproof. Should you wish to use something to seal the surrounding area so that water cannot be trapped in there, you can use silicone or a similar product depending on the surface that you have.
Would you advise a sealant or glue to stop rain from getting under the light?
Asked by Paul McNulty on 21 Feb 2021
The lights themselves are waterproof. Should you wish to use something to seal the surrounding area so that water cannot be trapped in there, you can use silicone or a similar product depending on the surface that you have.
What colour is the light. Is it 3000K or 4000K?
Asked by Richard Smith on 21 Feb 2021
It's 3000 Kelvin.
Can this light swivel to the side at all?
Asked by Melanie on 21 Feb 2021
No sorry.
What's the depth and diameter of the spotlight
Asked by Peter wood on 21 Feb 2021
Please see below: 52mm length 63mm diameter
Does the light have black or dark grey casing?
Asked by Catherine McKie on 21 Feb 2021
Very dark grey.
How do u change from winter to summer setting
Asked by Vicky Brown on 21 Feb 2021
You need to press on the switch button and the setting would be changed.
Does this come in white?
Asked by Tony Linnane on 21 Feb 2021
It comes in warm white only.
Hi, could these be installed into a vertical wall as brick lights (would the solar power panel work) ?
Asked by Ziuta on 21 Feb 2021
We do not recommend these going vertically into a wall, as the panel is on top of the light, so it may not get the sunlight it needs.
Could an additional security or flood light be attached to this system?
Asked by Lee on 20 Feb 2021
This is a modular kit so lights can be added. Please just be mindful that the battery and panel are taken into account with the consumption of the energy.
Can the 100 LED string be shortened by cutting the non supply end. I really only need 5-6 mtr. Thanks.
Asked by Nick Charlton on 20 Feb 2021
We do not recommend shortening the cable, this would be classed as modification of the unit and the one-year warranty would be void.
Are these lights Warm White or Cool White?
Asked by Janet Cameron on 20 Feb 2021
These lights are warm white.
What is the IP rating for these lights please?
Asked by Sam Wellstood on 20 Feb 2021
It is IP55.
Hi, these lights would go in an area that doesn't get direct sunlight. Shade all year around. Will they work? Or do you have specific lights suitable for such position? Many thanks.
Asked by Montserrat Prat on 19 Feb 2021
I am afraid that they won't work as they won't be able to charge. Please look into lights that have a remote panel instead.
Are you able to turn these lights on and off like the silver Truro lights?
Asked by Kerrie on 19 Feb 2021
Yes, there is an on/off switch button.
Are these lights suitable for putting inside a greenhouse?
Asked by Carol on 19 Feb 2021
The solar panel needs to be placed outdoors, in direct daylight. We do not reccomend charging units through windows etc.
Could you please tell me about the battery - type / storage capacity. Also how long does the battery last before needing replacing and do you sell replacements, Regards Phil
Asked by Phil Butler on 18 Feb 2021
It is a lithium-ion 2200 (MAH) 3.7v battery. The batteries are soldered into the unit so cannot be changed.
What is this made from? Are the sides plastic or glass, please?
Asked by WSn on 18 Feb 2021
These are open sided, so thr eis no glass/plastic.
Does the light only come on in response to movement? Or are you able to turn it on constant?
Asked by Audrey on 18 Feb 2021
The light will only come on in response to movement, it is not possible for this to be on constant.
Hi, is the motion sensor 180 degrees?
Asked by Alex Iliescu on 18 Feb 2021
The detection is 80 to 100 degrees.
Hello, does this solar panel light have a 180 degree motion sensor on it?
Asked by Alex Iliescu on 18 Feb 2021
the motion detection on the Wedge Elite is 120 degrees
Is the motion sensor 180 degrees?
Asked by Alex Iliescu on 18 Feb 2021
The motion sensor will detect up to 10m with a 120-degree detection angle.
What are the dimensions
Asked by Dawn on 18 Feb 2021
180mm x 150mm
Please can someone advise if, and how, these can be fixed to a block paving driveway?
Asked by Danielle on 17 Feb 2021
They can be cemeted or screwed down.
How do you change the rechargeable batteries
Asked by Mandy on 15 Feb 2021
These are based in the panel. Unscrew the back of the panel and the batteries are located there.
Hi Can this light be turned on and off so it is not on every night after dusk?
Asked by Sam on 14 Feb 2021
There is an on/off switch button.
I need something to attach to my metal gate to illuminate the area and the combination lock. Can you give me mounting plate dimensions and dimensions of device. Thank you. Chris
Asked by Chris on 14 Feb 2021
Depth 86mm x Width 208mm x Height 115mm
Hi, can you send me details of how this device is mounted and its dimensions. Thank you. Chris
Asked by Chris on 14 Feb 2021
There is a bracket on the back which you screw onto the wall. Dimensions Top 12.5cm x 16.2cm Back 16.2cm x 7cm
Hi, I was wondering can you replace the bulb when it dies?
Asked by Michelle Myers on 13 Feb 2021
I am afraid not.
Does this light have an on/off switch so it can be turned of completely when not needed?
Asked by Cathy on 11 Feb 2021
Yes, the on/off switch is under the light. You need to unscrew the bottom of the light.
Do these take normal AA rechargable batteries?
Asked by Jamie Clarke on 9 Feb 2021
No, the batteries are lithium ion. They cannot be replaced.
Hi, can this cable be cut to extend 2 of the Chester lights? Or would we need to order 2 extension cables to extend both lights?
Asked by Greg Lynch on 7 Feb 2021
You will need two extention cables.
Hi Can you tell me the colour of the light please As one pic looks black and other looks grey?
Asked by Brian on 7 Feb 2021
It is anthracite.
Are the two lights connected or separate units? Also what is the length of cable from the last light to the solar panel? Thank you
Asked by Tracey Baguley on 7 Feb 2021
The lights are connected and there is 3m of cable between each light and the solar panel.
Where are the batteries and how do you change them please? Should this not be included in your video? Thanks.
Asked by Pauline Wilby on 6 Feb 2021
The batteries are inside the top/panel.
Where is the solar panel positioned on the unit?
Asked by Gordon Thompson on 6 Feb 2021
The panel is integrated and is on top of the unit.
Hello. Do I need to use a guide wire when hanging the string of lights over a courtyard? The span wold be around 3.5m. Thank you.
Asked by Kevin on 6 Feb 2021
That is not necessary but please ensure that there is some slack on the solar panel cable and LED light string.
Can this it work if there is another source of light close to it . ?
Asked by Bahiya on 5 Feb 2021
No, if there is light getting onto the panel it will not work.
Is this waterproof ? What is the IP rating?
Asked by Roger Marsden on 5 Feb 2021
This light is waterproof.
Can the light be turned on and off by passing the PIR motion sensor or is it exclusively controlled by the PIR?
Asked by Julie Grundy on 4 Feb 2021
PIR is the motion detector. So it will only go on/off with motion.
should the 18650 batteries be protected or not if I need to replace one
Asked by Dave Whiteside on 4 Feb 2021
You can order the batteries direct from us, they are here
Do you have to screw these in? I have a large balcony in London so would love a few of these to brighten it up, the material of the side of the building however is metal/steal, would command strips hold these up okay? Thanks Paul
Asked by Paul Stanley on 4 Feb 2021
These need to be drilled or screwed in. We would not recommend them to be secured with any type of tape/glued tape as it may not be strong enough.
Is there an option to have motion sensor fitted, or could you recommend another set that can do both (solar charge and sensor)
Asked by Menno Brandwijk on 4 Feb 2021
No sorry, this is not an option with these lights.
What is the dimension of the light from the wall please?
Asked by Lucy Keeley on 4 Feb 2021
This would be 8cm
Are the batteries replaceable?
Asked by graham kelly on 4 Feb 2021
Yes, the battery in the item is repalceable.
Once the light comes on automatically is it possible to turn it off manually after a couple of hours? Does it need to be on in order to charge? Is there a simple product that can also be usb charged? Many thanks
Asked by Sarah on 4 Feb 2021
The light will come on and stay on, you can manually turn it off using the on/off button but it is on the light, so you would need to keep going up to the light.
Is it possible to operate these lights indoors (a shed) during the day just using the usb and not the solar panel?
Asked by Sarah on 4 Feb 2021
Yes this is possible. Please refer to the 'indoor' section on how to ue them.
Is it possible to operate these lights indoors (a shed) during the day just using the usb and not the solar panel?
Asked by Sarah on 4 Feb 2021
Yes this is possible. Please refer to the 'indoor' section on how to use them in this way.
What are the dimensions of the Warwick light.
Asked by David Silk on 4 Feb 2021
Fixing holes: 70mm apart Bracket:(H) 125mm (W)90mm Panel: (D) 165mm (W) 90mm
What's the diameter of the lamp area please?
Asked by Gary on 3 Feb 2021
7cm x 16cm x 20cm
Can you please tell me the depth?
Asked by Jamie O'Donnell on 3 Feb 2021
The depth of the light is 4cm
I can see there is a 4m cable from panel to light but is this to each light. If not what is the max distance the 2 lights can be set apart?
Asked by Pam on 3 Feb 2021
Wire from splitter to each light head is 4.5m
We frequently have foxes in the garden. Would you recommend that we bury the cables in the earth so they are not chewed? Thanks
Asked by Greg on 2 Feb 2021
We would not recommend burying them in the soil as when strimming or gardening you may go through them as it is possible to forget they were there. However if you wish to protect the wires maybe try to source some sort of plastic covering perhaps to place on top.
Hi I currently have 8 of these lights I just wondered do u think they coukd be fitted to a normal fitted fence not just a brick wall and if so what fitting do u recommend. Thanks
Asked by Richie Walton on 1 Feb 2021
These lights can go onto fence or brick wall, they come with all the fixings and fixtures you will need so no need to buy any special.
Hi, Can I use this cable to extend the distance between the solar panel and the first light? I am planning to position the solar panel far away. Thank you.
Asked by Annamaria Farina on 1 Feb 2021
This will extend the panel away from the lights, but only compatible with the Atlas 4, so do make sure it is the Atlas 4 you want to extend.
Do you just screw it onto the wall?
Asked by John Dunney on 31 Jan 2021
That is correct, it comes with all the fixtures and fixings you need.
Is there a setting to keep it continuously illuminated for a period of time ?
Asked by Fortunato on 31 Jan 2021
No sorry, this will only activate with motion.
How far the range of the sensor? I need about 10-11 meters range for front garden.
Asked by Anna on 31 Jan 2021
The Halo does not have a motion sensor, it will come on automatically in the evening.
What mAh are the batteries in this unit? If replacing them, can I replace them with ones with a higher mAh, which should help the charge last longer (as I have with other solar lights)?
Asked by Debbie on 31 Jan 2021
The batteries can be higher/lower in mAh it is the voltage (1.2v) that needs to be the same.
Will these fit onto of fence posts
Asked by Manning on 31 Jan 2021
Yes they will. Please check out the dimensions on the page so you know their size before purchasing and installing. As the pamel is integrated we would not recommend this for north facing fences or fences which have significant shading.
Is there a setting on this unit so the light only comes on when the motion sensor is triggered? I'm wanting it outside an outbuilding but don't want it lit all night, just if/when I go to that building.
Asked by Mat Barnett on 31 Jan 2021
This is a security light so will flash on/off with movement.
Hi I purchased the Eco Wedge Pro recently and installed it this weekend. I followed the instructions and left it to charge for 3 days before installation but unlike two others I have purchased from you when the light is activated by movement it immediately goes off after a fraction of a second. Is this something I have done wrong in setting it up or is the unit faulty. Thanks Tom
Asked by Tom Ferguson on 31 Jan 2021
The Pro is set up for to be alight for 15 seconds each time it detects motion. If you are getting less than this please email support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
Can you please advise if the white is bright white or warm white?
Asked by Melissa on 31 Jan 2021
There are two different colours there is the bright white and then the orangy glow of the warm white.
Could this be mounted sideways on an external corner wall. Thanks.
Asked by John Adamson on 30 Jan 2021
As the panel is based on top of the light we would not recommend it. We only recommend it to be installed as per the instructions
How does the light fix to the wall?
Asked by KMH on 30 Jan 2021
It comes with fixings and fixtures and just screws into the wall.
Can two cables be used together to make a single 10m extension length?
Asked by Martin on 30 Jan 2021
Yes they can be, with each extenstion we estimate roughly about a 10% drop, however if the panel is in direct sunlight that should help with any drop.
Will this light still work well in the short full winter months? Does it need a certain amount of light to charge?
Asked by Michael Large on 30 Jan 2021
As this is motion dection light then yes, however we strongly recommend due to the integrated panel that these are placed somewhere open without obstructions (not north facing)
Is there any pictures of this in use?
Asked by Mark Hardman on 29 Jan 2021
We are in the process of trying to obtain more photos, so keep an eye out.
Can the panel rotate or fold so it gets more sunlight?
Asked by Chris on 29 Jan 2021
No sorry, this isn't possible.
Are these multicoloured solar festoon lights waterproof , so that they can be put outside ?
Asked by Donna on 29 Jan 2021
Yes these can be put outside and left outside all year round. If you do wish to store these at any point please remove the battery to stop the battery going completely flat in the unit.
What are the dimensions and what are the lumens?
Asked by Ben Apostolo on 28 Jan 2021
The light is 100 lumen and the dimensions are 8.2 x 17.1 x 8
Can one switch them off at night to preserve the battery power whilst charging in the day Also how many Lumens of light does it emit.
Asked by M Stevens on 28 Jan 2021
You can turn these off at night, but you would need to unscrew the light which would be quite time consuming. The light does not have a lumen level but is good at marking out parking spaces.
Are these waterproof? I.e. can I leave them out over the summer or would I need to bring them in?
Asked by Lewis Roach on 27 Jan 2021
These lights are made to be outdoors so no need to bring them in
HI Do you have any photos of this during the day please. what to see how it looks when not illuminated. Thanks
Asked by Stewart on 27 Jan 2021
We are working on getting more photos soon, please keep an eye out
Can the motion sensor be turned off? I want a solar light that comes on and off at Dawn/Dusk every day. Not a security light with motion detection.
Asked by John Farmer on 27 Jan 2021
No the motion function cannot be overidden.
What are the dimensions of the lamp please and thanks
Asked by Jacki on 27 Jan 2021
Height: 160mm x Widith: 247mm x Depth: 160mm
How bright is the light and what is the IP weather resistance
Asked by Stephen Coxsey on 27 Jan 2021
The IP rating is IP65 and the brightness is 600 lumen
Where is the solar panel located and is there an easily accessible On/Off switch?
Asked by Hema Sankaran on 27 Jan 2021
The panel is located at the top of the light, it is integral.
I wish to use the light to light up the driveway entrance; will the light stay on permanently throughout the night (subject to solar charge) and auto switch off during the day?
Asked by James Moreton on 27 Jan 2021
No, this light will light up when there is motion detected only. There is the option of having it on for one hour, but it's main function is PIR.
Do they come with batteries?
Asked by Roger Stevens on 27 Jan 2021
Yes they come with AA batteries already installed.
Does the light come with a rechargeable cable so you can charge lights if required
Asked by Kevin McMeechan on 27 Jan 2021
The light is solar charged only and does not come with a USB cable.
How much adjustment does the solar cell have. Ideally I need it to face the other direction to get the most of the Sun.
Asked by Neil Buckner on 26 Jan 2021
Sadly the panel will not face the other way.
What kelvin is this light?
Asked by Sarah on 26 Jan 2021
This light is warm white.
Where do you list the batteries for your products and the costs, also how do we order them ?
Asked by Brian on 26 Jan 2021
The batteries for the Thea can be found here
Can these be controlled at all? Only on for 'x' hours, worried about safety if on all night
Asked by Aaron on 25 Jan 2021
There is no timer, so cannot be programmed. They will come on when it is dark until the battery runs out or there is light, whichever comes first.
Hi, please can you tell me if this it fitted to a wall by slotting the light down on a plate, like a clip that slots behind a small raised plate?
Asked by Jamie Wyatt on 25 Jan 2021
The backplate screws onto the wall and then the light is attached.
Hello I'm interested in the Atlas lights but I need 6 m between the lights. I see there is an extension lead for sale here, is that compatible with these lights? Thank you David
Asked by David Sheppard on 24 Jan 2021
The extension cable you need is here
Having been caught with IP44 products which then fail, I'd be grateful if you'd let me know what the IP rating is for this. It looks exactly what we need so just keen to check. Thanks.
Asked by Tim Stone on 23 Jan 2021
This is rated as IPX5. The light so far has had no ingress issues.
Can the batteries be used instead of solar
Asked by David Brett on 23 Jan 2021
The batteries are rechargable, so they rely on the solar panel to charge them up.
Hi, can you add some dimensions info? Thanks
Asked by Bego on 23 Jan 2021
Height: 160mm x Widith: 247mm x Depth: 160mm
How would this be attached to the lights and panel. Are connections sold separately?
Asked by Paul Carnachan on 23 Jan 2021
You will need to look at our panel wiring kit which can be found here , this is for our GEO's where the panel is wired into the battery.
Hello. The lights look superb. How long do the batteries last and are they replaceable please. King Regards Andy.
Asked by Andy Bryan on 22 Jan 2021
We suggest that the batteries will last at 2-3 years before needing to be changed.
We live on the East coast of Scotland. Our garden does not get a lot of sun. How long would I expect to get from the lights? And, how dark does it have to be for them to work? We have street lights beside us which shine into the garden, would that stop the lights coming on? Thank you.
Asked by joyce moyes on 21 Jan 2021
The Shapelights have the USB function so if you find they are struggling weather wise you can bring it in and charge it and be up and running gain. The streetlights may affect the light if it is on solar mode, but using indoor mode will help the Shapelight ignore any lights outside.
The current 2 solar panels I have bought have brackets attached to the panels for screwing onto wooden posts or trees. Is this the case with replacement panels. The illustration does not show this
Asked by Robert Brown on 20 Jan 2021
The panel just arrives as the panel, there is no stake or bracket with them.
Please can you provide more details on the new "Powersaving" feature - how is it activated? - what is the effect on lumen output? - does it affect the time the light stays on when triggered or is it just a reduction in light output?
Asked by Eric on 20 Jan 2021
Please note the PIR motion sensor (the white “bubble” on the front of the light unit) needs to be pointing to where you want any motion detected to operate the light. 1.Leave the light to charge for 3 - 5 days 2. Push and hold the light switch button to the right of the white PIR bubble after dark for approximately three seconds. The AstronSolar Motion Light will activate immediately in power saving mode and turn off again after motion has ceased. 3. Push the light switch button again briefly to activate full brightness mode .4. To turn the light off permanently push and hold the switch button for 3 seconds.
Can i add a couple more lights to the daisy chain?
Asked by Chris Bryce on 19 Jan 2021
No sorry, just the 8.
Can anyone tell me. The size of this light please ? Thanks
Asked by Sandra on 19 Jan 2021
27cm x 16.5cm x 15cm
Do I have to have the switch on or off when first charging the 5 hours
Asked by Cheryl Zappia on 18 Jan 2021
We woild recommend them being switched off yes.
Do I have to have the switch on or off when first charging the 5 hours
Asked by Cheryl Zappia on 18 Jan 2021
We would recommend them being switched off yes.
Does the bracket fit on the corner of the house. As want one light to go down the side of the house and the other to the front. Thanks
Asked by Douglas Griffiths on 18 Jan 2021
The surface needs to be flat, it will not go onto a corner.
Will these lights work on my drive facing west, it seems a sunny position for part of the day
Asked by Stephen Aldridge on 18 Jan 2021
The panel is on top of the light, we would usually recommend that these are as south facing as possible and with as much access to direct light. I would be mindful of how mucb direct sunlight they are getting and to note that there might be a reduced run time in winter.
i have the cube is there an out door setting for it 2 cycle through all colors n how dow you do this
Asked by Neil Walker on 18 Jan 2021
Please refer to the instructions under 'operating the Shapelight' there is a list of colours and it will let you know which one to put it on for the colours to start the cycle.
Are spare parts available for the EVO SMD. ?
Asked by Keith Dixon on 18 Jan 2021
As these are sold as one unit sadly there are no spares. however if you are having any issues please email support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
Hi Is it activated by Photocell or PIR?
Asked by Glenn on 17 Jan 2021
The light is activated by the photocell, it will automatically come on when it turns dusk.
Hi are the bulbs replaceable? I have a few E27 LED Flame Bulb and was wondering if they would fit the lights. thxs Charaine Clark
Asked by Charaine Clark on 15 Jan 2021
The bulbs can not be changed. Any attempt to do so will affect the warranty.
How do the Truro lights fix to a fence panel or post?
Asked by Gary on 15 Jan 2021
They can be fixed to a wall or post if the surace is flat.
How many lumens output.
Asked by Mr david embleton on 15 Jan 2021
600 lumens
Why is my sensor flashing red
Asked by ingrid anderson on 15 Jan 2021
This should happen at the same time the light goes/on off. It is just showing that the sensor detected something.
What's the IP number of this product
Asked by Rhiannon Bevan on 14 Jan 2021
IP44
Hi can you turn off the automatic light (dusk dawn) feature as i just want to be able to turn it on remotely?
Asked by James on 12 Jan 2021
If you turn off the light with the remote and only turn it on/off using the remote it will stay off until you turn it on
Can you buy spare bulbs for these lights? I gave them as Christmas presents, but the new owners lost two as they were putting them up, so they now have no spares
Asked by Kathy Lawrence on 12 Jan 2021
Spare bulbs can be purchased here
Does the light go off completely when the PIR has not detected anything. Many similar lights, these days, revert to a low background light during dark hours. Living in a rural area, I do not want to emit light pollution.
Asked by Malachi on 11 Jan 2021
The light will go out once motion has ceased.There is no background light.
Does the light go off completely when the PIR has not detected anything. Many similar lights, these days, revert to a low background light during dark hours. Living in a rural area, I do not want to emit light pollution.
Asked by Malachi on 11 Jan 2021
The light will go out once motion has ceased.There is no background light.
Can you purchase a add on set of lights for the Falmouth festoon lights
Asked by JACQUI Danton on 11 Jan 2021
No, sorry!
I want to be able to switch the light both on and off using the remote when it gets dark, rather than it automatically coming on at dusk. Is this possible?
Asked by Sarah on 10 Jan 2021
That is correct, you can just use the remote. Provided the light switch on the light head is left in the 'on' position you can just use the remote to turn it on/off.
Can any number of extension cables be joined in order to have gaps beyond ten metres between the light and the solar panel ?
Asked by Julie Smith on 10 Jan 2021
That is correct, there is about 10% drop in each extension. They can be found here
Please could you provide dimensions for this product?
Asked by Sam on 9 Jan 2021
8.2 cm x 17.1 cm x 8 cm
Is the pir sensor in a fixed position or can you move it to an angle that suits your needs ? Can you move the lights or are they fixed ?
Asked by Stuart on 9 Jan 2021
The PIR is fixed and cannot be moved.
Would the Elan solar lights work inside a very sunny glass porch, west facing? Thanks
Asked by Nicola on 9 Jan 2021
We would only recommend these for outdoor use. Our Lumify range have the option to use indoors, perhaps look at those.
could you please let me know the dimensions and how it is fixed to the wall thanks
Asked by Fran Taylor on 7 Jan 2021
Please carefully consider where you wish to install your light before making alterations to your property. It’s particularly important that the solar panel receives as much sunlight as possible. Ensure that it is not obstructed by buildings, fences, trees, sheds, etc, or the shadows that these create.If the solar panel is installed in a poor location, it may not perform to the best of its ability.The Kingsbridge can be mounted onto a flat, vertical surface,such as a wall. Once you have decided on your light base location, place and mark the two holes you need in the mountingbracket. Place the light aside, drill your two marks and mount using the supplied screws and screw plugs. Dimensions are: 27cm x 16.5cm x 15cm
Is this a warm light. 2700k or a cold white?
Asked by Charles Carey-Morgan on 6 Jan 2021
The light is a warm white.
What is the pin for and where does it go
Asked by Val on 6 Jan 2021
There is no longer a pin with the product, the light now has the power button on the front to turn the light on/off.
Will this only light up once motion detected? Will it give a solid light, may be dimmed to display the house no. and bright up once motion detected?
Asked by SMJ on 6 Jan 2021
This light does not come on dimly, once motion has ceased the light will turn off.
What are the dimensions please?
Asked by Graham Crook on 6 Jan 2021
8.2 cm x 17.1 cm x 8 cm
Hi, I purchased 5 of these lights last spring and they are top class! Is there any benefit to packing them away during the winter months for longevity or is it best to leave them out on P setting? Many thanks
Asked by Scott Gibson on 5 Jan 2021
There is no real benefit to popping the lights away, you can just place them on the 'p' setting and leave them all year round.
When will you be able to offer these in a warm white? I'm sure they would sell much better.
Asked by David Jackson on 4 Jan 2021
I can certainly pass this onto the product development team however we have no immediate plans.
Does the light automatically switch off and on during day and night? How long does it last on a full charge?
Asked by Malcolm on 4 Jan 2021
The light will automatically come on at dusk and run until battery runs out. Usually it is around 10 hours from a full charge.
How much light is required to charge daily as I intend to place the light along a narrow pathway through to garden. Also north facing front garage. Thanks
Asked by Kee Wong on 3 Jan 2021
We would not recommend this light for that purpose. Please look at lights with separate solar panels.
What is the color temperature?
Asked by Dang Quang Svend Le on 3 Jan 2021
It is a cool white colour.
Is there an extension cable to lift solar panel to higher point
Asked by Patricia Fawcett on 3 Jan 2021
Yes we do supply them, they can be found here
Are you going to make these lamps but with a taller option?
Asked by Judy Yebernetsky on 3 Jan 2021
I can pass this onto our development team, at the moment there are no plans currently however.
Do you have a mounting drawing for this light please ? Thanks
Asked by William Maxwell on 3 Jan 2021
We do not have any drawnings however in the instructions that come with the light state. The Astron Solar Motion Light should be installed onto a flat vertical surface. Measure, mark and drill the screw holes. Drill the marked holes, insert wall plugs and screw the Astron Solar Motion Light into position.
How long is the cable from the solar panel?
Asked by Steve on 3 Jan 2021
The cable is approximately 5m
what is the wattage of this model?
Asked by Adrian on 2 Jan 2021
The unit is 500 LUMENS
Hello I would like to mount these in front of house signs in a planting bed, cab they be sunk into soil instead of it's intended use in a brick driveway?
Asked by Georgina Wilford on 2 Jan 2021
These are just recommended for brick driverway.
Best location for outside door
Asked by Rab McCallum on 2 Jan 2021
The best location is south facing with nothing over hanging the panel.
Does this light work on a sensor so it's not constantly on at dusk?
Asked by Jade Clayton on 2 Jan 2021
This light will come on at dusk and run until the battery is dead or dawn whichever comes first. It does not have a motion sensor.
Can I use the splitter to add an extra 300 lights to an existing 300 light system? will they be as bright as a single 300 light system?
Asked by John on 31 Dec 2020
Connecting the Lumify Solar Panel Lead Splitter to your Lumify tube enables you to add an additional solar panel to your Lumify setup not another set of lights.
Please can you advise on dimensions of the Pro, Elite and Standard models?
Asked by Jennifer Warriner on 30 Dec 2020
V Light dimensions - 7.9cm x 9.6cm x 14.45cm V Light Pro dimensions - 10.9cm x 14cm x 21.2cm V Light Elite dimensions - 10.9cm x 22.1cm x 27cm
Can the detection distance be reduced from 8mts
Asked by Gillian on 30 Dec 2020
No sorry, this cannot be reduced.
How can you get the light on as needed only for an hour or so and not on automatic mode only using the remote and not having to switch the switch on the light itself on/off every time as its high up?
Asked by Owain on 30 Dec 2020
Please make sure the light is on at the light head then just use the remote to turn it on/off.
3 of my bulbs smashed and only 2 extra were provided. How can I get more?
Asked by Edward Diner on 29 Dec 2020
Spare bulbs can be purchased here .
What waterproof rating are these lights and can these be positioned under a front door canopy please?
Asked by Marcus Stafford on 29 Dec 2020
No we do not recomend this for under a canopy as the panel is on top of the light. It needs to be away from any shading or covering.
Hi, Can larger or an additional solar panel be added to increase the charging rate, particularly in winter? Thanks
Asked by Colin on 29 Dec 2020
Yes, this is a modular kit, so another panel can be added.
Where are the batteries stored and are they rechargable ?
Asked by Robert Elvins on 29 Dec 2020
The batteries are in the lighthead and they are not replaceable.
Can anyone tell me the dimensions
Asked by Steve on 29 Dec 2020
21cm wide light,
What's the width of the solar light itself?
Asked by Paulie on 29 Dec 2020
Dimensions are 22.5 x 16.5 x 6
If installed on a driveway are they strong enough to stand cars being driven over them?
Asked by Gordon on 28 Dec 2020
That is correct, they are able to withstand the weight of a car.
Is this a dusk until dawn light or does it have any other settings?
Asked by Katie Rafferty on 28 Dec 2020
This is dusk until dawn.
What are the dimensions of this light
Asked by Mr Black on 27 Dec 2020
11 cm by 10.5 and the back plate is 6 cm.
Is there a way of knowing when the unicorn is turned on or off? Having a click button doesn't indicate whether it is on, so unsure whether it is charging in the garden during the day. Thanks.
Asked by Emma Thacker on 27 Dec 2020
it doesn't matter how many times you have pressed this switch because to turn it off you have to press and hold it so as long as you have pressed this switch then in theory the light is on. If it has had three days charge and is turned on then bring it into a very dark situation so there is no light making it think it is daytime and if the light still does not turn on try using the remote control to turn it on (make sure the plastic tab has been removed from the battery compartment)
When these lights are on flash do the all go on/off/on/off or do they twinkle randomly on and off? If on/off/on/off can you suggest some solar ones that twinkle please?
Asked by Lucinda Bassett on 26 Dec 2020
They will flash on and off, not twinkle or fade.
can you replace the LED bulbs when they break?
Asked by David on 26 Dec 2020
No sorry!
Is 500 lumens for each light (1000 lumens total) or for both (250 each) thanks
Asked by Jonathan on 25 Dec 2020
Hi, it is over both lights, so 250 each.
I'm looking for a nighttime-only lighting solution to create a soft glow on the step down of a split level bedroom and these look perfect but they state 'outdoor use only' Is there an interior option to fit flush to a plasterboard internal wall
Asked by Ed Zgorzelski on 24 Dec 2020
They are only suitable for outdoor use, the panel is on top, so if they are inside they will not receive the charge they need.
Is this a wireless unit? As the front door wall does not have any wires connect to the light.
Asked by EDWARD HEUNG on 23 Dec 2020
The unit is wireless, the panel is integrated.
Are the individual bulbs available and easily replaced?
Asked by Malcolm Newman on 23 Dec 2020
No sorry, they are not replaceable
What is the measurement between the fixings please?
Asked by Yvonne Bradley on 22 Dec 2020
approx 11 cm
HI, Is this the correct replacement battery for the Eco Wedge Plus Solar light? Thanks.
Asked by Mandy Wallinger on 22 Dec 2020
That is correct!
Is this bulb dimmable?
Asked by Sam on 22 Dec 2020
It is possible if there is a dimmer switched wired into the Geo Kit.
Does this solar wall light have a motion sensor option please?
Asked by Peter Robinson on 21 Dec 2020
This is automatic dusk light and dos not have a PIR option.
Are they available with a PIR sensor
Asked by Steve on 20 Dec 2020
Not as this time
After movement is detected and the light is illuminated how long does it remain on for?
Asked by John Debicki on 20 Dec 2020
15 seconds each time it detects motion
Hi I like the look of these but would need a longer cable for the job. The lights would be used to highlight piece of sculpture in a shady spot but there will be a pergola a few metres away on which I would like to mount the solar panel to maximise exposure to sunlight. Is this possible and if so, could you suggest the extension cable. Many thanks Marian
Asked by Marian White on 20 Dec 2020
Sadly there is no extension cable for the Apollo at this time.
At night, does this light switch off completely when not activated? I don't want one which goes into dim mode.
Asked by Richard Sharp on 19 Dec 2020
There is no dim mode with this light,
Hi what is the diameter of the light itself, also the height of the whole piece too please?
Asked by Natalie Murray on 18 Dec 2020
approx 42cm in height and 12.5cm diametre of the light head
Hello, is this item waterproof? would like to install it outdoors.
Asked by Alan E on 18 Dec 2020
Yes this light has a IP65 waterproof rating
The garden I want to fit these into is detached from our house .and I want to be able to switch these lights off when not using the said garden do they have to be unscrewed to turn off or can you do it easy with them still installed in the decking
Asked by David Hughes on 18 Dec 2020
They have to be unscrewed to get to the on/off switch.
30 seconds is not long enough. Can I override?
Asked by Jeffery Field on 17 Dec 2020
As long as there is motion the light will stay on
are the lights suitable for draping in a small tree? would the panel go beneath and staked in the ground? thanks
Asked by Ruth Thomas on 16 Dec 2020
Yes these are suitable for a tree and the panel can be staked in the ground
Re: "the 300 LED tube generates more than double the current required to run a 100 LED set. The lights will be more than twice as bright, but you will run into charging issues." ..Can you please explain why the replacement battery is the same size for either sets?
Asked by Sylvia Partridge on 16 Dec 2020
The battery is the same for the both sets of light, the tube/panel output however differs between the two, which is why they can run on the same sized battery.
What is the lumens rating from each bulb please?
Asked by John Coulson on 16 Dec 2020
These are decorative lights and so don't have a lumens rating.
How long will the batteries likely last if we leave the light on continually throughout the year?
Asked by Mark Moreton on 15 Dec 2020
We recommend to change the batteries every 2-3 years
Does this light stay on for more than 30s if motion continues?
Asked by Annabel Storey on 15 Dec 2020
Yes it will stay on as long as there's motion.
You have stated on your FAQ that all your lights are designed to work in the UK winter, however, the ones I bought off you a couple of weeks ago hardly come on even though the solar panel has been placed south facing so it is in a place where it would receive the maximum amount of daylight hours. Please advise as we are quite disappointed with their performance. Many thanks.
Asked by Mrs V Wright on 15 Dec 2020
These are perfect for decorating. They are intended to be decorative lights.
Does the PIR activate the light if the solar panel has an ambient light on it. There is a street light providing some light to the property but it is on the south facing wall where the solar panel would ideally be situated?
Asked by Marcus Spence on 15 Dec 2020
If there is any light on the solar panel the lights may not come on as they cannot detect darkness.
Thank you, beautiful lights. However, whilst it states Disconnectable Solar Panel and Fairy Light String Lumify have been carefully designed to ensure that both the solar panel and fairy light string can be disconnected from the control tube quickly and easily - however could you please advise how exactly to do this, as I do not want to force/risk breaking, but despite arrows, they parts do not easily separate from the control tube. Thank you.
Asked by Joanne on 15 Dec 2020
To detatch the panel or string from the tube you need to unscrew them from the outlets on the tube.
I purchased a set off the chesters back along and have recently installed them as we have had our garden done! Now the install seams as straight forward as possible, but for the life off me can I get these to work all cables are attached properly the panels are not covered in anyway and have been getting good light when we have had it!! Am I missing something with these? I see there is a little USB port do they need to be charged first by mains? There wasn't any cable supplied to do this from what I saw! Is there another switch somewhere? I seemed to have misplaced the instructions but from what I remember they were pretty basic as not really a hard product to get set up! Or at least I thought! Please advise and or send me some more instructions! Thanks Ross
Asked by Ross reynolds on 15 Dec 2020
Please email, support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
can I buy the wall mount
Asked by kris on 14 Dec 2020
No you cannot buy a wall mount.
How wide are the post apart
Asked by victor on 14 Dec 2020
The lights are not connected, they can be positioned any distance apart from eachother as they have their own individual solar panels.
Can you detach the solar panel to bring indoors to charge? There is a connector does it come apart and if so how do you do it.
Asked by Angela Pettit Jones on 13 Dec 2020
They come with a control tube that contains the battery, you can detach the tube from the lights and take this inside to charge instead of taking the lights down. You can detach it by unscrewing the cable from the outlet on the tube.
Would this work in east facing wall which gets morning sunshine?
Asked by Sarah Baehren on 13 Dec 2020
We do recommend that lights work their best in a south facing position but as long as the panel has access to light and is not in the shade for a prolonged period of time, the light should function well.
Does the panel rotate/change angle so that the light can illuminate to the north, whilst the panel faces south to face the sun?
Asked by Terence Brady on 13 Dec 2020
No the light doesn't move as the lights cover a large area.
Happy with my lights but tonight they didn't come on until I briefly shone my torch onto the solar panel. Is there a problem?
Asked by Stuart on 13 Dec 2020
Please email support@thesolarcentre.co.uk for assitance
Is the battery replaceable?
Asked by Phil on 12 Dec 2020
It is not recommend to replace the battery, as disassembling the product may affect the waterproof function or damage the lamp.
Is it possible to switch these lights off
Asked by Anne Barlow on 12 Dec 2020
Yes all our lights come with and On/Off switch, they do, when switched on, come on automatically.
How far away from the mushroom does the remote work?
Asked by Kate on 12 Dec 2020
The remote works up to 8 metres away from the mushroom.
I have installed two new sets of 100 LED lights independently. Before putting them in place I charged both batteries via a UBS wall plug adapter, unplugging them when the light turned green. They came on at dusk but went off in less than 4 hours. I have them on standard mode as I want full brightness. Next day I left them to charge via the solar panels and the same thing happened. Lights turned off before 9pm ie lasted about the same time. Today I charged both batteries via the USB wall plug adapter until the lights turned green but sadly the same thing happened. They were advertised as switching off at dawn. I am really disappointed. Had it happened with one set I would have thought it faulty but for both sets to last for almost exactly the same short time I wonder if this is a batch fault. I have followed the printed instructions. Please advise as soon as possible. Thank you.
Asked by Barbara Davis on 11 Dec 2020
Please email support@thesolarcentre.co.uk for help on this issue
How many lumins does it chuck out.
Asked by Gary Stacey on 10 Dec 2020
This light is 50 Lumens
We've lost the mains charger! Can you supply us a new one? We hope so as we love our large Shapelight!
Asked by Andy Rees on 10 Dec 2020
Yes we sell our USB chargers on the website if you look at https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Shapelights_USB_Charging_Cable-893-5.html this should lead you to the cable.
Put up my new lights 2 days ago , did the usb charge , first night fine , second night after a period of solid light they went to a mad flickering for the next five hours ? Can you explain - is this what happens if charge falls below a certain level ? Thanks Sue
Asked by sue on 10 Dec 2020
Flickering lights sounds like a lack of charge. We recommend, to get the charge back up to leave the lights in an off position to charge for 3-5 days to get a good lot of charge before turning them on, especially at this time of year.
Is the battery that is supplied, a protected or unprotected type. How long does the battery last (roughly) How much does the battery cost to replace (roughly) Regards Craig
Asked by Craig on 10 Dec 2020
It is a protected battery type, we recommend the battery be replaced every 2/3 years. We sell the replacement batteries on our website, they're £9.99
Hi, can this be charged by plugging in if needed and does this automatically go off during the daylight and on and night time? Thanks.
Asked by Greg on 9 Dec 2020
No it cannot be plugged in the light works purely on solar power, yes the lights automaticaly come on when detecting darkness and turn off when daylight is detected.
Just received my true flame mini and the USB type larger ones for the small one it says a well positioned solar panel can make them work in the winter better can you add a solar panel
Asked by James on 9 Dec 2020
No you cannot add a solar panel, this is refering to the positioning of the light as the solar panel is on the top of it.This statement applies to all our lights.
Do these lights have any IP accreditation/rating e.g. water resistant or weatherproof
Asked by Tom Burke on 9 Dec 2020
These are outdoor lights designed to withstand all UK weather conditions.
Could you tell me how is this cable terminated. Does it use the IP44 screw on connectors as on the Falmouth solar panel and lights?
Asked by David WILLMOT on 8 Dec 2020
Yes, this extension cable is purely for the Falmouth lights
Is the battery compartment simple to open or do I need a screw driver please?
Asked by Sportique on 8 Dec 2020
We do not recommend you open the battery compartment
From set of 4, if I only want to use 3, is it possible to physically remove one of them? (So to only connect 3 of them together, and completely remove one of them from the chain)?
Asked by Khush Assi on 8 Dec 2020
No the lights are not connected in a way they can be taken apart, you cannot remove one from the chain as they are all connected.
Hi, does this extension cable come withmle & female (plug & socket) type connections already fitted? Thanks Scott
Asked by Scott Liddle on 8 Dec 2020
Yes the extension comes ready to be fitted to the light and solar panel.
Hello Is it made in the UK or China?
Asked by Yaz on 7 Dec 2020
Our products are designed and delivered in the UK but are manufactured in China.
How long is the cable between lamp and solar panel
Asked by David Thwaites on 7 Dec 2020
Approx 3m
When it comes on, how long does it stay on for or is it programmable?
Asked by Andrew Head on 7 Dec 2020
It will stay on as long as there is motion
If I only charge via USB, would I keep needing to bring the lights down and inside to do so?
Asked by Najiya Mulla on 7 Dec 2020
Unless you have acess to an outside power source next to the lights that you can charge from, yes.
Hi, how do I recharge this light? Thanks.
Asked by James on 7 Dec 2020
The light has a solar panel on the top of it, it is recharged via solar power.
What size is the mini cube as the dimensions state it's 30cm by 30cm but this is the size of the full size cube?
Asked by Ricki on 7 Dec 2020
The size of the mini cube is 17.5cm x 17.5cm x 17.5cm
Would you let me know what length they are please
Asked by Carole Trelease on 6 Dec 2020
These lights have 20m of string with lights and 2m of string from the first light to panel, 22m in total.
How would this be attached to the light and panel?
Asked by Rose Wongdies on 6 Dec 2020
Yes it would need to be attached to both
Is there any other way of charging these unicorns up as I purchased some and at the moment there's not much sun so they're not getting enough charge to light up can you suggest any other way as it's not been a sunny day for awhile š
Asked by Beverley nicol on 6 Dec 2020
No these are purely solar powered lights.
How powerful is this light in watts or lumens? Is it equivalent at least to 15 watt or more of incandescent light? Thank you.
Asked by Ramsey Joseph on 6 Dec 2020
We measure the lights brightness in lumens with this light having a lumens rating of 220
What size of batteries are in the lamp AA .. etc thanks.
Asked by Paul on 6 Dec 2020
AA rechargeable and 1.2v
If the solar panel is on the north side of a house will it get enough light to charge?
Asked by Rosemary Kay on 6 Dec 2020
We do not recommend this.
I would like to know if it has motion sensor and at what distance it works. Thank you!
Asked by Anna Lia Bortolotti on 6 Dec 2020
Yes, it does have a motion sensor that can work in up to a 8m range.
Does this cable work with lumify solar vintage usb lights. If not which is the correct extension cable?
Asked by Carole on 5 Dec 2020
No this cable is for the Falmouth lights, there is not an extension cable for the Lumify lights.
what IP rating are the lumify solar vintage bulb set 20 please.
Asked by Deborah Stephens on 5 Dec 2020
They do not have a rating, they're designed to work in UK weather conditions and are decorative lights
Do these lights come with a solar panel or do I have to buy that separately?
Asked by Sarah on 5 Dec 2020
These lights come with a solar panel
Are these ready to go or do you have to remove the back and set the battery
Asked by Alan on 4 Dec 2020
All our lights come with a battery already in place.
Is this price per single lamp or do they come as a set? Thanks Ollie
Asked by Ol French on 4 Dec 2020
It is for one light.
How long is the cable between the solar panel and the light?
Asked by Danielle Wilson on 4 Dec 2020
The cable is 5 metres long.
Will this work on an East facing wall
Asked by Valerie Harden on 4 Dec 2020
We recommend that the lights are positioned south facing to maximise their performance. However, they will work as long as the solar panel has access to light and is not put in a shaded area.
Will the light turn off when its full day light? Or do i need to turn them off manually?
Asked by Jot on 3 Dec 2020
The lights will turn off when they detect daylight.
Am I ok to leave the lights/ solar panel out throughout winter? Or should I remove and reinstall in the spring?
Asked by Chris on 3 Dec 2020
Our lights are designed to be able to with-stand the uk winter weather conditions
Hi can this be used as a light inside a shed, will it stay on all the time it detects movement also how dark does it have to be for the light to come on? Thanks
Asked by Paul on 3 Dec 2020
It could be used as a light in a shed but we do not recommned it it's an outdoor security light, yes it will stay on as long as theres motion. The solar panel will only come on in darkness, if light shines on the panel then the light won't come on.
How bright is this light?
Asked by Amy on 2 Dec 2020
50 Lumens
Can the lights be attached to a wall with no nails/screws such as Command 3M?
Asked by Mike Evennett on 2 Dec 2020
We recommend you use the screws provided to ensure a safe and secure fitting of the light.
How do I remove the charging panel from the string to bring it indoors to recharge via usb once the lights are up?
Asked by TMW on 2 Dec 2020
unscrew from the control tube and bring the tube inside to charge via USB
I'm looking to install these as overhead lighting over a deck area, hanging them from the wall to the pergola. Are they bright enough to provide evening lighting for a decking area on their own.
Asked by Martin Leak on 2 Dec 2020
They do obviously produce a good ammount of light but arent the brightest of our lights, they're decorative and look great in the garden and will provide you with a good ammount of light however it depends the area of where you're lighting up and the ammout of light you would like.
Does this light automatically come on automatically when it gets dark? I want a light for a chicken house to come on at dusk and give them a few hour's extra light in the evening.
Asked by Alasdair Peppe on 2 Dec 2020
Yes our lights will come on when they detect darkness.
Can you tell me what the 8 modes are? Are any to do with how long the lights stay on for?
Asked by Anna Tucker on 2 Dec 2020
Lumify has 8 lighting modes including all sorts of flashing and alternating sequences as well as steady on where all lights stay on all the time with no flashing. Lumify can work for 6 nights in a row from a single 4 hour USB charge with only a little help from the sun - this can be extended to 12 days if you use Powersaving mode.
Can you let me know how many lumens the light is?
Asked by Andy on 1 Dec 2020
This light is 350 Lumens.
Are these chargeable by usb. I am concerned the lights won't be very bright if there's not much sunlight in winter.
Asked by JL on 1 Dec 2020
No these lights work purely on solar power, our lights are designed to be able to work in winter.
Can you replace the batteries
Asked by Margaret McLean on 30 Nov 2020
Yes the batteries are replaceable and so are the tops of the lights.
How are these lights secured to the surface please? Are those holes for screws or nails in each corner?
Asked by Ian Smith on 30 Nov 2020
The lights are held together via the screws in the corner, they do not need to be secured to the surface as they are designed to fit in between bricks.
Hi, could you tell me the colour of these lights, are they anthracite ? as thats the colour i am looking for, thank you for any reply. Regards Andy
Asked by Andy Rudko on 30 Nov 2020
Yes these lights are anthracite.
Do you do extension cables for this light ?
Asked by Jayne Blyth on 30 Nov 2020
No we do not sell an extension for this light.
How do I set the colour? what is the seven colour option? I am looking to lighten two trees in my garden.
Asked by Claudia Chavez on 30 Nov 2020
If you're wanting to set the colour, when the light comes on it will go through the seven colour options when it gets to the colour you would like press the button on the back and the colour will be set and continue to light this colour night after night unless changed manually. The seven colour options are Red, Blue, Green, Yellow, Light Blue, Pink and White.
How big is the solar panel? How many lumens does the whole string give out?
Asked by Polly stansell on 29 Nov 2020
13cm x 21cm, the lights don't have a lumen rating as they're decorative
Do these lights require sunlight or just daylight hours, as I'm looking for outside xmas lights
Asked by Mike on 29 Nov 2020
Our lights work best when placed in direct sunlight, however all our lights are designed to work in the UK winter, run time will be reduced as less sunlight will be available.
Hi , What is the IP rating of this light
Asked by Elizabeth Piper on 29 Nov 2020
They are designed to wokr in UK weather conditions
How many lights are there in a box please? The picture shows 4 is this what you get ?
Asked by Elaine Scott on 29 Nov 2020
There is one light in the box
How is this (and your other wall lights) fixed to the wall? Thanks.
Asked by Anu Reid on 29 Nov 2020
The can be atteched by hooking the back of the light on two screws.
Does the light require sunlight or is daylight sufficient?
Asked by Tim Elias on 29 Nov 2020
Our lights work best in direct sunlight, however they are designed to work in UK weather conditions of overcast/ cloudy weather.
Hi Does this need to be mounted a certain distance from anything, for example would it be suitable to hang from a wall mounted hanging basket bracket, approximately 30cm from a wall? Many thanks
Asked by Emma Green on 29 Nov 2020
That should work perfectly.
Hi, what would be the expected run time from full charge on both Sumer and winter settings. Thank you
Asked by Nigel on 29 Nov 2020
A full charge will last for up to 10 hours in the summer time and 6-8 hours in the winter dependent on the amount of daylight.
Do these lights have an additional USB charging port?
Asked by vivienne whitmore on 28 Nov 2020
No these don't have a USB port
What bulbs are used? I've just ordered the lights.
Asked by Rebekah on 28 Nov 2020
The light comes with a bulb installed.
I'm looking for lights that stay on. Are these sensors or do they stay on?
Asked by Loretta Rafter on 28 Nov 2020
These lights will stay on once dark, they do not have a sensor.
Hi. If I buy more than one set, can they be connected together?
Asked by Katy on 28 Nov 2020
No they cannot be connected together.
Hi. Are you able to ship direct to Italy?
Asked by Graeme Gale on 27 Nov 2020
Yes we do deliver to Italy, fro more information on our international shipping please visit the delivery section of our website https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/pages/delivery_info.html
Can these be manually turned off? I want them for entertaining in the evenings but want to be able to switch them off when we go inside as I am concerned about light pollution on nocturnal wildlife. Thanks
Asked by Adrienne Evetts on 27 Nov 2020
Yes, all our lights come with an on and off switch.
How long is the lead between the solar unit and the light Are all the fixings included in the package
Asked by Sarah on 27 Nov 2020
Approimately 3m, the fixings are included
what are the 7 settings please?
Asked by chrisa on 27 Nov 2020
7 Working Modes • Sensor mode: Automatically turn on when dark and light to full brightness when motion is detected and off when motion stops. • Semi-sensor mode: Automatically turn on to full brightness when dark, then switch to sensor mode as above after 4 hours. • 100% lighting mode: Automatically turn on to full brightness and turn off at dawn or when energy depleted. • 50% lighting mode: Automatically turn on at half power when dark and turn off at dawn or when energy depleted. • 3-hour light mode: On full brightness when dark for 3hrs • 5-hour light mode: On full brightness when dark for 5hrs • 8-hour light mode: On full brightness when dark for 8hrs
Is the cable from the splitter to each individual spot spot 4.5m allowing the spots to be spaced 9m apart from the splitter should the need arise.
Asked by Dave Tyler on 27 Nov 2020
The cable to the splitter is 4.5m from the light meaning that the maximum distance between light heads is 9m
Hi, can you buy a remote to work with the cube?
Asked by Karen Stevens on 26 Nov 2020
No you cannot
One of my lights is not coming on in the dark but if we place our hand over the top it comes on. Is there anything I should do?
Asked by Pam on 26 Nov 2020
There may be a light source eg. street light that could be confusing the panel into thinking it's daylight .
Are these available in white to match guttering
Asked by Phil on 25 Nov 2020
No the gutter lights only come in black at the moment.
What area does the light extend to? Is it 8.5m ie. the same as the motion sensor?
Asked by Susan Kuruber on 25 Nov 2020
No, the light will light up around the white plastic part, so enough to see who is at the door.
Does this light require direct sunlight or just unshaded light?
Asked by J Stevens on 25 Nov 2020
This does not require direct sunlight, as our lights can work in the british winter weather conditions however we advise you position them in idealy a south facing spot that will get alot of sunlight for the best results.
How many bulbs are there on cable ? What is distance between them?
Asked by Pip on 25 Nov 2020
25 bulbs are spaced 30cm apart along an 8m string
Can you buy these lights individually?
Asked by Ryan on 25 Nov 2020
No the lights come in a set of either two or four lights.
The description says 'remote included' but the answer to one of the questions Is 'The Halo does not come with a remote'. Can you clarify please
Asked by Helen Pysanczyn on 25 Nov 2020
The description is right, the Halo does come with a remote the answer to previous question is incorrect.
Hello Are the lights IPX6 rated? Thanks
Asked by Linda Young on 25 Nov 2020
They are able to take the general elements and withstand the rain, however we do not recommend spraying them with alot of water or at a high pressure as this could damage the lights
What is the length of the lead from solar panel to the lamp ?thanks
Asked by Alun on 25 Nov 2020
2 Metres of cable between the light and panel.
Can these lights be fixed to a small timber decking wall instead of being on the ground
Asked by Anthony Gray on 25 Nov 2020
We do not recommend this
Is it possible to set a timer so that the lights will go off at a particular time so as not to disturb wildlife all night?
Asked by Karen on 25 Nov 2020
No, the lights do not have a timer.
Is the Eco Wedge a warm or cool white light please? Thanks
Asked by Dean Wyatt on 24 Nov 2020
This light is a cool white light.
Is there a longer extension cable available
Asked by Paul on 24 Nov 2020
We do a three metre extension cable for this particular light.
What are they made of please and can you show the fixing? Bought something similar before but the plastic round the fixing holes was brittle and after a few months the fixings broke.
Asked by Gill K on 24 Nov 2020
These are made of aluminum.
Do you sell an extension cable for the solar panel on these?
Asked by T Pickford on 24 Nov 2020
No we do not
What a the dimensions, and angle coverage?
Asked by Ninos on 24 Nov 2020
the light has 27cm width by 20cm height and 11cm depth at peak. with a 180 degree range.
What is the angle coverage?
Asked by Ninos on 24 Nov 2020
The ligth offers a 270 degree illumination angle
What is the colour temperature of these lights please ? Many thanks
Asked by Rajani Naidoo on 24 Nov 2020
They are a warm white colour.
Hi Will these lights work during winter? Thanks
Asked by Emily Rodda on 24 Nov 2020
Our lights are designed to still work in the UK winter, they won't illumiate for as long as they do in the summer months due to overcast weather and shorter days, but they will still light up.
You state that these lights are designed in and delivered from the UK. Where are they manufactured?
Asked by Andrew Duckworth on 23 Nov 2020
Our lights are manufactured in China
Can I turn the PIR function off and just use as a floodlight
Asked by Jane hague on 23 Nov 2020
Yes with the remote you can shange the mode of the light to work without the PIR function
Are the bulb glass or acrylic?
Asked by TMR on 23 Nov 2020
These bulbs are acrylic.
What size are the light bulbs please?
Asked by Andrea on 23 Nov 2020
Bulb Size: G40 globe lights are 40mm in diameter
Roughly what area does the light illuminate?
Asked by Stuart Poole on 23 Nov 2020
It will cover an area of approximately 2-3 parking spaces.
Do you do it in white
Asked by William Davinson on 22 Nov 2020
No the Eco Wedge Twin only comes in black.
does this light have a option to come on at dawn and go off at dusk
Asked by mary GUTHRIE on 22 Nov 2020
No this is a motion activated light
Do you supply an additional set of bulbs to join with the Edinburgh 10 bulb set?
Asked by jonathan on 22 Nov 2020
No the lights cannot be joined together.
Please can you tell me if the solar panel can be sent with a 15 metre extension to light
Asked by Geoff Slater on 22 Nov 2020
We do not have a 15m extension cable for this light
Hi - can you please advise the overall length of the light set x100.
Asked by Graham Cairns on 22 Nov 2020
The lights are on a 10 metre string
How long does it take to charge by usb
Asked by Jon on 22 Nov 2020
The lights take around 4-6 hours to charge via USB
Can you tell me the dimensions of the brackets. I need to know if it will fit onto a post. Thank you
Asked by Helen on 22 Nov 2020
Aprox 8 cm
Can you use any specific usb lead. I have misplaced the one supplied with the 300 set
Asked by Zoe on 22 Nov 2020
We recommend using the lead we supply on our website
What material is panel surround and mount?
Asked by Neville Hawkin on 22 Nov 2020
The surrounding and mount are both made of plastic
Will these work under a south facing porch?
Asked by Richard Davis on 22 Nov 2020
The solar panel is positioned on top of the light and so would need to have access to sunlight, we do not advise placing it under a porch as it may not be able to recieve light.
Where would I find the manual On/Off switch please
Asked by David Jones on 22 Nov 2020
The On/Off button is located on the solar panel.
Hi, as both 300 & 100 bulb sets use the same power battery, is the 100 set brighter? Regards
Asked by Paul Pearson on 22 Nov 2020
No they're the same brightness the output of the power in the battery tube differs.
Would these be bright enough for a large garden ? Is each light 50 lumens
Asked by Julie on 21 Nov 2020
They're spotlights intended to light up a feature in the garden, so it depends whta you're looking for, these are 50 lumens per light.
Does the battery need charging before installation? If so, how?
Asked by Liz on 21 Nov 2020
No the batteries come fully charged.
Where can I buy the appropriate charger as I have lost mine.
Asked by Tony on 21 Nov 2020
The appropriate USB charger can be found on our website.
Hi, can this light be tilted up and down to adjust the direction of light. Can this be set to a multi light option as opposed to one static option.
Asked by Emma on 21 Nov 2020
Yes the light can be tilted and the colours can be set to rotate through all the seven colours.
Is there anything on the bottom of the light to stick them to the surface so they don't move I was thinking about laying them on a wall and worried they may fall off
Asked by Denise dark on 21 Nov 2020
We don't recommend this as you need to access the bottom of the light.
Is there a sensor that turns the light on when it gets dark and off when it gets light again?
Asked by Alan Weir on 21 Nov 2020
The solar panel will detect when it's night and switch on and turn off when light is on it.
If I ever did need to replace the light bulb, what type of light bulb is it, eg E27 screw?
Asked by Sach on 21 Nov 2020
We do not currently sell replacement bulbs, but will be launching this soon, as the bulb is unique to the light as it is held by a hand screw thread.
I live in Scotland and have found solar lights work brilliant in the Summer as we get 16 hours of daylight. In the winter we only get 9 hours so they normally don't work for me. Do these charge in low light and how long for a full charge?
Asked by Andrew Gilfillan on 20 Nov 2020
Our lights are designed to work all year round in the UK weather conditions, run time/ brightness will be reduced.
Hi - Is it just sun light that solar powers the lights or will they charge in winter. Thanks
Asked by Julia Knill on 20 Nov 2020
Our lights work best in direct sunlight but can work throughout winter running on daylight, run time/ brightness may be reduced
Can the fairy lights be used in winter as Christmas lights. Will there be enough sun during the winter months to charge them? Thank you
Asked by N Campling on 20 Nov 2020
Our lights are designed to work in the UK weather conditions so can be used as Christmas lights, the run time/ brightness may be affected however by the lack of direct sunlight.
Can the battery be replaced?
Asked by William on 20 Nov 2020
No the batteries cannot be replaced
How long does it take to charge the battery via the USB?
Asked by Johns Popowicz on 20 Nov 2020
These are not USB chargable only via solar power
Will the sensing unit rotate through 180 degrees ie can motion be detected behind the the light?
Asked by Neville Hawkin on 20 Nov 2020
No motion cannot be deetected behind the light.
Hi. can you run multiple lights off a single solar panel?
Asked by Paul Evans on 20 Nov 2020
No you cannot, only one light per solar panel.
Are the little lanterns made of plastic or metal?
Asked by Isobel Fitzgibbon on 20 Nov 2020
They are made out of plastic
Hi. Re; the 180 degree adjustment, does that mean I can have the solar panel at the top facing the opposite way to the light beam/behind the fixing for the light? I need to fix to a north facing wall so rotating the panel 180' above the light/fixing to face south would help. thanks
Asked by RIchard on 19 Nov 2020
There is a cable between the panel and the light so it can be installed in a different location if that is essential.
What wattage and light output are the bulbs?
Asked by David Whittaker on 19 Nov 2020
These are just decorative so no lumen rating.
How long does light stay on for once triggered?
Asked by Chris on 19 Nov 2020
It will illuminate after being triggered for 20 seconds
Do they work in the winter when it isn't very sunny
Asked by Sandra on 19 Nov 2020
Our lights do all work in the UK winter conditions, they may not light up for as long as they can in the summer months.
Will the sensor pick up the same distance from the side ?
Asked by JANE WHITEHURST on 19 Nov 2020
Yes it can pick up motion from the side
Can I connect these to my 12volt solar system?
Asked by Keith Longman on 19 Nov 2020
We do not recommend this.
Can the solar panel be mounted on the side of a shed to charge without being connected by the cable to the light? And can the light cable just be connected when you need to use it inside the shed? How long will the solar battery store the power for? Thanks
Asked by Viv compton on 19 Nov 2020
No this cannot be done, the panel cannot be disconnected to charge the light
Hi I've just bought some of these lights which are excellent by the way I was wondering if you can buy more lights to plug in without the solar panel Thank you
Asked by Robert hope on 19 Nov 2020
No these lights cannot have more added to the end of them.
What is the colour temperature of the lamps and what is the Lumen output of each bulb? Also once charged how long does the string of lights last for?
Asked by Hugo fleming on 19 Nov 2020
The lights are warm white, the lights do not have a lumen rating as they're decorative lights. The lights can last up to 12 nights on a single USB charge with little help from the sun.
My out side space is a court yard so dosnt get much sun in winter, the advert says USB charge. Does this mean I can take them inside to charge in winter.
Asked by Pippa Davenport on 19 Nov 2020
Yes you can charge them indoors with the USB charger.
Hi, I am looking for a wall light that has warm light colour. This seems to provide that light, is that correct? Thanks!
Asked by Rochi on 19 Nov 2020
The light gives off a natural white colour
Does this have warm light colour? Thanks!
Asked by Rochi on 19 Nov 2020
They give off a natural white colour
is this one light or a set of two? thanks
Asked by scott on 19 Nov 2020
The gutter lights are sold individually
What in your range of solar festoon lights are the brighest ones when on please? Which ones have plastic lights rather than glass so dont shatter easily? thanks
Asked by Joan on 18 Nov 2020
The Festoon lights are typically for decoration, the brightest is probably the Edinburgh Festoon lights. The plastic Festoon lights are the Elan, Elan Multi and the Lumify Lights
Are these warm white? There are not photos of them in the 'on' position?
Asked by Kirstin on 18 Nov 2020
They are a warm white light.
Can you disengage the motion sensor
Asked by Anthony Fowles on 17 Nov 2020
Yes you can as one of the seven different modes
Does this panel work with the Albany Premium Solar Spotlight?
Asked by Ian Paul Griffiths on 17 Nov 2020
No this replacement panel is for the Lumify 10 and 100 set of lights
Could you please tell me the width of the fixing panel please?
Asked by Christine Reynell on 17 Nov 2020
105mm
Can I use this light indoors for my garage, which is a storage area. Or is there a more suitable alternative? Thanks
Asked by Kris on 17 Nov 2020
This is a security light we do not recommend the use of it indoors, due to the acess to the solar panel.
Do you sell replacement batteries for these lights..?......thanks colin
Asked by Colin gill on 17 Nov 2020
Yes we do you can buy them on our website theyre the 18650 2600mAh batteries
What is battery capacity? Can be increased by buying better amp hour
Asked by Lawrence on 16 Nov 2020
We do not recommend this the battery is wired into the unit
How long is the cable and can you get and use an extension power cable with it so the solar panel can be placed further away if needed.. Many thanks
Asked by David on 16 Nov 2020
The cable is 3m and no you cannot buy an extension cable.
Is this a mono panel? What wattage is the panel? What is the battery type and capacity? Thanks...
Asked by Andrew Nimmo on 16 Nov 2020
This is a mono panel and the wattage of the panel is 16w. The battery is a lithium ion 6000(mah) 3.2 v.
Is there an on off button?
Asked by harriette boyden on 16 Nov 2020
Yes the lights come with an On/Off button
When the security light is actived how long does it remain on ?
Asked by STUART SMITH on 16 Nov 2020
Mode a: is activated for 20 seconds, Mode b: is activated for 30 seconds
Do I need to take the plastic film off each light?
Asked by Joan McCarney on 16 Nov 2020
Yes remove the plastic film
Do the lights have just a battery option? Say I wanted to use them indoor and wouldn't have access to sunlight would they work or does it require sunlight to work, there is no option for just using battery?
Asked by Lewis Byers on 16 Nov 2020
No these are only solar powered lights
Hi, Where are these lights manufactured? Thanks Regards Andrew
Asked by Andrew Duckworth on 16 Nov 2020
Our lights are designed and delivered in the UK and manufactured in China
Is a solar panel included or must it be bought separate?
Asked by Jay Rees on 16 Nov 2020
The lights come with a solar panel
How long does the 100 bulb usb lumify solar bulbs stay on for once fully charged via usb ?
Asked by Ewart on 16 Nov 2020
Up to 12 nights with little help from the sun.
What material are the lamps made of?
Asked by Mary on 16 Nov 2020
The lamps are made from metal
In the picture, it looks as if this has been fitted at waist height. Will it work if fitted at head height or above? I want to put it on the corner of a pergola to light a pathway.
Asked by Rebecca on 15 Nov 2020
Yes it will work above head height
Hi do you have any wall lights which can be. charged via USB.
Asked by David on 15 Nov 2020
No, none of our solar wall lights come with USB chargable options
Does this come with the wire attaching the panel to the battery? Squirrels chewed through this section on our original lights.
Asked by Charlotte Hall on 15 Nov 2020
Yes the light comes with a wire.
What are the dimensions of this wall light
Asked by Kathleen Pearce on 15 Nov 2020
- height: 376mm - width of light: 79mm - width of whole unit: 143mm - height of bracket: 107mm
Hi, does this cable come ready fitted with connectors for the Falmouth USB Solar Festoon Lights? Thanks
Asked by Scott Liddle on 15 Nov 2020
Yes it comes with connectors
hi a have been looking for these for ages whats the diameter of the ball please
Asked by Peter Gilmour on 15 Nov 2020
It has a 15cm diameter
Can the lumen light be adjusted - to go higher - not the solar panel - can see this is either up or down
Asked by Gillian White on 15 Nov 2020
The lumens of the light cannot be changed
Hi. How long is the cable from the panel to the light?
Asked by Dan on 15 Nov 2020
There is a 3m cable between the panel and the light.
Do these have to be charged up in doors first before use
Asked by Anita hill on 15 Nov 2020
No these batteries do not need to be charged prior to use.
What fitting does this have for connection to lights please?
Asked by Mike Prince on 14 Nov 2020
The panel comes with the correct screwable cable to fit the outlets on the Lumify control tube
Is the solar panel on a spike or can it be fixed to a fence
Asked by Kevin Gowers on 14 Nov 2020
The panel cannot be mounted to a fence, It comes with a stake.
Does this have a stake to put in the ground
Asked by Kathleen Shields on 13 Nov 2020
Yes this light comes with a stake attachment
Do the Mini-London & London lights have the same light output in lumens?
Asked by Mark on 13 Nov 2020
The London is slightly brighter.
How do you change the batteries in solar light
Asked by Kevin McMeechan on 13 Nov 2020
The batteries are in the light head, you will need to remove the white battery cover unscrew the screws and remove and replace the battery.
Can I and how do I recharge my solarpanel?
Asked by Morag Watson on 12 Nov 2020
To recharge lights the solar panel needs to be outdoors in the sun.
Hi are these lights a cool white or warm white when lit. Thanks.
Asked by Phil Spilman on 12 Nov 2020
These are warm white lights
can they be used/do they light/can you make them work on dark days as well as at night?!
Asked by tim finney on 12 Nov 2020
Depends on the amount of daylight, if you want them to come on in the day then you can cover the panel, we don't overly recommend this though as it prevents the light from charging.
Hi Does this automatically turn on when the light fades to a certain level? Regards Richard
Asked by Richard Jordan on 11 Nov 2020
Yes they will turn on when they detect darkness
Is it 1 solar panel that powers the whole lot, or does each lantern have one? I suspect the latter. Just wondering about positioning outside. Thank you.
Asked by D V on 11 Nov 2020
Just the one solar panel that powers the whole lot
will the light work on a north facing wall? thank you
Asked by Bill Carter on 11 Nov 2020
We do not recommend this.
What size is the diameter
Asked by Stevens on 11 Nov 2020
22 cm x 110mm x 110mm
Can the bulb be replaced when it stops working
Asked by Iain Gillies on 11 Nov 2020
No we do not sell replacement bulbs for this light
Hi there. Is it possible to get this light without the PIR? The style is exactly what we need down our access, but do not want the motion sensor working. Unless it is possible to shut off the sensor, that is! Thanks, Steve
Asked by Steve Purcell on 11 Nov 2020
No you cannot get this light without the PIR and you cannot shut it off
I understand the motion detector can be rotated horizontally but can it be rotated vertically to point it downwards?
Asked by Chriss Line on 11 Nov 2020
No it can only be moved from side to side
Is this a warm white colour or cool white?
Asked by ANI on 10 Nov 2020
This light is warm white.
hi when i am finished using the light, do i have to switch it off from the button on the bottom so it can stay charging or do i switch it off using the remote?
Asked by Niamh on 10 Nov 2020
No you don't have to turn the light of to charge, if the light is struggling to illuminate then we do recommend turning it off to charge for 3-5 days but in general use of the light there is no need to turn it off.
Is the battery replaceable when it's expired?
Asked by Simon on 10 Nov 2020
No the battery is not replaceable.
Where is the daylight sensor on these lights? Is it on the light or the solar panel? I want to fit the light in a dark alcove so do not want it to turn on due to the lack of light where it is going.
Asked by Iain on 9 Nov 2020
The panel detects the darkness/ daylight triggering the light to be on/off
Hi Please advise the length of cable from the panel to the light - whats the max distance away from the light the panel can be placed at?
Asked by J Bhatti on 9 Nov 2020
Approx 5m
Can the pir sensor be adjusted for less range ?
Asked by John Moden on 9 Nov 2020
No it cannot be adjusted
Do squirrels eat the wires? We had other lights wrapped around our tree once and kept finding breaks in the wires. Any way to prevent this? Thanks
Asked by Melanie Morris on 8 Nov 2020
Yes the squirrels do eat the wires, we don't have any recommendations of how to prevent this.
Hi, how bright are the lights please.
Asked by Sue on 8 Nov 2020
They're 50 lumens
Are these lights guaranteed for any length of time?
Asked by Ms Jane Smith on 7 Nov 2020
No they're not but we do provide a one year warranty.
Hi, do you sell the USB cable separately? I have the square light (30x30) and manage to lose the cable somehow. If not, do you know the specifications of the cable i need? Much appreciated.
Asked by Carlos Queremel on 7 Nov 2020
Yes we do sell it on our website https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Shapelights_USB_Charging_Cable-893-5.html
How long does this light stay on after it detects a motion? I wish to fit it a south facing wall above a BBQ.
Asked by B W Pipe on 7 Nov 2020
The light will stay on for 20 seconds once motion has been detected.
Is this panel compatible with the Albany spotlight ?
Asked by Robert on 6 Nov 2020
No, just for the Lumfy.
Hi, Do these solar lights still charge on a cloudy day? Cheers, Michelle
Asked by Mrs Michelle Field on 6 Nov 2020
Yes they can as long as there is daylight, the runtime/ brightness will be reduced
What type/style of connector does it have?
Asked by Mike Prince on 6 Nov 2020
The connecter is for the Lumify set of lights
Does each lamp deliver 200 lumens or is that the output from all four, ie. 50 lumens per lamp?
Asked by Mr Christopher Jay on 6 Nov 2020
each light is a 50 lumen output, with a 200 lumen total output
Is this a set of two or just one pebble?
Asked by Coco on 6 Nov 2020
They come individualy
Do you sell spare bulbs for this set? Thanks Colin
Asked by Colin burns on 6 Nov 2020
we do not sell them no
Hi. Can you supply an extension cable from the solar panel to the splitter.
Asked by Bob Kondys on 6 Nov 2020
Yes we have extension cables for these light on our website
I would like solar lights to mark the end of a stone terrace. Do these pebble lights need fixing to the ground. Are they heavy enough to withstand being blown over?
Asked by Sue Webb on 6 Nov 2020
It is unlikely that the lights would be blown over due to their size and shape, they come with a stake to secure them.
What is the light made from
Asked by Steve R on 5 Nov 2020
It is made from toughened plastic.
I think I need sum batteries for my usb lumify solar fairy lights 100 as there not recharging. Can you please help me.
Asked by Julie on 5 Nov 2020
Thebattery is located here
Hi, I've just ordered 2 sets and wondered if any cable tacks are included in the box or if I will need to buy these separately? I intend to fix them across a wooden garden fence. If I need to buy something I assume a small size would be ok from looking at the pictures of the cable? Any advice is appreciated thanks.
Asked by Kevin on 5 Nov 2020
These will need to be purchased separately as we do not supply any hooks or tacks.
What is the angle of coverage of the motion sensor please? Will this work whenever required during the night even in winter, and if its been overcast for days?
Asked by Mee on 4 Nov 2020
The integrated motion sensor that detects up to 6m.
Are you able to provide additional photos / angles of this Solar Wall Light and measurement please? Thank you
Asked by A Singh on 4 Nov 2020
I have requested this from our team, we do try to provide lengths and all appropriate information.
Will these work with just solar power & not usb charged? We are looking for a solution for a village xmas tree we can no longer get 240v supply to.
Asked by Matt wallis on 3 Nov 2020
We strongly recommend charging in the first instance with USB charging, but if you place these on powersaving then they will run for you. Please do make sure that they are not near any other lights source in the evening or thye will not come on as they will assume it is day time.
Hi What colour is the decorative bit on the light?
Asked by Joy Sheldon on 3 Nov 2020
It's a warm white light
Is this item made in China?
Asked by Ellen Kelly on 3 Nov 2020
All our products are in made in China
Do the lights have a timer or other setting so you can limit how long the lights come on for. Or do they lonly turnoff at dawn ? Thanks
Asked by Phill on 2 Nov 2020
These do not have a run time and will keep going until dawn or until their battery runs out, depending on what comes first.
Do the bulbs collect water or a lot of condensation on the inside when the evenings are cooler
Asked by Trevor Slater on 1 Nov 2020
There are weather resistant and can be used outdoors during winter.
Because our garden gets very little sun in winter, I want to store my six Shimmer mood lights in my loft until spring. Can/should I remove the solar batteries from the lights before storing?
Asked by JILL Watson on 1 Nov 2020
Please do remove the battery so that it does not completely discharge inside the unit.
What is the IP RATING & how much lumens do they give please ?
Asked by Kelly on 1 Nov 2020
our lights are made to withstand the UK weather conditions, they give 50 lumens
Hi is the bulb an E27 screw type as I was thinking of putting a phillips Hue bulb in this light if not do you have any that a Hue bulb would work with
Asked by Paul on 1 Nov 2020
Please only use the bulb that comes with the light, any other would be a modification of the unit and would void the warranty.
Hi do you get the 3mt extension cable included with this Chester up & down wall light
Asked by Paul on 1 Nov 2020
No the extension cable does not come with the light
Are these bulbs mirrored? It's hard to tell from the photo. Thank you!
Asked by Lucy Mildren on 1 Nov 2020
These are glass bulbs!
Do these lights have a motion sensor? I'm looking for this type of outdoor light with (no) motion sensor so the light will be in constant all night
Asked by Chris on 1 Nov 2020
There is not motion sensor on these lights.
Where is the switch? Do we have to take the solar panel off to turn it on?
Asked by Kat on 1 Nov 2020
Correct, the lid unscrews to cover the on/off switch.
What size are the bulbs please
Asked by lyn on 31 Oct 2020
The bulbs are 5.5 inches tall and 3 inches across
Can the rechargeable batteries be charged up independently of the solar panel?--IE by mains elaectricity
Asked by colin Kime on 30 Oct 2020
They are AA rechargable battery, so they can be placed in an appropriate batteyr charger if need be. Please do check that he charger is capable of charging those batteries and it is compatible.
Can you charge the batteries, aside from through solar panel?
Asked by Nigel Baldwin on 30 Oct 2020
They are AA rechargable battery, so they can be placed in an appropriate batteyr charger if need be. Please do check that he charger is capable of charging those batteries and it is compatible.
Hello, I have several strings of your "Lumify" fairy lights which are FANTASTIC!! The usb charger is great...very helpful during winter time and I was wondering if you will be making any spot lights with a usb charger? I like the sound and look of this product "Chiron," especially with the choice of different coloured lighting. However, I really like to be able to charge my lights in the winter, because, it gets so dark very early and I like lighting up a garden, etc, it makes everything look magical and fabulous during darker days and nights. Many thanks for developing GREAT!! products. Warmest regards Gillian
Asked by Gillian Ward on 30 Oct 2020
Thank you for your lovely compliments. I am afraid we do not have any USB chargeable spotlights.
Hi, are the bulbs plastic or glass? Are they replaceable? IP65 rated?
Asked by Karen Shipley on 29 Oct 2020
The bulbs are made from plastic, they're not replaceable and they are designed to withstand UK weather conditions.
Can I connect an additional strip of 12V led lights that will also come on with the light (the light is for outside the garden shed, and the LED strip will be inside).
Asked by Simon Conway-Smith on 29 Oct 2020
This is not recommended as it would be classed as modifying the unit and this would invalidate the warranty.
Are they IP65 rated?
Asked by Karen Shipley on 28 Oct 2020
Yes, there are IP65 rated.
Can you tell me if these will work on a north facing wall- I wish to install three between the pillars of my double garage. Regards Alison
Asked by alison park on 28 Oct 2020
I would not recommend these for a north facing wall because of the intergrated panel.
does it come with a mount or fixing for the panel ?
Asked by V Cooper on 28 Oct 2020
The panel comes with a stake not a fixing
do you sell the battery 1.2 volts with 750 mAh battery for Henley lights?
Asked by Jeanette Richmond on 28 Oct 2020
Longs the voltage is the same 1.2v then you can use the batteries on the website.
Hi, How long is the cable between the panel and the light on the Guard Twin Solar Security Light?
Asked by Neil Williams on 28 Oct 2020
There is no cable, the panel is on top.
i have them on a low retaining wall but want to reduce the eye glare from the top part of the light. Do you have or is there any shield/attachment or cover i could use to diffuse/reduce the glare? if not would it compromise the safety of the light if i source some thin plastic discs to adhere to the top?
Asked by Chris on 28 Oct 2020
No, sorry! It would not compromise the safety of the light.
how can i dim the decking lights further? is there a lower lumen option or a set with a less bright/glare setting?
Asked by Chris on 28 Oct 2020
No sorry, the lowest setting is the one they come with.
How do you remove the solar panel/switched section of the light to change the S/P positions? Do I need to remove the small screw at the base of the diffuser?
Asked by shaun on 27 Oct 2020
The top part of the light top lifts off and turn over the light head and it will be there!
I know you have to charge it up for 3 to 5 days once it's all established and you switched on does it need to be switched off on a daily basis or can it stay on permanently and it goes off on its own thank you very much
Asked by Kenneth bennett on 27 Oct 2020
This should not need to be done daily, after a good base charge. The only time you may need to do it again is when the clocks go back in the winter where it won't hurt to give it that boost.
Is a specification document available
Asked by Interested on 27 Oct 2020
Please email support@thesolarcentre.co.uk for any further info that is not on the page already.
Can the lamp face the opposite direction to the panel ?
Asked by angela on 26 Oct 2020
Yes the panel and light can rotate the angle allowing them to face different directions
Hi, Has this light got a separate panel or is the everything contained within the light? Many thanks.
Asked by Alfred Ng on 26 Oct 2020
The light is all contained, so panel is on top.
Hi there, is it possible to wire in a timer for these rather than a dawn dusk sensor?
Asked by Ben turner on 26 Oct 2020
No sorry, this would require modifying the unit and wouldi nvalidate the warranty.
Hi, Is there a setting to use without the motion sensor,we are trying to source these lights without the sensor,thank you for any help
Asked by Derek on 25 Oct 2020
No sorry, these are motion sensor only.
Do the lights have to be attached to the panel for initial charging? We have better sunlight at the front of the house so plan to charge them up for three days. Should the switch on the panel be on or off ?
Asked by Diane Woolnough on 25 Oct 2020
Batteries are in the panel, so yes you could and it would charge. Just make sure the cables are dry.
Hi can these be mounted/screwed onto the Verticle slats of a wooden fence ? Many thanks.
Asked by Tracey Lunn on 25 Oct 2020
No, the panel is on top so they will need to be facing the sun and not vertical.
Hi - would the solar panel charge through window glass?
Asked by jamie on 25 Oct 2020
The window will have UV protection in some degree, so will not fully charge.
Are these made in UK?
Asked by Angela Peake on 25 Oct 2020
All our lights are made in China.
Hello! Is the solar panel integrated in the light unit or separate? Thanks
Asked by JacB on 25 Oct 2020
It is an integrated panel.
Can you switch these lights off?
Asked by Gina Ash on 23 Oct 2020
Yes they have a manual on/off switch.
Hi, are these lights IP65 or IP44 rated?
Asked by Michael Thorpe on 23 Oct 2020
They are IP54 rated.
Can I get replacement bulbs? And where from?
Asked by Debbie on 22 Oct 2020
The lights come with two replacement bulbs, we do not sell replacement bulbs.
I had it on a colour changing setting (that went through all the colours) but somehow lost it. I thought it was five quick clicks, but now I can't find it. Can you help?
Asked by Camilla Yavas on 22 Oct 2020
Please refer to the instructions, it will be the light blue colour.
Do you have to turn them on and off or do they have a sensor so they come on as night falls?
Asked by GILES BIRD on 21 Oct 2020
These come on automatically when it goes dark.
Is the price for one light or a pack of lights?
Asked by Jane on 21 Oct 2020
The price is for one light.
hi when you turn the switch off at the panel will that stop the panel charging the batteries also or does it just turn off the lights?
Asked by Mark on 20 Oct 2020
The panel will continue charging when switched off, the off switch stops the lights from illuminating.
is this only for extending the solar panel distance? can you use it to increase the length between two of the decking lights instead?
Asked by brightidea on 20 Oct 2020
No this is just for extending the distance between light and solar panel.
Does the lights switch on at night and off in the morning by itself, and have to set on/off setting times? can I place it on loose stones in the front garden?
Asked by Shila on 20 Oct 2020
Yes you can place it in loose stones as it doesnt need any fittings to install. Yes the lights automatically, they come on in darkness and off in daylight
Hello, our globe light arrived today. I know this is a stupid question but how do we make it cycle through the colours? Thanks, mike
Asked by Michael Horst on 20 Oct 2020
This should be in the instructions with the light. Please email support@thesolarcentre.co.uk if you require a copy.
Can the mushroom light be charged inside
Asked by Susan Beveridge on 20 Oct 2020
No it cannot.
Hi Does the sense movement at 6 metres or 10? Blurb says 6 but video says 10. Thanks Rich
Asked by Richard on 20 Oct 2020
It detects motion up to 6 metres away.
Do you stock the spare bulbs for these ?.
Asked by Colin burns on 19 Oct 2020
No we do not stock the spare bulbs
Please could you tell me where the battery is and if it's possible to replace it?
Asked by janie X on 19 Oct 2020
The batteries are located inside the solar panel. I am afraid that the batteries cannot be replaced.
what is the distance between each light as want to light up some planted trees that are about 4 metres apart
Asked by Paul R Sewell on 19 Oct 2020
Wire from panel to splitter: 58cm Wire from splitter to light head: 4.5m
Please can you tell me the dimensions of the fixing bracket, the length the bracket protrudes from the wall, and the diameter of the light.
Asked by Jane on 19 Oct 2020
The light is 20cm across and 12 cm high. The bracket is 7cm in diameter.
Does this turn itself on in when dark on turn its self off when light at sunrise?
Asked by Matt Rounding on 18 Oct 2020
Yes
Hi, what are the dimensions of each globe, please
Asked by Sara on 18 Oct 2020
7cm diametre
What is the brightness of these please
Asked by Kevin Watton on 18 Oct 2020
These are decorative lights and so don't have a lumens rating
What is the exact spec of the USB cable needed? I bought this product, but it does not use a standard USB, and has a small irregular shaped connector - I am not sure if this is a mini B or a micro b?
Asked by Sarah Chorley on 18 Oct 2020
It is a micro USB cable.
Can these lights be left out over the winter?
Asked by Elizabeth Robinson on 18 Oct 2020
Yes they can be left out
What technology are the batteries Li Ion or NiMH etc. Thanks
Asked by Will Dawson on 18 Oct 2020
Hi, they are Li Ion
Can the head of this rotate back or is it fixed, facing the front?
Asked by Niki Stone on 18 Oct 2020
No sorry!
I would like to put these in raised bed sleepers vertically with good sunlight. I can see you don't recommend it but its unclear they won't work or they may not get as good as light
Asked by Niki Stone on 18 Oct 2020
Exactly that, because the panelo is on top it will not get a good amount of light to run for you.
Is this a set of lights?
Asked by Sharon Dann on 17 Oct 2020
no this is a singular light
Could these be used in a vertical brick wall?
Asked by Mohammed Saheed on 16 Oct 2020
we do not recommend this as light needs to be able to get to the solar panel
what material is it made from?
Asked by beryl miners on 16 Oct 2020
toughened plastic
Can you turn these lights straight on, or do you need to wait?
Asked by Ross Taylor on 16 Oct 2020
We recommend you charge them in the off position for 3-5 days
Hello, I want to use this inside. Where is the solar panel and how would this work?
Asked by Jennifer on 15 Oct 2020
These item's are not for use indoor. Please look at our Shapelights.
Will these light up even through winter?
Asked by Craig on 15 Oct 2020
yes our lights are designed to work throughout the UK winter
Can you supply a timer to switch the lights off - I would not want them tomstay on all night. Thanks.
Asked by Mary on 14 Oct 2020
No we do not supply a timer
Hi, do these replace the brick or fit on the top, thanks
Asked by Gary on 14 Oct 2020
The light is half a brick size
Could these realistically work on a north facing wall or do they need to be south facing to work over winter?
Asked by Alec on 14 Oct 2020
We do not recommend this.
What type of batteries are required as replacements for these lights?
Asked by Thomas Menzies on 14 Oct 2020
The batteries are not replaceable I am afraid. They are an NIMH 800(mah) 1.2 v battery.
Can you lengthen the timesheet light stays on from 30 seconds
Asked by Dave on 13 Oct 2020
As long as there is motion in the motion detection range the light should stay on.
Can you use more than 1 extension cable so the reach is further?
Asked by Kieron on 13 Oct 2020
The more extension cables the greater the deterioration in the brightness in the light. The brightness decreases by 10% with each extension.
what is the IP rating of this light?
Asked by ROD WESTLEY-BEDDER on 12 Oct 2020
IP65
Guard twin solar security light. Does the sensor trigger close up because I need to shine on pathway which runs alongside house.
Asked by Richard Allen on 12 Oct 2020
The PIR sensor can trigger up to 10m away.
do the remote control come with batteries or can i buy them thru you.
Asked by francis greening on 12 Oct 2020
The remote control comes with a battery.
Can you charge the lights using the USB port by connecting to the mains (i.e. like charging a phone)? If not, how do you use the USB port to charge the light?
Asked by Matthew on 12 Oct 2020
No these are solar powered only
How are these lights activated? I.e. do you switch them on, or do they come on automatically?
Asked by Kieron McCann on 12 Oct 2020
These lights are automatic when swicthed on they will illuminate when they detact darkeness and turn off when they detect daylight. The do have an On/Off switch on the light it'self to stop it's automatic function.
Does the pir rotate to point downwards?
Asked by Julian castle on 11 Oct 2020
no it does not roatate downwards only side to side.
Do you get any guarantee on the solar light products?
Asked by Shawn hartley on 11 Oct 2020
All our lights have a one year warranty.
How much cable is there between each light?
Asked by PHILIP A TAYLOR on 11 Oct 2020
58cm from panel to splitter, 4.5m from splitter to each light head
What angle can the light be adjusted?
Asked by Gavin on 11 Oct 2020
yes both the light head and panel can be adjusted
I want these for artificial grass do I need to put holes in grass as I just want to put them on top if possible just sit them on top .
Asked by Theresa on 10 Oct 2020
You could possibly just place the lights on the artificial grass bu these units come with a spike and a screw pack.
Hi, can I switch these lights off when I wan to? thanks
Asked by Rachel Johnson on 9 Oct 2020
Yes all our lights come with on/off switch
How long does the light stay on once motion is detected?
Asked by Caroline on 8 Oct 2020
The light will stay on for 30 seconds after a single trigger.
Could you use this solar light hanging inside from a 9 ft x Army tent pole?. As I want to illuminate my tent. I am using it as a stable for my horse?.
Asked by Anita Etheridge on 8 Oct 2020
I would not recommend this as the light needs to be fixed to the roof, there isn't a secure way we would recommend to attach it to a pole.
Dose it come with 6 lights?
Asked by Zak on 8 Oct 2020
This is a single light
Can the light be set to come on continuously at dusk instead of using pir sensor Alan
Asked by Alan Mills on 7 Oct 2020
No this is only able to activate when motion is detected.
How do you set this light to only come on when motion is detected I've tried and the light just stays on permanently Thanks
Asked by Mr Ellis on 7 Oct 2020
After Dusk press and hold the power button on the underside of the light to activate it. Each additional press of the power button will cycle through each of the modes. There are 3 different lighting modes: 1. Dim mode: after dusk the light illuminates in low brightness and switches to high brightness when motion is detected. After motion ceases it returns to low brightness. 2. Always on: after dusk the light activates and remains on until dawn or the battery charge is depleted, whichever comes sooner. 3. Sensor mode: after dusk the light will activate only when motion is detected. At all other times the light will be off. We strongly recommend this mode for the late autumn and winter months to ensure the light is only used when required. Lights installed in poor locations may need to be used in this mode as well.
I see a reference to batteries, are these necessary, what for and how long do they last?
Asked by Charles on 7 Oct 2020
These are AA batteries 1.2v. They will need changing around 2 years.
Will the light sensor switch on if the motion it detects is leaves moving in the wind e.g. Virginia Creeper on the adjacent wall?
Asked by Martin Davidson on 7 Oct 2020
It depends how close the creeper is in all honesty. If it i within the detection zone then yes it will trigger the light.
How bright are these lights please? Do you have a figure in Lumens for example?
Asked by Mark on 7 Oct 2020
These don't have a lumens rating as they are decorative ligths
It's difficult to tell from the photograph but is the colour of the unit grey or black?
Asked by Steven Edwards on 4 Oct 2020
It is grey.
How well do these work in the winter?
Asked by Sarah Hobson on 4 Oct 2020
All our lights are designed to work in winter, as this is a USB light it can be charged via the USB cable to provide consistant brightness throughout the winter. If just charging via solar power, run time or brightness can be reduced.
Can these lights be sealed in a large bottle in the garden?
Asked by Andy on 3 Oct 2020
It would not be advisable as the panel is attached and cannot be detached.
Does the light have an on/off switch and where is it located?
Asked by Phil on 3 Oct 2020
yes it does , at the back of the light
will this only charge in direct sunlight or will it charge if there is plenty of daylight
Asked by anne coates on 3 Oct 2020
As the panel is integrated we would recommend that these are exposed to as much direct sunlight as possible.
Hello Does the light work on a timer? or do they come on automatically when it gets dark? Do you sell replacement batteries and what is the cost? What is the life span of the battery which comes pre-installed? thanks.
Asked by LHB on 3 Oct 2020
These lights come on automatically when it gets dark, the batteries should last around 3 years.
Can you use these indoors? Would they get enough charge by a window?
Asked by Kate on 3 Oct 2020
These cannot be used indoors.
How far apart are the fixing screws? I am replacing an old item and don't really want a series of holes in my wall.
Asked by John Holland on 2 Oct 2020
There are 126mm apart.
What is the typical charging time to full charged, on a light overcast sky, top solar panel turned out to south at 45 degrees, no blocked light by any buildings?
Asked by Arnie Gobel on 1 Oct 2020
When first received we would suggest leaving it out for 4 days in the off position to allow a full charge. After that it will just top up the batteries, so difficult to say how full they get as it depends on the days before etc.
i was asking about replacing the batterys there are no screws on the rear it just points to open at the top on the white plate is that correct so i presumeyou just have to pull on that to get to batterys..
Asked by mr nicholls on 1 Oct 2020
Once that white cap is removed, there is a screw and battery case underneath, undo that screw and there is the battery.
Can these lights be placed in the drive. i.e. will they take the weight of a car?
Asked by Gilbert Muirhead on 30 Sep 2020
These can only be ued in decking. These will not withstand the weight of a car.
Will these lights still charge in normal light or do they need direct sunlight to charge?
Asked by Matthew Thompson on 30 Sep 2020
As the panel is integrated we would recommend the light getting as much direct sunlight as possible.
Do you do spare solar panels for the chester up and down solar wall light
Asked by Dave on 30 Sep 2020
No sorry, thee are not available currently as spares.
Would these lights provide enough light in a patio area so as not to require an additional source of light. This would be for socialising and not reading or similar. Thanks Mike
Asked by Mike Thomas on 28 Sep 2020
These will be more decorative fairy lighting and not an additional source of lighting.
Is it possible to get new diffusers. As well as solar tops for Canterbury solar wall lights?
Asked by Bob Hodder on 28 Sep 2020
No sorry, the diffusers are not sola separately.
I need to extend all four spotlights by 10 mtor's if possible, please send me prices
Asked by Ronnie on 28 Sep 2020
We sell these extension cables for the 4 set here they are 5m each and they are needed for each light.
Would like to mount the cylinder lamp on top of a garden wall, can I screw the base plate to make a secure mounting? Thankyou
Asked by John Warren on 27 Sep 2020
You could but it would make it difficult to unscrew to take down to re-charge via USB when needed.
Hi guys, Can I set up (for example) 4 of these around my garden and have the one bluetooth source play to all 4 units at the same time?
Asked by Nigel Paice on 27 Sep 2020
These cannot be linked, sorry!
It says in the description there is a manual on/off button. I can't see it in the picture, how do you turn them off if you don't want all night illumination?
Asked by Amy on 26 Sep 2020
The on/off switch is in the light, so needsto unscrewed.
We want to have 6 on a large wall how will the solar panels work will they know which light they are charging? Can we put all of the panels close together?
Asked by Paula on 26 Sep 2020
The Solar Panels are connected to the light via a clear wire, so they will charge the light it is attached to. They will be ok on the same wall, njust make sure that the light of the Chester's do not shine onto them.
Can you please let me know measurements of this light and when exactly you are going to have it in stock. Thank you.Ewa
Asked by Ewa Krzowska on 26 Sep 2020
21cm wide light, the light is arriving October.
Hi, Love these lights! Do i need to bring them in over the winter months?
Asked by Tina Blundred on 26 Sep 2020
No, you can just leave them out all year round.
how do i charge it please ? thanks
Asked by mada on 26 Sep 2020
Please leave it switched off for 3-5 days?
How long is the warranty on your products?
Asked by Steve Gay on 26 Sep 2020
All our products have one year warranty.
Bought 4 lights and just put them up, At night them came on but after a couple of minutes one went off. I take it you might need more time for it to charge up.
Asked by Tony hunter on 26 Sep 2020
We recommend 3-5 days in the off position to charge up!
Will these work indoors. I would like to use one in my porch. Or is there a suitable alternative
Asked by R J on 25 Sep 2020
Please look at the USB Indoor outdoor Pebble here , they can be used indoor.
Does the fitting come with timer ,if not how long will light work for before turning off
Asked by RALPH Allan on 25 Sep 2020
The sensor is inbuilt, so will go off after 30 seconds.
Should we switch our Shapelight solar lights to the off position if storing in shed over winter? Thank you. They are wonderful by the way.
Asked by Penny Phillips on 25 Sep 2020
Glad you love the lights. You do not need to store them away, you can continue to use them all year round. If you do wish to store them please remove the battery.
If mounted on a straight northfacing wall - will it only work for approx 2 hours during winter or more likely not at all? Thanks
Asked by Anders Svenningsen on 24 Sep 2020
We would not recommend this for a north facing wall.
Is the 10mtr cable including the 2 mtr lead or is the cable 12mtr long overall?
Asked by Phil Waddingham on 24 Sep 2020
The bulbs are spaced 50cm apart along a 10m string with an additional 1.9m between the solar panel and the first bulb.
There is a USB port on the panel unit along with a cable. Can you tell me what this is for? Many thanks
Asked by Peter Noble on 24 Sep 2020
It is so the light can charged via USB.
How long does it stay on for , is it fitted with timer
Asked by RALPH Allan on 23 Sep 2020
The light will stay on for approximately 10 seconds after motion ceases
I have a redundant full-size, 9 foot-high, maritime navigational sea buoy in my front garden (as one does . . .). Unfortunately the beacon light atop its pinnacle got broken. I am interested in using your cylindrical shapelight as a replacement. But I would prefer to house it inside a slightly larger protective clear glass (or maybe plastic) outer cylinder fitting over the shapelight. My question is, will your cylindrical shapelight still be able to function from solar rays if it is inside a slightly larger clear glass (or maybe plastic) protective covering (which I think will probably be about 3 or 4mm thick)? Incidentally, you may be interested to know I live on the coast and that my 'landlubber' sea buoy is positioned where it overlooks a busy shipping route, but the navigational authorities with whom I've checked say I can have the buoy's green light lit up - but it must not be flashing (in case some dopey sea captain gets confused by it in the dark and runs his ship aground!). Look forward to getting your advice.
Asked by Sean Gallagher on 23 Sep 2020
I wouldn't recommend the Cylinder for this function or being encased in anything.
hiya could you please tell me the measurements for this product. Many thanks Nigel
Asked by Nigel Dutfield on 22 Sep 2020
These are 79mm
hiya could you please tell me the measurements for this product. Many thanks Nigel
Asked by Nigel Dutfield on 22 Sep 2020
These are 79mm
I'm about to purchase these lights, however are these lights a bright white? Can you change the bulbs? Or do you have any that are " warm light"? Thanks
Asked by Jocie on 22 Sep 2020
These bulbs cannot be changed, these are a white colour. We do not do anything in a similar style which is warm white.
Just purchased this light for above door to enable to see to open door. Light is not very bright. Will it get brighter. Only put up on Saturday. Thank you
Asked by Karen on 22 Sep 2020
Please leave the light switched off for 3-5 days and allow it a decent base charge, this should increase the brightness. Please do also make sure that the setting is on S for summer, the P setting is duller and will help throughout winter.
what is the detection range and angle of the PIR and how long do the lights stay on once triggered. Once triggered do the lights stay on while there is movement or do they go off and have to re-trigger
Asked by Nigel Goodall on 21 Sep 2020
The motion sensor offers 120 degrees detection angle at a range of up to 10m can be rotated horizontally through 180 degrees.Time ranges from 10-80 seconds.
Is the LUX & sensitivity of the PIR adjustable? I would use within approx 3m from the pavement and wouldn't want it triggering when people walk past the house.
Asked by Tony Butler on 21 Sep 2020
Hi, these are not adjustable on this model, this is only adjustable on our EVO SMD Range
Does this product need a seperate solar panel or is it integral in the light
Asked by Maria Edwards on 21 Sep 2020
The panel is integral to the product so recoomended for a south facing location.
Hi, what are the dimensions of the l solar panel?
Asked by Ellie M on 21 Sep 2020
Aproximately: Height: 9cm Width: 11cm Depth: 2.5 where the battery and spike attachment are.
Hi, do I need to switch these lights off at anytime ?
Asked by Frances on 20 Sep 2020
We recommend leaving these off for 3-5 days before first use, after that you shouldn't need to switch them off again, only if you feel they are not as bright after a while.
Hi, are these stable enough to stand alone, ie: on a table? Thank you
Asked by Cordelia on 20 Sep 2020
Not without securing it down, incase there is movement at the table and it falls.
Are these only suitable for floor locations? I've two in my drive that are great and am wondering whether they can be set into walls or under steps etc
Asked by David Eden on 20 Sep 2020
These will not be suitable for under steps as the solar panel is on top of the light, so the panel would be be too shaded and not receive enough sun.
I haven't yet worked out how to switch this on
Asked by Sonia Passingham on 20 Sep 2020
There is an on/off switch on the back of the light, it has a power symbol on it.
Hi. How far does the light reach? Looking for one for my front garden so visitors can see the step but it would need to be placed about 2 metres away. Would this work? Thanks.
Asked by Claire on 20 Sep 2020
The light fills up the white tube, so they make good path markers but would need to be closer than 2 metres.
Hi there Could I purchase an additional led light as I need 9 lights connected on the area I am trying to cover. Regards Paul
Asked by Paul wroot on 20 Sep 2020
No, sorry!
do you sell replacement see through large plastic bowl ?
Asked by s a roberts on 20 Sep 2020
No sorry, we do not sell these as replacements, pleas eemail us though support@thesolarcentre.co.uk if you are having issues.
Could you please supply dimensions for this light? What is the colour temperature of the light? Many Thanks
Asked by Simon Byles on 20 Sep 2020
It is warm white. It is 20cm across and 12 cm high.
wanting to illuminate a couple of waterfalls in a landscape garden. how near/far should I place the spots. Which model of light would you recommend and how long will the rechargeable batteries last before replacement
Asked by michael rycroft on 19 Sep 2020
Any of the spotlights will be ideal and fit for purpose. How far you will place the lights etc, that is down to your own preference. In regards to the batteries with some units you can replace them and some others not.
What is the ip for these lights Thanks
Asked by jamie peatfield on 19 Sep 2020
IP44
Love the look of this light, but do you make one with PIR
Asked by Robert John Kerr on 19 Sep 2020
No, sorry! I will mention this to the product development team at the next meeting!
Where is the power button for the lights?
Asked by Andy on 19 Sep 2020
The power button is on the solar panel, on the back!
How many Lumens?
Asked by Ben on 19 Sep 2020
This is a decorative light and so doesn't have a lumen rating
can you buy spares as 2 of the lights have stopped working? (this has been installed in the last 3 months and 2 lights in the chain have stopped working whilst all the other do
Asked by David Paul on 18 Sep 2020
Sorry to hear you are having this issue. Please contact support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
Hi. Can the globe spotlights be switched off and, if so, is the switch on the spotlight or on the panel? Thanks J
Asked by Jaya Wilder on 18 Sep 2020
The on/off switch is on the solar panel, so can be switched off and on manually, depending on where your panel is situated.
Is mode 2 a green light like it says in the video or a yellow one like it says in your blurb?
Asked by Jaya Wilder on 18 Sep 2020
The video I do believe is correct.
Can these bulbs be replaced if broken?
Asked by Mark Alexander on 17 Sep 2020
No, the bulbs are not replaceable.
How many do you get in one box as it doesn't say and I need to use them for baby loss awareness week
Asked by Jodie Danks on 17 Sep 2020
You get one in a box.
What are the overall dimensions i.e. Height & diameter of largest part?
Asked by Robert Hunter on 17 Sep 2020
Dimensions are: Top width 215mm, Height 245mm, width of base 120mm
Do these join with the Edinburgh 10 bulb set?
Asked by Louise Giles on 17 Sep 2020
No, there is no way of joining them at this time.
Hi we purchased these lights 5 months ago and the panel no longer is charging up the lights, can you get replacement solar panels?
Asked by Sarah on 17 Sep 2020
Sorry to hear you are having this issue, Please contact support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
Currently it is dark outside but the lights will only come on when I touch the soloist panel ?
Asked by Elaine Bond on 17 Sep 2020
Sorry to hear you are having this issue. Please contact support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
Can I turn this off? I don't want a light that is on all night long.
Asked by Annabel Brown on 17 Sep 2020
The on/off switch is on the back of the light.
Can you send a picture of both ends of this cable so I can see what it looks like? Also, just to confirm this is 5 metres long? Thanks, Vik
Asked by vik on 17 Sep 2020
This is only compatible with our Shapelights, if you are wanting it for another product it will not be suitable.
Do you offer a cable to extend the solar panel to lights section?
Asked by Ian on 16 Sep 2020
No, sorry!
Could they be use as ground lights in a flower beds instead of using them as decking lights?
Asked by virginia lemonnier on 16 Sep 2020
Yes these could be placed as you describe.
The title says 20 lights but the description says 10 lights. Can you confirm if this set has 10 or 20 lights?
Asked by Nick Allcock on 16 Sep 2020
These come with 20 bulbs, will ask our IT team to correct this on our site!
We need a light on our drive but it doesn't get much direct sunlight will solar lights work?
Asked by Alison Ambrose on 16 Sep 2020
If you would like to extend the solasr panel further to a sunnier spot we sell extension cables here
I know these are spotlights and I know it's all a bit subjective but... How would these fair at providing light on an area of driveway (in a location with no street light) to provide some light to walk to/from the house/car at night? The area I need to light, at night, has no other lighting currently (save the moon on some nights). I suppose it part it comes down to how focussed the beams are (it's a shame that you don't have a photo showing the subject they are focussed on). I don't really want the extreme light of a bright security light, just enough light to see the way without kicking a cat or two. The walk from car to/from house is about 10 metres and these appeal due to being able to spread them out a bit. Any thoughts?
Asked by Dan Walker on 16 Sep 2020
These shine up to 25m.
My gardener has cut through the cable from solar panel to tube. Is it possible to buy a replacement part or do I have to replace the entire set?
Asked by Sandra Turnbull on 16 Sep 2020
You are able to buy replacement parts, just use our handy search bar for the Lumify string you need!
Does this light lift off its bracket/clip? as I need to install on my none sunny garage wall and place it in the daytime in a sunny part of my garden to charge. Thanks
Asked by Phil on 16 Sep 2020
We would not recommend installing the light in the situation you have described, the light is screwed to the wall.
My eco wedge pro solar security light keeps on flashing throughout the night which is irritating for neighbours. I no longer have the instructions so unable to reset the timer's sensitivity . I would appreciate your advice. Thank you
Asked by Marie McClure on 16 Sep 2020
Sorry to hear you are having this issue, Please contact support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
What lumens is the light?
Asked by Matt on 16 Sep 2020
500 lumen
How many lumens is each light in standard (not power-saving) mode? Thanks.
Asked by Ian English on 16 Sep 2020
4 lumen.
Is it powered by a separate solar panel or have they got solar panels on them? As I want to go underneath and round my gazebo.
Asked by Margaret Doherty on 15 Sep 2020
These are powered by a separate solar panel.
Your FAQ for this product (which I have recently bought) claims that this light uses a 3.7V 2600mAh Li-Ion battery (SolarCentre 18650 2600mAh Lithium-Ion Rechargeable Battery) The light I have received contains 2x 1.2V 900mAh NiMh batteries - which, in comparison, can store less than a quarter of the energy?
Asked by Geoff Merrett on 15 Sep 2020
The batteries have recently been change, I will make our IT team aware that this info needs to be updated, thank you!
What is the IP rating of the light?
Asked by Genevie Gibbs on 15 Sep 2020
It is IP55 rating.
Is it possible to purchase longer garden spikes to raise lights higher above the ground?
Asked by George Russell on 15 Sep 2020
Sorry, this is not possible.
Are these rust proof?
Asked by Chris Watkins on 15 Sep 2020
We have not had any incidences of rusting, these are a glass bulb with a plastic wiring.
Hi, do you have any solar spots that are on a timer so that they done run all night?
Asked by Andrew on 15 Sep 2020
All our spotlights are reactive to light and dark, there is no way of adding a timer.
Please could you tell me if you supply the solar panel separate as mine has broken
Asked by Helen Simpson on 15 Sep 2020
Sorry to say the panels are not available separately. Please contact support@thesolarcentre.co.uk for further advise if it is a manufacturing fault.
My mobile phone charge up plug in cable does not fit the port on the green battery tube. What can I use to charge the lights up. I have tried my old mob charger ...but shape on the end still wont fit in the tube. Please advise . Thank you Linda.
Asked by Linda Hollister on 15 Sep 2020
We sell the cables here
I've got three of these balls and one has stopped lighting up but I can't find the usb lead. Am I able to just purchase a new lead to charge it? Thank you
Asked by Joanne Hawker on 15 Sep 2020
Yes, they can be purchased here
Can you dim the light or just turn it on and off?
Asked by Matt on 15 Sep 2020
The light can only be switched on/off and not dimmed.
Can the solar panel Be remotely mounted
Asked by Brian Smith on 15 Sep 2020
No it cannot.
What is the country. Of manufacture please
Asked by Wendy Cutler on 14 Sep 2020
All our lights are manufactured in China, designed in the UK.
Hi, could you tell me if your Halo wall light needs a separate solar panel or has it goy a built in one? Regards, Malcolm.
Asked by Mr Malcolm Stannard on 14 Sep 2020
The panmel is integrated into the light, it is on the front.
I want to use one in a summerhouse. Do you make the shed light with warm white LEDs or is it only bright white?
Asked by Mark Burrows on 14 Sep 2020
We do have the Beam which is warm white but does not look like the Vortex. We also have the Richmond .
I've bought the eco 1000 to help with cctv do I fit it below or above security camera
Asked by Paul kerr on 14 Sep 2020
This is not something we can advise as we do not know the set up, as you have purchased one, just test it above and below to see what gives you the result you would like.
Just wanting to check that these lights turn on automatically when the light level drops
Asked by Nicola on 14 Sep 2020
Correct! One dusk arrives the lights come to life.
will it recharge on a dull winter day? Solar lights work great in summer but really poor performance in winter?
Asked by chris berry on 13 Sep 2020
Provided that the light is in a good sunny position to re-charge and not under any eaves/roofing (as the panel is on top) then it will be fine. As it a motion activated it will last longer in the winter months as it is not on all the time.
Hi Please can you tell me if the lead to the Elan Solar Festoon Lights is black or green. Thank you
Asked by Joceline Price-Evans on 13 Sep 2020
The cable is green
Hi mines just stopped working won't connect any suggestions or do i need to replace thanks
Asked by Teresa on 13 Sep 2020
Please can you contact support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
Hi Do you do a replacement solar panel for these lights? Or an alternative one that can be used? Many thanks
Asked by Karl sales on 13 Sep 2020
Sorry we do not sell replacements or recommend an alternative. If yo uare having any issues please email support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
Do these have an easy to access on/off switch? I wont need to use them all the time and would like to switch them off easily to reserve the power. Some others in this range need to be unscrewed in order to switch off...
Asked by David T Morgan on 13 Sep 2020
The bottom of the light twists off like a jam jar, there is then an on/off switch, so depending on how high you have the lights is how easy it is to get to the switch.
I've lost the instructions! Can you please tell me how to get the colours to cycle? Thank you!
Asked by Denise Simpson on 13 Sep 2020
You will find a copy here or it can be printed off of the Shapelight product page.
How many screws are in the back plate?
Asked by Dawn on 13 Sep 2020
There are 2 screws that are required for the installation of this light.
Do they have a separate solar panel or is the panel in each light? I would like these lights for under the eaves of my garden cabin - the actual bulbs will be in the shade but the panel could be on the roof, if there is one.
Asked by Anna Cole on 12 Sep 2020
The solar panel on these are separate.
What would be the ideal fixing height from floor level for best range and brightness?.
Asked by Damian on 12 Sep 2020
We do not have a recommended height, as it depends what you are looking to use the light for/to light up. It is worth testing it before installing to make sure it gives you the coverage you would like.
Where do you fit the screws? It's not clear in the instructions and I'm looking to fit them horizontally to the mortar in my brickwork.
Asked by Rob on 12 Sep 2020
The screws gho onto the back plate of the light, so should be installed as pictured.
What does the P +S mean either side of the off switch please . What is the best setting to switch too.
Asked by Rich on 11 Sep 2020
P = Powersaving, so use this in Winter for the best performance and S = Summer or standard which can be used.
Can the be screwed down , on top of decking ? And we're are you based , please ?
Asked by Anne yates on 11 Sep 2020
Yes they can. We are based in Harpenden, but we are not open to the public as we are not a retail premiss, all orders need to be online or over the phone.
Was going to use over my back door which is basically facing north east, will there be sufficient sunlight to operate light effectively.
Asked by Bob Smith on 10 Sep 2020
We do not recommend this for a north facing location
By adding this extention does it reduce the power or brightness of the lights?
Asked by Steve on 10 Sep 2020
There can be a drop 10% with each extenstion but this can be counteracted by placing the solar panel in a sunny location.
Are you able to charge the solar panels/batteries from an electrical source before use?
Asked by STUART MORGAN on 10 Sep 2020
It is not advisable to charge using any mains equipment.
Hi, I've bought this item (TrueFlame USB Solar Torch Light With Flickering Flame) and received it today 10/09/20. I'm charging with the usb cable and it's not showing up on the computer. How do I know if it's charging? I also tried it with a USB wall plug adapter. Does a light suppose to come on to let me know it's charging? Please let me know as soon as possible. Kind regards.
Asked by Polly on 10 Sep 2020
As it is just a charging cable nothing will come up on your computer, it will just charge the light. No light to show it's charging, if you just leave it in the computer it will taking a charge.
Are they a warm white or cool white light? Thanks,
Asked by amanda robertson on 9 Sep 2020
These are a warm white colour.
What colour is the bulb? I am looking for cool white. as one has broken in my garden and can only find warm white.
Asked by gill baker on 9 Sep 2020
These are natural white colour.
How do you switch this light on and off. How do you charge it??
Asked by Jeanette Richmond on 8 Sep 2020
Via the on/off switch on the back of the light
Can you link two together to make a L and R speaker thank you
Asked by Lewys on 8 Sep 2020
No you cannot connect the two speakers
Hi, can the battery be taken out and recharged separately using a USB or equivalent charger?
Asked by Pran on 8 Sep 2020
No sorry!
How big is the solar panel please?
Asked by Kay Fry on 7 Sep 2020
It is 110mm x 94mm.
How big are these lights?
Asked by Barry on 7 Sep 2020
32cm by 24cm
I am very interested in this product. Can the wiring between units be shortened ? If I had two separate installations near to each other, would one remote trigger both at lights at the same time ? Where is the remote sensor situated ? Solar panel or light panel ?
Asked by Roger on 7 Sep 2020
The wiring cannot be shorterned and will invalidate the warranty. The light comes with it's own remote and is not universal, so will not owrk on a second light.
Do they have batteries in case they can not be fully charged if there is not enough light? Thanks, Esther.
Asked by ESTHER Cifuentes on 7 Sep 2020
They do have AAA batteries in them which recharge during the day.
says 3 season is that because of waterprrof or not enough light---is for inside conservatory so waterprrof no the issue---want it to stay bright till 11 or so in evening
Asked by Phillip Brooks on 7 Sep 2020
3 season as it may not run for you as well in winter. It will be happy in a conservatory.
how do you charge this light and switch on and off?
Asked by Jeanette Richmond on 6 Sep 2020
There is an on/off on the light.
Is this black in colour or a dark grey?
Asked by Francesca on 6 Sep 2020
Very dark grey
Can I extend these and still control them from the same on/off switch?
Asked by Thomas James on 6 Sep 2020
These lights cannot be extended.
Are these mood lights waterproof?
Asked by Nikki on 6 Sep 2020
These are outdoor lights but not designed to be underwater.
What are the dimensions of the bulb?
Asked by Marie on 6 Sep 2020
The bulbs are 5.5 inches tall and 3 inches across
Would these take the Wight of a car?
Asked by Graham Roberts on 6 Sep 2020
Yes, these can be driven over.
I had read somewhere to charge for 3-5 days before switching on, is this correct?
Asked by Natalie Jones on 5 Sep 2020
We always recommend charging all our lights for 3-5days to insure a good base charge to start with.
Is the solar panel integrated in to the top of the speaker/light, or is separate? I'm looking for a device to use in a gazebo/summer house type set up with a hot tub. So a separate solar panel to attach on the roof would be ideal.
Asked by Claire on 4 Sep 2020
The light has a integrate panel.
Hello, do you have a warm white version of these lights please? I'd like to get some, but not in stark cool white. Thanks
Asked by helen on 4 Sep 2020
These are only available in the white colour shown.
Does the solar panel need to be charged from the mains before first using it? If so for how long?
Asked by Qasam Mahmood on 4 Sep 2020
We would recommend charging via usb first which could take up to 7hrs but more than likely 1-2hrs. You could leave the panel outside for 3-5days with the lights off too. This gives the batteries a full charge so you get the most of your lights straight away.
Hi - I'd like to use this fitting on demand only via the remote on / off functionality. Can I disable the motion detection and simply turn the light on or off via the remote? Thanks.
Asked by Duncan on 4 Sep 2020
The motion detection cannot be overidden.
Does this product come with a 12 month warranty?
Asked by bola Bello on 3 Sep 2020
Yes, all our products come with a 12 month warranty
What are the dimensions of the light, from the top of the cap to the bottom of the coloured part
Asked by Laura Dudley on 3 Sep 2020
Each bulb has a max diameter of 59mm and a height of 105mm
Can they be USB Charged when they don't work.?? This is what sets them apart from other Solar Lights, which I Love. They are abit pricey but yu don't mind paying if they work in my opinion. Thank You Solar Centre, my Garden is Lookin Beautiful.
Asked by Elaine on 3 Sep 2020
Thank you for you lovely comments and glad you love our lights as much as we do! These are non USB chargeable.
Hi, Is it possible to get a long cable to connect the panel and lamp. I need the lamp in a dark area but would need a cable of about 3m to be able to put the panel in full daylight
Asked by neil on 3 Sep 2020
I am afraid there is currently no extenstion cable for this light.
Will the extension cable be suitable to replace a wire I accidentally cut with the lawn mower?Or can I buy replacement cable?
Asked by MrsJ Hobbs on 3 Sep 2020
This only suitable for extending the panel, it cannot be used to replace cables.
can you still replace batterys where it says open is that how you get to the batterys
Asked by mr nicholls on 3 Sep 2020
Correct, they are under the white cap, you unscrew the battey holder box and then replae. AA battery 1.2v.
Do i need to charge my lights before i turn them on. Thank you
Asked by David Bing on 3 Sep 2020
Please do allow a 3-5 day charge up in the 'off' position before first use.
Are the dimensions of the XT model the same as the previous tall durham post light? I have the older version and also wonder if the screw fittings will be identical so that I can swap for a newer model ? Many thanks
Asked by Alison H on 3 Sep 2020
The Durham is the same dimensions as before. 79mm across and 800mm high.
Will you be producing a motion sensor version of this anthracite light soon please?
Asked by Sarina on 2 Sep 2020
I can definately suggest this to our product team!
Hi. I bought four of these recently and love them! I see that someone has already done what I would like to do and had positioned them on fencing. The light patterns are amazing and would look good on my fence. Is it ok to mount them in this way? The weather-proofing qualities will not be affected by them being vertical? Thank you.
Asked by Brenda Jack on 2 Sep 2020
The Solar panel is on the top, so we would not recommend them to be mounted this way as they may not get the sun they need to charge.
Is the cover on the sensors glass cover and not plastic
Asked by Mr M L Casey on 2 Sep 2020
These are plastic
These are just what I'm looking for but I would like them in chrome! I see that this question has already been asked. Is there any chance?
Asked by Gareth on 2 Sep 2020
Unfortunately we don't have these in a chrome colour. We do offer a similar up & down light - Chester Up & Down Solar Wall Light in Stainless steel, however it does not have an integrated solar panel.
Do they withstand freezing / sub zero temps?
Asked by Sammy KENDALL on 2 Sep 2020
Our lights are made to withstand UK weather conditions
Hi How big are the bulbs mini or normal size. Thanks
Asked by Dianne on 2 Sep 2020
Each bulb has a max diameter of 59mm and a height of 105mm
Are these lights waterproof ie will they stand lots of rain. Can a larger capacity battery be used to extend the lit time.
Asked by R.newland on 1 Sep 2020
These lights are waterproof. We do not recommend using a different type/capacity of the battery.
are these lights connectable? I would like 2 sets to cover 20m
Asked by Lorraine on 1 Sep 2020
The lights are not connectable, they are just on one wire with one panel.
What colour is the unit body black or anthracite?
Asked by Richard Oldroyd on 1 Sep 2020
It is anthracite.
Hi, what is the outside diameter of the base ring please.
Asked by Myles on 1 Sep 2020
that is 120mm in diametre
Hi, given these decking lights are IP68 so sealed units and cannot have the batteries replaced how long are the lights expected to last before the batteries no longer charge?
Asked by Steve on 31 Aug 2020
They should last for at least 2 years.
Can this cactus be powered 8ndoors like the shape lights ?
Asked by Lisa Turner on 30 Aug 2020
This light is for outdoor use only.
What luminaries does this light put out Thanks
Asked by Richard on 30 Aug 2020
It is 150 Lumens.
If I bought more than 1 light, as thinking of buying 10: Can I operate all 10 with the one remote or do I need to set the colours individually?
Asked by Trevor on 30 Aug 2020
The Shapelight does not come with remote control, so once you have got all your setting sorted they will just work automatically for you. Our shimmer range have the remote control.
Is there a pir attachment you can use with them, very interested Thanks ian
Asked by Ian on 30 Aug 2020
We have the Motion version here
I have 2 sheds so can I Connect 2 lights 2 the 1 Solar panel or do I have 2 by 2 complete sets of the solar lights for the 2 sheds ?
Asked by Kevin Kennedy on 29 Aug 2020
This isn't possible I am afraid.
I wish to install these in horizontal railway sleepers which edge my patio, but there is a garden path in between the sleepers so I can't continuously loop the lights together as shown. How can I connect them all together as instructed, but with a path in the way? Can the wire be placed under a path?
Asked by Fran on 29 Aug 2020
It may not work if people are continually treading on them, it might cause a kink or a break.
Can these lights be hung in a Group or do they have to be in a line
Asked by Wendy Morris on 29 Aug 2020
You can install them as you like!
Can the solar panel face the opposite direction to the light? I.e. can you move the panel relative to the light so that they are at right angles to them? We want the light to face north while the panel should face south. thanks
Asked by Peter Ainsworth on 29 Aug 2020
No, sorry!
Can you please confirm if this light is waterproof? We want to use it outside.
Asked by Steph on 28 Aug 2020
The light is waterproof.
Where can I get replacement battery for this model, it doesn't seem to come up in the search results (description copied from the back of the light)???
Asked by S Doyle on 28 Aug 2020
The batteries can be found here
Hi Is the colour of the light in a black finish or is it anthracite. As l am looking for a stylish solar light in black. Thanks
Asked by Julie Hood on 28 Aug 2020
It is anthracite.
Can you add 2 strings together? I want a longer string or do you do a longer version?
Asked by Nicola Dixon on 27 Aug 2020
No sorry, this isn't possible
Are the lights good in the winter or will the lumify ones be better
Asked by Sue cole on 27 Aug 2020
I would recommend the Lumify for longevity over winter.
I want to use just one of the bulbs inside a Japanese stone lantern. Does the system work with all but one of the bulbs removed? If not can you suggest another solar light? Dimensions of lantern space 5 x 5 x 10 cms Thanks
Asked by peter eyre on 26 Aug 2020
This would not work. We do not recommend adapting the lights as this will invalidate the warranty.
Hi, We have a 30cmx30cm colour changing cube from shapelights. We seem to have lost to the USB cable for charging it. I bought an USB to DC 5V on internet with a barrel size 5.5mmx2.1mm. As it happened, it is too small. Could you please advice. Do you sell them? Look forward to hearing from you. Best Carlos
Asked by Carlos on 26 Aug 2020
This is the right cable for the Shapelight.
Would this work on a north facing wall?
Asked by Tim Berrisford on 26 Aug 2020
We would not recommend this for a North facing wall.
what is the difference between these and the lumify usb bulb lights?
Asked by Janet Blair on 26 Aug 2020
It's mainly cosmetic with the Lumify vintage bulbs having a different look and clear wire between each bulb.
Is the solar panel on top of the light, or is the panel separate?
Asked by Patricia James on 25 Aug 2020
The panel is on top of the light.
Will they fit on 3 inch fence post
Asked by Jen on 24 Aug 2020
Please look into the dimensions: Length:10cm Width:8.2cm Height:2.2cm
What is the temperature of the white?
Asked by Riccardo on 24 Aug 2020
This is a natural white
It's not immediately obvious how this attaches to the wall and the instructions aren't especially clear. Can someone explain how the back plate attached to the wall when there are no holes?
Asked by Chris on 24 Aug 2020
Try these steps please: 1. Remove wall mount bracket from light by unscrewing decorative bolts on the front of the light. 2. Screw wall mount on a flat surface (wall/fence etc) 3. Place light over wall mount bolts and secure in place with decorative nuts.
I want to be able to control when the light comes on at night (so as not to disturb neighbours in their conservatory), mainly to monitor my dogs in the garden. Can I do that just using the on and off buttons on the remote? Thanks in advance!
Asked by Adrienne Howard on 24 Aug 2020
You can use the remote control in order to turn the light on/off on demand.
When first installed can you charge using USB rather waiting 3-5 days for solar light to charge fully?
Asked by John Wood on 24 Aug 2020
Of course you can.
Does the solar panel connect to the light via a cable ? I dont want the wires to be visible
Asked by Darren holgate on 23 Aug 2020
Yes, the panel will connect via a cable to the light head.
Hi. Thinking of mounting these on back wall of bungalow. But how much space required above them for light to hit solar panel?
Asked by John Birrell on 23 Aug 2020
We do not recommend them for a north facing wall or anywhere which is going to have anything over the top of the solar panel. They will need access to as much direct sunlight as possible.
Are these made of glass or plastic? Looking for a plastic set for camper van. Many thanks
Asked by Rebecca Burns on 22 Aug 2020
They are made of plastic.
Hi could you tell me What is the life expectancy is on the light s
Asked by Louise on 22 Aug 2020
The batteries are replaceable. They need to be changed approximately every two years and that should keep your unit running.
What min/max distance pir can be set to as only want it to activate when I pull/walk on drive not come on with every car that passes drive
Asked by Michael on 21 Aug 2020
It detects motion up to 5 metres away.
Do you supply/recommend a suitable charger for your lithium-Ion batteries ?? Regards
Asked by Tony Smart on 21 Aug 2020
I am afraid not. We do not supply a battery charger.
Hi, can you clarify, is the cable clear? Thank you B Ainslie
Asked by Bev Ainslie on 21 Aug 2020
yes.
Do you have the option to turn this lap on an off or does it run for as long as it has solar energy?
Asked by Laura Drage on 21 Aug 2020
Yes this can be turned off/on but if you wanted to leave it on, it will come on automatically and then turn off after the battery has run out or daylight.
Do they stand windy days and nights
Asked by graham mainwaring on 21 Aug 2020
Please ensure that there is some slack on the solar panel cable and LED light string, when installing the lights, and that will help you to avoid any damages on the string due to weather conditions.
How long does the first charge take, does the light need to be switched on to charge.
Asked by Jan on 20 Aug 2020
We recommend 3-5 days in the 'off' position for a full charge.
Hello, can this be mounted upside down, so that the sensor is above the light as I want to mount on a roof upstand to illuminate if someone walks on the roof
Asked by Chris Bedford on 20 Aug 2020
No, we do not recommend for it to be installed this way.
What is the colour temperature of the light?
Asked by Mike Hain on 20 Aug 2020
This light is warm white.
Do you have to buy any other accessories if you want to rely solely on solar charging the batteries?
Asked by Alex Fuller on 19 Aug 2020
No. There is a solar panel inside this unit and can be charged through the daylight/sunlight.
Enter your question
Asked by Lesley Avril on 19 Aug 2020
P is for powersaving which is for Winter working and S is Standard and should be used in summer.
Can you tell me please if this has a replaceable light bulb and if so what type it is. Also is the shade detachable? Many thanks
Asked by Sues on 19 Aug 2020
The bulb isn't replaceable however will last for up to 50,000hrs. The shade isn't detachable.
Do the bulbs use SMD or COB technology
Asked by Angela Chung on 19 Aug 2020
SMD bulbs.
Can I attached these to a fence pole?
Asked by Emma Hetherington on 18 Aug 2020
The cannot be attached to a pole, it needs to be a flat surface.
How many lumens do these give out?
Asked by Michelle on 18 Aug 2020
These are roughly 12 lumen.
Not a question but praise. We have had two of these in our hay shed for six years, yes six years! They stopped working in the spring, we will be investing in two more next pay day. Brilliant stuff š
Asked by Susan on 18 Aug 2020
We appreciate your feedback. That is great to hear!
What battery do I need when a replacement is necessary
Asked by Len on 18 Aug 2020
Li-ion 14500/3.2v/500mAh.
Can they be used indoors? I was thinking of using it as a child's bedside light.
Asked by Helen Leale-Green on 17 Aug 2020
Not really no as they will then need to be put back outside to charge every day and then brought back in.
Is the Truro Light suitable for fixing to garden fence posts? Thank you
Asked by Richard Cook on 17 Aug 2020
Yes these can be fixed to posts.
Can this be used as part of a water feature, where the lights are part submerged in water?
Asked by Sophie on 17 Aug 2020
I love the idea but sadly the light is not designed to be submerged.
In winter will the lights illuminate all night
Asked by Michael Stewart on 17 Aug 2020
From a full charge, these will be illuminated for up to 6hrs so in the depths of winter, it will last into the evening.
Is there any way to increase the time it stays on? ie if somebody is unloading shopping from a car on a drive it would be great if it stayed on more than a few seconds.
Asked by sam conolly on 17 Aug 2020
This light has a fixed up to 30seconds before switching off however if it detects motion it will stay on.
Hi. I am thinking of using these lights to border the driveway. Can they be sunk into the ground with the wiring being subterranean?? Thanks
Asked by Tim on 16 Aug 2020
These lights cannot be driven over, so please do be careful that they will not come into contact with the tires or they will crack.
Can you tell me how resistant the light bulbs are to heavy rain and to frost please.
Asked by Deborah on 16 Aug 2020
Both the bulbs and the cable are designed to be weather-resistant and waterproof.
Can these light be hung in a bunch like the picture shows, if so how do you do it?
Asked by Wendy on 16 Aug 2020
You could possibly do that, but you might need a hook or something like that in order hold up the string of lights.
If you have two of these lights, can you pair them so that they both play music at the same time, or can you only play through one at a time?
Asked by Kat on 16 Aug 2020
No sorry, just one at a time.
Can the motion detector be rotated through it's vertical direction? It only mentions 180' through horizontal direction.
Asked by Alf on 16 Aug 2020
no sorry just horizontal direction.
Can you please confirm the overall height, and the dimensions for the back plate which attaches to the wall.
Asked by Ninos on 16 Aug 2020
4 cm between the holes for the bracket and 5 cm in width and 5cm hight,
I see a comment saying the solar panel is quite large, it's quite important to know how large this is before buying, so could you please tell me the size of the Solar Panel. Much appreciated.
Asked by Steven Limbrick on 16 Aug 2020
The dimensions of the panel are 19cm high and 13 cm wide.
What is the life expectancy of the bulb and can the bulb be replaced
Asked by Faizal on 16 Aug 2020
The bulb cannot be replaced. It is rare for the LED's to stop working.
Are the lights wired in parallel or series? Many thanks.
Asked by Terry Rulten on 16 Aug 2020
There are wired in parallel.
Can the bulbs be changed to give off a cool white?
Asked by Paul Lambert on 16 Aug 2020
The bulbs cannot be changed and any attempt to do so will invalidate the warranty.
Where are the AA rechargeable batteries because the solar spike device seems too slim to have them located in there?
Asked by Helen Bell on 15 Aug 2020
The batteries are based in the solar panel.
Can you turn them on and off or do they come on automatically and stay on until they run out of charge? If they don't turn on and off can you recommend a similar product which you can turn on and off. Thanks
Asked by Joanna Majithia on 15 Aug 2020
You can turn these on/off when you like, however, the button is on the back of the light, so it depends how high up they are as to whether you wish to do that every night. If left on they will automatically come on and stay on until they run out of charge.
Hi, still a bit confused on the dimensions. Please confirm back dimensions which sits on the wall and the depth of the whole unit.
Asked by Ninos on 15 Aug 2020
Top 12.5cm x 16.2cm Back 16.2cm x 7cm
Hi, can you detach the solar panel from this light and put it somewhere else?
Asked by Nicola on 15 Aug 2020
No, sorry!
Are they waterproof?
Asked by Janet Nixon on 14 Aug 2020
Yes they can be left all year round, they cannot be submerged in water.
Please can you advise the size of the bulbs and also the size of the solar panel and position of the batter (ies)
Asked by Rich Siday on 14 Aug 2020
The bulbs are 5.5 inches tall and 3 inches across The solar panel should be placed South facing and somewhere without any shadows/obstructions.
Do you have.. Or can you get these in different sizes?
Asked by Jane on 14 Aug 2020
We do different shapes and sizes. Please do search 'Shapelight' and different options will come up. If you just mean the pebble, we do a mini version here
How bright is the pebble light please? Compared with a light bulb? Thanks
Asked by Janet Johnson on 13 Aug 2020
These cannot be compared with a lihtbulb, they are a decorative piece. Please look at the video for an accurate representation of brightness.
I am planting small trees with height around 4 metres when fully grown. Will these spotlights be sufficiently powerful to illuminate from ground level ? If not, what would you recommend.
Asked by Colin Olver on 13 Aug 2020
This unit would be suitable.
Hello, I would like to know if this light operates in 2 ways: it can be switched on by the remote and can it also activate automatically when detecting motion? Or do I need to purchase another type of light to have both these options? Thanks.
Asked by Sab on 13 Aug 2020
This light has both options. You can use it on demand, or if you leave the light switched on it will come on automatically when is dark. It does not have a PIR sensor.
What is the body of the light made of? Is it glass for the panels? or a plastic? Thank you
Asked by Jason Christopher Grimes Vye on 13 Aug 2020
It's plastic.
What is the body of the light made of? Is it glass for the panels? or a plastic? Thank you
Asked by Jason Christopher Grimes Vye on 13 Aug 2020
It's plastic.
Can the voice that announces whether bluetooth is connected or not either be turned down or off? It's disturbing my neighbours.
Asked by Heather on 12 Aug 2020
I am afraid that it cannot be adjusted. It will only say 'power on' if you click on the switch button.
The garden centre I purchased these from displayed them with a stand attached instead of a stake. Is it possible to purchase these so they could be placed on a table?
Asked by Lynda Trefry on 12 Aug 2020
I am afraid not, these lights come only with a stake.
I've received the 4 light Atlas spots thanks and wondered if multiple extensions can be used or is it only capable of running one extension. I hadn't realised that the 4 metres all ran from the solar panel so I'm unable to get the spacing I desired. Wondering if a few extensions will do it . Thanks
Asked by Julie McClean on 12 Aug 2020
You can use as many as you like, there is roughly a 10% drop with each extenstion.
Please could you advise if you sell the replacement bulbs for this product?
Asked by Susanne Le Duc on 12 Aug 2020
The bulbs can be found here
can i purchase a new control panel for my lumify garden lights as it would appear that i have a problem with mine the small light will not light up but the lights work , battery fully charged ,and they are on in daylight , thanks mr carr
Asked by david carr on 12 Aug 2020
The link for panel can be found here
Hi... Do your lights come with a gaurantee... Thanks
Asked by Gwen Wesley on 12 Aug 2020
all our lights have 12 months warranty
Do you sell replacement wall mounting brackets for the globe, mine have snapped off.
Asked by Bob on 12 Aug 2020
I am afraid that we do not sell the brackets only.
Can the deck lights come on a spike for mounting on lawn?
Asked by Bronte Somes on 11 Aug 2020
No sorry, not these ones.
I wondered where do people usually attach the solar panel does it need to be fixed to fence or wall are there drill holes in it ?
Asked by Dani on 11 Aug 2020
The solar panel can be placed in the ground using the stake or if can be fitted on the wall/fence etc.
Would one of these be suitable for uplighting an olive tree? Or would another model be better? I am looking for a warm light not cool. Thank you
Asked by Sally on 11 Aug 2020
These would be nice for an olive tree and they are warm white.
Can these lights be left out all year or do they have to be taken in for winter.
Asked by Trevor Laws on 11 Aug 2020
You can use them all year round. You won't have to store them away during winter.
Can I keep the lights outdoors all winter?
Asked by Katie on 10 Aug 2020
Of course you can, they will continue to run for you.
Are the dimensions That are stated, right? because the actual light looks bigger than the panel in the picture, but according to the dimensions, the light is only 4cm
Asked by Grant Roberts on 10 Aug 2020
Width is 25cm the Length is 30 cm and the Depth is 11cm
Hello - what is the size of the solar panel please
Asked by Laurie Houkes on 10 Aug 2020
Height is 9cm and the Width is 11cm and the depth is 2.5 cm where the battery back and spike attach.
Can you change the battery once its died
Asked by Emma on 10 Aug 2020
They can be replaced yes! They are Li-ion 14500/3.2v/500mAh.
Hi. Can you run more than one light from a solar panel or do you have to have a separate solar panel for each additional light? We will still be making a purchase whatever the answer as these lights sound amazing from other customers reviews only we didn't want lots of solar panels around the garden if we could avoid it.
Asked by Chris on 9 Aug 2020
Each panel will be able to support only one spotlight.
Can you please tell me the sizes? If I "add to basket" I have no idea what size I'm ordering.
Asked by Colin Leach on 9 Aug 2020
Shapelights Sphere: 35cm diameter Shapelights Mini Sphere: 16cm high, 20cm wide
Is there an extension cable available for these lights?
Asked by Paul Bevan on 9 Aug 2020
I am afraid not. We do not sell an extension cable.
I like the design and look of the lights, however with the limited sunlight hours and a lot of cloud cover in Scotland, will the lights still have good functionality?
Asked by Steve on 9 Aug 2020
The panel is integrated. If it is South facing that will work all year round.
Hi, what is the IP Rating please Regards Joanne
Asked by Joanne Parkin on 9 Aug 2020
They are IP54 rated.
How do you know if the light is switched on or off ? Is there any sort of indicator ?
Asked by Russell Sheppard on 8 Aug 2020
you will be able to feel when using the on/off button.
On mode 3, it says the light will stay permanently on - is that on full brightness? (I.e the description on your 1,000 lumen version of this light says it will stay on permanently but only on medium light for mode 3?). If this does stay on full brightness then for how long pls?
Asked by Paul Kellett on 8 Aug 2020
It will be on full brightness.
How many lumens does each bulb emit?
Asked by Marc on 8 Aug 2020
These are decorative lights and so don't have a lumens rating.
Can I use these lights to replace old brick lights in a wall, the bricks are of standard size. I have measured the opening and they will fit? Thank you
Asked by Kevin Cluley on 8 Aug 2020
I would not use these in a brick wall as the panel is on top of the lights so if they are in a wall they may not receive the sunlight they need.
hi, how do you charge up the lights ? Thanks
Asked by Brendan Rougvie on 7 Aug 2020
Please leave the lights in the 'off' position for up to 5 days and then turn them to the 'p' setting in winter or 's' setting in summer.
How do you reace the battery
Asked by Raymond Notarangelo on 7 Aug 2020
1: Unscrew the three screws on the stainless steel surround and remove it. 2: The insert inside can now be removed. 3: Turn over the insert and remove the four screws. 4: Remove the rubber seal. 5: Replace the batteries with rechargeable AA NiMH batteries
Is the light a warm white rather than a led bright white? I'm after the warm tone rather than the bright blue tone. Thank you .
Asked by Karen McKirdy on 7 Aug 2020
The light is a natural white, so not a warm colour.
What is the space between each bulb please?
Asked by John harris on 6 Aug 2020
The bulbs are spaced 80cm apart along a 14.4m string.
Hi , do you know how long it takes to charge the lights with the usb , and does the red colour change to green when charged , thank you
Asked by Thomas heywood on 6 Aug 2020
It will take approximately 4 hours. It does not have a light indicator that can glow when the unit has been fully charged.
Can you charge the solar panels from mains
Asked by Robert Frame on 6 Aug 2020
I am afraid not.
Is there an on/off switch for this light ? thanks
Asked by jane on 5 Aug 2020
Yes, there is an on/off button. If you leave the light switched on, it will come on automatically every evening.
In which country are these made?
Asked by Alice on 5 Aug 2020
Our lights are designed and delivered in the UK but manufactured in China
How does this affix to the wall ? Does it have a fixing plate that screws onto the wall and the rest of the light is attached to ? Or does it just hang off screws ?
Asked by John on 4 Aug 2020
That is correct there is a fixing plate you can screw in.
Can these lights be installed onto brick and use them as front light for my house?
Asked by Mark on 4 Aug 2020
yes, they can be installed onto brick.
Is this light black or dark grey. Thanks
Asked by Anna on 4 Aug 2020
It's anthracite colour.
Do I have to purchase any battery for the light or are they included or does it not need them
Asked by Sandra parker on 3 Aug 2020
Battery and all fittings are included.
Hi, is the solar panel at the top of the light itself? Thanks
Asked by Tom on 3 Aug 2020
Yes, the solar panel is integrated into the top of the light head
What is the life expectancy of the battery please,?
Asked by John Newmsn on 3 Aug 2020
The battery should not need changing for up to 2-3 years, some last longer.
Would you recommend these or the Selene spots to light up trees in garden
Asked by Matt Barrett on 3 Aug 2020
Either, output of the Selenes is 90 Lumens vs 100 so the Atlas is brighter, both have a remote panel so it's more about the style of the light. The Atlas is a much small modern looking light compared with a larger and more classical looking light head of the Selenes.
Are the lamps connected to the power source in parallel? I ask because I would like to reduce the number of lamps by cutting some off and safely terminating the wires. Is this feasible?
Asked by Terry Rulten on 2 Aug 2020
The lamps are connected to the solar panel in parallel. We don't recommend making changes to the units as you will no longer be covered under the 12 months warranty period.
How long do the batteries last and can you purchase and fit replacements?
Asked by Andy on 2 Aug 2020
The batteries should last for 2 years. To purchase a new battery click here
Due to where it may have to be located, is it possible to move the angle of the white PIR bubble to pick up more to one side?
Asked by Mark Walker on 2 Aug 2020
The PIR sensor is fixed on this light, it will pick up movement around 120 degrees
Do these come with an option to fix to fence posts?
Asked by Linda Muckle on 1 Aug 2020
No sorry, just spike mounting and deck mounting.
Can you replace the battery? Thank you.
Asked by James D on 1 Aug 2020
Yes, the batteries are located in the panel and can be changed.
What's the size of battery and rating of solar panel in terms of mAh?
Asked by Zishan Sheikh on 31 Jul 2020
That is the type of the battery: nimh/500 mAh/1.2v
Can you tell me the lumen rating of this light?
Asked by Damian on 31 Jul 2020
16 Lumens
Can these lights be placed in stones?
Asked by Karen Connell on 31 Jul 2020
Stones should be no problem as long as you good drainage below the light.
Can the orb be hung in a tree? Thank you.
Asked by Stuart on 30 Jul 2020
The light is designed to sit on the floor or table and comes with a ground spike. You could try using ropes with the spike but again it's not been designed to be hung.
hi, are these batteries ok in the truro solar lights.
Asked by john traverse on 30 Jul 2020
Yes that is correct.
Will these rechargeable batteries be suitable to replace non-rechargeable 3.6 volt lithium batteries? Thank you.
Asked by George on 30 Jul 2020
I am afraid not.
I need 6 of these lights, do you sell them in 6's or individually?
Asked by Stacey on 29 Jul 2020
We sell them individually here . So you can buy a set of 4 then 2 individually.
Could you tell me the size of the solar panel that comes with these lights please? Thanks :)
Asked by Jill on 29 Jul 2020
The panel is 19 cm high and 13cm wide 2.5 cm depth where the spike is attached.
My Chester solar lights have just arrived. They have a USB socket on the solar panel. Can I charge them up via a mains USB adapter instead of the 3 to 5 days in the sunshine?
Asked by Moz Morris on 29 Jul 2020
Yes, that is correct, if you have the appropriate cable you can charge them for up to 6 hours by USB.
What is the approximate life span of product
Asked by Ian Harrison on 29 Jul 2020
After about 2 years we would suggest changing batteries and the LED' should last around 80,000 hours.
I'm looking to hang the full length from a wall to a tree. Is the wire strong enough to support this?
Asked by Ross on 28 Jul 2020
Putting too much stress on your LED light string or solar panel cable can significantly reduce Lumify’s life expectancy. Always ensure that there is some slack on the solar panel cable and LED light string. It will be best to have somehting in between the wall and the tree to support the string of bulbs.
I have a slanted felt shed roof, how does the solar panel attach securely and is it weather proof? Many thanks.
Asked by C. Lynch on 28 Jul 2020
It does come with a bracket for easy installation. It is waterproof.
Hi, i see that the cable to the solar panel is only 45cm, do you have any extension cables available or would it be relatively simple to cut the cable and extend it myself if necessary. Thanks
Asked by Michael Green on 28 Jul 2020
The extension cables can be found here
How many lumens is this please ?
Asked by Russell Simpson on 28 Jul 2020
it is 50 lumens
Can you confirm if these are waterproof as in they can be left out in the rain? Thanks
Asked by Calum Douglas on 27 Jul 2020
Yes, these lights are waterproof.
Love all your solar lights but all my lights in my garden are white light not warm white, will any of your solar lights of this style be available in bright white solar lights please?
Asked by Louisa Lane on 27 Jul 2020
Thank you for your kind words. I am afraid that we do not have a light that is in anthracite edition and cool white, but we are always looking into adding more products on to our website.
I'd like to know how many come in a pack? Does it cost 19.99 for one?
Asked by Mary Ann Alexander on 27 Jul 2020
These lights come individually and cost £19.99 or you can buy a set of 4 for £59.99. Here is the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Set_Of_4_Solar_Round_Decking_Lights-560-101.html
I have a tile roof, would you recommend attaching the solar panel onto my roof tiles
Asked by Zack Ahmed on 26 Jul 2020
People have attached these to roof tiles before, you would just need to drill holes for the bracket.
How do I turn the lamps on? Where is the on/off located?
Asked by Michael Vosgerau on 26 Jul 2020
There is a pin that you have to use to turn the light on. It will then come on automatically every evening.
Will these fill with rainwater (we had some previous "lightbulb" ones which did and it rather spoiled the looks)?
Asked by Faith Jenkins on 26 Jul 2020
These should not fill with rainwater, however ther emaybe some condensation, this will dissolve in the sun.
We have a street lamp a few metres from where we already have some battery fairy lights, and it doesn't spoil their effect. If we 'point' your solar panel away from this lamp should its light sensor be unaffected by the street lamp ?
Asked by David Hoole on 26 Jul 2020
Sadly it is a case of trial and error as we do not know the light spread. We just recommend that no outside gets onto the panel for them to work effectively.
Is the white light a warm white or a cold white. ? What is the K rating?
Asked by Charles Carey-Morgan on 26 Jul 2020
Can be set on bright white or bright warm white.
Hi, would a standard 75ah leisure battery suit this kit as I have one already. Or would I need to order one from your site. Many thanks
Asked by Josh lindley on 26 Jul 2020
This should be fine
Can you replace the batteries in these lights, if not how long are they likely to last if left in the garden all year round?
Asked by Mr Evans on 26 Jul 2020
The batteries cannot be replaced. They hold lithium batteries.
Hi what is the minimum you can set the sensor to I'm only 1metre away from busy pavement so don't want it going on all of the time just within the frontage or right by the door
Asked by Mary on 26 Jul 2020
The range cannot be changed, this has a 5 metre range.
What is the IP rating on this item
Asked by Glenn on 26 Jul 2020
It's IP65.
Is the solar owl mood light weighted, what are the measurements
Asked by A Davies on 25 Jul 2020
Height 21cm x max-diameter 19cm
Could we fix the panel to the roof of a summer house and trail the lights inside ? ..... would this be safe ? Thank you
Asked by Elaine Foster on 25 Jul 2020
The solar panel can be fitted on the roof. Please ensure that there is some slack on the solar panel cable and LED light string and that should be fine.
is the battery replaceable or not replaceable please.
Asked by John on 24 Jul 2020
The batteries cannot be replaced.
Do the lights have a on /of button. I would like to store them inside.
Asked by June Rowland on 23 Jul 2020
Ther eis an on/off button on the front of the light. These do not need to be stored and would be better just switched off but outside and charging wit hthe light so the batteries did not go flat in the unit.
Does this battery come with the terminal connector attached for the Chester walllight ?
Asked by Russell Simpson on 23 Jul 2020
I am afraid not. It is as shown in the picture.
Can you link two sets of lights together?
Asked by Malcolm Leitch on 23 Jul 2020
I am afraid not. Each solar panel will support only 20 bulbs.
How do I use power saving mode?
Asked by Julie on 22 Jul 2020
Please press on the power button 2 times.
How long do these last for and does water get into the unit??
Asked by Julie on 22 Jul 2020
The lights can last up to 10 hours on a full charge, in winter you may find a shorter run time of up to 6 hours. Water should not be able to get into the light as it is sealed.
I have bought 4 (1pack) Q do they do the same in a warm white?
Asked by Ashley on 22 Jul 2020
No sorry, these just come in the white colour
How long is the cable from the solar panel to the first light?
Asked by Mark Plummer on 22 Jul 2020
2m of cable between solar panel and first LED bulb
How many lumens do they deliver?
Asked by Urban Sandstrƶm on 22 Jul 2020
30 Lumen.
Hi, I have a 17m fence that I planned on up lighting from the grass. Would these work and how many would you place? 4 evenly distanced? Do they work all night ? Thanks
Asked by Daniel on 22 Jul 2020
There is 4 lights so that cannot be changed, so you would need all 4. The lights will work from dusk until dawn or until the batteies run out. In winter you will need to put them on powersaving and you will probably get 4-6 hours roughly, depending on the panel location and weather conditions,.
Do these come on automatically every evening or do they need to be turned on. Thanks.
Asked by Rebecca Gunn on 22 Jul 2020
These will come on automatically every evening, after being turned on for first use.
What is the brightness of each bulb in lumens? I am looking to light a BBQ hut and thinking this set might actually be too bright?
Asked by Graeme on 22 Jul 2020
The Falmouth are a decorative light and will give ambient lighting, it will not light up a room.
Can they be fitted to the wall? thank you
Asked by ann blewett on 21 Jul 2020
I am afraid not.
Does this include the cable which connects to the battery pack? Can you purchase this cable separately?
Asked by Shannon on 21 Jul 2020
The cable is integrated into the panel and connects to the tube. You cannot buy only the cable.
Can these lights be fixed onto a brick wall with the fittings they come with?
Asked by Gill on 21 Jul 2020
Yes they can be fixed onto a brick wall.
Hi, is this black or dark grey? Also what is the diameter please?
Asked by Karen on 21 Jul 2020
It is grey and it is 20cm in diameter.
What lumens are these lights?
Asked by Julie Davis on 21 Jul 2020
These are decorative so do not have lumens. However you can use these as nightlights or as a decorative piece.
What colour is the cable?
Asked by Sarah on 20 Jul 2020
The cable is green.
How can I get them to work. Cannot find switch. Been in garden several days. So should be well charged
Asked by Georgina WHORTON on 20 Jul 2020
Please use the power button located on the light head to operate the light. If you need more help please send an email to support@thesolarcentre.co.uk.
Is the battery replaceable?
Asked by Peter on 20 Jul 2020
No sorry, the battery cannot be replaced as it is wired in. It is a long lasting lithium Ion battery.
What is the difference between the standard mode and energy saving mode?
Asked by Rebecca Rutherford on 20 Jul 2020
The energy-saving mode is dimmer than the standard to enable a longer run time in winter.
Could you use this on a Brick wall?
Asked by Dee on 19 Jul 2020
We would not recommend this has the panel is on top of the light and would not get the direct sunlight they need to charge.
Are the bulbs plastic or glass?
Asked by Amy Barclay on 19 Jul 2020
The bulbs are plastic.
Does these light have replacement battery's which we can buy?
Asked by Jay Mistry on 18 Jul 2020
The batteries cannot be replaced on this unit.
Hi ive just recieved this light and want to put it on my porch does it have to be permanently attached to the solar panel if so i will need to send it back
Asked by Darren Gausden on 16 Jul 2020
Yes to charge the light it will need to be permanently plugged in. Please kindly note if the light has been fully installed we can not accept the light back.
Do they do them in with a blue led as I have had some of them for over 15 years and they have bean great only lost two out of 8 thanks
Asked by John on 15 Jul 2020
These are in a cool white colour temp (6500k). We don't do any blue ground lights other than these .
What's the measurement between the bulbs
Asked by Sarah Lucey on 15 Jul 2020
Bulbs are spaced 30cm apart along an 8m string
Can you have the light on constant or is it only motion sensitive?
Asked by Jackii Crockett on 15 Jul 2020
This is just motion activated
Hi What IP are these lights?
Asked by Sandra on 15 Jul 2020
IPX5
Hello - can you turn the lights on/off? Or do the have to come on every night?
Asked by Richard Savage on 14 Jul 2020
You can turn them on/off manually. If you leave them switched on they will come on automatically each evening.
Hello. Looking at the Slate Solar Motion Light for a front door. The pavement is 6m away. Will passers by activate it? Thanks.
Asked by Andy Humphreys on 14 Jul 2020
The Slate detects motion up to 5 metres away, so to test this properly you would need to buy one and just hold it where you are thinking of installing it and test it.
Can the light be fixed to stay on white? Thank you
Asked by Izabel Burton on 14 Jul 2020
Yes it can, once selected it will not change.
Where does the solar panel have to be fitted? I have a balcony that I'd like to hang the lights on but there's not much space for the panel. What lumens are the lights? Thanks.
Asked by Alison Baxter on 14 Jul 2020
The panel comes with a stake. We cannot advise you about the Lumens as these are decorative lights.
How many lumens are each light?
Asked by Alana on 13 Jul 2020
They are 30 lumen.
How many lights do you get for Ā£19.99? Is it 4 or just one? Thanks
Asked by Brodie on 13 Jul 2020
yes however when bought in bulk there's a discount
Could this be fastened onto stone pillars ?
Asked by Pam Hare on 13 Jul 2020
I am afraid not, we do not recommend that.
Where can I get a replacement usb charger for the cube?
Asked by Neil Mcgeachy on 13 Jul 2020
Please click on the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Shapelights_USB_Charging_Cable-893-5.html
Do these work well in winter?
Asked by Ehsan on 13 Jul 2020
These will have a slightly reduced run time in winter, but will still work. I would imagine 4-6 hours depending on how much direct sunlight they have received.
Do you have backplates for a corner fixing of this light
Asked by Mungo Ferguson on 13 Jul 2020
No sorry, this can only be fixed onto flat surfaces.
Do you do these in a multipack of 2 or 4 like the silver Londonn XT/Mini?
Asked by Richard on 13 Jul 2020
No sorry, these are sold singularly.
is the cheaper shimmer pebble Ā£19.99 Still fully waterproof
Asked by Adrian on 12 Jul 2020
All of our lights are waterproof and can be used outdoors.
How many lights are in one order? Is this set of 4?
Asked by Shweta on 12 Jul 2020
its £19.99 per light
Can the lights be used on decking without screwing it down
Asked by Sheila on 12 Jul 2020
yes thats correct
Hi, does the Avon Solar light have an on/off switch ?
Asked by Jim on 12 Jul 2020
Yes, it does have an on/off switch button.
Hi Would these lights be suitable to imbed within decorative stones?
Asked by Amanda on 12 Jul 2020
We would not recommend that.
Do you sell replacement bulbs - I managed to break the plastic in one.
Asked by Hannah on 12 Jul 2020
I am afraid that the bulbs cannot be replaced.
Hi please could you tell me what the diam or the actual ball is please? I can only see measurement of solor panal on your listing
Asked by Lucy on 12 Jul 2020
The ball is 15cm diametre and the cable is 13cm.
kindly ask you exact difference between the Ellite and the plus eco wedge lights
Asked by Ayad Lassow on 12 Jul 2020
The Elite is brighter.
Do you sell longer extension cables? Or can I link them together? Distance and f lights from panel are: Light 1 2m (fine as is) Light 2 5m (need 1 x 5m extension) Light 3 9m (Need 1 x 5m extension) Light 4 13m (need 2 x 5m or 1x 10m extension??) Please advise Stuart
Asked by Stuart on 12 Jul 2020
These can be linked together, we only sell 5 metres.
Do you sell longer extension cables? Or can I link them together? Distance and f lights from panel are: Light 1 2m (fine as is) Light 2 5m (need 1 x 5m extension) Light 3 9m (Need 1 x 5m extension) Light 4 13m (need 2 x 5m or 1x 10m extension??) Please advise Stuart
Asked by Stuart on 12 Jul 2020
You can link the extension cables together. There is usually a 10% drop
How does this attach to the wall?
Asked by Sandra haynes on 12 Jul 2020
You will have to drill and use two screws in order to attach securely this light on the wall.
How is the cable connected to the solar panel? Can you separate the festoon from the panel, so I can pass the cable through a shed wall?
Asked by Ian Cunningham on 12 Jul 2020
You will be able to separate the solar panel from the string of lights.
Hi, please can you tell me how big the spheres are?
Asked by Beverley Lewis on 11 Jul 2020
Dimensions 16cm diameter, 20cm wide
Can you tell how the mode works to know how many times to press for different modes? May seem odd question.
Asked by Susan Box on 11 Jul 2020
There is one mode button, you click and each click is a different mode, you just leave it on the one you want.
How do I remove the base, does it just click out? I dont want to shatter it as there are no instructions on how to remove the old one and replace the new one
Asked by Den on 10 Jul 2020
You just need to twist it over, anticlockwise, and the base will come off the thread and you can replace it.
Finding a 97mm hole saw is hard. Could they work in a 100mm hole while screwed down, or instead with something like a 1.5mm thick rubber strip lining the inside edge of the hole to stop them jiggling about?
Asked by Charlie on 10 Jul 2020
Customers previously have used a jigsaw, I hope this helps.
My solar lights need 3.2V 600mAh 14500 li-ion batteries would the 3.7V be suitable replacements? Thank you. Kind regards Linda
Asked by Linda on 10 Jul 2020
I am afraid not. The voltage should match.
Do they come in blue or just Wight please
Asked by John on 10 Jul 2020
We only have the Lincolns available in warm white
Does this come with a solar panel included ?
Asked by Laura on 10 Jul 2020
yes.
Do you make them with more than 20 lanterns ie;40 lanterns and double the size of wiring thanks Martin
Asked by Martin Leggat on 10 Jul 2020
I am afraid not, they only come as a set of 20.
Hi, can the bulbs be replaced at all? Thanks
Asked by Joanna on 9 Jul 2020
No sorry, bulbs cannot be replaced.
How many solar lights are included in this price? Is it only 1 item or 4 (as pic advertises 4).
Asked by Amz on 9 Jul 2020
One light for the price.
How many solar lights are included in this price? Is it only 1 item or 4 (as pic advertises 4).
Asked by Amz on 9 Jul 2020
One light for the price.
Can I add an extra 2 lights to this circuit and do you sell them separately
Asked by Willie Dow on 9 Jul 2020
No sorry, this is not possible.
Is the surround Stainless steel brush, or is it white ?
Asked by Willie Dow on 9 Jul 2020
The outside is stainless steel.
Are the lights warm white? If not can a warm white bulb be purchased.?
Asked by M cain on 9 Jul 2020
These are white colour. Sadly warm white cannot be purchased.
I'm looking for some lights to free stand around the edge of our brick built pond (gets plenty of sun). Would these lights be suitable sat on brick given some of the comments regarding drainage?
Asked by Tracey on 8 Jul 2020
These will require ample drainage, so do not recommend setting them into brick.
Please can you tell me the colour of the cable/string on your lights. Is it black or green? Many thanks
Asked by J Slee on 8 Jul 2020
The cable is green.
Description doesn't match the features description? Is it 14.45m of cable or the shorter cable as described in the description? Thank you.
Asked by Stephen Wood on 8 Jul 2020
Total length of cable 13.9m Distance from panel to first bulb 4m 9.9m of lights
Were can i bye the usb lead from bought the light did not have a lead many thanks
Asked by Maz on 7 Jul 2020
please click on the link https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Shapelights_USB_Charging_Cable-893-5.html
Hi , When the batteries need changing do the new rechargeable batteries come ready charged , need a physical charger or do you simply put them in and out in the sun for that to do the job. ?
Asked by Glyn Rowbotham on 7 Jul 2020
We would always recommend charging for 3-5 days inside the panel. You can use a charger before replacing the batteries but please do read the instructions on the charger and that they are compatible with the charger.
Please could you confirm where the on/off switch is. Do you have to unscrew or remove any part of the light to get to it?
Asked by Chris Dollery on 6 Jul 2020
It's at the back of the ligh head, where the wall bracket it.
Please could you tell me the lumens rating for these lights. I am trying to estimate how many I would need to light an area.
Asked by Paul on 5 Jul 2020
These are purely decorative and give out the same light as fairy lights on a Christmas tree.
Please could you tell me the lumens rating for these lights. I am trying to estimate how many I would need to light an area.
Asked by Paul on 5 Jul 2020
These are purely decorative and give out the same light as fairy lights on a Christmas tree.
I need a porch light that I can remotely switch on from inside the house before I open my front door into the porch. OR A porch light that has a pull cord for on/off that I can operate as I enter the porch from the house. In either case I don't need motion detection.
Asked by Rob Keeler on 5 Jul 2020
This unit won't be suitable. Please look into the Beam light. It comes with a cord. Please note that the panel cannot charge the batteries via the window and it needs to be placed outdoors in direct daylight.
can this extension cable be used to increase the space between two of the lights
Asked by stuart kenn on 5 Jul 2020
No, jus tthe panel.
Just wondering if these could be used as fence cap lights? Thanks
Asked by Sophie on 5 Jul 2020
I am afraid not, there are designed for the decking area.
Can two sets be added together and work with one solar panel?
Asked by Mark Heffernan on 4 Jul 2020
No, sorry this is not possible.
Will this battery work with the Truro wall solar light anthracite if not which one will I need
Asked by Janet on 3 Jul 2020
If the light was purchased before 2019 then this bttery will work. After that it is a AA battery.
Are these warm white or cool white?
Asked by S Andrews on 3 Jul 2020
These are a warm white colour
I have a border with pebbles In could I sit these lights in the pebbles as long as solar panel was not covered
Asked by Lorraine on 3 Jul 2020
These are mainly for decking and will need ample drainage. So not really recommended for gravel.
is the price for a single item or a pair?
Asked by Aileen on 2 Jul 2020
The price is for one lantern.
Hi , can these be mounted in a vertical wall ?
Asked by Gav on 2 Jul 2020
We would not recommend this as the panel is on top and will need direct sunlight and may not get this if positioned that way.
Is there an equivalent wattage rating for this light? (needed for planning permission!)
Asked by .Jackie Thirsk on 2 Jul 2020
It's 500 Lumens. I am afraid that we don't convert that to wattage because it is a solar light.
Hi, Could these be staked into gravel? Or would the gravel scratch the panels? Can you get replacement solar panels for them? My back garden is mostly artificial grass and gravel and some bedding for plants. Thank you.
Asked by Diane on 1 Jul 2020
They can be stakes into gravel, as longs as there is something for the stake to go into (grass etc)
Are you able to purchase replacement USB charging cables, the connections are proprietary and I seem to have misplaced mine. Thanks.
Asked by Neil Martin on 1 Jul 2020
I am afraid that we do not sell the charging cable separately.
What batteries would you need to replace in the light are they rechargeable or basic batteries
Asked by Julie on 1 Jul 2020
The batteries are AA rechargeable 1.2 volts.
Hi, what is the overall sizing of this please (width and height) The description says 90mm W but that seems very small? Thanks
Asked by Jane Lertas-Robinson on 1 Jul 2020
Lamp height: 77mm Lamp depth & width: 90mm
Can I put them in gravel path, possibly fixed to a flat piece of wood under the gravel
Asked by Tony on 1 Jul 2020
Yes, they can be fitted into gravel if you like.
Please can to say whether the light coming into a poly tunnel through clear plastic will be enough to charge the panel ? It will be light all day.
Asked by Kate Randall on 1 Jul 2020
We do not suggest the panel being behind anything, just outside.
What is the IP rating of the Canterbry XT Solar Wall light - will it survive a Cornish storm?
Asked by Annabel Lewis on 1 Jul 2020
The light should be fine outdoors, provided the top is left on, no water should get into the light.
How much extra height does the stake for the ground add to the overall height of the unit?
Asked by Mark bennett on 1 Jul 2020
It is 630mm including the spike. It is 447mm without the spike.
We live near the sea so have the issue of salt laden winds to contend with. Are there any parts that are likely to rust in this environment?
Asked by Diane McGarry on 30 Jun 2020
The lighst are weather resistant.
Hello, Quick questions regarding the pebble and all other shapes: 1. How powerful is the lamp (how many watts)? 2. How bright is it (how many lumens)? Thank you kindly, Jack
Asked by Jack on 30 Jun 2020
As this decorative there is no lumen or wattage output we can give. Please look at the video provided for an acccurate portrayal of their brightness
Re: Chester up down solar. 1. Do they come with bulbs. 2. What type of bulbs. 3. What are the batteries for. 4. How long do the batteries last.
Asked by David on 30 Jun 2020
The lights do come with the SMD bulbs, the batteries are rechargeable batteries, so during the day the panel charges them, the light then runs off what the battery has gained, then the next day the panel will recharge the batteries again. The batteries should last up to 4 years, however, some have lasted longer.
Would this light work alright with two 5 metre extension cables used as the south facing elevation of the house is between 5 and 10 metres from where I would like to mount it?
Asked by Paul Garrison on 30 Jun 2020
Yes, it will still work with 2 extension cables. However, each extension cable will reduce the brightness of each light by 10%.
Are the bulbs glass or plastic?
Asked by Susan Ainscow on 30 Jun 2020
The bulbs are plastic.
can the connector of the light and solar panel be placed inside the back of the light so there is only wire on show?
Asked by Suzanne on 30 Jun 2020
Sorry, there is nowhere to place the cable at the back of the light.
What colour are these
Asked by Dawn Leshone on 29 Jun 2020
The light is warm white colour and the light is an anthracite colour. Very dark grey
Do you supply the batteries for the Truro wall solar light my lights are a Gray colour where can I get them from
Asked by Janet on 29 Jun 2020
Yes we do supply the batteries, please do check before purchasing as the batterires recently changed. They were these however they recently changed to these
Does the 5 meter extension cable connect to the 4.5 meter cable supplied, giving you 9.5 meters between solar panel and spot light ?
Asked by Stephen Hunt on 28 Jun 2020
Yes this extends from the panel outward.
Can these be turned on and off?
Asked by Tania Thynne on 28 Jun 2020
Yes, the on/off switch is on the back of the light.
I have seen a similar light in which attaches to the gutter.stays on in low light then brightens with motion. Do you stock such a light
Asked by Mr gallagher on 28 Jun 2020
No sorry, none of our gutter lights have this facility.
Is the battery replaceable and what size is it ? Thanks.
Asked by Murray Oxborrow on 28 Jun 2020
The battery cannot be replaced on this unit.
Hello, Please can I ask the length of both wires? Solar panel to light unit, and wire to the light. Also the length cord length? I am considering this light for a gazebo. Thanks
Asked by Antony on 28 Jun 2020
Please see below: Distance from light to batten 80cm Pull cord length: 23cm Distance from batten to solar panel: 3m
Are they waterproof? What is the IP rating?
Asked by Brian on 28 Jun 2020
Yes, there are waterproof.
Are these the same size as a normal brick and if so could you use them in a brick wall on the side of a drive ? Thanks
Asked by Steve Y on 27 Jun 2020
Yes they are the standard size of a brick. The solar panel is ontop of the product, so we do not recommend fitting them into a brick wall as the panel may not receive the best direct sunlight if not fitted as instructed.
Do you need to unscrew the base to manually turn the light off or is there an easy accessible switch on the outside.
Asked by Mireille Coumine on 27 Jun 2020
That is correct. The bottom unscrews to get to the off/on switch.
Can I string these lights between trees and tall shrubs? Do you have shorter strings?
Asked by wendy reeds on 27 Jun 2020
We have the 100's of these, they can be found here but we do not have anything shorter than the 100's.
How do I replace the battery. 1 of my 3 lights isn't working.
Asked by Lori Farrugia on 27 Jun 2020
To replace the battery remove the base from your Shapelight and place it on a stable flat surface with the solar panel facing up. Unscrew the 6 screws that surround the solar panel and gently lift off the piece that holds the solar panel. Remove the battery and replace it with a new 18650 3.7V rechargeable Lithium Ion battery. For more information, please refer to the instructions.
Can these be used in flower borders in a garden - as in placed directly in the soil?
Asked by Charlotte Lennon on 27 Jun 2020
These are only made for decking, I would not recommend placing them into the soil as there will not be ample drainage.
How big are the actual bulbs please
Asked by Saly on 26 Jun 2020
The bulbs are 5.5 inches tall and 3 inches across.
Sorry if being dense but how/where do I attach the solar panel? My shed has no windows, so do I drill a hole for the cable to go through so that the solar panel can sit outside or...?
Asked by Lu Brooks on 26 Jun 2020
The panel will need to be outside, so yes you will need to create a hole for it to sit outside.
How long should these batteries last for?
Asked by lynda rafferty on 25 Jun 2020
min 2-3 years
Can you switch the pir off and use as a garden light
Asked by Colin Procter on 25 Jun 2020
no unfortunately
I bought my Paver Lights in 2017, 7 of them are now not working, is it fair to say that l need to replace the Batteries.
Asked by Dawn Quinche on 25 Jun 2020
Yes, after 2-3 years we would recommend changing them.
Hello how far apart are the screw holes for install placed? I want to put this on a 4x4 post and need to make sure it will fit. I see you have the bracket dimension but not the screw hole placement
Asked by Danielle Ross on 25 Jun 2020
The screw holes should be 34mm apart.
How do these fix to the decking is it through the base of the fitting is there any information to show this? Could these be fitted to the risers of steps clocked in decking ?
Asked by Callum Eaton on 25 Jun 2020
The decking lights are screwed down to the decking on the outside of the lights, so will not be fitted into the decking, so be mindful of fitting these onto stairs.
How do you tilt the lights upwards?
Asked by J woods on 25 Jun 2020
Both the panel and the spotlights can be adjusted and secured at a specific angle with the bolts provided.
Hi are these a warm white or bright white once illuminated?
Asked by Jamie Meakin on 24 Jun 2020
A bright white colour once iluminated.
Can you install these on decking and have them stand vertically rather than horizontally on a wall?
Asked by Andy Ellis on 24 Jun 2020
We do not recommend that. This light is designed to be installed on a wall.
Hello, if the batteries are not replaceable does this mean the torches only have a 3 year life?
Asked by Catherine Aveyard on 24 Jun 2020
The batteries in this product cannot be changed, they are long-life batteries.
I am considering these for some pots on the balcony of my apartment. However, the area only gets sun from around 3pm in the afternoon, would this be sufficient to give good light and if not can the battery panel be charged whilst not connected to the lights to get a longer charge?
Asked by Suzanne Wilson on 24 Jun 2020
We would always recommend the panel being in as much direct sunlight as possible If the balcony is north facing then the panel will not be getting the light. You can always have them on the lowest powersaving setting.
I intend fitting Globe solar lights in a shady corner of my garden. The 3m cable limit between the lights and solar panel means that the solar panel will always be in shade. If I could extend the cable by 3m then It would be possible to fit the solar panel on top of a hedge where it would receive much more light. Is it possible to do this using heavy conductor, low resistance cable and joining it with waterproof connectors?
Asked by James Stewart on 24 Jun 2020
We would not recommend modifying the unit at all as this invalidates the warranty. Sorry.
Hi, can these be fitted onto 100mm square decking newel posts? Used as like a cap for the post?
Asked by Tom on 24 Jun 2020
Hello, these are 110mm x 110mm x 22mm deep so may not fit if they are 100mm posts. These should work as a post top as the panel is on top and provided it receives direct sunlight it will charge. Please do check measurements before installing.
I have recently bought from you 6 Eco Disc Solar Wall Lights and am very pleased with them so far. Each one comes fitted with 3 of what you call "the latest long life LiFePO4 batteries which last twice as long as standard lithium-ion batteries." Do you sell these special batteries for when i need to replace the originals? If so, how much are they, please? If not, where can I buy them? Thank you.
Asked by Chris Worthington on 23 Jun 2020
This light takes 3 of these batteries below: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/SolarCentre_14500_600mAh_Lithium_Ion_Rechargeable_Battery-912-5.html
How are these lights fitted to the wall. Is it screwed in or stuck?
Asked by Sandra Carson on 23 Jun 2020
The light will need to be screwed to the wall.
Can I just confirm that the extension from the splitter to each light is 4.5 meters long
Asked by Andrew Hallam on 22 Jun 2020
yes, that's correct
How long is the cable between the light and solar panel?
Asked by David on 22 Jun 2020
The cable is 13cm.
Is the price for 1 light or is there 2 in a set?
Asked by Paul on 22 Jun 2020
The price is for one light as they come as a single.
Is this extension compatible with the Edinburgh Festoon lights? Thanks
Asked by Victor on 21 Jun 2020
No sorry, just the deck lights.
Is it possible to get replacement bulbs we have had a couple broken due to high winds G Green
Asked by Garry Green on 21 Jun 2020
I am afraid not.
Hi, great lights. Can you add more lights to the panel?
Asked by Phil Spencer on 20 Jun 2020
No sorry, they come either in the 2 set or the 4 set.
Hi. I need to light features that are 15 metres apart. The lights look perfect but I wanted to avoid running lengths of cable across the garden. Can I buy a set of 2 lights and two separate panels? Or, if there is one, please suggest an appropriate alternative option. Thanks.
Asked by Steven Hodsman on 20 Jun 2020
I am afraid that with this set there will be one panel and 2 lights with cable in between. You may want to look at the integrated panel products we have in the 'Spotlight' section if you do not want cables.
We have a Canterbury solar wall light recently brought, order no 320782. We cannot find the switch it refers to. Please advise ASAP tel 07960094969
Asked by Barbara hunt on 20 Jun 2020
The switch is under the top where the panel is, you turn that over and there is the switch.
Does this light have a motion sensor option?
Asked by Ruth on 20 Jun 2020
Unfortunately this product does not have a motion sensor option.
I'm looking to hang the lights at the top of a pergola and understand that the solar panel to the first bulb is 80cm. Is solar panel able to be fixed to wood by screws?
Asked by Paul Walton on 20 Jun 2020
Yes, previously customers have done this.
Where is the on/off switch situated?
Asked by Kath Birchall on 19 Jun 2020
It is on the solar panel.
Can the light be switched on and off without having to remove any of the galls or panels? Thanj you
Asked by Matt Gates on 19 Jun 2020
The on and off switch is on the back of the light.
Hi can these be secured by screwing into sleepers/decking rather than spiking into the lawn? Thanks
Asked by Lewis on 19 Jun 2020
That is correct, you will need a long drill bit and drill down from inside the light.
lost the instructions on how to switch on/off etc?
Asked by Eddie McKnight on 19 Jun 2020
There is an on/off switch near the sensor.
What's the detection range?
Asked by Peter on 19 Jun 2020
It detects motion up to 8 metres away.
One of the features of the lights is that they have a connection to add more, why don't you supply extra sets?
Asked by Sean on 18 Jun 2020
The solar panel won't be able to support more light bulbs.
what material are these made from
Asked by dawn vose on 18 Jun 2020
Toughened plastic.
Is this spotlight as bright as one of the Selene spot lights
Asked by Jack Hepburn on 18 Jun 2020
That is correct, it is bright as one Selene lamp.
You Edinburgh USB Solar Stainless Steel Deck Lights maybe the solution to my problem, I want something that could be used as soffit lights as I have no access to run a cable for mains power. I would like to have four at the front and four at the back of a building but 1.6m lead between lights wouldn't fit, is it possile to have a longer cable from the fourth light to the fifth light and if so where could I get this extension cable?
Asked by Peter on 17 Jun 2020
Unfortunately, they only come like this and there are no in-between lamp extension cables available.
Do you do whiter bulbs as the current ones are too yellow, many thanks
Asked by mark goff on 17 Jun 2020
Sorry,, these only come in warm white at the moment. Maybe look at the Globes.
Hi, is this cable compatible with the Edinburgh Solar festoon lights (set of 10) ? Thanks
Asked by Amanda on 17 Jun 2020
No, sorry these are only compatible with the Edinburgh Decking lights.
Is the light bright enough to read by ?
Asked by Bridget Matthews on 17 Jun 2020
These are similar to the mains versions you see on the front of houses. The light is mainly used to light up a door number below or to look decorative on fences. You would struggle to read a book under the light.
The lead length from the panel to the spot light, the specification says 1.8 m, yet the video mentions 5 m, whats correct, 1.8 m is too short for me.
Asked by David Young on 17 Jun 2020
There is a 5m extension cable available where you can buy separately.
How do you get the light to cycle to the ditferent colours, if we set it on a colour it doesn't,t move on. We don,t want just one colour please advise how to get it to go from colour to colour.
Asked by Mrs E Hubbard on 16 Jun 2020
Press the power button nine times till it gets to the second time going blue (not light blue) and then it wil cycle automatically through from there
Do these lights give off any 'usable' light?
Asked by Ellen Fletcher on 16 Jun 2020
There are decorative lights.
Hi - what is the lumens value of them? thanks
Asked by Samantha on 16 Jun 2020
We cannot provide the Lumens as these are decorative lights.
Can I ask where people have put the solar panel as it's so close to the first bulb. I want to string them along the top of my fence but the solar panel won't reach the floor. Has anyone mounted the solar panel onto their fence?
Asked by Amanda Benton on 16 Jun 2020
We do have an extension cable so customers use this to place the panel somewhere else. Please find the link to the cable here
How long in total from the panel to the the last light are they.
Asked by Ron on 16 Jun 2020
the total length of the string lights is 8.95m
Once charged can I disconnect the panel and will the light still illuminate. If so once fully charged how long will the light illuminate for.
Asked by Ian Roffe on 16 Jun 2020
We do not recommend that. The batteries are inside the solar panel. The panel should be connected to the light all the time.
Three quick questions. 1) What type of batteries are housed within this brick light? Ie AAAs, AAs, Cs, Ds etc. 2) What mAh are they? Ie 1500, 2000, 2700, etc. 3) Also, could I Unscrew the 'brick' so that I can increase the battery capacities so they charge more and last long? I've done this with other solar products I've got from elsewhere. Thanks in advance.
Asked by Numaan on 15 Jun 2020
They are AA 1.2v batteries. The mAh does not matter as much as any can be used, just as long as the voltage is the same. The screws to get to the batteries are on the underside of the light, so best just to allow the UV rays to charge the lights.
I note that there are 8 different lighting styles, however I wondered if it's possible to control the brightness? We already have a few lights so I was hoping it light be possible to have them on but very dim?
Asked by Ben on 15 Jun 2020
I am afraid that you cannot adjust the brighness on these lights. But there is a Powersaving 'p' mode were it reduces the brightness but doubles runtime.
Do the heads tilt straight up as I wanted them to be inside a outside planter wall so the shine against it and upwards
Asked by Mark Budz on 14 Jun 2020
Yes the heads of the spotlights are fully adjustable and will rotate and tilt up to where you want them to.
How long do the light stay bright after fully charging the solar panel?
Asked by John on 14 Jun 2020
Should come on at dusk and then run until battery runs out or light hits the panel
Hi would this panel work with the Edinburgh solar festoon lights? Thank you
Asked by Jayne Parrish on 14 Jun 2020
No, this is for the Lumify.
Hi can these just sit on a gravel path without being fixed?
Asked by Angela on 14 Jun 2020
If you wanted to do this, however, there would be no way of securing them down, so if they were damaged by people accidently kicking them it would invalidate the warranty.
Can tell what colour the solar panel is please? thank you.
Asked by Michael Watson on 14 Jun 2020
The colour of the solar panel is white
Hi could you tell me what the Max size between each light Can be? Really interested in these lights but only want one on each corner of decking which is about 3mtrs apart to each one?
Asked by LEE P on 14 Jun 2020
The max distance between each light is 1.6m .
The lights are great but only come on when very very dark. Ideally, would prefer them to come on at dusk as described. Is there a way of doing this?
Asked by Natalie on 14 Jun 2020
If you change the angle of the 2nd solar panel to face east it's likely the lights will come on earlier in the evening.
What is the IP rating of these lights?
Asked by Nick on 14 Jun 2020
The Selenes are rated IP55
How long will the light be on for once triggered
Asked by Scott Cantley on 13 Jun 2020
Once installed this powerful motion light emits a 450lumen light for approximately 10 seconds each time motion is detected within a 5m range
What are the exact dimensions of the part and is it waterproof? Thanks.
Asked by Jayne Richards on 13 Jun 2020
The diameter is 55mm and is waterproof.
we bought a spherical mood light its not doing an automatic cycle its having to be changed manually ? thanks kim
Asked by kim on 13 Jun 2020
Press the power button nine times to cycle through the colours to another blue thats on the ninth time of pressing the power button and will cycle trhough automatically from then.
Does this set of lights have the solar panel that can b fixed to the fence and a usb port for additional charging Thanks David
Asked by David Palmer on 12 Jun 2020
That is correct, yes.
Can the light stay on as a floodlight or is it only a security light which switches off and on ?
Asked by Pauline Auerbach on 12 Jun 2020
This only works when motion is detected and cannot stay on permanently like a floodlight.
How robust as the bulbs? Thinking of hanging along the wall but it can be windy and have had units (not yours) shatter
Asked by Richard Massey on 11 Jun 2020
These are made of glass, so depends on how hard the surface is they hit into.
Hi there is it possible to purchase the shades on their own?
Asked by angela o'connor on 11 Jun 2020
I am afraid that this is not possible.
Hello, how many lights do you get in an order? Is it Ā£15 for one light or do you get a few in an order? If so how many? Thanks.
Asked by Annie Sandham on 11 Jun 2020
You get one light with the order.
Should these lights work straight after installation or do they need a number of sunlight hours to charge up to begin working?
Asked by Kay Faulkner on 11 Jun 2020
They should work after 3 days of charging before installation.
Can you link two panels together, so you could mount one facing SE and the other SW.? Are the panels available to buy to power a pond water pump water fall.?
Asked by Andy on 10 Jun 2020
Unfortunately, they can't be linked together to extend them - you would end up with two full sets however you can use fewer lamps if you prefer. The solar panels wouldn't be compatible with other products.
Just purchased these lovely lights.and fitted, can I slide switch to S position straight away or leave them for a few days to charge. Thanks
Asked by Cath on 10 Jun 2020
Best thing is to let them fully charge for a few days then can switch to any position.
Can you confirm what colour the lights are, Cool White or Warm White? Thanks
Asked by Aly McCluskie on 10 Jun 2020
These are a bright white light.
Would I be able to fix the tap dance solar lights to a wooden fence? Thankyou
Asked by Amanda Trickett on 10 Jun 2020
I am afraid not.
Are they waterproof and frost proof?
Asked by Kirstie Mcmanus on 10 Jun 2020
These lights are waterproof.
Have you got extension cables for these lights yet if so how much would it be
Asked by Gary brassington on 9 Jun 2020
I am afraid there are no extension cables currently for the Globe.
Hi, I've recently bought a set of Edinburgh USB festoon lights but haven't put them out yet as am waiting for better weather! Can I just check how it is charged by USB? I'm sure it's obvious but just wanted to check. Regards, Linda Caseley
Asked by Linda Caseley on 9 Jun 2020
These are charged by USB either plugged into a PC or into an actual mains plug with a USB port. They'll take a few hours then will be ready to go.
Can the lights be separated by a shorter distance than the 1.6m suggested? ie lights spaced by 1m?
Asked by Lee on 9 Jun 2020
I am sorry but this isn't possible.
Hi, I've just purchased a set of Atlas spotlights and I think I might need an extension cable... but I can't figure out how you would connect it to the lights?
Asked by Sheila Urbani on 9 Jun 2020
You can add an extension cable to individual lights from the central solar panel to position your spotlights as you need them in your garden.
We have had these lights fitted to our decking today but tonight only 3 of the 8 are working. Could this be cause they still need more charge or is it a connection problem?
Asked by Jennifer on 9 Jun 2020
Doublecheck all of the connections between the lamps and then only once you've done this disconnect and reconnect the first lamp in the chain from the solar panel. This will reset them and should get the full set up and running for you.
It describes as warm white but can you tell me what the kelvin scale is on these lights please
Asked by Simon macer on 8 Jun 2020
These are 4000K
Are these warm white?
Asked by Rachael on 8 Jun 2020
These are warm white colour
What diameter is the cable connecting the lights?
Asked by Rob on 8 Jun 2020
the diameter of the cable is 5mm
What is the light output? and how long will it last once fully charged?
Asked by Mike Gleeson on 8 Jun 2020
The output is warm white light. The light will automatically come on at dusk and run until the battery runs out. Usually, it is around 10 hours from a full charge.
If switched off will it still be gathering solar charge?
Asked by Sue Dancey on 7 Jun 2020
Shapelights will still charge outside even if switched off.
Where are these manufactured?
Asked by Harish Narotham on 7 Jun 2020
This product is manufactured in china
How many rechargeable AA batteries are required to power the lights?
Asked by Eric Baum on 7 Jun 2020
There is one rechargeable AA battery.
I accidentally cut the light string. Can I just buy a replacement string. Thanks
Asked by MAGGIE on 7 Jun 2020
yes. please click on the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Replacement_Fairy_Light_String_For_Lumify_White_100-943-5.html
Hi can you replace the batteries in these lights? If not how long are they expected to last? Thanks Steve
Asked by Steve on 7 Jun 2020
The batteries cannot be changed in this product.
Could you tell me where these are manufactured please?
Asked by Robert Allen on 7 Jun 2020
All our solar lights are designed in the UK for UK conditions and manufactured in China.
What are they made of please?
Asked by Sarah on 7 Jun 2020
These are made of plastic.
What is the length of the wire from the ball to the solar panel? I am looking for something to hang in a summerhouse if you have alternative suggestions.
Asked by Diane on 6 Jun 2020
The length of the wire is 13cm and should be perfectly fine to hang in summer house however it would need to be moved outdoors by day for it to charge.
Please can you tell me where the batteries are. Regards Nicjy
Asked by nicky gudgin on 6 Jun 2020
The batteries are in the panel. They are AA rechargeable batteries and it doesn't matter on the mAh as long as the voltage is 1.2 volt. So any AA rechargeable will be ok, as long as it is 1.2v.
Does the usb charging point detach from the light string? Thank you
Asked by Martin on 6 Jun 2020
The panel detaches from the light string, the panel can then be brought inside to charge via USB.
Hello, what are the dimensions of the bracket please?
Asked by Caro Po on 6 Jun 2020
The dimensions are: 7.5 cm wide and 10.5cm high.
After watching the video for the mini london solar lights I noticed on the box it was labelled up as mini london XT can you confirm if they are XT like the others in the london range? And are the same colour as the others in the london range? Meaning they are all either a cool white or a warm white?
Asked by Joe Hughes on 6 Jun 2020
They are the mini version of the normal london XTs that we do cool white only. The london anthracite edition has a warm white colour temperature.
I live in Oslo. Will the Edinburgh USB Solar deck lights tolerate a winter under snow? Thanks.
Asked by Lynne Wylie on 5 Jun 2020
These will be fine with the cold weather, I would however recommend not allowing a large amount of snow to sit on them for long periods of time, so if possible to maintain them to brush off the snow whenever possible.
I've got 15 found round decking lights stainless steel we have them inserted in decking we've had for several years but theirs only 2 working now do I need new batteries or to replace them all together if I only need batteries do you sell them thanks
Asked by Holden on 5 Jun 2020
We would recommend changing batteries every 2-3 years. They are AA 1.2v rechargeable batteries.
Could you tell me how much direct sun the panels need to charge. I would like to use these lights in a narrow passage but the 2m lead would not be long enough to reach to the end of the passage. The panel would only receive about an hour or so of direct sun each day. Thanks
Asked by Helen Green on 4 Jun 2020
That would not be enough amount of solar energy for the lights to charge through the solar panel. However, you can charge them via the usb cable that is provided.
Can the length of time the light comes on for be adjusted /lengthened? If not, do you have any pir lights that can? Thanks
Asked by Annie Parsons on 4 Jun 2020
The time cannot be adjusted. This can only be done on our EVO smd range.
I was wondering if you could let me know the dimensions of the solar panel before I purchase these lights. Many thanks. š
Asked by Ryan on 4 Jun 2020
The dimensions of the solar panel are 165mm tall by 127mm across.
Will this solar panel work with the 10 string of light bulbs.
Asked by Jayne Coles on 4 Jun 2020
Yes, this will work on the 10 string of lightbulbs.
Do these come with any fixings for fitting the solar panel to a building? Is this possible?
Asked by Nicola on 3 Jun 2020
Yes, you can either install them by using the spike or the screw fixing and place it on the wall.
How bright are the lights? Are they a warm soft / vintage looking light? Thanks Matt
Asked by Matthew Curley on 3 Jun 2020
They are a warm white colour
Hi what is the lum rating please
Asked by Philip Eley on 3 Jun 2020
These are 12 lumens
Is there any warranty with this light?
Asked by Martin on 3 Jun 2020
All of our lights come with a 12-months warranty.
Can you affix this ti a wooden fence? Ther are no details as to fixings ?
Asked by Gerard on 3 Jun 2020
Yes, this light can be installed on a fence.
Hi there, are you able to provide information or a picture of the solar panel? I'd like to attach it to wood, is this possible? Many thanks.
Asked by Amy on 3 Jun 2020
We are trying to update our photos as quickly as we can. The panel can be mounted onto wood.
Hi there , Can you explain the cabling please ? Is there a wire that runs from the solar panel to the first spotlight and then are the additional three spotlights along one long cable . We wanted to know if the spots could be used in different parts of the garden / in separate raised beds . Thanks
Asked by Tracey-Anne on 2 Jun 2020
Wire from panel to splitter: 58cm Wire from splitter to each light head: 4.5m (450cm). So the max-width between lights could be 9m. Even spacing could be every 3m.
Are these easy to fit?
Asked by Michelle on 2 Jun 2020
The installation is very easy. You have to drill two level holes 34mm apart and use the fixing provided.
Are solar lights manufactured in britain
Asked by Margaret Campbell on 2 Jun 2020
The lights are designed in the UK but manufactured in China.
I'm confused! You say there are 'no running costs' but the video mentions batteries. Can you explain?
Asked by Rowena Unsworth on 2 Jun 2020
The batteries are included already. You may need purchase new batteries once they stop recharging. We mean no electricity costs.
What colour output is it ? Thanks.
Asked by Ian on 2 Jun 2020
It is white in colour.
Is an extension lead available ?
Asked by Graham on 1 Jun 2020
Yes, there is. Please click on the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Esher_Softec_5_Metre_Solar_Panel_Extension_Cable-874-5.html
Just purchased these lights for my fence and they look amazing. However the lead to the solar panel isn't long enough and i wondered if you do an extension cable specifically for these lights?
Asked by Sarah Horton on 1 Jun 2020
Yes we do, the cable can be found here
are these lights made in the UK?
Asked by Sandra on 1 Jun 2020
All our lights are designed in the UK and made in China.
A neighbour of mine has just purchased one of these lights from yourselves.I installed it for them over the weekend above there patio doors.The light dose come on but we want to know if the length of time that the light stays on can be adjusted or even the angle of the motion sensor. Regards Mr Griffiths.
Asked by Andrew griffiths on 1 Jun 2020
I am afraid that the angle of the sensor and the run time, once the PIR sensor triggers, cannot be adjusted on this unit.
Can you recharge these like the larger ones.
Asked by Yvonne on 1 Jun 2020
These lights cannot be charged via the USB.
Hi would these work to light up a path. I want the lights close to the ground to project the light across the slabs.
Asked by Chris on 1 Jun 2020
These would give some light across the path, but would not be as effective as say a spotlight
Can you use multiple lights with a single extention lead?
Asked by Ellen Fletcher on 1 Jun 2020
No, you can only have one light head per panel. The panel is designed to power just one light. You would need a much larger panel to couple with two lights.
How far is the first bulb from the solar panel ? (I need it to be a couple of metres + to place the panel in the sun and the lights around my chairs )
Asked by Tracey Kirker on 1 Jun 2020
Distance to first light: 80cm
The item description refers to It also being used with.a separate solar panel. I note this does not come with a separate solar panel so what does that mean? Do you sell a solar panel that this can be connected to?
Asked by Stewart Kerr on 1 Jun 2020
Hi Stewart, I can't see the reference to the separate panel? The panel is fully integrated into the top of the light head.
Is there any warranty? Is it work in winter time?
Asked by Thomas on 31 May 2020
All of our lights come with a 12-month warranty. The lights will operate all year round.
What are the dimensions please
Asked by Trudy Bishop on 31 May 2020
It is 19cm across the base.
Hi - what is the IP rating of the lights please? Are they suitable to be left outside all year? Thanks
Asked by Steve on 31 May 2020
IP55 and yes they are suitable to be left out all year round.
What is the material of the outer "bulb" ? Is it glass or plastic ?
Asked by Andy McDowell on 31 May 2020
It's plastic.
Hi How big are the bulbs? Thanks
Asked by Lindsey on 31 May 2020
Bulb Size: G40 globe lights are 40mm in diameter
is the on off switch on the solar panel or the lights themselves,do you do these with a remote control ?
Asked by kevin morris on 31 May 2020
These lights do not come with remote control. The switch button is on the solar panel.
Can I get these as a set of 6 instead of a set of 4?
Asked by Paul Murphy on 31 May 2020
I am afraid not. But we also sell them individually so you can buy a set of 4 and 2 individual lights. Please click on the link: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Solar_Square_Decking_Light-386-101.html
Hello I recently purchased these and I am very happy with them. Can you tell me how long they need to charge for approximately to get full power out of the units. Thanks
Asked by Terry on 30 May 2020
We usually suggest they are left charging for 3-5 days switched off.
What is the waterproof raiting on these lights regards Andy
Asked by Andy horsfield on 30 May 2020
These are outdoor lights designed to withstand all UK weather conditions.
My patio is about 4metres wide by 2.5 metres deep. Will this light illuminate the patio well
Asked by W.Weekes on 30 May 2020
This light is 1000 Lumens. It covers a distance of 3 parking spaces approximately. It would be best to test the light on the location prior to installing it to make sure that the position is right for your needs.
Hi, what are the options with the remote control i.e. can the light be turned on/ off or even PIR? Many Thanks
Asked by Allan Grimes on 30 May 2020
The remote control has these setting below: 1. FULL BRIGHTNESS 2. HALF BRIGHTNESS 3. OFF
Hello Could you leave this plugged into an external usb connection. Thanks
Asked by Leighton Prescott on 30 May 2020
We would only recommend them just being charged by USB, not as a permanent fixture.
Hi, do these or any festooned lights you sell have a switch? I'd like to be able to turn them off and them not just come on automatically. Or a timer? Warm Regards, Sarah
Asked by Sarah on 29 May 2020
Yes there is an on/off switch located on the panel. Depending on where the panel is mouted you can just turn them on/off.
Are these lights sturdy enough to be kept up year round? In your experience, how long does the product hold up, exposed to weather?
Asked by Gigi on 29 May 2020
The lights are designed to work all year round. We do recommend changing the batteries every couple of years and the product should keep going.
Hi, I was just wondering if you have any lights like the decking lights but they go into the grass instead of decking.
Asked by Emma on 29 May 2020
It might be best to look into our spotlights range instead. Some of our spotlights can be installed with a spike that goes inside the grass and keeps the light in place.
Our posts have stopped working, do you have any recommendations? Do you sell replacement solar parts.
Asked by Natalie on 28 May 2020
Yes, we have replacement tops available.
I have a windowless shed. Does the light come on when there is movement even if the solar panel is in daylight?
Asked by Ian Allinson on 28 May 2020
The light will only activate in the evening when the solar panel is in darkness.
What colour are these lights - warm white or natural white light and could you confirm the kelvin number for them?
Asked by Tom on 28 May 2020
These are warm white and are 6000k.
Can you purchase this light with a bigger cable than the 1m one
Asked by Rahul Nehra on 28 May 2020
No, but we do sell extension cables here
Is there a limit to how many of these extentions can be connected together? I need to make quite a lengthy run.
Asked by Chris on 28 May 2020
No, there is roughly a 10% drop in each extension.
Afternoon Can the lights be countersunk into railway sleepers Thanks
Asked by Matt on 28 May 2020
We have had reports of customers doing this before but unfortunately can not offer specific fixing advice.
We want the light to illuminate a piece of wall art in the garden. What is the range of the glow?
Asked by David Oldroyd on 28 May 2020
This light has an output of 40 Lumens.
Can this be used I'n a pool? will it float upright?
Asked by Diane on 27 May 2020
Unfortunately it is on for garden use and can't be placed in a pool.
Are these 4 lights connected i.e. on one length of cable or are they individual and can be placed at different locations?
Asked by Maria on 27 May 2020
Each light has its own 4.5m cable but will need to be connected back to the main solar panel terminal.
The wire has snapped from our solar panel. The replacement says it doesn't come with the wall mounted fitting. Can I use the wall mounted fitting from our original 2016 lumify solar panel? Thank you.
Asked by Gin Yershon on 27 May 2020
Yes you can.
What length is the cable?
Asked by M sharples on 27 May 2020
This warm white set of 25 bulbs are spaced 30cm apart along an 8m string
Is the motion sensor adjustable?
Asked by Kevin Coenemans on 26 May 2020
No sorry.
Hi, The description states that this is a set of 10. Could you clarify is the set 1x 10 bulbs or 10 sets of 10 bulbs?
Asked by Sean Newby on 26 May 2020
It's one string that connects 10 light bulbs together.
Are they durable for the winter months? Does the chrome discolour?
Asked by M Hourihan on 26 May 2020
We have had no instances of this to date.
Can i buy spare parts, ie: waterproof solar panel or battery compartment?
Asked by James on 26 May 2020
yes, you can purchase all the parts separately if you need to: please search for 'replacement Lumify' at the search bar of our website and it will bring up all the options.
Hi, is there any difference between this two pack and the single true flame usb solar light apart from price and quantity. Many thanks Simon
Asked by Simon Taylor on 26 May 2020
just the price and quantity.
Can you daisy chain multiple extension cables? I.e make a 10m run?
Asked by Vish on 25 May 2020
Yes you can.
What colour cable to these lights have?
Asked by Elaine Sinclair on 25 May 2020
Cable is green
Can I unplug the solar panel and place it in the sun to pre charge before I install the lights
Asked by Rob Rossall on 25 May 2020
Yes that is absolutely fine to do so but will need to be plugged in for the lights to operate at dusk.
Are these quite small bulbs? Hard to compare any of the bulb style solar lights you have with there being no measurements. More pics would also be really helpful!
Asked by Tracey on 25 May 2020
The measurements are on the page for the Falmouth under dimensions but here they are : Bulb Size: G40 globe lights are 40mm in diameter
Is this cable compatible with Edinburgh USB Solar Powered Outdoor Stainless Steel Deck Lights (Set of 8) - White ?
Asked by Irene on 25 May 2020
That is correct.
What size is the light?
Asked by Dave on 25 May 2020
It is 20cm across and 12 cm high.
I would like to put these up against a long fence, is there any chance of them smashing or breaking if they bang against the fence.
Asked by Matthew Barron on 24 May 2020
The bulbs are plastic and designed to be used outdoors. There are weather resistance.
Can you change the light bulbs if one goes / is damaged? If so where can you buy them from? Will the rest of the set still work if one goes?
Asked by Frances on 23 May 2020
I am afraid that we do not have spare bulbs available. The unit should still work.
How many lumen does each light emit please (low to high range)?
Asked by Jane Sullivan on 23 May 2020
It is between 10-12 Lumens.
Is this item designed for British winter weather
Asked by Rosemary on 22 May 2020
That is correct yes.
What is the distance between the light units
Asked by ROGER on 22 May 2020
each spotlight has its own 4.5m cable connecting it to the solar panel terminal .
Hi what are the dimensions of the Halo light, and can you switch it on and off with the remote control? Many thanks
Asked by MRS AMANDA HARRIS on 22 May 2020
The dimensions are: 20cm across and 12 cm high You can use the remote control to switch the light on/off.
Hi, if one bulb fails, will the rest still light? Thank you
Asked by MIKE on 21 May 2020
Hi, we sell replaceable bulbs: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Falmouth_USB_Bulbs_Set_Of_4-968-5.html
I bought these lights through Amazon and I am very pleased. I know that with a mains cable it should not be wound up if too long as it can overheat. Is it safe to wind the excess cable into a bunch on these lights when the distance to the solar panel is shorter than the 4.5m ? Thank you Ralph
Asked by Ralph Wooldridge on 21 May 2020
Yes its absolutely safe to bunch up excess wires shorter than 4.5m with no problems at all.
I need to site the spotlight about 30ft from the panel. Is it possible to buy an appropriate extension cable?
Asked by Stan on 21 May 2020
the 5 metres extension cable can be found here
Where do the batteries go and are they easy to change?
Asked by Lesley Wheatley on 21 May 2020
Batteries are based in the solar panel and can be changed easily.
Can the lights stay out in the rain or do they need to be brought indoors?
Asked by Tracey on 21 May 2020
They can both be indoor and outdoor and are waterproof and designed for the rain.
Are these LED?
Asked by Tom on 20 May 2020
Yes there are LEDs in each spotlight.
does this take standard Nimh rechargeable batteries or Li-ion ones?
Asked by john on 20 May 2020
It takes a lithium battery .
Do you sell a 10 string, or can the 8 be extended ? Regards
Asked by David Evans on 20 May 2020
Unfortunately, the limit on these is 8 bulbs.
Do the four lights only have one solar panel between them?
Asked by Nicole on 19 May 2020
Yes the four lights have only one solar panel between them that powers them all.
Could the battery be first charged using an appropriate charger rather than waiting 3 - 5 days for the battery to charge 'naturally' in the daylight?
Asked by Steve on 18 May 2020
It would require having a correct battery charger, it would just be worth leaving it outside to charge for 3 days.
I have the original Truro stainless steel lights, will these fit on the original brackets as I do not want to re drill, I have noticed that these do not have screws on the side of the housing the same as the stainless steel ones?
Asked by Ian Brooks on 18 May 2020
These have a black back plate that screws on the wall, so not the silver bar along the back.
Would you recommend mounting these lights in wooden sleepers around the edge of a patio?
Asked by Simon Halliday on 18 May 2020
The panel is integrated into the product, so depends on how you were looking to install. The lights will also need to be placed somewhere with ample drainage.
What colour light are these, white or warm white?
Asked by Julie on 18 May 2020
The colour light for these is warm white.
Hi , it there anyway if attaching them to decking ? I don't think the spike would work & we're wondering are they very light that they would end up blowing all over the garden ? Thanks
Asked by Helen layton on 17 May 2020
There is not no. You would need to unscrew the base everytime to bring it into charge.
Hi, Is the bulb replaceable? Thanks
Asked by Upendra Limbu on 17 May 2020
The bulbs are not replaceable.
Can these lights be wall mounted?
Asked by Myra Maloney on 17 May 2020
Yes they can be, you can remove the spikes from the bottom of the spotlights and screw the brackets to the wall.
I've brought 2 sets of the edinburgh lights. Can I run 9 off of one set and 7 on the other due a large gap inbetween the two sets?? Cheers
Asked by Ricky May on 17 May 2020
No, we recommend just running the eight lights.
Do these lights have the solar panel built into them? Or do you have the panel connected by a wire? Thanks.
Asked by Amy on 17 May 2020
This light comes with an integrated solar panel.
Can you advise the IP rating of these lights please?
Asked by Alastair on 16 May 2020
These are rated IP55
How long do the batteries last and can you change them when they fail.
Asked by Andy scott on 16 May 2020
The batteries should last for 2-3 years. You cannot replace the batteries on this unit.
If one bulb gets smashed or stops working, do they all stop working and are the bulbs replaceable?
Asked by Julie on 16 May 2020
I am afraid that the bulbs cannot be replaced.
Hello, Could the cable (& connection plug) pass through a 20mm conduit tube?
Asked by Russ on 15 May 2020
Yes, this should be absolutely fine. Please check carefully when you receive the lights - you can return the lights as unwanted if required.
1. Are these glass bulbs easily smashed as I want them for a pub garden and children and dogs are about? Also, how bright are they, and is it a white or warm light? 2. I already emailed you about whether I can use Selene spots with a PIR, and if so do you sell the PIR to add, or shall I buy another light with PIR and use the spots elsewhere? Just asking again as you haven't replied yet.
Asked by Ann Summers on 15 May 2020
They are made of glass so will smash if they are dropped etc, so might not be best to have them somewhere public. They are a warm white decorative feature and will not light up a hut for example. You cannot use PIR with any of our spotlights.
Do these definitely come with deck mountings? The "in the box" section and fitting instructions only mention ground spikes. Thank you
Asked by Tamzin on 15 May 2020
Yes, they do come with deck mounting.
Hi can the light be turned off so just the speaker works at night?
Asked by Joe Matthewson on 15 May 2020
Unfortunately not as by turning the light off it will disable the Bluetooth. If no motion is detected, for example by covering the PIR sensor, then the light won't illuminate but the speaker would still work.
Are these a warm or bright LED?
Asked by Ross Marshall on 15 May 2020
They're a warm white vintage looking bulb.
Can these be painted
Asked by Tony on 15 May 2020
We would not recommend painting these. Doing so would invalidate the warranty.
Can the light be left outside in all weathers?
Asked by Mari Jones on 15 May 2020
Yes it can. Remember that the light will only work as good as it's location.
How are these lights switched between normal and power saving mode?
Asked by Shaun on 14 May 2020
There is an on/off button that you press and you will see the light dim.
Can these lights switch on during daylight using battery/solar power? I am asking because there is no mains power where they are to be situated but would need to use them during daylight hours.
Asked by Dawn Vigurs on 14 May 2020
Yes, if you fully charge them and then unplug the panel it will run in the day time. Please remember to re-attach the panel after so it can charge or you can just recharge the USB tube.
Are these easy to install does it require drilling into wall. I want to place these under the front of house
Asked by June Sales on 14 May 2020
Yes it will require drilling.
Hi, is there any way to have a longer cable between the lights and the solar panel, as I'm trying to use them along a wall which is in shadow during the day, so wanted to mount the panel higher up the side of the building to catch the sun. If that's not possible with these, are there any others with longer cables you can suggest? Thanks.
Asked by Becky on 13 May 2020
I am afraid that we do not have an extention cable available that can be used between the solar panel and the sting of LED's.
Are they entirely waterproof? If so, how long is the guarantee if left in the garden in a bright spot indefinitely? Thanks
Asked by Scott Hewer on 13 May 2020
Yes they are and light has a standard 12 month warranty.
Are these suitable for lighting a pathway ?
Asked by Susan Gration on 13 May 2020
These would need to quite close to the ground to light the floor, we usually recommend these for lighting up door numbers or key holes.
Couple of questions: 1. Are the lights led? 2. Where are the controls for dimming?
Asked by David on 13 May 2020
Yes they are led lights and the controls are the power button , push once for full brightness , twice for medium brightness , three times for lowest birghtness and four times to turn them off.
If these can stay outside permanently - does this mean it can withstand rain (no shelter)? i.e. there is no water leak/damage?
Asked by Shan on 12 May 2020
There are weather resistant and can be used outdoors.
Is it waterproof for rain?
Asked by David on 12 May 2020
Yes it is fine with rain and has an IP67 rating.
Can the light / PIR be turned off? For example if we wanted to sit out in the garden without the light turning on every time we move.
Asked by Amelia on 11 May 2020
Yes it can be switched off after the third press so that you can sit out in the garden with out it coming on everytime you move.
What is the cable length between each light?
Asked by Mark Smith on 9 May 2020
Each light has its own 4.5m cable between itself and the solar panel.
What is the material, I have both dogs and children?
Asked by Jackie on 9 May 2020
Toughned plastic.
I would like to put two in front garden and two in the back? Would they still work at the distance they are and is does a cable need to run from the panel to put the lights on?
Asked by Charlotte on 9 May 2020
To do this you would need to buy two sets of the atlas 2 pack with and then link each pair to their own solar panel to operate them.
Hi, how big is the spike please . We have a hard pavement on our terrace. It's quite expose and can be windy so need to be secured to the ground. I'm thinking if it is possible to put the spike into the junction of the 4 square hard pavement..
Asked by vanessa on 9 May 2020
The length of the spike is 7.5 inches.
Does each light have it's own solar panel?
Asked by Jackie on 9 May 2020
Each spotlight connects back to the central solar panel
Hi. Does this light have an on off switch. Thanks.
Asked by Alistair Buckley on 9 May 2020
Yes the light has an on/off switch.
I have 2 sets already. Wish to but 2 more to connect to the previous 2. Do they also require the solar panel or can the one panel supply 2 connected festooned?
Asked by Victoria Cuckson on 9 May 2020
They each come with their own solar panel that's required to run each set of 8 lights.
Can the M/Wave Sensor be disabled so that the lamp switches on at dusk and off at dawn [Like the Henley lights] and if so I assume during summer months they will run for the stated 10 hours
Asked by David Stephens on 9 May 2020
No, sorry this will nopt be possible.
How long does it take to charge and how does it charge for music also how loud is it
Asked by Selina Burns on 9 May 2020
We recommend giving a base charge of 3 days before using. It should operate every evening unless subject to very heavy use.
I want to place this light inside a porch, currently no sunlight will reach. Is there a solar panel that can extend out, or an extension lead?
Asked by Sean C on 8 May 2020
There is an extension cable, it can be found here please do note that the light will only come on when it is dusk, even if the light is inside somewhere dark.
How bright are they?
Asked by Heather on 8 May 2020
These are decorative only and will provide lighting to eat by for example.
Hi, Are the bulbs plastic or glass?
Asked by Andrea on 8 May 2020
This are plastic
Are the 4 lights separate from each other with individual solar panels or are they all attached. Considering where I put them in the garden
Asked by Alex Greaves on 8 May 2020
Each spotlight is connected to the central solar panel by 4.5m of cable.
Hi can you confirm these automatically come on at night. Also does it remember your desired brightness level, or do you have to manually change it each time
Asked by Wes on 7 May 2020
Yes can confirm they automatically come on at night and will also retain desired brightness level.
hi can this extension cable be used for the solar panel , or is it just to be used between the lights , also can you get any new batteries when these start to run lose there charging as they get older .
Asked by Stuart Carrington on 7 May 2020
This is just for the panel.
I own the mini sphere and it's great, thinking of getting a larger light or two, are they brighter than the mini? Thank you.
Asked by Dan on 7 May 2020
Yes they are brighter, however given the increase in the size of the sphere, they both appear to have the same brightness.
Hi, looking to put one of these lights down the side alley of our house. Will the sensor pick up a puppy and light up the alley way?
Asked by Brad on 7 May 2020
Please do make sure that the alley is not north facing and covered by anything at all or heavily shaded. There might be trial and error as to how high it goes to find the pup.
Is this dusk till dawn ?
Asked by Russell Dunn on 6 May 2020
That is correct.
Can you replace the battery when it stops recharging
Asked by Linda Webster on 6 May 2020
Yes the battery can be replaced.
Is there an override or on/off switch for this?
Asked by H Which on 6 May 2020
There is an on/off switch but not an overide, this light will only work as a motion detection light.
What's the distance between the solar panel and the first bulb and do you know the lumen rating at all? Thanks in advance,
Asked by Lloyd on 6 May 2020
The distance to first light is 80cm. As these are decorative there isn't a lumen rating.
Where is its solar panel? You can't see one in the picture
Asked by Rachel Kirby on 5 May 2020
It's inside the pebble hidden away from view.
Does this light include a standard on/off switch for operation or is it fully automated?
Asked by John Kay on 5 May 2020
The light does have an on/off switch, but if left 'on' the light will come on automatically in the evening without the need for intervention.
what do I buy if I want to extend the Chester stainless steel light? can I buy the 10m extension cable that you sell? would this be compatible?
Asked by Andrew on 5 May 2020
I am a little confused. We have the following cable for the chester stainless steel only. It can be found here
Hello, When the lights have been charged with the usb, can they be hung outside and used without the solar panel?
Asked by James Morgan on 5 May 2020
The solar panel has to be connected as it contains the battery to power the lights.
Hi, is the solar panel set into each light, or are they linked to a separate panel by wires? Thanks
Asked by Karen on 5 May 2020
The panel is set into the top of the light. No wires.
Hi, can I use this like a normal light, turn on & off when needed and not just when the pir is activated?
Asked by Lee Strike on 5 May 2020
There are different modes, one is where it is on for an hlour, but it is primarily a security light.
When charging these lights via the USB micro connection a red light is on under the micro charging port on the solar panel (can only be seen through the micro charging port), this changes to blue after a while. When the light changes to blue does this mean the unit is fully charged via the USB micro connection ?
Asked by John Jones on 4 May 2020
yes when charging these lights via the USB port the light will be red while charging and when its fully charged it will change to blue.
I wanted a single set of solar festoon lights to hang high up along the length of my garden (c. 9-10m). Is there a way to connect two of these strings together? Or do they make a longer version? Thanks
Asked by Ellie on 4 May 2020
unfortunately there is not a longer one and the only way to cover your garden would be buying 2 sets and starting them from each end and meet them in the middle as they wont connect together.
Does this light have a permanently ON mode like the Corona light?
Asked by Colin Price on 4 May 2020
It will stay on as long as motion is detected but not designed to be permanently on the whole time.
Do you now do an extension cable between solar panel and lights?
Asked by Mark Cundick on 4 May 2020
Yes, you can find the Atlas extension cable here
Is there a distance limit for the lead from the solar panel to the first light, for example, can I use 2 or 3 extension leads?
Asked by Ian Rodgers on 4 May 2020
There is no limit but we wouldn't recommend more than 3 extension cables. Each cable will reduce the power getting to the lights but this can be overcome by having a better panel position.
Hi Can these be permanently plugged in using the USB port and left on outside mode so they operate like a mains powered light that comes on and off at dusk/dawn?? Thanks, Dave.
Asked by David Clare on 3 May 2020
These will be on all the time if plugged indoors on indoor mode they would need to be phyically turned off.
Hi 3 in 1 questions: - How long are the cables from the solar panel to the light fixtures? - What are the dimensions of the solar panel? - How is the on/off funciton of the lights controlled?
Asked by sarah on 3 May 2020
The panels are intergrated so there are no wires. the lights dimensions are 22cm x 110mm x 110mm. The lights do not have an on/off button, they just need to be left outside for 3-5 days and when the battery is charged they will come on.
What is the life expectancy of the lights?
Asked by Brenda Drake on 3 May 2020
We recommend changing the batteries in the product around approximately 2 years
Are these lights IP rated / weatherproof so I can leave them outside in the rain?
Asked by michael creese on 2 May 2020
Yes these can be left outside all year round.
Hello, is there access to replace the battery when needed? Thanks.
Asked by Hayley Bannister on 2 May 2020
Yes that is correct.
What is the range before the sensor works? And is the sensor 365 degrees? Thank you.
Asked by Jennifer Wilson on 2 May 2020
The PIR sensor detects motion 8m away and 120 degrees.
Hello, How big are the bulbs, and can the be used inside in the winter? Kind regards
Asked by Linda Caseley on 1 May 2020
the bulbs are 5.5 inches tall and 3 inches across. Yes, they could be used inside in winter although they'll continue to work fine outside.
What sort of battery. Please
Asked by Peter dredge on 1 May 2020
This unit has pre-installed lithium batteries. 2200mAh/ 3.7c/ 2pcs
what material are they made from?
Asked by janice on 1 May 2020
These are made of toughened plastic.
Can the solar lights be switched on permanently instead of coming on at dusk? We would like to use them indoors but not when its dark.
Asked by shab on 1 May 2020
Yes, please do read the instructions on 'indoor mode' and this will help. All you need is the tube (not battery) and plug it into the wall without the panel attached.
Hi, This product seems very good, however, the light fittings themselves sound very small. If this is the case, is there anything similar but bigger in size. around the 120/80 mm size? regards Brian Love
Asked by Brian Love on 1 May 2020
Yes we do have a similar sized product being the only other alternative but they are a 4 pack of cool white round decking lights
Hi guys. If using these as Christmas light for 4 weeks of the year outside around then switched off the rest of the year would the solar panel keep the battery charged or would it cause damaged before the next Xmas came around.
Asked by Michael Scott on 1 May 2020
No, this will not damage the panel.
Are the bulbs replaceable
Asked by Mel on 30 Apr 2020
No sorry, they are not replaceable.
Could I attach standard (normally mains powered) LED garden post lights? Obviously with appropriate buried cable.
Asked by Nigel Massey on 29 Apr 2020
No, sorry! We would not recommend this.
Can you please confirm how many metres of cable between first bulb and solar panel?
Asked by Louise Smith on 29 Apr 2020
Distance to first light: 80cm
Can they be left out year round and if so what should you use to clean them to maintain the ability of the solar panel to receive adequate sunlight, and how often roughly should they be cleaned?
Asked by MRS JILLIAN E WATSON on 29 Apr 2020
These can be let out all year round, there is no strict formula of when they should be cleaned, but this can just be done with warm soapy water.
Hi if these were just placed on decking or somewhere they weren't stake into the ground outside are they likely to blow around garden if it's abit windy, I suppose I'm asking do they have abit of weight about them?
Asked by Helen Hindmarch on 28 Apr 2020
I would always make sure these were secured down, so they did not obtain surface scuffing.
Hi, I have a south facing window in my garage, would the solar panel work from inside the glass as i am unable to put on the outside ?
Asked by Chris Robson on 28 Apr 2020
We do not recommend this. The panel needs to be outside.
Hi Are these available with a motion sensor looking for a black outdoor solar light with motion sensor? Thanks
Asked by Rebecca on 28 Apr 2020
No sorry, I will pass this onto the product development team.
Can you turn the lights off on a night. I don't want them on all night.
Asked by Michael Ruddick on 28 Apr 2020
Yes, just unscrew the bottom of the light and switch to 'off'
Can you join two kits together??
Asked by James White on 28 Apr 2020
No, sorry!
Hi. Are these lights made in China. We are looking for high quality against the constant cheap and badly made lights we keep buying. Thanks
Asked by David Wyman on 28 Apr 2020
Our lights are made in China to our specifications, they should last at least two years before needing to only change the battery.
will this light work if placed under a porch
Asked by peter stanley on 27 Apr 2020
No, it will not work and we do not recommend this.
Hi does this battery work in the fairy lights Thanks David
Asked by David Palmer on 27 Apr 2020
Unsure which fairy lights you mean. They are for the Lumify Fairy Lights.
Hi, are these lights just solar panel? They don't need to be plugged in do they?
Asked by Melissa Goddard on 27 Apr 2020
The lights do plug into the panel.
If one light fails, do they all fail? Do they come with hooks to hang on guttering?
Asked by Roger on 27 Apr 2020
It really does depend on the break and where it it is. There are no hooks supplied.
is the dusk till dawn setting adjustable, in that you may wish the lights to come on when its not that dark.
Asked by Geoff Moxey on 27 Apr 2020
It is not adjustable.
My battery is 18650 but it says 2000mah on it, will this one do the job?
Asked by LYNN FEATHERSTONE on 27 Apr 2020
That will be fine
Can this stay out all 12 months of the year? also i this made from glass or plastic?
Asked by meera on 26 Apr 2020
This is only designed for spring , summer and autumn and its made of plastic.
Can one remote control multiple cacti ?
Asked by Robert Evans on 25 Apr 2020
Correct!
What size are the lights
Asked by Alec Watson on 25 Apr 2020
Dimensions Length:10cm Width:8.2cm Height:2.2cm
What's the length please
Asked by ROS GRINT on 25 Apr 2020
Each set has 20 bulbs (5cm diameter) that each contain a single high powered LED. The bulbs are spaced 50cm apart along a 10m string with an additional 1.9m between the solar panel and the first bulb.
I don't want the lights on all the time. Can I easily build a weather proofed switch into the cable lead?
Asked by John Prout on 25 Apr 2020
This would be classed as modifying the unit and would invalidate the warranty.
Hi What colour white are the lamps ?
Asked by Lee Darg on 24 Apr 2020
They are a natural white.
Hi will you be doing this in white or silver? I don't want a light that has a remote panel. Thanks
Asked by Stephen on 24 Apr 2020
I can certainly pass this to the product development tea, owever it is not in the imediate future of the light.
Hi, Can I screw this light to a tree that is in direct sunlight, thanks
Asked by Lisa on 24 Apr 2020
We would not recommend it, needs to be secure on a wall.
Hello there, Does this cable work with a solar water pump? Thanks.
Asked by Kesavan Chittathur on 24 Apr 2020
No, only with the EVO smd as stated.
Can you tell me what material these are made out of please?
Asked by Sarah Adderley on 24 Apr 2020
toughned plastic.
Hi How do these mount to the wall?
Asked by Jack Jennings on 24 Apr 2020
Using a spirit level positioned on top of the light mark two holes on the wall through the wall mount , place the light to one side and drill holes over the marks and insert wall plugs then hold light in positon and screw into place.
Hello can you advise if these are exactly the same as the set of 10 also for sale? I think I only need 30 so I can buy a set of these and a set of the 10 if they are identical! Many thanks in advance.
Asked by elaine on 24 Apr 2020
Correct, they are the same. They cannot be put together in anyway.
Hi, how bright are the bulbs in lumens? Dushan
Asked by Dushan Stojadinovic on 24 Apr 2020
they have 3 modes of brightness the lowest brightness being 80 lumens , middle brightness is 140 lumens and the highest brightness being 200 lumens.
Is there a switch with an option to turn the lights on and off?
Asked by Emma on 23 Apr 2020
There is an on/off switch.
I wish to install a security light facing my garage door, but the problem I have is that there are 2 trees in close proximity to where the light will be placed. So when the leaves are moving, they will trigger the light. Is there any way around this? I can't install the light lower then the leaves, as anyone will be able to get to the light.
Asked by Yvette on 23 Apr 2020
There is a sensitity switch that you turn down, however it will be a case of trial and error.
How long delivery
Asked by C waterer on 23 Apr 2020
You can choose any of our delivery options. They can be found here
Is there a way of adjusting the level of light output? Could I set it up to only come on medium light when detecting motion, for example? Will I be able to use it constantly on medium for an evening? Thanks
Asked by Kait on 23 Apr 2020
You can use: Mode 4 (yellow, blue and red indicator lights on) After dusk the lamp illuminates at medium brightness. It switches to Mode 2 after the battery level drops below 60%. If the battery level is below 60% when selecting Mode 4, then the lamp will automatically switch to Mode 2. It would not be constantly on.
I assume this just sits between the solar panel and the light with no additional effort other than screwing the connectors together as you would without the extension?
Asked by Chris Noakes on 23 Apr 2020
That is correct!
What is the sound quality like? I want an outside speaker, for my patio area. I'm not expecting concert level speakers, due to the price but honestly, is the sound produced on this product any good?
Asked by Dan on 22 Apr 2020
We have only had nothing but positive feedback from everyone that's purchased one and everyone in the office has tried them and are big fans of the sound quality too.
Is the solar panel on the top part of the light or is it a separate item with a lead linking to it?
Asked by Mark on 22 Apr 2020
The panel is integrated into the top of the light.
What is the difference between the p&s please
Asked by William webber on 22 Apr 2020
P= power-saving mode and S= standard mode
1. What size is the solar panel? 2. How long is the cable from the end of the lights to the solar panel? Thanks
Asked by Pete on 22 Apr 2020
Distance to first light: 80cm
Hi, can you tell me if this is a warm white or cool White light please? This information would be helpful in the description. Many thanks Michelle
Asked by Michelle on 22 Apr 2020
Warm white.
What is the size of this unit? Can you give me an equivalent brightness in watts?
Asked by dave on 22 Apr 2020
20cm across and 12 cm high
Where are these lights made
Asked by Claire Hayward on 21 Apr 2020
All our lights are made in China.
Please can you confirm which position of the switch is off and S and P ? I can't see any markings by the switch. One came on straight away the others didn't. I then checked the switch position and the one which came on switch in a different position?
Asked by Dee Warner on 21 Apr 2020
The position of the switch for off is in the centre and postion S is on the right of the switch and position P is on the left. The easiest way to tell is to sit the top upside down on a flat surface after dusk. This will simulate nighttime and allow you to select the brightness you prefer.
I've just purchased these and a set of Avon up and down lights in Anthracite and they have arrived but these are still on order they look a lighter grey in real life than in the picture, do the London and Avon Anthracite colours match?
Asked by A Sweeting on 21 Apr 2020
These will be made by different factories, so there is no guaretee they will be an exact match.
What diameter as looking for one which is 6 cm round thanks
Asked by TINA ALLCROFT on 21 Apr 2020
All dimensions are here
Hello. Do the four spot version of the Atlas stay on for as long as the 2 spot version? I noticed the battery is the same size. Thanks. Mark.
Asked by Mark on 21 Apr 2020
The panel is the key which is almost double the power so will stay on the same amount of time, or could be longer dependant on the panel location.
How are these installed on the wall?
Asked by Joe Darby on 20 Apr 2020
There is bracket that attaches to the wall then you put the light onto that bracket.
Does the panel need to be in direct sunlight? The only place I can put it is in shade all day even with the extension?
Asked by Matthew Galloway on 20 Apr 2020
It would need to in sun and no shade.
Hi, how many LEDs does each torch have? Is it 96?
Asked by Alisdair on 20 Apr 2020
That is correct!
Where are these made
Asked by Jacqueline Emmerson on 20 Apr 2020
All our lights are made in China.
Can you purchase black solar lantern pillar lights or can this product be painted black?
Asked by Ms Jo Vento on 20 Apr 2020
It is not recommended to paint this.
Hi, I bought these lights last weekend and I am over the moon with them. The light produced is brilliant. However the last light in the chain does not work at all. I am correct to leave the final lead exposed or have I done something wrong? Seems strange it's the last bulb only. Thanks Mike
Asked by Mike Robinson on 20 Apr 2020
You can place some sealent at the end, you have not doen anything wrong.
Hi Is it possible to have the on/off switch replaced or repaired as it is no longer functioning Thank you
Asked by Mr P Coyne on 20 Apr 2020
No sorry, please contact support@thesolarcentre.co.uk with your order ID number.
So does the speaker run off the solar panel energy?
Asked by Georgina Coulson on 19 Apr 2020
Yes, the sun charges the internal battery via the solar panel. The battery powers the lamp and speaker.
Are these made in the UK? Thanks, Sally
Asked by sally Willett on 19 Apr 2020
All our lights are made in China.
Is it possible to add a third light to this set of 2 and run off the same solar panel?
Asked by Nina on 19 Apr 2020
No, this is not possible.
Are the lights made in the UK?
Asked by Sally-Ann Pollock on 19 Apr 2020
All our lights are made in China.
Hi can you replace the rechargeable battery?
Asked by Michelle Keery on 19 Apr 2020
No, sorry!
Can the York solar bollard light be put into the ground with a spike, or does it have to be screwed down into a solid surface? Thank you
Asked by Susie Eagle on 19 Apr 2020
screwed down to a solid surface.
If multiple lights are purchased can you control all of them from 1 remote control or do they have to controlled individually?
Asked by Andy Cockayne on 19 Apr 2020
The Halo does not come with a remote.
I Have received new battery today 18/04/2020, the date on the battery is 03/12/2019 is this out of date?
Asked by Peter on 18 Apr 2020
This is the maufacturing date.
Will these solar round decking lights work if sunk into gravel at the edge of a patio? We have some sunk into decking however there will be nothing to fix them into?
Asked by Mel Wade on 18 Apr 2020
We recommend these for decking only! That way the water can drain away.
What is the actual colour of outer casing of these lights?
Asked by Julie Lomax on 18 Apr 2020
The outer casing is black.
Can these just be run on the usb alone or do they need solar
Asked by Dean on 18 Apr 2020
These can just be run on USB alone, no panel and no battery, just plug them into a wall socket.
Hi. What is the dimension of each bulb please?
Asked by Fahad on 17 Apr 2020
The dimensions of the bulbs are 140mm tall by 75mm across
Hello. What is the lumen rating please?
Asked by Joao on 16 Apr 2020
Total output for 4 will be 48 lumens.
Hi guys, your product looks perfect for my needs! Question... the USB & solar charging bulbs that come in 10 or 20, surely If I chose the 20 bulbs then that surely would cut DOWN on lighting time being that you don't offer a twin battery charging in the 20 bulbs... does that make sense? More lights equals a bigger draw from the batteries...just can't make my mind up over the 10 or 20's... thanks so much! Stephan
Asked by Stephan Rochatte on 16 Apr 2020
The lights are designed to run for the same amount of time despite the length and number of bulbs, different output etc. So they will still run for the 8 hours.
I'm looking for something like this but that I can have on my decking so if I'm sitting out there can I make the light stay in with the remote if i want and then turn it off with the remote aswell
Asked by Darren on 16 Apr 2020
The only mode you would be be able to use is the one hour mode, the rest are motion activated. So I would maybe look at our EVO SMD remote control flood light here
Hi can you disconnect a bit of cable to get an exact length ?
Asked by Anthony on 16 Apr 2020
I am a little confused by your question, will try to help, we do not recommend cutting or modifying the cable to get the length that you would like, as that would invalidate the warranty.
Please advise country of manufacture.
Asked by Keith Garnett on 16 Apr 2020
This product is manufactured in China
These are the type of lights I am looking for but I am wondering how bright they are. I am looking for quite a subtle light for a fountain and wonder if there is a dimmer switch if they are too bright.
Asked by Philip Robinson on 16 Apr 2020
These are a bright white light, they can't be dimmed in anyway but will look stunning.
What is the overall length of the unit from one end to the other? I have to span a 5m gap will it be long enough?
Asked by James on 15 Apr 2020
The bulbs are spaced 80cm apart along a 14.4m string with an additional 1.9m between the control tube and the first bulb.
Is there an on switch where you can turn these lights on earlier than dusk? Say 6pm if you had a occasion?
Asked by Megan on 15 Apr 2020
There is an on/off switch but the lights are only operational at dusk. You can turn them on sooner by covering the panel, but you must remember to uncover the panel during the day so it can charg.e
Are atlas spotlights the same warm white as the discontinued vega?
Asked by JMCornish on 15 Apr 2020
The Atlas are a warm white. As they are a different manufacturer we cannot guarentee they will match the exact colour of the Vega.
Does the metal part on the bulb tarnish or rust if left out, like cheaper lights we have bought before. Does anyone know? Thank you
Asked by Ben on 15 Apr 2020
They should not tarnish. Please do use any corrosive cleaning materials and this iwll help. If you live in a coastal area please a small coating of WD40 to help protect the lights further.
Could you please tell me the country of manufacture?
Asked by Linda Saunders on 15 Apr 2020
Lights are manufactured in China
Bulb size ... I'm looking to hang these from a garden fence and so wanted to check on the size of the bulb part please
Asked by Brendan on 14 Apr 2020
Each bulb has a max diameter of 59mm and a height of 105mm
Where are these lights made?
Asked by Shraddha Piparia on 14 Apr 2020
All our lights are made in China.
Hi, I bought a couple of sets of Selene spotlights around 5 years ago. They've lasted well but the solar panels have become weather damaged and one set of lights does not function properly. I was going to order the replacement solar panel but it looks different to the one I have. Will this one fit lights which are 5 years old ?. The panel I have looks smaller and flatter and has a wire exiting the back panel which then connects to the light.wire. The panel also looks like its connected to the ground pole, but I cant remember if it came like that or if I fitted it and its not a bit stuck with age.Thanks
Asked by Claire Seaton on 14 Apr 2020
The panel will be fine with your exisisting Selene panel. The light comes with the wire you mention. It does not come with the fixtures or fittings so you can use the existing fittings you have.
How do you switch to gather solar enery
Asked by John McGlinchey on 14 Apr 2020
If the panel is attached to the tube then it will be collecting the energy via the panel.
Would you be able to attach the mini version to a fence?
Asked by Gayle on 14 Apr 2020
This would not be possible.
What material are the bulbs made from ?
Asked by martin pepe on 14 Apr 2020
The bulbs are made from toughened plastic. They look like glass from a distance.
how do they charge in the sun? is there a panel you have to take off and put on each time it runs out?
Asked by Jon Doughty on 14 Apr 2020
The panel is in the base of the light and will re-charge in the sun, so you will not have to remove it. There is the USB function so you can unscrew the base and bring it in to USB charge if you want to.
what is the total length of the string. Just so I know whether they'll span the length of the garden. Cheers
Asked by Mike Hesketh on 14 Apr 2020
20 Moroccan lanterns (6cm high) on a 10m string
Although designed and delivered from the UK can you tell me where they are made
Asked by Ian Thomas on 13 Apr 2020
Our lights are made in China.
Hi is it best to remove the battery when not in use (during lighter evenings)? Other solar lights I've had have been wrecked because the battery leaked.
Asked by phil on 13 Apr 2020
We do not recommend removing the batteries if on the wall and being used/charging, however if you store away the goods in a shed then yes you can remove the batteries.
What IP are these pebbles ?
Asked by Christopher on 13 Apr 2020
The light will be able to withstand the UK british winter so rain will not harm it. The light cannot be used in water as a feature or be submerged.
Hi what length are these? I need 17 metres
Asked by Mark on 13 Apr 2020
The bulbs are spaced 50cm apart along a 10m string with an additional 1.9m between the solar panel and the first bulb.
Morning...perhaps a silly question, but can these be turned off?
Asked by Anna on 12 Apr 2020
Yes they can, there is an off setting in the charging tube.
Can it be mains wired?
Asked by Lee on 12 Apr 2020
The Blulite is solar powered only.
I've been disappointed in the past with solar light's lots of them are to cheap. These are not cheap so I assume are better. Do they come with any warranty?
Asked by Dennis on 12 Apr 2020
Hopefully you will love our lights. All our lights come with a one year warranty.
What wattage output is the speaker and dies it have a waterproof rating Ian
Asked by Ian Riley on 12 Apr 2020
The Blulite has a 3w speaker and rating of IP55
Just bought 4 pebbles and very pleased so far. 1 of them is flashing on my chosen warm white colour - what does that imply and how do I disable? All are fully charged....
Asked by Gavin on 11 Apr 2020
Please do try fully charging these by USB and make sure there is no other light source flashing on/off the light. If no better please can you contact support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
What are the dimensions of the wall fitting?
Asked by Harriet on 11 Apr 2020
The back plate is 7.5 cm wide and 10.5cm high.
what lumen rating is it ?
Asked by robert on 11 Apr 2020
The Shapelight is a decorative light, so there is no lumen rating.
Sorry to bother you, What material is the wall light? Do you get a discount for multiple purchases of one item? Thank You
Asked by Ian Taylor on 11 Apr 2020
Hi, it has a matt finish. If you keep an eye out and sign up for our deals we will email those through.
Do you still have any large ones
Asked by Colin appleby on 11 Apr 2020
Yes we sell the Two pack of the Larger Tureflame here and we sell the single larger ones here
What is this item made of? Does it use plastic of glass in the windows? Is the frame metal or plastic? Thanks
Asked by Hanna on 11 Apr 2020
The item is made from toughened plastic and the window are plastic. The Crook it sits on it metal.
Thinking of buying these mini London solar lights , the question is can these be screwed into decking do they come with attachments to be to screw into decking instead of a spike where I don't want them in the ground
Asked by Kevin weeks on 10 Apr 2020
Yes, we've had customers screw these down before. Simply avoid attaching the spike and you can screw them down however fixings aren't provided to do this.
Could you tell me how this is fixed to the wall? Thanks
Asked by ANN ROSS on 10 Apr 2020
Ther is bracket on the back of the light, you unscrew two screw and then pop the screws through and drill them to in the wall.
How do you change the batteries on these lights
Asked by Debby on 10 Apr 2020
The batteries on the Mini Trueflame cannot be changed.
Are they made in the uk?
Asked by Steve Hutchinson on 10 Apr 2020
They are manufactured in china.
Hi can you replace the battery. If so how. Thanks
Asked by ANGELA on 10 Apr 2020
The batteries on the Mini Trueflame cannot be changed.
I have purchased 2 solar lights from you. Does one remote control both of them or do ineed to use both remotes?
Asked by Mrs I Greenan on 10 Apr 2020
It depends which lights you have, the Shapelights do not come with a remote, but our Shimmer characters do, you cn uswe one remote for all of them, but they do come with individual remotes.
Good Morning, I while ago I brought these lights as lumify set up and they have been excellent lights. Do you still sell them as this or is it just the standard solar lights as I am wanting to buy some more . Kind regards
Asked by Karen Robinson on 9 Apr 2020
The Elan Festoons are the only white festoons we do, we no longer sell the Lumify version.
Can you buy a replacement light if one of them breaks?
Asked by Jaime on 9 Apr 2020
We plan to launch a spares shop soon however in the meantime you can contact customer services and they may be able to source you a spare spotlight if required.
Do these still need 3/5 days to charge in bright sunlight.
Asked by Graham Davison on 9 Apr 2020
Yes, we recommend them having a good charge for 3-5 days.
Are these dusk til dawn lights
Asked by Ian Fielding on 9 Apr 2020
That is correct.
How do you replace the battery?
Asked by Linda on 9 Apr 2020
By unscrewing the screws you are able to get into the battery section.
I have just bought a pebble stone 40cm and paid postage on it to London. I would like to buy another can j give free postage of discount for second purchase. They were delighted with it?
Asked by Mrs I Greenan on 9 Apr 2020
You can use the returning customer discount moresolar for 10% or sign up to our newsletter and then you will receive an recent discount codes we may have! I am so glad our lights are loved!
Could these be attached to fencing panels?
Asked by Sue on 9 Apr 2020
Yes they can be attached to the fence.
Are you getting in a larger cube than the 40cm one? Also do you ever gave an offer on for free postage to London?
Asked by Mrs I Greenan on 9 Apr 2020
We are not looking into any bigger sizes at the moment, you can choose free delivery at the shipping stage.
Is the battery replaceable?
Asked by Richard Lelliott on 8 Apr 2020
No sorry the battery is replaceable!
Can I buy just the solar panel
Asked by Derek Beasley on 8 Apr 2020
Sorry the panel is not available separately.
Are the lights wired in series (daisy-chained), or are they all 4.5m from the solar panel?
Asked by Craig Jenkins on 8 Apr 2020
All the spotlights each have a 4.5m cable between them and the solar panel.
Are the lumify solar fairy lights supplied with a warranty?
Asked by Sonia Norman on 8 Apr 2020
All our lights come with a one year warranty.
Hi there, could you confirm if this will work with the Edinburgh Festoon lights? Many thanks
Asked by Paul Matthews on 7 Apr 2020
No, this will only work for our Edinburgh Decking lights.
How long is the section with the lights on please
Asked by Marion on 7 Apr 2020
10m string with an additional 1.9m between the solar panel and the first bulb.
Can these lights be dug into the ground (a drive with gravel)
Asked by Sheila Urbani on 7 Apr 2020
These lights will need to installed somewhere with ample dainage. These lights are not recommended for driveways as they cannot withstand the weight of a car.
Are the fixing screws/plugs and cable clips included please? Solar panel itself will be fitted on a south-west facing wall. Would this work?
Asked by Steven Crofts on 7 Apr 2020
Everything needed to install the light is included. Yes the south west facing will be fine and should work.
How long do the batteries last and are they replaceable?
Asked by Hayden on 7 Apr 2020
Up to 2 - 3 years and batteries are replaceable.
Can these be attached to a fence and give off enough light
Asked by Daniel on 6 Apr 2020
It depends what you are trying to light up. The shine downwards, so would light up the fence below depenbdant on how high they were.
How do you suggest attaching the cable to the wall?
Asked by Rodney Price on 6 Apr 2020
You can use cable clips if you wish, some customers have done this sucessfully.
Warm or cold light? Any chance of some pics of it on or from the underside? Thanks
Asked by Ron on 6 Apr 2020
This a cool white light. I will suggest more photos to the marketing team.
Do these come in a warm white? Thanks
Asked by Stephen on 6 Apr 2020
No sorry!
Hi, do these come in a brushed stainless steel colour? Or grey? and would they light up a pillar about 2m tall?
Asked by Stephen McCullough on 6 Apr 2020
Please see our Truro Wall lights here
In the future will these come in white?
Asked by Craig Campbell on 6 Apr 2020
I can pass this onto the product development team
Hi, Do you have a stockist in Ireland (north or south) or do you plan to? I would love to purchase but delivery costs are prohibitive, Ā£15.
Asked by Daniel Morrissey on 5 Apr 2020
We do not sorry! If you email us info@thesolarcentre.co.uk we can try and do a bespoke quote.
What length are these please
Asked by Paul on 5 Apr 2020
The bulbs are spaced 50cm apart along a 10m string with an additional 1.9m between the solar panel and the first bulb.
Can these lights be ordered in cool white instead of warm white or do you have any plans to release these in cool white in the future?
Asked by Michael on 5 Apr 2020
These are only available in a warm white at the moment, but I will pass on the cool white idea at the next product meeting.
Do these lights have replaceable batteries like some of their larger counterparts?
Asked by Ben Horne on 5 Apr 2020
Yes they do have replaceable batteries like their larger counterparts.
Hi could these light be used in a den during the day if the solar panel was in sunlight? Is there an on off switch so they do t need to be on at night when we don't need them to be? Thanks
Asked by Mel on 4 Apr 2020
The lights will only work if the solar panel is in darkness. So if it is dark in your den but the panel is outside they will not come on. You can cover the panel to simulate darkness but you need to make sure this is uncovered when not in use during the day so it can charge.
What length is the cable from the charger to the top of the ball. I'm wondering if I can hang this from a hanging basket bracket
Asked by Geraldine Warden on 4 Apr 2020
The length of the cable from the charger to the top of the ball is 13cm and should be fine to hang from a hanging basket bracket.
does the geo 1 kit include solar panel mounting brackets?
Asked by Stephen Parsons on 3 Apr 2020
It comes with Roof fixing blocks, not brackets.
Are these bulbs coloured or clear by day, when they aren't lit? Many thanks
Asked by Emma on 3 Apr 2020
Yes the bulbs are coloured during the day. The LED in the middle is white.
Apologies if this is an obvious question but if I attach this to the roof gutter on my 2 storey house (approx 5.7m from the ground) will it be able to efficiently light my path a doorway below? Also is a bulb included?
Asked by Dani on 2 Apr 2020
It would be a case of trial and error I am afraid, as we do not know the location or what is beneath that might hamper the spread. The higher up the less it will spread onto the floor.
What are the battery details and are they rechargeable
Asked by Michael Kelly on 2 Apr 2020
These batteries can be found here
Do all 8 lights have to be connected to operate? Or can you leave some out, for example if you only want 6 lights?
Asked by Adrian on 2 Apr 2020
Not all lights have to be connected to operate so if you wanted 6 lights instead thats perfectly fine to do .
I've just replaced my battery in my vintage outdoor light bulbs (10l lights ) - I've set my mode ( none blinking ) but can't remember was the p or s mean please can you advise ( currently my lights are on in daytime ) - thanks
Asked by Claire on 2 Apr 2020
The P mode is powersaving so will help these run through winter without much of a USB charge and the S is the brighter setting for winter. The panel should not be on in the day, so please contact support@thesolarcentre.co.uk
What are the dimensions
Asked by Ninette on 2 Apr 2020
Dimensions 32cm by 24cm
Are the body of the lights made of plastic or metal? Cheers
Asked by alex on 2 Apr 2020
Toughned plastic
What is the power sound in watts is the speaker. ie how loud ?
Asked by Johno on 1 Apr 2020
The Bluelite is plenty loud enough for outdoor use for a group of people you have round for example for a small group for a barbecue.
Hi, how long in metres are these? Thanks
Asked by Matt on 1 Apr 2020
The Elan are 200 Superbright white LED bulbs on a 20 metre string
Hi what are the dimensions please
Asked by Liz on 1 Apr 2020
These are 79mm.
Does this lamp emit an ambient light or does it only light up when motion is detected?
Asked by Victoria Okolo on 31 Mar 2020
This is a motion-activated only light. The brightness and size of the panel would not allow an ambient light.
what are the dimensions please?
Asked by florent Beaujot on 30 Mar 2020
20cm across and 12 cm high
The solar lights battery i need to replace is marked 2000 mah 3.7. Will your 2600 be suitable?
Asked by P Grace on 29 Mar 2020
This will be fine yes, as long as the voltage is the same!
What wattage is the solar panel please
Asked by Shelagh Preston on 28 Mar 2020
The panel is low voltage and is safe to use year round outdoors
Does the Guide Solar Motion Light have a power-save / winter mode?
Asked by Graham on 28 Mar 2020
No sorry!
Hi, can you tell me if the batteries are replaceable and if so what is the battery type. Thanks.
Asked by Michael on 28 Mar 2020
The batteries cannot be changed sadly, however these are a long life battery and should last up to 4 years.
How bright are the lights, please ? The fully charged lumen output would be helpful to include in your product specification.
Asked by Shaun Schofield on 27 Mar 2020
There is not a lumen rating for these lights.They are a decorative light and are intended for adorning a pergola, you would not be able to read by the light they give out.
Can these be wall-mounted instead of spike in the ground?
Asked by Clare Moore on 27 Mar 2020
No, sorry!
Can I buy replacement magnets I just bought 18 of these light and have misled the magnets if so were can purchase them
Asked by neville hallett on 27 Mar 2020
Sadly we do not sell the magnets replacements. Please contact us as support@thesolarcentre.co.uk and provide us with your order details and we will do our best to help.
I have misplaced the magnets of my solar brick lights can I replace them
Asked by NUALAbreen on 27 Mar 2020
Sadly we do not sell the magnets replacements. Please contact us as support@thesolarcentre.co.uk and provide us with your order details and we will do our best to help.
Hi do these have different settings or do they just turn on automatically once dark?
Asked by Dean McDonald on 26 Mar 2020
There is a power saving setting and a full bright mode and both will come on automatically after dark, there is not a 'motion dection' setting.
Are suitable to be fitted to a more solid surfaces such as kerbing or brick. Also could they be put in place using strong adhesive.
Asked by John Sheehan on 26 Mar 2020
These can be drilled/screwed down, however we would not recommend adhesive, as it may not be strong enough to hold the light in place.
Hello! Thinking of using this for indoor use. Can you turn it on and off or it is just automatic when dark/light?
Asked by stella on 24 Mar 2020
In Indoor Mode your Shapelight will operate much like a normal mains powered light. It will turn on when you switch it on and turn off when you switch it off
Are they made of metal? How is the solar panel connected?
Asked by Mrs Parkin on 24 Mar 2020
4.5m of cable between each light and the solar panel.
Can the solar panel be mounted outside in all weather conditions
Asked by Dinah Dossor on 23 Mar 2020
That's correct. The panel and light is designed for outdoor use only.
Do you have a light like this that stays on not motion activated
Asked by Anne Britton on 22 Mar 2020
Yes, we have many lights that come on at night and go off in the morning, please take a look at our wall lights
Hello - what colours does the Shimmer Solar Mood Light - Egg show please? (White/natural, blue/pink/green?) I look forward to hearing from you. Thank you.
Asked by Rebecca Rainbird on 21 Mar 2020
There are 12 colours it cycles through red , green , 4 shades of blue , orange , yellow , purple , pink , green and white.
I am looking to replace the KENSINGTON walll light as they have been discontinued. Would you describe the light emitted as white or warm white
Asked by ALISON on 21 Mar 2020
These are a warm light, 3000 Kelvin.
What are the dimensions of the base and is it a light as well as a solar panel
Asked by Sue Gussman on 21 Mar 2020
The base is only designed to work with our shaplights, so will fit into them with no issue. If you are trying to use them as a stand alone decoration we do not advise doing this.
How often would you have to change the battery? Thanks
Asked by Juliet McCabe on 19 Mar 2020
You should not have to change the batteries for up to 3 years.
Dimensions of lamp and height of crook?
Asked by Ann Crick on 18 Mar 2020
Lantern Height: 19.5cm Lantern Width: 12.5cm Height: 67cm (excluding spike) Overall Height: 84cm (including spike)
Can you use normal batteries in these lights instead if they are located in a partially sunny spot?
Asked by Dave on 15 Mar 2020
Normal batteries cannot be used in the Truro, these need to be rechargeable and the same as the battery which is in the light already. We sell them here
Can this light be fixed to wooden fence posts
Asked by Paul on 15 Mar 2020
Yes you are able to fix these to fencing posts/panels.
Can you fix the solar panel to a vertical surface? Thanks
Asked by andrew medworth on 14 Mar 2020
We recommend these being mouted so they have the best access to direct sunlight, so if this was mounted vertically please make sure that there is no shadowing etc.
I have two of these and they need charging,have put them on charge via USB but have no indication as to the charge going in do I have to switch off to charge and how long to keep charging for full charge ?
Asked by Anthony Banks on 14 Mar 2020
We recommend charging these for 4 hours and then after that they should be fully charged. Once they are off charge, thrun them on by pushing and holding the button in for 3-5 seconds and they should then come on for you i nthe evening and then recharge during the day.
Can I buy a replacement power pack as water has got into mine but the light string and solar panel are fine (tested with the power pack from the other string)
Asked by Sarah O'Brien on 14 Mar 2020
Sorry to hear that water has got into the tube. Please make sure that the tube is hung up by the hook on the cap, this will stop any ingress. The tubes can be found here
What is the light output? Also, what type of lightbulb is included with the pillar Lantern?
Asked by Audrey Walker on 12 Mar 2020
The output is 50 lumen and the bub is 4 smd's with a faux plastic bulb cover over them.
Will these lights operate at night when the street lights come on? . Does it have a photoreceptor that detects night and daylight. My challenge is that the streetlights seem to prevent my lights working.
Asked by Mike Ogilvie on 12 Mar 2020
If there is any artificial light getting onto the panel in the evening it will assume it is daytime and will not come on in the evening, so please make sure it is clear of any lamps.
is the tilt angle adjustable
Asked by john on 12 Mar 2020
The panel can be moved further back
Can speaker be connected to Alexa
Asked by Lorraine on 10 Mar 2020
No sorry, though this is a fab idea though and will pass this on as feedback!
Do you have these in a warm white?
Asked by Georgina on 10 Mar 2020
We do indeed we have the 300 version and the 100 version
Hi, Im assuming this light has day / night control and would switch on automatically once the ambient daylight has dropped in the evening?
Asked by Scott Hudson on 9 Mar 2020
That's correct, the light is either charging in daylight or switched on when low is to low to charge. You can switch the light off at night so it will only charge and not come on.
How long is the cable from the solar panel to the light? Can it be extended?
Asked by Andrew Jeffrey on 8 Mar 2020
Approximately 5m of cable between the light and solar panel. We do not currently have an extension for this light.
Can you tell me what the battery life is and can they be replaced
Asked by Des Connolly on 8 Mar 2020
Sadly the batteries cannot be replaced. The yare a long life lithium ion battery. We cannot give a life expectancy as it totally depends on a number of factors.
Hi, i am considering this as an option for a greenhouse. Would it be suitable Dave
Asked by Dave on 8 Mar 2020
It would be suitable, the panel will of course need to be attached to the outside. The UV protection and refraction of light will cause the panel not to charge fully if it is behind glass.
Will they fit round gutters
Asked by Eddie on 8 Mar 2020
These are designed for gutters, so yes they should be suitable. The crook is 2.5 cm.
Does the sensor need to be in direct sunlight or will this operate on a north facing wall ?
Asked by Martin Storr on 8 Mar 2020
The solar panel which is on top of the light needs sunlight so we recommend a southern facing wall. The light will still work on a north-facing wall but will significantly reduce the performance especially in winter.
Can you run two lights off of one solar panel
Asked by James on 8 Mar 2020
The solar panel is only designed for one light only, if you could connect two lights the panel would need to be double the size.
Can these cubes be used as seats in the garden?
Asked by Allan Hymers on 7 Mar 2020
Shapelights are made from an extremely tough PE plastic and are strong enough to be used as illuminated furniture pieces. The Shapelight Cube and Cylinder can both easily double up as a small table or seat for children or light adults.
Are you able to turn off the motion so that the light just comes on and stays on?
Asked by Laurie Houkes on 6 Mar 2020
The motion cannot be switched off I am afraid, it is soley PIR based light. We do have our Wedge Elite , Wedge Plus which you can have this on for an hour or on a low light throughout the night and then brighter when someone approaches.
What type of bulb does this light use and if it fails, can I buy a replacement? Could you please not publish my name.
Asked by Peter Reynolds on 6 Mar 2020
These are SMD bulbs, they cannot be replaced.
Iv put the light up and plugged it in to the solar panel so do I just leave it for a few days or is there a on & off switch thank you
Asked by Mel on 6 Mar 2020
That is correct, we usually recommend 3-5 days in the sun outside before switching on using the button on the back of the panel.
Does this light have an on off switch please. I want one that I can leave on if I am on patio and turn off if I am not. If no do you have another model you would recommend. Many Thanks M
Asked by Mary Elliott on 5 Mar 2020
The light has an on/off switch. This underneath the top part of the light, so you need to unscrew the top of the light to turn it on/off which, depending on the height might be troublesome. Maybe have a look at our remote control options, these can be found under security lights
I have misplaced the USB charger where can I obtain a new one Thanks Ps i live in a third floor flat with a winter garden so my access to sun is limited
Asked by IannSmith on 4 Mar 2020
You can purchase a charger here
How do you adjust the detection range, I have a public footpath in front of my house and would like to stop the light coming on unless somebody steps in the direction of my door?
Asked by Brendan Kelly on 4 Mar 2020
The Truro Motion cannot be adjusted. The lights that can be adjusted are in the SMD range.
How do you put them on solar power mode
Asked by John McGlinchey on 4 Mar 2020
I am unsure what you mean, but I will try to answer. The light is alway in solar mode as it charges the rechargeable batteries via the solar panel. Hope this helps.
Can the mood Light sphere be mounted on a brick gate collumns cusing scews and plugs. The Mood lights are intended for gate lights.
Asked by Leo oerlemans on 3 Mar 2020
Not really as you would need to screw the base down and if you ever wanted to USB charge them again you would need to undo the screws, so it is not really recomended.
Can you provide lights at a warmer (lower) temperature below 3,000 kelvin? Higher temperatures interfere with insects and other wildlife in gardens so I would prefer not to use them. (And I avoid polluting the sky by pointing them upwards anyway).
Asked by Ian Gordon on 3 Mar 2020
We have our sets of warm white spotlight included the Atlas set of 2, they can be found here or we have a set of four which are here
Are they black or anthracite grey?
Asked by Gary Page on 3 Mar 2020
Luxflow is black in colour.
Is There a warranty on the lights? How long do they usually last? Thanks
Asked by Michelle on 2 Mar 2020
With all our products there is a one year warranty, so if there is any issues in that time yo ucan always get in touch. With regards to the product we would suggest changing the battery after 2-3 years. The longevity of the product relies on a mixture of things such as location, usage ect so hard to a concrete answer.
What are the measurements of the bracket? Wondering I'd this would also fit onto a fence panel ?
Asked by Mich S on 1 Mar 2020
The bracket is 2.5cm and the back part is 3 cm tall. I am unsure if these will fit on a fence panel as they come in all different styles.
Is the range adjustable? How is that done? What are the limits of adjustment?
Asked by Michael Reid on 29 Feb 2020
The range is 6m, this cannot be adjusted on the Truro Motion. There are other security lights such as EVO SMD Range which you can adjust the range.
Hi I live near the coast. Will this light be weather proof
Asked by Sharon on 29 Feb 2020
The lights are made of stainless steel, not marine grade so if you are very very close then there maybe some risk of corrosion, especially with the harsh salt air. The best bet is to get some WD40 (other brands are available!) to help create a barrier on top of the proofing on the product.
Is this suitable to light the inside of a shed ?
Asked by Steve Nightingale on 28 Feb 2020
The light can be used in a shed, the light will only activate in the evening when it is dark outside, so no matter how dark the shed is as it is the panel which can tell the difference between night/day.
Can wall light be attached to concrete posts and also fencing
Asked by Marilyn McGilvray on 27 Feb 2020
Yes this light can, customers have used this in their garden attached to fence posts and walls. It comes with all the neccesary fixtures and fittings.
I want to paint the casing (not the solar panel) red to match the colour of my front door. Do you think the casing would accept paint?
Asked by Steve Prince on 26 Feb 2020
We would not recommend painting the outside of the light as some paint might penetrate the light in any holes and could stop the internals working. Any modifications to the unit will not be covered by the warranty.
How accurate is the PIR range of 5m? For example, if there was movement at say 6m would it activate the light? In other words, is the 5m range quoted a rough guide or accurate? I am asking because 6m would not suit the location I am thinking of by 5m would be ok.
Asked by Steve Prince on 26 Feb 2020
This something that we would recommend testing in the area with the light itself. We try to be as acurate as possible with PIR ranges.
This light looks ideal for me BUT because its range is 5m every time someone walks on the pavement past my house the light will come on which I don't want, so do you have a similar product that will only activate in a range of up to say 2m?
Asked by Steve Prince on 25 Feb 2020
We sadly don't have any lights with a range of 2m. I've seen many customers position the lights facing the front door on a wall or gatepost to stop passers-by triggering the lights.
The text says the PIR range is 3m whereas the video says 5-8m, so which is correct?
Asked by Steve Prince on 25 Feb 2020
3m is the correct range. The video is for the old version of the light. This is the XT version.
Can these be hung along a fence, and would they be suitable?
Asked by Adrienne Russell on 24 Feb 2020
Yes, many customers put them along fences or around trees.
Looked at the other q&a, but not clear if the solar panel on the top can be reversed, ie, have the pir face onto the drive, but the solar panel 180 degree opposite ?,
Asked by Austin on 24 Feb 2020
Please take a look at this video it shows how the panel works, the PIR would be a the front of the light.
I don't want lights in every night but I want them to be charged so that I can use them without planning ahead. Will these charge when they're turned off.
Asked by Cnw on 23 Feb 2020
Yes, these will charge when in the off position.
Hi, do you do this light in a black finish?
Asked by Amy on 23 Feb 2020
Currently, have no plans for a black version
Is the manual available to download online, please?
Asked by Eddy HALL on 21 Feb 2020
Please see downloadable instructions here
The extension cable does it connect into the back of the light, when up and therefore show, , thanks
Asked by Karen on 20 Feb 2020
The extension cable extends the current cable which connects the light and solar panel.
The description states 'Automatic on at night with on/off switch to override if desired' . Where is the on/off switch located ?
Asked by Sue on 18 Feb 2020
The switch is on the bottom of the solar panel. Please note this will not make the lights come on earlier, as that is goverened by the panel. You are just able to switch them off sooner or switch them off if you are away and do not want them coming on automatically.
how do i get to the light switch you say its under the light head how do i open the light head
Asked by john on 18 Feb 2020
You just lift the top part off the top of the light and turn it over. So grab the silver ring under the solar panel and pull up.
Hi. I'm looking at these solar security light to light up a garage area at the back of my house. Is this the biggest and brightest version of these lights? How would you recommend mounting the panel on to a pole as I want to mount both light and panel up high in a pole. I plan to fit 2 of these lights. Many thanks
Asked by Andrew on 17 Feb 2020
The brightest version of these lights would be the elite. This can be found here . The lights are made to be wall mountedand we do not have fitting avaialble that will assist with mounting onto a pole, however customer have achieved this themselves.
Could I use this kit with 2 switches to allow independent lighting of a pair of linked garages, i.e 1 switch in each garage allowing lighting in either garage A, garage B and garage A + B when required?
Asked by Stuart Mathieson on 17 Feb 2020
Yes, 2 switches would work
What is the body of the light made from?
Asked by Ken Giannini on 17 Feb 2020
ABS Plastic
Is the battery customer replaceable when the time comes, or is the whole unit throw away like so many products?
Asked by Paul on 15 Feb 2020
The battery is not replaceable in this light. However the long life battery should give you up to 3 years of service.
Where is the PIR? If the posts are designed to sit alongside a path, does that mean motion will be detected some distance directly left & right of the lamp when approaching the lamp along the path?
Asked by Tony on 14 Feb 2020
The motion sensor is built inside the light and will pick up motion up to 8m away with a full 180 degrees.
Can the solar panel be attached to a fence? We don't have anywhere in our compact garden to position a stake (and the dogs will go pee on a stake, as they do with my plant pots)
Asked by Jules on 12 Feb 2020
These are for stake mountign only, however some customers have used found way of installing them to walls etc.
I would like to use the unit to illuminate the keypad on a security lock on a front gate. Cars will pass within 3m of the unit .Could I shield the PIR to reduce the possibility of it being operated by a passing vehicle but see a person within 0.5m? Regards John
Asked by John Iball on 11 Feb 2020
We do not suggest tampering with the light/PIR sensor as this will invalidate the warranty. Some customers have used tape over the sensor to minimise the sensitivity and reach.
Is the Esher &Softec extension cable compatible with the up and down solar lights as I recently brought 2 and the cables are too short to collect the best amount of solar energy .
Asked by ann hughes on 11 Feb 2020
I am afraid this is only cpmpatable with the Esher &Softec. It depends which Chester you have pruchased. If it is the Anthracite you can purchase the cable here if it was the Chrome colour Chester then the cable can be purchased clicking here
Will you be selling this design in chrome?
Asked by Louise on 10 Feb 2020
Currently, we do not have any plans but thank you for the feedback. We do have a similar light called the Chester which has a remote panel. See the Chester here
Hi how well do they work in winter
Asked by Jacqueline Gillen on 10 Feb 2020
These will work well in winter, just make sure they are on the 'p' setting and that the panel is as south facing as you can. It will need a 3-5 day boost before switching on for the first time.
How big are the bulbs?
Asked by marcus on 10 Feb 2020
Each bulb has a max diameter of 59mm and a height of 105mm
Please can you advise the dimensions of this product. Thanks
Asked by Jodie cowan on 10 Feb 2020
Top 12.5cm x 16.2cm Back 16.2cm x 7cm
Does the Eco Disc solar wall light work from dusk to dawn? If not is there something similar that does Thanks
Asked by Tim on 10 Feb 2020
The Eco disc is a dusk to dawn light.
Does the Eco Disc solar wall light work from dusk to dawn? If not is there something similar that does Thanks
Asked by Tim on 10 Feb 2020
Up to 6 hours runtime from a full charge and automatically comes on at night.
Hi. I am looking at installing this unit. However to get the sun it needs to be facing ar right angles to the path i want to illuminate. Will it detect motion at right angles to the unit.
Asked by Mark on 9 Feb 2020
The detection angle is 120 degrees so it could just about work. I would be worth testing the light in both locations before installing it =or using a light with a remote panel.
What battery is used and can it be replaced?
Asked by Leslie Dyer on 9 Feb 2020
AA rechargable 1.2v and yes they can be replaced.
Hi there would you be able to see me installation instructions for these lights? Many Thanks Christian
Asked by Christian on 7 Feb 2020
Click here for instructions
Hi I need an extension to put the solar panel further from the light where can I get one
Asked by Lesley Evans on 6 Feb 2020
Please find the 5m extension cable here
Can you switch off the motion sensor as I am looking for a light that will stay on all night to illuminate a sign? Or can you recommend a similar style product that can do this?
Asked by Rachel Bartlett on 5 Feb 2020
The Eco Wedge Pro is a motion sensor only light. Please take a look at our wall lights here
Can you give me the dimensions of the light please
Asked by James Carson on 4 Feb 2020
11 cm by 10.5 and the back plate is 6 cm.
Can you extend the distance further than 5m by using a longer cable or using more than one extension cable?
Asked by Ian on 3 Feb 2020
Yes, you can use as many 5m cables as you'd like. Each cable will reduce the performance of the light charging but this can be outweighed by a better panel position. We recommend no more than 2 additional extension cables.
The instructions mention a switch on the back of the solar panel, but there isn't one. How do we know if the battery is charging?
Asked by Nick on 2 Feb 2020
Apologies, we are in the middle of updating the instructions. As there were too many switches we have done away with the one of the panel. The light will charge in the on/off position, so you can always just leave it for a few days then use the 'on' button on the remote.
Is it possible to make boulders that you could sit on?
Asked by Paula greest on 2 Feb 2020
You can sit on these no problem.
Is it possible to disable the motion sensor function and use it in an on demand manner? I was looking through all the different modes on the controller but none of them seem to enable this
Asked by Vincent Low on 1 Feb 2020
Yes, you can switch the light off and then use mode 3,4 or 5
Can these lights be mounted into my new patio area which will be Indian sandstone....?
Asked by Peter Salter on 1 Feb 2020
We recommend that this is light is placed somewhere where there is going to be good drainage. If this is not the case we can recommend the Edinburgh Deck Lights instead.
How big is solar panel
Asked by Olly brister on 1 Feb 2020
the panel is 11 cm high and 9 cm wide.
Hi, in regards to a suitable replacement charger... The description is a USB cable however the charging socket on the light is a round socket not a USB port. Could you help please?
Asked by Debbie keenan on 1 Feb 2020
We sell the charging cable you need here . Hope this helps!
When will Product ID: SS9966 be in stock?
Asked by Roger Sturman on 31 Jan 2020
I am afraid we are discontinuing the Vega. Sorry!
Where is the solar panel located
Asked by Vic on 31 Jan 2020
The panel is located in the middle of the item.
What do you need to do before you use the lights for the first time
Asked by Irene Bredow on 30 Jan 2020
Just give them a really good charge via USB and then you will be good to go.
Where is the battery located?
Asked by Shaun on 30 Jan 2020
Batteries are located in the Solar Panel
How much does the light weigh? Our garden is quite exposed and it can get very windy so I would be worried about it being blown around and getting damaged.
Asked by Elaine on 29 Jan 2020
They are 1.85 kg and if you use the spike to secure them into the ground you should not have a problem. We have not had any reports of these being blow around at all.
Is the solar sensor on the top of the cube? Is this suitable to fix on 4 inch posts at the side of somew steps? Is the fixing screws or does it hang on two screws in the post?
Asked by michael langstaff on 28 Jan 2020
Yes, the solar panel is integrated on top of the cube. Yes, 4 inch posts will be fine, the light installs by screwing two screws into the post then sliding the light onto those screws.
What type and power is the battery. I am trying to find out if I can put these lights in hand baggage on a flight to Spain.
Asked by Philip Waters on 28 Jan 2020
It is a lithium ion battery, so we will not be able to say if this is suitable to carry on a plane, as airports have different restrictions, so it would be worth contacting the airport before you travel. Tese cannot be removed or replaced, so it is also worth checking with them that the battery does not need to be removed.
Is it possible to replace the batteries in this post light when they do not accept a charge.
Asked by Leon Beaumont on 27 Jan 2020
Yes it is possible! The batteries are stored in the lighthead, they are AA rechargable batteries, 1.2v.
Are the batteries replaceable on this unit? If yes what are they please?
Asked by Stephen Brown on 27 Jan 2020
These batteries are not replaceable, they are wired into the unit.
Hi. How many hours do they come on for at night in winter? And how do you charge them ? And also how often do they need charged? And how often do batteries need replaced please? Thanks
Asked by Nicole on 27 Jan 2020
The light will work up to 6 hours in Winter, this is based on a typical location and for it being in the 'p' mode, however it has been known to run for longer. The lights will need to be switched off initially and then left to charge in as much direct sunlight as possbile, after that switch them to the 'p' mode for winter or 's' if it is summer. The battery should not need changing for at least 2 years.
How many ours of light can be expected from a full 3 hour USB charge?
Asked by Jan Alsmeyer on 26 Jan 2020
A full USB charge takes just a few hours and will provide 7 nights of illumination without any help form the sun.
How are these lamps operated? I would like something to come on when ambient light dims and then is timed to go off at 10PM perhaps
Asked by Paul Icough on 26 Jan 2020
These lamps are dusk till dawn (or until the battery runs out) and will provide a nice welcoming light for the evening. The light cannot be timed to turn off specifically at 10pm, yo ucould always switch off the light manually if you wanted to.
How are these lamps operated? I would like something to come on when ambient light dims and then is timed to go off at 10PM perhaps
Asked by Paul Icough on 26 Jan 2020
These lamps are dusk till dawn (or until the battery runs out) and will provide a nice welcoming light for the evening. The light cannot be timed to turn off specifically at 10pm, you could always switch off the light manually if you wanted to.
Does it come with bulb?
Asked by Linda Chapman on 25 Jan 2020
The light does.
Can the detection range be shortened or does it only operate on an 8 metre range?
Asked by Rod on 25 Jan 2020
The detection range cannot be shorterned or adjusted. Have a look at SMD range
Could you tell me how this is fixed in the ground, does it come with a case to screw into and what is the lifespan of the product
Asked by Kay on 25 Jan 2020
You would install your Onyx as you would any other paving brick.
Are they 400g in weight each or is this the combined weight of all 4?
Asked by Maria on 25 Jan 2020
That will be the combined weight of the item.
what is the detectable angle of the motion sensor please?
Asked by GRENVILLE BIDDULPH on 24 Jan 2020
180 Degrees
What is the angle of detection of movement? 90 degrees or more?
Asked by Frank Reynolds on 24 Jan 2020
120 degrees.
Do you know what the wattage and kelvin output is for this light? Thanks
Asked by Jon on 23 Jan 2020
The output is 50 lumens, we do not rate our lights with watts.
We have lost the charger cable that came with the cylinder light. Could you tell me what kind of charger cable is requires so I can find a replacement please
Asked by Debbie on 22 Jan 2020
Never fear! You can buy one right here !
Although the light comes on automatically at dusk can it be turned off, or does it stay on until the battery goes flat? Thanks
Asked by Paul on 22 Jan 2020
It can be manually switched off if required.
Can the lights be screwed down ?
Asked by Simon Probyn on 21 Jan 2020
The lights can be recessed in their holes and do not require to be screwed in as they will be quite flush.
just wonder how it fits to a wall cares anyway too fit it to wall in pictures thanks rod
Asked by rodney kinge on 21 Jan 2020
There are brackets for the light head and panel and they just drill/screw into the wall.
Hi, I'd like the Grantham up and down solar lights but I need them in warm white light please can you confirm the colour of lighting before I order?
Asked by Deb Beckett on 21 Jan 2020
The Grantham is a warm white light.
How long is the cable between the solar panel and the light?
Asked by Richard Melrose on 20 Jan 2020
5m between the panel and the light.
What are the dimensions of the Truro?
Asked by Paul on 20 Jan 2020
11cm x 10.5 cm and the back plate is 6cm wide.
Hi, Do you know if the fixing hole pitch is the same as the previous version? I have about 10 of them and would prefer to use existing screws.
Asked by Carl on 20 Jan 2020
There has been no changes made to the Sherpa, so the holes will be the same size. We cannot guarentee they will be the same size if you have brought a different version of the light.
Can these be driven over.
Asked by Alex on 19 Jan 2020
No they cannot. Our Paverlights can!
Can you get replacement solar panels at all?
Asked by Andy Smith on 19 Jan 2020
There are no replacement panels at present for the Chester. If you are having any issues or it has arrived damaged for example just email us or give us a call.
Could this type of system be used to light a standard Street lamp? Or would it require a stronger system. Do you have one? If a more powerful system were used could it be linked into the grid to provide power that was not used?
Asked by Richard Conway-Hyde on 18 Jan 2020
No, Sorry this would not be suitable.
Hi, could I attach to outside of static caravan with a double sided adhesive pad as I don't want to screw on?
Asked by Ian Austin on 18 Jan 2020
I would make sure to install as per instructions, if it were to fall off and become damaged due to the adhesive failing it would not be covered under warranty.
Hi, How long is the rechargeable battery supposed to last? Can you purchase a new battery seperatly?
Asked by John on 17 Jan 2020
The battery should last up to 3 years, sometimes more. Thebatteries cannot be replaced as they are wired in.
Once charged should the lights come on automatically when it gets dark, or do they need to be manually switched on?
Asked by Suzanne on 17 Jan 2020
These will need to be switched on. Please push and hold the button directly in (not left or right) for 3-5 seconds and they will lightup in the evening.
Hi - how long is the cable with the EVO SMD Remote Controlled Solar Floodlight?
Asked by Patricia Taylor on 16 Jan 2020
The cable is 5m between the light and panel.
Hi, Can this light be used in the daytime? as it says the light switches off when daylight hits the panel. I would like to use it intermittently through the day to light up a storage unit
Asked by chis on 13 Jan 2020
By default, you can't use this in the day time but you can trick the light if needed. If you cover the panel the light will be able to be switched on or if you disconnect the panel. We do have one light which can be switch on in the day which is called the Beam Shed Light The other choice is looking at our Solar lighting kits where you can build your specification
Hi, have you managed to work them on a sensor yet would be very desirable
Asked by thomas henry hatton on 13 Jan 2020
I can defiantely pass on this feedback, it would be quite difficult as the item is flat and only when you walk over it they will come on.
If i didn't fit these flush, would they give out lateral light from the sides? (like your smaller Lincoln Solar Decking Light)
Asked by Phil B on 13 Jan 2020
No, the amount of light going sideways will be so small you make not even say it. The LED face upwards and not outward. The Lincoln sounds like the type of light you are looking for.
Hello there, I'm looking for a solar powered, motion sensor. Is that a feature of this light?
Asked by Stella on 12 Jan 2020
This light operates dusk to dawn and is not motion activate. We have our Truro Motion you might be interested in.
We need lights that continue to light up even if there is no sun for several days. Would these lights still work?
Asked by Christine on 12 Jan 2020
These lights have powersaving mode which will help them run longer through winter, we ask you to make sure they are on the 'p' setting (poweraving) and to make sure that the panels are not in a poor/shaded location.
How long does it stay on once activated? Is this adjustable?
Asked by Louise on 11 Jan 2020
It comes on for 30 seconds, this is not adjustable. You can adjust our SMD Range.
Will the remote operate more than one light? I am thinking of having 2 or 3 on a pathway and would like them all to come on at the same time.
Asked by Alan on 10 Jan 2020
Yes, one remote can be used on all the lights.
if i had a pair of Blulite, would sound come from both speakers ?
Asked by Kev on 10 Jan 2020
No, it's one source paired up with one light.
What is battery capacity and what is the lumen output.?
Asked by Paul Kershaw on 10 Jan 2020
The light is 200 lumen. The light includes the appropriate Li-ion batteries.
If one bulb fails is that a problem? I need them to go on trees and in my experience they get broken by birds pecking them?
Asked by Kevin Nee on 9 Jan 2020
It depends on how bad the break is. We once stapled through the wire once and half went out and the rest stayed on..
Is it possible to change the direction of the solar panel? if not, then which part of the light should ideally be facing south. What is the angle for the motion sensor and it it possible to have it on the back of the light? I'm actually wanting to put up 6 on the edge of my property so if someone walks towards, they go on. They would ideally have the sensor facing west and the light to the east - would that work?
Asked by stephen greenhalgh on 9 Jan 2020
The panel is intergrated so it is not possible to change it's direction. The solar panel needs to be facing south ideally, however as it is PIR as long as it is not heavily shaded area or north facing where it will not receive any light at all it should be fine.
Can you tell me please what sort of connections are on the end of this cord?
Asked by Helen Bayly-Stark on 9 Jan 2020
The connections are made to be compatible with our atlas range. So if you are looking to extend the panel of an Atlas this will be suitable. If you are looking at using this for another purpose then it is not recommended.
Do you sell replacement solar lights (top parts) for these - I have 2 canterbury lights but while the metal fitting and diffuser ok the solar lights themselves have failed. Thanks
Asked by Alex on 7 Jan 2020
Spare tops can be brought here
does this light come in differant colors eg. pewter or black or any other color?
Asked by brian carpenter on 7 Jan 2020
These just come in stainless steel.
Thank you,I've received solar light and seems to be working ok, under cover it as switch on/off and opposite side s & p but now switch is it pre set to power saving? Sorry to be a pain, just a query, it's working ok,I've left it off now for few days to top up battery,best wishes,Happy new year.
Asked by Mr I Cunningham on 6 Jan 2020
The S and P are marked on either side, so it's pre-set mode will be 'off' you then need to choose which one you would like it on. We recommend the 'p' setting for winter. To save on more plastic being used you will see a switch hole with no switch, but just focus on the part with the switch you can move.
How many lumens does this light emit? Would it be suitable for either side of a patio door to generate light to the patio area or is it more decorative than for creating usable light?
Asked by Roy D on 5 Jan 2020
The total lumen out put is 60 lumen. So the output of each light is 30 lumen.
I want to illuminate my shared driveway and put the unit on the side of my house, maybe 2, will the PIR detect movement from a side angle? Also, there can be several people up and down the driveway visiting an elderly neighbor, would this potentially drain the power to failure? Thanks Paul
Asked by Paul Mather on 5 Jan 2020
The PIR sensor has a 120 degree angle. I would just check the wall yo uare planning to put this onto, if it is a north facing or heavily shaded I would look at one with a remote solar panel. The light has 250 triggers, so it should be fine with visitors.
Does this light need seperate solar panel
Asked by Carol Hewitt on 5 Jan 2020
The panel is based on top of the light with the LEDS around the outside.
Can I get this with a movement sensor? I'm after an outdoor light in this style that just comes on for 5 minutes when I get back so I can see the door. I don't want a light that's on all the time. Your security lights are all a bit harsh looking. Thanks, Tom
Asked by Tom K on 5 Jan 2020
Sorry, this is a dusk till dawn light only!
What are the dimensions of the back plate /wall attachment please? Thanks
Asked by Claire Ramsey on 4 Jan 2020
The back plate is 7.5 cm wide and 10.5cm high.
what stops the battery from overcharging
Asked by Keith Burke on 3 Jan 2020
with the higher rated geo kits (4-5) they come with a 5a charge controller which will stop the overcharging. The Geo2 will not have this issue as it will not over charge. If you wanted to purchase one separatrely they are available here
Hi does this battery fit my Trueflame solar powered lantern with USB ?
Asked by Jackie on 3 Jan 2020
The battery is only suitable for the USB Crook lantern, not the Truflame Flickering torches.
What is the best size cable clip to use and what colour is cable on multi colour string?
Asked by Terence Gardner on 2 Jan 2020
Normal sized cable clips will be sufficent. The string is the same size as mains fairy lights. The cable is green.
I see that the batteries will run out after 2-3 yrs but are they replaceable or would I then need to buy new lights? Thanks
Asked by Rebecca Martin on 2 Jan 2020
The batteries are not replaceable.
is their a way to convert it so it comes on with a switch instead of motion?
Asked by Hannah pattle on 2 Jan 2020
No, Sorry!
Just like to know what type of fixing is required
Asked by Barry on 2 Jan 2020
Fixtures and fittings are included so there is no need to acquire anything else.
Are the lights waterproof as I need to fit the most to wooden decking boards? What is the lumen output per light?
Asked by Anthony ball on 1 Jan 2020
These lights are waterproof and the lumen for the 3 different brightnesses is as follows: 40 / 30 / 20 lumens
Is this a pit light or is it on permanently?
Asked by Peter Godfrey on 1 Jan 2020
The light will turn on automatically at dusk where it will illuminate for up to 8 hours permanently.
On first installation what should the position of my button be on the back of the solar panel, Off, S, or P because of yet my lights have not been working after 5 days of charge.
Asked by Garry on 30 Dec 2019
We recommend these being in the 'off' position for 3-5 days outside (not behind any glass) and after that time, depending on which season change it to 'p' (for winter) or 's' (for summer)
Can I mount these lights flat as decking lights? Do they need to be upright on the wall? And will they resist rain if mounted flat as decking lights?
Asked by Benedict Roth on 29 Dec 2019
This will need to be wall mounted.
Can the bulb in the Henley be replaced when it fails?
Asked by Marion on 29 Dec 2019
The bulb is not repalceable.
What are the dimensions of the Solar Panel?
Asked by John Tyson on 29 Dec 2019
The dimensions of the panel are 19cm high and 13 cm wide.
Hi, We already have a post with a light like this on top but want to change it to a solar powered version. Could we use this and cut the cable to wire into our existing light?....or do you see the panel and PIR separately? Thanks
Asked by Nick Hawkes on 29 Dec 2019
No, we do not recommend this it will invalidate the warranty.
Do these lights give out much light?
Asked by Lynn Purvis on 29 Dec 2019
These will be able to light the way on the decking and will stop any stumbles!
Hi there, I already have the Chester up and down wall light in stainless steel and wondered if you had any plans to release this in the same colour to match? Thank you.
Asked by Emma on 28 Dec 2019
There are no plans at present to create a stainless steel Grantham.
Do these have an on/off switch?
Asked by Philippa Devonald on 27 Dec 2019
Yes, these can be manually turned on/off. There is cord so it would require getting to the switch on the light.
Would like to install the light unit inside a large garage. Does the internal battery charge if the light unit is in darkness all day?
Asked by Daren on 27 Dec 2019
As long as the panel is outside the light unit will charge. Please make sure to adjust the lux sensor on installation, the panel will detect light and the light will not respond to motion if the panel is detecting the light.
How do you detach the solar panel? I need to be able to use the extension wire to site the solar panel in an appropriate position.
Asked by Norman on 27 Dec 2019
The panel cannot be detached as it is attached to the product. Please look at our 'remote solar panel' security lights in our Security light section.
I have a need to illuminate a dark drive in order to be able to reverse out at night. Does "motion sensor" refer to reaction to only body heat or would the light detect a reversing car please? Regards. Andrew Wadsley.
Asked by Andrew Wadsley on 26 Dec 2019
Yes, it should do this job just fine. You'd ideally want the motion of the car to be going across the sensor rather than directly towards it. The exhaust fumes should help to trigger it as well.
Does this kit come with a charge controller?
Asked by Andrew on 24 Dec 2019
The Geo 2 does not come wit hthe charge controller. You can however buy one here separately. There should not be a need for it however.
how many volt do these batteries have?
Asked by juanita richardson on 23 Dec 2019
3.7v
how will I know when my solar lights are fully charged when plugged in to the mains socket.
Asked by Paul Bunnell on 22 Dec 2019
The charging tube will turn from red to green.
How do I set the lights so they go off after 8 hours
Asked by Terence William foster on 21 Dec 2019
There is a timer within the lights that will turn them off after that time. If they do not go off it sounds like there is a light nearby that might be flashing on/off the panel, this will reset the timer. Please do check that out as it will assume it is day time and then night again!
Where can I purchase the rechargeable batteries from
Asked by Alan moulton on 21 Dec 2019
batteries can be purchased here
is the solar panel covered with glass or plastic due to the sun where i live plastic lasts no time
Asked by Martin on 18 Dec 2019
Hi, it is toughned palstic.
If the light stops working after 1 year, can I replace the batteries?
Asked by P Smith on 18 Dec 2019
The batteries in this model are not replaceable.
Hi I have one of these lights and want to know if the light automatically cycles through the colours or do you need to choose one colour manually at a time. If automatically how do you start the cycle running and how long does each colour last.
Asked by Colin on 18 Dec 2019
You will need to put it onto a certain colour. If you look in the instructions you will see the list of colours, beside the 2nd blue colour it will say (colour change mode) if you place it on this mode it will go through them automatically.
It looks like the lamp angle can be adjusted, what range of angle is possible between the base and the lights, I want to mount on top of a gate post with sensor pointing into the gateway
Asked by Andy on 17 Dec 2019
this only moves upand down, it cannot be twisted to face another way.
I live in Wales and we get a lot of heavy rain here. Is Is this lamp fully waterproof? I have tried two different types so far and both have failed within a few weeks because of water ingress.
Asked by Paul Powell on 16 Dec 2019
We have not had any water ingress issues reported to us on the Shield, so you should have no issues.
Will the solar fairy lights switch on at night if the solar panel is receiving light from streetlights or ambient light from the house?
Asked by Tee on 16 Dec 2019
The lights will not come on if there is any ambient light as you describe as it will assume it is daytime. The way to counteract this is to unplug the solar panel, but you must remember to plug it back it or it will not charge the next day.
What type(s) of battery has it got and can they be replaced?
Asked by John Gee on 16 Dec 2019
They are a lithium ion battery and cannot be replaced.
Hi, over the winter months will these charge sufficiently during the day for 6/ 8 hour run time when mounted on a west facing wall?
Asked by Eddie on 16 Dec 2019
These will run for you up to 6 hours depending on the power setting and location of the light/panel. We recommend the 'p' setting in the winter.
Hi, I used my lumify lights for the first time last night. Very pleased but they stayed on for much longer than 8 hours, most of the night in fact. Any reason for this?
Asked by Gordon Wright on 15 Dec 2019
Sounds like there is a light nearby that might be flashing on/off the panel and resetting the timer. Please do check that out as it will assume it is day time and then night again!
What is the optimum height it should be placed? what is the weatherproff rating please?
Asked by Philip Bassett on 15 Dec 2019
Just as a rough guide you would be better off installing the light no higher than 4m
Is it LED ? What is the lumens?
Asked by Jamie on 15 Dec 2019
There is no lumen output as such, these are decorative and will serve well as a night light and as a talking piece.
How long is the cable between the light unit and charger panel? The short cable on the one I have means the solar panel is on a north facing wall and, while it's worked fine all summer, will not work unless the day has been very sunny.. Thank you.
Asked by Jules on 14 Dec 2019
5 metres between the panel and the light.
Hi. What technology is the battery and can it be replaced? Thanks
Asked by Andrew Garbutt on 14 Dec 2019
3.7 lithium ion battery 400 mah. This can not be replaced.
Are these waterproof?
Asked by Bob on 13 Dec 2019
Yes they are, we are pleased to say we have not had any water ingress issues reported.
How many LEDs in one of these lights?
Asked by Peter Finch on 13 Dec 2019
There are 2 LEDS in each light.
How long is the cable between the solar panel and the light/PIR unit?
Asked by Green on 13 Dec 2019
5m of cable between solar panel and light
Are these cool white or warm white lights?
Asked by Rachel on 13 Dec 2019
Elan Festoons are a cool white
Do these lights have any power through winter? Or do you have to have wired lights if you want them on from 4ish in winter?
Asked by Caroline on 12 Dec 2019
Atlas has a powersaving mode which will help prolong the life of the light throughout the winter. You can usually expect up to 6 hours in the winter.
What's is the exact IP rating dir these lights. I live in Scotland and we really need IP55 or above ideally IP68
Asked by Gary Litherland-Payne on 12 Dec 2019
These are IP44
Hi, what happens if the cubes are left unused in a garage with cold temp ie 10Ā°c ,would this affect the charge on them at any given time if they where fully charged before cold temps? Thanks.
Asked by Anthony McGrogan on 12 Dec 2019
Thse should be fine to be stored. You could find there might be a slight dent but when they are warm that will disappear. You can USB charge them at any time.
What colour temperature (Kelvin) are the 'warm white' LEDs? To be wildlife friendly I'd like them to be less than 3,500 Kelvin.
Asked by Ian Gordon on 11 Dec 2019
These are between 2,000 and 3,000 we have not had any reports of these disturbing wildlife, they are purely decorative.
Hi, Can the pir be pointed in a different direction relative to the solar panel? I want the panel to point South and the pir to point roughly West
Asked by Joe on 11 Dec 2019
No, the PIR is based on the top of the light, so the panel top part can be rotated but not the PIR.
can this be charged with a usb
Asked by sonia taylor on 11 Dec 2019
The Bear is not USB chargeable.
Where can I purchase replacement batteries for these lights?
Asked by Xander on 10 Dec 2019
The batteries can be purchased here
Hi, will this light work on the north face of a building?
Asked by Marcus Walter on 10 Dec 2019
We recommend the panel to be situated south, there is 5m of cable between solar panel and light so if this is sufficient I would palce the panel elsewhere, then the light can be north facing but the solar panel gaining charge poiting as south as possible.
Where are the rechargeable batteries? Do I have to unscrew the back of the solar panel? As there isn't much sun at the moment should I fully charge the batteries before I use the lights? Thank you for the very quick delivery. Have bought various lights from you before and extremely pleased with all of them.
Asked by Shirley Waters on 9 Dec 2019
That's right, the batteries are in the back of the light. We recommend exercising caution when unscrewing and taking out batteries. If any screws are lost I am afraid we do not have spares as it all comes as one unit. Please always read instructions on any battery charger to see if the batteries are compatable and that they can be charged on your brand of charger.
How long is the cable between the solar panel and the light
Asked by Katie on 9 Dec 2019
5m of cable between solar panel and light
Where is the solar panel for charging the light, this is not shown in your stock photo???
Asked by Mandy on 8 Dec 2019
The solar panel is based on top of the item
Do the fairy lights charge in all weather conditions?
Asked by Paul B on 8 Dec 2019
We recommend the panel to be in as much direct sunlight as possible, so uninhibited by any foliage or shaded spots. Theywill charge but you will find that they will have a shorter run time in winter, as they do not have the powersaving mode or back up USB charge.
It is very windy where I live. Are these bulbs made from a robust plastic? I'm worried they'll smash themselves to pieces.
Asked by Kath Topping on 8 Dec 2019
Edinburgh festoons are made of toughned plastic and not glass, so they will not smash!
Would the 300 lumify be able to light a big tree
Asked by Rosie on 8 Dec 2019
It really does depend on the size of the tree! The lights string itself is 30 metres long if that is helpful!
Will these work during the day, want them round a market stall.
Asked by Gaynor on 8 Dec 2019
If you cover the panel the lights will come on in the day but will not charge so will likely only last a few days. You could have a look at our Lumify range which includes USB charging and charge at night and use in the day.
We've recently installed three Eco Wedge lights around our block of flats, however the caretaker is not here after dark to activate them. Can they only be turned on after dark, or can this be done during daylight hours?
Asked by Bruce Tegart on 5 Dec 2019
The lights can be switched on and then they will activate themselves (with motion) in the evening, so they do not have to be turned on every night, just simply activate and then leave them and wait for night time.
Just received my light. To charge it initially for the recommended 3-5 days, do I just place it in sunlight or do I need to push the on button to activate it or something?
Asked by Luke on 5 Dec 2019
We recommend 3-5 days outside in as much direct sunlight as possible. After that charge up time switch it on and you should be up and running!
what extension wiring set should I team with these lights?
Asked by Daryl on 5 Dec 2019
There is currently no extenstion cable available for the Globes.
Will this battery work on Truro motion sensor wall light. If not, what will. Thank you.
Asked by Brenda Owen on 5 Dec 2019
Yes it will!
Is this item reasonably damp/waterproof?
Asked by M.Harradine on 4 Dec 2019
The Richmond is an inside light and the panel to go outside. The panel will be waterproof, but the Richmond should be installed inside a shed etc.
What is the maximum length of cable between the panel and the lights? Also what is the maximum distance between each light?
Asked by Simon on 4 Dec 2019
These do not come iwth any cable, the panel is based on top.
can i get replacment parts for Windsor Solar Wall Light
Asked by philip on 4 Dec 2019
There are no replacements for the Windsor but if you email suzie@thesolarcentre.co.uk and let her know the sitation then she will certainly be able to advise further.
Hi, can these be used as USB only, with the solar panel disconnected? One of the locations I wanted to use these doesn't have space for a solar panel.
Asked by Tim on 3 Dec 2019
Yes, you can run these off the USB only and disconnect the panel.
How can you tell whether the battery panel is for the 100 set or the 300 set please?
Asked by Melanie Jane Hindley on 3 Dec 2019
The solar panel on the 300's has a slight border around the panel whereas the 100 panel does not. If you mean the green charging tubes, then if you have a 100 set attached to a 300, they will work but very dimly, if you have a 300 tube conencted to a 100 set, they will be very bright. The tubes also now come with markings to tell you which is which.
Are the batteries replaceable? The 'Eye' solar light I have at the moment has just stopped working - I guess the batteries have failed, as all connections & solar panel seem OK.
Asked by Steve on 2 Dec 2019
The batteries in the Shield are not replaceable, but are equpiped with long life, so they should not need changing and can last up to 3-4 years.
Can we purchase spare batteries?
Asked by Stephanie Sainsbury on 2 Dec 2019
Yes, batteries can be purchased here
Does this light have a separate solar panel or is it integrated into the light please?
Asked by chris mcclelland on 2 Dec 2019
The panel is integrated, with the four LEDS around the side of the panel.
Do I need to turn torch off, to plug into USB to charge
Asked by Janet Severson on 2 Dec 2019
Not necessarily If you plug in the light and give it a good charge it does not matter if it is on/off (if you are not able to tell) but if you can tell then do leave it off then that way it isn't working and charging and will hold the charge it has gained.
Do you know how warm the warm white is - what Kelvin are they?
Asked by jasper on 1 Dec 2019
2000K to 3000K,
Please could you tell me what the IP rating is and what Kelvin the bulbs are. Thanks
Asked by Angela John on 30 Nov 2019
They are IP54 rated and they are a warm white colour so between 2000K to 3000K,
Is it warm or cool white light?
Asked by Rick Marston on 29 Nov 2019
This a cool white light.
is it possible to get one of these with a longer cable as the location is north facing and I will need a 5 m cable length to place the solar collector on a south facing wall. Thanks
Asked by jack MIller on 29 Nov 2019
The Esher comes with an extenstion cable of 5m. You can purchase it here
Does the spherical solar mood light come with a spike on which to mount it? If not what diameter stake would best fit it?
Asked by Veronica Brewer on 29 Nov 2019
This comes with a spike so it can be pushed into soil.
Can the solar panel be wall mounted? I have had two sets of solar lights from you for a balconies. Sadly I discovered today one has a broken wire so Im looking like for like replacement.
Asked by Lee on 29 Nov 2019
The Elans are only able to be spike mounted I am afraid.
Is there an extension cable for this light
Asked by Gordon H on 29 Nov 2019
There is currently no extension available for the Shield.
Do you know if we can buy these cubes but smaller for table decs.?
Asked by shan on 28 Nov 2019
I am afraid that these are only available in this size.
Hi. Would these work in winter in london in a quite shady garden? Thanks
Asked by Adam on 28 Nov 2019
We would strongly recommend these to be in as much direct sunlight as possible so they can have the optimum charge/run time for you. The panel will need to be as south facing as possible. In a shaded garden you will find these will have a reduced run time as they do not have the back up USB charage or powersaving mode like the Lumify Range.
Is it possible to extend the cable between the solar panel and the control unit so I can site it south facing.
Asked by Robert Stringer on 28 Nov 2019
I am afraid this is not possible.
How do you adjust the brightness modes please?
Asked by Zoe on 28 Nov 2019
This is done using the switch on the back of the panel
What is the height of the light
Asked by S shah on 28 Nov 2019
Dimensions Height: 380mm (above ground after install) Overall Height: 490mm (including spike) Diameter of light head: 70mm Diameter of pole: 22mm
Can you deliver to Europe?
Asked by Fred Rowland on 27 Nov 2019
Usually we can yes! Please see where we deliver to on our Delivery Info Page here
Is it possible to adjust the range of the PIR sensor to less than 10 metres?
Asked by John S on 27 Nov 2019
The PIR is not adjustable sadly. They are on our EVO SMD range.
Hi do you have a pir sensor replacement which will connect to a similar cable but with 3 pins? Thank you
Asked by Divesh Patel on 26 Nov 2019
Sadly we do not have any PIR Sensor replacements, this cable is for extending the solar panel only.
HI Is the material of the light white? Many thanks
Asked by Amanda on 26 Nov 2019
The material is stainless steel and the middle part is plastic.
I'd like to either mount the panel on a vertical wall or flush to my pitched roof, so is the angled mounting bracket for the panel removable, enabling me to manufacture my own tailored mounting bracket for the roof or if not, can I mount it on vertical wall meaning the panel will be upside down?
Asked by Stuart Vane on 26 Nov 2019
The brackets are not attached to the panel, they come separately, so there is the oppotunity to fashion your own. Please note though that this could invalidate the warranty if not properly secured and the unit/panel break.
Hi I couldn't see an answer to this is in the FAQs, but how would you recommend I fix this to my garage roof, which is tiled and has a shallow slope south facing. I was wondering about glue, rather tha drilling into the tiles! Thanks
Asked by Harry W Littlechild on 26 Nov 2019
I would not recommend glue and this would not be sufficient to hold the panel secure. It comes with it's own fixing brackets which are suitable for wall and roof mounting.
Hi I am looking to replace our that no longer work but want to use the existing screws, Can you give me some idea tell me about the back of the lights, or if I order these and they are incorrect, can I return them?
Asked by Heidi Rush on 25 Nov 2019
To install the lights drill two 5mm diameter holes 76mm apart . If the Sherpa are not what you need you are able to return them within 30 days. Please see our returns guidence for further info.
We had some steps built recently. I was looking for something that can illuminate them. How are they fixed?
Asked by Loretta Kostecka on 25 Nov 2019
1) Leave your light in your intended installation location for at least a few days to observe the amount of light reaching the solar panel by day and ensure you’re happy with the runtime at night before installing the light. 2. Once you’re satisfied the location is satisfactory mark and drill holes using the light as a template. 3. Depending on the material you’re fixing the light to the wall plugs may not be needed but always seek the advice of a professional if you’re unsure.4. Screw the light down securely so it’s held firmly in place.
Is there an override switch to turn off the light during dusk, if needed
Asked by Jim Gillbanks on 25 Nov 2019
Under the top part of the light, the solar panel is a switch.
Can you please let me know the IP rating of this light fitting.
Asked by David Edwards on 25 Nov 2019
The rating would be IP44
Hi, does this item contain the full kit (solar panel, panel mount, battery and lighting cable complete with bulbs) or is this just the cable and bulbs?
Asked by Geoff Clark on 24 Nov 2019
You get everything you need to get started in the kit, panel (with way to mount panel) and lights. The only thing that is not included is the USB cable. This is USB to USB micro and can easily be picked up from local shops.
Hi, will this lamp work within the vicinity of a street lamp, about 10 metres away?
Asked by fiona dewhurst on 24 Nov 2019
The Esher lantern will not work if there is any light getting onto the panel in the evening as it will assume it is daytime. I am unsure as to how far the street light reaches where you are palnning on having the light, so it will have to be a judgement for yourself. Perhaps buy one and test in the area.
Hi, will this lamp work within the vicinity of a street lamp, about 10 metres away?
Asked by fiona dewhurst on 24 Nov 2019
The Esher lantern will not work if there is any light getting onto the panel in the evening as it will assume it is daytime. I am unsure as to how far the street light reaches where you are planning on having the light, so it will have to be a judgement for yourself. Perhaps buy one and test in the area.
I have just purchased 8 of the mini London solar post lights as a gift for someone for Xmas. However, only 1 light out of each box worked instantly when I switched them on. I have left the other 6 out of their packaging in the hope that they will charge. Can you confirm that this is normal or do I need replacements?
Asked by Amanda on 24 Nov 2019
It is normal for some lights to not work straight away. We recommend fully charging them for 3-5 days in as much direct sunlight as possible in the 'off' position. After that time you should be fully topped up and ready to go. Any further issues please email suzie@thesolarcentre.co.uk
Is the low light level at which the light detects motion adjustable? What range does the light have ie will it illuminate a door way 4 metres from the light? What is the size of battery?
Asked by Philip on 24 Nov 2019
The light level cannot be adjusted. The Softech detects motion within an 8 metre range with a 100 degree field of detection. It should light up that door, but it is worth testing in the area, due to the height etc.
Hi, Do you ship to Australia?
Asked by William Lee on 23 Nov 2019
I am afraid not, we can always provide you with a quote for delivery, if you email your full address to suzie@thesolarcentre.co.uk
Hi Could you tell me what the Lumen output is when fully charged please. Thank you
Asked by Anna on 23 Nov 2019
Of course we can. It is 40 / 30 / 20 lumens for the 3 different brightnesses
I would like to use this to light up my garden gate area. Would I be able to angle it slightly upwards so the solar panel faces more towards the sun?
Asked by Nic on 23 Nov 2019
It is not possible to angle the light more upwards, this is predominantly a down light and any tilting will reduce the spead of light below. If the location you are looking to put the light is north facing or heavily shaded please look at some of our lights with separate solar panels. Click here and select 'remote' on solar panel type and it will give you some further options.
I want to use the lampt to illuminate my drive and activate by the car when I drive in. Will it do this? It is a standard size two car drive.
Asked by Ian Jones on 23 Nov 2019
The light will do this for you provided the headlamps of the car do not hit the solar panel, it will then think it is daytime and will not come on until the headlamps are off.
Can these be linked together if multiple are purchased or can you only Bluetooth to one at a time. Can the lights pir be turned off or adjusted
Asked by Russell on 23 Nov 2019
Great question! These cannot be linked and the PIR cannot be adjusted.
I have taken a picture of my porch. If I purchase the Truro Solar Motion light I need to know where best to put it. If you email me I'll send you a picture and perhaps you could advise? Thank-you, Andrew
Asked by Andrew Harrington on 23 Nov 2019
We would be happy to help! Drop us an email to suzie@thesolarcentre.co.uk and we will have a look at the best place. Before sending the photo, please be mindful that if your porch is north facing we would not recommend the Truro, so please if it is north facing we would recommend another light.
What is the detection distance? I want to install at 1st floor eaves level, will detector activate with movement at ground level at some distance?
Asked by robert davis on 23 Nov 2019
The EVO SMD Elite has a 120-degree detection range of up to 8m, however, this can be reduced using the dial on the underside of the light, to reduce the sensitivity. You can move the PIR up and down and left and right, so will capture most things. It is a bit of a case of trial and error as to which setting will work for you as it depends on the height where it will detect.
what size is the ball
Asked by rena on 23 Nov 2019
The Sparkle is 15cm in diameter and 7cm panel
Do you know the throw pattern of this light and it it's actually even bright. I'm basically trying to light a carpark that's got no lighting. Also what kind of screws does it use are they theft proof
Asked by Satwinder on 23 Nov 2019
Without knowing what area you are trying to light up it is difficult question to answer. The light only comes out of the Band around the middle of the light, so will not shine down. I would look at our EVO SMD series of lights, this might be a better fit.
Does the light automatically come on at dusk?
Asked by Jen on 23 Nov 2019
This is correct, the Grantham comes on automatically at night!
Hi can this battery be recharged in winter to keep it bright thanks
Asked by Hayley Spencer on 23 Nov 2019
The panel will continuously charge the battery during the day so ther should not be a need to manually charge the battery. We do not recommend opening the unit to remove the battery as this could invalidate the warranty.
Would these work in the side of the peers at the end of my driveway
Asked by Phillip on 22 Nov 2019
The solar panel for the Paverlights is on the top of the prouct, so I am unsure how you are intending on fitting these, whether you are looking to fit them sideways in the side of the wall or flat on the ground. Please note we only suggest these should be fitted into block paving as per the instructions, anything outside of this could invalidate the warranty.
Do you deliver to mainland Spain?
Asked by GAIL on 22 Nov 2019
Yes we do!
I have some cheap wedge lights which after a couple of days are losing their brightness. The higher performance of your lights is attractive. How many 15sec "on" periods would you estimate the light can achieve overnight? I am also keen to learn a bit more about the wall fixing, esp distance between nounting screws, to see if I can reuse thee xisting fixings in my house wall. Thank you
Asked by Peter Bowes on 21 Nov 2019
The light we estimate will give 500 Triggers Per Night Once motion is detected. The holes are based 126mm apart, there's a template supplied with the light to help out.
Typically where would you put the solar panel? Does it have to be mounted to a wall?
Asked by Rupi on 21 Nov 2019
We recommend having the panel as south facing as possible with access to clear and direct sunlight, so not under any foilage or tucked behind any bushes at all. You can either stake them into the ground or wall mount the panel.
How long does the solar panel last for? Can replacement panels be purchased separately like the lumify series?
Asked by K. Leonard on 21 Nov 2019
Replacement panels cannot be purchased at this time, sorry about that. You should get a long useage out of the panel, especially with the USB back up and powersaving!
Would this be suitable in a tropical climate?
Asked by Judith A on 19 Nov 2019
This would be fine in that climate, we sell these to most countries without issue.
Do you sell spare batterys for evo smd pro.
Asked by Alan Brown on 19 Nov 2019
I am afraid at this time we do not sell batteries for the EVO SMD PRO.
Will there be an optional extension cable available for this light in the near future and if so when?
Asked by Nathan on 18 Nov 2019
You can buy the cable here now!
What are the measurements of the solar panel please
Asked by Nick on 18 Nov 2019
The height of the Festoon panel will be 11cm Height and 9cm wide
What is the size and weight of the package?
Asked by Frances Lawrence on 17 Nov 2019
The packaging is 19 cm x 21 cm x 21 cm and the weight is 451g
Hi, what waterproof rating are they fairy lights? Ip65? Is this the same for all your decorative lights? Thanks
Asked by Charlotte Hall on 16 Nov 2019
These are IP54 and are extremely waterproff due to the deal and the O ring used in the tube. Our lights have different IP ratings, so might be worth popping us an email to ask us the IP rating of the light you have in mind.
What is the height of lights
Asked by Peter Mccrory on 16 Nov 2019
The height of the Tap Dance is 3.5 cm
Approx how many years before batteries need replacing?
Asked by Roger de Brett on 15 Nov 2019
The batteries should not need replacing for around 2-3 years.
Am unclear how it attaches to the wall. It has screws but how do these fit into the wall?
Asked by Michelle France on 15 Nov 2019
1. Installing the light Please use the supplied wall plug and screw to mount the light unit on the wall.
Can the batteries be changed for bigger capacity ones
Asked by Robert law on 14 Nov 2019
Yes they can, please bear in mind the higher the mAh the longer they will take to charge, they must be 1.2v and rechargable.
Can I ask what temperature the light is? I would like something around 2700k. Thank you
Asked by Trina on 14 Nov 2019
It is 3000k in temperature. It is warm white.
I need to get the solar panel 7m away so does that mean I need to buy to extension cables and will that affect how much power the light will hold? Thanks
Asked by Ryan Swarbrick on 14 Nov 2019
The extension cable is 5 metres, so yes if you purchase two you will then have enough to reach your spot. There is usually a drop of 10% but this can be counteracted with a good south facing panel.
Can the motion detector be pointed in different directions (left/right and upo/down) or is it fixed? And what is the angle that it covers?
Asked by Mike Simpson on 14 Nov 2019
The PIR can be moved up and down left and right. It will be 120 degree angle.
Will a replacement tube for Lumify 300 work ok with a string of 100 leds? Thanks.
Asked by Craig Bell on 13 Nov 2019
We strongly advise not purchasing this 300 LED tube for 100 LED sets or Lumify USB Solar Vintage Bulb Lights and Lumify USB Solar Festoon Lights. Although it will work, the 300 LED tube generates more than double the current required to run a 100 LED set. The lights will be more than twice as bright, but you will run into charging issues.
If charging via USB initially how long should you charge for (it says 3-5 days if using the solar charger)? Is there a way of checking whether the unit is fully charged?
Asked by Sarah Price on 13 Nov 2019
USB should take around 4 hours (depending on your device) then it should be fully charged, we do not recommend leaving it in over night.
Where is the USB port located? Xx
Asked by Aimee on 13 Nov 2019
The USB port is located on the base of the light, undeneath the screw cap.
Hi, Is there a timer function when using the remote or will it stay lit until someone remembers to turn it off?
Asked by Paul on 12 Nov 2019
The SMD RC has no timer. The light will switch off when light hits the panel (dawn) or when you switch it off via the remote, or when the battery runs out.
Will this item also be available in a silver finish?
Asked by Heidi on 12 Nov 2019
There are no plans at present for a silver finish.
Hi. Are the batteries stored in the panel or the light unit? Also does switching off the switch prevent the batteries from charging? Thanks.
Asked by Dan on 12 Nov 2019
The batteries are stored in the solar panel This light will charge in the 'off' position.
Where i can find and what kind of replace battery I need to ? It's easy to install it ?
Asked by Joao Santos on 12 Nov 2019
The batteries cannnot be replaced unfortuantely, they are wired in, so not easily changable. These are long life batteries though have a life span up to 4 years, sometimes longer.
Can these lights be used on paved patios?
Asked by Helen on 9 Nov 2019
There is no reason why these cannot be used on paved patios.
Does this have the option of an extension cable?
Asked by Sarah on 9 Nov 2019
Currently, we do not have an optional extension cable for this light.
Would these work on a west facing wall, how long would they stay lit in winter?
Asked by Paul on 9 Nov 2019
These would work for you. Please make sure that the panel is unobstructed and I would place this onto the powersaving mode in winter. With a good location it should run up to 6 hours.
Do you do these with a white or clear cable?
Asked by Paul on 9 Nov 2019
No, only dark green.
What is the colour temperature of this light?
Asked by Trina Hobson on 8 Nov 2019
The Slate is a natural white colour.
Hi Can you replace the bulbs in these lights
Asked by Cheryl Geary on 7 Nov 2019
These bulbs cannot be replaced.
I would like a 4ft.solo post light what is the cost.
Asked by Theresa on 7 Nov 2019
The largest post light in this style we do is the Durham which is 80cm or 2.62 feet
Following a fall by one of our carers I have to illuminate our north facing steps, mainly in winter as the last call ends by 8.30 pm. Q1. Do you think they will be sufficiently bright to pick out the steps? There is no wall to fix them to, so, Q2. Can they be free standing? The steps are 6 feet wide, so there is no risk of a trip on the lights if placed at the side.
Asked by Anthony Brown on 7 Nov 2019
We do not recommend these to be free standing as they could be kicked over or damaged or even taken if not installed as per the instructions. We also do not recommend these lights for north facing locations as the panel is inegrated.
This may sound daft but is there a wire between the solar panel and the light?
Asked by Ian on 6 Nov 2019
Yes, there is a wire between the light and the panel. Please have a look at our images on this pages.
Where is the Solar Panel?
Asked by Robert Bland on 6 Nov 2019
The solar panel is on top of the light.
In midwinter with shorter days, for how long will the daylight charge power the light?
Asked by Ray on 6 Nov 2019
We strongly recommend that the lights are placed as south facing as possible with no shading or overhanging porches or eaves over the solar panel. As this is a PIR based it will conserve it's energy longer, so should have no issues lasting throughout winter.
How long is the cable connection the solar panel to the security lights?
Asked by Peter Sowler on 6 Nov 2019
Approximately 5m of cable between the light and solar panel.
would this work inside, if panel was hung in a window?
Asked by Angela Pritchard on 5 Nov 2019
With all our lights they are much happier outside. There is certain aspects indoors that will stop them from working, such as indoor lights, as any light that gets onto the panel it will assume it is daytime and will not come on. For lights that work indoor and outdoor please see our Shape light range.
Can you join two sets of lights together?
Asked by Joshua on 5 Nov 2019
it is not possible to join two sets of lights together.
How long should these last at night, how many hours of usage should we expect assuming an average British day (partly cloudy)?
Asked by Joshua on 5 Nov 2019
The Festoons can work for 12 nights from a single USB charge with little help from the sun. given a good panel location you should should get around 6 hours in the winter.
Lumen count on this lamp and angle projection. Please
Asked by William on 4 Nov 2019
The light output is 80 Lumens down light with approximately 120 degrees projection.
Can the light be positioned inside a garage and the panel on the outside wall? Not clear how the mounts work.
Asked by James on 4 Nov 2019
Yes, the panel can stay fixed on the light or be remote. The wire connecting the panel to light is 1.6m long but you can purchase 5m extension cables here if needed. For full instructions on install please see this PDF
Hello, I am looking for a solar powered light like this that I can switch on and off as it is for a children's outdoor Wendy house so we can play when it gets dark at 4.30pm. I don't need it to be lit the whole time so can I turn the lights on and off? Many thanks
Asked by Amy on 3 Nov 2019
Yes, the switch for the light is on the solar panel so if you install the panel within easy reach you can switch on and off as you like.
Hi what is the max height we mount the solar Evo SMD so the PIR works
Asked by Sarah on 3 Nov 2019
The range of the motion sensor is 8m so we would suggest 6-8m max depending on how much of an area you would like the light to be triggered in.
Hello Will the 1300mah rechargeable batteries be suitable for the Durham solar posts?
Asked by Brad Kitts on 3 Nov 2019
Yes these are compatible with the Durham. They take 2 x AA 1.2v batteries.
We plan to install two of these high up on two wooden pillars to keep them out of reach. Can you please tell me how far apart are the two (?) screw holes on the back as this will determine how large my pillars need to be. Thanks.
Asked by P. Vernon on 1 Nov 2019
115mm apart. We have just uploaded a dimension diagram.
Is the solar panel removable. The place where I want to put these lights is a long way from any usb charging point. Thanks
Asked by Tania on 1 Nov 2019
Yes the Edinburgh panel is removeable, it can be unplugged and brought indoors to charge via USB when needed.
Does this light have a separate solar panel or is it built into the light?
Asked by Julie on 31 Oct 2019
The solar panel is integrated into the top of the light.
Will this break plastic guttering?
Asked by Hannah Ring on 30 Oct 2019
We have made this as lightweight as possible and should not break guttering if installed as per Luxflow instructions
I'm intending to install the 'Elite' light on my front drive which is about 4 meters long from the south facing house wall where it will be fitted to the boundry connecting my drive to the public pavement. Will the PIr pick up movement from people walking past as well as traffic passing by?.
Asked by Peter Anastasil on 29 Oct 2019
Detects motion up to 10 metres away so any movement within that range facing the pir will trigger the light.
Hi, I have just purchased and installed these- one question/ which may be quite silly... but did I need to flip a on switch to activate the lights? As they've been installed for a few days now and despite there being some sun the last few days, the lights aren't turning on.. am I missing turning on some kind of switch?
Asked by Char on 29 Oct 2019
Not a silly question at all! If you unscrew the top part of the cap off (how you would USB charge the item) you will see a slide switch with S/P, both of those would be on. If you are still having issues then please contact suzie@thesolarcentre.co.uk
What lumens do these lights emit?
Asked by Anthony on 29 Oct 2019
The Tiki Trueflame is purely a decorative light, as such we do not have a lumen output, these are designed to look like a real bamboo flame light. They are very pretty but nothng to read by.
How well does the solar panel charge the battery during the depths of a typical British winter (or summer for that matter). I have had two solar lights (not from you) that simply do not perform well as soon as there is no direct sunlight available to charge the battery.
Asked by Bob on 28 Oct 2019
The Shield is a PIR light, as such this can hold onto its charge for a lot longer. This will have no issue performing for you throughout summer/winter. We strongly recommend that the panel is placed south facing for optimum charge.
Can I get heat lights for the solver panel
Asked by Roger spencer on 28 Oct 2019
I am a little unsure of your question, but the panel can only be used with the Vortex and cannot be used for a heating system.
Hi Can you let me have the dimensions of the box
Asked by TERESA BOWLER on 28 Oct 2019
The box dimesions are: 26.4 x 11.2 x 11.2 cm
Can you specify the times you want the light on?
Asked by Nick Earle on 28 Oct 2019
The luxflow will come on automatically at dusk where it will illuminate for up to 8 hours, so you cannot specify what time the light will come on.
We want to install a small Christmas tree for our village an the main road will the lights activate beneath street lighting?
Asked by Brian on 28 Oct 2019
Yes, and No, the panel contains the sensor which switches to charge mode (lights off) and lights on mode. You may be able to position the solar panel at a location and an angle in which the street light doesn't hit it but you would need to test this yourself. Control pack to panel is 2 meters.
Is the solar panel on the top of the light with no wire trailing? It looks like it. Thanks
Asked by Sharon on 27 Oct 2019
That is correct, the Corona panel is on top of the product.
Hello, Please can you tell me how bright this light is/would be. Thanks
Asked by Dana Gardener on 27 Oct 2019
The light is 80 lumen with approximately 120 degrees projection.
Hi, At dusk, does this light come on 'permanantly', or is it PIR motion sensor. (I am fairly sure it comes on fully at dusk and stays on - but I just want to be sure) Thanks
Asked by Alan Wallace on 27 Oct 2019
You are correct! The light comes on automatically at dusk and runs for up to 8 hours, without PIR.
Hi, Two questions...is this light only activated to come on as a PIR and secondly if it is can you set the time on how long the light stays on per each activation? Thank you
Asked by Rob on 27 Oct 2019
The Shield will only activate when there is movement picked up by the sensor, you can adjust the time, it ranges from 10-80 seconds.
Looking for description if suitable for outdoors and sizes
Asked by Marion McKnight on 27 Oct 2019
Yes, these are designed for out use. Approximate Dimensions Height 21cm x max-diameter 15.5cm Ground spike 10cm
What's the shell made from?, is it flexible?
Asked by Steven Barnes on 26 Oct 2019
The Egg Shimmer light is made with toughned plastic, so is not flexible, but durable.
How far apart can the solar panel be positioned from the light? Is the internal battery replaceable?
Asked by Kirsty Summers on 26 Oct 2019
The light comes with a 1.6m cable but you can buy 5m extension cable here . We wouldn't recommend using more than 2-3 extension cables as the resistance in the wire reduces the power going to the light however this can be outweighed by a great panel position.
Hi. What materials is this made from?
Asked by Abdul on 26 Oct 2019
These are made of stainless steel.
Do you have a similar model ( solar powered) with PIR instead of dusk till dawn
Asked by Nigel Robinson on 26 Oct 2019
We only have a Dusk Til Dawn version and do not currently have a PIR version. I will mention it at our next product meeting though!
What lumen output are these please
Asked by Richard on 26 Oct 2019
40 Lumens
Hi I am very interested in this solar light. I have a few questions does the light come already fitted with the solar panel or is that separate. Do you need to replace the bulbs? Is it led? And finally where can you buy the replacement batterys for it. Thank you. Craig
Asked by Craig on 26 Oct 2019
The panel is intergrated on the top and the leds are in each corner so will not affect the panel working, quite a clever design if we do say so ourselves! You are not able to repalce the bulbs, but you shouldn't need to. The batteries are already included, so no need to purchase them. They should last up to 3 years.
What is the size
Asked by Julie Button on 25 Oct 2019
For the Mushroom Shimmer Light - Approximate Dimensions Height 23cm x max-width 24cm Ground spike 10cm
what is the range of the motion sensor
Asked by tom on 25 Oct 2019
This is the wall light version, so there is no PIR on this one. The Truro Motion can be found here
Just bought these, but the wire to the panel isn't quite long enough to place on the roof of my garden office for the best light. Do you sell extra connector wires I can add in between the panel and first light to extend that cabe to reach? Thanks
Asked by Alison on 25 Oct 2019
We do sell an extension cable for the Edinburgh Deck Lights, you can buy them here
Hi, can the height of the light (length of the drop) be adjusted?
Asked by Steve on 24 Oct 2019
The height/drop of the Richmond cannot be adjusted at all. Any modifcations made to the unit will invalidate the warranty.
Which battery should I buy as a replacement?
Asked by Dave on 24 Oct 2019
The batteries are wired into the light so this cannot be changed, however they are fitted with long life batteries so these will last up to 3-4 years.
Could you give an estimate of Lumens output of this light?
Asked by Frank Reynolds on 24 Oct 2019
the Lumen output of the light is 20 lumen.
I don't want to use the light as a sensor light. I just want to be able to turn it on for a few hours in the evening to light up an area of trees in my garden. I don't want a sensor light to come on and off disturbing the wildlife for the rest of the time. Is that possible?
Asked by Ingrid on 23 Oct 2019
The EVO SMD Remote does not have a PIR sensor, it will remain on from dusk till dawn or you can turn it on and off or you can use it as described and turn it on for a few hours in the evening, this is of course done by using the remote control.
Is the light bright white or warm white? Thank you
Asked by Elaine on 23 Oct 2019
Warm white light output
Does this light have a timer, or dusk till dawn feature, or do you have to turn it on manually?
Asked by Wendy on 23 Oct 2019
The Chester up and down will turn on automatically at dusk, you will need to turn it on to start it up after it has been charged for 3 days though.
Can the battery be replaced on this mood light, like the larger mood lights you sell ?
Asked by Mr G Cooper on 22 Oct 2019
They can be replaced yes! They are Li-ion 14500/3.2v/500mAh.
What lumens are these?
Asked by Christine Blackburn on 22 Oct 2019
The lumen rating for the Durham is 12.
How do I replace Batteries
Asked by Raymond Brittle on 22 Oct 2019
Unfortuantely these batteries cannot be replaced, however they are made with long life rechargable batteries, so should last up to 4 years.
I'd like to be able to control on/off manually. How conveniently placed is the on/off switch? From other FAQs it looks like you have to remove the top section to expose the switch. Alternatively, do you have any other LED that deliver this. Thanks
Asked by David on 22 Oct 2019
The on and off switch on the Kodiak is based underneath the top, so this will need to be removed and then they can be turned off that way. We have our two wedges, the Plus and Elite which come with a remote for turning on and off without the need for removing tops etc. We also have our brighter Floodlight which comes with a remote as well.
After the batteries have been fully charged and the lights have operated does it take 3-5 days for the lights to be fully charged again? Can the operating time for the lights be adjusted?
Asked by Tony on 21 Oct 2019
Once the lights are fully charged they will run off that power and just recharge each day, depending on the weather and time of year depends on how long it will take for them to gain a full charge. You can leave the lights off for 3 days to ensure the build up base charge. The operating time cannot be changed on the Bristols.
Have you lights that come on for a set time after dusk The lights in winter could be on from 4pm-8am will they be as efficient I.e. Battery life andlight output
Asked by Mr Georgeson on 21 Oct 2019
Most of our spotlights are dusk 'till dawn, so sadly do not have a timer function that can be adjusted. We usually say up to 5 hours in Winter and up to 10 hours in Summer. The only item with a timer is our Lumify range, this has a 7 hour timer and they are spotlights. Atlas come with a powersaving mode, so this should help them last longer over the Winter period.
Hi I currently have a few of your eco lights and they work well when activated, but I would like some lights to stay on, is this possible with the eco wedge. If not what type of light would you recommend, I was looking at the lights with the remote panel to give you a bigger panel which hopefully gives you a longer charge Thank you
Asked by Jim on 20 Oct 2019
Please take at look at our wall lights here , most of the wall lights are non PIR so will stay on from dusk to dawn or when the battery runs out.
Hi there, a couple of questions: I want this to light my parking area, so it would be located approx. 7m back from the road and at a height of 2m. I'm concerned about the passing traffic activating the PIR. I live in the North of Scotland. Will the IP rating be sufficient? Regards
Asked by Iain Gillies on 19 Oct 2019
The Shield has a range of up to a range of up to 10m, so at 7m back this will pick up traffic. Just as a rough guide you would be better off installing the light no higher than 4m, so 2m should be OK.
Can these lights be walked on? If so, what is the weight limit?
Asked by Ben George on 19 Oct 2019
No problem to walk on these but not to drive over them.
What is the color of this SolarCentre Softec light?
Asked by Robert on 18 Oct 2019
The Softec is a white light.
Can you confirm if the battery is replaceable in the Solar Panel?
Asked by Richard B on 17 Oct 2019
The battry cannot not be replaced, but the Atlas is fitted with long life rechargable batteries, these should last up to 4 years.
Can the bollard be set to come on at dusk and the light stay on or will it only work from the built in sensor.
Asked by Keith on 17 Oct 2019
This light is motion-activated only.
What are the actual bulbs made of?
Asked by Terry Novell on 15 Oct 2019
Our Festoon bulbs are made of plastic.
How do you get it to auto cycle through the colours? I did it once by accident!
Asked by Jason on 14 Oct 2019
The Shapelight will cycle through the colour changing mode on the 2nd blue colour. Red Green Blue Pink Lime Green Purple Light Blue Lylac Blue (the light will continually cycle through the different colours). Bright Warm White (brighter setting with shorter run-times unless plugged in indoors) Bright White (brighter setting with shorter run-times unless plugged in indoors)
Do you sell the solar panel separately yet? I have a set that only works if I charge the solar panel through the usb.
Asked by Janet on 13 Oct 2019
We currently do not sell the Edinburgh panel separately. It would be worth contacting info@thesolarcentre.co.uk with your order ID for us to look into your issue.
Hi I have just received the Truro motion light, do I need to change the battery before I install it and do I need to turn it in to charge?
Asked by Mj Olaguera on 13 Oct 2019
The Truro Motion battery will not need changing, we just recommend leaving it in the 'off' position outside and charging for 3 days. Please do not charge behind glass or situate the light in a north facing location.
2 questions can you have these connected to a PIR so they only come on when people are close? Also can you have a remote control to turn them on/off from inside? Thanks robin
Asked by Robin de Carteret on 13 Oct 2019
These spotlights cannot be connected to a PIR and there is no remote control, just the switch on the panel to turn them on and off.
2 questions can you have these connected to a PIR so they only come on when people are close? Also can you have a remote control to turn them on/off from inside? Thanks robin
Asked by Robin de Carteret on 13 Oct 2019
These spotlights cannot be connected to a PIR and there is no remote control, just the switch on the panel to turn them on and off.
Do you still have extension kits for the the cables between the light and sensor and the light and panel?
Asked by Mark Clements on 13 Oct 2019
No sorry.
Plan to use this light in a side alleyway approx 10 metres long. I'm assuming I'll need more than one, but not sure how many. How far apart should I space the lights to get an even light?
Asked by Graham Rodger on 13 Oct 2019
It really depends on many factors, a light-hitting a white wall will reflect far more light vs a light hitting a wooden fence. I'd suggest 3 lights some 3m apart.
Just wondering if motion sensor could be added to that model - it would save the power
Asked by Carla on 12 Oct 2019
A motion sensor cannot be added to the Esher. It would be classed as a modification of the unit and will invalidate the one year warranty.
Is this item compatible with the Lumify USB Solar Vintage Bulb Lights?
Asked by Chris on 12 Oct 2019
No this is not compatible with the Lumify USB Vintage bulb set. There is no extension for them
Hi, Does the Replacement Panel for Selene Spotlights, also work with Albany Premium Solar Spotlight ??
Asked by Barry Exley on 12 Oct 2019
The panel is not compatible with the Albany.
What is the average lifespan of the unit?
Asked by Hester on 11 Oct 2019
The lifespan of the Chester is roughly 4 years, they should last longer and you can change the batteries. All our lights have a one year warranty.
Hi I will be placing these lights under a porch not in direct sunlight do you think they will work ok
Asked by Richard on 10 Oct 2019
Hello, These are not recommended for North facing locations or underneath eaves/porches as they will not get sufficient charge. Please do look at our other lights with separate solar panels that can be located somewhere more sunny. For example the Chester Anthracite .
Does The Soften Solar Security Light completely switch off. When there's no motion detection can you send me a spec sheet with dimensions
Asked by Terence Minnis on 10 Oct 2019
That is correct, the light will only come on when there is motion. Light: 11cm Wide 12 cm - Long 3cm depth Panel 12cm - Wide 14cm - Long 3cm Depth
what's the closest distance from the wall which the pir will detect, or the downwards angle?
Asked by Trevor on 9 Oct 2019
Hi Trevor, The light can pick up from 5 metres and has a 120 degree detection field. Hope this helps.
What is the difference between this shimmer glow stone & the dearer solar pebble ?
Asked by Chris on 8 Oct 2019
Many differences, dearer shapes lights have USB, indoor mode, different light modes and are a different size.
how long do the batteries last and can these be replaced without the need to lift the brick?
Asked by Charles Wind on 7 Oct 2019
Hi Charles, We usually suggest changing batteries around 2 years, however this is not alway necessary. They are AA rechargable batteries. The screw are underneath the light to stop rusting, so these will need be lifted to get to the screws.
What batteries are used and are they replaceable?
Asked by Steve Taylor on 6 Oct 2019
Hello The batteries are 3.7v and 2000 MAH. They are a Lithium ION. They should not need replacing for 3 or so years.
Are you able to add additonal lights on these? If so what's the maximum allowed? Also what's the recommended distance between each bulb?
Asked by Mark on 6 Oct 2019
The panel is designed for 8 lights only so adding additional lights will limit the performance and we don't sell the light string separately. 1.6m of cable between each light for daisy chaining.
Hi, will you be complimenting the range by adding the PIR version too? Thanks
Asked by Mark on 6 Oct 2019
No plans currently but we are considering it.
I have replacements for solar Canterbury lights but have forgotten what the 2 on settings mean. Eg P Thanks
Asked by Carol cashmore on 4 Oct 2019
S for standard mode and P for powersaving mode.
Do these mood lights secure using a spike at the bottom into the ground?
Asked by Steve Cahill on 4 Oct 2019
The light comes with a 10cm ground spike which can be secured to the bottom of the light should you wish to fix it to soft ground.
Could this be connected a wider lighting system that will be powered by a solar panel and 12v leisure battery set up?
Asked by Kris mclaughlin on 3 Oct 2019
The light head contains the battery and is designed to work on its own, so this type of setup wouldn't work. You could have a look at our Solar lighting kits here for a bespoke option.
The video states that you cannot use the product upside down. But can you attach to the wall sideways?
Asked by Malcolm on 3 Oct 2019
The panel needs to be pointing up to receive light so sideways or upside down the light is unlikely to work. You can read the full instructions here
would you tell me the length of the wire from the charging panel to the light
Asked by Ged on 29 Sep 2019
The Geo 2 Kit comes with 1 x 10m run of cable.
Do you supply spare bulbs also what is the v in dc Thank's Rob
Asked by MrFerguson on 29 Sep 2019
Hello. We do not supply spare bulbs and nor can the bulbs be changed. The panel can generate up to 5v and 3 watts. The battery is 3.7 v.
How do I change the battery
Asked by Y Brymer on 28 Sep 2019
Hello, The battery is inside the unit and can be changed. This is detailed in the Instructions .
What kelvin / colour light is produced?
Asked by Jack on 28 Sep 2019
Hi The light is a warm white, so not a stark white.
Can the bulb be changed?
Asked by Jack on 28 Sep 2019
The light uses LEDs which are not old fashioned bulbs and will last many years. You can not replace the LEDs
Hi, are these warm lights? Thanks
Asked by Keegan on 28 Sep 2019
Hi, These are a warm light, 3000 Kelvin.
Can the light be switched on and off manually as well?
Asked by Gordon McPhee on 27 Sep 2019
Hello, Yes it can! There is a slide switch on the back of the panel to turn on/off when you would like.
No batteries in box and no instructions to tell me where I can find the switches
Asked by Graham Chalmers on 25 Sep 2019
Hello, The batteries are in the light head already, thse are underneath the white battery cover. There is a slide switch on the underside of the light head, it will be marked as S = Summer setting and P = Power saving and the middle is off.
No batteries in box and no instructions to tell me where I can find the switches
Asked by Graham Chalmers on 25 Sep 2019
The batteries are located in the lightead already, they are underneath the white cap. The Slide switch to operate the light is also under the light head, there is markings of P/S for Standard and Power saving, the middle setting is off.
can I run three lights off one panel
Asked by dicky moyle on 24 Sep 2019
The panel size and light output are designed for one light only.
How well will it weather being outside, will the colour fade or go dark .
Asked by Louise Mudd on 24 Sep 2019
The lights are designed to be outside are white so will not fade.
Is this set compatible with the Lumify 100 fairy light battery pack and solar panel?
Asked by Shona on 24 Sep 2019
Yes.
I recently bought 2 sets of Atlas solar lights. Do you do an extention cable for these lights?
Asked by Marian Dilloway on 23 Sep 2019
Hello, Sadly we do not do extention cables for the Altlas. Sorry!
Hi, Is the light activated automatically when it gets dark? Thanks, Bath
Asked by Beth Smith on 23 Sep 2019
Yes, the Truro will come on when it gets dark and off at first light.
Just wondering if this light will be good to use in Africa?
Asked by C Uju on 22 Sep 2019
Shouldn't be an issue with installing in Africa. Sea air (salt) can limit the life of a product but not by much.
We have a Robomow 304u robotic lawnmower with south facing garden space beside it which could be used to site a solar panel to charge the unit. What would you advise best option.
Asked by Margit on 22 Sep 2019
You'd need a much larger panel or multiple panels. Our kits are designed for lighting. The battery in your lawnmower has a large capacity so with solar panels you'd only be adding a top-up, it would help but unlikely to have enough output to be used all the time.
Can the solar panel be turned round , ie so if the light is facing down the panel can be facing towards the mounting bracket . I'm fixing to the top of a fence panel but the sun is from behind the panel ....
Asked by IAN HOLT on 22 Sep 2019
The solar panel can be only angled up and down and not rotated.
I have a small garden and a circle of gravel about 3 metres in diameter that I would like to have a motion censor light on. Would the Eco Wedge Pro be the most suitable light for this purpose?
Asked by Annie Rimmer on 21 Sep 2019
Sounds like this light could work. We would recommend testing the light before installing it.
is this just one battery or a pack with 2 / 4 ? is this size AA?
Asked by Mark Cato on 19 Sep 2019
Yes, just one battery which is 18mm in diameter, 65mm in length. Not AA or AAA
Is the light IP66 and is it aluminium casing. If not what spec is it.
Asked by Ashok on 19 Sep 2019
The rating is IPX5, it is toughned platic.
How long is the cable between the light and the solar panel?
Asked by Matt Williams on 19 Sep 2019
Approximately 5m of cable between the light and solar panel.
Does the solar panel have a fence fixing?
Asked by J Allen on 19 Sep 2019
The Elan range only comes with a ground spike. Our Lumify range includes a fence fixing.
What is the range of movement detection, ie how close does someone need to get for this to activate and how wide is the detection field?
Asked by Suzanne on 18 Sep 2019
Detects motion up to 5 metres away on 120 degrees angle.
Hi - do I need to drill a hole in my decking to place these lights??? Thanks
Asked by Julie on 18 Sep 2019
Not for lights as these are designed to sit on top of your decking. You will need to drill two small holes for the rawl plugs.
Do the mini London 4 set come with the ground spikes.
Asked by Katie on 17 Sep 2019
Yes
Are they surface mounted or recessed.and Is it suitable to drive over
Asked by Roger on 17 Sep 2019
These are surface mounted lights and can not be driven over.
Hello, Does shimmer stone needs to be switched off to charge for the first time
Asked by Graham on 17 Sep 2019
We recommend 3-5days in direct sunlight in the off position. This will give the light a full base charge.
Is the only difference between these and the version you are selling with PR the PR? Are the the same but without the PR? What is the Lumen output in power saving and what in non-saving mode? Thanks
Asked by Graham Oram on 17 Sep 2019
The PIR version is more than 3 times brighter as the light is only when movement is detected. PIR version is 50 Lumens vs 16 Lumens for the non PIR. Power saving mode basically halves the output.
Could I use 3 (or more?) extention cables connected together giving between 17 - 18meters (or more) between the solar collector and the 1st lights. I need nigh
Asked by Trevor James on 16 Sep 2019
Yes, but each extension cable will reduce the power getting to the lights due to the resistance in the wire. The reduction in the output can easily be overcome by having a far better-positioned panel.
Hello, Will these Solar LED Deck lights function just as well fitted to a vertical surface? e.g Path wall. Best, Jake
Asked by Jake Neves on 15 Sep 2019
Sadly not, the amount of direct sun light hitting a wall will far less than a light pointing up. Please take a look at our wall lights which are designed to be in a vertical position.
How many lumens is this lamp
Asked by Gary on 15 Sep 2019
50 Lumens
On 28 November 2018 you said, in answer to a question, that turning on the light for three seconds puts it on in full power mode, pushing the button again will put it into Powersaving mode. In my instructions it states that the initial switch on is in Powersaving mode, press it again for full power. Which is it please?
Asked by David Binks on 12 Sep 2019
I can't seem to find any instructions that say the initial setting is powersaving mode. I've just tested a light and it's full brightness on initial 3 seconds switch on and press again for powersaving mode. You can read our full instructions here
can you turn off the lights in the evening
Asked by David Wilkins on 11 Sep 2019
Yes, the switch is on the back of the solar panel
Where is the solar panel - I can't see it in the current pics. Is it built-in or something separate that's plugged in?
Asked by Aaron Burton on 10 Sep 2019
The Solar panel is built-in to the light. It's on the inside hidden away.
I want to light a drive path, I believe the light coverage from about 60 cm high will be OK. Will it be possible to have the same light without PIR. If yes what will be the price. need about6-8 pieces. Any suggestions Thanks
Asked by spyros on 10 Sep 2019
Sadly this light is only a PIR version. Please take a look at our wall lights here
Can you please confirm the type of plug/socket used to connect the cable from the solar panel to the light fitting. The switch on our existing light is faulty but if we can still use the existing solar panel for now it would save us the hassle of fitting a new one and rerouting the cable.
Asked by Andy Grant on 9 Sep 2019
The connection for Beam solar shed light has not changed.
Can you give some specifications please? Something like lumen output, output time on high setting, low setting, etc, etc. many thanks
Asked by Justin Williams on 9 Sep 2019
The Chester Anthracite has 3 Lumen outputs 120, 60 and 30. The light will run for up to 10hrs.
Will this panel fit with the set of 10 vintage USB lights?
Asked by Mike saunders on 8 Sep 2019
Yes.
Does it work only with direct sun exposure?
Asked by Fabio Profeta on 8 Sep 2019
The solar panel will charge without direct sunlight but for the best performance, we recommend direct sunlight.
How is the light mounted on top of a low (30") wall?
Asked by Nick Jeremiah on 8 Sep 2019
Carefully remove the black bases from the bottom of each light. Screw these bases into your chosen locations and reattach the light fittings.
Do you sell this cable in shorter lengths?
Asked by Ben on 4 Sep 2019
Sadly not.
Does the light need to be on any particular setting to solar charge? I've been trying to get it to charge for several days but it's not working .
Asked by Corinne Mason on 3 Sep 2019
Yes, outdoor mode will allow the light to charge.
what diameter is this unit? I need 60mm but not sure if that a mini or not. Thank you
Asked by Mags on 2 Sep 2019
This replacement top is for the Mini London Post Lights only. Tops for London, Canterbury & Durham lights available here .
How do you turn it on and off?
Asked by Frankie on 1 Sep 2019
The switch will be under the solar panel on top of the light.
How big is this?
Asked by Paul on 1 Sep 2019
Height 33cm x max-width 28.5cm
What time do these lights come on? I have some different ones and they don't come on til it's really dark which is annoying!
Asked by Danielle Steele on 30 Aug 2019
The lights come on when the panel is not receiving enough light to charge the batteries. Changing the angle of the panel towards the east will make lights come on earlier.
Will this extension cable fit the Globe solar spotlights ?
Asked by Steve on 30 Aug 2019
No, we do not offer a Globe extension cable yet.
Can these be easily converted to interior ceiling lights? Thanks
Asked by Jon on 29 Aug 2019
These are not designed to be used as ceiling lights, the light would need to be upside down and would need a USB power source. Sadly we can not recommend installing them upside down.
What is the waterproof rating for this product ? plus what is the degree range of the PIR
Asked by Liz on 27 Aug 2019
Hello, There is a 100 degree field of detection and the rating is IPX5. Hope this helps!
What colour is the cable on the Elan solar Warm White 200 LEDs?
Asked by Emma Drake on 26 Aug 2019
The cable is dark green.
How big is the panel please....thanks...
Asked by Brian on 26 Aug 2019
Hello! Great question! W: 12.5 H: 19.5 D: 1.5
Can this be added to the GEO 2 lighting kit if I buy a charge controller and inverter as well and would I need a battery box?
Asked by Claire Millard on 25 Aug 2019
Hi Claire, Thank you. Yes this is possible, the 60W power station comes with a charge controller, inverter and battery box so these would not need to be purchased separately.
Does the item get hot when on? I want to install it under a plastic porch canopy
Asked by Roger Uncles on 25 Aug 2019
The LEDs can become warm if on for a prolonged period of time but not "hot"
Is there an extension cable available for these lights?
Asked by Jim on 24 Aug 2019
Hello, Sorry, we do not have a compatible extenstion cable at the moment. Sorry!
Are they available in sets of 20
Asked by Karen Moore on 24 Aug 2019
Hello, These are not currently available in sets of twenty. Sorry!
How do you attach the spike to the solar panel or does it have to be screwed to something
Asked by Jeremy on 24 Aug 2019
You can use the spike or attach to a wall, for full instructions click here
If charging via usb connection, I am assuming that usb connection to the light needs to be connected to a pc , or can you charge up the usb connection in the house first
Asked by Richard Taylor on 22 Aug 2019
You can remove the light head and bring indoors to charge up.
Can it be pushed into lawn using longer bolts
Asked by Paul Allen on 22 Aug 2019
We wouldn't recommend it. In the summer the ground can be like concrete but come the winter and the rain the longer bolts might not be enough to keep them standing. I would also depend on what type of soil you have.
Can the 1 meter cable be extended at all?
Asked by Mathew Bonney on 21 Aug 2019
You can now buy a 5m extension cable here
How long is the cable between the light and solar panel?
Asked by Nick on 21 Aug 2019
You can find a 5metre extension cable for the Esher here
Is there an extension cable suitable for this light?
Asked by Simon Welsh on 21 Aug 2019
Currently, we do not offer an extention cable.
What is mode 6 used for, as from the information on the manual it flashes red and blue for 1 hour, is this for a deterrent. Don't understand the use of the mode š (Other then that the light rocks A* service )
Asked by James De Ath on 21 Aug 2019
Rock star party or a deterrent. The idea is if you did spot someone in your garden you could put the flashing lights mode on which looks like police lights.
Please confirm the IP rating is it 56 or 65?
Asked by John Kester on 20 Aug 2019
IP56
Is the Truro down light best set to P in low light shaded areas for a longer period of power?
Asked by Jeremy on 18 Aug 2019
P = powers saving mode so if the light is in a poor location or during winter months then p is the best setting.
Are they completely waterproof as they will be staying outside our caravan even when we're not there ?
Asked by Julie Lewis on 18 Aug 2019
These lights are designed to be outside all year so you will not have a problem leaving them out if you're at the caravan or not.
Can you get a cable extension for these to extend beyond 4.5metres?
Asked by Adrian Groves on 17 Aug 2019
Currently, we do not offer an extension cable but will be soon.
About to order 2nd one of these from you. Just wondered will same remote operate both lights ?
Asked by T.bragginton on 16 Aug 2019
Yes, one remote will work on all lights.
How long is the cable from lights to solar panel? I want to "uplight" a tree but need the solar panel at least 4m away from the tree to get enough sunshine
Asked by Nicki Fogarty on 15 Aug 2019
4.5m of cable between each light and the solar panel.
Can you add a timer in between the panel and light?
Asked by Ricky on 15 Aug 2019
We do not offer such a timer but if your good with electricals I'm sure it would be possible.
can these be linked to a solar panel if placed under some bushes
Asked by andy on 14 Aug 2019
The solar panel is within the light so it's not ideal to place them in shaded areas. You could test the location and just top up via USB once a week or so.
Hi. Is it possible to adjust the light sensor on these lights so they come on just before it gets dark? Thanks
Asked by Tom on 13 Aug 2019
You can't adjust the sensor but you can change the angle of the panel. If the panel faces east it will charge more in the morning and the lights would come on earlier vs a west-facing panel.
How big are these please.Also how big is the illumated area (I.e not including black decorative parts).
Asked by Alison on 12 Aug 2019
Dimensions : Height: 25cm Width:18cm Depth: 34.5cm
I don't want motion sensor however the one with motion sensor appears to have a brighter light, is the sensor switchable?
Asked by chris on 11 Aug 2019
The size of the panel dictates the brightness of the light. A PIR light is only triggered with movement so can be easily twice as bright. The Truro motion is PIR only. You can switch if off but motion is needed to trigger the light.
Hi. I want to put the lights underneath two wooden arches. This means that the sides of the light will be more visible than the top/tip of the led. Was wondering if the sides are as bright as the top if that makes sense? Thank you.
Asked by Andy on 11 Aug 2019
The LED light is reflected around the bulb outputting in all directions (side on and up top). Hope that helps.
Is there wire connecting the solar panel to the lantern.None shown in the picture so not sure
Asked by Alison on 10 Aug 2019
Yes, a wire comes with the light and would need connecting to the light from the panel
I know it will depend on the battery size, but how long will the Ā£80 battery run the two lights for? Do you need sunshine to charge the battery or does it charge in daylight conditions. Thanks
Asked by John on 9 Aug 2019
We suggest up to 18hrs from a full charge but you are likely to get more. The panel will charge in daylight but direct sun will produce more power.
The diagram suggests that the lights are independently adjustable side to side and up and down. A review on 30th June says that they're not. What have I misunderstood?
Asked by Paul H on 9 Aug 2019
Yes, the lights can rotate both up and down. left and right. The joint allowing the light to rotate can be a little stiff.
Can these or any of your lights be fastened to wooden fence posts? Also what is the width of the mounting bracket please
Asked by Alex on 8 Aug 2019
Yes, many customers use them on wooden fence posts. Please see our instructions here
Is this light on a sensor and how far away does it come on when someone comes close to it? Thxs
Asked by Ruth Guise on 8 Aug 2019
No sensor (PIR) on this light. The Esher Solar Wall Lantern offers hassle-free operation and will come on automatically at dusk and turn off automatically at dawn.
Will trees and bushes activate the Eco wedge
Asked by R.watkins on 8 Aug 2019
Any movement can activate any PIR. We would recommend testing the location before fully installing.
Will the lamp always cycle through the different colours or can it be set to remain on white?
Asked by Tracey on 6 Aug 2019
You can set it to work in white colour.
Would this light (or perhaps 2 or 3) be suitable to light a home office of 8.5 sq.m? Thanks in advance.
Asked by Martin Chandler on 6 Aug 2019
This really depends on how much light you need. I would suggest ordering and testing it before installing the light.
Is the light warm white ?
Asked by Martyn Barter on 6 Aug 2019
The output is a regular white.
Hi, I am looking to use this in a commercial setting outdoors. I would prefer to have them permanently plugged in to mains, is this possible and will it affect it's life span? Is the light still completely waterproof if plugged in to mains? Thanks
Asked by Lyn on 6 Aug 2019
Having them on charge all the time will not limit the life span but USB charging is designed indoor or fairweather charging outdoor. A full charge will result in up to 50hrs or about 7days and will last longer with solar charging on top.
What material are the lanterns made out of? Would they be able to withstand windy conditions? Ie not get blown off a table?
Asked by lyn on 6 Aug 2019
The Lanterns are made of toughened plastic. The light weighs approximately 0.8kg so would take a good amount of wind to blow them off a table.
Can you adjust the depth of field? I would like to put this outside my front door however the pavement is only just over a meter away. I don't want it going off every time someone walks past. Many thanks
Asked by Rebecca Rock on 6 Aug 2019
Sadly not, you could test different positions and see which works best.
What are all,the dimensions of the lights I'm really interested in the depth Thanks David
Asked by David on 4 Aug 2019
Please have a look at the gallery image of the white version here
Can this light be turned on even when there is some sunlight outside, for example a dull day or when it starts to get dark?
Asked by Bernadette on 3 Aug 2019
This light will only work from dusk onwards as it needs to charge in the day. One option is to cover the panel to trick the light into thinking it night time or unplug the panel completely.
Hi, how do you care for these to keep them clean, can you use household cleaners or should you use soapy water only? Thanks
Asked by Steve on 3 Aug 2019
We would recommend warm soapy water.
hello, what is the overall !length of the 300 set? Thank you
Asked by Neil on 2 Aug 2019
32m, made up from 30m of LED bulbs evenly spaced and 2m at the end to the control tube
What is the degree of rotation of the solar panel? Is it up/down or full rotation?
Asked by Roger Griffiths on 2 Aug 2019
It can fully rotate 360 and up and down, only limited by where you install the panel.
What are the bulbs made from, glass or plastic?
Asked by Jean on 2 Aug 2019
The bulbs are made from a toughened clear plastic that closely resembles glass but stops them breaking
Hi - Delighted with these lights but is it possible to get them to turn on earlier in the evening? At the moment they turn on about 10pm and I'd prefer them on before then, before it gets really dark. Is there a way of adjusting them?
Asked by Duncan on 1 Aug 2019
Some customers have told us they cover the solar panel with a tea towel or similar to get the lights to turn on earlier. The solar panel is very efficient with these lights and continues to harvest the energy until dusk falls when they turn on automatically
Hi, can you tell me the lengths of each of your solar powered fairy lights in warm white. I need one set to cover an arch and a different set to go across a bigger pergola. Thank you.
Asked by Christina on 1 Aug 2019
Both of the 100 LED sets (Lumify and Elan) are 12m strings, 10m of light string with LEDs evenly spaced and then 2m at the end to the solar panel or control tube.
I cannot decide if to buy the warm light or normal light. Which would be the brightest and which is the most popular?
Asked by Anita Hill on 31 Jul 2019
The brightness is identical but the white version may be perceived as being brighter as it is more harsh than soft. This year warm white are by far a bigger seller but this changes on the time.
What does the S and P mean on the switch of London lights
Asked by Sue Horsfall on 31 Jul 2019
S = Standard mode and P= Powersaving mode
Does the solar panel swivel separately from the light to enable optimum solar energy collection?
Asked by Stephen on 30 Jul 2019
The solar panel can be positioned remoted on the top of the light. If the panel is attached to the light you can change the vertical angle (up and down) but not horizontal (left and right) however the light can rotate horizontally.
What is the distance between the fixing holes?
Asked by Debbie Simpson on 30 Jul 2019
4.5cm
Can the York Bollard Light be screwed down to decking?
Asked by James Rason on 30 Jul 2019
The instructions can be downloaded here . The light is designed to be bolted down and not screwed down. A single decking board is unlikely to support the light. Adding additional support could work.
Where is the solar panel on this bollard light? Is it on the top or does it have a separate solar panel which can be placed away from the light?
Asked by Louise on 29 Jul 2019
The solar panel is positioned on top of the light head.
Hi could i just use four out of the eight lights without a fire risk?
Asked by Roger on 29 Jul 2019
Yes, you could use 4 without any issues.
What colour is the solar panel?
Asked by Mike Watson on 29 Jul 2019
The solar panel is black in colour.
Hi, Is the wire black; if so do you do a silver version? Also, what is the distance between the lights? Thanks, Dawn
Asked by Dawn Roberts on 29 Jul 2019
The wire is dark green only. The approximate distance between each light is 10cm. Total length is 30meters,
Is it possible to buy the battery and the charger separate for this model?
Asked by Yanisa on 29 Jul 2019
Yes, you can buy the tube here and our premium batteries here
How long will the eco SMD elite last overnight after a typical scottish sunlit day?
Asked by marc summers on 28 Jul 2019
From a full charge, it can be triggered 500 times.
How do you set the light so that it cycles through the colours?
Asked by Sallyanne Tyler on 28 Jul 2019
Press the power button until the light turns Blue (the light will continually cycle through the different colours)
Can the York Solar Light be attached vertically to a a brick wall? If so how.
Asked by Pauline Keyte on 28 Jul 2019
The base is the only way to attach the light. Please see our install guide here
How do they fit in the ground? No picture of the base?
Asked by Davis Alan on 28 Jul 2019
Please see our install guide here
80cm is too far apart for our small garden. Is it possible to have the bulbs closer together? Or can you recommend an alternative? Thanks.
Asked by Russell on 28 Jul 2019
It all depends on how you hang the string. If in between each light you had a hock then the distance could be halved and even shorter depending on the drop.
Does it have an on/off switch?
Asked by Kerri on 28 Jul 2019
Yes, the switch is located on the back on the light.
How long does the light stay on? Will it stay on from dusk to dawn?
Asked by Jean on 27 Jul 2019
Up to 6 hours from a full charge.
Is the solar panel on the top of the light or does it have a separate panel that can be set up more directly in the sun? THanks.
Asked by Peter on 27 Jul 2019
The Bath has an integrated solar panel that's part of the cap of the lamp. Some care is required when considering where to install the lamp to ensure enough light is absorbed by the panel by day for the lamp to operate effectively at night.
The angle of the solar panel looks rather shallow. How optimal is it for Uk latitudes?
Asked by Mark McElroy on 27 Jul 2019
The light is designed here in the UK for the UK. The angle increases the charge especially in winter months vs our solar light with flat/horizontal panels.
Will the solar panel require wiring to the lamp.?
Asked by Virginia on 26 Jul 2019
Yes, the panel and light need a wire between them which comes with the product.
May I know the dimensions
Asked by Anand on 26 Jul 2019
Dimensions : Height: 25cm Width:18cm Depth: 34.5cm
Is it still the case with the second generation Edinburgh lights that artificial light will stop them from working. I was planning on placing them at the side of my garden next to a public path with street lamp, attaching the solar panel about 1 meter off the ground. Will the orange glow from the street lamp that is about 11 meters away cause issues?
Asked by Graeme Gilmour on 25 Jul 2019
Almost all our solar lights need it so be dark to come on, if enough light hits the panel then it will switch to charging mode. We would recommend you test the install location, simply changing the angle of the panel can make a huge difference.
What please is the range of the remote control?
Asked by J F Hogwood on 25 Jul 2019
Infrared remote control included with up to 8m range
Hi. Just wondering if you can turn the TrueFlame effect off on the solar lantern to give a constant non-flickering light? Many thanks
Asked by Gareth Oakley on 24 Jul 2019
No, the flame effect is always on.
Does the solar panel on the Truro Solar Motion light need occasional CLEANING? If so, with what eg a cloth and warm water?
Asked by Robin Howells on 24 Jul 2019
Warm soapy water is perfect for cleaning solar panels.
Will the Sunjet mini solar pump ever be in stock again? Or something similar? Thank you
Asked by Carol Martin on 24 Jul 2019
We are currently not planning on it.
Can it be switched off?
Asked by Wendy Ellis on 23 Jul 2019
Yes, the switch is located on the back on the light.
Can it be switched off?
Asked by Wendy Ellis on 23 Jul 2019
Yes, the switch is located on the back on the light.
Can the spotlights be mounted on a fence post instead of spiked into the ground?
Asked by Tony on 23 Jul 2019
Fittings included for stake, deck/wall mounting so and fence would be fine too.
Hi, Your video doesn't show clearly how the solar panel is mounted, I would want to install it on a tiled garage roof, is this provided for in the kit or an extra? Thanks
Asked by Barry Taylor on 22 Jul 2019
We no longer off brackets for panel installation as almost all customers sourced their own to fit their needs.
What does s and p stand for?
Asked by Patricia on 20 Jul 2019
S=Standard mode and P=Powersaving mode
What diameter size is each bulb?
Asked by Jeanette Morris on 20 Jul 2019
20 festoon lights(5cm diameter) on a 10m string
How long is the cable from the first light to the last one?
Asked by Philip Rose on 19 Jul 2019
2m of cable between solar panel and first LED bulb
What colour is this light ?
Asked by Ken on 19 Jul 2019
Warm White.
What colour is this light
Asked by Ken on 16 Jul 2019
Warm White.
Do you do these lights, in a large size?
Asked by andrea maloney on 14 Jul 2019
Currently we only offer this in one size 30cm x 30cm
Hi, Could this panel be mounted flat on a roof without fear of water ingression of rain water? Thanks Ian.
Asked by Ian Morgan on 14 Jul 2019
As long is the panel isn't sat in water the panel will be fine. Ideally, raise the panel just of the flat roof with a small angle to stop water sitting on the top.
Is it possible to buy the top part (with the light in) separate?
Asked by Paul on 12 Jul 2019
Yes, you can buy replacement tops here
Is the body/casing of the light made from plastic or aluminium ?
Asked by Tony on 11 Jul 2019
Plastic
What are the dimensions of the solar panel please
Asked by Charles Billington on 10 Jul 2019
18.4cm x 13.3cm
What colour is the Lumify fairy light cable? . I would be putting them on an evergreen and would need green or transparent cable
Asked by Karen Hart on 10 Jul 2019
The cable is dark green.
Hello, can you get extension leads for theese lights Thank you Derek
Asked by Derek on 6 Jul 2019
Yes, please find the 5m extension cable here
Will the light stay on whilst people are in the area
Asked by M Richardson on 6 Jul 2019
If motion is detected then the light will trigger and stay on until movement stops.
One reviewer wrote," it would also be handy if the waterproofing guarantee applied for different orientations". Is the light fully waterproof on a south elevation facing the prevailing south westerly weather in central England?
Asked by Philip Smithies on 3 Jul 2019
The lights are designed to be installed flat on a vertical wall. We had one issue where the customer had installed them upside down which the light is not designed for, the panel wouldn't get enough light and water resistance is not designed to be upside down either. You will not have any issues installing the light panel up on a vertical wall.
Are the lights made out of steel? If so is there a stainless steel option?
Asked by David Court on 3 Jul 2019
No, the lights are made of toughened plastic.
Will a car pulling on the drive trigger the PIR?
Asked by Paul on 3 Jul 2019
Yes, a car would trigger the light is within range.
Is it possible to get an extension cable so distance between the solar panel and the first light can be longer?
Asked by Mvlampila on 2 Jul 2019
Currently, we do not stock extension cable but hope to soon.
Is it possible to get an extension cable so distance between the solar panel and the first light can be longer?
Asked by Mvlampila on 2 Jul 2019
Please click here
How do you get the light to morph into different colours? Or does it just work as one colour at any one time ??
Asked by Sarah Davis on 1 Jul 2019
They can be set to gently cycle through red, green, blue, green, purple, pink and light blue or you can set them to stay on your favourite colour.
Do I have to wait until it's dark before the lights will work? If I had the solar panel outside but the actual lights inside a dark room can I switch them on whilst the solar panel is outside in the daytime? Many thanks
Asked by Robert Derrig on 29 Jun 2019
Yes, you can but the panel charges during the daylight so you would be limiting the charge it gets but as the lumify range is usb you can boast them now and again. By removing the panel connection the lights will come on or by covering the panel to make the lights think it night time.
Hi, How are these fitted?
Asked by Faris Hussain on 29 Jun 2019
Please see our detailed instructions here
Once light has been fitted to outside pillar, can they be just twisted off and removed (stolen).
Asked by Francis Alan Aylward on 27 Jun 2019
Sadly yes these could be stolen but we haven't yet had any reports from customers having these taken. As these lights look like mains lights most would be thieves are put off by the light output and touching electrical items.
I live in Spain would you recommend these lights to be used out here thinking about the intencity of the sun. I already have some solar wall lights and the panel that holds the solar unit has curled up from the base unit.
Asked by Francis Alan Aylward on 27 Jun 2019
We have many customers from Spain using our lights without any issues. The only thing that can limit the life of our lights would be the living right next to the sea with the salt causing issues.
Hello are the batteries already fitted in them and what size are they
Asked by Colin Rudling on 26 Jun 2019
It is a 1 x AAA battery.
What is the height of the body on the Mini Londons and London XTs.
Asked by Eric Brown on 23 Jun 2019
Height: 277mm (excluding spike)
Is it weatherproof?
Asked by Consuelo Caalam on 23 Jun 2019
Yes, this light is designed for outdoor use.
Can you give me the measurements of the stones please, do they come in various sizes.
Asked by Barbara Dodwell on 20 Jun 2019
32cm by 24cm. The Shimmer is only one size.
Hi how do you get the shape light to change colours? Do you have to press the button so many times.
Asked by Gina Aneke on 19 Jun 2019
The order of button presses is then as follows: Red Green Blue Pink Lime Green Purple Light Blue Lylac Blue (the light will continually cycle through the different colours). Bright Warm White (brighter setting with shorter run-times unless plugged in indoors) Bright White (brighter setting with shorter run-times unless plugged in indoors) To turn your Shapelight off, simply press and hold the Power/Mode button.
Is there an option to mount this vertically so I could mount it on top of a wall instead against a wall?
Asked by Jason Cooke on 18 Jun 2019
This light has been designed to be installed on to a wall and not on top.
can this be switched so it comes off and on automatically, without using the remote control?
Asked by katie on 18 Jun 2019
The light output and panel is designed to be switch on and off and not left on. It's likely in the winter months you wouldn't get many hours output if you left it on.
How would you attach the solar panel to a fence/pergola?
Asked by Elly on 16 Jun 2019
Currently, the panel only comes with a stake attachment. Many customers adapt the stake themselves.
Would these work in a gala tent if powered from a usb? How many metres would be needed for a roof that is 12mx6m so people could eat at table with tea lights?
Asked by Margaret Eyres on 14 Jun 2019
The String lights are 30 meters long so not more the ones to go all the way around. You may want two or even four depending on the effect you would like.
What is the distabetween each bulb please? Thank you
Asked by Caroline on 12 Jun 2019
Approximately 50cm
How many lumens does each torch have? Thanks.
Asked by Margaret Eyres on 12 Jun 2019
50 Lumens
Can these lights be mounted to a fence or deck without the spike thanks
Asked by Daniel on 11 Jun 2019
Screw mounting your lights: Use the supplied Allen key to remove the bracket from your light. If the stakes are connected to the brackets, please remove those first. Offer the brackets up to your intended locations, mark the holes and use the supplied screws and screw plugs to fix the brackets into location. Once the brackets are in place, please reconnect the lights to their brackets.
How big are the bulbs?
Asked by Terry Smith on 10 Jun 2019
20 festoon lights(5cm diameter) on a 10m string
Hi. Can the sphere be switched off manually if you don,t want it on all night?
Asked by Chrissie Drew on 8 Jun 2019
Yes, To turn your Shapelight off, simply press and hold the Power/Mode button.
what size are these light please
Asked by Kathryn Greenhough on 8 Jun 2019
Height: 25cm Width:18cm Depth: 34.5cm
Can the light stay cintinuous at night rather than sensors.
Asked by Linda Manley on 7 Jun 2019
These are PIR (sensor) lights only.
Would this work on a north facing wall? it would only get sunlight early morning.
Asked by Steph Burt on 6 Jun 2019
We would only recommend south facing walls for optimum performance.
Does Product ID: SS9905 extension cable work with the Globe Solar Spotlights? And is the maximum Qty of sets than can be used in one run?
Asked by Kevin Baker on 6 Jun 2019
No, this extension only works with our SMD solar security lights range.
How is this mounted. ?
Asked by Neil on 6 Jun 2019
The lights are designed to be hung with a metal loop just above the panel.
does this light have a cable
Asked by ian cook on 5 Jun 2019
The Esher has a cable between the panel and the light.
Is it possible to run two of these off one solar panel? I want a pair either side of my bi fold doors, also could I buy two x 5m cables and have the solar panel right out of the way or will this distance effect the charging / power distribution?
Asked by Andy on 5 Jun 2019
You can not charge two lights off one panel as the panel is the optimum size for a single light. Each extension cable will reduce the performance but this can be outweighed but a better panel location.
Can you turn these lights on manually before it becomes dark? I would like to install them in a child's playhouse
Asked by Anthony on 5 Jun 2019
Covering the panel will stop them charging and switch the lights on, of course, this will reduce the amount of charge per day so we would only recommend doing this for a limited time or maybe every other day during summer months.
I am looking to set up a trickle charging solar unit to keep my boat's battery charged. Would I need a charge controller for this panel? And even if I did not need one could I fit one to provide info on the status of the battery, is it charged or not?
Asked by John Waldon on 5 Jun 2019
We would recommend a charge controller for a boat battery as you could be in the situation where the engine has fully charged the battery and the panel is trying to charge it which can limit the life span of the battery. If the battery is always in use and never gets fully charged then you could use this panel without a controller.
What is the length of spacing between bulbs.
Asked by Rose on 5 Jun 2019
200 Superbright LED bulbs on a 20-meter string so just under 10cm per bulb.
How many LEDs in each please. Similar torches bay from 31 up to 92. I would assume that the more LEDs the brighter the output? Thanks.
Asked by Eddie Prest on 3 Jun 2019
Yes, the more LEDs the brighter the output would be but you can only have so many LEDs with the space and to create the effect, also the number vs the size of the panel need to match. The Mini TrueFlame has 36 LEDs.
Hello This looks like what I'm looking for but to be sure can you please provide a view as to whether this light will stay on all through the night in winter months to illuminate my house number until around 8am? Thanks
Asked by Paul Armstrong on 2 Jun 2019
We are not able to say to will stay on until 8am as we don't know how much light will be reaching the panel. Our lights are designed for winter and the Truro has power saving mode which doubles the run time for winter months.
Are the solar down lights warm white or cool light as I am looking for cool light.
Asked by Mark Atherton on 2 Jun 2019
The Truro is warm/natural and not blue/cool.
We are looking for lights to put along our garden wall that give an ambient lights round a seating area that stay on, not motion sensor. Would these lights give a good enough light. We were looking for black ones , but these seem to be a more suitable light as the black ones you stock are motion sensor only and may be too bright ? We prefer to buy through you as the post lights we bought from you are excellent.
Asked by Keith Smith on 1 Jun 2019
It's really hard to say, the Sherpa is designed for illuminating steps so could work. If you needed something brighter then please take a look at our spotlights
hi can you buy the light chain separately as my husband has cut it doing the hedge
Asked by Wendy Jones on 1 Jun 2019
You can buy the separate string lights here
Are these a warm white or Bright white colour when lit?
Asked by LUra on 1 Jun 2019
Warm white.
If I buy more than one unit, can I use just one remote to turn them all on?
Asked by Hazel Greenaway on 31 May 2019
Yes, one remote will work on all lights.
Are these literary screwed onto the decking or do you have to cut out "holes" to fit these into ?
Asked by Valerie Love on 30 May 2019
Create a 95mm by 95mm square hole that is 30mm deep. Please see full instructions here .
Hi bought 2 of these but lost the instructions can you tell me how to put them on cycle please
Asked by Mark Chillcott on 30 May 2019
Please find a full copy of the instructions here
Are the mini trueflame the same brightness as it's larger brother?
Asked by Steve Wheadon on 28 May 2019
The Lumen output will be less than 2/3 lower due the size of the lamp however these are designed to complement the larger trueflame so if you asking if the effect is similar then yes but just smaller.
Hi does the PIR tilt downwards ? i want to illuminate a narrow path but do not want the PIR detecting movement in the neighbours garden.
Asked by Paul F on 28 May 2019
The pir rotates about 45 degrees downwards. I would suggest testing the location of the light before fully installing. The height of the light will make a big difference to the distance the pir will trigger.
Do these come in a shorter length?
Asked by Elisha Davies on 28 May 2019
This only comes in one length currently.
Hi, Is the light bulb included and what kind of bulb is it if i need to replace in the future?
Asked by cat on 28 May 2019
The Bulb is included and is LED and will not need replacing.
Does this light have the function to stay on if required or is it just activated by motion sensor for 30s?
Asked by Jon on 27 May 2019
This light is motion activated only.
How many lumens, please?
Asked by Melanie Smith on 25 May 2019
200 Lumens
Can I connect two sets (of 8s) together and run off 1 solar panel unit?
Asked by Paul on 25 May 2019
No, the panel is designed for one set only.
Could this light be on permanently?
Asked by Graham Adams on 25 May 2019
No, this a security light and is motion activated. Please have a look at our wall lights here
How many LEDs do these have? Are they the same quality as larger one?
Asked by Helen Pennington on 24 May 2019
The Mini TrueFlame has 36 LEDs, less than it's older brother due to the size of the lamp.
What is the length of the lights please?
Asked by Naomi on 24 May 2019
200 Superbright warm white LED bulbs on a 20 metre string
I've only got space for 7 lights, will they still work?
Asked by Rhona on 23 May 2019
Yes, the lights will work with only 7 attached.
Please could explain the USB function
Asked by Lynn on 23 May 2019
Once the light arrives you can fully charge them via USB. If the panel is in a poor location or we have prolonged bad weather in the winter months you can top up the solar charge with USB.
Can you turn these on and off?
Asked by Ryan Tate on 23 May 2019
Yes, the Crook Solar Lanterns has a on/off switch
can this be set-up to turn on dusk til dawn?
Asked by Mr Tanveer Ahmed on 21 May 2019
This switches on in the dark but is only motion activated. Our wall lights staying on all night or until the battery needs recharging.
can you run more than one solar flood off 1 remote?
Asked by BYRON on 21 May 2019
No, the light and panel are only design to be 1:1 the panel wouldn't be powerful enough for two lights. Please have a look at our for large panels
Can you buy replacement for just the top section of this light or do you have to buy a complete light
Asked by P Lilley on 21 May 2019
Please find our replacement tops here
is there only one mode of operation - a toggle switch to extend the solar light duration?
Asked by Marc P on 21 May 2019
The disc lights have only one mode.
Hi, would these lights be suitable for sitting in gravel. Not being walked over.
Asked by Jacqui on 21 May 2019
Yes, but you would need to make sure the light isn't sat in water if it rains.
can you have more than one flood on a solar panel which is switched via 1 remote
Asked by BYRON on 20 May 2019
No, the panel size and light output match so having two lights off one panel would more than half the usage of the light.
I just raised same sort of question as Mr Bezley and there are two nuts but it dies not say where to put them ? On the instructions the switches are described as S for standard P forPower Saving. BUT on the box the switches are described as automatic on/ off at dawn Which is it ? I assume the light bulb is already installed and hidden from view along with the batteries as nothing visible
Asked by Margaret Whittaker on 20 May 2019
As per instructions, the light attaches to a base plate which in turn must be attached to a solid surface e.g. concrete. S is standard and P is power-saving modes, the lights come on at dusk not matter which mode.
When do these lights switch on? Is there a PIR?
Asked by Anthony Snape on 19 May 2019
These light are not PIR trigger. A switch located at the back on the light switches them on/off or leave them on and the light will come on from dusk
Do these lights come in blue
Asked by Isabel on 19 May 2019
No, only white currently.
Hello When it is on the gentle glow setting how many lumens is emitted. I know it is 50 for 15 seconds on the highest settling. Thanks.
Asked by M Ansar on 18 May 2019
Its glows at approximately 10 lumens.
Is there a low light on all the time at night, which gets brighter when motion is detected? Or is there no light on until motion is detected?
Asked by Richard Witts on 18 May 2019
This light is motion-activated only.
Hi Is this light warm white or cool white?
Asked by William on 15 May 2019
Warm White
I need to fit the solar panel to the top of a fence (not possible in soil).. Would the fitting allow this? Thanks, Lou
Asked by Lou Oliva on 14 May 2019
Yes, the light comes with a fixing bracket.
Are the lights on a cable? Will I be able to place them on opposite side of the garden? I don't want anything with cables as I'm in a wheelchair. Kind regards P.
Asked by Pauline on 14 May 2019
Yes, the lights have a cable to and from the solar panel. We have 2 spotlights without cable you can see here , one called the Helios and the other called the Thea
I want to install this light on steps outside my house and I will be looking down on it when I want to use the remote. Will the remote still switch on the light without line of sight to the sensor?
Asked by Simon Stenning on 13 May 2019
The remote is infrared with up to 8m range, same as a TV remote with line of sight being the best but would bounce off walls or steps in your case.
How far apart do you have to set the lights?
Asked by Sarah on 12 May 2019
If you click on the gallery images you will see a diagram, the distance is approximately 1.6m
I'd like a spotlight on my front door. Because of a wall the spotlight would need to be positioned about 4 metres away from the door. Do you think this light would be effective at lighting up the door area?
Asked by Hayley Harvey on 12 May 2019
It's hard to say and subjective. You'd really need to test it see. At 44 Lumens this is the least bright spotlight we have.
Is the solar panel able to deal with adverse weather? Ie snow and rain
Asked by Miryam on 11 May 2019
Yes, snow would need removing for the light to be able to get to the panel.
Can these be fairly easily wrapped around a tree and is there much difference between the soft and bright set
Asked by Tish Orfeur on 10 May 2019
Yes, you can wrap them around a tree. Please make sure the wire isn't tight if wrapping around tree branches as this could snap the wires if windy. It's a personal choice is like warm white or white lights.
Hi, was just wondering if I can fit an on/off switch between the panel and first light, as I wish to control when they illuminate, and what is the light output roughly
Asked by Paul on 8 May 2019
We wouldn't recommend it and it would void your warranty but if you are good with electronics then it could work. The lights have 3 output modes already.
Are the white lights 'warm' lights?
Asked by Nico on 8 May 2019
No, white is just "white" and our "warm white" are warm
Hello What is the base wrench for ?
Asked by David on 8 May 2019
It's to open the base if you wish to install the ground spike.
Is it possible to add an ON switch for when working outside at night. I've looked at your remote operated one but it doesnt have a sensor and the lumins are only 350.
Asked by Billie Achilleos on 7 May 2019
No, you could max out the activation to 3mins. The main reason the remote controlled is only 350 Lumens is to allow if being on for longer periods of time. 1,400 lumens the panel we have to be very large for it to work.
How bright is the light? How many lumens? Thanks!
Asked by Natalie on 6 May 2019
80 Lumens
What is the diameter of the fitting? How many lumens?
Asked by Eleni on 6 May 2019
Height:4cm Width:16cm Depth:16cm Diameter:16cm 80 Lumens
hi what is the colour of the lanterns thanks
Asked by sharon coleman on 5 May 2019
Golden in colour.
Hi - i'm thinking of getting these to mount in a sleeper flower bed... are the cables suitable for running under 20-30cm of soil? Thanks.
Asked by Josh on 3 May 2019
It should be fine, the cable is not designed to be underwater so it would be best to ensure good drainage below the wires (maybe 1/2inch of gravel).
What are the dimensions of the unit?
Asked by Debbie Neely on 2 May 2019
Height:4cm Width:16cm Depth:16cm Diameter:16cm
If I extend the cable from the solar panel to the lights by about 15-20 metres will this affect the performance of the lights..
Asked by Paul on 1 May 2019
Each extension will reduce the performance due to the resistance in the wire however this can easily be offset with a better-positioned panel.
What lumens are these posts? Thanks.
Asked by Cristina on 1 May 2019
The Black London Post Lights are rated at 12 lumens
What lumens are these posts? Thanks.
Asked by Cristina on 1 May 2019
The Durham is rated at 12 lumens
Hello, i need to fix to a wooden facia that is only 80mm in height. Will i be able to fit to that. Not bothered if it hangs a bit below, provided that i can accommodate the fixings
Asked by Colin on 1 May 2019
On page two of the instructions is a template for drilling the holes. You could testing printing the template and see if it works for needs. Instructions are here . Please ensure it printed to scale, double check by measuring the template..
The battery is 1.2 volts with 750 mAh battery can you go higher than 750mAh
Asked by Joe on 1 May 2019
Yes, you can replace the battery but the mAh is designed to be the best fit for the solar panel.
Hi, Is there a setting where this light can be completely off during the evening / dark hours and only activated when motion is detected? Or is there always some sort of light emitted after dusk? Many thanks, Chris Edwards.
Asked by Chris Edwards on 1 May 2019
Mode 2 (blue indicator light on) When motion is detected after dusk the lamp activates at full brightness and turns off approx 15 seconds after motion stops. Recommended for Winter use or if the light is installed in a substandard location.
What are the dimensions of each light please ?
Asked by Amanda Tyler on 1 May 2019
Length:10cm Width:8.2cm Height:2.2cm
How do the lights attach to the wall?
Asked by Helen Gill on 1 May 2019
The lights come with screws to fix to a wall. Please see the instructions here
Does the 2 mini version flame light charge from electric indoors as the larger one does?
Asked by Janie on 1 May 2019
No, the Mini Trueflame are only solar powered with no USB
Hi, Is this light warm white or bright white? What is the colour temperature? Many thanks, Kelvin
Asked by Kelvin on 1 May 2019
Warm white colour temperature.
What is the lumen rating of these lights?
Asked by Charlotte on 1 May 2019
Total output for 4 will be 48 lumens.
I am looking for these lights with a bracket so I can place on my decking rail
Asked by Evelyn n on 30 Apr 2019
The small version of the TrueFlame solar lights only has a spike. The large version comes with a bracket
Is it possible to switch these lights off?
Asked by Jane on 30 Apr 2019
The switch is under the lead head/solar panel.
Do the batteries need to be replaced - and how often? Thanks :-)
Asked by Kirstin on 29 Apr 2019
3-5 years we would expect the batteries to last.
Please can you tell me the dimensions of the light fitting; Length, width, height ? Thanks
Asked by Howard Healey on 29 Apr 2019
Light head: 22cm width 6.5cm height 4cm max depth Solar panel: 13cm x 13cm Panel to light wire: 170cm
Is there the option to switch the lights off?
Asked by Alison on 29 Apr 2019
Yes, there is a switch in the light head.
Can I position lights facing down or will water run in to unit
Asked by Johnny on 28 Apr 2019
Yes, the light head are sealed so you put have them facing up or down.
How do you connect the solar torch to a usb power source?
Asked by Rod on 28 Apr 2019
To USB charge the torch locate the USB charging port which is just below the power button. Carefully pull back the rubber cover and insert the Micro USB end of the supplied USB cable. Plug the USB end of the cable into a USB wall plug adapter or a USB port on your computer
Just received /2truro solar lights do I have to charge them for 3 days also do you leave switch in off position whilst charging nothing in instructions thanks
Asked by Mrs r on 26 Apr 2019
We always recommend to switch them to the off position and leave the top to charge for 3 days.
Should have also asked whether the light is of cast aluminium or plastic construction?
Asked by Karen Claxton on 26 Apr 2019
It's a mix of construction.
Can these lights go near a water feature to illuminate it up
Asked by Sandra evans on 26 Apr 2019
Yes, we do not recommend submerging the lights in water but near the water is fine.
Does this light need a separate solar panel or is it integral?
Asked by Carole on 25 Apr 2019
The solar panel is integrated within the light.
Hi, Is it necessary to install a battery to the Geo 2 kit? How long will the light last with no battery?
Asked by Paul Blenkinsop on 24 Apr 2019
Yes, otherwise the light would only last if the panel had light creating power. The power output from the panel would also be variable on the amount of light hitting the panel, this would be a problem for lighting.
Are the Mini London power saving tops cool white or warm white? I see the is an option for the Durham top. Thanks
Asked by Paul Incledon on 24 Apr 2019
We only have white for the Mini London Tops.
Please can you tell me if the torch light battery rechargeable? Also can the torch light be separated from the crock so I can place it in my own bamboo crock as it would look more natural than plastic? Thank you. Pete from Paignton
Asked by Pete Jeffs on 24 Apr 2019
Yes, the batteries are rechargeable. You could try and find bamboo to replace the lower part of the light but you need one the right size.
How do you turn it on or off? Where is the switch located?
Asked by Dave on 23 Apr 2019
The switch is located at the base of the light.
what colour is the coated wiring/string that light attached to?
Asked by helen on 22 Apr 2019
Dark green.
Will these lights work on a North facing wall?
Asked by Rod on 22 Apr 2019
We wouldn't recommend but some customer do, direct sunlight will always charge the most but all light hitting the panel will charge.
Please can you confirm the actual size of each individual light bulb?
Asked by Nicola on 21 Apr 2019
Each bulb has a max diameter of 59mm and a height of 105mm
Is it possible to set them so that they do not flicker?
Asked by Nicole Davies on 21 Apr 2019
No, but in powersaving mode, the flicker is slower using less power.
Do you do a 200 light version as the 100 is too short for my needs and the 300 too long?
Asked by Rick on 21 Apr 2019
In our Lumify range, we only do 100s and 300s. Our Elan range we offer 100s and 200s
Can you please let me know if the lights have a sensor so they come on when it becomes dark OR are the lights on all the time?
Asked by Paul Smith on 21 Apr 2019
The lights charge in the day and are off, once it gets dark the lights stop charging and switch on.
Can the cables be extended to, say, up to 10m or are they fixed at 4.5m?
Asked by Adrian Walter on 21 Apr 2019
We currently do offer extension cable but will be soon.
What are these lights made from? ie: metal. plastic?
Asked by Bruce Robertson on 17 Apr 2019
Toughened plastic
Please could you let me know if this panel would work as a replacement for the panel supplied in the Edinburgh USB Solar Stainless Steel Deck Lights (Set Of 8). I.e. does it have a sensor that automatically turns the lights on at night etc. Thank you
Asked by Stefan Duda on 17 Apr 2019
No, this panel is only designed for Lumify range.
What is the lumen
Asked by Barry on 17 Apr 2019
100 lumens
Can I change the light to a different colour
Asked by Patsy on 17 Apr 2019
The light is Warm White Light - (3000 kelvin) only.
How do I remove the base, mine does not twist at all
Asked by Marilyn Robertson on 17 Apr 2019
The light comes with a wrench for removing the bass.
Would you recommend these to use as uplighters to show off big trees in the garden?
Asked by Charles Ng on 16 Apr 2019
Yes, these would work well the light up trees in the garden.
Is the switch accessible to make it easy to turn off/on? Also if turned of does this stop the batteries from charging? Thanks Paul.
Asked by Paul on 15 Apr 2019
Yes, the light can be turned off via the switch underneath the cap/lid part. If you switch it off the batteries will charge.
What is the detection angle of the sensor please
Asked by David Andrew on 13 Apr 2019
Detects motion up to 3 metres away
Is the light sufficient to subtlety up light a tree? Easy to turn off as not wanting to use everyday more for occasions ? Thank you.
Asked by Ruth Foggin on 13 Apr 2019
This really depends on many factors, this light is 44 lumens, our spotlights go up to 140 lumens. You would also need to test if one or many lights have the desired effect you are looking for.
do these lights have an on and off button
Asked by Peter salthouse on 13 Apr 2019
Yes, just below the light head.
Do these lanterns have a battery in the solar panel?
Asked by m Pepperell on 12 Apr 2019
Yes.
would this give enough downlight to illuminate a doorway to see lock if mounted above?
Asked by adam on 12 Apr 2019
You would need to test it, the base of the light head doesn't allow light downward but out from the sides. Many customers use them either side of doors.
Is it possible to switch between the motion detection (sensor) and constantly on? So it can be both a security light and a wall light.
Asked by Colin on 9 Apr 2019
The Sheild is only a motion sensor light. Our Wedge Elite and Wedge Plus come with a remote control allowing use as a wall light and motion light.
What is the size of this please ?
Asked by Michael on 8 Apr 2019
Shapelights Sphere : 35cm diameter
I am wanting to hang the lights from the rafters of a pergola. You say to leave a little slack in the cable , if it's windy is there a risk of the lights blowing against the rafters and smashing? Sue
Asked by Sue on 8 Apr 2019
It's very unlikely these will smash as the outer bulb shape is made of plastic. We advise slack due to customers hanging them in trees and the branches moving. If you are fixing to a solid structure like rafters then you can reduce the amount of slack.
Once the light is activated, how long does it stay on for? Thanks
Asked by Sam on 7 Apr 2019
The adjustable light activation time ranges from 10-80 seconds.
Do you need 1 extension for each light or can you cut the cable.Im assuming the cables have fixed adaptors?
Asked by Steve on 6 Apr 2019
Each cable has, at each end adaptors to extend the distance so you'd cut them.
Hello please can this be fixed on a soil not concrete floor?
Asked by Olu on 6 Apr 2019
Due to the height of the Durham Post Lights you need a solid base. Our smaller version the London Solar Post Lights have ground spikes for installing straight into the ground. Some customers have made a small concrete base and installed each light that way.
What material are the lanterns made of?
Asked by Gavin on 6 Apr 2019
Plastic.
Do you sell the solar panels separately in case one gets damaged?
Asked by Veronica on 6 Apr 2019
Currently we don't but please contact us and we would do our best to help
I only need 2 metres between each light and each panel fitting on a south facing wall how would that work? One extension cable or two.?I understand the extension cable may have plugs and cannot be cut?Steve.
Asked by Steve on 5 Apr 2019
Each light would need an extension cable, each cable has the adaptors to link the cable so we would recommend cutting them.
Does the control end fully and importantly easily detach so it can be brought into the house to charge? Thanks Sue
Asked by Sue on 5 Apr 2019
Yes, the control unit has both the panel input and the string output which both can be removed so you can bring the battery pack indoors to charge.
Can I place these lights in a fish pond. If not do you have any that can.
Asked by STEPHEN HOATHER on 5 Apr 2019
You can not submerge the light heads unwater.
Please confirm lumen output Is it 550 lumen per led lamp or 550 lumen for the pair
Asked by Geoff on 4 Apr 2019
550 Lumens total output.
Hi, Can you confirm the white colour - i.e. warm white but how 'warm'? Thanks.
Asked by John on 2 Apr 2019
Warm, white light
what is the sensor pick up rang?
Asked by tom on 1 Apr 2019
The motion sensor offers 120 degrees detection angle at a range of up to 10m can be rotated horizontally through 180 degrees
What is the length of cable between the light and solar panel?
Asked by Steve farr on 1 Apr 2019
The standard Chester Remote solar panel which can be positioned up to 1m away from the light. This extension wire adds an additional 5 meters.
Can I buy a longer lead for the solar panel
Asked by Carrol Bowyer on 31 Mar 2019
Yes, please see the 5m extension cable .
Can these be fixed to a decking post on a bracket?
Asked by Karen Martin on 31 Mar 2019
The TrueFlame comes with a decking mount.
The video shows the system being wired with a voltage controller, but this isn't shown in the kit. Is this needed? What would happen if we didn't have one? What are the benefits of using one? Which one would you recommend for use with the Geo 3?
Asked by Sarah on 28 Mar 2019
The GEO 3 comes with a charge controller. You need a charge controller with this size of a panel as without one it would reduce the lifespan of the battery.
Can you buy a extension lead for these lights to make sure the solar panel is sited in the best place to catch the sunlight?
Asked by Michelle on 27 Mar 2019
We don't currently offer extension cables for the elan range.
can solar panels be bought separately?
Asked by martin lamyman on 23 Mar 2019
Currently, we don't offer them but you can email us directly and we can take a look.
Is this cable compatible with globe solar spotlights ?
Asked by Oliver on 23 Mar 2019
We currently don't offer an extension for the globes.
What are the Lumens for this light please?
Asked by Dilys on 23 Mar 2019
12 lumens.
How bright are mood lights have your fairy lights, mini London post lights & torch light (large one) very happy with them. Would mood light light up plaque on garden wall?
Asked by Mary on 21 Mar 2019
I think it would but the light would be in the way of the plaque? Maybe have a look at our spotlights.
Are these ready to use straight out the box or do they need the usual 3 days to charge?
Asked by Mark on 21 Mar 2019
All of our lights we recommend that you charge for 3-5days depending on how overcast the weather is. This will make sure the battery is full and increase the longevity of the batteries.
How do these compare with the Serene lights please?Also, can you provide the dimensions, what's included etc the same as you do for the Serene ones please. Thank you
Asked by Nina Clark on 21 Mar 2019
Please see updated sizing.
What range is the sensor? Kind Regards
Asked by robert on 20 Mar 2019
The sensor will detect movement up to 8m away.
I am looking for a motion sensored solar powered light touse in the bathroom Would it work if I leave it on the window sill to charge each day ?
Asked by Cheryl essam on 20 Mar 2019
Yes, this could work.
Will this Solar light work on a easterly facing house wall or will that not get enough sunlight to charge sufficiently? Does it need to be on a southerly/westerly position? Thanks.
Asked by Mike on 18 Mar 2019
For the best performance, we recommend southerly facing wall but some customer do use these lights on east/west facing walls. You may need to use powersaving mode even in the summer, it will depend on how much sun gets to the panel.
Hello Is a replacement tube available please for the 300 LED sets please. Keep getting condensation inside the tubes with the fluctuating weather conditions. Many thanks
Asked by Marion Mackenzie on 17 Mar 2019
Please see the replacement tube for the 300s here
Hi there. I was going to position one at each end og the garden (about 10m apart). Will the cable/connector be sufficient to allow this? Many thanks Ed
Asked by Ed Fanshawe on 16 Mar 2019
Each cable from the light to the panel is 4.5m so you could have the lights 9m apart.
Where is the on/off switch on the solar panel for my Chester solar lights?
Asked by Sally Lee on 15 Mar 2019
The switch is on the solar panel.
Can these be mounted vertically or do that have to go flat on the ground? I'm thinking of using them in our front garden to illuminate the driveway. As they're not suitable for being drive over, I was going to mount them on the walls that run down either side of the drive. My concern was that the sun won't hit them for long enough portions of the day if they're not pointing directly towards the sky?
Asked by Ross Matheson on 14 Mar 2019
We wouldn't recommend them being vertical as it's likely that the panel wouldn't receive enough light.
What is the ideal height for the lights to be installed?
Asked by Sarah Norcup on 14 Mar 2019
It depends on how much light spread you need and the detection area needed. Generally, security lights are installed around 1.8-2.5m off the ground.
Will this still work inside if there is another light on in the room? I want to use it inside as a night light for the kids but we keep their bedroom door open with the landing light on. I'm worried the landing light will stop it from working because its also a solar light and they dont come on if there is lights on nearby.
Asked by Emma on 13 Mar 2019
Hi Emma, Shapelights have an Indoor Mode and an Outdoor Mode. In Indoor Mode the Shapelight will light up no matter how bright it is and stay lit until you turn it off - so your landing light wont be an issue. In Outdoor Mode your Shapelight works like a solar light so will only light up when it gets dark and turn off automatically after 7 hours.
Hello, can I just leave these outside permanently? And if so, how long can I expect the product to keeping working continually for? And are there replacement bulbs available? Many thanks, Chris
Asked by Chris on 8 Mar 2019
Yes, you can leave this outside permanently. The bulbs are LEDs so will not need replacing. We'd expect you would need to replace the batteries every 3-5 years but many batteries last longer.
Can u connect more then one up together and run on the same solar panel
Asked by Chris on 7 Mar 2019
No, the size of the panel will only work with one light and it's designed specifically for the battery charge and light output of a single light.
Is the top and front grey and the underside white?
Asked by Mary Taylor on 4 Mar 2019
The Light is white both top and front.
Are the spikes on the London Minis metal or plastic? Thanks.
Asked by Adam Powell on 4 Mar 2019
The spikes with the mini Londons are plastic, their bigger brother, the London XT's have metal spikes.
Doesn't say any where how long the string of lights are. I know there's 100 of them and I know the lead cable is 2m but I don't know what length of actual fairy lights I'm getting?
Asked by Helen on 28 Feb 2019
The entire cable is 12m in length, 2m to the first bulb then one bulb every 10cm thereafter.
Will this replacement tube work for the vintage 10bulb string fairy lights? We have two set but one tube has decided to stop working. I have tested all eventualities, battery, charge, lights themselves, it is definitely the tube!
Asked by John-paul on 27 Feb 2019
Yes, this tube will work with the Lumify vintage bulb string lights.
Do you have a Lumens value for the Mini London in P and in S mode? I have a set and my brother-in-law would like to know before he purchases.
Asked by Alexander Mathie on 26 Feb 2019
10 Lumens and about half in P mode.
Is there a version of this light that doesn't have a sensor....just a 'dusk till dawn' setting.
Asked by Rob Smith on 26 Feb 2019
Please take a look at the Plus and Elite versions
Pls provide approximate dimensions of this item - diameter, height, width..
Asked by Anna on 23 Feb 2019
Light head: 6cm Length 4cm Diameter Light bracket: 4cm width 6cm Length Ground spike: 16.5cm Length Solar panel: 17x19cm Wire from panel to splitter: 58cm Wire from splitter to light head: 4.5m (450cm)
If the battery dies can you recharge them with a USB power source?
Asked by Linda Turcotte on 22 Feb 2019
Yes.
I'm looking for a solar wall light to stay on all night to light up my house sign. Can you recommend one please.
Asked by Laura james on 18 Feb 2019
Please take a look at our wall lights or spotlights . Some of the security light that have remote controls have options to be switched on and off. Our wall and spotlights stay on until dawn or the power has run out.
Hello, I can't see to find the lumen spec/led spec for this light. Please can you advise?
Asked by Helen on 16 Feb 2019
Listed under features, the light is 40 Lumens.
Hi could you please send me dimensions of the light bulb,thanks
Asked by Mr S Demiceli on 16 Feb 2019
Each bulb has a max diameter of 59mm and a height of 105mm
What is the length of the cable between the panel and the light?
Asked by Sarah Mitchell on 15 Feb 2019
Approximately 5m of cable between the light and solar panel.
I want the pir light on the front of my house but I need to position the solar panel on a south facing aspect of the house. Will the light still function if I extend the lead by 30 metres?
Asked by Robert Daffon on 14 Feb 2019
The light would work but the longer the distance between the panel and light the greater the resistance (less charge). Might be worth testing the charge you get without extending the distance.
How long does the ECO Wedge XT light come on for once triggered? can that be adjusted?
Asked by Russ V on 9 Feb 2019
10 seconds. The light will stay on while it is detecting motion and turn off a few seconds after motion finishes. The time cannot be adjusted.
Do these lights have an on off switch? Thanks
Asked by Tillie on 9 Feb 2019
Yes, the switch is on the panel
Hi There, i was lookingvto place this light on a high wall in an alleyway, is it possible to switch the light on and off from the remote when required. Just wouldn't want it triggering when a cat walks trough draining the battery. Many Thanks
Asked by Steve on 8 Feb 2019
Yes, you can use the on/off options on the remote control and use modes 4/5 depending on how bright you'd need the lights.
I'm guessing it will be OK to mount the light fitting inside the shed with the solar panel on the outside, it will then illuminate when I enter the shed and set off the motion sensor?
Asked by R J Cooper on 8 Feb 2019
Yes. It is bright at 550 lumens so depends on the size of the shed, you could always point the lights up or have a look at our shed lighting range .
Do you have a version of this with a motion sensor switch?
Asked by Brendan on 8 Feb 2019
Currently, we do not.
Can this light be simply operated by the remote, on and off with no motion sensor or do you have a light that is operated by a remote control and does not have a motion sensor. Kind regards, Bob
Asked by Robert Taylor on 7 Feb 2019
Yes, the remote has an off/on button.
What is the total length
Asked by Detek andrews on 6 Feb 2019
String lights are 10m and 2m to the panel.
what is the cable length to the solar panel?
Asked by Rachel Sheppard on 5 Feb 2019
The light comes with a 5m cable between the panel and light. Additional 5m extension cables are also available here.
What are the dimensions of the lights?
Asked by paul thorne on 4 Feb 2019
Light dimensions 44.7cm x 7.9cm
How long does the light stay on after detecting motion?
Asked by Gavin Faulkner on 2 Feb 2019
The light will stay on for approximately 10 seconds after motion ceases
Woukd this light be suitable outside a front door but undercarriage small roof canopy? If not what would you recommend Kind regards
Asked by Louise Green on 31 Jan 2019
It really depends how much direct sunlight gets to the panel. We wouldn't recommend having this light under a roof and it's likely to block most of the sunlight need to use the light. You could consider a different location for this light or have a look at our lights which have remote panels so you can position the light in a shaded area and have the panel in a sunny location.
Interested in purchasing this for my shed does it come with a decent wire lead from the Solar Panel to the light
Asked by Bob Wilkinson on 30 Jan 2019
2 Metres of cable between the light and panel.
Hello, Can we use the equipment without the detection? If not, have you the same material without detection range? Kr,
Asked by Ariane on 29 Jan 2019
Sadly this is a security light only. Please take a look at our wall lights category .
What type of battery is installed in this fitting (li-ion or Ni-Mh etc) & is it replaceable?
Asked by dave on 29 Jan 2019
The product uses a standard Lithium Ion battery that can be replaced. We do not believe the battery will need to be changed for at least 3 years.
Hi , How long is the cable from the panel to the light ?
Asked by Nick Waring on 29 Jan 2019
The cable from the solar panel is 5m. There are 5m extension cables available too.
What is the temperature of the emitted light in K?
Asked by Gregory M. Zinkl on 27 Jan 2019
Approximately 6,000
has the Kodiak mini solar post light the same brightness as the mini London solar post?
Asked by Marlyn McKay on 27 Jan 2019
Due to the double panel, the Kodiak is a 1/3 brighter than the London Solar Post Lights
Hello, Id like to install a solar light on my balcony. The door to the balcony is on the side. Will the sensor activate the light from the side, or will it only activate standing in front of the sensor? Thanks
Asked by Owen on 27 Jan 2019
The sensor works at approximately 120 degrees so it would just depend on the distance to the door. We always suggest to customers to test the location before fully installing.
Hi will the ligh be activated by movement,ie a reversing car? Regards
Asked by peter lovett on 26 Jan 2019
Yes, this is a PIR post light which only activates with movement.
Will this work on a North facing wall?
Asked by Rob Eley on 25 Jan 2019
We do not recommend putting this light on a north facing wall. It will work but may not last very long in the winter months. If you think the area the light is in has low traffic (low number of triggers) per night then it could be an option.
hi, can you confirm this doesn't come with a separate solar panel? Also, do these lights charging capacity perform better when east or west facing (assuming no obstacles, shade or trees)? south facing installation is not an option for me, too close to the neighbour's house.
Asked by Ian O'Flynn on 25 Jan 2019
The solar panel is built into to the wedge at the top. The Elite comes with 5 modes, in winter months we would suggest using the PIR only mode. For East vs West we would suggest test in each location before fully installing. It's amazing how much just 1 meter difference in location can make to how much charge is received.
Its say to charge for a couple of days how do i charge it thanks
Asked by Susan Portess-Emberton on 23 Jan 2019
If you leave the light in the off position and in a much sun you can then it will be fully charged and ready to go.
Hi I want these on a front porch, but dont want to illuminate with every passer by. Is it possible to adjust the sensor down to 1 metre?
Asked by Nasrin Khan on 23 Jan 2019
This light comes on at dusk, if you are looking for a PIR (motion sensor) light please take a look at our security lights .
will my usb cable from other device charge up the battery - also how much is a new battery from you please
Asked by sonia taylor on 22 Jan 2019
USB to mini USB should work. You can purchase replacement batteries here .
Hi there, I fitted 2 of these lights yesterday morning and the customer has tried to turn them on tonight using the remote and they won't turn on. Is there anything that I needed to do for them to work with the remote? The switch on the light is in the off position as he wants to turn them on and off using the remote.
Asked by Darren Parry on 21 Jan 2019
The switch on the lamp must be turned on and then the light can be turned on or off via the remote.
hi can you adjust the pir setting for distance
Asked by mark peffers on 19 Jan 2019
No, the distance isn't adjustable and would only vary depending on the height the light is installed.
Are the the large size batteries?
Asked by Bernie Wood on 18 Jan 2019
These are Lithium Ion batteries, 18mm in diameter, 65mm in length
Do you sell the charger?
Asked by Bernie Wood on 18 Jan 2019
No, these batteries are compatible with any of our lights that accept cradled 18650 batteries, such as the Lumify fairy lights .
How long is the cable between the solar panel and the spotlight?
Asked by Matt on 17 Jan 2019
3m
does the slate switch off during daylight hours?
Asked by Richard on 17 Jan 2019
The Slate only illuminates after dusk and once motion is detected. It won't operate during daylight hours.
What is the IP waterproof rating?
Asked by Alison Lewis on 16 Jan 2019
IPX5
would it be possible to re-wire these lights to operate off a mains supply with a transformer? I understand it would invalidate the warranty which is fine. Hope to hear from you. Thanks.
Asked by Amelia on 15 Jan 2019
No need to rewire anything. Simply use the USB to power the lights. Many customers use the USB option inside during the winter months then put them outside for the summer.
Does the field of detection include going straight down? So, if this light was placed directly above a door would someone taking one step out of the door be enough to trigger the light so they can then see to lock the door?
Asked by Alison on 14 Jan 2019
The PIR is positioned at the front of the light so will not be able to pick up movement directly below it but will be able to approximately 2-3 steps in front.
Is this light available in white?
Asked by Yvonne Parsons on 13 Jan 2019
No, sorry we only have the black version.
Are these battery,s good for vidio doorbell.
Asked by Eric smith on 13 Jan 2019
Sorry, you'd need to check with vidio as it's not one of our products.
When buying two Chester lights, do I need one extension cable or two?
Asked by Megan on 13 Jan 2019
It's up to you. If you need 2 additional 5m extension cable then I'd buy two.
Could this be used as an after dark shed light (short term use approx 30-45 mins?) if just switched on when needed and not using it as an automatic dusk till dawn light?
Asked by Rose on 12 Jan 2019
That's correct. Use the remote to switch on and off as needed. If left in the on position the light will automatically come on at dusk and turn off at first light.
Are these units suitable for fixing above head height?
Asked by James Ostler on 10 Jan 2019
Yes.
Is this water proof? I am looking for something like this, that can be fitted into a outside framed stained glass window. With a switch not motion so it can be turned on when in the garden. thanks
Asked by JACKIE on 9 Jan 2019
The light is designed for indoor use so will not work in your location.
How quickly does the light switch on when motion is detected?
Asked by G Kennedy on 9 Jan 2019
It's instant once motion is detected.
Is there a certain way to fix panel
Asked by Barry on 7 Jan 2019
You can see the install instructions here
Hi are you able to add another light and make this set 3 lights?
Asked by Danny on 6 Jan 2019
You can add another light here and another holder here
Where can I buy replacement batteries for Lumify sub solar fairy lights
Asked by James Gray on 6 Jan 2019
You can find replacement batteries here
where can i buy new Lithium batteries.?
Asked by stuart on 4 Jan 2019
Our Limify range of replacement batteries are here
As the detection distance cannot be adjusted on the unit, would it be possible to reduce the distance by placing a home-made shield over the sensor to reduce the detection radius? Has anyone at your company tried this?
Asked by EdcA on 31 Dec 2018
Yes. that would work, electric tape works to block the detection.
Do you have a solar light which is a) bright (much brighter than 350 lumens) and b) can be used as a floodlight shining upwards please? Don't need a remote really.
Asked by Graham Easton on 31 Dec 2018
Our strongest floodlight without motion sensor is 350 lumens. You could look into building your own flood light with our Geo Kits. See our solar lighting kits
Is the battery NiMH or lithium ion?
Asked by D wright on 31 Dec 2018
The battery is Li-ion
If using a 150w inverter with a 75Ah battery on the Geo 3 system would there be sufficient charge to re charge a cordless drill battery
Asked by Adrian on 30 Dec 2018
Our kits are designed for lighting and not charging. It will charge but hard to know how much the drill would need. The only way would be to test it yourself.
Does the light have to be unplugged from the solar panel for it to work ?
Asked by Sarah on 23 Dec 2018
No, whenever you switch it on the light will work.
Do these lights light up dimly after dusk and again brighten more when they detect motion? Can you please explain the mechanism?
Asked by Teknas on 19 Dec 2018
No, these are just motion activated.
Does this light stay on all night.? I just need one that only operates with motion sensor Thanks
Asked by Jonathan Vincent on 18 Dec 2018
No, the Chiltern light is motion only light.
Can the solar panel be roof mounted and if so does it come with the required fittings to do so please?
Asked by Mark on 17 Dec 2018
Yes, the panel can be roof mounted, the light and panel come with a bracket to angle the panel if needed. Please see our full install instructions here
Hello, I have just purchased a set is it possible to have them on during daylight hours kind regards Carol
Asked by Carol Drake on 16 Dec 2018
You could cover the panel to simulate night time and the lights would come on but wouldn't charge up. You would have then charge via usb. Some customers do us the usb option all winter and switch to the panel in the spring/summer.
It says these are USB solar. I take it means you can charge them up by connecting them to a USB power source as well as solar?
Asked by Ian Watson on 16 Dec 2018
Yes, both. It allows you to top up the charge in winter months or if you have them in a poor location.
Can you please confirm the internal battery MAH size please
Asked by Martin Smith on 15 Dec 2018
2,200 mAh
Could I use this system, with an inverter, to charge the batteries for my cordless power tools?
Asked by John Starkie on 12 Dec 2018
We wouldn't recommend it as these kit are designed for lighting however, it would work but could limit the life of the battery if you drain it too much and too often. If you only needed to charge once every 4-7days in summer months it may work.
Where is the power saving switch?
Asked by Martin Davidson on 12 Dec 2018
Slide switch into on position: The lights will come on after dark in full brightness mode. Slide switch into off position The lights will turn off. They will still charge, but they will not turn on unless you switch them back on. Slide switch back into on position: The lights will come on after dark in Powersaving mode where reduced by 50%, but the lights will work for twice as long each night. Slide switch into off position The lights will turn off. They will still charge, but they will not turn on unless you switch them back on.
Hello, I want to replace an existing mains brick light which is positioned in a brick wall in the front garden to illuminate a step. Will this replace a standard wall brick light and how will it perform in terms of charging when mounted on a vertical plane rather than in the floor? Thanks
Asked by David on 12 Dec 2018
We wouldn't recommend it but it could work if it was south facing with no obstructions and huge amounts of sunlight.
Do the panels have to be mounted on a wall. If so do you have a free standing unit to stand on a garage flat roof.
Asked by Marilyn Golding on 4 Dec 2018
Completely up to you. Some angle will help get the most out of the sun but flat can work pretty well (mine at home are on a flat shed roof)
When activated how long does the light stay on. Can this time be adjusted.
Asked by Douglas on 4 Dec 2018
Activation time can be set from between 15 seconds and 3 minutes.
There is a push button next to the sensor. It is not mentioned in the instructions. What does it do e.g. On/Off. I put the unit up 5 days ago but nothing happens. No indicator light etc. Unit seems dead. Remote control plastic tab removed but does not activate lamp.
Asked by Vic Tee on 4 Dec 2018
From the instructions: "Press the ON button to turn the lamp on - it will default to mode 1 or the previously selected mode. Press the OFF button to turn the lamp off" For all the instructions click here
Can you limit the detection range to 10 metres or less. We don't want it to switch on every time someone walks by.
Asked by Sue on 3 Dec 2018
You can not adjust the sensitivity of the pir but you can change the angle pir to reduce the distance by pointing to down.
Will a single remote control function for identical multiple lights?
Asked by Rich on 1 Dec 2018
Correct.
Excellent lights would recommend. Have two above back doors and one above garage. Just wondering if there is anyway can alter the sensor? Currently one above garage activates when anyone walks passed or a car passes (approx. 10 meters away from sensor) which is great but Id rather only activated when someone walks up driveway towards house etc. Cheers :)
Asked by Andrew on 30 Nov 2018
Unfortunately, you can't change the range on the Eco Wedge other than change the position the light is installed.
18650 (AA) LIon batteries come in different capacities - what capacity is fitted please?
Asked by robin on 28 Nov 2018
2,600 mAH
What type of battery is installed? NiMH or NiCD?
Asked by I Padda on 28 Nov 2018
Li-ion batteries.
What are the switch positons
Asked by Arb on 28 Nov 2018
Push and hold the light switch (immediately to the right of the PIR bubble) after dark for approximately 3 seconds. The Eco Wedge Pro will activate immediately in full brightness mode and turn off again approx 25 seconds after motion has ceased. Pushing the switch again will activate powersaving mode (this doubles the number of activations available per night), again the light will turn off approx 25 seconds after motion has ceased.
It says it has 2 AA batteries that are rechargeable. Where are the placed and ? their purpose?? Many thanks.
Asked by Lavina A Berresford on 26 Nov 2018
The batteries are within the solar panel and come already installed. Their purpose is to power the lights.
Will these charge up fully on a winter's day and how long will they stay on for after it gets dark? Thanks.
Asked by Michael Taylor on 26 Nov 2018
A full charge in the darkest part of winter is likely to take 3-5days. The light will charge just not be on for up to 10hrs unless fully charged
Is there any sort of mounting bracket available for the SMD panel and light
Asked by Simon J Swallow on 24 Nov 2018
The SMD comes with a bracket to angle the panel.
Hi, I'm going to take these lights abroad, can you tell me what each complete unit weighs please. Thanks Andy Roberts
Asked by Mr Andrew Roberts on 23 Nov 2018
Approximately, Weight: 0.84 kg
The path I need to light up gets little direct sunlight. Will shaded daylight be enough to charge the batteries? It will not get a lot of use, just occasional use.
Asked by Robin Sumsion on 23 Nov 2018
If you start off with a full battery and use the powersaving mode then it should keep going just fine with occasional use.
Couple of questions before ordering. 1. In the photos of the eco wedge xt it has an on switch on the left which is a manual type but the other photos and video show the on switch on the right but operated by a small pin. Which one is the eco wedge xt? 2. The photos of the led lights are different in that one shows only 4 leds and the other shows 25 led. How many leds does the eco wedge xt have?
Asked by Chris on 22 Nov 2018
The XT has the push button switch. We've left the old pin operated pictures as customers have said they help to show the scale of the unit while we await new pictures. Thanks for pointing out the old image, the XT has 20 LEDS, brightness (lumens) remain unchanged.
Although in day light it does not light in early dark nights I bought two at B&M the second one works OK is it possible to get new batteries thanks Matt
Asked by Matt Yuill on 22 Nov 2018
We don't sell to B&M so unfortunately can't help you.
Will the solar panel charge if hung in a tent?
Asked by Rachael on 22 Nov 2018
It would charge but unlikely to get enough to power the light.
I want to fit the light over an external door which receives very little direct sunlight, can the charging system cope with this?
Asked by JAMES WALKER on 20 Nov 2018
We wouldn't recommend this light for that type of location. We do have many security lights with remote panels that the light can be in a shaded area and the panel in a different location.
Is the product unprotected as most batteries have protected circuitry but i need the unprotected version for a project
Asked by Rob on 19 Nov 2018
These batteries have internal protection so are unlikely to work with your "project"
How do they charge is there a cable between light and solar panel?not visible in pictures
Asked by Paula Foster on 19 Nov 2018
The cable is clear and is in the picture, you might need to zoom in. The picture shows the cable coming out of the middle of the light at a right angle toward the panel then straight up to the panel.
Will the light. Charge sufficiently If attached to a north facing wall with a gable soft it above?
Asked by Richard on 19 Nov 2018
In summer months it would have a good chance but in the winter is very unlikely to get enough light to be able to charge. Until you try it you wouldn't know but we would not recommend it in the location you describe.
Does the light have a indicator type light on at all during the hours of darkness (coloured or otherwise)? It would be useful if it did as it would give it a deterrent value for intruders.
Asked by bob griffiths on 19 Nov 2018
Yes, I have one of these on the front of my garage and there's a green indicator LED.
How long does the battery last before it needs replacing
Asked by Robert Walton on 18 Nov 2018
We would expect 3-5years but many customers have had them working for far longer.
Is this light waterproof and what warranty does it come with?
Asked by Asvin Chauhan on 18 Nov 2018
The Eco Wedge Pro is IP64 waterproofing and comes with a 12-month warranty.
Hello, I would like to get two of these, one for either side of my front door. Would they both work or would the light from one interfere with the sensor on the other? Thank you
Asked by Chloe on 18 Nov 2018
It's very unlikely to interfere as the lux sensor (day or night) is in the panel at the top of the light and these lights are downlighters. The only reason you could have a problem would be if the light bounced off something and back on to the top.
I want to mount the light on a north-west facing wall and the sensor on the adjacent south-west facing wall (where I have two Truro solar motion lights). Is it likely that the amount of sun it gets in winter will not be enough to keep the battery charged even on the power saving mode?
Asked by Colin Brewer on 18 Nov 2018
Ideally, the panel should be south facing but south-west can also work if the panel is in a great position. The Chester does have optional extension cables so you can find the best location for the panel. Some customers have fitted panels at right angles to a south west/east wall making the panel face south.
Really pleased with the Henley Solar garden lights I've purchased. Is it advisable to bring them indoors & store overwinter?
Asked by Graham Earle on 17 Nov 2018
No, the lights are designed for all year round weather. If you do decide to bring them in over winter you may need to replace the batteries in the spring as batteries often die if not used/charged.
Do these batteries have internal protection (protected)?
Asked by Ralph Lang on 17 Nov 2018
Yes, these batteries have internal protection.
Can you use two extension cables to one light?
Asked by James Bentley on 17 Nov 2018
Yes, the more cables the great the reduction of power from the panel to the light but this can be easily offset but having the panel is a far better position.
Hi
Asked by Phil edwards on 16 Nov 2018
Yes both twisted and tilted to get the most light.
I'd like to buy these lights, but I need a much greater gap between the solar panel and the on-off switch. Could you advise which extension cable would be compatible with this set of lights?
Asked by Jessica on 16 Nov 2018
We don't offer an extension cable for the Lumify fairy lights. The first light to the power pack is 2m and another 2m from the power pack to the panel.
What is the angle of detection the our will pick up. My garden is approx 5m wide and 10m long it has been suggested I place this light in the middle of an external walk to cover the garden width for security purposes.
Asked by Catriona on 15 Nov 2018
Approximately 120 degrees and 10m in distance.
Does this give off more light than the eco wedge elite as the light seems much brighter in the outdoor photograph used for both lights.
Asked by Lorna on 15 Nov 2018
The Slate is 450 lumens and the Eco wedge Elite is 1,000 lumens so more than double the brightness.
Hi there, I wondered what the max distance the solar panel can be mounted from the light unit please?
Asked by Andrew Cole on 14 Nov 2018
The light comes with a 5m cable between the panel and light. You can buy extension cables here . We'd recommend a maximum of 2 but you can use more but the power from the panel to the light will be reduced, of course, this can be offset by having the panel in a far better position.
I need to mount this only 1m high (on a post), will the motion sensor still reach 3m? Or does the range decrease if the unit is mounted so low. Thanks.
Asked by Chris on 14 Nov 2018
It should be fine, the only issues could be having plants, chairs, tables blocking the PIR
Can the mini top be manually switched on and off and how long will it last on lower light output? Thank you
Asked by Edward Waghorn on 13 Nov 2018
Yes, you can manually switch on and off. Up to 10 hours run time from a full charge
Hi. This light is less powerful than your angled solar light which is 500 lumens I think? This may be a silly question but will this light seem brighter than he angled light even though it has less lumens given that it is a floodlight design ?
Asked by luke bell on 13 Nov 2018
It's a great question, this light is metal and not plastic but the main difference is the remote panel allowing you to have the light on a north facing wall and the panel on a south wall. You also have an option to buy extension cables which can extend the distance between the panel and the light. The Wedge type lights with remotes can higher lumens due to being a PIR light with the option of being on.
Hi, is there a motion activated version of these lights? I am looking for something similar for my front driveway, but I dont want them to come on constantly, just when coming home / motion
Asked by David on 12 Nov 2018
Currently, we offer only the Kodiak as a PIR post light .
Can the range be reduced - 6m will mean that passers by will activate it. I need it to activate at about 2m.
Asked by Val on 12 Nov 2018
Unfortunately, the range is not adjustable.
Can you please advise the luminum of this light and is it led, if
Asked by Roy Rainford on 12 Nov 2018
The Shield is 550 lumens and uses SMD technology (much brighter than standard LED)
Hi, I need 16 pir solar garden posts. I understand a stake mount is supplied for each, but how can it be mounted to decking or another flat surface? Are there pre-cut holes or otherwise? Thanks
Asked by SKumari on 11 Nov 2018
Yes, you can mount them on to decking but the holes are not pre-cut.
I only want the light to sense within 1.5 metres so it doesn't turn on everytime anyone is walking past my house. Is this possible?
Asked by Amy Duffield on 10 Nov 2018
The range on this light is 5m and isn't adjustable. We don't offer any lights with such a short range. Our SMD range has adjustable sensitivity.
Is there any possibility of these coming in black?!
Asked by Geoff on 9 Nov 2018
Only in white.
How long does the light stay on for?
Asked by tim johnston on 9 Nov 2018
10 seconds. The light will stay on while it is detecting motion and turn off a few seconds after motion finishes. The time cannot be adjusted.
Will the light work if it is placed in a structure that is panelled with polycarbonate roof and side panels? We have a Laminate & polycarbonate structure over an outdoor pool and need to add lighting within structure. Thanks.
Asked by Melanie Warwick on 8 Nov 2018
We wouldn't recommend it as it would reduce the light getting to the panel, the Chester does have an extension cable which you can but here .
Hi, I presume the off button turns the light off, so that the PIR doesn't work
Asked by Chris Bedford on 7 Nov 2018
That is correct. Off will also put it in charge only mode.
I would like to put these in a garden bed. Would they be OK
Asked by Penny Campbell on 7 Nov 2018
You can't put them directly into the soil as these lights need good drainage but you consider making a base for them with maybe a gravel drainage area underneath.
Is there a battery that can be replaced, as mine has stopped working despite being in direct sunlight
Asked by JOhn Bishop on 6 Nov 2018
You can buy a replacement battery here
Can you tell me what diameter these power saving tops are please? I am hoping they might be suitable for a damascus style garden globe that needs a new solar unit. Thanks.
Asked by Steve Tilbury on 6 Nov 2018
The diameter is 78mm, these are designed for out XT range of lights.
Is the rechargeable battery unit removable i.e. to enable boost in winter ? I have found that previous solar lights do not get sufficient charge during winter months
Asked by Ian Miller on 4 Nov 2018
No, the battery is not removable. If the light gets low on charge you could simply switch it off for a few days to charge up but as this is a motion activated light you shouldn't need to unless the panel is in a poor location.
Hi - how long is the cable supplied with the light. Also can you buy an extension cable. What is the maximum length of cable that can be used with the solar light. Many thanks.
Asked by Lino Sale on 2 Nov 2018
The light comes with a 5m cable. You can buy additional 5m cables here . We would recommend a maximum of 3 cables, each cable reduces the power from the panel but if the position of the panel is better then this will far out compensate the loss.
Is the light source: led, bulb? replaceable?
Asked by Barrt Sidaway on 2 Nov 2018
LED and you will not need to replace them.
Would the sensor detect mice? We have a mice problem with them eating wires in our car and we're looking into deterrents.
Asked by David Laird on 1 Nov 2018
Mice would be too small to trigger the light unless they were able to get very close to the sensor.
10 seconds of activation does not sound like much. But maybe I've misunderstood. Will the light stay on for as long as there is movement in the area?
Asked by P Bowskill on 1 Nov 2018
The light will continue to stay and until movement stop plus 10seconds.
What are the anchor spikes made from? I have had some before which have rotted in the soil.
Asked by P Bowskill on 1 Nov 2018
The spikes are plastic so will not rot.
Please show installation and remote control instructions. Also what type of battery is supplied? Thanks
Asked by Sue on 31 Oct 2018
Please see our instructions
Hi, is there any way to reduce the range of the sensor on this light? I'm looking for a high lumen output, but 10metres would mean anyone walking past on the pavement would trigger it, the path to my door is only around 5m.
Asked by James.o on 30 Oct 2018
You have 3 options, raise the light higher up the wall, this will shorten the distance, use a small piece of electrical tape to block the sensor, or have a look at our SMD range which has adjustable sensitivity.
How is this fixed to the wall / fence? It looks like there is a back plate attachment? Just wondering if I'm going to have to penetrate through my fence panel to the neighbour's side!
Asked by Philip on 30 Oct 2018
Most people install them on fence posts vs the fence itself, the light has a back plate that you screw to a wall or post then attach the light onto the plate.
wil the light still charge in the off position ?
Asked by john hart on 29 Oct 2018
Yes
can I have the lights in just blue?
Asked by jeff atkins on 28 Oct 2018
Sorry, we only sell white or warm white version.
How long does the security light stay on for please, is it 15 or 30 seconds.
Asked by Avril Foster on 28 Oct 2018
Approximately 15second once motion has stopped.
please can you tell me the size of the solar panel please
Asked by Aileen Hale on 28 Oct 2018
7cm panel
Can the solar panel fit to a post as an alternative to the ground spike? Thanks.
Asked by Glyn Hughes on 27 Oct 2018
The panel comes with a spike only, no wall mount. You may be able to make your own or take a look at our Lumify range which has both spike and wall mount with USB too.
Hi Can the light be switched off completely and if so does the internal battery still charge? Also is there anyway the sensor range can be reduced? As i bought a similar one but find it activates when not necessary, which in turn means i have to switch of for 2/3 days to recharge.
Asked by Sandy on 26 Oct 2018
Yes, you can switch off the light. The sensor on this light is not adjustable so you'd need to test the location to achieve the best results for the ideal range.
Do the adhesive pads keep this light up ok? do you have any like this that can be screwed into wood stables
Asked by linsey on 26 Oct 2018
This light comes with screws, please see our updated instructions
The lights have a switch inside = either P or S. NO WHERE can I find what this stands for!
Asked by Sara on 26 Oct 2018
P is for power saving mode and S is for standard. Sounds like you have lost the instructions. Here is a pdf copy of the Mini London Instructions
How are these connected up, would it be possible to only use one light and get twice the run time? I only need one for the purpose I would be ordering.
Asked by Mark Aslett on 26 Oct 2018
Both need to be connected for it to work. Each light head is pretty small so grouping them next to each other could work really well for you.
Can you please confirm that the latest model of Eco Wedge XT Solar Motion Welcome Light has Light Output of 160 Lumens ( as shown in your Spec.) October 2018
Asked by J Cheetham on 26 Oct 2018
That's correct. 160 Lumens on standard mode.
Can it be used as just a switchable light without use of PIR?
Asked by Tony on 25 Oct 2018
Yes, modes 3-5 offer switchable lighting.
What is the powersaving mode? Is the on/off switch on the panel or the lights?
Asked by Janet Jones on 24 Oct 2018
The powersaving mode halves the brightness which doubles the runtime. Perfect for winter months or poor panel location in the summer.
Can these lights be fitted onto the metal gutter on a Caravan? Fed up with keep purchasing inferior lights from other sites
Asked by Carol Martin on 24 Oct 2018
The only issue I can think of is the angle of the gutter/light. I'd suggest testing one with a clip first.
I have another PIR light from you which has an on/off switch. Does the Twin Solar PIR light also come with an on/off switch built in?
Asked by Paul on 24 Oct 2018
The switch is on the base of the light head.
Presumably it comes with the battery pack included and if so what would be the life expectancy be given average use? What sort of range does it cover? Thanks in anticipation!
Asked by Frank Oliver on 24 Oct 2018
Yes, the light comes with the battery. All our lights come with a 12-month warranty. We'd suggest 3-5yrs but most last a lot longer. I have many 7yr+ old lights still working without issues.
Is there an extension cable available to give extra length between solar panel and light?
Asked by Will on 23 Oct 2018
Currently, we don't offer an extension cable for the beam shed light.
Will one remote operate two or more lamps? I.e. are the remotes only paired to one lamp unit? I would like to get a few but don't want a load of remotes cluttering my worktop
Asked by Brent on 23 Oct 2018
A remote will operate any of the lights and is not paired with just one.
Can you let me know if the bulbs are warm white or cool white, please?
Asked by Balmford on 22 Oct 2018
Natural white so right in between warm and cool.
Do you do the Evo smd elite solar security light with LED White light
Asked by Mr Wright on 21 Oct 2018
The lights in all the SMD range are a natural white which is slightly warm.
Can you get a remote control with either the 1400 lumen or 700 lumen as I need them to stay on longer then 3 mins but don't think the 350 lumen one would be bright enough. Also does the remote one (350 lumens) only work with the remote or does it have sensor as well. Thanks
Asked by Alastair Chisholm on 21 Oct 2018
In the SMD range, the RC is the only version that offers a remote. The main reason it's 350 lumens is that it allows users it keep it on for longer periods of time. We do have a different style of security light at 1000 lumens with a remote which has 5 Modes. Eco Wedge Elite
What is the ideal installation height - am looking for a unit to place above a door (approx. 2.7m high)
Asked by Keith on 21 Oct 2018
We don't have an ideal height as it depends on your usage. The detection distance is up to 5m so at 2.7m high it trigger point would be about 4-4.5m out from the door.
How long does the light stay on once activated? Can you adjust the time it stays on? Thanks
Asked by Paul on 20 Oct 2018
With the motion activated mode, the light will be approximately lit for 15seconds once motion has stopped.
Is this light suitable to fix on a corner of my garage and work from two sides ? If not do you have one that would be suitable
Asked by Colin Ewen on 20 Oct 2018
It depends on how much dedication you require. The motion sensor offers 120 degrees detection angle at a range of up to 10m can be rotated horizontally through 180 degrees. If 120 degrees is not enough then you could consider two lights.
Can the battery be replaced and is it easily available to purchase in local suoermarkets / stores
Asked by Eleanor hughes on 18 Oct 2018
Yes, standard AA rechargeable batteries
Is the PIR sensitivity adjustable to closer than the 3m stated detection range?
Asked by Darin on 17 Oct 2018
No, our all in one solar security lights do not have sensitivity adjustments. Our SMD do.
I notice you don't do a PIR version of the Kodiak Mini Solar wall light. is there any plans for that to be brought in and if so when?. If not could this be looked at please?
Asked by Andy on 17 Oct 2018
Not plans but have mentioned it. All of our security lights can be fixed to a wall.
How far apart are the lights? I am considering using them to make a light curtain behind some seating, The area is 5ft drop by 18ft wide, please can you let me know how many I will need? Thanks
Asked by Christopher Evans on 17 Oct 2018
Approximately 10cm. Total length is 30meters, so really depends on how close you'd like each string of light.
Can this light be stuck on using double sided strong tape, or must it be screwed on?
Asked by Anne on 17 Oct 2018
Yes, should work just fine. The lights are pretty light too.
I've just pruchased the Geo 2; before I purchase your battery (34AH) and a charge controller can you tell me if I would be able to also run a greenhouse heater off this as well as the light with the Geo 2?
Asked by Elaine on 16 Oct 2018
Its unlikely to work well with a heater. Most heaters need Kw of power vs Two 40w equivalent LED bulbs. If you found a 12v heater with low power usage it could work
Please can you tell me what the lumens are for the Truro PIR solar wall light, thank you
Asked by Julie Brean on 16 Oct 2018
80Lumens.
Please can you tell me the lumens for the chiltern PIR solar welcome light, thank you
Asked by Julie Brean on 16 Oct 2018
50Lumens.
Can I take these lights in my hold luggage on an aeroplane to Italy?
Asked by Leslie on 15 Oct 2018
You'll need to check with the airline and maybe the airports too. The batteries are Lithium Ion. You could remove the batteries for the flight if you can't.
Does the light have any screw fittings that can be used instead of using the adhesive pads.
Asked by Phil packer on 15 Oct 2018
Yes the light comes with plugs and screws. The pads are very strong but many customers like to use the screws. of course, you could use both.
Is the body glass or polycarbonate?
Asked by Terry Hawkes on 15 Oct 2018
The main body is stainless steel with a solid plastic clear diffuser.
1. Are multicolour available in 300 LED? 2. FAQ says 300 have larger battery than 100s BUT description says both have 18650 type? Please explain. 3. Do 100s glow brighter or longer than 300s if same battery? Thank you.
Asked by Peter Watmore on 14 Oct 2018
1, Multicolour are only in 100s 2, Both batteries are same size 18650 but milliamps are 2,000 on the 100s and 2,600 on the 300s 3, The battery output is the same so the lights will be the same brightness.
Is the motion sensor sensitivity adjustable on this model as we have some shrubs which will be less than 2 m from where we want to install it ?
Asked by Martin Gough on 12 Oct 2018
Our SMD range is the only lights with adjustable sensitivity.
Can you use remote to turn light on and keep it on until switched off again ? Or does it only come on and off with pir
Asked by Lee on 10 Oct 2018
Yes, you can use it as an on/off light. The light has 5 modes. Mode 3 (red indicator light on) After dusk the lamp illuminates at medium brightness and turns off after it runs out of charge or 10 hours, whatever comes sooner.
What fixings are required? Particularly the length of screw. We have wood panelling with a vapour barrier behind. Can it be secured without screws?
Asked by David Washington on 10 Oct 2018
This light is pretty light so you could secure it with sticky back pads.
Is the solar panel attached to this light or can it be positioned elsewhere?
Asked by Gregor on 7 Oct 2018
The panel is built into the light
Can you set amount of time the light stays on once it has detected movement ?
Asked by Alan Weatherley on 6 Oct 2018
The Truro Motion stays on for approximately 30 seconds after it stops detecting motion. Our SMD range offers adjustable timings.
Can you tell me how long is the leed between the lights and panel
Asked by William Gadd on 3 Oct 2018
3m of cable between each light and the solar panel.
Please could you advise how big the solar panel is? Many thanks.
Asked by Mrs R K Blanchard on 2 Oct 2018
9cm x 16cm (panel cell 8cm x 14cm)
Would you recommend this model on a east facing wall only you have suggested to others with a north facing wall that a remote solar panel model might be better.Its just I would prefer a single unit type as I did'nt want excess cable showing between two units.
Asked by ANTHONY DODDS on 2 Oct 2018
East/west facing is far better than a north facing walls. The security light will still work on a north facing wall but just not get as much charge. Have a good solid base charge of 3-5days (we recommend this on all our lights) will make a massive difference. The security light will work very well if it's not triggered all night.
Hi, Do the mini torches have 96 leds as in the larger size? Thanks
Asked by Glen on 30 Sep 2018
36 LEDs in the mini as its much smaller.
Under normal conditions, my garden doesn't get sun and there is light but not shade. Will the Solar Torch Light work under these conditions?
Asked by Joan Goldsmith on 30 Sep 2018
Without direct sunlight, the light will work but will not last as long. The power saving mode will help. Some customers actually move the lights during the day into a better location then move back once charged.
Hello, I was looking to find out what colour temperature the Edinburgh USB solar deck light set is?
Asked by James John on 28 Sep 2018
Natural white colour temperature. These are not cold or warm white.
Hi, is it possible to extend the distance from the solar panel to the first light? I need it to be ~4m. Thanks in advance.
Asked by Rob on 28 Sep 2018
You can buy an additional 5m cable here
How bright is the light In mode 3 (medium brightness) in Lumens?
Asked by Jaroslaw Michalik on 24 Sep 2018
500 Lumens.
What is the maximum height over ground level at which the unit can be wall mounted.
Asked by George Chalmers on 24 Sep 2018
The detection range is up to 10 metres away so we would recommend no more than 4 metres for optimal lighting and detection.
Is it better to turn the lights off when going to bed rather than leave them on till the early hours to save the charge?
Asked by Margaret on 24 Sep 2018
If it has been very cloudy for a prolonged period of time then switch them off when you go to bed is a great solution. Switching them off for 3-5days is likely to fully charge them too. Our Trueflames also have a power saving mode, switch the light on and press the button again, this will dim the light slightly and increase the run time.
If i buy the set of lights do i have to use all 8 for them to work or eill it just work with say 6 or 5 lights.
Asked by Andrew Hanson on 21 Sep 2018
You can use 5 or 6 and it will still work and light up.
what is the radius and would it fit the Durham XT Thanks
Asked by bob on 21 Sep 2018
These are for the Mini London only. For the Durhams replacement tops please see here
Are the solar panels part of the light or a separate part?
Asked by Sue on 21 Sep 2018
The solar panel is on top of the light.
Even though you don't offer an extension cable between panel and lights, is it possible to wire in an extension myself, and assuming it is, would an extra 4 metres of run to the lights be acceptable?
Asked by Billy Buckenham on 21 Sep 2018
Yes, you could extend yourself but it would void the warranty. The longer the wire from the panel to light/battery the more resistance and lower charge making it to the battery, but if the panel is in a far better location then this will outweigh the resistance.
How long is the cable from the light to the solar panel and can the battery be replaced?
Asked by S Pratt on 18 Sep 2018
2 Metres of cable between the light and panel.
What is the total light output from these bulbs? For example, if they were hung in a cluster as per your photograph would they produce light equivalent to a standard 60W bulb, or less or more than that?
Asked by Andy Wright on 17 Sep 2018
The lights are bright but more like fairy lights and not designed as say a reading light. The lights are for decoration just like fairy lights. Our wall lights or spotlights are designed with directional lighting to light up an area or subject.
Hi, can these lights be fitted in a block paved drive?
Asked by Marc on 17 Sep 2018
These are designed for decking and not designed to be driven over. You could use them as a border to a paved drive but our paver lights are designed for this paved drives.
Does this light shine without being triggered by movement??
Asked by David McKearney on 17 Sep 2018
No this lights is only triggered by movement. Our wall light range is our always-on lights.
Are these suitable for a car to drive over?
Asked by Chris on 15 Sep 2018
No, these are designed for decking, our paver lights are designed for this
What is the angular limit of detection?
Asked by Kevin on 14 Sep 2018
Approximately 120 degrees
How far is the motion detect movement 3 or 5 metres please? Also does this model just have an ON and OFF switch only (as this is what I need) Thanks..
Asked by Janet thomas on 14 Sep 2018
Up 5 metres detection, Yes the light has an on/off button.
Good evening Are these lights suitable for outside use.
Asked by Steve Barnes on 14 Sep 2018
The solar panel should be outside but the light is designed for internal use.
Could these be set into the ground directly? Set sufficiently low enough so could be mowed over?
Asked by Rachel Garrison on 13 Sep 2018
These lights are designed to be in decking but if you had ample drainage it could work. The lights aren't very heavy so you'd need to screw them into something to stop the mower sucking them out of the ground.
Would the light emitted be good enough to illuminate a house name plaque?
Asked by Claire on 12 Sep 2018
We have had customers using this light for name/numbers plaque but the light points down not inwards. You may have to move the light and/or plaque to get the best results. Spotlights are also worth considering.
Hi, please could you tell me what rechargeable battery fits in these lights. Thanx
Asked by Annette on 12 Sep 2018
Batteries are included with the light but are replaceable AA rechargeable batteries.
How long does a full charge last?
Asked by Thomas Bussey on 11 Sep 2018
Will light for up to 6 hrs from a full charge.
Can the battery still last up to 3 years if the light is left on day and night 24/7
Asked by Charles on 9 Sep 2018
The beam is the only light which can come on in the day so if you left it on it would run of and charge and not be able to charge up. Our Vortex shed lights will not come on in the day so could be left on.
What hight can your wedge xt sola motion be fitted . I live in on second level apartment a want to shop people climbing up. In the dark
Asked by John cooke on 9 Sep 2018
The sensor range is about 3 meters.
I am looking at this light for my small porch which has a door each side. I think the best place to position it would be above one of the doors. Would the motion sensor be activated by movement below it as a person is approaching or opening the door it is placed above? Thanks!
Asked by Abigail on 6 Sep 2018
The motion sensor will trigger underneath this light so sounds perfect. You have mentioned a porch, you must make sure the solar panel has as much direct light and isn't blocked by a porch roof etc.
is the sensor adjustable
Asked by David Smith on 6 Sep 2018
Not on this light. Our SMD range offers adjustable sensors.
How do you erect this mystery product?
Asked by David Bazely on 4 Sep 2018
You can screw it down to decking or concrete.
When I said " How do you erect this product", I meant "How do you put it together"? There are only two holes in the base of the product and the plate but there are 6 items with screw threads and 4 nuts. Are these three different ways of fixing. Please explain by diagram.
Asked by David Bazely on 4 Sep 2018
The base plate has the two screws with bolts/nuts that go into the product then you have options of how you'd and what you'd like to fix it too. Additional bolts would be ideal for wood/decking. The long pin screws that have a right angle are ideal for concrete. Hope that helps.
Hi, My side wall is 12 metre long and back garden is south facing. Can I still get three of these cables to place my two Chester up and down wall lights?
Asked by Soo on 3 Sep 2018
This extension cable is only compatible with the Edinburgh Solar Deck Lights.
How does it perform in the winter months when sun is at it's minimum. Thanks
Asked by Kay Birtwistle on 3 Sep 2018
The light and size of the panel are optimised to work all year round in the UK.
How far light shine from the solar panel
Asked by Barry Mayo on 2 Sep 2018
Hi Barry, I have this light in my garden and lights right to the end, some 90 feet but the closer to the light the more powerful. It's very subjective and depends on ambient light and what you are lighting. My decking reflects loads of light vs the grass. The Pro and Elite revisions are much brighter so it depends on what you are looking for. Please contact us for any advice to suit your needs.
How far does a subject has to be to trigger the light
Asked by chidi Okoye on 1 Sep 2018
Detects motion up to 5 metres away
How easy is it to remove these 18650 batteries to give them a booster charge in a battery charger when there is an abscence of sun? Are these lithium batteries?
Asked by Philip Gormley on 31 Aug 2018
The batteries are in the solar panel which has a number of screws keeping it sealed. Once you have unscrewed the panel it will give access to the batteries. Generally just switching the light off for 1-3days will boost the charge.
Do these lights a fixture plate so that you can remove the spike and screw in to concrete. ?.
Asked by Jeanette mccarthy on 31 Aug 2018
No the light only comes with a spike. You could possibly make one.
Is it available in White. Can you adjust the time on /off and daylight sensor.
Asked by J Elliott on 29 Aug 2018
Sorry, no White version of this light. This light does not offer setting adjustment. Our SMD range offer sensor, timings and daylight sensor adjustments. See them here
I've got some other lights I've bought from you and in the descit said they work well in winter are these just as reliable if they come back as just as good I will be mounting the solar panel on the roof next to my domestic solar panels to gain optimum charge Many thanks
Asked by Peter Sullivan on 28 Aug 2018
Yes, these are designed to work well throughout winter.
I'm looking for lights that I can place inside shed on the ceiling. Could I use these if the solar panel is placed outside thanks
Asked by Susan Turnbull on 26 Aug 2018
Yes, but please bear in mind the lights won't operate during the day while the solar panel is still picking up charge for the battery.
What is the width of the anchoring spikes?
Asked by zina e Rohan on 26 Aug 2018
60mm
Is the lamp available in white?
Asked by Richard Page on 26 Aug 2018
We only have the lamp available in black.
Can this,light be set to only use remote control to switch on and off please?
Asked by Sue on 26 Aug 2018
Yes, you can do this with the remote.
What's the IP rating of this product?
Asked by Karl Hulse on 25 Aug 2018
IP44
On a full charge how many hours could Ican I expect the light stay illuminated
Asked by Gordon McLeod on 25 Aug 2018
Up to 10 hours from a full charge.
Can you please tell the the diamensions on the lantern?
Asked by Joe on 24 Aug 2018
Each Lantern is 6cm high
What is the IP (Ingress Protection) rating for this item and is there a PDF manual available for download (full details & specifications etc)?
Asked by Horse Lover on 24 Aug 2018
IP56 rating.
Is there any way to secure the Eco Wedge Elite to the wall to prevent an intruder in the garden simply lifting it off and throwing it away.
Asked by Robbie on 23 Aug 2018
We've never had a report of anyone doing this with any of the slide on products we've sold for 10 years now. If you're concerned your location may be particularly vulnerable you could simply install one addition screw above the light that you screw in after installation.
Do they only have a spike for the ground or do they come with a bracket for wall mounting ?
Asked by Kevin on 22 Aug 2018
Hi, it's just the spike for ground installation.
What are the dimensions of the Geo 1 solar panel? You say there are plastic squares to attach it to a roof, but my roof slopes slightly away from the sun, so I was thinking to place the panel on a sloping support, thus towards the sun. Is this possible with this panel?
Asked by Marcia Machin on 20 Aug 2018
With this kit we don't include any sort of bracket angle the panel as everyone roof/location is different, we'd recommend going to a local DIY store for bracket to suit your needs. Panel size: Size: 364mm x 164mm x 17mm Encapsulation: sealed with low iron tempered glass and anodized aluminium alloy frame
Could this be used in a sunny conservatory?
Asked by Samantha Gee on 15 Aug 2018
Almost all glass has some sort of UV protection and filters out light which in turn reduces the amount of charge you get from a solar panel. However, the Lamp comes with USB backup so you could add additional charge as and when needed or pop the light outside in the day and bring it in at night.
IP44? Is that sufficient to survive the UK rainy season?
Asked by Joe on 14 Aug 2018
Yes, these are fine in UK rainy season.
Can you use any other cable for the Chester light?
Asked by Judith on 13 Aug 2018
No this is the only cable to extend the distance from the panel to the light.
These look like the exact thing I've been searching for for lighting the back of our campervan in the evenings. What wattage are the bulbs? Or, do you think they give enough ambient light to read by? Thanks.
Asked by Jason Parker on 12 Aug 2018
These are decorative lights and not reading lights. You really need a spotlight to able to read. The light will also be slightly diffused after passing through the bulb.
Hi can you tell me how to get a replacement pir, a bird has pecked the lens of mine leaving a hole in the lens, all I can find is mains powered ones, my light still works great after five years.
Asked by Brad on 11 Aug 2018
Sorry, but we have discontinued this product.
Can you supply a 'splitter Y cable' so I can attach 2 solar panels to my EVO SMD FLOOD light to enable good charge during winter months in the UK.
Asked by Bal Dhillon on 11 Aug 2018
We do not supply splitter cables and the panel is designed to with the battery size so it could overcharge in the summer if you had two panels. This light will work in winter.
Can the solar panel be mounted vertically on a wall or does it need to be set up horizontally on a flat surface?
Asked by Geoff Robinson on 9 Aug 2018
The solar panel can be mounted vertically or horizontally - any flat surface will do the job.
Have seen these lights for sale in some garden centres and have noticed they are wired via a cable and transformer unit into mains supply, is this unit available to purchase?
Asked by Mr M. Hillsley on 8 Aug 2018
I'm afraid not, they're only used for instore display purposes where solar isn't an option.
Could this be mounted on the top of a fence post say? i.e. could you possible screw through the base into the top of a fence post to secure it?
Asked by Mitchell Wright on 3 Aug 2018
This isn't how it's designed to be used however the base could be removed to allow holes to be drilled to secure it as you describe.
How many Lumens does this product produce on a full charge?
Asked by Hugh Currie on 2 Aug 2018
50 lumens
Hi, are these suitable for horizontal (side) mounting rather than face up? Would you expect them to store sufficient light? Thanks
Asked by Will on 2 Aug 2018
We wouldn't recommend this installation as performance would be seriously degraded in winter months.
Shame the string isn't longer. Is there any likelihood of longer lengths becoming available?
Asked by Chris Roberts on 2 Aug 2018
I'm sorry but there are no plans to introduce longer lengths at present
I plan to fix these into the side of railway sleepers for a lit up finish to my raised bed. However they wont get much sunlight due to the position in the garden. Will the still charge in natural daylight or do the require the adequate sun rays?
Asked by Chris C on 1 Aug 2018
It's not something we'd recommend - this time of year (summer) you'd be fine however performance will suffer in winter months. The Edinburghs would be a much better bet as they have a remote solar panel.
2 questions - is it possible to get these in a set of 4? And would it be possible to fix these into railway sleepers?
Asked by Chris C on 1 Aug 2018
This is the only quantity available (8 lamps) and yes they would be suitable for fixing into railway sleepers.
hi, i am laying porcelain paving onto my patio, are these suitable to use. the paving is being placed onto to 15cm of hardcore, is this sufficient drainage ?. be great if you could advise. thanks
Asked by Kevin Cashmore on 29 Jul 2018
The light must have enough drainage so that it's not sat in water. Full instructions are here .
is it possible to buy just solar panel replacement?
Asked by mark krzyzanowski on 26 Jul 2018
Yes, you can find the replacement panel here
Can these be attached to a wooden fence post?
Asked by Max Knight on 25 Jul 2018
Yes, can't think of any reason why you can't.
Would this (or any of your other solar lights) work if it is positioned underneath a 10mm clear perspex roofing sheet rather than in direct contact with sunlight?
Asked by Alan on 24 Jul 2018
All our lights would work but it would reduce the charge time and the output. If the roofing has UV protection it would reduce it even more. I'd suggest looking at our remote panel lights so you could position the panel outside and have the light inside.
Hi, Is the Truro light available in white to match my UPVC door and windows. Thanks.
Asked by shaun Langham on 23 Jul 2018
No sorry, only in the metal/stainless steel finish.
Is this warm white or cool white, please?
Asked by Lynn Stephenson on 22 Jul 2018
The LED colour temperature is 4000K making it a warm white light output.
We live in the Highlands of Scotland and suffer short days in the winter. Will these still have enough charge to last into the evening?
Asked by Martin on 20 Jul 2018
It shouldn't be a problem. As these lights only trigger on motion you should get enough charge even in winter months. The only reason the light might not hold enough charge in winter is if it's being constantly triggered by say a busy footpath or road.
could you please tell me how long the wire is? thank you
Asked by Val Damany on 19 Jul 2018
200 Superbright white LED bulbs on a 20 metre string
What colour light does the Henley give please
Asked by M. Bailey on 19 Jul 2018
The Henley is warm white light, not a cold or blue light.
Is this cable specific to this light? Can any cable be used to extend the pretty short 1m cable?
Asked by Judith on 18 Jul 2018
This cable only fits the Chester Solar Up and Down Light.
Are there 2 batteries in a pack or just .
Asked by Julie Bradshaw on 16 Jul 2018
This is a single battery.
Do you have to remove the plastic film covering the solar panel
Asked by paul on 11 Jul 2018
The solar panel shouldn't have a film covering it.
Could you please give me an indication as to how long these lights last when stood out in the garden
Asked by Paul Knox on 11 Jul 2018
We'd expect at least 3-5 years. The batteries can be easily replaced too.
Do you sell spare batteries for the curved light if not what size are they
Asked by HarryWilson on 11 Jul 2018
Sorry we don't sell spares currently for the Curve Solar Motion Light.
Are you going to be bringing out warm white tops for these? I have 8 of them but would much prefer a warm light.
Asked by Hannah on 9 Jul 2018
The larger London XT Posts have the option of warm white but currently, the Mini London doesn't. You could look at buying a light gel and either covering the LED or placing around the diffuser.
Do you ship to the United States? Would this item work efficiently in Minnesota winters? Thanks
Asked by Ann-marie S on 6 Jul 2018
Yes, we ship to the USA, larger order we will need to quote for shipping. Your winters are very extreme. For prolonged periods below -20c or -4F we'd recommended bring them in. Extreme temperatures affect the battery life.
How much does the extension cable cost?
Asked by Veronica on 5 Jul 2018
You can find the 5 metres extension cable here
Hi Can the bulb colour be changed from white to say is: green bulb colour....? Thanks Mick
Asked by Mick McCormick on 5 Jul 2018
Sadly not. You could buy light gels and cover each light with a green gel.
Will this panel operate with Edinburgh deck lights. If not, is it possible to purchase replacement panels to drive existing lights? The new Edinburgh solar panels look to be more powerful than those I purchased two years ago.
Asked by Eric Allen on 5 Jul 2018
No sorry, these are only designed for the Lumify range.
You've mentioned that these are okay to use in the winter and are frost resistant. Are they also okay in the rain or do we need to bring them in each time it rains?
Asked by Kestra on 3 Jul 2018
Rain is no problem! no need to bring them in, just leave them out.
I should have asked what mAh, as there are different sorts - 300, 600, 900 etc
Asked by Janice Ainsworth on 2 Jul 2018
Yes, these come with 900mAh. It matching the output needed along with the panel size.
What voltage are the batteries?
Asked by Janice Ainsworth on 1 Jul 2018
1.2v
Ideally I would like to install a couple of these lights on the side of my house over the drive. Unfortunately this side wall faces just north of west, so not actually ideal. However, the drive would hardly ever be used so would the sunless daylight accumulate sufficient power to switch on the lights extremely occasionally?
Asked by Barry Purdon on 30 Jun 2018
We always recommend south facing but if you expect and low amount of triggers per day this should work fine. Overhanging trees, roofs or plants can block more sun vs the direction the panel is facing. Might be worth testing one.
What is the drop length for each light. I'd like to start stringing them above my gate which has a post above but I don't want them to dangle below post. Also what is safe to secure them to wooden fence without damaging wires? Thank you Janie
Asked by Janie on 29 Jun 2018
The length of each light unit including wire is approx 3cm. Many customers use hooks or cable ties to secure the string.
Can you tell me what the guarantee is on this light?
Asked by Steve on 28 Jun 2018
We have a 12 month warranty on all our lights.
How do I remove the film From top of light? There is no tab and worried about scratching it if I use sharp knife to try and get hold at edge
Asked by Kate Joyner on 26 Jun 2018
In the current version the panel shouldn't have any film so please do not attempt to remove it as you'd be damaging the solar panel.
I have some very similar lights. Can I buy just the solar charger?
Asked by Iain Pringle on 26 Jun 2018
Currently, we don't sell the panel on its own and its very unlikely ours would fit another brand. If the lights are designed by us then please contact us to see if we can troubleshoot and help.
How many lumens is this?
Asked by S Byrne on 24 Jun 2018
12 lumens.
is there a wire going from the solar panel to the light?
Asked by raj on 20 Jun 2018
Yes clear in colour.
Can you tell me the range of the motion sensor? We have pavement directly outside our door and don't want every passerby triggering a light, but it would be great to have one where we could step right up to the door and even wave over our heads to light up the door to get the key in!
Asked by Hannah Moynehan on 19 Jun 2018
About 3 meters range.
Would I be able to use this wall light in a porch which has two full length glazed doors opposite the wall where I would be mounting this wall light (we also have a small window on each adjoining wall)?
Asked by Laura on 19 Jun 2018
I assume you're suggesting within an enclosed porch? Almost all windows block light and have a UV coating which will drop the performance of the solar panel. We don't recommend using any of our lights indoors unless it comes with a remote panel.
The cable looks green from the picture- is it?
Asked by Amy on 19 Jun 2018
Correct.
I want 2 of these lights either side of a door, is there a minimum distance they have to be away from each other.
Asked by Spencer Tuppen on 18 Jun 2018
The panel is on top and the light is a down light so shouldn't be any problem but the light could reflect and hit the other panel but very unlikely. I'd suggest testing them first before fully installing them for the best location.
My light only works when I put my hand over the solar panel. Does this mean there is a fault?
Asked by Alison on 18 Jun 2018
No, that working perfectly. With your hand over the panel, the light thinks its night and comes on and stops charging. When the panel is exposed to light it will switch to the charging mode and the light will go off.
What is the size of the bulb/lantern? None of your descriptions mention the size of the lantern!!!
Asked by kanaka abey on 17 Jun 2018
20 copper ball lanterns (4cm diameter)
Does the 5 Metre extension cable come with clips to attach the cable to a wall etc?
Asked by Phil Humphris on 17 Jun 2018
Clips aren't included with the extension cable.
Are the lights capable of staying out all year round. We are in Scotland and we get A lot of rain and snow.
Asked by Jason Wilson on 17 Jun 2018
Yes, the lights work all year round. The Mini London comes with power saving mode for winter months doubling the runtime.
Hi, before I purchase I want to check that the light is white , as I do not want the white light that has a blue tinge. Thank you
Asked by Donna on 16 Jun 2018
6,500 kelvin. Would be best described as moonlight.
Can you change the battery on this model please
Asked by Avril Foster on 15 Jun 2018
No the battery is not replaceable
Could you advise if the battery can be changed and if not how long approximately it will last for before I need to replace the light.
Asked by Avril Foster on 15 Jun 2018
The battery can not be changed simply but it is possible and isn't recommended. The light comes with a 12month warranty and we had not batteries issue yet on this product. We'd expect 5+ years (we have many 10yr old lights still going) We are looking into a service to offer this in the future.
can the motion sensor been turned off so the light can stay on after dark
Asked by james on 14 Jun 2018
Not on our SMD range. The Eco Wedge Elite has both motion sensor and a remote to switch on and off. See it here
Are the spikes metal or plastic?
Asked by Dorothy Forrest on 14 Jun 2018
The spikes are plastic.
Can you tell me the size of the bracket for the solar panel and also the size of the panel itself. Kind regards Phil Humphris
Asked by Phil Humphris on 14 Jun 2018
Solar panel is 190mm wide and 140mm high Solar panel bracket 157mm by 42mm
What are the dimensions of the lights?
Asked by Debbie Chapman on 12 Jun 2018
Total height without the spike is 35.5cm with the light head 13.5cm high and a width of 12.5cm
Are the solar panels crystalline or amorphous?
Asked by Daniel Barnes on 12 Jun 2018
The panel is monocrystalline.
Is the light from this, white or more of a yellow. White light seems to attract all the bugs , mainly earwigs.
Asked by Angela on 11 Jun 2018
The light is a flame effect so light and dark oranges.
Are there hooks on each bulb to attach to a fence etc
Asked by Pam on 10 Jun 2018
No hooks. Many customers buy screw in hooks from a DIY store and hang the lights those type of hooks.
Does this light have a PIR mode?
Asked by Lindsey Bates on 9 Jun 2018
We don't offer the Canterbury with a PIR. All our PIR lights are shown on our security lights page
I need a light for half way up outside steps. Will this lght detect movement from higher up for people going down rather than up?
Asked by Janet on 9 Jun 2018
Sadly all PIR sensor only work forward facing. One option to consider is putting the lights along the side of steps if possible.
hi do you sell a waterproof extension cable suitable for these lights please?
Asked by tony warnants on 7 Jun 2018
We don't do this at the moment.
WHAT COLOUR LIGHT DO THESE HAVE, WHITE OR WARM WHITE
Asked by MATT on 7 Jun 2018
White LEDs (approx 6500K colour temp)
Is the battery NiMh or Lithium?
Asked by Glenn on 6 Jun 2018
Li-ion Battery.
will the solar panel run more than 2 lights or will additional solar panels be required for more lights
Asked by robert walford on 4 Jun 2018
No, the panel is only designed to run the two light that comes with the Globe solar spotlight.
Do you have a model with yellow light, not white? Are the bulbs replaceable? Thank you.
Asked by diana on 3 Jun 2018
We only have white and you can not replace bulb by bulb as these are built into the string.
Can you link say two sets to run off one panel?
Asked by Anson on 3 Jun 2018
No, the size of the panel can only run 8 lights.
I'd like warn white round solar decking lights not cool white.... can you help please
Asked by Carol Pearce on 2 Jun 2018
Sadly we only have white versions but thank you for the feedback.
How long will light stay illuminated even on cloudy days.
Asked by Gary on 1 Jun 2018
The light will be on for up to 10 hrs from a full charge, so it would depend on the panel position and the amount light you get on a cloudy day. Solar panels still charge on cloudy days just the amount of charge is reduced.
how do I charge the solar panel for the first time
Asked by Jeanette Richmond on 30 May 2018
We recommend you live the panel in direct sunlight for 3-5days to fully charge the battery.
Sorry, please indicate where is the on and off switch Many thanks
Asked by Peter lane on 30 May 2018
The switch is on the back of the light unit.
Will these work on a north facing terrace at second floor level? On a sunny day it will receive decent sun light (unlike our garden) but only for a few hours
Asked by Will on 29 May 2018
We always recommend south facing as you get far more sun but even on a north facing terrace the lights will work just not a well. Summer months it should be fine but in winter north facing solar panel will receive little light.
Are battery supplied
Asked by charles Hogg on 27 May 2018
Yes
Are these lights 80 Lumens each or or is it 80 Lumens for both together (40 each)?
Asked by Poe on 27 May 2018
40 Lumens each.
Hi, are all you lights waterproof
Asked by Valerie Grigor on 26 May 2018
All our garden lights are designed to be outdoors.
Could you please tell me if the replacement top includes a battery?
Asked by David on 26 May 2018
Yes, batteries included.
If I would use a smaller of your batteries could you tell me how long they would run for and also the measurements of them.cheers
Asked by alison bullard on 25 May 2018
We recommend the 104Ah which can store enough power for up to 48hrs, 12Ah would be around the 4-5hrs. You can use any 12v battery not just ours. The sizes of the battery vary but you can see them here: 104Ah 75Ah 34Ah 12Ah
How long is the spacing between the LEDS?
Asked by Rob Freeman on 24 May 2018
20 festoon lanterns (5cm diameter) on a 10m string. About 50cm apart.
can you tell me the diameter of the sparkle ball please?
Asked by Lisa on 23 May 2018
15cm diameter
what is the length of the cable between the panel and the lights?
Asked by sam on 21 May 2018
3m of cable between each light and the solar panel.
Can I connect them to a 150 w solar panel we have in place? Do you do them with white cable? Thanks
Asked by Fiona Patterson on 21 May 2018
These are only designed to work with the panel the lights come with. The cable comes only in green.
Can you tell me where I could buy the drill attachment for the round lights I'm a bit confused what to google to look for it
Asked by Sue on 21 May 2018
Try searching for "Adjustable Hole Saw" found a few online for under £10.
Can you tell me if white is the only colour option on the round decking lights? Many thanks
Asked by Glenda Hadley on 20 May 2018
That's correct.
Hi would would these be suitable to be fitted into the top of railway sleepers thanks
Asked by Jason on 20 May 2018
Yes, but you must include drainage under the light.
I have been a long term fan of solar. I have 2 large panels can i link these panels in a sunnier spot to keep the light ok during winter. They are internal panels only. Thaknyou jonathan. I am a bit of a techie.
Asked by Jonathan Vincent on 20 May 2018
The panel is part of the light for the Truro Motion Light.
What are the dimensions of the ball?
Asked by Caroline Smith on 19 May 2018
15cm diameter.
How many batteries are in the panel? I have some from a different supplier with 1 x battery and they are so dim as to hardly be worth having.
Asked by David on 19 May 2018
Yes comes with one battery but a 900mAh and it will all depend on the size of the panel and settings to discharge the battery. I've not seen any feedback on them being dim. Our Lumify range has more batteries and a larger panel along with more modes including power saving for winter and USB back but only comes as a fairy light.
As the lights are described as "copper" will they weather and turn green over time?
Asked by Isobel on 18 May 2018
Copper is just the effect, Copper in colour so no problem with turning green.
Can the cable be extended in any way?
Asked by Stefan on 17 May 2018
Currently, we do not offer extension cables for the Edinburgh solar decking lights.
Hi. Will this work in a garage that's bright in the day as it as Windows? I am hoping that the light will not come on in the day because of this so this is ideal for what I need?
Asked by Jonathan Hoskin on 16 May 2018
If sunlight is hitting the panel the light will not come on. The light detector is on the panel and will be in charging mode in daylight.
Hi just received our Eco Wedge Solar light and my husband is struggling (terrible at DIY) to fit it to the wall he is using two screws straight into the wall but say one gust of wind and the light will come off. Is there any help you can give me as he needs help... :-(
Asked by ANGELA CUNNINGHAM on 16 May 2018
It sounds like the screws aren't dropping down into the small hole in the back. Have a look at the instructions here you'll see the big hole will take the screw head and it will drop down in the slot and be secure. Hope this helps.
Will the light work inside a garage if the solar panel is fitted outside? How long is the cable fromantic light to solar panel?
Asked by Jonathan Hoskin on 15 May 2018
The cable length is 5m, we also offer extension cables too.
How long does the battery last
Asked by Brian Smith on 15 May 2018
The light comes with a 12 month warranty and we would expect the battery to last over 3 years if not longer.
I have bought two lights to fit at my property in Spain. Is it better for the lights and batteries to continue operating when I am not there (which can be for months) or can I switch off the light and disconnect the panel placing it indoors in a dark place?
Asked by Richard Wilkin on 13 May 2018
For battery life, it's better for the light to be continually charging and discharging. Long periods of no charge or overcharge can shorten the life of the battery.
Is this light waterproof wanted it for my parents home in Africa. Will be subjected to tropical heavy rain storms. Is it the brightest lamp you have in the range? Alternatively do you have a waterproof gate lamp with pir Thank you.
Asked by Mina Blankson on 13 May 2018
The lights is designed for outdoor use so shouldn't be a problem. This is the only light in the style so is brightest we have. For brighter lights take a look at our spotlights or other wall light designs. Our security light range offer PIR and generally are much brighter too.
Can you turn them off?
Asked by Sophie on 13 May 2018
The switch is on the panel
I might want to use this to light up a small area of patio (about 2x2). Would I be able to fix it to fence? Would the light stay on if people were sitting in the vicinity or would it keep flicking off every 30 seconds?
Asked by Ken on 8 May 2018
It's motion activated so likely to go off if people are sitting. Might be best try one of our wall lights or maybe the Eco wedge elite which has a remote?
Will you be getting the 300 LED Multicolour fairy lights back in stock anytime soon? The 100 are not quite long enough for my garden
Asked by John Roan on 8 May 2018
There aren't any plans to introduce a 300 LED multicolour option at present.
I once bought just the string of 100 lights from you and would like to do the same. Is that option available?
Asked by Mick on 7 May 2018
You can find the replacement strings here
Can I buy spare solar panel unit for the Kodiak solar post light? Thanks
Asked by DuRandt Wasserman on 7 May 2018
Spare tops can be found here
How does it fix into the soil or onto a wall please
Asked by Clare crowley on 6 May 2018
The light includes a spike to go into soil or without the spike you can screw it into a wall.
Do these work on dusk to dawn lights or will they make lights work all day and night?
Asked by Pet Naylor on 5 May 2018
This battery can replace any cradled 18650 lithium ion battery but it won't change the function of the light in any way.
Is the solar cell on top or is there another unit with this and the battery in. What type of battery does it contain. Does it allow fixing on guttering
Asked by phil burton on 4 May 2018
The solar panel is on top of the unit and has a Li-ion battery. It has a flat plate at the back you can screw to a wall, shed or fence which the light head slots on to. We don't sell any lights designed for guttering, but you might be able to make it work.
Can give me the full dimensions
Asked by Raymond Jeffery on 2 May 2018
44.7cm x 7.9cm
Do you post to Ireland?
Asked by Niamh Kelleher on 1 May 2018
Yes we do.
Is it possible to extend the distance between solar panel and lights? Is there an extension cable as such?
Asked by Dan on 30 Apr 2018
Currently, we don't off extension cables for the Bristol lights. The cable is 1.2m away from the first light.
is it possible to run 2 lights off 1 solar panel ?
Asked by mike on 30 Apr 2018
The size of the panel is design for just one light so you can't run 2 lights off it. The lights wouldn't stay on very long is you could.
Are the bulbs replaceable?
Asked by Rukshana on 28 Apr 2018
The LEDs are built into the light and not replaceable.
Does tbis wall light use a 18650 lithium battery?
Asked by Dean on 26 Apr 2018
2 x Ni-Mh
Does this light only come on when you pull the cord or does it come on when it goes darkautomatically
Asked by Lynne Tatam on 26 Apr 2018
When you pull the cord the light will come on no matter if it's light or dark outside.
What size are the individual lanterns?
Asked by Rosie on 23 Apr 2018
5cm in height and 3.8cm wide.
What is the max range the motion dectector can be set to trigger the light please?
Asked by Em Em on 23 Apr 2018
The sensor will detect movement up to 8m away.
Will this solar panel work as a replacement on the discontinued Everbright solar fairy lights. The panels on both my sets are broken.
Asked by Kellie Pyke on 22 Apr 2018
Sorry, this will not fit the discontinued Everbright solar lights.
Has this light a motion switch ON/OFF mode? Pease advise Thanks
Asked by PAWEL on 22 Apr 2018
Hi, the light is only motion activated.
Hi what is the max and minimum lumins the Henley Premium Solar Pillar Lantern will put out? thanks
Asked by Mike on 21 Apr 2018
On full mode the lights output 50 lumens and about 30 on power saving mode.
I have many sets of Lumify and have switched the tubes around. How do I identify the ones that are for the 100 bulb set and the higher current 300 bulb set ones?
Asked by Cynthia O'Prey on 21 Apr 2018
Sadly you can't. We are looking into labeling them in the future. The only way to tell is by using them and if the 300 run out faster than the 100 and try swapping them around.
What bulbs are used. Can I change them to coloured bulbs in the future?
Asked by Jamie on 20 Apr 2018
Currently, we do not offer coloured bulbs and really not sure if we plan too.
How many lumens are these lights
Asked by David nixon on 19 Apr 2018
7 lumens
Hi we have purchased this lights with the intention of putting them round the decking, but I put extra decking round the perimeter to stop the muddy feet, which is a bit of an ask for the plastic spike. Do you stock a flat plate with screw holes and a stub to fit the bottom of pole onto. If so how much are they. Thanks for your help in is matter, (hopefully) Steve.
Asked by Steve Crane on 15 Apr 2018
We don't sell anything like that but it might be worth trying your local DIY store for a bracket that might hold the spike.
Hin How long do these take to charge , had mine outside in bright sunshine yesterday, no light atm ?
Asked by Sandra jellyman on 15 Apr 2018
We always recommend a full 3 days to charge up our lights. The full instructions along with some troubleshooting example are listed here
Hi Are there mounting holes on the rear of the panels to bolt to your Solar Panel Wall / Post Bracket the photo shows two holes towards the top of the mounting plate. (on the bracket)
Asked by Martin Glover on 14 Apr 2018
Yes, the panel has pre-drilled holes on the rear.
Can this kit be used outside ie in all weathers only for external garden area
Asked by stephen quirke on 14 Apr 2018
This kit is designed for the lights to be inside. Please contact us if you need any help.
I would be interested in having these run along the outside of my summer house but how best would I attach them to the wood?
Asked by melanie on 13 Apr 2018
It's really up to you but you can buy screw in hocks from most DIY stores.
I am thinking of using these around the paved area of my patio, by sinking them into the surrounding grass / mud. Would these lights be suitable in such conditions, possible damp / wet most of the time, and will get watered by the garden hose ?
Asked by Kevin on 13 Apr 2018
The light needs good drainage underneath and cannot be sitting in water. One solution may be adding gravel under each light allowing the water to drain.
Is it possible to replace the battery
Asked by Lindsey on 13 Apr 2018
The batteries are not replaceable.
Do you have alight the same as the eco-wedge but without the movement detector?
Asked by Colin Turner on 12 Apr 2018
Not really, the Eco Wedge Elite has a remote control which offers far more functions including an on at dusk setting. Click here
Hi, can you tell me whether the lens is clear or diffused? I bought some 18 months ago with clear lens and I want the new ones to match, thanks
Asked by David on 9 Apr 2018
Please drop us an email or call with your details so we can check your order. To answer the question, the Truro has always had a diffuser and never had a clear lens.
Hi,could you tell me the length of the actual lighting string? Thanks
Asked by Miss C robinson on 7 Apr 2018
10 meters of lights
Can this light work with a transformer as I saw one working in a garden centre
Asked by G williamson on 4 Apr 2018
No these are solar powered only. No need for a transformer.
I would like to use it indoor (obviously mounting the pv panel outside). Is there any switch mounted on the light fitting which would allow me to control it (on/off) from inside? Or a remote control? Best Regards, Roman
Asked by Roman on 2 Apr 2018
Sounds a great idea. The only on/off switch is on the panel.
Hello, I have an old gnarled apple tree at the bottom of our garden which I would like to light. It is bent over, its lower trunk almost vertical at its base so I'd like a lighting solution that ideally throws a light over a width of 6 or 8ft but it need only be lit to 4 to 8ft high. Would it work better to use a couple of lights throwing soft light over the general area or could I somehow use one spotlight that casts a wide beam over a section of the trunk. Many thanks.
Asked by Tim on 1 Apr 2018
With any of our spotlight the greater the distance the wider the coverage of the light but less bright the light becomes. I'd suggest trying one light and adding additional lights as and when needed.
Hi, Is the solar panel fixed to the stake or can this be detachable? We would be looking to have the solar panel up high rather than on a stake in the floor. Thanks
Asked by Adam gray on 31 Mar 2018
The spike is part of the panel.
We have 3 sets of these lights but it seems that they are not designed to allow you to replace the batteries. Is this correct?
Asked by Helen Catt on 30 Mar 2018
You can replace the batteries on our Elan range.
Hello, Where can I find spare solar panels for this spot? Also, are there bigger compatible panels? As long as the output voltage is the same, I assume it would be alright to use something other than the stock panel. Cheers!
Asked by Ted on 29 Mar 2018
We currently don't offer spare panel but will be soon. The panel size, light out and battery capacity are all designed to work together, a larger panel may work better in winter months but may overcharge in summer months. You are welcome to modify the light how you see fit but it will void our warranty.
Do you supply a bracket so that the orientation of the lamp can be at 90 degrees to the wall it is mounted on?
Asked by Brian Dixon on 29 Mar 2018
Sorry, we don't supply brackets for that. I'd try a local diy store.
These look great - but why do you only do them in cool white?
Asked by Adrian on 28 Mar 2018
Currently only in cool white.
How dark does it need to be for the light to come on, is this customisable?
Asked by Chris Stanley on 27 Mar 2018
The light becomes active around dusk. You can't change the setting but you can change the position of the panel. We always recommend the panel to be south facing to get the most light during the day.
Hi, do the lamps plug into the solar panel. I have a special flap on the gazebo to the roof so wan to put the panel on the top then i don't have to feed 20 bulbs through?
Asked by Peter Richardson on 26 Mar 2018
The Elan range the panel is part of the string and doesn't plug in. Please have a look at our Lumify range which has a plugin panel and plugin battery pack here
How long is the cable we need to put it on the roof / wall of a building to get the sun but have the light lower down.
Asked by Susan Campbell on 25 Mar 2018
It really depends on where you want the light and the panel. We sell 5m extension cables here
Are these lights suitable for fixing into a resin bound gravel driveway?
Asked by Roy on 25 Mar 2018
You'd need to ensure suitable drainage below each light. These lights are designed for decking.
I have cream/white decking on a static caravan, can I get these strings in clear or white cord?
Asked by Martin on 23 Mar 2018
Sadly we only have green cords for the lights.
Hi ...........I have been buying solar fairy lights for a number of years from a different company, but came across your company by chance. I live in the Outer Hebrides......we don't get a lot of sun, but we do get a lot of daylight in the summer months. What is the difference between the two lots of solar lights you do and do they both come with replacement strings? I notice that the Lumify lights are a fair bit more expensive than the others....the reason being? I would appreciate your help. Thank you. Sylvia
Asked by SYLVIA RIDDEN on 23 Mar 2018
Hi, We have lots of happy customers from Scotland. The main difference between our Elan range and our Lumify range is the USB option on the lumify range. If you get prolonged periods of bad weather you can top up the charge via USB or if panel location isn't great the USB top up really helps. I'd suggest the lumify range for winter months or the Elan range for summer months. Hope that helps.
Can you mount these vertically in a wall instead of horizontally?
Asked by Jo on 20 Mar 2018
You could but the panel is unlikely to get enough sunlight vs being horizontal.
What is the diameter of the light?
Asked by Carl on 20 Mar 2018
Diameter: 61mm
Could the solar panel power a other device that excepts the power lead? i.e a small radio with a d.c. input.
Asked by Lee Summers on 19 Mar 2018
The SMD range isn't designed to be added to. You could, of course, add to it yourself but it would invalidate the warranty. Our GEO kit range is designed for you to added whatever you want, radios, lights etc See our solar lights kits here
Hello, We are using a couple of these: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Albany_Premium_Solar_Spotlight-766-83.html Would this or any other panel with higher wattage be compatible with our spots? We are looking to upgrade the included solar panels to something with more oomph! Cheers! Ted
Asked by Ted on 16 Mar 2018
Unfortunately not, the Albany solar panel has batteries included and runs at a different voltage so these wouldn't be compatible.
Hello can you confirm what colour the light it gives off is as I'm wanting a warm white, thank you.
Asked by Sally Bourne on 15 Mar 2018
It's a natural white, the Guide is the most comparable warm white light.
I like this lamp but want a warm white light. Is there a version in warm white light ?
Asked by Cheryl Freeman on 15 Mar 2018
The Evo SMD Pro or Elite are the most comparable lights in terms of brightness, with a warm white light output.
Are the LED bulbs warm white?
Asked by Londoner on 15 Mar 2018
They're a cool white, you can purchase warm white tops here for use with the Canterbury. Londons (not minis) and Durham. Alternatively, the Black London post is supplied with a warm white top.
Does this have any warranty? What is max load this light can bear.? Can you provide data sheets for the lights.
Asked by Mithun on 13 Mar 2018
The light has a full 12 month warranty and can bear up to 125kg.
How long is the lead from the light to the solar panel?
Asked by Jon Carter on 12 Mar 2018
The solar panel is integrated into the top of the lantern.
Can the pir be adjusted for detection distance? I live in a house that is close to the footpath and road. I would also have to mount the light at the height of around 2metres, would this make a difference to the detection area?
Asked by Paul on 11 Mar 2018
The PIR cannot be adjusted. The Evo SMD Pro or Elite are the most comparable brightness PIR lamps with adjustable PIRs.
How many lights can be connected to the single solar panel?
Asked by Sai on 11 Mar 2018
Each lamp requires its own solar panel.
Theoretically, would it be possible to separate the sensor from the light, snip the wires, reconnect it with a longer wires and mount it away from the actual light? Thanks :)
Asked by Will on 11 Mar 2018
Theoretically yes, however, we wouldn't recommend it as it may introduce water ingress issues and would invalidate your warranty.
Will the Eco Wedge Pro work if two were installed side by side or do they need to be installed a certain distance apart?
Asked by Phyllis Martin on 11 Mar 2018
We'd recommend allowing a few metres between each light to allow each PIR to operate correctly. The Eco Wege Elite is a brighter single unit that may be of interest?
Is the ball made of glass? Thanks
Asked by Sharon on 11 Mar 2018
The Sparkle is made of toughened plastic.
I'm thinking of buying the Durham lights. Are these replacement tops an upgrade on what I'll be buying, or just something I'll probably need in 2 year' time?
Asked by E Jones on 10 Mar 2018
The replacement tops are the same version as what you have on the Durham lights.
Can you please define "substandard location" as described in Mode 2, I would have to position this light on a North facing wall
Asked by Roy on 7 Mar 2018
A substandard location would include a north facing wall or a heavily shaded location. With normal domestic use (a few activations a night) it would probably be OK on a north facing wall but you may need to move it temporarily to a sunny spot to top up the charge as required. Alternatively it may be worth considering a security light with a remote panel .
Can these lights be used with a garden spike, and if so can you supply the spike?
Asked by Ricki Moran on 6 Mar 2018
The Durham is too tall to be used with a garden spike. Londons or Kodiaks are the tallest spiked post lights we offer.
Can these lights be installed in the earth? i.e under a tree. Thanks
Asked by Caroline on 6 Mar 2018
We wouldn't recommend this as they wouldn't be able to drain effectively.
"500 Triggers Per Night Once motion is detected, this light can activate up to 500 times a night." - could you please update on what circle it is based(1 minute, 3 minutes)? Have you tried to estimate the time of constant lighting?
Asked by Eduard on 27 Feb 2018
It's based on the minimum setting of 15seconds. From a full charge, the light could stay on up to 125mins.
Is there a setting for continuous lighting if to be used to light up a patio?
Asked by Pete on 26 Feb 2018
The Eco Wedge Pro is only a PIR (motion activated) The brand new Eco Wedge Elite has a remote with an On/Off mode along with many other modes. See the Eco Wedge Elite
Hi there, I love these lights but they are not tall enough. Can you buy longer poles for them or is there an other alternative. thanks ivor.
Asked by Ivor Williams on 26 Feb 2018
Sadly we don't offer extension poles for this light. I'd suggest looking the henley solar light .
Is this light suitable for fixing to the upper edge of a plastic gutter above a set of steps?
Asked by Willy on 26 Feb 2018
As long as the panel is getting light and the gutter is strong enough it should be fine.
Hi all just a quick one,can the extension cable be added to the original 5 metres? Thanks
Asked by Tony on 25 Feb 2018
Currently, we don't sell an extension cable for this product.
Can the sensor be adjusted so that it is not activated by movement of under 30kg size dogs? Thanks
Asked by Alex m Asiedu on 24 Feb 2018
The sensor can be adjusted. You would have to test at what point the dog triggers it.
hello i have the geo 2 kit and was thinking of buying this battery, will i need a charge controller if i buy this or as it has a larger capacity would it just hold the extra charge etc?
Asked by elaine on 20 Feb 2018
Generally, you will not need a charge controller for the GEO 2. If you are likely to not be using the lights (or whatever you are powering) for long periods of time I'd suggest getting a charge controller or simply disconnecting the panel. Overcharging the battery reduces the battery life.
Hello looking for a sensor light for the front door which is north facing something small that would last all year round what would you recommend. Many thanks Brian
Asked by Brian Walters on 18 Feb 2018
Please look at our security lights ideally with a remote panel for a north facing wall, so you can place the panel where it gets the most light. If the light only needs to trigger a few times a day a non remote panel could work but we wouldn't recommend it.
Is there a wat to extend the running time? Bigger or external battery? I would like to use it to cover BBQ area. Ian Dempsey
Asked by Ian on 18 Feb 2018
With all the SMD range (SMD,Pro and Elite) the battery and panel size is optimum for the Lumen output. I'd suggest trying one out and if you are BBQing many days in a row to buy a second unit. The other option is to look at our GEO kits.
Hi. My old solar light used to start flashing when the charge was running out, which was really annoying if we had had a few dull days in a row/during winter etc. If this light hasn't had a full charge and doesn't last the full night, does it just get dimmer then go off, or start flashing? Thanks
Asked by Miranda on 18 Feb 2018
We are not aware of the light flashing at the point of low charge. The double panels and power saving mode make these lights work well even on dull days. If you do have long periods of poor low light weather then we'd recommend giving them a boast for a few days.
Hi can I would like to know if the battery, charging hardware and sensors are all positioned inside the solar panel unit? Thanks
Asked by Laura on 16 Feb 2018
The battery is inside the light head.
I need a light for the external stairs leading to my property, can you let me know who well the light works in the winter due to less daylight? does the battery need a specific amount of time to charge and does this carry over if the light isnt used?
Asked by emma on 16 Feb 2018
The Eco Wedge works perfectly in winter. The battery will charge whilst its daylight and only use up power when triggered by motion. No motion for 2 days then it would only be charging the battery.
Can the wire from the solar panel to the spotlight be extended. If so by how much and what is the cost.
Asked by Jonathan on 15 Feb 2018
We sell extension wires here . We recommend no more than 2 additional extensions
Does this light have an on/off switch? Thanks.
Asked by Frenchie on 15 Feb 2018
Yes, the Zeus has an off and on switch.
A neighbour has just installed one of those lights and it strikes directly at my kitchen window & my front glass door. It's on 24 hrs daily and can be so annoying through the night as it lights up the house. Does it have to be on 24 hrs daily
Asked by J Maxwell on 13 Feb 2018
The Eco Wedge has a PIR which detects motion. The light will only come on when motion is detected. The light will not activate during daylight. I'd ask your neighbor to move the light.
Is it possible to replace the battery pack? If so, could you provide a reference number please? Thanks Duke
Asked by Duke on 11 Feb 2018
Yes you can replace the battery pack, we plan on stocking them near the end of 2018
How long does the light stay on when activated
Asked by Theresa Hammerle on 9 Feb 2018
10 seconds. The light will stay on while it is detecting motion and turn off a few seconds after motion finishes. The time cannot be adjusted.
Does this fitting have a photocell integrated to enable it to switch on at night automatically?
Asked by Kieran on 7 Feb 2018
That's correct. Any light hitting the panel the light will be off and the batteries recharging. Once dark the light will automatically switch on.
Does the remote need line of sight. It would Be nice to put up on an external wall and control from inside the house as a general spotlight
Asked by Geoff H on 4 Feb 2018
The remote is infrared like a TV remote but will work up to 8m away. As with a TV remote, you need to point it in the general direction for it to work so you might be able to use the remote from within your house assuming the light is not around a corner.
Does this light come in cool white as well as warm white or can the bulbs be changed to achieve cool white ?
Asked by Connie Dawson on 3 Feb 2018
Currently, we only have it in natural white. All our solar lights are LED so no bulbs and no way of changing them.
How do I use them without the spike, screwed to a wooden post or decking? Many thanks.
Asked by Peter on 1 Feb 2018
There are screw holes in the underside of the metal body. Just remove the white diffuser and use a long screwdriver to screw them down then replace the diffuser.
Can you please tell me how far apart are the holes I have to drill? Thanks, Andrea
Asked by ANDREA YEATS on 31 Jan 2018
126mm, there's a template supplied with the light to help out.
Are the lanterns metal? Don't want them to rust outside!!
Asked by Sally Waters on 30 Jan 2018
All our lanterns are designed for outdoor use and will not rust.
Hi, Does the spike come in sections which are joined together, how long are the sections ? i.e easy to fit into a suitcase ?
Asked by Tony on 30 Jan 2018
The entire light comes in 3 sections. The light head, pole, and spike. The total height of all 3 out of the box is 780mm.
Hi My front door is under a porch so there would be no direct sunlight. Would it be possible to bypass the solar panel on this light and use an external panel to charge the battery? If so, which of your solar panels would be suitable? Thanks
Asked by Franz on 30 Jan 2018
All solar lights will charge even without direct sunlight, so it really depends on how much light would get to the panel along with the usage of the light. The solar panel is built into the light and can not remove. Our remote panel range can be found here
I am looking for a solar light to sit above our house name plate so people can see the house name from the road (5m) away. Would this be suitable? How wide is the light beam?
Asked by Fiona Austin on 30 Jan 2018
The Truro should do this job fine, it'll light something up to approx 30cm across if there's a 5 - 10 cm gap between the sign and the installation of the light.
Hi, Are these light waterproof enough to be used around the edge of a swimming pool?
Asked by Dominic Gibbings on 30 Jan 2018
We wouldn't recommend putting the lights around the edge of a swimming due to how the chemicals in the pool water could react with the metals in the lights. If the lights are set well back this could work well. Our lights are designed for rainwater.
Hi there , just wondering is each lamp 550 lumens of light or is that combination of the two, thanks
Asked by Billy on 28 Jan 2018
550 Lumens is the total output of both lights
Is there an extension cable available?
Asked by Martyn on 28 Jan 2018
The extension cable is available here
What is the lumen output please
Asked by Steve on 27 Jan 2018
The total Lumen output is 550
Where can I find the 30m cable for this as pretty sure I'll need it
Asked by Cara on 26 Jan 2018
Please email us and we can add it to your order.
I want to put this light above my garage door. Would it light up the area infront of the door and down the driveway or will it just shibe straight down
Asked by Scott on 26 Jan 2018
The arch is designed for downlighting entrances, gates and doorways. You may want to look at our SMD or Wedge ranges to light more of the driveway or have additional lights along the drive.
Does the battery ever need replacing? And if so can it be replaced?
Asked by Mr D BATES on 24 Jan 2018
The battery should last up to 3 - 4 years. It's fiddly to replace the battery but it can be done.
If laid on the driveway are these lights robust enough to take being driven over by a family car?
Asked by Nigel Wade on 23 Jan 2018
Yes, they're designed with exactly this purpose in mind.
Is there a non motion detector version of this available?
Asked by Rajesh on 19 Jan 2018
The only version we have available is the motion detecting one.
When triggered is it adjustable for how long the light stays on, or is it preset ? If so how long is it on for. Thanks.
Asked by Maureen on 18 Jan 2018
The light is preset to stay on for approx 10 seconds after motion has stopped.
How long will this light last(life span)? We bought one from Screwfix Derby and it started to light up during the day and stopped at night time .will the Evo SMDPro Solar Security has a problem as such reported? Thanks
Asked by James on 17 Jan 2018
We would expect the SMD Pro to last for 2 - 3 years as a minimum before the battery may need replacing. This may vary depending on environmental factors and the choice of installation location.
I would like to install a light approx. 6m above a path. Would this light be sufficiently powerful to light up the path?
Asked by Howard Pauls on 17 Jan 2018
The light will be fine to do this however you may find the PIR doesn't detect you from far enough away. You'd be better off installing the light no higher than 4m if possible - please bear in mind you get 5m of cable with the solar panel so that should give plenty of scope to get the panel in a good location.
Do you need batteries for light and is it easy to fix to shed wall ,
Asked by Donna Middleton on 16 Jan 2018
Batteries are included. There are sticky pads to attach the light to a shed wall in no time at all.
Does the cable run from the light fixture as can't see cables on pics,? Thank you
Asked by zoe on 15 Jan 2018
The Cable is clear and attached from the light to panel.
Can you deliver these to Spain as a gift for my daughter? As she lives in Spain, there is plenty of sun for re-charging during the day even in Winter, so apart from the unnecessary usb recharging facility, what, if any, are the advantages of buying LUMIFY over ELAN lights please? I would probably use the cash saved to buy more sets of ELAN! Many thanks.
Asked by Carol on 14 Jan 2018
Yes, we deliver to Spain up to a weight limit then we need to quote you. The main differences are the USB and the settings modes (flashing etc.)
Can you just buy the solar panel for the top of these lights?
Asked by Kris Parry on 8 Jan 2018
We have replacement tops in white and warm white available here
How long will the battery last and can it be replaced easily
Asked by Richard Peden on 7 Jan 2018
It comes with a Lithium Ion battery that won't need replacing for at least 2 - 3 years depending on usage. We currently don't sell replacement batteries.
How does this light fix to the wall? Will it go on pebble dash?
Asked by Ruth Goodwin on 7 Jan 2018
The Pro Wedge has two holes in the back and comes with two screws for your wall or fence which it simply slots on to. Our instructions come with a template so you can line up the screws.
I would like to use this kit (12Ah battery) to power an external 12V PIR (as for sale on your website) with very occasional use of an internal light as well (approx 2hr/week). Is this suitable and can the extra light be wired in easily?
Asked by Glenn on 3 Jan 2018
The size of the panel is designed for one light but more can be attached, it would depend on the amount of use and panel position. It sounds like with the occasional use of the light along with a PIR this would suit your needs. If you think you use will be high then consider the model up the GEO 2
2 questions, first, is it possible to add a second light to the solar panel, second, are these a fixed battery or a removable battery which can be changed when battery has worn out.
Asked by Joy Broughton on 31 Dec 2017
The size of the solar panel and the output of the lights only allows for one light. Even with the fact, it's a motion sensor light connecting two lights would either be very dim or not trigger many times. We do sell GEO kits which you can build and customise with panels, lights, and PIRs.
How big is the Solar Panel, and can it be attached to a wall/fence?
Asked by Christopher Tester on 31 Dec 2017
The Solar panel unit is 9am x 10.5cm
Can you turn the light on constantly if you want to have it on for an evening outside or is it only motion sensor? Also how long does the light stay on after the motion sensor has been set off? Thanks
Asked by Rachael on 30 Dec 2017
The Truro Motion is only triggered via motion. The Truro Motion stays on for approximately 30 seconds after it stops detecting motion.
Is a charge controller recommended for the GEO1?
Asked by Richard Greenwood on 29 Dec 2017
Generally, the GEO 1 doesn't need a charge controller due to the size of the solar panel. GEO 2+ need a charge controller to stop the overcharging. We'd only recommend a charge controller for the GEO1 if you thought you'd frequently overcharge the battery.
I want to install this light in a narrow passage so would like to know if it can detect motion quite near to the wall, A diagram of the detection arc would be very helpful. Many Thanks, Mr Brown.
Asked by Mr R Brown on 27 Dec 2017
The Wedge Pro sounds perfect for your narrow passageway.
Could you please tell me the dimensions of the Solar Panel...
Asked by Kevin Cooper on 19 Dec 2017
The size of the panel is 19cm wide and 14 cm high
can these bulbs be used in enclosed shade - like a globe shade?
Asked by Hazel on 18 Dec 2017
Yes no problem using a shade with these bulbs
What is the tallest available in this range and also what are the base dimensions. I have a surface of 4 inches square to accommodate this. Many thanks
Asked by Riaz Darr on 14 Dec 2017
Currently, this is the only PIR post light we do. The tallest non PIR we do is the Durham post light
What is the diameter of the ball, thanks
Asked by Haz on 11 Dec 2017
15cm diameter crystal ball
Will the light work in winter?
Asked by HCG on 10 Dec 2017
Yes, the Arch will work fine on a south facing unshaded wall.
I want to put the lights in my front garden which faces north, will the lights still work ?
Asked by Sheila Burgman on 9 Dec 2017
It really depends on how much light gets to the solar panel. I personally have a north facing garden full of solar lights which all work well. I have had to move some out of the shadows of trees. The Lumify range all have USB backup so if the panel is in a poor location you can give them a boast via USB.
Is there a maximum amount of cables you can use for one light. To obtain the best position for the solar panel I would need to use two 5 metre extension cables..
Asked by Mr Richard Alabaster on 8 Dec 2017
2 extensions should be fine. The longer the distance from panel to the battery the more resistance (less power) but this can be out wayed by the position of the panel.
Is it possible to cut the antenna for less reach ? Have two dimmers mounted in a boat and when one of them dim the other follows
Asked by Stian on 8 Dec 2017
It's not possible to reduce the antenna.
Can you tell me please if the battery can easily be taken out and charged in the charger that you sell? I have several of your usb chargeable string lights (excellent btw!) and want security lights I can also alternatively charge in winter. Thanks.
Asked by Judy C on 7 Dec 2017
You can replace or recharge the batteries, simply remove the front cover and you will see the battery. See our product video which shows the white battery in place.
Hello, If one bulb breaks, is it easy to fix/replace? Do you sell spare bulbs? Thanks
Asked by Chloe on 3 Dec 2017
We currently don't sell spare bulbs. The bulbs are plastic and very unlikely to break.
Can the angle of the PIR sensor be adusted - so that it picks up motion very close to the light unerneath it, instead of motion 5 metres away outside the boundry of a property
Asked by CEH on 30 Nov 2017
The Arch will detect motion up to 5m away so will still detect motion close to the light.
How long is the included cable which connects the solar panel output to the light?
Asked by lloyd on 30 Nov 2017
The cable is approx 5m long
How long is the lead from the solar panel to the light please
Asked by Rose harding on 30 Nov 2017
The lead is 2m.
How long do the lights stop on after being fully charged ?
Asked by Alan foster on 28 Nov 2017
Up to 12 hours from a full charge.
How do you disconnect the old panel and connect the new panel ?
Asked by alan kultschar on 27 Nov 2017
Undo the hand screw connector from the bottom of the Lumify tube and remove the old solar panel. Please contact us if you're having any problems with this, it should be easy to do.
Hi, If I were to use this inside as a shed light, then would the fact that I was moving around after it would normally turn off mean that it would stay on while I was in the shed? Thanks, Chris
Asked by Chris on 27 Nov 2017
Yes, as long as there's motion the light will remain on so using it inside a shed to hunt for tools etc. will be fine.
How long do they last on a fully charged battery?
Asked by Roger on 26 Nov 2017
The Trueflame will last up to 10 hours from a full charge.
Hi is the top of the light ( other than solar panel) stainless? And is it glass or plastic? Can you tell me which lights like these are your best quality? I would rather pay more if I need to in order to get quality. Many thanks
Asked by Michelle on 26 Nov 2017
The top is stainless steel and the diffusers are glass. They're good quality lights, only surpassed in brightness by the Henley Garden Light .
What size is the battery? AA or AAA ? Thanks
Asked by Peter on 26 Nov 2017
The Truro Motion has a Litihium Ion 18650 battery.
Please can you tell me the dimensions.
Asked by Audrey on 25 Nov 2017
The dimensions are available by clicking on the product image and looking through the images.
I noticed that the SMD Pro comes with a O ring what is this for ? cannot see in the instructions its use.
Asked by Tony on 25 Nov 2017
This slots into a small groove that's present on the connector from the light unit.
Where is the solar panel please. No picture of that? Is it curved over the shape of its 'roof'. It would be inspirational if so as it would track the sun in my east/west running garden! (PS: You do need to highlight that info on all solar products because location and angles are key with solar).
Asked by Jes Holmes on 25 Nov 2017
Many thanks for the feedback. The Solar panel is flat on top of this light, we looked into a curved panel and it's currently not cost effective to add as the flexible solar panels are more expensive and less efficient at charging.
Does the light turn off completely after each 30 second activation or does it dim down but stay on like your 'Curve' solar motion light?
Asked by Mark Wilson on 24 Nov 2017
The Arch turns off completely after each activation. We'd recommend avoiding any lights that have a dim mode in between activations as in the depths of winter you may find they don't activate when you need them too.
What is the maximum forward facing detection range of the motion sensor
Asked by Garry on 24 Nov 2017
It'll detect motion up to 8m away.
Is the RF remote using either 315mhz or 433mhz?
Asked by Paul on 24 Nov 2017
The RF remote is using 433Mhz.
Can you run two of the Chester lights off 1 solar panel?
Asked by M Deay on 24 Nov 2017
Unfortunately this isn't possible
How bright is the beam solar shed light, please?
Asked by Finlay Scott on 24 Nov 2017
The Beam is 50 lumens
Is it possible to extend the cable length
Asked by Alan Capper on 24 Nov 2017
Unfortunately, it's not possible to extend the cable length.
have just purchased from yourselves the chester up and down solar wall lights.....I need to extend the cable by one metre and you only do five mtr ex-cables .......can I use normal twin core cable to extend these ?
Asked by colin whitmore on 23 Nov 2017
Yes, you can although please bear in mind this would invalidate the warranty.
what area does this unit cover, i.e. play area
Asked by bill boyd on 23 Nov 2017
This will light up to 20m away from the unit.
Do you have any product that has a similar conection to the lights? My solar pannel is broken on this model
Asked by Alex on 23 Nov 2017
We don't I'm afraid, we'll have a new and improved version of this product available in early 2018 but the connectors are different.
Can this item be switched off
Asked by Neil Dent on 21 Nov 2017
Yes, there's an on/off switch
Is this just one torch for the price ?
Asked by Sarah on 21 Nov 2017
Yes, the price is for one Trueflame Torch Light.
Hi. I'm looking to install this to the side of my porch to illuminate the door when unlocking it, but it will be approx 1.5m to the right of the door. Do you think it will provide sufficient light to see keys and the lock? Thanks.
Asked by Phil on 20 Nov 2017
It's hard to say, the higher the light the greater the spread of light. I would recommend testing the location with the light before fully install it.
Hi Are these lights waterproof? Thanks
Asked by Lindsay on 20 Nov 2017
These fairy lights are designed for outdoor use but are not designed for being submerged under water.
Can I purchase more than one remote for this product?
Asked by Tony Smart on 19 Nov 2017
The floodlight only comes with one remote.
How long is the connecting cable from light to solar panel please?
Asked by Rob on 19 Nov 2017
The cable length is 5m, we also offer extension cables too.
Can you purchase extra remote controls for the light?
Asked by Rob on 19 Nov 2017
The floodlight only comes with one remote.
Can you tell me what the light is made of ? Is it plastic ? Thank you
Asked by Trish on 19 Nov 2017
Yes, the light is made of plastic.
I am looking at illuminating an outdoor 12ft Christmas tree. Will your 300 led solar USB lights do the job, or what do you recommend?
Asked by Anya on 19 Nov 2017
You'd need between 2 and 3 sets of 300s to cover a 12ft tree.
How is this powered?
Asked by Jasmine Roach on 15 Nov 2017
This is just a 12v light head with no power. You can add this to any of our Solar kits if you need a flood light.
Over what distance will the pit detect movement of people?
Asked by Mr Auty on 14 Nov 2017
The sensor can detect motion up to 8m away from the light unit.
Does this light need direct sunlight to work? Thanks Ian
Asked by Ian on 13 Nov 2017
The more direct sunlight the better but this light doesn't need direct light to charge. The amount of charge needed will depend on the number of triggers. A high traffic pathway/door/garden would need more direct sunlight vs a low trafficked placement.
This is motion sensitive. It lights up when it detects motion. Is it also light sensitive? Will it light up when it gets dark and switches off when it gets bright? Thank you.
Asked by Romeo Tiongco on 13 Nov 2017
The light will only come on in the dark and when motion is detected.
Do you sell a security gadget that is both light motion sensitive? it lights when the day gets dark and switches off when the day comes in? Thanks.
Asked by Romeo Tiongco on 13 Nov 2017
Currently, we only offer each type of light function independently.
Hi, will this light switch on on-demand (i.e. during the day time when it's dull) or does it only work in the dark? Thanks
Asked by Becky Cocker on 12 Nov 2017
The light will only work when it's dark whilst the panel is plugged in. Some customers have detached the panel for use in the day.
Hi, I've noticed in the FAQ's of the non motion light that that the panel is protected by a film is this the case with the motion ones too? Thanks
Asked by Craig Barber-Ball on 8 Nov 2017
The Truro Motion doesn't have a film on the panel so you can remove it from plastic protection bag and install.
With the 5M extension cable does that give 6M total with the existing 1M that comes with the light or does it replace the 1M cable?
Asked by Paul on 6 Nov 2017
The extension cable adds on to the current cable thus extending to up to 6m.
How does the post fix into the ground? Is it a spike or some other method?
Asked by David on 5 Nov 2017
Stake mount supplied but can be mounted to decking too.
Are these lights bright enough to light an exterior staircase?
Asked by Mariann Gibson on 1 Nov 2017
Fairy lights aren't really designed to light up objects so we'd suggest not using the likes of staircase steps. Lighting a staircase for a visual effect would look great.
What is the range and arc of the PIR detector?
Asked by Ken on 30 Oct 2017
The range is 5m and 150 degrees.
Whereabouts is the PIR sensor on these lights? Can it be adjusted to face various directions? What is the range and angle of detection?
Asked by A Evans on 30 Oct 2017
The PIR sensor is right at the top just below the solar panel. You can rotate the top 4 times 90 degrees, and position the post at any angle.
I was just wondering how effective the panel would be because the soffits under the roof overhang the wall. To me,this would block daylight from reaching the panel and would therefore not charge sufficiently.
Asked by Pat on 29 Oct 2017
It sounds like it could be a problem, the more direct sunlight the better. This light uses a PIR and only comes on when movement is picked up so it would depend on how often the light is likely to trigger vs how much charge you will need.
What size is the base please. Thsnks.
Asked by Sharon Wallington on 29 Oct 2017
The diameter of the base is 120mm.
Will they work in winter sunshine
Asked by Jackson on 29 Oct 2017
Yes, our Elan range will work in winter but our Lumify fairy lights work better due to a larger panel and USB back up.
Does this cable work with the Evo 15 light or is there a different one for that light? Cheers.
Asked by Adam on 27 Oct 2017
This cable is for our SMD range only. We no longer sell extensions cables for the EVO15
These units come supplied with a film covering the solar panel. Should this be removed or left in situ? Thanks
Asked by Andrew on 27 Oct 2017
Please remove the film, this just to protect the panel in transit.
Hi what is the best height to mount to get best effect
Asked by Robin Kirton on 26 Oct 2017
The beam emitted is approximately 150 degrees. The off the ground the more area it will cover along with the PIR sensing movement. The lower to the ground the brighter a small area would be lit. We would suggest anything from 4 foot to 8 foot of the ground depending on your needs. It best to test the light in different positions before permanently installing.
What's the minimum temperature it can withstand? And how many hours of sun (direct or indirect) needs for how many hours of light? Thanks
Asked by Alex on 26 Oct 2017
Designed for -10c but has worked in far colder air temperatures.
How far away from the light can the solar panel be installed? What is the maximum distance that can be achieved including use of the extension cable(s) please. I need to install the light on a north-facing wall at the front of the house and the panel on the back of the house to get decent sunlight. Thank you.
Asked by Tracy Dudley on 23 Oct 2017
We recommend 2 extensions cables but have had customers happily use more. The position of the panel can offset the resistance of the wire.
do the lights still charge up on a dull winters day?
Asked by colin colbrook on 22 Oct 2017
Yes even on dull days solar lights charge just nowhere near as much as direct sunlight.
Hi, we're looking to uplight a stone wall which is about 30 feet long. 1- how many Thea might we need assuming they are the best for that job? 2- can we mount them on the wall so they point up and still have sufficient solar collection? 3-the wall is running on a North East/ South West line....and therefore facing SE....will that work? Thanks!
Asked by Paul Berman on 22 Oct 2017
It will depend on the effect you are after to what light would work best. Our spot lights page shows the lumens (the brightness of each light) to help you decide. Remote panels would allow for you get more direct sun so maybe look at the globes too. As long as the light from one spot light doesn't hit the panel of another you can space them as you'd like. I'd suggest anything from 50cm (20inch) to 2m (6"half) apart.
My door faces east and the light would be under the eves. Would any of your solar lights with a motion sensor be suitable?
Asked by Albert Oldbury on 21 Oct 2017
We have seen customers use them in this situation but put the light lower down around the door handle height to get the most amount of light getting to the panel. The other choice would to look at a remote panel motion light.
The photograph shows the lights in position but without shadowing the cables from the solar panel going to the lights. How is this achieved, do the cables need to attach to the lights?
Asked by Stan Roach on 21 Oct 2017
The cables are attached to the light. The cable is clear. Our current main picture shows the cable coming out of the middle of the light and up to a panel. As it's clear it's a little hard to make out. More pictures to come soon.
Your video shows a charge controller being fitted with Geo 2 lighting kit but that is missing from the parts listing. Your 5a controller should be part of the deal even at an increased price just to make it easier for us solar newbys. After all long days of sun and no usage means I don't put on the lights in the daytime and in Devon thats what we get. Is it better to place the panel on the north side and south side in summer?
Asked by Frank Wellwood on 21 Oct 2017
The video is covers all of our 5 Geo Kits models. The Geo Kit 1 and 2 don't include a charge controllers as at this level its would and a optional extra. The panel output of the Geo Kit 1 and 2 means you don't have to have charge controller. The Geo Kits 3-5 all need charge controllers due the output of the panel. South facing is always best assuming now shadow etc.
Can you switch the light off completely at night and use the stored power only in the day? I don't really want to light up my summer house throughout the night - only when I need to be in there in the dusk.
Asked by Pip on 20 Oct 2017
Correct you can use this shed light day or night. If the light is switched off day or night it will not come on.
Is the ball frost-proof?
Asked by Alison White on 20 Oct 2017
No problem with frost.
Hi I want to put this light at the bottom of some steps, will the motion sensor pick movement up from above it? Thanks
Asked by Gemma on 20 Oct 2017
The PIR motion sensor will only pick up motion in front of the senor, you could consider placing them to side of steps.
You used to make a PIR version of this light, i have one, Why have you stopped? it is one of the best ligths i ever fitted! How v=can i get a PIR version?
Asked by Stephen Walker on 20 Oct 2017
We have a much large range or motion sensor lights here much upgraded and improved since discontinuing the old version.
Are the 4lights connected by wire?
Asked by Trish on 15 Oct 2017
Each light is connected with a wire from the bottom of the post spaced 1m apart.
Would this light work well with the typical British winter conditions? Do you have any similar lights that are also suitable to be mains, usb charged ? With thanks, Gloria
Asked by Gloria Howard on 15 Oct 2017
All our lights are designed for the UK. Motion activated lights will be brighter or last longer and winter days due to only triggering on motion. We only offer lumify fairy lights with USB backup and don't do any mains lights.
I've just brought these lights, are the mounted completely flush with the surface of the drive? Or should they be set with the lip proud of the surrounding blocks?
Asked by Jennifer on 12 Oct 2017
We would recommend flush.
Hi , will these work during the winter months when the days shorten and there is little direct sunlight?
Asked by Tony on 9 Oct 2017
These will work all year round but for the best results you need to make sure the lights are not shaded and have direct sun light.
What is the battery in the Henley and how long can it be changed?
Asked by Kwabena Asomani on 7 Oct 2017
The Henley Pillar has 3 x 1.2v NiMH 750mAh batteries. With normal use up to 3 years before the batteries would need changing.
What material are the 'bulb's made of? Is it glass or plastic? Thanks
Asked by Ree on 6 Oct 2017
The bulbs are plastic
I purchased 2 sets of the Lumify usb solar lights white 300. My question how or what would you recommend to attach the cabling to a wooden gazebo roof and sides thanks. regards Rob 3/10/2017
Asked by robert chappell on 3 Oct 2017
Cable ties tend to work well either with hocks or screws.
Are the batteries NiCad or NiMh... and how many in each unit please?
Asked by Mark on 30 Sep 2017
The Batteries are NiMh. Each unit contains 3 batteries
Hello. I looking to put a solar light system in to my dog kennels (block of four) and was wandering if their is a suitable heat bulb that runs with this system
Asked by Ian jane on 29 Sep 2017
These kits are designed for lights but you could run a heat lamp too. You really need to look into the power usage of a heat lamp as it likely to be to high for this if used regularly.
Hello, I'd like to position 2 of these lights in the centre of a high ceiling garage. From reading reviews, I think that I can position the centre on/off and light adjustment switch away from the light unit. Is this correct? How far from the light unit can I position the switch? If it's not enough to reach the pedestrian door, I'll have to purchase a pir alternative. Thank you.
Asked by Mike Morrison on 29 Sep 2017
The light switch is built into the light head so it's sound like a PIR light would work better for you.
Can I use a switch box that has a USB charge port for phone and MP3 player?
Asked by Frank Wellwood on 29 Sep 2017
Our kits are designed for lights but yes you could charge anything but please be aware some phones/MP3 players use a large amount of power to charge and will drain the battery.
Would this light be suitable for mounting under a large tree as an uplighter? Could we potentially put a coloured gel in front of it too for effect?
Asked by Lisa on 28 Sep 2017
You could use the SMD Remote floodlight as an up lighter but you do need to ensure the light is installed above ground level so it's not resting on the ground. Using gels/filters won't be a problem. You might want to consider one or more extension cables so the panel can be exposed to the most amount of sunlight
Is this a warm white light? I notice the spec for the non pir version states a lumen rating of 4000. Some websites suggest this is more like a neutral white colour? Bit confused!
Asked by K Ellerbrook on 28 Sep 2017
The LED colour temperature is 4000K making it a warm white light output and the same and the non motion Truro.
Can the solar panel be outside of the shed? I'd like to use the light inside as the windows are very small letting in little light. Also I don't want it on at dusk automatically. If I switch it off, will the solar panel still charge so that it will turn on when I physically switch it on?
Asked by Gemma Thomson on 27 Sep 2017
This shed light has a switch on the light unit. The panel must be outside to receive sun light allowing it to charge. The Vortex will only work at night even when the switch is on. If you a light that works in the day and night please look at the beam solar shed light
Would this work on a west facing wall? Also, is 2of these equivalent to 1000 lumens of brightness? Thanks
Asked by Alex Turton on 27 Sep 2017
Two would be 1,000 lumens yes. South facing is always best but west can work just fine too. It well depend of how much light it gets and how much it will trigger.
Can you give me the dimensions of the separate solar panel? What is the benefit of this vs the built in panels such as the Truro?
Asked by Paul on 26 Sep 2017
The size of the panel is 19cm wide and 14 cm high. The main benefit with a remote panel is being able to locate the panel and light separately allowing you to put lights where sun light is limited in the day and the panel in a better (sunnier) location. The design of the light would only work with a remote panel due to the up light.
Can you adjust the sensor activation? Our front door is less than five metres from the front gate, so would need a small field of activation.
Asked by Ewan on 26 Sep 2017
Our SMD range all have sensor adjustments and the Shield but not the Wedge Pro. The height of the light effects the detection distance along with the surroundings.
Hi, I realise you do a PIR sensors, however my question was whether you do a PIR security light, clearly external?
Asked by Oliver on 25 Sep 2017
We don't sell a single unit security light for the geo kit but each part separately. You can make from parts of your choice. You could connect to PIR to a Floodlight like this one . Hope that helps.
Are the bulbs replaceable and if not what is their approx life span?
Asked by Dave on 25 Sep 2017
The bulbs cannot be replaced however they have an expected lifespan of 50,000 hrs.
Can you tell me how long the cable is please
Asked by Rose on 25 Sep 2017
2 Metres of cable between the light and panel.
Hi, do you sell a PIR security light that can be added to this lighting kit?
Asked by Oliver on 24 Sep 2017
We have one here
How is the light fitted?
Asked by Liz on 24 Sep 2017
The light head has two slots at the back to attach it to a wall or fence.
there is no direct sun light under my porch so how can we charge during the day time..can we take the top of and put it in the sun light???
Asked by savita w'ton on 24 Sep 2017
You would need to take the entire lights off the wall and place in the sun. We would recommend a light with a remote panel for the situation you have described.
Please could you give the measurements of the Chester light ... particularly the height. Many thanks.
Asked by Karen Williams on 24 Sep 2017
The light is 186mm in height, 75mm in Diametre. The bracket from the wall is 102mm. The bracket size is 60mm by 60mm.
Please can you give me the order code and price for the replacement tops for the London Solar lights (78mm diameter)
Asked by Michelle Brooker-Jones on 24 Sep 2017
For the London XT tops please click here
Are there two in a pack as Shown in the picture?
Asked by Becky on 24 Sep 2017
Currently the item is priced as a single unit.
Hi Whilst removing my lights from the tree to trim it I have separated the cable wiring . Can I join them again and shorten them by one bulb will they still work safely provided I make watertight cable joints after soldering ?
Asked by Peter on 24 Sep 2017
We wouldn't advise rewiring any of our lights.
How long is the cable from solar panel to the light. Please confirm this light will work in the day time when light is on the panel
Asked by Alan Capper on 22 Sep 2017
The Beam Shed Light light can work during the day as well as night and has 2 Metres of cable between the light and panel.
how long is cable between light and solar panel
Asked by Kate Glasgow on 22 Sep 2017
2 Metres of cable between the light and panel.
How many lumins is the eco edge pro
Asked by maureen on 22 Sep 2017
The Eco Wedge Pro solar security lights is a full 500 Lumens
Can yo tell me what the spec of the internal battery is to source replacement
Asked by Mark McNeill on 22 Sep 2017
2 x 600mAh NiMH rechargeable batteries per unit.
Please can you explain how the pin on off switch works. When I first open the packet is the switch on or off?
Asked by ruth m cheshire on 18 Sep 2017
By default the light will be off. Leave to charge for 3-5 days in the sun and then install. Use the pin to switch on. If switching on in day light simply cover the panel with a cloth so no lights gets to it and you should see the light come on.
Through the night - How many hours/minutes of light do you get from a full charge? Want to install in a area that some nights will need light for up to 1 hours (although not constant)
Asked by Vaughan on 15 Sep 2017
Off a full charge 1 hour usage would not be a problem.
Can this light be set to "on" as opposed to motion activated?
Asked by Julian on 13 Sep 2017
This is only a motion activated light. For no motion activated please look at our wall lights or spotlights
Hello, In the event that the batteries need replacing, is the replacement process straight forward? Are the batteries in a battery holder or are they soldered on to the solar panel connectors? Thanks
Asked by Allan on 13 Sep 2017
The batteries are easily replaced. 180650 Li-Ion Rechargeable battery type.
Can you mount these to fence boards? We cant use the fence posts as have the board side facing into our garden
Asked by Louise on 10 Sep 2017
If the fence panel is thick and strong enough you should be able to attach them. Each lights is 0.5kg. Of course a fence post ideal due to it's strength and thickness. I would suggest attaching where the post is(other side of the fence panel)
Do you have these with a blue led light?
Asked by William Bradley on 9 Sep 2017
The round decking lights only come in white.
How long will the battery last - is there a warranty on the battery life - is the battery replaceable?
Asked by Mr Simmonds on 8 Sep 2017
We would expect the battery to last a least 2-3 years. The warranty is 12months. The battery is easily replaceable
Is the panel where the light emits made of frosted glass or plastic?
Asked by Lisa on 8 Sep 2017
Frosted plastic.
I have had my serene lights for 2 years what are the battery specification
Asked by Mr James A Barbour on 4 Sep 2017
Three AA rechargeable batteries, 2000mAh are the best but lower mAh would work too.
Hi need your advice and whether yiu have a product I can buy. I have an outsunny parasol with lights attached but have lost the little solar pack that attached to the connect on the top, I don't know what to buy or search for on the internet, and outsunny are being unhelpful. Thank you
Asked by vICKI on 1 Sep 2017
Really sorry but we only sell our range of lights.
I have just installed Geo 2 in my stables. The lights came on when the solar panel was attached but the battery was not.. I assume that is evidence that the solar panel was generating enough power to power the lights. I subsequently attached the panel and the switch to the battery. I don't have a charge controller so I don't know when and if the battery is charging. Is that normal? and can I damage the battery by over charging? Should i remove the crocodile clips periodically?
Asked by Jeremy Milne on 1 Sep 2017
You could over charge the battery and shorten it's life if you had prolonged long days sun with no usage. It really depends how much power you are using vs how much charge is going in. With the size of panel with the geo 2 it may take 14.4hrs+ to fully charge a 12ah battery. You can pick up our charge controller for around the £20 mark here
I am looking for a light chain with colored bulbs, do you have that?
Asked by Bente Frausing on 31 Aug 2017
Currently we only sell the clear bulbs.
What specification rechargeable batteries do these use and do you sell them?
Asked by Chris Salter on 31 Aug 2017
Battery Capacity: 1200 mAh Battery Type: NiMH Battery Size: AA
Hi Do these come with the rechargable batteries? Thanks
Asked by Wayne Evans on 30 Aug 2017
Hi Wayne, batteries are included in all our products.
Is is possible to turn off the light without removing the diffuser? With the evenings getting darker I would like the light to remain on, but when I retire to bed to turn it off. If this facility is not available with the Truro, is it on any of your other solar wall lights? Thanks
Asked by Andrew Bell on 29 Aug 2017
The diffuser is very easy to remove to get access to the switch. Non of our wall lights have external switches. Our floodlight RC is a remote control light. Maybe of a light with a PIR (motion sensor) would suit? The Truro Security Light could suit your needs.
Do you do them in other colours
Asked by Harry on 28 Aug 2017
Currently we only offer these in natural white.
I see that these lights are ip44 rated. Is this suitable to mount on my garden fence in the weather? Are they sealed units. Also do you deliver to Australia?
Asked by Angel on 27 Aug 2017
Firstly, yes these are garden lights designed in the UK for the UK weather. The full list of countries we deliver to are listed here please contact us for a quote if you are not on the list.
Can the light be turned to shine directly upwards with the spike in the ground ( I want to use it to illuminate up inside an obelisk)? Can the Solar cell be supplied with a bracket to fix it onto the side of (for instance) the timber frame of an obelisk?
Asked by Paul C. Murton on 27 Aug 2017
Yes the light head can point directly upwards, we would recommend detaching panel if you need the light in this position. The panel only come with a stake mount. I'd suggest looking a the Albany solar spotlight
please anyone tell these light i can fix on the driveway?
Asked by Asad inayat on 27 Aug 2017
We do not recommend these lights for a driveway or for driving over. These lights: Paverlight Solar Brick Lights (Set of 2) have been designed for driveway use.
I need new batteries for my thea solar spot light the instructions state 1500 size. These do not appear on your site or in local shops. What is the alternative please
Asked by Mary Chapman on 26 Aug 2017
If you can't 1,500mAh then go for 2,000mAh.
Hi there, Please could you tell me if the lanterns are plastic or metal and whether they have glass panels? Thank you, Steve
Asked by Steve on 24 Aug 2017
The lanterns are robust plastic and the "windows" are open.
Hi Could you tell me how many leds this item contains. Thanks
Asked by Glen on 24 Aug 2017
There are 96 LEDs used to create the flame effect
Is it OK to charge the battery using a USB adapter in the car cigarette lighter ? Many thanks, Diane
Asked by Diane on 23 Aug 2017
Yes, you can do this.
I would like two exterior lights to illuminate 2 steps during the evening and night time. I quite like the astron solar bulkhead light but am open to offers and I would need a PIR fitting. Is this possible? What suggestions do you have ?
Asked by Nic Gaskin on 22 Aug 2017
You're not able to add a PIR to this light. All our PIR lights are available in the solar security lights category.
What are the dimensions of these and the panel. Dies the panel come separate or is there a panel on the light
Asked by Steve on 22 Aug 2017
Light head: 8.5cm diameter 10.2cm deep Light and base size: 16.5cm high (including base) 34.8cm high in total when the spike is attached to the base although only the light head and base would be above ground. The solar panel: 23cm wide by 19cm high. The solar panel is 14cm long with wall mount base attached so would protrude out from a wall 14cm once installed. With the spike attached the solar panel is 34cm high in total although only 16cm of this 34cm would be above ground.
Can you turn this light off completely if wanted .
Asked by Lindsey on 22 Aug 2017
The switch for the light is under the Solar panel and can be completely switch off. The light will still charge in the off position
What is the maximum lumen level for these lights once the PIR activates ?
Asked by Richard on 21 Aug 2017
50 Lumens
Is the screw fitting part of the bulb gold? Are other colours available?
Asked by Marc on 21 Aug 2017
The screw fitting is gold in colour and is the only option.
would I be able to add a socket to operate a small drill?
Asked by jean liffen on 21 Aug 2017
We wouldn't recommend it. The kits are design for lights. Domestic drills can use huge amounts and power and would drain the battery very fast. You would have to test it yourself, it would depend on how much you'd expect to use the drill and also the type of drill? Once a week for 20mins? Are you south facing etc..
Do you have any idea if/when this Edinburgh system will be back in stock. We have an old phone box in our village which I'd like to convert to an information & swap shop. Unfortunately the mains power has been disconnected but this system with solar panel on the roof & lights set to come on at night inside could be a perfect solution. I'd have to work out a way to mount the lights, of course. Too ambitious? What do you think? There is a 6 m tall street light about 30 m away.
Asked by Glenn Hyde on 21 Aug 2017
A security light with a remote panel could work. These would trigger when movement is picked up. A remote panel would all you to have the light on the inside with the panel outside. See more here . Our security lights are very bright and most will be to bright for inside the phone box. The Evo15 could work for you.
Is it just a copper shaped pendant round the bulb, no plastic or glass?
Asked by Kirsty on 20 Aug 2017
That's correct.
Is it possible to extend the length by connecting a second string using just the original solar panel?
Asked by brian on 20 Aug 2017
No, the panel size is designed for the amount of lights and battery capacity.
What are the dimensions of the solar panel in the Geo 5 kit, and can the adjustable bracket be used with this panel - it states it is suitable for panels up to 450mm? Thanks
Asked by Tim Parkinson on 19 Aug 2017
The solar panel is a 50w panel that measures 770 x 550mm so unfortunately can't be used with the adjustable bracket.
Would these fit to a wall either side of a driveway that is narrow, very dark, and difficult to reverse a car through, please?
Asked by Joan Taylor on 13 Aug 2017
We would recommend attached it to a wall. You can drill holes in the bottom and attach to the floor. I'd recommend you look at our wall lights .
Hi, what does the "S" and "P" stand for on either side of the "off" switch?
Asked by Kenny MacConnachie on 12 Aug 2017
With the switch in the S position the light will operate in standard mode. Moving the switch to the P position will substantially increase the runtime of the light whilst slightly reducing the brightness of the light.
Can you turn the lights on even when it's not dark, or will they only come on when it's dark?
Asked by Paul on 12 Aug 2017
If you cover the solar panel the lights will come on as it thinks it's dark. You must remove whatever you cover panel once dark to insure you charge the lights the next day. Hope that helps.
Hi what material is this made out of?
Asked by julie taylor on 10 Aug 2017
It's made out of toughend plastic.
What are the 2 on switch positions for, P is for ?and S is for ? It seems really strange to have more than one setting without any indication of why? Thanks
Asked by john hayden on 8 Aug 2017
With the switch in the S position the light will operate in standard mode. Moving the switch to the P position will substantially increase the runtime of the light whilst slightly reducing the brightness of the light.
Where is the Solar Panel? Is the sensor direction sensitive, can it be directed?
Asked by John Judd on 8 Aug 2017
The Soalr Panel is built into the top of each light. This light doesn't have a motion sensor. It will come on in the dark and charge in the light.
Is the daylight sensor situated in the light fitting or in the solar panel?
Asked by Mike Carver on 7 Aug 2017
Thanks for the question, you are correct the light sensor is in the panel.
Can 12v downlighting be used instead of the bulb holders supplied?
Asked by Garry Williamson on 6 Aug 2017
Yes, you can use any bulb holder, and any 12v bulb.
Does this work on a timer like my fairy lights from you? Thanks.
Asked by P lester on 3 Aug 2017
The zeus will stay on until the batteries run flat or it's light again.
I bought the geo1 with the solar charger & 12 v battery. can you tell me which way to do the connections as the controller wiring is different from the video & instruction sheets, also would it be possible to wire a 2nd 12 v battery in parallel thanks Ron
Asked by ron hatcher on 3 Aug 2017
The charge controller has been updated but you should be able to see the panel icon, battery and light icon with + and - You could add a second battery but you would need addtional panels. Feel free to contact us in you need more info
What height should I install solar light on front wall of a bungalow.
Asked by eddie hughes on 1 Aug 2017
Between 1.5 -2m off the ground. The higher off the ground the more spread of light. We always suggest testing the lights position before permanently installing.
I have two outdoor cast aluminium standard lamp posts wired for mains. Could I use one of your kits to replace the mains bulb and wiring?
Asked by Bob Packwood on 31 Jul 2017
Yes, this would be a great application for our GEO kits.
What are the dims?
Asked by Ben on 30 Jul 2017
Dimensions Depth 86mm x Width 208mm x Height 115mm
How many extension cables an you join onto this light, the distance for me is about 12 metres so would need 2 extensions?
Asked by Steve Blewer on 29 Jul 2017
Correct, the light comes with 5m cable and the extension cables are all 5m so you'd new 2 addtional cables.
when charging for first 3 days , should the unit be off? Ian
Asked by Ian Orr on 28 Jul 2017
For the best results allow to charge for 3 days with the light switched off.
what is the spacing between the lanterns and is the solar/battery case at the end of the string? (it would be to put over a tent entrance)
Asked by Sonia on 26 Jul 2017
The lanterns are equally spaced 50cm apart. The solar panel with it's integrated battery are at the end of the string, 2m along the string from the first lantern.
How do you mount them in brick?
Asked by Robin on 25 Jul 2017
You basically replace a brick, these are standard brick size. Top Section: 197mm x 97mm x 14mmmm Recess Section: 174mm x 41mm
Hi,I would like to use these on my property abroard.What are the dimensions & weight?
Asked by Mr Greenaway on 23 Jul 2017
Weight: 2.50 kg The Panel is 360mm x 256mm Light head (front): width:114mm, height:157mm depth:160mm
Is these 2 lights will work inside on my porch walls please? Not outside ok
Asked by Lynn Dutton on 22 Jul 2017
They're likely to struggle in this position, you may be better off with a light with a remote solar panel that you can put outside like the Evo 15 .
Regarding build quality is it plastic or stainless. How many lumen does it emit. What is the life cycle of the led?
Asked by Morten topholm on 21 Jul 2017
The lamp is made from plastic and stainless steel. It's rated at 50 lumens and the LED is rated for 20,000hrs.
Would I be correct in thinking that these also switch off after 8 hours like the lumify fairy lights I have.
Asked by Colin Haldane on 21 Jul 2017
Yes, they're on an 8hr timer like your Lumify Fairy lights.
Will the device be triggered by the movement of bushes caused by wind? It would be wall mounted above them,
Asked by Chris Lane on 20 Jul 2017
It might be triggered from time to time however it shouldn't stop it working when you need it.
Please can you advise if these lights come with separate solar panels? Ie can the solar panels be located away from the lights?
Asked by George on 20 Jul 2017
Yes, there's a powerful 4W solar panel included with the lights that can be located awaly from the lights
Hi, what material are the bulbs made from? And what colour is the light? Thanks
Asked by Christina on 20 Jul 2017
The bulbs are made from solid plastic and the light emitted is warm white.
Hi, Are the LEDs warm white or cool white?
Asked by Neel on 19 Jul 2017
Cool White
What is the output, in lumens, of this light
Asked by Fa Su Sun on 18 Jul 2017
350 lumens
How many lumens does the lights emit
Asked by Morten topholm on 18 Jul 2017
40 lumens each.
I am considering purchasing a Smart solar Wychwoods falls water feature, but reading reviews have differing comments about working in poor light. I have previously purchased 2 x EVO SMD security lights from you and was wondering if you the booster Panel would allow the feature to run on duller days or would this require a battery type storage
Asked by John Ball on 17 Jul 2017
We don't stock that water feature so we're unaway of the specifcations however the Astron Booster is a 12v solar panel so may be compatible with it.
Is there a PIR version of this lamp?
Asked by J Roberts on 12 Jul 2017
The Henley lamp is only available as an always on lamp or garden light .
Hi there. I want to up light into a weeping willow and was going to use 2 x Thea spots but I then noticed these. can you advise which would be best to illuminate the tree (BTW the tree is at least 30ft high).
Asked by chris on 11 Jul 2017
Firstly you need a remote panel as under a tree the panel is unlikely to get enough light to charge. Putting the light further away from a tree could solve the sun to panel issue but will reduce the illumination, For something as large as a 30ft tree you might want to consider our flood light . It depends on how much you'd like to illuminate.
How wide is the fixing plate please? I'd like to know if I can fix them to a fence post.
Asked by Steve Oldfield on 7 Jul 2017
Wall Bracket: 112mm diameter. Many customers have fixed them to fence post.
Hello, Does the Canterbury light have an on/off switch? We don't really want the light on all night so would like to be able to turn off.
Asked by Aimee Logan on 7 Jul 2017
Yes the switch has 3 settings, On, Off and Powersaving. The switch is under the top.
I am thinking of taking the EVO SMD remote floodlight to use in Thailand. Would the efficiency and life expectancy be affected by the heat and bright sunlight.
Asked by John Ferguson on 6 Jul 2017
We have many happy customers in Africa, Spain, Greek Island along with many other hot places around the globe all with no issues due to the intensity or heat and sun. All solar panels do reduce in efficiency with extreme heat but only by very small margins.
Hi can you tell me the lights dimensions please? Thanks
Asked by Julie on 6 Jul 2017
300 MM Width, 90 Height and 105 MM Depth
What is the overall length of the Vintage bulb light run - 1st bulb to last bulb?
Asked by Pauline on 6 Jul 2017
7.2 meters of lights. Total length of cable 9.1 meters Control pack to lights 1.9 meters 7.2 meters of lights 10 x Vintage Bulbs (spaced 80cm apart)
is the power lead a plug in ?
Asked by geoff on 2 Jul 2017
Hi Geoff, This plugs diectly into the battery pack. Compatible with any set of 100 LED Lumify USB Solar Fairy Lights and also Lumify USB Solar Vintage Bulb Lights and Lumify USB Solar Festoon Lights.
How much do you charge for a replacement rechargeable battery and can you guarantee that you will continue to stock them e.g. for next 10 years?
Asked by Peter on 30 Jun 2017
Hi Peter, we currently do not off replacement batteries for the SMD range but may do in the future. It's really hard to say if in 10 years this item will be in stock but the range had been in stock since 2014 so a third of the way to 10..
Would it be possible for me to remove the umbrella shades and use the 10 lights in an outside fairy house with the solar panel located on its roof? If not, do you sell anything that would suffice. Thanks
Asked by Ann on 29 Jun 2017
Hi Ann, Yes the shades are separate so sounds like it could work perfectly for you.
Hi, Are these lights safe to use on canvas? I'm planning to wrap them around my tent and guy ropes when we go camping. Thanks
Asked by Catherine on 29 Jun 2017
Many customers use our fairy ligths when camping. I can't think of any reason why canvas would be a problem as LED like the one if our fairy lights are very low energy.
Is there a way to turn them on manually? They only turn on when it's properly dark and we would like to have them on sooner.
Asked by Christina on 28 Jun 2017
Hi Christina, The lights only come on once the panel has stopped charging the batteries due to it being dark. One option is to play around with the direction the panel points. If the panel points to the east it's likely to come on a lot earlier than if it points west (towards the sunset). One customer I remember covers the panel with a beer mat to trigger the lights whilst it's still light. With the solstice last week nights are already getting shorter.
Hi, does this have an off and on button for manual management ?
Asked by Helen on 27 Jun 2017
Hi Helen, Yes the lights has On Off and Power Saving mode. The full instructions are here
Hi, I would like these to light a field shelter, as and when required. Would one of these light a 10 foot x 16 foot shelter or would I need to buy two of them. Also, can the light be wall mounted (rather than on the ceiling) so that I can reach to switch them on and off?
Asked by Teresa Hawkin on 26 Jun 2017
It really depends on how much lights you need. 10x16" is a pretty large space, for me I'd use 2. The wire from the panel to the light is 5 meters so if you want to put the light on a wall you can but the light is unlikely to light the floor if it's not pointing down.
Have a long path with steps. What distance between lights is recommended ? Also how high off ground for optimal performance ?
Asked by Philip Bickle on 26 Jun 2017
Hi Philip, Without testing them in the situation you are installing them it's hard to say. I'd suggest testing them about 5-10m apart and between 1.5 -2m off the ground. The higher off the ground the more spread of light.
is the solar panel separate or built into the top of the light
Asked by Chris on 24 Jun 2017
The Solar Panel is bulit into the top of the light.
Hi, Are they waterproof enough to with stand the British winter? I'm thinking to use them under the lip of a coping stone. Thanks
Asked by Tom Gardner on 20 Jun 2017
Yes these are waterproof and work just fine with British weather.
When will this or equivalent whole system be available again. I am looking to set up a solar system for my garage, thanks
Asked by Barrie Margetts on 15 Jun 2017
It won't I'm afraid, we only stock the Geo Lighting Kits now.
Can the battery be removed and charged ?, a feature like the lumify fairy lights would be nice.
Asked by Simon on 14 Jun 2017
We have this planned for a new version of the Edinburghs due later this year.
Would I need to add the 5A charge controller to this? Seems to be included on the smaller systems. Can these be switched individually by adding more switches? Also if the operating times for the lights is around 4 hours per day could I use the smaller battery?
Asked by David Carpenter on 12 Jun 2017
We've updated the listing to note the 10A charge controller that's now included. Yes you can add more switches, it's just a simple 12v lighting circuit. We wouldn't recommend a smaller battery however you can use any 12v battery. This time of year (mid summer) would be fine however the extra capacity in the battery is designed to see you through the worst of the winter months.
Hi, what size led light do these fit over? I'm looking for replacements as my blossom tree attachments have yellowed with age. Many thanks.
Asked by Gail Thompson on 10 Jun 2017
These will fit over 5mm LEDs.
What colour is the light and how many lights in the box? Thanks
Asked by Jo on 8 Jun 2017
The light colour is a "natural" white 5,500 kelvin
Hi, I have had a set of the Blingstring lights for a couple of years now, but the solar panel and battery has stopped working properly. Every other light doesn't work and everytime they come on they cycle through all the modes...I can only think its a problem with the unit. Can I order a replacement?
Asked by Rob Seex on 4 Jun 2017
Yes, you can get a replacement panel from here .
Hi - with regard to the output are the lights 90 lumens each or is that their combined output?
Asked by Brian Andrew on 3 Jun 2017
90 lumens is the combined output.
If I wanted to connect the inverter you sell to the battery how would I do this? The inverter is shown with a car adaptor fitting. Is there a socket on the side of the battery for the car adaptor to fit into?
Asked by Hu Barucki on 31 May 2017
The inverter has a male "car cigarette" type adaptor and the battery just has a standard output designed for crocodile clips. We recommend you get a female version to connect to the battery then on to the inverter. We can not recommend that you cut the adaptor off and connect to the battery but this should work too.
Can I wire two 10W panels in series to charge my battery more quickly? I have two lights and a water pump wired into my system with one of these panels to charge the battery (34AH), but am having trouble maintaining the charge.
Asked by Jackie Griffiths on 31 May 2017
Yes you can. It may even be worth looking at a bigger panel if the water pump is on all the time, any 12v panel will be compatible when wired in series.
Can you advise where I can get replacement batteries. I opened the unit and batteries are 1.2v rather than the conventional 1.5v. Thanks
Asked by Tendi on 29 May 2017
Standard AA batteries are 1.2v so you can replace with any normal AA rechargeable battery.
What current will 150W inverter drive
Asked by john Snoxall on 28 May 2017
12v battery to 240v AC
Hi, I have a set of these spot lights that I have had for a couple of years, they are fantastic, but I have an issue. They were working great, then one night I noticed the lights were very dim. I wanted to see about possibly replacing the batteries as they have been in use summer and winter for all that time but I just cannot get all the screws undone to get them out. Is it possible to buy a replacement solar panel with batteries in?
Asked by Jane Gilby on 28 May 2017
Hi Jane, you can buy a replacement panel here
What is the IP rating of these lamps please and are they suitable for use in British climate heavy rain
Asked by Neil on 28 May 2017
IP44 waterproofing, designed in the UK for the UK.
When will this cable be back in stock? Thanks
Asked by Yvonne Latta on 25 May 2017
They're due in next week, you can pre order them now if you wish to.
Hello Are the lights IP65 or better? Thanks
Asked by Simon on 23 May 2017
Hi Simon, these are IP65
Can these be used on a cantilever parasol?
Asked by Marie on 22 May 2017
I can't think of a reason why you could not use them cantilever parasol as long at the solar panel get sun light these fairy lights will work.
Is this system compatible or interface at all with the Geo lighting system? I have a charge controller and light system from yourselves and wondered if I could expand with this. Would it connect direct to battery (photos onto show a car cigarette type socket) whilst still having lighting connected to charge controller? Or would the charge controller have to be removed? Are there kits to connect to the battery that have have the car cigarette charger connector?
Asked by Mark Smith on 21 May 2017
This is designed to work with the GEO Kit. 150W inverters are used to increase the output voltage from a 12v battery to 240v AC and connect directly to the battery.
How do you attach the lights to the deck? Are they screwed in or just wedged in? I have 2 kids ,so everything needs to be fixed in place or kids will just remove.
Asked by Andy knight on 19 May 2017
The deck lights can be screwed down by removing the stainless steel top to access the base.
Is the angle of the solar panel adjustable. I would want to mount the solar panel on a pitch shed roof. Would this give the correct angle for the solar panel?
Asked by Russell Wheater on 18 May 2017
You don't have us the brackets, you can attach the panel directly on the roof which works well is the pitch is around 30 degrees. The brackets are non adjustable. Click here for the Instructions
Hi, Can these lights be left switched on all the time (instead of motion sensor) instead of the pir so they are only lit when someone walks in front of them? Thanks
Asked by Jenny on 18 May 2017
These only have a motion sensor to operate them. The Truro or Kodiak Mini wall light in our wall lights category may be of interest?
Please could you tell me how this fixes to wall as cannot see back of light. Does it require drilling one or two holes?
Asked by Lorraine lewis on 17 May 2017
It's very easy with just two holes required, you can see the fixing instructions here .
Does this provide guaranteed light all year round?
Asked by B pinder on 17 May 2017
In an unshaded spot on a south facing wall the Chiltern will work year round.
Hi. What is the lifespan of the bulb and can it be replaced? Thanks
Asked by Raj on 16 May 2017
The Albany features a Cree LED that is rated to 50,000hrs so will in effect never need replacing.
Hi. How does the Albany compare to the Selene - is it just the lumen difference? I have a 3.5m by 3.5m high walled yard in which I'd like to highlight some plants. It is north facing - the south facing side is bordered by the back of the house which is two storeys - will the Albany work?
Asked by Raj on 16 May 2017
The Albany is a brighter, better looking, aluminium premium solar spot light that's also more compact than the Selenes . The Selenes are great spotlights, the Albany is just a step above. It's hard to know for certain how well the Albany will do based on your description however if you can get the solar panel south facing and unshaded for as much of the day as possible (perhaps using this extension cable ) you'll get good performance.
I have an Albany spotlight and until now has been running very well with a good bright light In last few weeks it has become very dull and almost completly dead Do you have any suggestions
Asked by Bob Baldock on 15 May 2017
It could be something as simple as the batteries need replacing, sometimes after around 12 months or so one of the 3 might go so it's worth replacing all 3 with AA rechargeable batteries - that will get you back up and running.
Hi can you let me know the lumens produced by this light Cheers
Asked by Robert Malaure on 14 May 2017
It outputs 150 lumens
i have already got a canterbury solar wall light however the top power unit does not work . do you sell the top unit only ? regards Steve
Asked by Steven Shears on 12 May 2017
Yes, we have replacements here however you may still be covered by the warranty, please contact us if you're unsure.
what is life expectancy of battery on these roughly? thanks
Asked by Lorraine on 12 May 2017
At least 2 - 3 years.
Hello, how many lumens do these lights emit? Thank you
Asked by George on 9 May 2017
12 lumens.
Can you buy these solar powered flood lights with warm white leds in them?
Asked by Alan on 9 May 2017
Hi Alan, The SMD range are all warm white.
Having read through the FAQ I note the question being asked about battery life, user replacement and battery type. The latter not being answered. If you could please. I also read conflicting replies with regards to the wattage equivalent, those being 100w and 300w...
Asked by simon on 7 May 2017
The lamp holds a 3.7v Li-ion battery. We've corrected the earlier typo, the rough wattage equivalent is 100w however using the light ouput (700 lumens) should give you a much better idea of the brightness.
What is the light power of each and how many lumens would all 10 give off?
Asked by Jayne spence on 7 May 2017
The umbrella lights are each rated at 3 lumens so you'd get approximately 30 lumens from all 10 lights.
Do you do a security light which has motion sensing and manual control?
Asked by Martin Hornby on 7 May 2017
We don't I'm afraid, the main reason being is the extra cost to make the manually controlled light work well in winter with the extra battery and solar panel strength required.
When activated, how long does the light stay on. Need it on new porch to light while we unlock the door and if anyone comes to the door, but not all night.
Asked by Mrs C A Molloy on 6 May 2017
The Truro Motion should be perfect for this job as it stays on for approximately 30 seconds after it stops detecting motion.
Can you buy replacement tops for these ( the actual solar bit)
Asked by Chris on 6 May 2017
Yes, mini replacement tops are available here .
Can you tell me the lumen output of these compares to the larger Kodiak post lights? Also, can you confirm how many and what size batteries are in the smaller of the Kodiak lights?
Asked by Vincent on 5 May 2017
The lumen output is the same in all the Kodiak Lights. Each top has two AA reachargeable batteries.
Good afternoon,can you advise how many seconds/minutes the light stays on for once activated before it goes off again ? Many Thnks.
Asked by Jason Cannon on 4 May 2017
The Truro Motion will stay activated for approximately 30 seconds after it stops detecting motion.
Hi, Please indicate the white temperature (cool, natural or warm). Thanks, Alberto Pinto
Asked by Alberto Pinto on 3 May 2017
The white colour is a natural white, approx 5500K. We have warm white 300 LED sets available here .
I have a Geo 3 kit and want to add another solar panel; one to get the morning sun, and the other to catch any late afternoon sun. Both panels are in shadow from about 11.00am - 2pm. Can I just wire them in series?
Asked by Gilbert Sharp on 2 May 2017
Yes, you can add any other 12v panel into the system, just make sure you wire them in parallel to the battery.
What type of light does this have, Cool or warm white? Thanks
Asked by Lynn barclay on 1 May 2017
The Albany is a "natural white" which is right in the middle of cool and warm.
Can these lights be mounted to fence posts?
Asked by Tim Hiscock on 1 May 2017
Hi Tim, Yes shouldn't be a problem mounting them to a fence post.
Is this battery for the 100 or 300 string of lights please? Thanks.
Asked by jan on 30 Apr 2017
Works for both the 100 and 300 Lumify Fairy Lights.
Does it have a separete solar panel .?
Asked by David Hughes on 29 Apr 2017
Hi David, the solar panel is integrated, on top of the light.
Are the LED lamps available in "Warm white" i.e. less than 3000K colour temperature? And can the lamps be replaced?
Asked by Bea Sennewald on 29 Apr 2017
The Selene is only available in a cool white. The panel can be replaced but not the lamps.
Hi, I've just set up your product, but was hoping for a more warm yellowish light than the natural white. Is it possible to change the LED light to a different colour?
Asked by Tim Norfolk on 29 Apr 2017
Hi Tim, the kodiak range only comes in white, and you can't change the LED.
Will this solar panel work for Everbright 100 lights which only lasted for 12 months 10 days and won't charge up?
Asked by Pauline Martin on 28 Apr 2017
This solar panel is only compatible with our Blingstring Solar Fairy Lights. Please note that this solar panel is not suitable for our larger 200 LED Blingstring sets.
is an extension cable available to the solar panel,as the light will be out the front and the panel would be at the back of the house.
Asked by ian on 28 Apr 2017
5m cables are available here
Would love net lights of high quality?
Asked by R Sharples on 28 Apr 2017
Hi, currently we have no plans on designing Lumify Solar net lights but thank you for the feedback.
Roughly what angle is the beam produced by this light? In other words, if mounted at a height of around 3m, how far to each side would it illuminate. If mounted at this height to the rear of an 11m wide house, would it illumnate all the way across
Asked by Steve Markwell on 26 Apr 2017
The beam emitted is approximately 150 degrees however it's impossible to say whether this would be bright enough for your needs as lighting is very subjective. If you're uncertain at this lumen level the Evo SMD PRO is the next step up in brightness at 700 lumens, going all the way up to the Elite at 1400 lumens.
Can i extend the distance from the solar panel and the first light by around 6- 8 meters for optimum sun capture.
Asked by Mark on 25 Apr 2017
I'm afraid this isn't possible.
What causes the reset to be tripped? I have had my unit for a few years and have misplaced the user manual. I'm trying to work out why I need to keep pressing the rest button.
Asked by Jackie Griffiths on 24 Apr 2017
It may be as a result of low charge in the battery. Leave the system off for a few days of good sun and then try again and see if the problem persists.
How many lumens is the output of this light?
Asked by William on 23 Apr 2017
40 lumens.
Hi - do you think these will be available in warm white in the near future?
Asked by Gary on 23 Apr 2017
There are currently no plans to introduce a warm white version.
Can it be used to light our Village sign i.e. used as a downlighter or do you have something more suitable?
Asked by Peter Leigh on 22 Apr 2017
The Evo SMD RC is designed with this sort of purpose in mind.
Are these white or warm?
Asked by Ryan on 22 Apr 2017
The Kodiak range are all natural white, approximately halfway between cool white and warm white.
Hi,is it possible to buy the solar panel with connected cable on its own ? Thanks
Asked by nic on 22 Apr 2017
I'm sorry this isn't possible.
Would you be able to provide me the lumens brightness that each light produces and the wattage generated for each light. Thanks
Asked by Duncan Devine on 21 Apr 2017
The Durham is rated at 12 lumens, I'm afraid I don't understand the 2nd part of your question.
Can you tell me, does this unit have a self contained rechargable battery within the casing and does it have an on / off switch too please?
Asked by Howard Walden on 18 Apr 2017
Yes to both questions
Hi, what's the difference between Elan solar fairy lights and Lumify solar fairy lights? Thanks.
Asked by Polly on 18 Apr 2017
Hi Polly, the major difference is the USB backup which is only on the lumify solar fair lights. The panel, battery tube and number of lights on a string are different too.
Hi , could you please tell me the size of these vintage bulbs please, thanks Mick
Asked by Mick on 18 Apr 2017
Each bulb has a max. diameter of 59mm and a height of 105mm
Please could you tell me where the on/off switch on the round model? Thank you and kind regards, Nikki
Asked by Nikki on 17 Apr 2017
The switch can be accessed by removing the three screws and then pushing on the underside of the inner lamp piece.
What is the lumen output
Asked by Norman on 17 Apr 2017
16 Lumens.
How long is the lead between the solar panel and the light?
Asked by Chris Roberts on 14 Apr 2017
The cable length is 5m
Hi, Looking to purchase the geo 2 kit and just wondered what battery you would recommend for this kit
Asked by Barry on 14 Apr 2017
We recommend a 12v battery around 34AH. You can add a battery to your order when you add it to the basket if you want to.
how does the solar panel connect to light
Asked by vernon butcher on 14 Apr 2017
The solar panel is supplied with a white 5m cable that plugs into the rear of the lamp.
Could we not buy these in purple or green? Thanks.
Asked by Kevin Thompson on 13 Apr 2017
Currently the Elan ranges comes in white and warm white.
Hi, I have about 8 of these and at some point i will need to change the batteries in the light units. What batteries do they take?
Asked by Stuart on 13 Apr 2017
The RC holds a bespoke battery pack, they should last for a good few years, please get in touch when they need replacing as we'll stock replacements.
Hi. I would like to buy a spot light for the garden but I only like warm white. I have the fairy lights in warm white and they are perfect. I dislike bright blue white light. Are there any other products you sell that are warm white? Thank you.
Asked by Jane Killips on 11 Apr 2017
The nearest alternative warm white projection light we do is the Evo SMD however the Tunbridges are a warm white alternative style light that maybe of interest.
Hi, are the bulbs plastic or glass please?
Asked by Julie on 11 Apr 2017
White Plastic
can these be installed in a patio paving stones, as opposed to wooden decking ? Thanks
Asked by damian on 11 Apr 2017
Shouldn't be any problem. Always best to insure the decking light has good drainage so the light isn't sat in water.
Would these be suitable to use around a garden pond. Not actually in the water but close. Thanks
Asked by Jill Symes on 11 Apr 2017
Yes, sounds like a great way of using the lights
Does the Albany light have an on/off switch so you can not have the lights on at night?
Asked by Sally on 8 Apr 2017
Yes, the light switch is on the underside of the solar panel
Hi - Wanted to use the ECO wedge inside a porch : will the solar panel still charge if it is inside the porch or does it need to be outside? Thanks
Asked by Brigitte yip on 8 Apr 2017
If it's a south facing porch that gets good light the Eco Wedge will still do a good job in this location.
Can the paver light be placed in a concrete imprint drive or are theses only suitable for block paving?
Asked by Naz on 5 Apr 2017
We wouldn't recommend a concrete imprint drive as there wouldn't be any drainage, block paving is best.
The cable that is required to power the light is not shown in the picture. Does the stand conceal the cable or is it a misleading picture?
Asked by Russell on 3 Apr 2017
The post comes with transparent wire clips that allow you to conceal the cable down the rear of the post to the solar panel.
Hi could you confirm the colour of the wiring/cable. In some pictures it is clear/white coloured and others it looks dark green. Thanks for your help!
Asked by Luci on 3 Apr 2017
It's a good question. The cable is clear, the initial outdoor shots were taken with a prototype with green cable however clear cable was used for production after customer feedback.
Does the use its own connectors to the panel and the light. If so, can the cable be easily shortened?
Asked by Pete Jones on 3 Apr 2017
Customers have successfully cut a section out of the 5m cable from the solar panel and reattached the connector on the end. Please note doing this may affect your warranty and the joints need to be fully waterproof.
What batteries do they use and what is the power from the batteries thank you
Asked by Jan on 2 Apr 2017
Each light has a 1.2V NIMH 500 mAh battery.
Can i have one of these posted free of charge to Northern Ireland?
Asked by Des Johnson on 31 Mar 2017
Yes, this is possible at the moment (early April 2017)
I have bought a replacement head which came with no instructions. What is the difference between the two different settings?
Asked by Andy S on 30 Mar 2017
The P setting stands for Powersaving and will slightly reduce the brightness but double the runtime of the light at night. It's good to select this if the panel isn't in the best location or over the worst period of winter. The S setting is for standard mode and it will run on maximum brightness.
hi do these lights have facility to change the battery if it does not charge anymore tx
Asked by tony on 29 Mar 2017
Yes, the battery can be replaced.
Do you have these with warm white bulbs instead of bright white ?
Asked by Tim on 29 Mar 2017
We only have these available in bright white however the Vintage Bulbs emit a warm white light so maybe of interest?
What is the lumen output on thr EVO SMD solar flood light?
Asked by Louise on 28 Mar 2017
350 lumens
How many year guarantee do you give?
Asked by JAN RATCLIFFE on 27 Mar 2017
There's a full 12 month warranty on the Lumify range.
Can you confirm if the colour of the solar panel is white?
Asked by Simon on 27 Mar 2017
Yes, the solar panel is white.
Are the outer bulbs made of glass or plastic?
Asked by Gregor McIntyre on 27 Mar 2017
The outer bulbs are made of plastic however customers have told us without actuallly touching them you'd be hard pushed to tell the difference.
I need an extension cable for your fairy lights, is there one available?
Asked by Graham Newell on 26 Mar 2017
Hi Graham, At this time we do not offer any extension cables for our fairy lights.
I need an extension cable for your fairy lights, is there one available?
Asked by Graham Newell on 26 Mar 2017
Currently we do not offer fairy light cables.
Could you please advise on the lumen output of the lights. Thanks.
Asked by Daniel on 25 Mar 2017
16 Lumens
Does this fitting emit warm or cool white lighting? Thanks.
Asked by Lindsay on 24 Mar 2017
The LED colour temperature is 4000K making it a warm white light output.
What are the dimensions and size of the mini solar wall light ?
Asked by v andrew on 24 Mar 2017
Height: 194mm Width: 79mm Depth: 123mm(including wall mount) Wall Bracket: 51mm height
What is the lumen value of this light please.
Asked by Yvonne on 23 Mar 2017
The Helios is rated at 44 lumens.
What colour is the cable?
Asked by Liz on 22 Mar 2017
The cable between the LED bulbs is garden green.
what is the max diameter of the cable joining plug; I want to pass the lead through a plastic convoluted hose to protect it from spades etc?
Asked by paul on 21 Mar 2017
The max. diameter of the plug is 12mm.
Hi, Does this item come with the fixings supplied? Thanks
Asked by Leanne burns-bright on 21 Mar 2017
Yes, fixings are included in the box.
How can you secure this light in recess to stop it being nicked by passerby during the night
Asked by Laidlaw on 21 Mar 2017
We haven't had any reports of these being stolen, some customers have chosen to concrete them in, however using sharp sand around the edges, as you would with a paving brick, has proved to work fine. At a glance they look like mains powered fitings anyway so are unlikely to tempt anyone.
Can a pir be installed with this unit, do you have a unit similar with a pir
Asked by Mark on 20 Mar 2017
No, all of our PIR lights are available here . Alternatively you can use any 12v lighting fixture with this PIR .
hello what is the range of the truro solar motion light?
Asked by Danny on 20 Mar 2017
It has an up to 6m detection range, there's a diagram that forms part of the image gallery that may help further.
Can you switch them off?
Asked by David on 18 Mar 2017
Yes, there's an on/off switch you can access via the top of the light to turn them off.
hello can u adjust the detection range on the truro solar motion light?
Asked by Danny on 18 Mar 2017
You can't, the first light in the range that has adjustments is the Evo SMD .
I purchased 2 warm white and 2 regular white replacement solar panels a few months ago to replace some in the West Indies. I am about to charge them now but cannot tell which ones are which. How can I tell without charging all 4?
Asked by Annette on 12 Mar 2017
If you turn the tops over so the solar panel is facing a flat surface and turn them on they should come on and you'll be able to see the colour difference in the light. If they don't come on just charge them for a couple of hours in the sun to get some charge into them and then turn them on.
It says to charge the lights for three days how do you charge them
Asked by Philip Davis on 11 Mar 2017
Leave the lights turned off and charge them in a sunny location outdoors for 3 days - this is to get a good base charge in the batteries before turning them on.
Hi, can I purchase replacement tops for these? X
Asked by Maddie on 7 Mar 2017
Yes, they are available here .
Is the light output adjustable?
Asked by Lawrence Tring on 6 Mar 2017
The only adjustments available all relate to the PIR sensitivity, range and level of darkenss before the light will activate. The level of brightness cannot be adjusted.
I have a geo 5 system in a lambing shed with a 75 Ah battery. To extend the life of the charge and to help when I have to mains recharge can I just add another battery, same size to system.
Asked by Paul on 4 Mar 2017
Yes - this will double the duration the system will run for between charges. Alternatively you could double the panel size which would charge the existing battery twice as quick and may prevent having to do any mains recharging of the battery.
At what distance does the sensor activate?
Asked by Pat Colston on 2 Mar 2017
The sensor can detect motion up to 15m away from the light unit.
My front door is too close to a public cut way so the 6m range is too far and will constantly be on and off, drawing attention to the door. I also do not like the style of the Evo SMD. Do you have a solar light that can be operated by a switch in the house when light is required there. I have no electricity points by the door thus solar is ideal.
Asked by Paul Cooper on 26 Feb 2017
The only remote control light we have is the Evo SMD, we do have the Shield which is adjustable. See it here
Can the batteries be changed?
Asked by John on 26 Feb 2017
Hi John, no the batteries can't be changed on this model.
Hi, will the light still work as I have a street lamppost just in front of the driveway, the distance is about 4 and a half meters roughly. But the area where I'm going to put the light is still dark, but there is a tiny bit of spill from the lamp.
Asked by Zak Hussain on 26 Feb 2017
Hi Zak, it sounds likely it would work but just depends on how much light would hit the sensor which in built into the panel. It would be best to test the location before installing.
Hi there. Can you list the colours of the bulbs please? How long should they stay alight for in the summer? And during the winter? Thanks. Annabelle
Asked by Annabelle on 24 Feb 2017
Hi Annabelle, the colours are Red,Yellow,Blue and Green
Is it possible to change the bulb for ones of a different colour? I'm looking for one red and one green (port and starboard)?
Asked by Stuart Tragheim on 22 Feb 2017
I'm afaid this isn't possible, the LEDs are built into the light unit.
Can this lamp be used to sit on a glass topped garden table, moveable and not screwed down?
Asked by Ian Edelman on 21 Feb 2017
Yes, you can do this, it would be worth storing the light indoors when not being used to save it blowing around in the wind.
Where is the on off switch
Asked by Nora vavghan on 21 Feb 2017
The on/off switch is located on the underside of the deck lights.
How long is the actual string of lights (not including the cable from the solar panel to the lights starting)?
Asked by Laura Benson on 17 Feb 2017
The string of lights itself is 10m, with 10cm between each bulb.
In the User Guide it says "Please ensure that there are no nearby light sources hitting the solar panel or PIR sensor after dark." Would it be a problem if a nearby street light shines on the panel but not on the PIR? If so, why is that? Thanks.
Asked by Nick on 13 Feb 2017
A street light shining on the solar panel could trick the light into thinking it's still daylight, therefore stopping the light from activating. This is rare and there are adjustable dials to compensate for this.
Hello. Does the light have to be plugged in to the solar panel when it is being lit? Or can it be detached from the panel after it has been charged?
Asked by hweely on 12 Feb 2017
The batteries are housed inside the solar panel so it must remain connected to the light for it to operate at night.
are batteries replaceable?- ad says yes, Q & A says no!
Asked by tony kavanagh on 12 Feb 2017
Yes, they are replaceable, many thanks for pointing out the error that's now been corrected!
Do you do a similar 10m extension? If I extend with my own 2 core cable, what does size and resistance need to be? How would it be connected either end since just 2 wires, not into metal formed connector in units?
Asked by David Friesner on 12 Feb 2017
You can daisy chain the extension cables although we'd recommend using no more than two extension cables to do this, so you could have the solar panel up to 15m away from the light unit.
I saw the question about north facing walls. what about west facing walls?
Asked by John on 10 Feb 2017
A west facing wall should be fine, we'd recommend you rotate the "top" containing the solar panel when you install it to have as much of it south facing as possible to maximise runtime.
Is it possible to have the larger solar panel with the smaller light - say 700 lumen light, to give the unit more power and longer delivery in the winter months? And on this basis can I buy the larger panel with the smaller light to achieve that?
Asked by Neil Oakden on 8 Feb 2017
The Evo SMD , Evo SMD Pro and Evo SMD Elite solar panels are all interchangeable so yes you could use an Elite (1400 lumens) Solar Panel with the Pro(700 lumens) version. Having said that we've had no reports of the panel supplied not being suitable for the job in all but the most demanding of commercial installations where the light may be activated more often at night. Having said all that we don't have any spares at present for the Elite so I can't offer you just the solar panel.
I'm looking for a light to illuminate outside my front door when anyone approaches,--what is the maximum height the solar motion lights can be fixed from the ground that will activate them?
Asked by Claire Morri on 7 Feb 2017
Installing them above head height will reduce their activation range. It may be best to consider a light with adjustable detection range such as the Evo SMD if you wish to install the light higher than this.
What is the warranty? What are the batteries used for? If the lights need to be changed how easy is it to remove ?
Asked by S Shah on 5 Feb 2017
The lights have a 12 month warranty. The batteries are used to store power collected by the solar panels to provide power to the lights at night time. The lights are easy to swap over if required.
Can these lifhts be turned off when not in use?
Asked by Jeanette on 1 Feb 2017
Yes, they have a switch on the underside of the top so you can easily turn them off.
What is the height of these lights please
Asked by Ann carr on 1 Feb 2017
We've added an image to the gallery now showing the full dimensions.
Is it possible to fit a different bulb holder or is this a special one for DC power?
Asked by Anthony Willis on 30 Jan 2017
Yes, you can use any bulb holder, and any 12v bulb.
The Kodiak reportedly has 16 lumens. Can you tell me does the London XT have the same output? If not, what is it? I understand that the Kodiak has the edge technology which benefits its performance in winter time. However, this is not the time of year when illumination is so important to me. Thank you in anticipation of your reply.
Asked by Malcolm Latter on 30 Jan 2017
The London XT's are rated at 12 Lumens.
Would these lights be suitable on a north facing wall?
Asked by Alex on 28 Jan 2017
They'll work fine for 9 or so months of the year in that position however they'll struggle in during the 3 dark months.
Hi, I'm looking to put these wall lights either side of my front door. Are they fully automatic? I.e will they come on in the evenings and go off in the mornings on there own?
Asked by Daniel on 28 Jan 2017
Yes, you can override this if you want with the on off switch but with the switch in the on postion they'll operate as you describe.
Does the electronic timer work with geo1 light kit ? And do all yor items come with gaurentee , thanks
Asked by Stewart on 25 Jan 2017
Yes, this timer is fully compatible with all the Geo Kits. Any 12v items are compatible with the Geo Kits. All our items come with a minimum 12 month warranty.
Will this go with my geo 3 kit ive brought
Asked by Ian simmons on 22 Jan 2017
Yes, any 12v battery will be compatible however we'd suggest a higher capacity battery with the Geo 3 kit if it's going to be subject to daily use.
can you attach the flower attachments to the bling fairy lights
Asked by chris Thomas on 21 Jan 2017
Yes, sometimes you may need a bit of silicone as there can be slight variations in the LED size.
What's the range in metres of the motion sensor?
Asked by Jackie on 18 Jan 2017
The sensor will detect motion up to 3m away.
Is it possible to wire two of the Evo SMD Elite solar lights into one larger solar panel?
Asked by Chris Shingler on 17 Jan 2017
This isn't possible, what some customers have done is simply site the two panels side by side, the aluminium frame is thin so at a glance it looks similar to one panel anyway.
Will this work coupled to an Astron floodlight?
Asked by Peter Higgs on 15 Jan 2017
Yes, you'd need the right connector though to plug into the Astron. We still have some Astron panels left here , these would be the best option.
Does the top section simply slip on to the main body, or can it be fixed (I'm concerned about possible ease of theft). Thanks
Asked by Gerry on 13 Jan 2017
The top slides on securely but could be removed by a determined thief. We've been selling these for over a year now without any reported issues of this along with many other lights for years with push on tops with no problems so I'd hope you'll be fine.
Can multiple PIR sensors be configured to switch a single run of lights (i.e. a sensor at each end of a path)?
Asked by Chris on 10 Jan 2017
This should be possible using the principal of two switches controlling one light on a landing for example however we wouldn't be able to provide a wiring diagram to do this.
When the lights are not in use, should the panel be kept charged.
Asked by Brian Norris on 7 Jan 2017
We recommend leaving your lights up to enjoy them year round however if you do decide to store them it's best to get the panel out approx once every month or so to ensure the batteries are kept healthy.
The picture of this product shows the Solar Panel being mounted horizontally, can this be mounted vertically instead?
Asked by Paul Barnes on 6 Jan 2017
Yes, the solar panel can be installed on vertical or horizontal surfaces.
Can these be linked to a mains supply?
Asked by David Ford on 4 Jan 2017
Hi David, These deck lights are only designed to be used with the solar panel supplied
does this light have a rechargeable battery?
Asked by m.french on 4 Jan 2017
Yes, all of the solar lights we supply come with rechargeable batteries.
Can theses be switched to just the white option it do they have to colour change?
Asked by Marilyn Page on 3 Jan 2017
No, these are colour change only. A warm white version is available here .
I received a set of your Mini London Solar Post Lights for Christmas, but the instructions in the box are for a Canterbury Wall Light!! Please could you email the correct instructions. Many Thanks Happy New Year
Asked by Paul Mimmack on 3 Jan 2017
Happy New Year Paul, Very sorry for the mix up in instructions. Click here to download the Mini London Instructions
Have you blue colour for this model . let me know please
Asked by Shams on 2 Jan 2017
The Paverlights are available in white only.
Hello. Is a motion sensor able to be fitted with this product ? With thanks
Asked by Anthony Manning on 29 Dec 2016
Unfortunately it's not possible to add a motion sensor to this light.
Will this panel work with your 'Lumify USB Solar Fairy Lights - Multicolour 100 LEDs'
Asked by Lon on 26 Dec 2016
No, this is only compatible with Blingstring 100 LED fairy lights.
Hi,do you sell a solar panel for the Everbright solar fairy lights{280 LED}?I already have the lights but the panel fell from the roof and broke unfortunately. Thanks
Asked by Paddy O'Dea on 19 Dec 2016
Sorry this panel is only designed for the 100's
Can I connect Astron booster panel to this floodlight ? If so what do I need ?
Asked by Mick Turner on 18 Dec 2016
No sorry the Astron booster panel is only desgined for the Astron light.
Whats the lumen output?
Asked by Derek on 17 Dec 2016
40 Lumen for the standard Truro and 80 for our motion activated version.
Hi do these vintage bulbs have an 8 mode setting ? Thanks
Asked by gary Hartley on 15 Dec 2016
Lumify has 8 lighting modes including all sorts of flashing and alternating sequences as well as steady on where all lights stay on all the time with no flashing. Steady on is by far the most popular mode among our own customers so we have made this mode the first mode and the default mode on Lumify. Once you have selected your favourite mode Lumify will remember that setting and light up in that mode automatically each night.
Hi, what is the IP rating please?
Asked by Zsuzsa on 14 Dec 2016
IP56
Is it possible to buy two Internal 12v 3Ah NiMH Battery - 36Wh for these units? The units are not in use during the summer - would the batteries in the units last any longer if the panel was disconnected from the light or covered up? Many thanks Kind regards
Asked by Joan Livingston on 14 Dec 2016
Hi Joan, This product has been discontinued
Hi, How long is the entire cable in meters ? Thanks Christian
Asked by Christian Formica on 12 Dec 2016
The entire cable is 12m in length, 2m to the first bulb then one bulb every 10cm thereafter.
why is the light still on only very faintly ,and never goes out completely even when altering all the sensors it will not go out so must be draining charge all time,
Asked by Hana Parker on 10 Dec 2016
Sometimes this will happen however we bulid in lots of redundancy to ensure this shouldn't cause any issues. As always if you having problems with your light please contact us and we'll get you up and running asap.
Do you make one that clips onto the gutter it would be a lot easier to fit
Asked by William Lee on 8 Dec 2016
We don't at present. We've had customers successfully fit this light to gutters though with small screws and silicone to seal the holes.
How long does the Solar panel need to be on charge in order for the battery to be fully charged?
Asked by Kris Kandiah on 8 Dec 2016
In the summer approximately half a day will get the batteries fully charged, at this time fo year you're looking at a couple of days to get them to full from flat.
Do these fairy lights hang down like icicles or are they just on a single layer?
Asked by Sylvia on 6 Dec 2016
They're on a single string so don't hang down like icicles.
Does the light switch off during daylight? Ie is it a dusk to dawn function?
Asked by Deb on 6 Dec 2016
Yes, the light will only detect motion and activate after dusk.
Hi. is there any adjustment on the range of the sensor? I would like a longer range
Asked by earon reid on 5 Dec 2016
The Slice doesn't have a adjustable sensor. Our EVO range or Shield do have 3 types of adjustment.
Could you please supply dimensions .,particularly the base.Thank you.
Asked by w.ashton on 4 Dec 2016
If you click on the image gallery the 5th images includes dimensions which are: Top width 215mm, Height 245mm, width of base 120mm
I wish to install the light above my front door which faces east. Will this light be suitable? During the winter months it will get 2 hours of direct sunlight in the mornings and 3 to 4 hours during the summer months. Thanks Peter
Asked by Peter on 4 Dec 2016
It should be fine if it's subject to normal domestic use and you charge the light in a good sunny spot before installing it.
I wish to install this light above my front door. What height should I fix it above ground level? Peter
Asked by Peter on 4 Dec 2016
Above a front door will be fine, you just need to factor in the higher it's installed the shorter the direction range at ground level however it would easily operate as a courtesy light as you access your house.
Can i install on a east or west facing fence
Asked by Mark scitt on 3 Dec 2016
Hi Mark, many customers use the Eco wedge on east or west facing walls, you just need as much light as you can get. Direct sun light and facing south with no obstructions is best but as the Eco wedge on triggers on movement its will all depend on how often it's likely it is to trigger.
How long is the cable between the light and the solar panel?
Asked by Simon McLuckie on 2 Dec 2016
The cable from the solar panel is 5m, there are 5m extension cables available too should you wish to extend this.
How long does the light stay on for after being tripped by motion? I need more than 30 seconds ideally.
Asked by Jules on 1 Dec 2016
The Truro Motion activates for approximately 30 seconds after motion ceases. You may be better of going with the Evo SMD which has adjustable PIR options.
I am confused about unplugging the solar panel if it is in daylight. Does this mean that I would have to do this every day?
Asked by andrew on 1 Dec 2016
You only need to unplug the solar panel if you want the light to operate during the day. If not, just switch it on and let it operate night after night automatically.
Which solar panel is used for this device? Monocrystalline, Pollycrystaline, Amorphous? What is wattage of solar panel? What is battery mAh?
Asked by Amol Joshi on 1 Dec 2016
Each light has 0.12w monocrystalline panel with a 300mAh battery.
Do all your lights need direct sunlight or can they charge with just daylight?
Asked by Paul March on 1 Dec 2016
Daylight is fine in most cases however the charge level will be reduced from what you would expect on a sunny day. Motion activated lights, such as the Guide, do a good job this time of year in all sorts of weather.
Can you buy extension cables to the solar panel? I can see that there is an extension cable for the EVO products, is this compatible or do I need something else?
Asked by Martin Fitzgerald on 1 Dec 2016
We don't have an off the shelf extension cable for this however you could add a two core cable to it however this would invalidate the warranty I'm afraid.
Hello Please could you tell me how long the cable is to connect the solar panel to the light unit? Thanks
Asked by Steve on 1 Dec 2016
The cable from the solar panel is 5m. There are 5m extension cables available too.
is this suitable for very hot climate? 40'c +
Asked by john on 30 Nov 2016
Yes, we've had no heat related issues with these lights.
If the sun doesn't shine enough can you remove the batteries, charge them in a battery charger and then replace them? Also, do you know when you're getting them back in stock?
Asked by Sarah on 29 Nov 2016
Yes, they're standard rechargeable AA batteries inside the solar panel - they should be in late this week or early next week.
Please could you tell me the external dimensions of the wall mounting part of the light?
Asked by Kris on 28 Nov 2016
The Wall mounting is aproximately 4.9cm x 4.9cm
Is it possible to obtain spare remote control for an astron solar floodlight, it looks very similar to the Evo? Thanks
Asked by Ben Bailey on 27 Nov 2016
No, this remote control isn't compatible with the Astron Floodlight.
can any of your solar garden lights be used where there is light but no direct sunlight?
Asked by Wendy Mantin on 27 Nov 2016
Due to the remote solar panel you can move the solar panel to get the most direct light.
Hi, how long roughly does the light stay on for in normal mode and also in winter mode please?
Asked by Simon on 26 Nov 2016
It's hard to give a precise answer as it depends on the installation location and the weather during the day. In a good unshaded south facing location you can expect up to 4-5 hrs after a good day at this time of year in standard mode and double that in Powersaving mode.
do you have usb chargeable post lights or is it just the fairy lights.
Asked by alison bratton on 25 Nov 2016
It's just on the Lumify fairy lights at present.
Thank you for your quick response. It will be mounted on a flat surface but right by the corner. Can one off the lights be swivelled 180 degrees as it appears from the information stated, only 120 degrees
Asked by Terry Davis on 25 Nov 2016
You're correct, 120 degrees is the maximum
Do you do one of these chargers for 200 lights please
Asked by Mrs belcher on 25 Nov 2016
We only have spares in the 100 lights size.
Is it switchable? So for inside our shed, we could turn it off when not required.
Asked by Michael Omer on 25 Nov 2016
Yes, however the switch is inside the light so it's not designed to be easily accessible. The light normally operates best by leaving it in the on position so it operates automatically after dusk.
I would like to position a twin light on the corner of my south facing house wall, so one light would face forward to illuminate a patio area, and the second to swivel180 degrees to illuminate an alleyway. I am not sure reading the product details that this can be done. Also, how waterproof are these units? I have read that many fail after heavy rain. How big is the solar panel and the light fitting as I need to avoid a Dutch canopy. How long is the connecting cable. Many thanks
Asked by Mr Terry Davis on 24 Nov 2016
The Shield has to be mounted on a flat surface so you won't be able to install it as you describe. The Shield has exceptional waterproofing, to date we've had no issues at all with water ingress. All of the dimensions for the product and the solar panel can be found within the product image gallery and there's 5m of cable with the panel.
Does it use batteries, if so do you sell them
Asked by Bernadette Farrell on 23 Nov 2016
Yes, it uses 1 x 3.7v Li-ion battery, we don't sell these at present however we have plans to add them to the range in the future.
Would it be possible to wire up this unit to an outdoor switch so it can be used like a normal light rather than having to use it with the PIR. Can the PIR be switched off?. I do not want any auto on/off lighting arrangements just a normal switch system, thanks. I cannot seem to find a light that does this.
Asked by Steve Adams on 23 Nov 2016
The Shield can only be used as a PIR light. The Evo SMD RC can be operated via the remote to switch on and off as required.
Is there an override facility to keep the light on ?
Asked by Ian Currie on 21 Nov 2016
No override facility on our PIR range, all are activated with movement. Our flood light with remote sounds like what you are looking for. Click here for details.
Is the light sensor that tuns them on on the light or solar pannel as the light itself will be in the dark.
Asked by Wayne on 18 Nov 2016
The sensor that turns the lights on is in the solar panel.
How many batteries are there in the lamp?
Asked by Lesley Brown on 17 Nov 2016
There are 2 x NIMH 600mAh batteries in the lamp.
Will the Solar Panel for Blingstring be suitable for charging my Everbright lights,
Asked by Brian Norris on 17 Nov 2016
No, this panel is only compatible with Blingstring 100 LED fairy lights.
Can the Evo SMD Pro be fitted to a post? Can the PIR be at 90degrees to the light? There is no wall nearby to fit it to, and we need the PIR pointing south and the light pointing west.
Asked by A Lowe on 16 Nov 2016
The Evo SMD security lights can be fitted to a post, just make sure the post is wide enough and strong enough to hold the light. The PIR rotates about 120 degrees left/right and can point straight down too (not recommenced). The PIR detection is around 120 degrees too so should work well what you have described.
Hello! I need to extend the cable of the solar panel, do you have any tech information about Amps/Voltage or the correct size of cable I need please over 10m? Thanks!
Asked by Marc on 16 Nov 2016
You'll need a two core cable, roughly the equivalent of 2*0.16 square millimetres
1. How many lumens does this light produce? 2. Is there a longer pole available as extra?
Asked by Andrew Dalton on 16 Nov 2016
The Thea produces 80 lumens, there aren't different length poles available.
Are the Edison screw parts of the bulb gold or black? As it looks black is one picture and gold in the next? Or an option for either?
Asked by Elliot on 15 Nov 2016
They're gold, it's just the reflections in the photo making them look darker
I am interested in purchasing this item to light up my front door and pathway. However they face west. Will the light work? I have been hearing that West facing is quite good for solar panels since it is directly facing the sun at the latter part of the day. Thanks
Asked by Tony Gray on 15 Nov 2016
Yes, this light should be fine with normal domestic use facing west. We'd recommend charging it first in a sunny south facing location for 3 - 5 days before installing it to ensure the battery has a good base charge to see you through the worst of the winter.
I have two sets of steps leading to my front door and the Eco Wedge Pro sounds ideally suited to illuminate them. However, we have a sodium street lamp about 30 metres away from the house which throws the steps into shade (hence the need for a lamp unit) . Do you think the street light would affect the wall light? Making it think it is still light and thus not operate? Many thanks, Keith Tether
Asked by Keith Tether on 15 Nov 2016
It's a difficult one to answer with any certianty however from what you describe they should be OK. There's a couple of options, start with one Eco Wedge Pro light and without installing it test it and see how it performs. If that doesn't do the trick you could upgrade to the Evo SMD . It's the cheapest model in our range with the option to adjust it to cancel out other light sources interference.
How many mAh are the batteries and if I wanted to change them to Li-ion will they improve the run time?
Asked by Gareth on 15 Nov 2016
It has 2 x 900mAh NiMh batteries. You can't change these over to Li-ion batteries and this wouldn't increase the runtime.
Can you put a timer on this system? I would like to put it in my poultry sheds to lengthen the winter days. Also I have 5 small sheds in a row. Can I put the battery and main system in one shed and string the lights from shed to shed?
Asked by Yvonne Hastie on 14 Nov 2016
Yes, this timer is available. You can purchase extra cable to string the lights from shed to shed.
Will this work with geo 3 system an can this be fitted to your dimmer control number ss7678 many thanks
Asked by Ian simmons on 12 Nov 2016
Yes, it will work with both.
What is the approx range of the sensor?
Asked by David on 11 Nov 2016
The Truro Motion has a range of up to 6m.
Can you get longer cables or is there just the 5m cable available?
Asked by Martin Fitzgerald on 11 Nov 2016
We have the Evo extension cable available so you can double the cable length.
Will this device work on a north facing wall with a slight overhang
Asked by Keith Gilbert on 10 Nov 2016
If it's not used very often, once or twice a night, you might get away with it however it's not an installation location we'd recommend. You'd probably find you'd have to move it once every few weeks to a good sunny spot to recharge it in the worst of the winter period. You'd be much better off going with something with a remote solar panel .
Is it possible to position the sensor at a distance from the light itself, so it triggers the light before you walk into the area?
Asked by Anne Queree on 10 Nov 2016
The PIR is built in so the only option you have for extending the range is to adjust the sensitivity of the PIR via the dials on the underside of the light.
Hi there, I'm looking for lighting for the outdoors for Christmas. We do not have access to a plug. So it's solar power! But over winter that can't be relied on. I was interested in the USB charge. But could I charge the battery during the day indoors and then in the evening plug it back into the lights outside?
Asked by amelia on 10 Nov 2016
Yes, exactly that. The USB charge should last for at least 12 days with the lights on Powersaving mode so you won't have to do this daily.
Do the lights give a warm light or cool light?
Asked by Clare on 9 Nov 2016
These lights emit a cool white light.
What type of battery does the light use (and how many), and does it have a day/night setting. Also is it possible to change the bulb and how many lumens does the included bulb have?
Asked by Michael Kers on 9 Nov 2016
The Henley Pillar has 3 x 1.2v NiMH 750mAh batteries. It has an on /off switch, when set to on it will operate automatically at night. The bulbs cannot be replaced however they have an expected lifespan of 50,000 hrs. The Henley pillar is 50 lumens.
Would this supply enough power to leave a radio on all day, use the lights for a couple hours in the evening and occasionally boil a kettle at the same time? If not, can a second solar panel and battery be added to the set up?
Asked by Lexi Adams on 8 Nov 2016
If you looking at building a bigger system please contact us and we will guide you. For a radio it's really depends and the amount of power it uses, most radios use very little power so you should have no problem running one. For a kettle you'd need a 12v version and it would really using a lot of juice. You may need more than one panel but please contact us for more assistance.
How far down and sideways does the light shine,is it bright enough to light up my bins?
Asked by Joyce on 7 Nov 2016
It depends on the height at which the light is mounted however it's plenty bright enough to light up an area around bins.
Hi Do these lights work as well in the winter as in the summer? Thank you
Asked by Lynne on 7 Nov 2016
The Curve works well all year round, provided you don't install the light on a north facing wall.
There is no picture of the solar panel with this product. Is it supplied and does it come with a mounting plate setting the panel at the optimum angle ?
Asked by S.Frisby on 7 Nov 2016
We've added a picture of the panel now, It's mounted with a U bracket so can be angled up and down as required.
Can this mini post light be used without the spike and simply fixed on to a surface such as a wall?
Asked by Paul on 7 Nov 2016
The base plate is made of plastic so you can drill into it and fix the light to a floor or decking but you'd have to do this little bit DIY yourself.
Is the solar panel designed to be fixed to a wall for the perfect angle?
Asked by Neil Averns on 7 Nov 2016
The solar panel is designed to be fixed to a wall, fence or roof. For best performance it should face south toward the mid day sun.
i would like one of these for my chalet ,,in past think sea air gets to other lights and the corrode fast any tips like putting grease on connections thanks,,
Asked by karl lans on 5 Nov 2016
We haven't had any issues reported to us with corrosion however I've heard that WD40 can provide a good coating or alternatively using clear silicone over where the plug from the panel enters the underside of the light.
Will this work with the shield light
Asked by tony on 5 Nov 2016
No, this is incompatible with the Shield Light .
are these suitable for Li-on batteries
Asked by ian goodwin on 2 Nov 2016
No, this is compatible with 12v batteries only.
Is this extension cable compatible with the Albany Solar Premium Spotlight?
Asked by Helen Cannell on 2 Nov 2016
No, it's only compatible with the Evo SMD range of security lights.
could you please tell me the dimensions of this item please, also if you could, the dimensions of the larger one too, as not sure which one i need......many thanks
Asked by gillian maguire on 1 Nov 2016
The mini tops have a diameter of 61mm, the larger tops have a diameter of 78mm.
Is it possible to power of a mains transformer outputting 24v
Asked by Gary Hankinson on 1 Nov 2016
I'm afraid not, the voltage of this circuit is much less than this.
I would like to mount these on the post to illuminate anyone accessing the driveway! How high would they need to be installed? I live out in the country down a private lane 1.5miles long so apparently power security lights would be ideal option. Thank you in advance :)
Asked by Jane on 31 Oct 2016
You can install the light at any height you like, most people go for something around 2 - 3m It's worth having a think about the solar panel position, with this higher is usually better as it will avoid the shadows more.
How long is the lead wire before the lights start?
Asked by Meena on 31 Oct 2016
The lead is 2m before the lights start.
Does this have replaceable batteries?
Asked by Jennifer Mathie on 30 Oct 2016
These containa non standard battery back that cannot be easily replaced.
Can these lights be used as path lights i.e. mounted around the edge of a lawn on ground level concrete footings?
Asked by Stuart Gahan on 30 Oct 2016
Yes, these can be mounted as you describe. Please check the image gallery for further images showing the installation.
Hi, do you have a solar spot light like this with an on and off switch on the light as opose to the solar panel? Thanks
Asked by Tina on 29 Oct 2016
We don't I'm afraid, all of our solar spotlights have the switch on the underside of the panel.
How long does it stay on for after the motion stops
Asked by barrie on 29 Oct 2016
The light will stay on for approximately 10 seconds after motion ceases
Lamp just arrived - can I take the battery out and charge it using a standard charger? If Yes - how do I access the battery? Thanks
Asked by David Bogle on 29 Oct 2016
The Eco Wedge Pro houses a lithium ion battery so cannot be removed and charged in a standard charger. Your best option is to give it 3 - 5 days with the light turned off to get a good base charge into the battery, this, combined with the charge picked up each day, should then see you through winter without any problems.
can you connect an outdoor security light to this system, as well as an inverter to power drills etc? Thanks
Asked by Barrie Margetts on 29 Oct 2016
Yes, this kit powers any 12v compatible device from the 12v battery that the solar panel charges by day.
Is the range of the PIR adjustable?
Asked by Andy on 28 Oct 2016
The Evo SMD is the first security light in our range with adjustable detection settings.
How big is the solar panel for this light? Can the light be angled so that it doesn't pick up movement from passers by on the street?
Asked by Barbara Brown on 27 Oct 2016
We've added an image with full dimensions. The light can be rotated up and down on its bracket, in addition the PIR can be rotated up and down and left and right. There's also a sensitivity dial so you can have it activating only when you need it.
Hello, Please can you provide me with some more specifications for this fitting? In particular the battery capacity and the PV spec. Thank you..
Asked by Darren on 27 Oct 2016
The Shield has 2 x Li-Ion 3.7v 2000mAh batteries and a 2.5W solar panel.
If the light is powered by solar energy, what are the batteries for? I want a light that will sustain itself consistently without the need for non-renewable energy sources.
Asked by Moe on 26 Oct 2016
All solar lights have batteries. The batteries store the energy generated by the solar panel by day so the light can run at night.
What is the weight of the Kodiak mini solar wall light? Thanks
Asked by Clara on 25 Oct 2016
0.5kg
How big is the luminaire and how big is the panel?
Asked by Bob on 25 Oct 2016
We've added an image with the full dimensions above.
Is the option available to choose other lengths of "meters with lights"?
Asked by James Bentley on 25 Oct 2016
There's only one length available.
I bought one of these but the remote control stopped working and now I've lost it. Where can I get a new remote control? Thanks.
Asked by Mike on 25 Oct 2016
We haven't stocked this light for some time and don't have any spare remotes. The best thing I can suggest is to try replacing the battery in the remote you have there.
How long is the cable connecting the light to the panel?
Asked by Huw Lewis on 25 Oct 2016
The cable length is 5m
What is the movement detection range?
Asked by Simon Ticke on 25 Oct 2016
The sensor will detect movement up to 8m away.
How far away from the Light housing can I site the Solar Panel ?
Asked by steve hawthorn on 25 Oct 2016
There's 5m of cable out the box, with extension cables availble from mid November.
Hello, can the cable on this be detached/unplugged for feeding through a drilled hole? Also, does this automatically turn on at dusk? If it does, can that be stopped, as I don't want my garage window being lit up all night.
Asked by Jarrod on 24 Oct 2016
Yes, the cable is easily detachable for feeding through a hole. If the switch is on it will come on at dusk however you can override this by turning it off.
What does the solar panel look like,how much cable between charger and first light?
Asked by Chris Hunter on 23 Oct 2016
We have just updated the page to include the panel image. See small images next to the large product image at the top of the page.
do you sell a led light that works with this panel
Asked by alan on 22 Oct 2016
No, the Astron range has been discontinued as the technology has really moved on. These panel are designed just for replacements of our legacy Astron range.
Hello - how do these compare to the Lumify ones?
Asked by James on 22 Oct 2016
Two main differences are that the ELAN lights don't have USB top up and the panels charge less than the Lumify fairy lights.
What Sq ft or area size does this light up, I can't see anything in the facts ?
Asked by Kelly on 22 Oct 2016
This will vary depending on installation height but you can expect at 20 - 30 sq metres to be lit up.
Can i add in a motion sensor in circuit with these lights? My front door needs outside light but not easy to install through thick stone walls..If so what do you recommend...
Asked by Grant Torrance on 22 Oct 2016
Our spotlights don't have PIR motion sensors but our Securiy Lights range do. Please take a look here: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/catalog/Solar_Security_Lights-78-1.html
Are these LEDs the same size as the Lumify ones? Thanks
Asked by Merle on 21 Oct 2016
The LEDs are the same size as the Lumify version.
hi i want to connect my astron booster panel to a 12 volt car battery do i need a charge controller or just connect the plus and minus to the battery terminals
Asked by alan on 21 Oct 2016
Correct, you'd need a charge controller to manage the power output of the panel.
Hi, what is the beam angle of this please, i want something to light a large sign at night
Asked by Dave on 20 Oct 2016
The beam angle is 120 degrees.
Do you do 240 x 160mm size to match popular Plaspave Sorrento paving blocks?
Asked by Craig on 20 Oct 2016
We don't I'm afraid, the Paverlights are the only ground based brick light we stock.
R these brighter than the Tunbridge lights, and has the Henley got a glass or plastic shade?
Asked by HarryM on 18 Oct 2016
Yes, much brighter. It has a solid plastic clear diffuser.
Continuing the previous question, the garage roof is south facing. Does the solar panel have fixings to allow me to secure it to the garage roof or are you saying I could meaning if I rigged something up - wouldn't that invalidate any warranty/guarantee?
Asked by Malcolm Dunsmore on 18 Oct 2016
There are holes on the underside of the frame of the panel that would allow you to secure this to some roof fixings however we don't provide these. As long as the panel cells and wiring are left intact there wouldn't be any warranty of guarantee issues.
Can the solar panel be fitted on a sloping roof i.e. without the brackets and/or are the brackets adjustable so that the angle can be optimised? Would like to fit the solar panel on a garage roof with light on fascia.
Asked by Malcolm Dunsmore on 17 Oct 2016
You could do this on a shallow sloping roof that was South facing. This is because the sun will be low in the winter and it could actually collect more light when it needs it most. The brackets aren't adjustable however so if the slope isn't shallow or the roof isn't South facing you won't be able to do this.
Is the light able to be turned off if not required?
Asked by Terry McRae on 16 Oct 2016
Yes, the light can be turned off via the switch underneath the cap.
I've had 4 of these lights for some time. Two have stopped working. Do I need to change the batteries?
Asked by Gwyneth Radcliffe on 16 Oct 2016
It would be worth giving that a go, if you've got some spare AA rechargeable batteries just replace those and that should get you back up and running.
Should my light come on when I turn the switch to "on" or do I have to wait the 3 days for it to charge? Another stupid question I know!!
Asked by James on 15 Oct 2016
There's probably some charge in the battery from new however we always recommend the 3 day charge to top the battery up. It should only activate after dark with the switch in the on position.
Just bought 4 with motion sensor ... how long do they need to charge the first time ? And will they charge in cloudy weather
Asked by Thomas on 14 Oct 2016
At this time of year it's worth giving them 3 days to fully top the battery up. After this they should see you through winter as they'll have plenty of spare in the battery. As with all lights they do charge on cloudy days, the amount just varies with the thickness of the cloud.
Can you switch the light on independent of the security aspect? If not, is there another solar light you could recommend? Thanks
Asked by Sue Davies on 14 Oct 2016
You can't do this, the Kensington or the Astron Bulkhead are two alternative lights that are always on instead of motion activated.
Once this light is activated how long does the light stay on for ? thanks
Asked by c stenner on 13 Oct 2016
The activation time can be set from between 15 seconds and 3 minutes.
Please confirm that even at night but with no motion detected the light is off (this is what I want). Some solar LED lights illuminate at a constant dim level when no motion is detected changing to a higher brightness when motion is detected. Thanks
Asked by Richard Davies on 12 Oct 2016
It works exactly as you describe, it's completely off unless motion is detected at night.
Can you tell me the range of the motion sensor please
Asked by David. Hewett on 11 Oct 2016
We've added a diagram to the site showing the full dimensions.
At night do the lights stay illuminated all the time? Or do they only come on when motion is detected? I currently have a different brand and lights stay on all night and give a brighter light when motion is detected which is not what I was looking for.
Asked by Martin on 9 Oct 2016
All our security lights will only turn on when motion is detected. Lights that remain on dimly all the time tend, in the longer nights, to run out of energy and so don't operate when the light is needed.
I need a replacement battery for this set and cannot see the item for sale
Asked by Alan Walder on 9 Oct 2016
The battery should not need replacing on these yet which is why we do not currently offer one for sale. In this scenario it is best to contact returns@thesolarcentre.co.uk to go through some trouble shooting and should a replacement battery be the solution they will provide one for you.
Hi there could you tell me the diameter of the white festoon lights. Thanks
Asked by Alan Andrews on 9 Oct 2016
Each festoon light is 45mm in diameter.
Hi - just installed my lights and very well pleased with them - great size and great light. Can you tell me what the easiet way is to replace batteries. I was having a look to see where they were but found the panel difficult to lift up- any tips please for easy removal
Asked by Margaret on 9 Oct 2016
When the time comes to replace the batteries just remove the whole top (everything above the white diffuser) and place it upside down on a flat surface. Remove the 4 screws from the black cover and replace with rechargeable AA batteries.
Astron 64 PIR (now discontinued on your website) v Evo SMD elite - You state the Evo is the brightest ever yet (1400 lumens) but the Astron 64 on your website was 150 watts this is much higher than 1400Lu - pls advise. Ju
Asked by juls on 7 Oct 2016
The Astron 64 was around 120 Lumens but the area that was illuminated was comparable to a 150w mains halogen that we used in our warehouse. When this product was launched less was understood about Lumens so we described the light in a way that would help the majority of customers understand its performance. The EVO SMD, SMD PRO and SMD Elite are all brighter than the old Astron 64.
Are these made in China?
Asked by Marina Wilson on 7 Oct 2016
Yes the lights are manufactured in China but built to UK specifications.
Hi, Can you tell me if you can supply this light in Black?
Asked by Michael on 5 Oct 2016
I am sorry but this is not available in black and there are no plans to release a black version.
you say this can trickle charge a 12V battery (I presume Car Battery), what Ah size Battery and at what rate? please
Asked by Chris Peeling on 5 Oct 2016
The Ah of the battery does not matter as this simply refers to the maximum capacity of the battery. The panel in optimum conditions will provide 10watts of power into a 12 v battery per hr. In summer you can expect this panel to produce 65watts per day and in winter 15 watts per day.
What size are the connectors ?
Asked by Tim on 5 Oct 2016
The connector measure 5mm across
What are the dimensions of this light as I may wish to mount it on a fence post ?
Asked by Andrew Conquer on 4 Oct 2016
The Slice Solar Motion Light messures: width of each light is 10cm with a max depth over 5.5cm and max height of 7cm
Can I charge the batteries and then plug the lights in later? I would like to use them in a container
Asked by Mark Flynn on 3 Oct 2016
Yes you can. The batteries in this product are located in the panel section so will charge when the lights are disconnected.
Hi can you tell me which setting is normal vs energy saving - P or S?
Asked by Faye on 2 Oct 2016
S = Standard mode and P = Power Saving mode
Hi, I do not think that 10m of cable supplied with the Geo4 kit will be sufficient for me to connect from the location of the battery to all light sockets. Is it possible to use up to 10m more cable and if so, will this have a detrimental affect to the amount of light produced?
Asked by Phil Hopkinson on 2 Oct 2016
Hi Phil, 10meters is the standard we supply, but feel free to contact us here: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/pages/contact_us.html and we'd be able to add more for a small cost. The length of the wire does reduce performance so it's best to keep the length as short as you can however the difference between 10m and 15m likely to be very limited.
Does this have a warm white light? I don't like cold bluey white lights.
Asked by Barbara Mence on 2 Oct 2016
Hi Barbara, The Henley is warm white light not a cold or blue light. Please see our video at the bottom of this page.
Can this solar lighting kit be fitted for outside use in all weathers?
Asked by Bob Guest on 1 Oct 2016
The GEO kit is design for the panel to be outside and the lights inside.
can you get replacement bulbs in white instead of coloured
Asked by john peaker on 29 Sep 2016
This product uses LEDs which are soldered to the wire string and are not replaceable.
is the unit weatherproof.?
Asked by john peaker on 27 Sep 2016
The light is made of metal and is treated to make it weatherproof but over time it is possible for this protection to fail so it is advisable to re apply a water barrier to the product annually if you wish to maintain an as new look.
Can you switch them off? I want them to be on during the evening but not all night
Asked by Roger on 27 Sep 2016
Yes the switch for the light can be found on the underside of the top as well as being able to switch them off you can reduce the brightness slightly to extend runtime.
How long it takes to fully charge solar panel?
Asked by Mehmood on 27 Sep 2016
The battery for this product is in the light head and when connected to the solar panel will charge to full after approximatley 6hrs of sun. An average summers day in the UK.
Can you replace the battery and what type of battery is it? If not what is the expected battery lifespan under normal conditions.
Asked by David on 26 Sep 2016
The product use a standard Lithium Ion battery that can be replaced. We do not believe the battery will need to be changed for at least 3 years.
What size is the solar panel?
Asked by David on 26 Sep 2016
Measures 135mm x 220mm x 20mm
When will this be back in stock and do you sell the battery charger too
Asked by Lynnette price on 26 Sep 2016
I am sorry there are no plans to restock this line however if you search the internet there are alternative outlets where it can be sourced.
unlike full size model no dimensions given? Any discount on 10 items?
Asked by Adrian Ashelford on 25 Sep 2016
Thank you for bringing that to our attention the dimension are 194mm tall 79mm square and will sits 44mm from the wall. There are multibuy discounts on this product at the moment if you were to buy 10 you would save £20 so £2 per unit.
is this flood and solar panel? as illustrated.
Asked by mr r brenchley on 25 Sep 2016
This is a security light as opposed to a floodlight so will only activate when motion is detected and can not be left as constant on. The product does include everything to operate in the box so PIR, light, battery and panel.
Are these lights activated by motion sensors, or do they come on between set times? Thanks
Asked by Ben on 25 Sep 2016
These lights come on at dusk, if you are looking for PIR lights please see our full range here: Solar Motion Lights
Please could you tell me what the colour temperature of the smd is?
Asked by Ben Fulford on 25 Sep 2016
The colour temperature of this light is 4000k an idea of the colour temperature can be seen in the product video at the bottom of the page.
Hi, in order to charge my new Truro motion light for the first time should the switch be on or off ? Stupid question I know.
Asked by Simon on 24 Sep 2016
This is not a stupid question as a number of solar products will not charge in the off position however we have designed the Truro motion so that it will charge in the off position.
When I put these in the off position will they still get charged from sunlight? Thanks
Asked by Mark Gunn on 24 Sep 2016
Yes these lights will charge in the off position.
Can you tell me the lumen output of these lights?
Asked by Chris Goodsall on 23 Sep 2016
Each light produces 80 Lumen
Can the chain and ceiling attachment be removed? My daughter is getting married and I think they'd be beautiful dotted around the grounds of the venue.
Asked by Vicky Freeman on 23 Sep 2016
The chain and ceiling attachment can be removed leaving just the ball but that will mean they will not light up at night as the bulb and power will have been detached from the ball.
I've been thinking about installing a motion sensitive security light for a while and this looks ideal. We get a lot of hedgehogs, foxes and other beasts in the garden, are they likely to trigger it ? I don't want it going on and off all night. Thanks
Asked by Mark Croasdale on 23 Sep 2016
It will really depend on the size of the beasts in the garden and of course the location of the light. Hedgehogs and smaller animals are very unlikely to trigger the light but larger animals like foxes are very likely to trigger. Most animals use the path time and time again in your garden so a well positioned light could angled away from these trails. The PIR works up to 5meters so beyond would not trigger.
Hi Can these lights be switch on and off manually or can they be adapted as i want to install them in stables but also be able to isolate when i have finished work so the animals dont trigger them. Thanks
Asked by Dean on 23 Sep 2016
These lights do have an on/off switch on the underside of the unit so can be turned off when light is not required. When in the on position the light will illuminate whenever they detect motion.
Some of my lights have stopped working but not sure whyCan there be a loose connection or should something be replaced?whats the life span of these lights?
Asked by Reece on 23 Sep 2016
We would expect the ECO Wedge to remain operational for 3 years.. When lights stop working it is always worth looking at the installation location and movement of shadows around the light as an area that may have been sunny in summer may be shaded in winter. If your lights are less than 2 years old and in a good southernly facing position and are still not working please contact returns@thesolarcentre.co.uk and they will be able to do further trouble shooting with you.
What size are the Kodak mini post light
Asked by David starkey on 22 Sep 2016
We've added a diagram with dimensions to the image gallery.
I'm looking for a solar light to fit next to my front door to make it easier to unlock the door during dark winter nights.. The distance from my door to the street is approx 8 feet. Considering I don't want the light to activate everytime a passerby walks past the house will this light be OK (Slice Solar Motion Lights) ? If not can you suggest a more suitable light ? Thanks
Asked by Sajid Mahboob on 19 Sep 2016
The slice will detect motion within a 2 metre range which is just over 6 and a half feet so should work well for you.
Can you please confirm the colour temperature of the light output - i.e. Is it 'cool' white or 'warm' white? Thanks!
Asked by Steve on 18 Sep 2016
The Kodiak's colour temperature is natural white, so in between cool and warm white.
Can I get a replacement solar panel
Asked by Irene condon on 16 Sep 2016
Yes, we have replacement solar panels available.
The Guide Light- how wide is its detection arc from the side and from how far away does it detect?
Asked by Patrick on 16 Sep 2016
The Guide has a 120 degree detection field and will detect up to 5m away, we've added a diagram to the picture gallery too.
I can see Trevor has asked about an extension lead for between the solar panel and light. I think this would be very useful, is it something you can look st offering in the future?
Asked by James on 16 Sep 2016
Thanks for the feedback James, we hope to have extension cables available early 2017.
Is it possible to insert a timer on? I am afraid my neighbours would not appreciate that we light up our garden all night!
Asked by Morten on 15 Sep 2016
The only way to keep your neighbours happy in this case would be to go out and turn the lights off manually at the panel.
Hi - how will these perform if the light doesn't get direct sunlight during the day? How long do the batteries last and are the batteries replaceable? What colour temperatures are available - I would like a warm white around 3000. Thanks
Asked by haydn on 14 Sep 2016
The Kensington is a great performer year round, even on cloudy days. Batteries will last for up to 3 years and are replaceable. The Kensington is only available in natural white, 5000K.
Hi, was thinking about buying this product for my chicken shed. If I was to leave it on period, would it damage in any way as I see you have stated that as soon as the solar panel detects light it turns off and charges. In the winter months this will be very handy if I can use it it this way. Thank you Andrea
Asked by Andrea on 14 Sep 2016
You can leave it on, the only possible downside is that the light will always start each day with flat batteries so if the weather is poor during that day the runtime the following evening will be reduced.
Hi, do these modern solar panels need to be in direct sunlight to charge ? Obviously Im aware that more direct sunlight is better for the panel but would they charge if not directly in sight of the sun ?
Asked by Patrick on 13 Sep 2016
Yes, light cloud will reduce the charging efficiency by 30 - 50%, heavy thick cloud by up to 70% but the solar panels will still be harvesting light throughout the day.
Will you be uploading a YouTube video as a demo just like all of your other products?
Asked by Wayne on 12 Sep 2016
Yes, it's on the to do list, good to hear the other videos have been useful!
I bought the bulk head light, installed it and let it charge for 5 days and nothing, then discovered the plastic between the battery and the point in the light, so removed the plastic and put it on s mode, but still nothing after 5 days, should the light be in the off mode for its first full charge or in s mode?
Asked by Caroline foreman on 12 Sep 2016
It will have charge in it by now, the best thing to do to check this is to wait for after dark, and ensure the panel is in darkness, turn the light off and back on again. It will then operate automatically every night.
where do I order replacement tops for my canterbury lights
Asked by Wendy Nineham on 11 Sep 2016
You can get the latest XT tops from here .
I am a stallholder often working without electricity. Would the bling string lights be appropriate for charging up beforehand and using indoors to light my stand?
Asked by Sandra on 8 Sep 2016
They give a decorative glow so I'm not certain they'd be bright enough for that job.
How do the light fix into the 25mm hole. I would like to use them in 45 mm think CLS timber I'm using to make a raised bed
Asked by Steve on 8 Sep 2016
Each light is slightly tapered so they just push straight into a 25mm hole. You can see close ups of them in the image gallery.
So just to be clear, if I buy this and one of the Geo kits I can use it to dim all the lights?
Asked by Peter on 6 Sep 2016
The standard bulbs provided with the Geo Kits are not dimmable. To use this with the Geo Kits you'll need to purchase 12v dimmable bulbs.
Hi I'm currently in the process of installing the Geo 2. I have added an inline fuse in the live wire between the panel and the battery but do I have to add a second fuse between the battery and switch? I note it shows that configuration on the schematic on the webpage but does not mention adding the second fuse in the installation instructions I printed (unless I just missed it). Thank You
Asked by K. Dawson on 5 Sep 2016
Yes It is advisable to have a fuse between battery and the switch.
If I buy two of these will one remote turn on both lights?
Asked by Steve on 3 Sep 2016
Each remote is unique to each light so you'll always need one remote per light.
can the solar panel be roof mounted on corrugated roof?
Asked by Ross on 1 Sep 2016
Yes, however the fixings aren't included for a corrugated roof. We've had customers tell us that Corolux roof fixings from your local DIY shop have been suitable for this job.
Dear Sir or Madam, What are the dimensions of this bulkhead light? Thank you for letting me know. Kind regards, Philippe
Asked by Philippe on 30 Aug 2016
Light is 21 x 12 x 9cm. Panel 26 x 18 x 1.5cm
Is the motion sensor range adjustable.
Asked by jon bent on 30 Aug 2016
The range of the PIR sensor is not adjustable. If you are looking for a adjustable PIR sensor then try the EVO Smd pro security light .
Is the solar panel independent of the lighting unit?
Asked by Colin H on 29 Aug 2016
The solar panel is independent and has approximately 5m of cable between the light and panel.
Only had these for a short time and lights at first stayed on all night. Now coming on at dusk but going off way before dawn. Why??. Disappointed as still on shortest nights. ???
Asked by Joseph Kerwin on 28 Aug 2016
This sounds like the panel location problem and the solar cells aren’t getting enough sun light. If you can try changing the angle and the location of the panel. At this time of year (mid summer) in the UK the solar panel should be almost horizontal, I’d also suggest allowing the batteries to charge for 2-3days without switching the lights on. If you continue to have problems please contact us.
Hi there, is it possible to take the spikes off and would they work inside as low lights, in a bathroom for example? Cheers, Rich
Asked by Rich on 26 Aug 2016
Yes, the spikes are detachable however we wouldn't recommend using the lights inside.
Hi there, would these work indoors, as low lights for a bathroom, for example? Cheers, Rich
Asked by Rich on 26 Aug 2016
For solar panels to works your need exposure to the sun without going through glass as it can filter out what charges the panel. So if you panel is in a good location then this lights will work.
Will the light work like pir and remain on whilst motion detected remains within range.?
Asked by Peter on 25 Aug 2016
Yes, that's exactly how it works, it will only turn off after the motion has ceased or is out of range of the PIR.
Are these white or coloured? Do you have a picture of them lit up?
Asked by Deanne on 25 Aug 2016
These are white Festoon lights, a picture of them lit up will be available soon.
I have had outdoor solar lights and they have failed due to water ingress up the wire in to the LED bulb. How do your systems deal with this problem? Thanks Justin
Asked by J Michell on 25 Aug 2016
We can't go into too much detail about the exact process used to stop this problem however it took almost 12 months to perfect and has been flawless since launch.
where does the solar panel have to beplaced for best results
Asked by carol campbell on 25 Aug 2016
The panel needs to be facing the sun for the most amount of time over the entire day. Mid day sun is of course the strongest. Depending and where you live the angle of the panel will change over the year. Right now in the UK the sun is almost straight overhead thus the panel should be almost horizontal at this time of year.
Hi do you do solar lights for driveways but ones you can drive over please
Asked by Paula on 23 Aug 2016
Yes, the Paverlights are designed for this specific purpose.
I am planning to use this light inside my garage with the solar panel out side, will the light come on during the day or will i have to disconnect the solar panel for it to come on?
Asked by Andy on 19 Aug 2016
You would have to disconnect or cover the solar panel( to simulate night time) for the light to come on.
Hi. Is this just controlled via motion or is there also a photocell in there to hold off the light during daytime? Cheers.
Asked by David Evans on 18 Aug 2016
Yes, the Truro Motion light will only activate when motion is detected at night.
I have fence posts which are 4 X 4 inches for the top - will the Henley lamp fit onto this or will it hang over the edges??
Asked by Jo Woolnough on 17 Aug 2016
The diameter of the base is 120mm so there will be a slight overhang on the fence posts. One idea is using a post cap on the fence posts to increase the size slightly?
I'm looking at putting fairy lights inside a play house can you switch them on during the day or do they just come on at night?!
Asked by Donna on 13 Aug 2016
The only way you could do this would be to cover the panel to trick it into thinking night has arrived early. This will have a knock on effect on the amount of charge picked up during the day so you'd see a reduced runtime.
Can I buy the light to illuminate a bedroom whilst I am away from the house to make it look like a light is on without actually leaving one on. Can I just pop it in a window and allow the sun to hit the solar panel?
Asked by Annie wild on 11 Aug 2016
We wouldn't recommend this, the panel may struggle to pick up sufficient charge behind the glass. The only way this might work would be to purchase an additional top and swap them over as required however this would only work if you were away for a day or two at a time.
Can your solar lights be switched off?
Asked by Fiona on 11 Aug 2016
Yes, the Henley solar garden light can be manually switched off.
Hi What is the difference between these and the Henleys- why are the Henleys so much more expensive- is it just the dimensions?
Asked by Lee Walpole on 10 Aug 2016
The simplest way to compare these is the Henley is a bright mains equivalent garden light. The Tunbridges are high quality solar garden lights. The Henley is much brighter and therefore has a larger solar panel and batteries to provide the extra lighting.
What type of batteries used in the solar panel.
Asked by Kirthi Kularatna on 9 Aug 2016
The Albany solar panel contains 3 x NiMH AA rechargeable batteries that are easily replaceable.
ive just bought the Selene Solar Landscape Spotlights will the Evo SMD extension fit these spotlights. regards
Asked by kevin on 8 Aug 2016
It's not compatible with the Selenes.
How do I access the on/off/ S/P switch, battery if it needs changed. Thanks
Asked by Robert Mitchell on 8 Aug 2016
These are located on the underside of the top. Simply remove it from the white diffuser and turn it over.
Hi. Wondering if it's possible to run two strings of lights from one base (i.e two strings of 100 leds each)? Trying to replace an old set of lights we use for camping and having two shorter lengths running in different directions was useful. Looking at the pics, the solar panel and the light socket look like they're the same. Many thanks.
Asked by Stef on 8 Aug 2016
This isn't possible, one socket is dedicated to the solar panel and the other is dedicated to a single string.
Is it possible to get different bulbs for this... I'm not a huge fan of warm white and would like to replace it with 'cool' white if at all possible.
Asked by Sally on 7 Aug 2016
The Aria is only available in warm white or colour changing .
Can the top piece with the solar panel be position back on the top so the lift up panel faces a different direction, for example if the lights were placed on a pillar facing east, could the top be put on the top so the lift up solar panel faces south? Hope I being clear? Thanks
Asked by Clive on 7 Aug 2016
Great question, yes, the top can be positioned on top exactly as you describe. You can also angle the "flip up part" to any angle in between the 90 degree increments available by rotating the whole top on the light.
Do you know where I can get green dichroic glass filters for these spotlights? The light size seems to be 60mm, but all the filters seem to be 50mm.
Asked by Jennifer McDowall on 7 Aug 2016
We plan to launch a range of spotlight colour filters in the future however these won't be made from glass I'm afraid and I don't know where else to source them from.
Do these fit your new Lumify range?
Asked by Greg on 7 Aug 2016
They're not compatible with the Lumify range.
Could you keep the battery charged in the winter by connecting to a cars output
Asked by allan woods on 6 Aug 2016
The kit is designed to work without needing a backup power source however it powers a standard 12v battery so any other methods for charging a 12v battery can be used.
How would you describe the light given off by this lantern? Is it a warm white or more a brilliant white? I ordered the Tunbridge garden lights and hoping for an approximate match in colour of light output. Thanks.
Asked by Steven Wright on 5 Aug 2016
The Henley is a natural white light output, it's a little cooler than the Tunbridge lights but warmer than the brilliant white you often see on solar lights.
One question asked how to fit onto metal gate posts but your answer was that they came with a spike so you couldn't say how to fit them. The fitting instructions on your web page refers to deck installation and says remove the black base, fit to decking and replace the unit. Is this correct as I would also want to install onto decking.
Asked by Jim Walkden on 2 Aug 2016
Yes, they can be screwed down to decking or any hard surface with an area of at least 80 x 80 mm.
I have installed the the 2 set and they work brilliantly. However, I have a garden feature between to two ares lighte dwhich I would also like to light. Do you supply a single spot light with a remote solar panel or an addition to the twin set?
Asked by David on 31 Jul 2016
We have two a single spot lights with a remote solar panel. Albany and the Zeus spotlights
I have a Astron solar panel in place, (light not in use) could I connect to this instead of the one supplied
Asked by Helen on 31 Jul 2016
No, the batteries are in the solar panel so the only compatible panel is the one supplied with the light.
What are the diamensions for the Guide light?
Asked by Chris Gate on 31 Jul 2016
We've added a diagram to the website.
Do these lights have a metal or plastic spike? I am trying to decided between these and the London XT. Please explain the main benefits for each.
Asked by David on 31 Jul 2016
The Kodiaks have a robust plastic spike, we've had no breakages to date. Both sets of lights are very good and both feature Powersaving™. The Kodiaks benefit from Edge Technology™ which doubles the effective solar panel area. The London's have classic styling and solid metal spikes. More often than not it comes to a style preference however the Kodiak's will edge the winter performance as the solar panel can be angled to capture more light when the sun is low in the sky.
hi, are these lights complete of the point to place them in the soil with ? Which is their height from ground, once placed ? Thanks
Asked by Enzo Particco on 30 Jul 2016
There's now a diagram showing the full dimensions for the Tunbridge Solar Lights.
hi again, which is the lighting power (lux) of this model ? Thanks
Asked by Enzo Particco on 30 Jul 2016
Unfortunately we don't use lux ratings however the Henley is 40 lumens.
I can see nowhere on your product information for the Mini London Solar Post light of the type of battery that it uses. Please let me know. Thanks
Asked by Silvi Smith on 29 Jul 2016
Each Mini London post has 1 x rechargeable NiMH battery inside.
I've been looking at a lot of solar wall lights over the last few days. Most have been made of plastic, felt flimsy as well as a bit cheap looking and usually made in China. The Kodiak minis are made of stainless steel which is what I am looking for but can you tell me where they have been manufactured? I'm really looking for some confirmation of quality as I have been disappointed too often recently and these look really good.
Asked by Neil Gavin on 28 Jul 2016
As with almost all products these days, the Kodiaks are made in China, however you'll feel the quality of the product immediately when you take it out the box. If you're unhappy with anything you've got 30 days to send it back as well. Hope that helps.
Hi, what is the expected lifespan of this type of system, in particular the solar panel ?
Asked by Chris Coughlin on 25 Jul 2016
The Solar Panel is a glass fronted aluminium framed solar panel so should match a typical home PV installation of up to 20 - 25 year lifespan.
Is this easily mounted on a wooden fence? I am not very diy inclined! Thx
Asked by Pat on 24 Jul 2016
Yes, very straightforward, just two screws required and you're ready to go.
Have these lights got a function to just turn on at dusk and off at dawn?
Asked by Jojo on 24 Jul 2016
The Guide will start sensing motion and activating once motion is detected however they'll turn off again once the motion stops. There's no way of over riding this.
What is the waterproofing and outdoor protection rating?
Asked by M Evans on 23 Jul 2016
The Kodiak's have an IP44 rating so are suitable for year round outdoor use.
Are the ground spikes stainless steel or plastic?
Asked by Mike Almond on 22 Jul 2016
The spikes with the mini Londons are plastic, their bigger brother, the London XT's have metal spikes.
Please advise on amount of lumeens
Asked by Ralph Allan on 12 Jul 2016
The Guide is 200 Lumens
What's the power output of this product ( In Watts) please?
Asked by Ahmed on 9 Jul 2016
Roughly the equivalent of a 30w incandescent bulb.
Roughly how long before you have to recharge the batteries
Asked by A blythe on 8 Jul 2016
The batteries are recharged daily by the solar panel.
What is the IP rating for these lights?
Asked by Tim White on 7 Jul 2016
The lights are rated IP65
does it run on Lithium Ion or Ni mh batteries and how many are included, is it possible to replace these batteries and led lights through yourselves
Asked by bob on 5 Jul 2016
It comes with 2 x NiMH standard rechargeable batteries that are easily replaceable. The LED is rated to 50,000 hrs so will not need replacing.
Can you please give me the height of these garden lights. Is the spike metal or plastic and could they be cemented into the ground. Thank you.
Asked by Gary Miller on 3 Jul 2016
The dimensions have been added as an image, the spike is a solid plastic construction. The light could be cemented into the ground however you'd need to create your own fixings for this. Have you consider the pillar version that's designed to be screwed down to a solid base?
Is this product marine grade or just regular stainless steel ?
Asked by Julie on 2 Jul 2016
It's 201 grade stainless steel with a electrophoresis coated surface for excellent rust protection.
When will this item be available for purchase please?
Asked by Barbara Brown on 2 Jul 2016
This has been discontinued and won't be available again.
what colour is the cable please?
Asked by w j on 1 Jul 2016
The cable on the Bling string Solar Fair lights is a very dark green designed to blend in with foliage.
What size is the net when spread out?
Asked by Karen on 30 Jun 2016
The net covers Approx. 1.6m x 0.9m.
Is a separate extension cable available to extend the solar panel beyond 5m?
Asked by Rob on 27 Jun 2016
You can use the Evo SMD Solar Panel Extension Cable which will give you another 5m.
What are the dimensions?
Asked by Sara Tyler on 26 Jun 2016
19cm high and 7.7cm square
Approximately how long will the batteries last before they need replacing (based on a certain amount of usage per day)?
Asked by Fran on 26 Jun 2016
At least 2-3 years.
I assume that the little black switch near the batteries is the S/P/Off switch. How do I know which setting is which as there is no label?
Asked by Mark on 23 Jun 2016
There are markings on the plastic but they can be hard to see. The middle is "Off". The brighter setting is "S" and the slightly dimmer setting is "P".
Does the PIR sensor rotate horizontally as well as vertically please?
Asked by Kev G on 16 Jun 2016
Yes
What is the on/off swich like? Please send illustration. My old fingers cannot cope with the rubbery mound.
Asked by Pennant Huskinson on 13 Jun 2016
The switch is a push style with rubbery mound.
Can this light be screwed down to decking board ?
Asked by Lee on 12 Jun 2016
Yes
What are the dimensions of the rc unit. Need to know as wife wants one small enough to fit either on her key ring or in her hand bag
Asked by Gon on 12 Jun 2016
The remote is small enough to fit on a key ring or put in hand bag.
Can I run 2 solar panels to one light? Positioning of panel difficult to get permanent charge from the sun so thought I could have 2 panels in different positions so could mount the panels in 2 different places.
Asked by linda on 9 Jun 2016
This unit only allows use of one solar panel. There are extension cables if this helps.
Can they be supplied by yourself wilth any form of motion or pir devise
Asked by Ian on 6 Jun 2016
We do not do this light with PIR detection built in. Very sorry.
Do these lights have the on/off switch facility?
Asked by Ron Harrison on 6 Jun 2016
Yes, underneath the top
Hi is the lower white circle clear or frosted same question for underneath the light and does it have 4 lights thanks
Asked by R cox on 6 Jun 2016
It is frosted glass. It has 1 SMD bulb.
Can a pir be fitted
Asked by Ian on 4 Jun 2016
No. This cannot be fitted with a PIR. Any modifications made to the unit will invalidate the 12 month warranty.
what is the size of the globe.
Asked by Maxine on 4 Jun 2016
Size - 840mm high x 100mm diameter
I received 4 London lights and I'm pleased they are so much better than the cheap high street ones I had before. Looks like quite a few are finding they are replacing the tops after 2 years. Will they last longer if left on P setting or does that not make any difference to the overall life expectancy?
Asked by Nigel Harris on 4 Jun 2016
The P/S settings do not make a difference to the overall life expectancy. It is just the batteries which need replacing after approximately 2 years.
How big is this please?
Asked by Lesley on 2 Jun 2016
15cm diameter crystal ball
What do the 2 settings P and S do?
Asked by Mike on 1 Jun 2016
P is for powersaving. It runs slightly dimmer but goes for longer and is ideal for winter usage. The S is for Summer and is full brightness.
Please give dimensions of the light unit.
Asked by Nicky on 31 May 2016
150 x 110 x 150mm
Are they white or warmwhite?
Asked by Garry Hayne on 30 May 2016
These are plain white
Hi, Can you tell me if the solar panel will charge in sunlight even when the cable lead is not conected to the spotlights? The area I wish to position my spotlights is shaded and was therefore wondering if it was possible to disconnect the solar panel and place in sunlight without having to move the lights as well. Many Thanks.
Asked by Jon on 30 May 2016
The batteries are inside the solar panel and will charge without the lights being plugged in.
Can you get timers for these lights ? No need to be on all night
Asked by Jan jones on 29 May 2016
They do not come with timers for turning them off. We do not sell timers for these lights.
What is the diameter of the base. Was looking to put lights on fence post which are 100mm across. Thanks
Asked by Neal on 28 May 2016
Wall Bracket: 112mm diameter
Are these lights cool white or warm white?
Asked by john priest on 28 May 2016
These are cool white. Click here for Warm White Fairy Lights
Would this or longer wiring kits work as an extension to the wire connecting a solar powered light and its actual solar panel?
Asked by Cristina Boira-Talens on 26 May 2016
This is intended to be used with our Geo mains free lighting kits.
I would like to extend the distance from panel to light using a junction box and cable. What is the maximum length of cable recommended and at what cable size ?
Asked by Mark Wilkes on 25 May 2016
We do not recommend modifying the unit or cable as this would invalidate the warranty period. There are extension cables available on the website.
Hi, I was thinking of using these as down-lights on an overhanging sleeper. Do the actual LED lights have screws to fix them in so they don't fall out?
Asked by Alex on 24 May 2016
The light parts just push in.
Need to know the dimensions of this product
Asked by A French on 23 May 2016
Click here to see a diagram of the Solar Wall Light
How many hours will the light run in the night
Asked by Jerry on 22 May 2016
Up to 12 hours during summer (or all night). During winter this would be more like up to 4 hours depending on solar panel location.
How long does the rechargeable battery last in the solar panel? Mine seems to not be charging any more. Can I order a replacement one?
Asked by Stefan Atkins on 20 May 2016
Please try the recharge procedure of turning it off for a few days to build up the charge in the battery. Like with all rechargeable batteries the efficiency is likely to drop after 3-5 years depending on usage. We offer a full 12 month warranty should you have any problems within this time please contact us. The battery can not be replaceable on this product
Hi, does the reel look like an old fashioned film reel? If so it would be ideal for a project I have in mind.
Asked by Julia Brady on 17 May 2016
This doesn't really look like an old fashioned film reel. Very sorry.
Are they in stock now and how long is delivery please
Asked by Bridget on 16 May 2016
They are in stock. Delivery options are: Free delivery (4-7 working days), 2 - 3 working days delivery (extra Ā£4.07), next working day (extra Ā£6.07).
Ideally I would like 2 bulk head lamps to light a verandah to give an even spread of light. Is there an option to add another lamp to this set up?
Asked by Chris Hursey on 16 May 2016
You can only run one light from the solar panel provided.
Is the led bulb warm white or cool white?
Asked by Barry on 13 May 2016
It is more warm white
Hi, I am thinking of buying these light to mount on top of some brick pillars is that possible or are the just for using with the spike?
Asked by Tom on 13 May 2016
They are just for using with the spike
Do these lights come in warm white?
Asked by Fabian Mizzi on 13 May 2016
There is only one temperature available which is more warm than stark white.
I want to replace existing light in decking so I need dimensions please
Asked by Paul Scotland on 10 May 2016
This is not a decking light. It is designed to be used with the London, Canterbury, and Durham.
Is the rechargeable battery replaceable?
Asked by Ann Middleton on 9 May 2016
Yes. It is a single AA battery (Ni-MH and 800mAh).
do you sell spare motion sensors for the eye42. mine has stopped working but everything else works.
Asked by Mark Stockley. on 8 May 2016
We no longer have any motion sensors or stock for the Eye 42. Very sorry.
I have a prior version of this light. The battery drained completely. I recharged it for a couple of weeks (and I live in a very sunny place). When I turned it back on the light came on just fine but I'm having trouble calibrating it, lots of trouble. Could you please specify the steps required to calibrate the settings? Thank you. Ted
Asked by Ted Stresen-Reuter on 7 May 2016
We always recommend starting at the minimum settings and working your way up until you find a setting which you are happy with.
HOW MANY SMD LED DOES IT HAVE?
Asked by BILAL QAZI on 2 May 2016
1 SMD
can a 150w inverter power a pond pump for a period of time, or allow for remote access to electric power in the garden generally?
Asked by william slinn on 1 May 2016
150W inverters are used to increase the output voltage from a 12v battery to 240v AC. It does not store or provide power. It changes the voltage from 12v to 240v.
What size hole cutter is needed to install in decking? Thanks
Asked by Pete on 26 Apr 2016
The recessed part is 97mm in diameter.
Would the solar lights be suitable for a shaded deck
Asked by marion on 24 Apr 2016
No. The lights require direct sunlight during the daytime.
Hi. I am planning on installing these in decking that is next to a well lit room with patio doors. Will the light from the room stop these coming on?
Asked by James Cook on 22 Apr 2016
If you can position the solar panel so it does not get the light from the patio doors at night AND still get direct sunlight during the day time it will work. Any light (streetlamp, house lights, etc.) getting on the solar panel at night will stop the lights from turning on.
Do these lights come with a USB charging cable, or if not, what type fits? Is it the same type that I use to charge a laptop? How do I know if the USB cable/s I already have will be compatible?
Asked by Viv on 21 Apr 2016
They do come with an appropriate USB cable, yes.
Can you add an extra light to this . ie , one solar panel , two lights ?
Asked by Paul on 20 Apr 2016
You cannot add an extra light.
Does the Astron solar bulkhead light have an IP waterproof rating ?
Asked by Sarah Robinson on 17 Apr 2016
IP is 56
does the solar panel tilt backwards? And does it flip up and backwards to be higher than the light, as it can facing forward. If I fix it to the fence it will be facing north and the panel must face south - backwards and be a bit higher up.
Asked by Ella on 16 Apr 2016
The solar panel is limited in it's tilting abilities. I do not think you will be able to get it facing south in your intended location.
I h ave just maybe a wall with glass bottles and want to put lights in some of them ,can you tell me the distance between each light.
Asked by Michael Baker on 15 Apr 2016
They are every 10cm
The instructions say to charge for 3 days before initial use. Does that mean leaving them outside in the off position for 3 days or putting them on in the morning then turning them off before its dark each day for 3 days
Asked by Shaun on 11 Apr 2016
This means leaving them in a sunny location (direct sunlight on the solar panel is important) turned off for 3 days.
I have 4 of the single brick lights two are not working ( 2 yrs old ) I have replacement batteries but can not get the back off ?
Asked by Derek Coulson on 9 Apr 2016
You can access the battery from the top of the unit (pull white part out as battery is underneath) but must be careful during reassemble so rubber seal is in place.
Is the light warm white? Can it be switched off if not required?
Asked by Stan Broster on 8 Apr 2016
It is a warm temperature. It can be switched off and will still charge.
hello, do you sell spare solar panels and batteries for the Edinburgh Solar Stainless Steel Deck Lights?
Asked by Daniel on 7 Apr 2016
We do not sell spare solar panels. The batteries are rechargeable and can be found in any high street supermarket.
Why is this not recommended when purchasing the GE02 system?
Asked by James on 5 Apr 2016
The panel strength isn't sufficient enough to warranty needing a charge controller. The controller is there to ensure there is no over-charge and this is not likely to happen on the smaller kits.
is there - or could there be - a choice between warm white and cool white. i.e. is the bulb changeable?
Asked by Edward Bourne on 3 Apr 2016
The bulbs are not changeable and we only intend to do this in one colour temperate. Very sorry.
if we connected a flexi pipe to the pump how far verticaly would the pump, pump to flow into a water feature, it would only have to be a trickle.
Asked by Colin Robillard on 3 Apr 2016
This is not a very powerful pump and is ideal for small ponds and bird baths. I suspect it would be a trickle.
Does the unit have replaceable batteries? How long do fitted batteries last? What type are they? Does solar cell work on North facing wall?
Asked by David Canning on 2 Apr 2016
The batteries can be replaced. They should last up to 2 years. The solar cell will not work on a North facing wall and needs direct sunlight as much as possible
What are the dimensions of the light and the solar panel?
Asked by Michael Jarosz on 1 Apr 2016
Light is 21 x 12 x 9cm. Panel 26 x 18 x 1.5cm
Can you effectively switch these lights "off" and not make use of the built up solar power if desired?
Asked by Paul Brotherton on 31 Mar 2016
Yes you can manually switch these off.
Can you use the LED mini ball attachments with the Blingstring solar fairy lights (100) ?
Asked by Howard Jones on 28 Mar 2016
Yes
What colour temperature are these lights? Would they be considered warm white or cool white (6000k)? Thanks
Asked by Adam on 28 Mar 2016
It is more a warm white.
Good afternoon, just wondering if you stock or can get hold of replacement batteries for the Evo SMD Solar Security Light? Also is it possible to let me know what type of battery they use and their size? Best regards Paul Riches
Asked by Paul Riches on 28 Mar 2016
There shouldn't be a need to replace it immediately. We are looking at adding the battery to the website soon.
Can you provide the dimensions of the Truro Wall Light please? Particularly the mounting.
Asked by Rob Haines on 28 Mar 2016
Please see pictures for dimensions.
What is the size of each flower
Asked by Lynn Grant on 19 Mar 2016
Approx 12cm across when flattened.
Could I fit a flexi pipe to the pump to route the water through a stone frog, instead of using the fountain attachment? Thanks
Asked by Carole on 18 Mar 2016
Yes you could providing the water does not need to go far to go through the frog. It is not a powerful pump and is ideal for bird baths and small ponds.
Hi, My front door faces north. Which solar light is most suitable? Also, how do they work in winter? Thank you.
Asked by J Doran on 16 Mar 2016
This light would not be suitable for the mentioned location. We would recommend a light/security light which has a separate (connected via cable) solar panel so that you can position the solar panel where it will get direct sunlight.
Please could you tell me how long the lead between the panel and the light is please.
Asked by Darren on 16 Mar 2016
1.82m from panel to light.
Are the lights on constantly after dark (until the charge runs out) or do they flash?
Asked by Kath on 16 Mar 2016
They only do constantly on until charge runs out.
I note that someone has already asked question around fitting to ceiling is this something that would work ie is the cable flexible to wrap around ceiling rafters thanks
Asked by Lynsey on 14 Mar 2016
The cable is flexible enough to wrap around rafters, railings, branches, etc.
Hi, can you sent me the full content of items in the box? Can the light be setup in the garden without mounting on the wall by a stand with a peg and is this inclusive?
Asked by Tee on 11 Mar 2016
This does not come with a peg type mounting for pushing into the ground. It comes with everything required to attach it to a roof/wall/fence.
could you advise length of cable on blingstring 200 lights please
Asked by Lynne on 8 Mar 2016
It is 20m of lights and another 50cm back to the solar panel.
The selene spots advise a 2000mAh battery can these be used and what will the difference be in brightness and run time? Do you sell the 2000Mah batteries at all?
Asked by victor nicholas on 7 Mar 2016
We do not sell the 2000Mah batteries but you should be able to find them in any highstreet supermarket. The difference would be the run time not the brightness. It would run for less time.
I have three trees in front of a 14ft wall which faces north. I would like to illuminate these but wonder if this light will recharge when that area does not get any sun during the winter months & only a little in the summer. If this light is not suitable please can you recommend one/ones that will. Many Thanks.
Asked by Mrs RA Rose on 6 Mar 2016
This light is probably not suitable. The solar panel needs as much direct sunlight as possible. If it gets none during winter it will not work. If it gets only a little during summer it will work but only for really short periods.
My Astron64 has failed & I will replace it with the EVO SMD remote controlled light. What length of cable connects the solar panel to the lamp fitting?
Asked by Stuart on 5 Mar 2016
The cable is 5m from light to solar panel.
Apart from the obvious aesthetic differences and the solar panel, how does this light compare to the Canterbury XT in the same lighting conditions? Eg. Brightness and duration of light. Also, is the build quality the same?
Asked by Matt on 4 Mar 2016
Both lights are pretty similar in terms of operation, quality, and use. The Canterbury offers a power-saving setting and the Kodiak offers the twist-twin solar panel which allows both to work in winter.
Is it possible to fit a timer to this unit so that I can get it to turn on and off at set times?
Asked by Juliette Bevis on 4 Mar 2016
It is not possible to change the unit and doing so would invalidate the warranty period which is 12 months from date of purchase.
Hello. I bought a set of these lights approx 2 years ago and they have stopped working. Any thoughts please? Does the solar panel need replacing? Thanks.
Asked by Dave Sanders on 2 Mar 2016
We would recommend replacing the batteries at this stage and making sure that lots of direct sunlight is getting on the solar panel.
We want a light to go in a small 1.5x1.5 mtre lean to outdoor field tea making shed.. Would it light up enough to put a kettle on a portable gas stove and make sandwiches/ soup at night?
Asked by Pat rowan on 28 Feb 2016
This could work but it is more a diffused light and we would recommend a more direct light. Please take a look at our Geo Mains-Free Lighting Kit for an alternative.
I have a Vortex Solar Shed Light (haven't unpacked it or installed it yet), I was planning to use this in my bird aviary. I am wondering whether you have a similar light to this Vortex shed light , which has an remote control for switching the light on and off, please? Many thanks, David
Asked by David on 25 Feb 2016
The only remote controlled light we have currently is the Evo SMD Remote Controlled Solar Floodlight which may be too bright for your aviary. Sorry.
Can the solar panel be used to charge two lights? For example the light supplied but also the vortex shed light? Does it come with a Y splitter lead, if not can this be purchased to make it work?
Asked by Mark on 24 Feb 2016
Unfortunately this is not possible. Sorry. We always recommend you use the supplied solar panel.
Can I buy a replacement top section which contains the LED?
Asked by Sharon Stevens on 23 Feb 2016
Yes, they're available here .
can you replace the batteries
Asked by ALAN CLAPSON on 23 Feb 2016
Yes. The batteries are underneath the cap/solar panel.
Does it have the same SMD tech as the London post lights?
Asked by Philip Bevis on 23 Feb 2016
Yes
Can these lights by mounted pointing downwards from the underside of a pergola to light the pathway underneath?
Asked by Anne on 23 Feb 2016
Yes
Could these be used in intense heat such as Canary Islands or North Africa
Asked by Andrew on 22 Feb 2016
Yes. We have had customers in Spain and Africa.
Do you have spare panels for these lights?
Asked by Carroll Barry-Walsh on 21 Feb 2016
Yes, we offer replacement solar panels here .
Can I add a 2nd light to the solar panel or does each light require a separate panel?
Asked by Karen Scott on 21 Feb 2016
Each light requires it's own solar panel. You cannot run two from one solar panel or vice versa. Very sorry.
I have received the lights but I am following instructions. But there's is no on/off switch. Just off and the p&s. How do I turn on?!
Asked by Ben jacob on 17 Feb 2016
The P & S are both on. The off position is in the middle. The P is the Power-saving setting. The S is the summer setting.
Do I need special solar batteries for solar lights in the garden and do I need a special charger for solar batteries?
Asked by Diana clark on 15 Feb 2016
The batteries must be rechargeable. The solar panel will charge the batteries.
Hi can you please advise of the size of this product thank you :)
Asked by carrie on 9 Feb 2016
It is 38cm tall, 8cm wide on the light part itself, and a total of 14.5cm from the front of the unit to the back of the bracket.
When will this product be back in stock and can you notify me please?
Asked by Geraldine Willis on 6 Feb 2016
This is a discontinued item. We only supply the Everjet Solar Fountain now. Very sorry.
MY LIGHT LOOKS GOOD. WHICH ARE THE BEST SETTINGS PLEASE ?
Asked by CHRIS ODDIE on 5 Feb 2016
We have found that Lux setting 4 provides the best performance but it is down to the location of the light/solar panel and the consumer's preference.
I would wish to leave them off most of the time but I can't find information about how they are switched on and off other than that there is a switch. Can you help please?
Asked by David S on 4 Feb 2016
The switch is on the inside of the unit at the back. To access it you would need to undo the screws shown on the top.
Does the wall light incorporate its own solar panel or does it require the Edge panel in addition? Is this included in the pack at Ā£24.99? Is the Edge mounted separately and wire in to the lamp?
Asked by Mike Pattinson on 1 Feb 2016
The solar panel is attached to the top of this light and comes with Edge technology already installed allowing you to twist and flip the panel and double the input.
I need a downlighter to illuminate our house sign which is mounted on an east facing wall. Does the Truro produce sufficient light for this purpose or can it be fitted with more powerful LEDs? I would only need it to light up for six or so hours. If it is not powerful enough can you suggest any other light in your range?
Asked by Mike Pattinson on 1 Feb 2016
This light should be able to do what you want especially with the power-saving mode. However a south facing wall would be better.
Does this light have a feature that allows it to switch on once dark and swich off once day light?
Asked by Muds on 30 Jan 2016
This light will only switch on with activation via PIR detection
do these lights have replaceable batteries
Asked by ALAN CLAPSON on 29 Jan 2016
Yes. The lights come with batteries already installed and these can be replaced.
Am wanting to instal 2 solar powered security lights can the both run from one panel or do I have to use a panel for each
Asked by Stephen kingston on 27 Jan 2016
It is one solar panel per each light. You cannot run two from one panel.
Is there a motion sensor version of this light please.
Asked by Ronan OBrien on 24 Jan 2016
We do not have a motion sensor version of this light. Please see our Security Lights for PIR activated lights.
Can I purchase additional remote controls for this light, if so , what is the cost please.
Asked by kerry Coniam on 24 Jan 2016
We do not sell additional remotes. Only one can be used with the light.
Just bought this and doesn't seem to work. How do u know if the button is in the off position in order to charge? Not sure if its faulty ?
Asked by Kev on 23 Jan 2016
The light will charge with the button in the off and on position. The light will not turn on if the solar panel is receiving any kind of charge (from sun or streetlamp). To test this please unplug the light from the solar panel to check if it comes on.
Good afternoon, Is this bulkhead very bright? I am looking for the brightest light to put into a stable for the farrier to work on the horses feet when it is dark outside. We are lucky enough to be completely south facing. Thanks
Asked by John Dimmock on 22 Jan 2016
This does give out a fair amount of light but not enough to work by. I would recommend a Vortex instead for this job.
Hello, Is it possible to mount these lights in patio slabs rather than wooden decking?
Asked by Steve Evans on 18 Jan 2016
Yes. These are completely waterproof.
Are the batteries easily replaceable?
Asked by jack moore on 18 Jan 2016
Yes. The batteries are underneath the top and accessible after unscrewing a part.
Are these batteries suitable for lumify USB solar lights 100
Asked by Christine Newton on 15 Jan 2016
There are not compatible with the Lumify lights.
What length are these lights in inches please
Asked by Jean kelly on 14 Jan 2016
8.46 inches long
Hi when will you have an extension cable for this light please?
Asked by Dawn on 13 Jan 2016
We have an extension cable (5m) available now.
has this got a sensor so when someones comes to a door it will come on or does it always stay on at night
Asked by mel on 11 Jan 2016
This will turn on at dusk. It does not have a PIR sensor.
Hello, Due to the lack of sun my 3 sets of Edinburgh Decking lights have stopped working. Can the batteries be charged by my Ni Cd mains battery charger and if not can I put Ni Cd rechargeable batteries into my 3 solar panels? Regards
Asked by JOHN KELLY on 11 Jan 2016
The mains charger should work but we recommend testing one set first. If you replace the batteries you should always try and match the capacity on the existing batteries. Thanks!
does this light need batteries if so where are they situated 10 01 2016
Asked by john williams on 10 Jan 2016
The batteries are included and housed inside the light head.
Is it possible to break the cable to install a separate on/off switch for ease of use. I'm thinking of installing them on the inside of a gazebo roof as a garden room
Asked by M Carver on 7 Jan 2016
If any changes are made to the unit or cable it would invalidate the warranty which is 12 months from date of purchase.
Is the sensor can detect animal as small as cats. I want to install the light to chase bandicoot rats. Therefore the light should switch on for bandicoot rat movements. The rats are the sizes 25-29 cm
Asked by Anuruddha on 6 Jan 2016
It is possible with the sensitivity and correct set-up.
Our front door is in a 320mm deep U shaped recess and facing North, which is not ideal, although we do live in Southern Spain and get plenty of sunshine. From your experience would it best to fit it on one of the side walls adjacent to the door, but within the recess, or on the front face of the house, above the recess.
Asked by DUNCAN DAVIES on 6 Jan 2016
We do not recommend installing this on a north facing wall. The solar panel requires direct sunlight and not just access to the open sky. Sorry.
I have the first version of the Astron floodligjt. And it's good. The new one looks to be a smaller face.. Is that so? And is the bracket able to be positioned easily facing down position as I really need down lighting where this might be needed?
Asked by Pat rowan on 4 Jan 2016
The light part is smaller in size but just as powerful and with new SMD LEDs. You can angle the light downwards using the bracket provided. The solar panel is the same size and wattage but is not compatible between units.
Hi Please can you advise me of the dimensions of this light.
Asked by Neville Sandham on 3 Jan 2016
215mm by 245mm. The base part is 120mm.
Does it have a manual on/off button?
Asked by Michael Fox on 30 Dec 2015
It has a remote control button and a switch on the light itself. Yes.
Is it advisable the garden globes should be stored away over winter?
Asked by clair earle on 29 Dec 2015
We do not advise customers to store away lights over winter. Solar lights need a little bit of charge every few days and can develop problems if stored away.
I love these lamps (already have two). I would like to buy some more but they've been out of stock for months now. Are you planning on getting more and, if so, when? Thanks.
Asked by Ana on 27 Dec 2015
These have been discontinued but you can still find them from other suppliers.
Do the lights come with LEDs ? Or do you have to buy them ? What sort do you need ?
Asked by Paul on 24 Dec 2015
The lights come with LEDs already inside. The LED is the little yellow square you can see underneath the top.
Is there an extension cable that is compatible with the SolarCentre Solar Pir Porch Light?
Asked by Martin Wilkinson on 24 Dec 2015
We do not have an extension cable for the PIR Porch Light. Very sorry.
Hi I just wanted to know if i can use your Evo SMD Solar in Africa.
Asked by Johnny Boye on 24 Dec 2015
You can.
Can you please advise the warranty details which apply to to the solar panels. Thank you.
Asked by A.J.FAZEY on 22 Dec 2015
All of our lights/products are supplied with a 12 month warranty period from date of purchase
Just purchased a set of these lights could you tell me if there is a guarantee with them please.
Asked by Christine Kilpin on 21 Dec 2015
All of our lights are covered by a 12 month warranty from date of purchase
We have a huge tree to light from underneath, is this the best light for a grassed area and does it have a spike to secure into the ground
Asked by Paula on 20 Dec 2015
This comes with a spike for both solar panel and light.
The remote of Astron Solar Floodlight works also with EVO SMD ?
Asked by Marius on 19 Dec 2015
It doesn't.
When will these be back in stock please ?
Asked by Donna Roper on 18 Dec 2015
These have been discontinued. Very sorry.
Hi. Ive just received the Evo Pro SMD Solar Security Light and there appears to be a protective film over the solar panel . The 350 lumins panel had a film which was obvious it had to be removed as its edges overlapped the frame, but this panel has a film which continues underneath the alluminium frame. Should this film be removed ? Thanks.
Asked by Peter Flannery on 17 Dec 2015
The film should be obvious and will over-hang the solar panel and frame. If you cannot see the edge or it is continuing under the frame do not attempt to remove.
Hello. Can these be daisy chained to produce a 10m run for the Evo SMD (thus giving an overall 15m run of cable)?
Asked by Martyn B on 15 Dec 2015
These can be daisy chained, yes, but each time you do it you will lose some energy as it has to travel further.
Does the battery charge when the switch is in the 'off' position?
Asked by Tony Pay on 14 Dec 2015
Yes.
Is it possible to purchase a replacement solar panel??
Asked by James sewell on 13 Dec 2015
We do not have Edinburgh solar panels available for purchase.
Will this digital timer work with the Vortex Solar Shed Light if so do I need any extra cables or connectors, Look forward to hearing from you.
Asked by Michael Collins on 11 Dec 2015
This will not work with the Vortex Solar Shed Light.
Does the Henley Pillar Lamp have to be screwed down, or is it stable enough to be free standing, on top of a metal garden table for example?
Asked by Richard Goodman on 11 Dec 2015
It is intended to be screwed down. We would not recommend leaving it free standing.
In the winter when there is no direct sun, will they work?
Asked by Bill Cooper on 9 Dec 2015
These are a works in winter product and offer powersave technology. They also have a double solar panel for extra charge.
Are you able to remove the balls undamaged?
Asked by Alexis on 7 Dec 2015
Yes.
The text implies that to use these lights from a USB source (ie indoors) you need to remove the battery. Not sure why this should be? I want to power them from a USB source but while outdoors - can I not leave the battery in and use USB to keep it automatically topped up?
Asked by Brian Winn on 7 Dec 2015
These lights can be charged via the solar panel or via USB. If you intend to use them long term indoors you have two choices. You can USB or solar charge the battery to full, disconnect the panel or USB cable and operate the lights as required from the tube. Alternatively you can remove the battery and leave them plugged into a USB cable that will power the lights direct.
Hi, I hope to install these lights on an east facing wall, its an openish garden spot but being london there are tall buildings around which stop all direct sunlight from reaching ground floor level through the winter months. Do they need direct sunlight to work?
Asked by naomi on 7 Dec 2015
The solar panel needs as much direct sunlight as possible for optimal performance.
Can I run 2no Evo SMD Pro from the single solar cell?
Asked by Paul Graham on 7 Dec 2015
No.
How do these lights go into the ground? Do they have to be screwed in or can they be pushed in like many similar lights?
Asked by esther on 7 Dec 2015
These are screwed in.
Hi can I use the 12v PIR sensor on the Astron 64 my PIR is not working thanks Gary
Asked by Gary on 6 Dec 2015
This is not compatible with the Astron 64.
I am a bit confused about whether the lights should be left on or off and what I should do with them in the summer when I shall never use them. It can't be be good for the rechargeable to be left charging all the time and never discharging.
Asked by S Baker on 6 Dec 2015
The light should be left on so they can turn on automatically at dusk. It is okay for this unit to keep recharging as solar panel is only trickle charging the batteries and not like your mains in your house.
Are these lights water proof
Asked by Adam watts on 5 Dec 2015
Yes. Not suitable for use under water however.
Hi, Is this similar to the Porch Light (code: SS7526) that you sold last year? If so is the solar panel bigger? I have the PIR activated porch light which although very good will not work for 4 months of the year due to the small solar panel. If this panel is bigger can I connect it to my porch light? I might buy it just for the bigger panel or do you have a better panel that I can use with my porch light? Thanks.
Asked by David Hayhurst on 4 Dec 2015
The solar panel is bigger on the Vortex because it is meant to stay on for longer as a light. The Porch only activates when sensing movement so uses less energy. The original smaller solar panel should be more than adequate for the Porch. We would recommend checking the location of the solar panel to make sure it is receiving direct sunlight and is unobstructed during the day.
Hi is the extension cable for this light available yet?
Asked by Ann Morris on 2 Dec 2015
We are expecting the new cables to arrive before Christmas.
will this work in the winter months with not having as much sun or day light hours?
Asked by clare on 2 Dec 2015
This is a works in winter light.
I want to attached the lights to a fence. Is there a recommended spcing between the lights so i can determine how many I need.
Asked by Emma on 2 Dec 2015
Customers have done 1 to 1.5m spacing before and it's looked nice.
can these lights withstand a weight of a 4 wheel drive SUV ? thnx
Asked by suliman on 2 Dec 2015
No. They are not suitable for use in a driveway and are designed for decking areas that do not have vehicle traffic.
I would like to illuminate some signage at my place of work and want to know if I can mount these spotlights on to a brick wall and the solar panel on to a roof?
Asked by Dave on 1 Dec 2015
You can mount this on a wall and solar panel on the roof. However, you cannot angle the lights far enough back to shine on to the wall they are installed on like say above a sign.
does the lantern turn on automatically or do I have to turn it on ?
Asked by alan on 29 Nov 2015
The lantern will automatically turn on at dusk
Ineed to light a shaded area during the day - Could the 3w LED bulb run directly from the panel without using the battery {eg no battery in circuit} as a direct coupled system?
Asked by Anthony on 27 Nov 2015
No. It requires a battery and charge controller for daytime running. The current is not powerful enough to run a battery directly.
could of really used one of these. have 2 lights and both sensors are not working. Any chance this will be available in the future. Thanks
Asked by bob flynn on 26 Nov 2015
Please contact: Returns@TheSolarCentre.co.uk to seek replacement sensors.
what is the diameter of the base where it fixes to the post and are the fixing screws horizontal or vertical. the posts i have are quiet narrow in width
Asked by keith smith on 26 Nov 2015
10.5cm
Please confirm the brightness in lumens? (And, is it really equivalent to a 150-watt HALOGEN light?) Thank you!
Asked by Shari Barber-Bailey on 26 Nov 2015
It is 275 lumens. The equivalent to a 150w halogen light. You'd be surprised how bright it is.
Can you supply height and width of the fitting. Thank you.
Asked by Geoff Iles on 25 Nov 2015
Size 840mm x 100mm
HOW MANY LIGHTS CAN I RUN FROM A GEO 1 PANEL AND A 12AH BATTERY?
Asked by IAN MACLEAN on 24 Nov 2015
This depends on the wattage of the bulbs and how long you want them to run. We have designed it to run 1 x 3w LED lightbulb for up to 18 hours. If you add more bulbs (or increase the wattage) then it will run for less time.
Can the batteries be replaced and what do they cost
Asked by Ronaldreynolds@sky on 24 Nov 2015
The batteries can be replaced. They should last at least 2 years. A new battery usually costs around Ā£30 but needs a special quotation so always contact the office.
Do you have to purchase the charger pack with this item and if you intend to cut into two strips, do you need 2 chargers
Asked by Myra Moore on 20 Nov 2015
If you want to plug these into the mains then yes you need to purchase a charger. If you are cutting into two strips you would need two charges. If you are using a 12v battery system then you do not.
Hi, what determines how many hours of light-up time we will get from the lights each night? Product says dusk til dawn (which in winter could be 12 hours eg 5pm - 5am), however elsewhere I read it will be 8 hours? Does it depend on the strength of sunlight during the day, which could be significantly reduced in mid-December? I am concerned they may not be suitably effective at Christmas time. Regards Brendan
Asked by Brendan on 14 Nov 2015
The Lumify range is guaranteed to work in winter. It will operate for less time than summer due to the lack of sunshine. It can, however, be charged using the USB as a back-up if required.
Do these lights operate by an automatic pir sensor?
Asked by Rob Grant on 13 Nov 2015
The lights will turn on at dusk automatically. They are not PIR activated.
is this rated for 50W consumption or production. I have a 240W solar panel and want to charge a battery to run 3 12v 9W LED lamps in a stable.
Asked by Ant on 12 Nov 2015
Yes this should work.
What is the color temp of the lights? Do you have photos of it when illuminated?
Asked by Sean on 11 Nov 2015
The colour is plain white. You can see a life style photo of it above a bench in the pictures.
What is the range this light has? Would this be suitable for an outdoor riding ring?
Asked by Sydne on 10 Nov 2015
Up to 20m. You can use this for an outdoor riding ring if you used a couple around the edge.
How long will the battery last
Asked by Mr. Stewart on 10 Nov 2015
The battery should last at least 2 years.
Will the PIR sense movement from the side as well as the front of this unit?What is the total included angle the sensor detects movement at ?
Asked by Robert Williams on 10 Nov 2015
The PIR will sense movement from the side as well as the front. The sensor points downwards and will sense up to 3m.
What type and capacity of battery is fitted and how easy is it to replace the battery.
Asked by Chris Carroll on 9 Nov 2015
The batteries are inside the light and are easy to replace. You shouldn't need to replace the batteries for up to 2 years.
Hi, I'm looking for a decent priced way to put some lighting in my garden shed. Would a couple of these do the job by hanging them in the shed? Thanks.
Asked by Jas on 9 Nov 2015
We do not recommend hanging these in the shed. The solar panel, which is on top of the light, needs to have access to direct sunlight.
Have you got a 5m extension cable to suit an EVO SMD solar light, Thank you.
Asked by David Wakeford on 9 Nov 2015
We should have one available early in December.
Hi Guys, I want to buy multilpe units of this 300LED lumify but I have had some pretty bad experiences with cheaper units so I am worried about quality price etc. Can you please confirm what guarentee you provide with each unit ? thanks
Asked by Andrew Kiernan on 9 Nov 2015
All of our lights come with a 12 month warranty period.
I am looking to source 2 x quality solar lights to fit on top of my small pillars at driveway entrance, looking to provide some illumination even in winter, to help me select could you please advise the battery size/no of & type used in this light. Thanks
Asked by Anthony Warburton on 9 Nov 2015
This is the best option for what you want. The batteries will not need to be replaced for up to 2 years. The batteries are inside the light and are easy to replace.
Hello, I'm trying to decide between the mini light posts and the London XT ones for lighting our garden path. Is there any difference between the posts other than the size? Thank you.
Asked by Lauren on 8 Nov 2015
The only difference is the size. The Mini London's now come with XT tops for better winter usage.
Can the sensor be angled? I had hoped to fit on garage, just over 2m high to point straight down a drive. I see range is 90 degree and am concerned as to whether it will pick up movement coming up drive.
Asked by Pat on 8 Nov 2015
The sensor can be angled up and down and side to side. We do not recommend pointing it directly downwards as it may not pick up movement coming up the drive and only movement underneath it.
Can you please advise how long the lumify sub solar fairy lights are. I would like for a fence11mtrs. Thanks
Asked by Pat on 8 Nov 2015
The lights are along 10m of cable. It has an extra 2m without lights that goes back to the solar panel.
Just bought this product but before I fit it could you tell me the maximum distance that the PIR will activate. Many thanks.
Asked by Geoff Dunn on 8 Nov 2015
Up to 8m motion sensor range.
How long does it stay alight or can this be specified?
Asked by Frank Burson on 7 Nov 2015
The light will stay on while it is detecting motion and turn off a few seconds after motion finishes. The time cannot be adjusted.
Could this lamp be free standing ie not screwed to a surface so it could be used as emergency lighting indoors?
Asked by Mrs Gillian Howell on 5 Nov 2015
We would not recommend this light for emergency lighting indoors as it needs direct sunlight on the solar panel to charge.
Are these Garden Fairy lights Super bright white
Asked by Lily on 5 Nov 2015
These are the plain white version, yes.
will the light come on automatically at dusk or will I have to switch it on and off all the time
Asked by peter povey on 5 Nov 2015
It will come on automatically at dusk, yes.
I have just built a two room cabin on remote farm land, is it OK to add the third bulb to this installation? as we have a covered deck area in addition to the two rooms which we would like to light for evening use
Asked by Bri on 5 Nov 2015
You can add a third bulb to the system. It just means that the lighting time will go down due to the increase in drain from the battery. We do not recommend using the same type of bulb outside as it is not weatherproof.
Hi, is the wall mounting the same size as the Canterbury wall lights? I already have these and they're excellent during the summer, however, with the lower winter sun, am wondering if I could replace them with these ones as it looks like you can angle the solar panel to pick up the lower winter sun.
Asked by Simon on 3 Nov 2015
It looks the same but the fitting and hole placement is different. Very sorry. The Kodiak would be better for soaking up more sun due to the flip panel but the Canterbury has the XT power-saving top to compensate. Both have their benefits.
What is the length from the first bulb to the last and do you supply the multicolour with 300 LEDs?
Asked by Ian Smith on 3 Nov 2015
It is 10m of lights with an extra 2m back to the solar panel. We are only doing multicoloured in the 100 length.
Will it require a lees and a plug . How will they get chatged?
Asked by Usha on 30 Oct 2015
These are attachments that can be used with fairy lights. These do not light up on their own.
Is the solar panel separate from the main lamp, and if so how long is the connecting cable?
Asked by Nigel on 29 Oct 2015
The solar panel is located on the top of the light.
Love these lights...but do they give enough light off in the winter?
Asked by Sharon on 27 Oct 2015
The XT top has a power-saving setting designed for winter which means it is slightly dimmer than usual but will go on for longer!
d Do you sell a extension cable for this light.
Asked by Alan Brown on 27 Oct 2015
We will have an extension cable available to purchase early December.
I wish to buy two solar lights to fit on top of my black steel gate posts 8cm x 8cm. So what are the measurements of these lights other than 41cm tall and how would you secure them to the top of a post?
Asked by Jeff Travis on 27 Oct 2015
It is 80mm x 80mm so you could screw these down onto steel gate posts.
Will this work outdoors with the lumify fairy lights, are they dimmable, and will the control signal transmit through glass? Thanks
Asked by Olivia on 26 Oct 2015
This will not work. The dimmer switch is intended to be used with the Geo kits.
How many devices can be switched with the timer?
Asked by Ifan on 26 Oct 2015
One.
I'm looking to light up a wall of my house to uplight stone cladding. The wall is approx 6m wide and 5m high. What light would be best to uplight? Thea, selene or Albany? Thanks in advance for help
Asked by James on 26 Oct 2015
We would recommend the Thea for the most broad beam.
Hi will this extension cable work with the Edinburgh decking lights kit in order to extend the solar panel
Asked by Garry magee on 25 Oct 2015
This will not work with the Edinburgh Deck Lights.
Is it possible to have a configuration where there is a light switch for every light.
Asked by Patrick on 24 Oct 2015
You can add extra light switches in to the system, yes.
Could you please supply dimensions for this product, thanks.
Asked by Anthony Warburton on 22 Oct 2015
It is 38cm tall, 8cm wide on the light part itself, and a total of 14.5cm from the front of the unit to the back of the bracket.
How bright is the bulb
Asked by Shaw Mackender on 21 Oct 2015
This is a decorative light only. It is approx 3-5 watts.
What is the beam/light angle range of the evo smd pro solar light? i.e. is it a very wide angle of 60 degrees or wide at 45 degrees or 20 to 30 degree wide light coverage?
Asked by Anne on 19 Oct 2015
It is 120 degrees
Why does the mains-free lighting kit need a car battery? Can the solar panel, placed on a roof in full/partial sunshine (light cloudy day), provide the real time power; is the battery just for prolonged use at night (when working in my office at back of garden).
Asked by Ellen on 18 Oct 2015
The solar panels will charge up the battery, which in turn then powers the lights day/night. It does not provide real time power.
When using as a dusk till dawn light, is it the solar panel that determines when the light comes on rather than the light itself?
Asked by Sarah on 18 Oct 2015
It is the solar panel
What are the dimensions of the solar panel?
Asked by kevin wyatt on 18 Oct 2015
18 x 26 x 1.5cm
Hi I already have a Geo 2 with a large battery & controller. I'm looking to reduce the time required to charge the battery by adding another solar panel to my setup. What are the specifications of your standard GEO kit solar panel as I would like to buy another one. Thanks
Asked by David Hamilton on 18 Oct 2015
The Geo 2 uses a 10 watt solar panel which you can purchase from our website.
1. Does the Henley pillar lantern light up automatically at night or is it manually switched on or both? 2. IP ratings?
Asked by Patrick on 17 Oct 2015
It will light up as dusk arrives. It is IP44 and suitable for outdoor year round use.
What are the dimensions of the lamp please
Asked by Carole Lewis on 17 Oct 2015
It is approx 215 x 245 mm
What is the range of the sensor?
Asked by Roger Ellis on 16 Oct 2015
Upto 8m
Hi there, Does the Henley pillar lantern need a solar panel is so which one do you recommend?
Asked by Graham dillaway on 16 Oct 2015
The solar panel is on the top of the light.
How tall are these lights as the details aren't that detailed
Asked by Alex on 16 Oct 2015
They are approx. 41cm
What is the light made of as live on the coast and painted aluminium peels in about 18 months.
Asked by Peter Hardiment on 15 Oct 2015
It is made of aluminium.
I want to put the solar panel on a porch roof that can only get sunlight during the morning. A previous solar light there was unsatisfactory. Can I be sure that the Evo SMD Pro Solar will work there in winter?
Asked by David Whitley on 15 Oct 2015
Due to the solar panel location we cannot guarantee it will work to a satisfactory manner. We would recommend trying to find a better solar panel location.
What is the wattage of the lamp?
Asked by Roger Ellis on 15 Oct 2015
Is the approx equivalent of 100watt
Approximately how many years does the rechargeable battery last for and can it be replaced?
Asked by Richard on 14 Oct 2015
The battery should last more than 2 years. It can be replaced.
Have you anything like this but with a solar panel to mount in a better position for more sunlight.
Asked by Ray Hall on 14 Oct 2015
We do not currently but our design team are working on something.
Will this work on evo pro 700 lumens security light?
Asked by Matthew wilson on 13 Oct 2015
This will not work.
Hi, Can I wire the lights in parallel with separate light switches, 3 lots of 2 lights, each with a different light switch?
Asked by Paul on 13 Oct 2015
Yes.
Hi To charge by USB, do you need to remove the solar panel and tube (eg if hanging in tree outdoors) or just the tube itself? Wondering how accessible both need to be from the ground. Thanks
Asked by Anne on 12 Oct 2015
Just the tube part. The lights and solar panel can be unplugged from the tube.
what size is the solar panel tks Mike
Asked by MIKE THORPE on 12 Oct 2015
19 x 19 x 6cm
what size is the solar panel tks Mike
Asked by MIKE THORPE on 12 Oct 2015
Solar Panel: Height: 16.3cm Width: 19cm Depth: 1.3cm
Iwoukld really like the round solar type light but are to be put into concrete slabs. Do you have any that are suitable for this
Asked by Susan Butcher on 12 Oct 2015
We do not recommend this light for that purpose as this needs good drainage. We can recommend the Edinburgh Deck Lights instead.
Hi, is the light weatherproof? Thanks.
Asked by Sara on 11 Oct 2015
This light is not weatherproof. It is intended to be used inside a shed and not outdoors.
can this light be switched
Asked by stewart on 10 Oct 2015
This light can be switched off. It will carry on charging but will not operate again until the light is switched on and after darkness has fallen
I need 2 solar lights to attach directly onto a concrete slab on top of my gate posts . Are these suitable to screw into concrete or do you have any alternatives , Thankyou
Asked by tony booth on 10 Oct 2015
These will screw directly onto a concrete slab, yes.
How bright in terms of wattage is the light?
Asked by Iain on 9 Oct 2015
It is roughly 3w. Nothing super bright as it is intended to be decorative.
What material are the daisy lights made from and will thet last
Asked by Mary spicer on 9 Oct 2015
It is waterproof fabric. It will last.
I want a lamp which will light my large polytunnel so I can continue to work in it on dark winter evenings. Will one or two of these do the job? Also what size solar panel do I need and do you supply? Thank you.
Asked by LINDA SHORT on 7 Oct 2015
We would not recommend this light for your polytunnel as the solar panel is on top of the unit. The sunlight trying to get to the top would be filtered by the polytunnel. I would suggest inside a spotlight or two with a separate solar panel which can be positioned outside.
I've bought 2 of these lights in the past and both have now stopped working. Can you tell me whether the batteries that are in the unit eventually run out of rechargeable power and if so, can they be replaced?
Asked by vanessa simpson on 7 Oct 2015
The batteries will eventually run out but should last a good 2-3 years.
Are the bulbs easily replaceable and available?
Asked by Dave on 5 Oct 2015
The bulbs are not replaceable. They are SMD bulbs which never blow like normal bulbs would do.
hi I have just brought two of your solar lights ones with the four light system and have tried one for fishing does the evo15 stay on or have you got one with more power that stays on I am very pleased with my smaller ones regards keith
Asked by keith on 5 Oct 2015
The Evo 15 does not stay on. It is a security light design which activates when somebody triggers the PIR. We would recommend having a look at the spotlights for one that stays on.
How many remotes does it come with ? Is it possible to obtain more remotes ?
Asked by David Woodcock on 5 Oct 2015
It comes with 1 remote. It is not possible to obtain spares.
Is the material really stainless steel or is it stainless steel effect ? I live near the sea and stainless steel tends to corrode unless marine grade.
Asked by Bernie Newnham on 5 Oct 2015
It is stainless steel.
How long does the battery last for once its on?
Asked by pamela singer on 5 Oct 2015
On a full charge it should last up to 10hours.
How big is the panel?
Asked by Alex on 4 Oct 2015
24 x 36 x 1.7 cm
What area will this light?
Asked by S Robinson on 4 Oct 2015
Up to 30m
Do you sell replacement batteries for the 3-pack installed in the Evo15 Solar PIR Utility Light?
Asked by Shaun Witts on 2 Oct 2015
We no longer sell these batteries.
1. Read good comments about this product - Build my confidence to buy! 2. Does the sensor bypasses the other objects like shaky tree branches/ leaf in wind? 3. If yes, does this sensor has human detection circuit?
Asked by Vineet on 1 Oct 2015
The sensor can be adjusted for sensitivity so it will not react to shaky branches and leaves on the wind. It is a Passive Infrared sensor.
Does it have an on off switch?
Asked by Paras on 29 Sep 2015
Yes. Normally the light would turn on as it reaches dusk. You can turn off this function by switching the unit "Off."
Where is the on off switch? And on the square model? Thanks
Asked by Paras on 29 Sep 2015
The on/off switch is on the plastic insert at the back. You need to unscrew the top to reach it.
What is the length of cable from sensor to unit Have you managed to source extension cable Thanks George
Asked by George on 27 Sep 2015
The length is 5m. We are looking to have an extension cable in the next 6 weeks.
I deck lights current batteries are 1200mAH will these be ok to use?
Asked by matthew bell on 27 Sep 2015
These will be okay
Can you buy replacement lights, just the solar panel at the top?
Asked by Susan Rae on 27 Sep 2015
We are intending to add the replacement tops to the website soon.
Will the dragonfly attachments fit the Lumify lights?
Asked by Andy Green on 27 Sep 2015
These will work with the Lumify lights, yes.
Do these fix securely to the top of fence posts? I cannot see any screw holes for fixing.
Asked by Ann on 26 Sep 2015
There is a plate which is screwed down and then the light twists on to it.
I see that the PIR detects movement up to 12 meters away, but what is the angle of detection please?
Asked by J Manning on 25 Sep 2015
It is 90 degrees from front of sensor and 180 degrees so would catch somebody walking across it as well.
How long is the cable is between the light and solar panel?
Asked by Greg on 24 Sep 2015
It is 5m.
Does the solar panel charge in UK Winter, no Sun but ambient light?
Asked by Vineet on 22 Sep 2015
This light will work in Winter. To help the light work to its best ability the solar panel should receive as much direct sunlight as possible on the solar panel.
I was just about to order some more Torino lights as they are so good, having last ordered some on 13 Sep. Are these Henley lights going to be as good? The Torino lights had a 2 year warranty but the Henley only has one year.
Asked by Guy WILSON on 17 Sep 2015
Whilst the Torino is a good light the Henley is more superior with a bigger solar panel, more LEDs, brighter light, and powersaving option, etc.
Hi does this light come complete with solar panel and everything you need to set up and go?
Asked by Karl berry on 17 Sep 2015
Everything you need, yes.
Hi, Can you confirm the lumens and watt of this light. Regards, Vineet
Asked by Vineet on 17 Sep 2015
350 lumens with 10 watt panel
Is there an extension cable available for this EVO SMD Pro Thank you
Asked by Amanda McLaren on 15 Sep 2015
We do not have an extension cable at current. We are hoping to have one available before Christmas.
Hi. I get that there is 2m between Solar Panel and Tube and another 2 metres between Tube and light string. How long is the light string? Thanks
Asked by D A Jack on 14 Sep 2015
There is 30m of lights after the initial 2m from control pack.
What is the Water flow capacity?
Asked by Nyal Xuereb on 14 Sep 2015
We do not have the precise technical features as it is only intended as a small solar pump for bird bath or otherwise.
Do you have instructions for fitting the wall mounting bracket to the solar panel
Asked by Bob baldock on 13 Sep 2015
The instructions have been e-mailed to you.
Hi, can you explain what you mean buy a detachable string please.
Asked by audrey on 12 Sep 2015
You can detatch the solar panel and control pack from the lights. This means that when you need to charge your lights you do not need to untangle the string from the installed location every time.
Does the 300 light version have a larger battery than the 100 light version. Just wondering about the run time.
Asked by Mark on 12 Sep 2015
It does. The 300 version has bigger batteries and a better solar panel to support the extra LEDs. Run time in both is about the same due to the increase.
Just had mine delivered. Awesome. Second purchase from you guys. On the solar panel, there is a clear protective film. Should this be peeled off ?
Asked by Michael on 12 Sep 2015
This should be peeled off. The protective film should be quite obvious as it will overlap the edges.
Is an extension cable available for this light?
Asked by Amanda McLaren on 11 Sep 2015
There is not an extension cable at this time. We are hoping to have one available before Christmas.
Is there a way to distinguish between in and off? I've just got mine and I'm trying to charge them for 3 days but I have no idea if they are on or not??
Asked by Amy on 11 Sep 2015
The easiest way is to cover the solar panel with a coat. If the light comes on then the light is turned on. Another way is to hold the light so the switch is facing the sky. If the button is slightly higher then it is off.
Dies this light also come in black rather than silver?
Asked by Tony on 9 Sep 2015
It only comes in silver.
This product is very expensive, is there a reason for this?new technology, I can't see it, seems how are you? Can get the same product much cheaper. Am I missing something. They do look lovely though.
Asked by Jacqui Rose on 9 Sep 2015
This is not a SolarCentre product. We cannot comment.
Can you join more than one set together without losing power/brightness?
Asked by Dave Clark on 8 Sep 2015
You cannot join the units.
Will it light up a step shaded by a hedge.lamp would be in bright sunlight
Asked by Edwin febry on 8 Sep 2015
The lamp does not work during daylight hours because it is charging. It should highlight the close proximity.
How many lumens is this light rated at?
Asked by Ian Morrey on 8 Sep 2015
It is 80 lumens.
How bright (in lumens) is this light? How large is tge solar panel? Is it designed to work in winter in the uk?
Asked by Graham on 6 Sep 2015
It is about the same as a standard porch light. It is designed to work in winter. The solar panel is no bigger than a standard cereal box.
What is a SMD bulb? Can you deliver to Crete, Greece and how much to deliver to there?
Asked by Ian Fairweather on 3 Sep 2015
An SMD bulb is a Surface Mounted Diode. It looks like a little yellow square and is the new LED type. We can deliver to Europe. The cost is based on the weight and where to exactly. The website will calculate the cost when you place the order.
hello, i am looking to take a solar charger to nepal, and i have anapple air book, would this be sufficient and if so would an adaptor for an airbook be included.
Asked by brian on 2 Sep 2015
We would not recommend this item. I would suggest looking at the Gorilla Laptop units instead.
we have a 72cm (diameter) container pond. The foundation tips that have come with it goes past the edge of the container. |Therefore the water just goes up, over and out the container. Even on the lowest settings, How fair out does the Everjet spread to? If it helps this is the product we have (but in black) http://www.primrose.co.uk/solar-powered-pond-pot-kit-with-72cm-white-planter-and-fountain-p-82606.html?src=prod_col Kind regards Miss Emma Jackson
Asked by Emma Jackson on 1 Sep 2015
It spreads to 80cm during peak of summer. The rest of the year it depends on the strength of the sun and how much of it gets on the solar panel.
Hi there, Can this kit use extra solar in series with each other and batteries in parallel ? So that a mains invertor can be used to power more items for example mobile phone chargers and other 240V items?
Asked by James on 1 Sep 2015
Yes
Hi, is it possible to use this in the day (light is in my shed) without disconnecting it? So as it keeps charging.
Asked by Shaun McCarthy on 31 Aug 2015
There is no way to use this in the day without disconnecting the solar panel.
Can 2 sets of lights be joined together or will I have to have to use 2 sets with 2 Solar panels
Asked by Danny b on 31 Aug 2015
You would need to use 2 sets with 2 solar panels. We found the most stable performance based on input and output is 8 lights and do not recommend or sell extra lights for this reason.
Does the solar panel need to be in direct sunlight? How many hours of direct sunlight are needed during the day for it to charge sufficiently? Thanks
Asked by Margaret on 29 Aug 2015
The solar panel does need direct sunlight. We recommend as much direct sunlight as possible between the hours of 10am and 6pm for a sufficient charge.
In a previous reply you say this is not suitable for a North facing wall which is understandable but how long will it stay lit on an east facing location.? It is not motion sensitive so this is important info.
Asked by John o'donnell on 28 Aug 2015
This entirely depends on exactly how much direct sunlight it is getting and for how long. It is a difficult question to answer. The time listed on the website is based on an ideal location. If the location is less than ideal it will run for less time than the listed.
Good afternoon, when assembled and with the unit charged, the sensor won't illuminate with the green light to set the time and lux. Is it possible to buy a new PIR sensor separately. Thanks for you help
Asked by Michael Walsh on 28 Aug 2015
We do not have any sensors available to purchase. However, if you are inside your 12 month warranty period we may be able to issue you a replacement one.
Our daughter bought my husband one of these lights for Father's Day in June. It has stopped working! What should we do?
Asked by Mrs L Stone on 27 Aug 2015
Please contact: Returns@TheSolarCentre.co.uk
Approximately how far does the light from a Thea shine?
Asked by Denise Hurr on 25 Aug 2015
Up to 15m
Can you override the sensor so that you can control when the light is switched on?
Asked by Steven on 19 Aug 2015
You cannot override the sensor.
Dear Solar Centre, How many hours, on average, will this light up for at night? It will be placed on a north facing wall. Also, how much is delivery to Ireland? Warm Regards, Karen Fitzgerald
Asked by Karen Fitzgerald on 17 Aug 2015
We do not recommend this light for north facing walls.
Are you able to turn the motion security light off if you are sitting out at night?
Asked by Dawn on 16 Aug 2015
You can turn the light off using the switch at the bottom.
What are the dimensions of the solar panel for the Evo SMD Pro
Asked by Alan on 16 Aug 2015
L: 28cm W: 19.5cm D: 14.5cm
What is the distance the motion sensor detects movement? Is it adjustable
Asked by Barrie on 15 Aug 2015
12m from the front of the unit. You cannot adjust the distance but you can change the angle of the sensor to shorten it.
what other components do I need for thie system to be complete and can you give me. The simple circuit diagram
Asked by Isaac on 12 Aug 2015
We recommend taking a look at the Geo Kit's in Shed Lights for an example of a circuit diagram.
What colour is the cable?
Asked by Claire on 12 Aug 2015
The cable is green
My Murano light is no longer charging, can I use a shop bought rechargeable A6 battery and if so which type ?
Asked by Julie stearn on 11 Aug 2015
This accepts AA rechargeable batteries.
I want to buy three replacement internal buttery packs for my Astron solar floodlight. Please inform me if you are in position to supply me wtth batteries. Best regards, Michael Skeparnides
Asked by Michael Skeparnides on 10 Aug 2015
You can purchase the replacement here
Hi, Are there any extension cables for these? The 5m cable is just short and could do with another metre to get maximum exposure to sunlight? Thanks
Asked by Keith on 10 Aug 2015
We sell a 5m extension cable
Can you switch the light off temporarily during the evening?
Asked by Angela Klawitter on 9 Aug 2015
You can turn the light off using the manual switch on the bottom of the light.
Can the LED attachments, dragonfly, butterfly etc. be used with these lights ?
Asked by Tony Davis on 8 Aug 2015
The attachments on our website can be used with all of our fairy light brands. Yes.
Truro and Windsor solar light. What is IP rating. Do you have anything with dawn to dusk and PIR
Asked by Fred on 7 Aug 2015
They are both IP44 rated. They will both be dusk until dawn and charge during the day.
Can this be used as a porch light?
Asked by James on 7 Aug 2015
Yes this could be used as a porch light.
How many lumens do they output. Do they need sunlight or just light. Thank you John
Asked by John on 5 Aug 2015
They need as much direct sunlight as possible on the solar panel, which is on the top of the unit. We do not list lumens but it is the approx. equivalent of a 3w bulb.
whats the watt equivalent of 700 Lumen?
Asked by Kevin on 4 Aug 2015
Approximately 100 watts
Hello I am installing one of your solar lighting kits (Geo 5 with 9 sockets) in my house in southern Portugal (lots of sun). I want to put this sensor in the circuit. It will be placed inside the loft which has a section of glass tiles, so has natural lighting during the day. (The panel will be above it outside on the roof. The electrician has wired the house so that we have 9 lights and plug sockets on solar within the basic wiring - very clever) Will this sensor work in this environment ?. i.e. inside the loft. Don't see why not. Best regards Peter Higgs
Asked by Peter Higgs on 3 Aug 2015
This should be okay. The behind glass rule only applies to the solar panel, which you have put outside correctly.
Why do you include a rechargeable battery with these lights if you cannot change the battery?
Asked by Virginia on 3 Aug 2015
The solar panel charges the battery which operates the light at night. The battery comes already installed in the unit.
Are these lights made with 316 stainless steel? If not do you have some that are and are solar?
Asked by Kam on 2 Aug 2015
They are stainless steel. The inner parts are plastic.
What kind of material is the hook made from?
Asked by Shauna on 31 Jul 2015
Aluminium
Do you have solar powered brick lights the size of a standard house brick
Asked by Mike northwood on 31 Jul 2015
These are the same size as a standard fascia brick. We do not recommend using them sideways in walls or posts and only in driveways.
What is the sensor detection angle on the Eye, and what is the sensor detection range? How many lumens does it give?
Asked by CW Burke on 29 Jul 2015
We do not list lumens. It is the equivalent of a 100 watt halogen light. The detection range is 2 to 12m and the angle from the front of the unit is 180 degrees.
Hello are these lights blue or white thanks
Asked by Frank Gilchrist on 26 Jul 2015
These are very cool white.
Should the on/off switch be on or off during the daylight charging time.
Asked by Chris Leigh on 25 Jul 2015
The lights will automatically turn on at dusk when the button is in the "On" position. The on/off button is there for if you want to stop the automated process (for example: going on holiday and you don't want them to turn on).
Hi have you got a new type of PIR sensor for a astron 64 please
Asked by Gary Anderson on 24 Jul 2015
We have ran out of stock on these items and will not be getting any more.
Is this in white? What is the power of this lamp please, as I want to light up an outside decking area...
Asked by Chris on 24 Jul 2015
This is white. It is not the right light for a decking area. It would highlight the edging of the building but not the faces of guests in the decking area.
What is the length of the cable between the light and solar panel
Asked by Stuart on 23 Jul 2015
It is 5m
how do i change the lighting mode? i would like to keep them on permanently?
Asked by stuart brearley on 19 Jul 2015
To change the mode keep pushing the on/off button. The constant setting is the last setting before the lights turn off.
Hi Are they coming in blue lights rather white lights. I have the old version as blue lights. Thank you Kais
Asked by Kais Al-Hassani on 18 Jul 2015
We do not intend to do this range in Blue currently.
Please could you tell me the overall height and width of the bulb as I need to see if they will fit into a heritage railway carriage desk lamp. I would use two in series on 24volts DC.
Asked by JIM PACKMAN on 16 Jul 2015
It is approx 5 x 10cm. We would advise discussing your plan with an electrician as these bulbs are designed to be used in a 12v kit.
Is a wall attachment fixture available for this product?
Asked by Colin Tindall on 15 Jul 2015
There is no wall attachment for this product. Very sorry.
Can I detach the lights whilst charging and plug them in intermittently as required?
Asked by Maria cody on 15 Jul 2015
You can detach the lights and leave the panel in the sunshine to charge. I would be careful about water ingress into the plug part if you leave it unplugged. The other (and better) alternative is to use the on/off switch on the back and turn them on when you want them to work.
I see some outdoor pics. Which is the Ingress Protaction (IP) rating?
Asked by silver on 14 Jul 2015
It is IP56
Hi, can the batteries be charged any other way, i.e mains or USB? It looks like the solar panel cannot be placed separately from the light, and I need to place it where there wouldn't be loads to direct sunlight.
Asked by Amer on 14 Jul 2015
The solar panel cannot be placed separately from the light. We would recommend the Selene Solar Landscape Spotlights in this instance.
Midway through July now, order placed on 22nd June and payment taken, still no update on when to expect the order. Please confirm actual date these items will be received.
Asked by Ian Wootton on 14 Jul 2015
The Lumify are arriving this week.
Are these cool white or warm white? How does their lumen output compare with the Helios solar spotlight?
Asked by Roger on 12 Jul 2015
This is warm white. It is slightly stronger than the Helios.
Can you supply an extension lead to increase the distance between blingstring lights and solar panel
Asked by barrie stephens on 11 Jul 2015
We do not have an extension lead for this item.
Will this charge the new iphone6? Thank you
Asked by Lucy on 11 Jul 2015
We would recommend the more powerful unit: the Extreme.
what is the length of cable between the solar panel and the first LED unit
Asked by Nigel Green on 10 Jul 2015
It is 2m from panel to first LED.
Hi do you know if you will be getting any more of these lights in stock? If you could let me know I would be really grateful, Thanks Ginette
Asked by Ginette Clarke on 2 Jul 2015
We will be manufacturing more of these. Unfortunately we do not know when manufacture will be finished yet.
Will this bulb work with a solar lamp with 3 1.2v batteries?
Asked by Hilary Campbell on 1 Jul 2015
This all depends on how long you want it to work for and the size of the batteries. I would suggest that you may need bigger batteries. Please take a look at our Geo Kits for a better idea on how to do this.
What colour are the bulbs.
Asked by Nic on 30 Jun 2015
They are white.
Does it come in white?
Asked by Malcolm McNeill-Chatwynne on 29 Jun 2015
This only comes in black. The Curve Solar Motion Light comes in brushed steel and white. This might be more appropriate?
Whatvare the dimensions of the light please. What area does the light cover approx please.
Asked by Karen Garwood on 28 Jun 2015
Light body is: 150 x 110 x 150mm. It will light up to 20m. The Evo SMD Pro will go further and is our most recent addition in this range.
Hi, is there an update on when these will be available please?
Asked by holly on 28 Jun 2015
We are still expecting these early to mid July.
Hi I have some 'stone' spot lights for which the panel was accidently broken, the panel had sockets for three spots, I assume your Serene Replacement panel has sockets to accept spot light connecting plugs how can I find out if your replacement panel will do the job? Kind Regards George Nuttall
Asked by George Nuttall on 27 Jun 2015
We would not recommend this solar panel. You would need to find out how much the lights draw off in terms of energy and how long you would like the lights to work for and then balance that against the size of the solar panel. This solar panel has been designed to work with our Selene Solar Landscape Spotlights only.
Do these bulbs have a blue hue when lit ? The ones I have found in garden centres do, rather than pure white.
Asked by Gill Landers on 26 Jun 2015
These are white lights. A few have mentioned a slightly blue hue but it is rare.
Hi I have set my lights up and switched them on and they worked really well the first night. Then I noticed they were on during the day and didn't work as well the second night do u think I have done something wrong with the set up?? Thanks Darran
Asked by Darran on 26 Jun 2015
The lights should not be working during the day. We would recommend checking the solar panel location so that it is in full and direct sunlight at all times during the day. If it is not (for example it is in a shady area) then the lights may come on.
Can you get an extension cable so you can extend the length of cable between the solar panel and the first light?
Asked by Matt Stevens on 26 Jun 2015
Unfortunately we do not have an extension cable for this product.
Do these match the Canterbury solar lights in colour given off or would the warm court be more suitable please? Thanks
Asked by Cat on 26 Jun 2015
They are not far off the same white as the Canterbury lights. It is hard to compare them due to the white diffuser on the Canterbury.
Hi Guys Are you able to supply just the battery tube and solar panel ? I would like to connect them to my existing fairy lights that I purchased from you guys a couple of years back. Many thanks
Asked by Colin McLean on 25 Jun 2015
The Lumify lights are incompatible with the Everbright lights. Very sorry.
Hi there. In your installation guide it says drill a 25mm hole and then secure the light in the decking. What is the best way to secure them in place?
Asked by Jason on 21 Jun 2015
The lights should just push in to the 25mm hole.
Why can't you charge behind glass, my porch has a door
Asked by Simon on 20 Jun 2015
We do not recommend it due to the UV protection some glass can have and because a window will only get a short amount of direct sunlight to the solar panel.
I'm looking for warm white light only and these came up when I typed warm white into your search box. Two questions: 1. Are they? And 2. What other solar lights on your site are warm white? Can't stand cold light at all! Thanks.
Asked by Barry Read on 19 Jun 2015
This is going to be a more natural white. The only warm white spotlight we have is the Flexalight.
are they cold or warm white?
Asked by Barry Read on 19 Jun 2015
They are cool white.
Do the chargers need direct sunlight?
Asked by Dave Clark on 18 Jun 2015
The solar panels need as much direct sunlight as possible.
How brights are these lights - we want to place it above a table in Spain on the roof terrace so the person under it will have light to play cards if it isnt bright enough what do you suggest? Thanks
Asked by John Dickson on 18 Jun 2015
I would suggest a spotlight instead. This is only a decorative light and would not be bright enough for reading by.
I purchased ceramic solar lanterns from Costco in 2007. I need to replace the tops on some of them. Can you please send me the outer dimension of this product. Many thanks.
Asked by Alex Bryson on 18 Jun 2015
It is approx. 76mm in diameter.
What is the life expectencie of the led bulbs ? Regards Rob
Asked by Rob Mclean on 18 Jun 2015
LED bulbs are expected to last for at least 50,000 hours of light-time. LED bulbs do not "Blow" like a household light bulb would and will dim after time.
hello can you use this in daylight as well as in the dark?
Asked by emma on 16 Jun 2015
This will only work in the dark due to the lux sensor which is inside the solar panel.
Is it possible to get 10m White solar fairy lights with CLEAR cable please ?
Asked by Gill Landers on 15 Jun 2015
We only have cable which is green. Very sorry.
I have just bought a booster panel for my Evo 56. I have looked at the back of yours on this site and it has two connections for the wires. Mine has only one connection site on its rear???? can you please explain. Many thanks.
Asked by m.benning on 14 Jun 2015
You need a "Y" connector. See e-mail I have sent to you regarding this.
Can the light be made to stay on continuously?
Asked by Francisco on 14 Jun 2015
Unfortunately not. Your best bet is a Garden Spotlight.
If/when the led bulb fails, is it replaceable, and if so what type of bulb is required?
Asked by Paul on 13 Jun 2015
If an LED bulb fails please contact us. The bulb inside the unit is not replaceable.
For security reasons would this work to charge the vehicle battery of my motorhome if placed inside the vehicle
Asked by Colin Staniforth on 13 Jun 2015
We do not recommend charging solar panels behind glass. The size of solar panel depends on how big the battery is.
How long is the cable from panel to last light
Asked by Aileen on 13 Jun 2015
2m of plain cable and then 30m of cable with lights.
Does the garden pump store power or just work when sun strong enough
Asked by Pat gale on 12 Jun 2015
It will work while the sun is shining on the solar panel and will store some of the energy to work when the sun goes down.
Hello! What are the standard available color temperatures? Are these available in 2700K or 3000K? Thanks!
Asked by Faraz on 11 Jun 2015
These are only available in the white as per the photographs on the website.
Hi, I have just purchased two power saving tops for my already purchased London lights. What is the process to charge these tops and what does the P and S setting on the switch do? Do they need to be left switched off for a few days in direct sunlight before switching on? There were no instructions in the package.
Asked by Zoey Coates on 11 Jun 2015
We recommend giving it a charge (3 to 5 days) before use but this is not required. It is mostly to give the battery a good recharge before draining it. The P and S settings are new. One will do the normal amount of power and the other is the powersaving setting, which works at less power and brightness but will go for longer.
What are the dimensions of these umbrella fittings?
Asked by Geoff Townley on 10 Jun 2015
9.5cm diameter metal umbrella shades
Is it possible to override the PIR and to have he lights on permanently? If not do you have such a light?
Asked by Vaughan on 8 Jun 2015
It is not possible to override the PIR so it is on permanently. I would recommend the Kensington Solar Wall Light instead.
I realise that the lantern is for effect rather than strong lighting but could you give an idea of the light output please.
Asked by Alan on 8 Jun 2015
It is the equivalent of a 3w bulb that has been diffused. It is not strong and will look like a flickering candle at night.
What size batteries do the square lights take ? Also, how often do you recommend changing or re-charging them. Thanks
Asked by Nicola Sorley on 8 Jun 2015
They are AA rechargeable batteries - available at any high street supermarket. They should not need changing for at least 1 to 2 years.
Only one of the bulbs works on the lights, prior to this the whole set were very dim, which I attributed to dim daylight conditions, the one light is very bright, Is there anything I can do to rectify this?
Asked by Fiona moate on 7 Jun 2015
This sounds like a fault. Please contact us to receive a replacement set: Returns@TheSolarCentre.co.uk
Hi, I'm looking to power a wifi range extender from a car battery (100ah) in my shed - so kids can surf from the bottom of the garden. I think a typical wifi extender needs 12v 1amp max. Would one of these panels plus the 4ah controller be the thing to use to keep the battery topped up please? Thanks Ian
Asked by Ian Steel on 7 Jun 2015
We recommend a 50 watt solar panel for a 104ah battery size. This would trickle charge the battery. (You must use a charge controller in this circuit!)
Can I adjust the time that this Welcome Light stays on after it has detected motion? It seems to go off after a few seconds.
Asked by AL SIRISENA on 7 Jun 2015
Unfortunately you cannot adjust the time setting. It will stay on for the duration that movement is detected and go off soon after it stops.
I have the London solar path lights and I need to replace the batteries. My lights are powered by 600mAh NiMH (as supplied) and was wondering if I could replace them with your rechargeable batteries 1300mAH? If the replacements are higher than 600mAH does that matter?
Asked by Michelle Brooker-Jones on 6 Jun 2015
The solar panel may struggle to fill these batteries as they are much bigger than the original 600mAH batteries. I would recommend trying to find some batteries closer to the original size.
Any update on availability of the lumify lights ?
Asked by Craig Rich on 5 Jun 2015
We are still expecting these early in July at current.
What distance does the light illuminate in meters?
Asked by Ray on 2 Jun 2015
Up to 20m
I need to purchase more cable for Geo 1, is the correct size of cable 0.5 mm 2 core
Asked by Ian Bolton on 1 Jun 2015
It is 2 core 5amp rated.
One of the positions that I would like to sight my lights is in a mostly shady position. I have the USB cable option of course, but would there be any downside to disconnecting the solar panel to charge separately on the sunny (ha ha if only ) side of the garden and then reconnecting in the evening ?
Asked by PETER FRANKLIN on 31 May 2015
Obviously we do not recommend installing the solar panel in a shaded location. However, what you have suggested would work. The only downside is having to remember to move the unit every day and the lack of charge and effect it will have on the batteries.
Hi Will the flower attachments fit on the blingstring solar fairy Led fairy lights. Thanks Janice.
Asked by Janice on 30 May 2015
They are designed to work with all of our fairy lights. The attachment just pushes over the LED part.
So what is the brightness of these lamps? I cant make a purchase without knowing that, it quite fundamental! ;-)
Asked by Charlie on 29 May 2015
They are decorative lights roughly the equivalent of a 3w bulb.
hi, I've just brought a set of your solar lights for decking and I was reading the instructions and it said to be fitted horizontal , what sort do I need for the steps of the decking where I might want to use them vertical .
Asked by Anthony Williams on 29 May 2015
We would recommend the Kensington Solar Wall Light. We have had customers install these lights vertical in a wall and most of the time it does not work.
How long will the illumination last on continuous mode?
Asked by Dominic Bromfield on 28 May 2015
Lumify can work for 6 nights in a row from a single 4 hour USB charge with only a little help from the sun - this can be extended to 12 days if you use Powersaving mode.
Hello I have your fabulous lights and was wondering if I could attach a 12v fountain for my pond to this system (obviously with the lights unattached) Would I need anything else? Thank you
Asked by Paula Hart on 28 May 2015
When adding anything else to the system you need to account for the extra amount of energy which will be drained from the battery and the amount of charge it will take to work it.
So how is this charged? Via USB, so does that mean you have the option of charging parts of it indoors???? Or solar panel, charge it outdoors??? Are you able to post a video on your web site to see it please? Thanks
Asked by Nadia on 27 May 2015
The primary way of charging is via the sun using the solar panel. Make sure when you install the unit that it is receiving direct sunlight on the solar panel. The USB charging is meant as a back up for winter when there is a lack of sunshine.
I want to light up an urn which is about 1300mm high in the middle of my lawn. The lights will have to be placed at the west and east side of the urn. The garden is surrounded by trees. Will the panels get enough light to be effective?
Asked by Alan Bolton on 27 May 2015
I would recommend using a light which has a separate solar panel so you can get it as much light as possible. From what you have described the Thea Solar Garden Spotlight may struggle during the winter months as it needs direct sunlight on the solar panel.
does the unit come with a guarantee.?
Asked by Mr p lilley on 26 May 2015
All items come with a 12 month guarantee that starts from the date of purchase
Hi, can you tell me the range of the PIR both distance and angles - I need this to work out best place to installs. Thanks.
Asked by Gaynor on 25 May 2015
Detection range is 12m and 90 degrees from the front of the unit.
I estimate I need about 10m cable to put the solar panel in the best position. Can I cut the supplied cable and join in my own extension wire to achieve this?
Asked by Michael on 24 May 2015
If you make any changes to the unit, like cutting and extending the wire, it will invalidate the 12 month warranty that comes with the unit.
Hi reading the reviews of the old version I can see that brightness can be an issue. What are the differences between this XT version and the old version? What improvements have been made? Thanks
Asked by Patrick on 24 May 2015
They are the same brightness but will be much more reliable and have improved weatherproofing, along with a power-saving setting for winter months.
Hi could I use this to create a stream in a preformed water feature - for example a pebble pool? Would it be reasonably easy for a (not very technical) female to install? Thanks!
Asked by Jacquie on 22 May 2015
It is very easy to install and has instructions. It is perfect for small water features.
does the metal spike attach to the plate at the bottom of the light.
Asked by John Maniak on 21 May 2015
The metal plate a the bottom unscrews and then the spike screws on to the existing bolt there.
Can you provide an update for when you expect fthese to be in stock?
Asked by Radford on 21 May 2015
We are still expecting these early in July.
Hi, Can you tell me how long the string of lights is please? And when they are available? Thanks Gwen
Asked by Gwen Yates on 18 May 2015
The whole string is 12m. There are lights on 10m and 2m back to the charging unit. We are expecting the Lumify early in July.
Do I need a battery with this kit or can I connect directly to a light bulb?
Asked by AL SIRISENA on 16 May 2015
You would need a battery.
Hi there How long is the guarantee on the London solar lights please? Thankyou
Asked by Meryll on 16 May 2015
All solar lights have a 12 month warranty.
Ethel Mills asked you in another enquiry if butterfly attachments could be used on the Everbright solar fairy lights ( answer yes ). Do you sell these butterfly attachments ?
Asked by PETER FRANKLIN on 11 May 2015
We do sell the attachments: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/catalog/Solar_Fairy_Light_LED_Attachments-55-1.html
Hi do you know when you will have the replacement tops for the Durham post light back in stock
Asked by Martyn on 9 May 2015
We are expecting some more tops early June.
Do these lights have fixings or a way to secure them? I was thinking of having these on top of posts on my decking
Asked by Grace on 8 May 2015
They do not.
Can you let me know if the Chinese lanterns will be available soon?
Asked by Jayson Linzey on 6 May 2015
These are being discontinued. Please accept our apologies.
Hi, could you tell me what the difference is between these and the Everbright lights that you are selling for Ā£69,98
Asked by Michelle on 5 May 2015
The Lumify are going to be replacing the Everbright Lights which will be discontinued this year. The Lumify will work better, last longer, have better waterproofing, and have a power saving setting.
Can you buy a replacement charging stand? Mine was knocked over and damaged. The globe is fine, I just need the rest of it.
Asked by Chloe on 4 May 2015
The charging stand is not sold separately.
Hello, Is it possible to buy a second motion sensor? If I have 2 motion sensor can I send them to a terminal box and have on wire coming out going to the light? Thank you, Dave Chrisp
Asked by Dave Chrisp on 4 May 2015
It is not possible to use this light with two motion sensors.
Can you tell me the depth of the lights I want to put them into a path of ground guard which is 40 mm deep the 38 mm diameter size fits perfectly
Asked by Geoff Smith on 2 May 2015
Depth is approx 3.1cm
Can I link another 8 lights to the same solar charger. ?I note there are more sockets on the back of the solar panel. If so can I buy the lights without the solar panel
Asked by Chris gardner on 1 May 2015
We have found that 8 lights produces the most stable and continuous performance. Adding more has been known to reduce the efficiency. To exceed 8 lights we recommend using another panel.
is this really 30m long ? does that include the 2m from the solar panel to the first light ? i.e. is it actually 28m of lights ? I am looking for at least that long, 30m of actual lights would be ideal.
Asked by lottiehare on 30 Apr 2015
The total length is 32m. There is 2m which does not have LEDs on it which goes back to the solar panel. 30m has LEDs on it.
Can I use digital batteries of the same value WITH MY SOLAR LIGHTS
Asked by SUE on 29 Apr 2015
You must use rechargeable batteries with your solar lights.
Hi, i got 100 watt solar panel, please let me know what is maximum size of battery should be connected with this
Asked by k.rehman on 29 Apr 2015
The largest battery we supply 104AH which is connected to a 50 watt solar panel.
Hi, my previous batteries are AA 1500mAh 1.2v. are these the equivalent?
Asked by Colin on 29 Apr 2015
These are 1300mAh - so slightly less than your previous batteries.
how many led are there in this light
Asked by paul gray on 29 Apr 2015
6 SMD's. This is the new type of LED.
I would like to use these spotlight to lit up some trees. Are these suitable or am I better of using the Albany spotlights? Or should I use the 3 together but then it becomes very costly as we have more trees that we would like to lit once we've worked out how good they are. Many thanks
Asked by Lou on 28 Apr 2015
Both the Selene and the Albany would be suitable for this application. The Albany is a stronger spotlight but has shorter cable (3.3m to the solar panel) while the Selene has two spotlights and longer cable (5m to the solar panel).
Can the cable in between the individual lights be buried in soil ? I would like to use these cut into railway sleepers but the cable would have to be in soil for it to work...
Asked by daniel on 28 Apr 2015
Yes you can.
If these were installed on a vertical 90 degree railway sleeper that was positioned outside in full sun would they still work ?
Asked by daniel on 28 Apr 2015
They are not recommended to be installed in a wall (at 90 degrees). The solar panels are designed to be facing upwards for the sun and not towards the horizon even though your wall would be getting sun. Customers that have installed these in a wall have experienced issues before. I would recommend taking a look at the Kensington Solar Wall Light instead for this purpose.
Bought an EVO 15 solar security light. Wanted to order 3m ext. cable but picture on your website shows different connections on the end of the ext. cable to the single jack plug on my light.
Asked by Allan Edwards on 27 Apr 2015
The Evo extension cable was designed to work with the Evo 36 and 56 Solar Security Lights which has a jack with a screw part for added waterproofing. You can use the extension cable with the Evo 15 Solar Security Light but the connection is not a screw type and will only push in.
Do you stock replacement glass globes?
Asked by Alison Tregoning on 27 Apr 2015
We do not unfortunately.
I would like to use this light within a flowerbed. Will it still work if the light is partially covered by plants?
Asked by Sarah hobson on 26 Apr 2015
The solar panel must be receiving direct sunlight. This will not work if covered by foliage.
I am looking to power the heating in my greehhouse with solar panels. Would these panels be suitable? How many would I need & do you have a brochure with prices? Thank you.
Asked by Jayni on 26 Apr 2015
This is only the bracket to hold the solar panel. To get a quotation please e-mail: Info@TheSolarCentre.co.uk We will need to know the wattage and voltage of your heater, how long you intend to run it per day, etc.
Can you tell how many watt the solar panel provides?
Asked by Dirk on 25 Apr 2015
2 watt
What are teh physical dimensions of the panel, the inverter, the battery?
Asked by Richard Lyons on 25 Apr 2015
The panel measures 1490 x 670 x 35mm Battery is 330 x 220 x 180mm (22kgs) Inverter 200 x 110 x 60mm
how long is the lead between the light and panel and can you buy and extension lead if so what is part number
Asked by ian on 23 Apr 2015
It is 5m of cable. You can purchase an extra 5m. The code is SS9850.
Hi, One of my Canterbury lights has stopped working and after inspection realised the batteries are in a sealed unit, is possible to replace or purchase just the lighting unit.
Asked by Tom Lee on 22 Apr 2015
You can change the batteries. There should be 4 small screws on the green printed circuit board. By undoing those screws you can lift the circuit board enough to pop the batteries out.
Does the fountain work without the float?Is it removable
Asked by Sue on 22 Apr 2015
The float is removable.
Is there any problem shortening the length of cable between lights.
Asked by Robert Henderson on 22 Apr 2015
If you modify the unit in any way (like shortening cable) it will invalidate the warranty period.
Could you please let me know what the colour of the cable would be? Have you got any solar fairy lights with a white cable? Thank you
Asked by Kristina on 21 Apr 2015
The cable is green. We do not have any lights with a white cable.
I bought last year on the 1st of July 4 of your solar lamps via amazon. Unfortunately one of those is not working anymore. Could you please be so kind and tell me how the process of warranty works? Thank you and kind regards!
Asked by Grell werner on 20 Apr 2015
Please contact Amazon for a replacement under the 'Amazon Basics One-Year Limited European Warranty'.
do you have AA1..2 v 200 mah batterys
Asked by Irene on 19 Apr 2015
We do not stock this battery.
How far from the unit can it detect motion please?
Asked by Karen on 19 Apr 2015
Within 3m
Hi, I have six of these lights that run along my drive wall, I have had them for about a year and was really pleased with them . Now only two are working,somebody said it might be the rechargeable needs changing.What battery would it be???
Asked by kay geary on 19 Apr 2015
You can find the battery by unscrewing the end cap. It is 3 x AA rechargeable batteries.
Is there a discount for ordering 7 lights? Some reviews say that lighting is dim any comments
Asked by Ian Beattie on 17 Apr 2015
The lighting is designed to be diffused as it is for decoration only. Discounts are normally offered on quantities over 10.
I am thinking of buying a Geo2 kit but with a 75ah battery. Can I add a socket to the circuit? If so how is this done and how long will it take to charge to battery? Thanks
Asked by Andrew on 17 Apr 2015
It is possible using a converter. We do not recommend doing this with a Geo kit as the draw on power will empty the battery quite quickly. These kits have been designed to run lights only.
Please can someone tell me the depth of the bulb? The reason for asking is that I want to thread them through my trellis but I only have a depath/width of 2 cms. But if they are detachable from the cable, then I can undo them and reattach when the cable if threaded through.
Asked by Christine on 16 Apr 2015
The LEDs cannot be detached from the cable. It is roughly 2.5cm from tip of LED, including the casing part, back to the cable.
Hi, I have a 50 cm globe garden light that just won't work even though I have replaced the battery . Would this item work inside a globe light ? If not have you any suggestions what I could replace the solar part with ?
Asked by Catherine Staddon on 16 Apr 2015
This would not work. The sun needs to get directly on to the solar panel and when the light is on it only projects downwards.
Approximately what candle power are these rated at? Do they actually give off enough light to see what you are doing/going? Yours
Asked by R. Sparling on 16 Apr 2015
These are for decoration only. You can not use them to read a book for example.
Hello, I have two questions. Question 1 - I have 150mm wide deck boards. Will this be OK? Question 2 - my boards are laid and cannot be lifted. If I cut a hole I am trying to figure out how easy it is to attach these t Lights assuming that I cannot lift the decking? Thanks
Asked by Ross Johnston on 16 Apr 2015
The lights are installed from the top down so you should not need to lift the decking. The recessed part is 92 x 92 mm wide. I cannot recommend if this is okay for your decking.
Hi there - can you tell me if the rechargeable battery is contained within the solar panel unit? I am looking for a panel that has the battery contained within it, can you help? Thanks.
Asked by Jon Reid on 14 Apr 2015
The battery is contained within the light.
When do you expect the Lumify lights to be available?
Asked by Keith Simm on 14 Apr 2015
We are expecting them to be available in July but we are hoping to get them sooner.
Can these lights be used as downlighters in an outdoor porch shelter
Asked by john on 13 Apr 2015
Yes. So long as the solar panel is getting direct sunlight.
Hello. Will this work with the 'Everbright Dual Power Fairy Lights' range please? Thank you.
Asked by Maria on 12 Apr 2015
It will not work.
Can I use this on a patio (under a balcony); or is it just for interior use?
Asked by ross on 12 Apr 2015
This is for interior use in a shed. It is not water proof.
I bought 2 sets of these last year and both have stopped working. I have recharged both via a laptop but to no avail. The solar panel contains the old sealed battery units which i note you have no further stocks of. Do you sell just the new style solar panel (with 2 x std aa rechargeables), so I can plug last years bulbs into the new panel kit?
Asked by Lisa on 11 Apr 2015
The old style and new style (both of which have now been discontinued) do not work together due to different connector types.
Is it possible to expand the kit to use a plug socket for low capacity or short use eg charging mobile, laptop etc? I have one of your charge controllers installed.
Asked by Mark on 11 Apr 2015
Adding other accessories will drain the battery very quickly. You can add a plug socket but need to bear in mind the usage and how quickly the battery will deplete.
Hi....could you confirm what colour the cable is please? I'm looking for 200 warm white solar powered lights on a white cable as opposed to the usual black or green. Thank you
Asked by Caroline Ready on 10 Apr 2015
It is dark green.
First time charging - does the device charge when it is switched off using pin hole? If so how long does it require to charge before I switch it on?
Asked by Nick on 10 Apr 2015
The device will charge while switched off. We recommend 3-5 days of charging time before starting to use your unit.
Hi, what is the total length of the lights?
Asked by Jennifer on 9 Apr 2015
16m of cable
Do you still sell the sealed battery pack as a replacement. My lights have just stopped working and are the old style?
Asked by Claire Page on 8 Apr 2015
We do not have any stock left of the old type.
Is this light warm white or cold white?
Asked by max on 7 Apr 2015
It is a warm white.
I got the astron 64 light as a gift from my friend.The On/Off switch on the floodlight is not working however.I haven't used it yet.Is it covered under warranty?
Asked by Sandesh on 6 Apr 2015
Please ask your friend to contact the original supplier. They will do some troubleshooting to find the cause of the answer and if it is faulty will replace the unit if it is inside the 12 month warranty guarantee.
When are these going to be made available?
Asked by Ralph Peart on 6 Apr 2015
We are hoping to have these available in July. We are working on getting them finished sooner but cannot guarantee a date yet.
Is the bulb replacebal and what is its life?
Asked by Swayne on 6 Apr 2015
The LEDs are not replaceable but should last a very long time.
Is the London Solar Post diffuser made of plastic or glass?
Asked by Graham Degg on 5 Apr 2015
Plastic.
the cable shown does not have the round jack plug
Asked by whitehead on 4 Apr 2015
The cables supplied do have a round jack plug. The picture is incorrect and due to be amended.
is the picture you show correct. My lights have a round jack under the bung
Asked by Don on 2 Apr 2015
The picture is not correct and is due to be amended. The cable supplied does have a round jack.
When are the Lumify range due for delivery please?
Asked by Sam on 2 Apr 2015
They will be available around summer time. We are working on getting them ready earlier but cannot guarantee anything yet.
i want to use in my house for lights which one shoul i buy or use to save the cost of electricity
Asked by mphinde ndumo on 1 Apr 2015
This would not help with your problem.
Can this light be switched on and/or off manually or does it only work automatically? Are there any other similar lights with manual switching? I used to have one but I don't know what make it was.
Asked by Tony on 1 Apr 2015
They can be manually switched off. If left alone it will turn on automatically at dusk. All of our spotlights can be manually switched off and will keep charging.
When are these available please?
Asked by Chris on 1 Apr 2015
They will be available around summer time. We are working on getting them ready earlier but cannot guarantee anything yet.
Thanks for your last answer. If the battery drains down, can I charge it using a normal car battery charger? Also, does letting it drain down damage the life of the battery?
Asked by stef on 31 Mar 2015
You can use a normal charger to give it a boost. Letting it drain down can damage the life of the battery. The solar panel will trickle charge the battery and keep it going.
I have a garden border (10 m x 2 m) with a membrane base (which I do not want to pierce) and 4 inches of slate chippings on top. Can these lights be used to "nestle" into the chippings as a decorative effect ?
Asked by LMC on 31 Mar 2015
These could be "Nestled" as you described so long as they have adequate drainage and would not be sitting in a puddle.
Hi, I am very interested in two of these for the 12v system in my caravan to run off the leisure battery. However, the current bulbs have a narrow Edison screw fitting, probably short?. Will your bulbs fit or are they full size? Many thanks, David
Asked by David Titchfield on 31 Mar 2015
They will not fit as they are the bigger size fittings.
Hello, what type of battery is needed? Will a normal car battery do, or does it have to be a caravan battery? Basically I have no idea - what should I ask for when I go into a shop? Thanks for your help
Asked by stef on 30 Mar 2015
We recommend you use the batteries from our website. If you decide to go elsewhere we recommend a deep cycle leisure battery (like a caravan battery) and try to match the Ah number.
Hello - I found the batteries. I want to use this battery with the Geo 3 - in a shed that I only visit twice a year. Will the battery drain down over that time, or will it hold it's charge? thanks
Asked by stef on 30 Mar 2015
The battery will drain down over time if it is not being charged via a solar panel.
i have 2 geo 1 kits and i want to wire them together and put it through a charge controller, do i wire one panel to the next and on to the controller or wire them both straight to the controller? Thanks
Asked by paul on 28 Mar 2015
You need to wire one panel to the other panel and then to the charge controller. It must be positive to positive and negative to negative when connecting the solar panels.
What is the power output, in lumens or wattage
Asked by K Agyeman on 28 Mar 2015
It is roughly the equivalent of a 15w incandescent bulb. It is intended as a marker light rather than one to work/read by.
Will this work with the evo 15 solar pir light.
Asked by Tina Brown on 28 Mar 2015
This will not work with the Evo 15 Solar PIR Utility Light.
The panel on these looks the same as the panel that came on the first set of fairy lights I got from you in 2008. They lasted until 2014 but the Everbrights I got from you last year died within 9 months. Will these perform more like your first gen lights which were a lot better than your second gen ones?
Asked by Bob Tilmore on 27 Mar 2015
Many thanks for your question Bob. The short answer is yes. We've taken the best bits of our first generation fairy lights and second generation Everbright USB lights, removed all the problems and the result is Lumify. Our first generation lights were brilliant, but as you may remember the battery pack was non-standard which caused a few problems. We also found that when customers accessed the battery pack to change the battery the waterproofing was compromised when the control box was screwed back together by the customer. Lumify deals with all those points. The battery is a Lithium Ion 18650 which are widely available. To change it you just unscrew the cap on the control tube, flick the battery compartment lid with your thumb, swap the battery and screw the tube cap back on which takes around 10 seconds. We based the tube design on a plastic bottle and that is precisely the sort of waterproofing you will get! The other issue with both our first and second generation lights was that they both used a click button so you never knew if the lights were set to on or off by looking at the switch. Lumify has a 3 way slide switch which has S for standard mode, P for Powersaivng mode and off for well, off. Lumify also has the USB charge port which we pioneered on our Everbright USB lights and we've added Powersaving technology which wasn't a feature on either of the previous sets. If you liked our first generation lights, as so many customers did, you will love Lumify! I'm sorry you had problems with your second generation Everbright set. The vast majority were fine, but if we're being honest, these never quite lived up to the standard set by our first generation lights owing to problems with the factory we were working with at the time. Initially we had issues with the AA batteries we were using and we also had issues with the LED strings. It was also a bit of a faff to replace the batteries with the bung and the screw base design we were using. All these issues have been resolved by Lumify.
What is the diameter of these bulbs at their widest?
Asked by Raa on 26 Mar 2015
4cm at the widest part
Can I buy a new rechargeable battery pack for these lights?
Asked by Sue on 25 Mar 2015
This item has now been discontinued. We no longer have the battery pack in stock.
What size of wall bracket would I require for this panel?
Asked by Ian Maclean on 25 Mar 2015
The Geo kits come with plastic squares to help you attach it to a roof.
Which is brighter the Albany or the Selene
Asked by Fred Sykes on 22 Mar 2015
The Albany is brighter.
Could you confirm the size of the hole I'd need to drill into my decking to fit these please? BR Mark
Asked by Mark Gamble on 22 Mar 2015
98mm. You would still need a small saw to make indents for the screw hole recesses on the underside of the light.
Hi - What's the difference in light output / lumens / brightness between the London and mini London lights? Thanks
Asked by Jonathan on 22 Mar 2015
Each light is half as bright in the Mini London size.
Hi are you getting anymore of these in?
Asked by Steve on 21 Mar 2015
These have been discontinued. We will not be getting any more. Please accept our apologies.
are there fixing points which would enable these to be surface mounted to a wall?
Asked by john hill on 21 Mar 2015
The Kensington is fixed to the wall in the same way a picture is hung. There are two holes in the back plate for screws to sit.
What is the difference between the Blingstring and the Everbright fairy lights?
Asked by Neil Clark on 21 Mar 2015
The Blingstrings are not guaranteed to work during the winter months and do not offer the option to charge via USB. Everbrights range has been discontinued and replace by our brand new Lumify range which works in winter and has USB backup. Click here to see Lumify range
How do you stop the light coming on in the daylight hours please should the dial be pointing to the sun or the moon emblem
Asked by ian scarfe on 20 Mar 2015
Please can you check that the solar panel is receiving direct sunlight. The lux sensor is in the solar panel. If the solar panel is shaded during the day then it could be activating because it believes it is night-time.
Can the lighting time be adjusted so that it is not on all night or is there a motion sensor included?
Asked by L Priddey on 19 Mar 2015
The light cannot be time adjusted. It will turn on at dusk and continue until it runs out of charge. You can manually turn the unit off.
I have a small garden pond that I would like to light at night can you recommend a light with that can be recharged via an adaptor and a panel I have a set of fairy lights from you that have this facility thus allowing us to use them in the winter.
Asked by Mark Fairfield on 19 Mar 2015
We do not have a path light or spotlight which can be charged via adapter. They are all solar power only.
Do they, will they come in white? Can you run two lamps off one solar cell as you do with other products?
Asked by Paul Mailey on 19 Mar 2015
They only come in one colour at current. The solar panel can only support one light.
Can this light be turned on/off like the Thea?
Asked by Tom on 19 Mar 2015
Yes. The button is underneath the solar panel.
If I wanted more than one set of 300 lights would it be beneficial together to get 3x100 or all on one 1set 300 to last the winter espially the dark nights
Asked by Lorna on 19 Mar 2015
Both options would work. The 300 lights have a bigger battery than the 100 to support the larger amount of LEDs.
How long is the cable between the light and the solar panel? Is there the option to extended it?
Asked by James on 18 Mar 2015
3m from lamp to solar panel.
Does this light the Albany solar spotlight have to be in direct sunlight to charge thanks
Asked by dave etheridge on 18 Mar 2015
The solar panel for the Albany Solar Spotlight needs to be receiving direct sunlight to charge.
Will the standard Canterbury wall light come with these improved duration power saver tops as standard.
Asked by Scott Devereux on 18 Mar 2015
This is not currently available but is something the directors are considering.
Can you advise how bright these lights are. thanks.
Asked by Jason on 16 Mar 2015
These give off a nice decorative glow, about the equivalent of a 10w lightbulb.
Hi I am looking a light to light up our house approx 10 metres high and some lights for along a path to light up a stone wall, which lights are best?
Asked by Lisa McClure on 15 Mar 2015
I would recommend using spotlights, either the Thea , Selenes or Albany will be the best bet. The Thea and Albany project the widest spread of light, the Selenes have a more focussed beam.
Will this work on a North facing wall?
Asked by Phyllis on 14 Mar 2015
We wouldn't recommend installing this on a north facing wall, it would probably work fine for 9 months of the year but would struggle throughout the darkest 3 months.
Is it an equal mix of the 3 sizes (ie 33 of each)? How many of each size are there in the mix?
Asked by Janet on 12 Mar 2015
It is a random mix of the 3 sizes.
Please could you let me know what the lumen rating is. Thanks.
Asked by Richard on 9 Mar 2015
It's roughly 400 lumens. The light is the equivalent of a 100 watt halogen light you might use around the home.
Could you tell me what the equilant output is wattage wish please? Many thanks
Asked by Dave Frohock on 8 Mar 2015
The equivalent is 15w approx.
Hi, we have some led brick lights in our garden sleepers that have become water logged and don't work, are we able to replace with these Solar powered brick lights of do they need to be laid horizontally Thankyou
Asked by Nicola patten on 7 Mar 2015
These are not recommended for wall installation. The solar panel must face the sky and be installed in the floor.
If mounting these in a driveway, are they strong enough to stand being driven over or should I only use them around the edge?
Asked by Gavyn on 4 Mar 2015
These lights can be used in a driveway and be driven over.
Hi, re the length of time the light stays on. Do you have any other similar products that you can vary the length of time the light is on?
Asked by Berni on 3 Mar 2015
Our other Solar Security Lights offer the option to change the length of time the light stays on for. These tend to be a lot more powerful than the Evo 15.
Are these lights suitable for placing in or on a lawn to light up a path?
Asked by feebee on 3 Mar 2015
These are not suitable for lawns or grassy areas. They have been designed for use in decks.
Do the dragonfly attachments fit on these lights
Asked by Jo cribb on 2 Mar 2015
Yes. All fairy light attachments listed on our website will fit these fairy lights.
Which of your E27 bulbs are dimmable? Thanks
Asked by John Scott on 28 Feb 2015
They are not dimmable.
Please could you tell me if there is a guarantee glow posts that are in your sale Thankyou
Asked by Robert Owen on 28 Feb 2015
All orders are covered by a 12 month warranty period as standard.
Is the color of this light warm or white
Asked by Salim on 28 Feb 2015
It is white.
Please can you confirm that the lantern is finished in a dark forest green in colour with a matching spike.
Asked by Stella on 27 Feb 2015
It is black metal finish
Hi I bought these from you last year but haven't put them up yet. My main concern is that we live by the sea and wonder will the sea air corrode them- have you any experience of this? How do they last long term? Thanks
Asked by Dermot on 27 Feb 2015
These lights should be fine by the sea although they will degrade slightly quicker than the normal. You should expect them to last a good 5 years (with care and replacement of batteries).
on a continues use how long is the battery life and can the battery be replaced
Asked by gill on 26 Feb 2015
You should expect at least 2 years before you need to consider replacing the batteries.
How big is the solar panel ?
Asked by John on 25 Feb 2015
It is approx. 22cm x 16.5cm
I have the Selene Solar Landscape Spotlights. Can I use this extension cable to sight the panel a bit further from the lights?
Asked by Butch Marshall on 24 Feb 2015
This cable does not work with the Selene Solar Landscape Spotlights.
Are these lights compatible with these Mini Ball LED Attachments https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Mini_Ball_LED_Attachments_x_100-632-77.html? Thanks
Asked by Camilla on 24 Feb 2015
Yes.
Since each light is seperately connected, could it still work if I only wanted to connect up (for use) 6 of the 8 lights? Reason being the length of path might be too short to accommodate full set of 8 lights. Thanks.
Asked by DCB on 23 Feb 2015
Yes, you can do this with no problems at all.
how many flowers are there, what is the total length of the lights
Asked by Mavis Hanson on 23 Feb 2015
There are 20 flowers in total.
Can the batteries be removed from this unit & charged manually. I would like to use larger capacity batteries.
Asked by derek slotta on 22 Feb 2015
No, the Wedge contains a bespoke lithium ion battery that cannot be removed to charge manually.
Is there an on/off switch?
Asked by Suz on 19 Feb 2015
Yes, on the underside of the panel.
Hi, what light would you recommend for a 24ftx16ft garden shed. In use quite enough as a gym and workshop. Would the motion detection light be better? Which gives off the best light?
Asked by Paul Murphy on 18 Feb 2015
The best option for this will be one of the Geo Kits , probably the Geo 2 or the Geo 3 depending on how much use the shed gets.
the hole required is 25mm diameter but at what depth?
Asked by chris on 18 Feb 2015
This image or clicking through the product images above will give you a diagram.
Can this be wall mounted as require to light path/steps
Asked by Mrs c henwood on 17 Feb 2015
Yes. Both wall mount and ground spike options come included.
I bought 10 of these from you last year however we are only just about to put them up and have realised that the circular part you attach to the wall is larger (width) than our fence posts. Can you recommend any other way to fit them?
Asked by Joanne T on 17 Feb 2015
Unfortunately I cannot recommend another way to fit the lights. Any changes made to your units will invalidate your 12 month warranty period.
What is the power of this light and does it have on and off switch?
Asked by Sarah Black on 17 Feb 2015
The Flexalite has a 44 lumen output and includes an on/off switch located underneath the solar panel.
Hi, could you tell me is these lights can be mounted inside a window frame with the solar panel facing out and the lamp illuminating the room. Regards Franc Kelly
Asked by Franc Kelly on 17 Feb 2015
You won't be able to do this with the Kensington, as with all solar lights it won't charge effectively through glass.
Can these be left out all year - as ones we have bought in the past didn't survive more than two years? How long couLd we expect them to last? Thanks
Asked by Mike on 16 Feb 2015
These can be left out all year. It is recommended to leave them even over winter so they can keep charging. If your previous units have stopped working after 2 years I would recommend checking the batteries as these may need replacing.
Do these kits need a battery bought seperately or is it included in the kit
Asked by Mark on 14 Feb 2015
The battery is not included as part of the kit. You can purchase the recommend (or different size) battery at time of ordering.
Hi, can the power monkey charge an ipad?
Asked by este van schalkwyk on 13 Feb 2015
I would recommend the Power Monkey Extreme for iPads. This may not be powerful enough for any long term use.
Do you/are you planning to make these in blue?
Asked by Paul Sherwin on 4 Feb 2015
We used to do them in blue but they have now been discontinued and there are no plans to bring them back.
How can I extend the solar panel wiring? Can you supply an extension or the wire and i have to solder at my own risk?
Asked by Yves Johnson on 3 Feb 2015
Currently we do not have an extension cable for this light. This is something we hope to have in place around spring-time.
Can I use this battery 300 w solar panel Sealed Rechargable Lead-Acid 12V Battery. Our sealed, deep cycle batteries have an exceptional charge / discharge performance that match the ebb and flow characteristics of a solar panel perfectly. Being a sealed unit, each battery is particularly ideal where battery acid spillage is not acceptable.
Asked by Ali on 2 Feb 2015
Yes, you can use it with a 300w panel as long as you have a suitable charge controller. A 30a charge controller is sufficient for a 300w system. On a system of this size you may want to consider more than one battery.
Are there any solar path lights that really work in the winter?
Asked by Peter Halford on 31 Jan 2015
Most path lights will struggle in winter due to the size of the solar panel and where it is located. If you have an ideal location for the solar panel and it is getting direct sunlight then it should work.
Do you have solar fairy lights with a clear cable.. As long as possible I can't find any anywhere Thanks
Asked by Catherine roche on 30 Jan 2015
We only do fairy lights with green cable. Sorry.
What 12v battery and solar panel do you recommend for use with the 5m led light strip.
Asked by Jon Marshall on 28 Jan 2015
The entire strip (5 metres) uses 20watts per hour it is on. So 30watts of Solar Panel power will be needed for every hr it is needed to be on in winter to regenerate energy that is going to be used 12ah battery holds 72watts of power 34ah battery holds 204watts of power 75ah battery holds 450watts of power So battery depends on how much usable back up you would like to have.
Hi would it be ok to charge the supplied AA batteries in a Uniross battery charger, it's a normal slow charger not a rapid charger ( although I have access to a Uniross fast charger as well) or alternatively use the small Apple charger as I don't have a PC to charge them from.
Asked by John on 27 Jan 2015
You can use an external charger for the green AA batteries supplied. Later batches have blue batteries which cannot be externally charged.
How many total minutes of lighting per night could one expect from an installation in the south of England after a dull winter's day.
Asked by Andrew Russell on 27 Jan 2015
This all depends on an ideal location of solar panel and how much sunlight it has been receiving. It is not easy to give it a number. On average, during summer and ideal charge, it will have up to 500 activation's per night. During the winter you should expect just over half in the same location.
What type of fixings does the solar panel have.? I want to fix it to the wooden side of a walkway roof, would this be possible, and does the panel have to be facing south?
Asked by Christine Howell on 25 Jan 2015
The solar panel should be facing south to get as much day-light as possible. The unit comes with a spike for ground mounting and multi-mount cap for mounting on a wall or fence.
The product description says this does not fit the EVO15, yet the FAQ says it does...confusing. Which is correct?
Asked by Max on 24 Jan 2015
It can work with the Evo 15 but it is not a clean and professional fit. It was designed to work with the larger units with screw caps on the cables for extra waterproofing. The Evo 15 is just a push in type.
Can I attach the dragonfly attachments to these lights?
Asked by Ethel Mills on 24 Jan 2015
Yes. The attachments just slip on over the LED.
just wondered if this item is ready to go as power source for fan to ventilate shed,cheers
Asked by martin on 23 Jan 2015
It would need to be plugged in to a battery. See our Geo Kits for an idea on how to do this.
I would like the lights to turn on, triggered by the motion sensor only, no matter if it is light or dark outside. Would that be possible?
Asked by Hartmut Stockter on 23 Jan 2015
This is not possible. The light will not trigger during the day-time.
hi i have just bought your evo smd sola light,cani use your evo booster panel with it.if so does it come with a conector to join them up thanks p spicer.
Asked by peter spicer on 22 Jan 2015
This will not work due to the difference in voltages and battery sizes.
Hi, I'm looking to produce a sign with a digital display to show the number of days since the last accident on site. The company supplying the digital display tell me it will only draw less than 1Amp of power and requires a 12Volt DC supply. The customer has asked if it can be solar powered? Is this something you may be able to help with? The sign will be post mounted (probably 76mm diameter) so the solar panel could be post mounted above it and may need a mounting bracket. Cheers, Mike!
Asked by Mike on 20 Jan 2015
This is doable but will be using 12 watts per hour it is on (1Amp x 12v). If it is running 24hrs a day 7days a week then that is a lot of power. It will be 288 watts a day. To power it in winter will need a 150watt panel and in summer minimum 50 watt panel and to have 7 days back up would recommend a 3 x 104 ah batteries.
Hi - is it possible to have the lights wired as 2 separate (independent) circuits (e.g. for use in a two-room shed)? If it is possible, what additional items are required - I realise a second wall switch and more cable but is anything else needed? Thanks
Asked by Euan on 20 Jan 2015
Yes. It is possible. You would just need some extra cable and another wall switch which we sell in the accessories page.
Hi, does the solar power monkey come with an iphone 5 adaptor?
Asked by Sally Wetherick on 19 Jan 2015
The Powermonkey explorer will charge the Iphone 5 using the battery. The solar panel can be used for charging the powermonkey battery.
I am looking for warm white wall lights - are these suitable or are they bright white
Asked by Debbie Fielding on 18 Jan 2015
These are plain white and not warm white.
Can you please confirm what type of rechargeable AA batteries come with these light? NiMH? Thank you.
Asked by Carl on 16 Jan 2015
You cannot change the batteries in these units.
Would the light be triggered by strong winds?
Asked by D Yule on 14 Jan 2015
It shouldn't do. No.
Can the sensor range be adjusted? Thanks
Asked by Graham Smith on 14 Jan 2015
You cannot change the sensor range on this unit.
I Hallo, I don't have Standby-light. Only dark or full . What is wrong? Thanks. Klaus
Asked by Klaus on 13 Jan 2015
These lights were changed earlier last year to only work on activation. They no longer support the standby-mode.
how long this light stays on for?
Asked by luke on 13 Jan 2015
Up to six hours. The amount of time the light will stay on for depends on time of year and how much direct sunlight it will be getting on the solar panel per day.
what distance can u run cable between lights and battery without effecting performance I have a cow shed 4 bay an I would place lights along shed is 16m long , just worried about max an min lenghth of cabling between lights then from lights to battery , if u can advise me , I will be in England at the end of febuary an would be keen to purchase one regards mick
Asked by michael granahan on 13 Jan 2015
Distance between lights and battery shouldn't effect brightness or performance but it is best to keep wire run between panel and battery as short as possible and no longer than 8m.
Does the solar panel require direct sunlight to work or is daylight enough ? Want to put it in the alley between two houses with no direct sunlight.
Asked by Matt Lorenz on 13 Jan 2015
The solar panel must be receiving direct sunlight to work to it's best potential.
Can you buy solar powered to bring indoors in the event of power failure?
Asked by John woodcock on 10 Jan 2015
You can. I would not recommend these lights for that purpose.
I have both the Durham and London post lights that I bought through Amazon. The bases are still fine, but the lights on two no longer work. I've checked the batteries and replaced them but to no avail - I think the light unit ay be kaput. Do you sell just the replacement light units for the London/Durham lights?
Asked by Mark on 10 Jan 2015
The replacement top is here: here
Is there any way I can externally charge the battery?
Asked by Mike Falgowski on 7 Jan 2015
It is not possible to externally charge the battery.
my Evo15 solar PIR Utility light turns itself off after 8 sec how do I make it longer
Asked by andi on 7 Jan 2015
You cannot change the length of time this light is on. The light will, however, stay on all the time it is detecting movement.
Sorry if I've overlooked these details on your website, but can you please confirm the size of the solar panel that comes with the Geo 2? Thank you
Asked by Stuart on 5 Jan 2015
It is one 10 watt solar panel.
Hi, I'm in a rented property with a garage that I use for storage. It has a metal "lazyman" metal door. I go into the garage in the evenings for short periods of time & wonder if this light will be okay? I need to mount the light on rear wall of garage. The garage is closed all day so not sure if the sensor will know if its day or night so not sure if this light ideal?If not can you recommend a cheaper equivelant? Thanks Barry
Asked by Barry Duplock on 4 Jan 2015
This would be suitable. The sensor for day and night is in the solar panel. The light will not activate if there is sun-light (or alternative light like a street-lamp) shining on the solar panel.
Do you sell extension cables compatible with these deck lights, to enable a greater distance between lights and solar panel?
Asked by Oliver Dash on 4 Jan 2015
Unfortunately we do not sell an extension cable for this product.
Is it possible to carry out the initial charge via mains rather than the solar panel?
Asked by William on 3 Jan 2015
This is not possible. There is no way to plug the unit in to the mains and could be potentially dangerous to do so.
I have just fitted my 2 new Eco wedges - it mentions removing the protective film from the solar panel but there does not seem to be an obvious film. I don't want to risk damaging it, am I missing something please?
Asked by Janet Flynn on 2 Jan 2015
It may be that your units do not have the protective film. I know this was missed on one batch. It should be pretty obvious if there is a film on it so if you cannot see anything please assume it was missed in manufacture.
Hi, how do you replace the battery? is there a diagramme? Thanks
Asked by Joan on 31 Dec 2014
The battery can be replaced. Simply unscrew the plastic end cap and pull the battery out to replace it.
Do you sell them in larger packs .? . Of 10 or 12
Asked by Tony on 31 Dec 2014
This is the largest pack we do.
Hi, would these fairy lights be suitable & bright enough for a large playhouse? Many thanks
Asked by Kelly on 29 Dec 2014
They would not provide illumination suitable for reading but would make it look very pretty.
Good afternoon! I already own a large set of your outdoor lights which have been adorning my apple tree for the past couple of years. I'm now looking at replacing my indoor fairy lights but am aware that some sets I've seen in other peoples houses can be intensely bright to look at. Do any of your sets work with your advertised dimmer switch to give you more control over brightness? Also will you be stocking more of the coloured ornamental double flower led light attachments? Many thanks. Nick
Asked by Nick Scahill on 28 Dec 2014
Unfortunately these lights do not have a dimmer switch and do not work with the dimmer switch we sell. We will not be getting any more of the ornamental double flower attachments for the foreseeable future. Very sorry.
How long does the light stay on after detecting movement? Ideally less than one minute, otherwise a few winter cloudy days will deplete the battery charge.
Asked by Steve Thompson on 27 Dec 2014
It is less than one minute. The unit will work in winter.
Please can confirm that the replacement charging cable has a usb at one end and the other end has three prongs in a triangle. Many thanks Liz
Asked by Liz Laidler on 23 Dec 2014
One end has a typical USB (that would fit in to a standard USB port on a computer) the other has a round jack to fit in to the side of the stalk underneath the black rubber bung. It does not have three prongs in a triangle.
Is it possible/necessary to adjust the range of the PIR? Our front door is 1.5 metres from the street and up 5 steps. We don't want to be woken by the milkman!!
Asked by Peter Cobrin on 22 Dec 2014
You cannot adjust the range of the PIR. The detection range is 3m.
Hi Just set up my Evo 15 Solar Light, it didn't work? Do you have to let it charge for 3 days like other solar lights you have?? Kind Regards Gordon Craig
Asked by Gordon Craig on 21 Dec 2014
We do recommend leaving it to charge for 3-5 days before using, especially at this time of year when there isn't a great deal of sunshine.
I would like to light our house sign, which is on a brick pillar, but it is north facing. Would the kensington / canterbury light work OK in this situation? Alternatively, could I put a small solar panel on the rear of the pillar (i.e. south facing) and connect it to the light unit? If so, what solar panel would be suitable?
Asked by Alec on 19 Dec 2014
I would not recommend the Canterbury. The Kensington may struggle due to the lack of sunshine. You may be better off using a spotlight aimed at the sign.
Is this a 12v system?
Asked by David on 18 Dec 2014
It is not 12v and is not compatible with a 12v system.
Hi, I have located an 18m PIR sensor and would like to use it with your EYE set up. (the light will be closer to the target area - probably 12m) Can you supply the kit without the sensor normally in the kit? and if so, what is the retail price of the PV panel & light? Tks
Asked by David on 18 Dec 2014
We would not recommend using this light. It is not compatible with a 12v system. I recommend you take a look at the Geo Kit's we do instead.
I was just wondering, is it possible to detach/re-attach/replace any of the LEDs in the string? Thank you!
Asked by Jess on 17 Dec 2014
It is not possible to detach/re-attach/replace the LEDs.
Sorry - one more question! Does the solar unit detach and how heavy is it approx? e.g. 1 kg or less?
Asked by Jess on 17 Dec 2014
You can detach the solar panel as it is plugged in to the lights. It weights less than 1kg.
hi can you tell me if the 20 mtetres of cable is lit by lights and how far from solar panel is the first bulb many thanks
Asked by stacey cooke on 17 Dec 2014
It is 20m of lights and then 50cm of cable back to the solar panel.
I want to place this in a north facing porch. Can the cable between the solar panel and light be extended to 10-12 m final length?
Asked by Mark on 14 Dec 2014
Unfortunately we do not have an extension cable for this item.
hi, I would like to know besides using this for lighting. Could it be used to plug a tumble-dryer to the kit?
Asked by Joed on 14 Dec 2014
Adding other items to this kit would drain the battery very quickly as it has been designed to run just lights. You can do it but it may not be very efficient or last long enough.
how long is the string of 100 lights please?
Asked by Vee on 14 Dec 2014
You get 10m of lights and 2m of cable that runs back to the solar panel with no lights on. Total: 12m.
Hi. How long is the blank lead cable - is it 2m like your 100 LEDs or is it 5m length total with lights all along?
Asked by john on 13 Dec 2014
There's 5m with 50 LED lights on and then an extra 2m of cable with no lights back to the solar panel. Total is 7m.
What is the warranty ?
Asked by Gareth Jones on 12 Dec 2014
You have a 12 month warranty from date of purchase.
could I use the flood light in side a 24' x 12' field shelter.
Asked by Sally on 11 Dec 2014
Yes. This light would cover that area and more.
Hi, I have one of the Geo kits, got it about 2 years ago. It has 4 bulbs and works excellently. I want to be able to put my motorcycle on a battery trickle charger unit to keep it topped up Over winter. What. Can I plug it into and can it be incorporated into this system? I'd like some advice please so I can keep my bike charged using solar and ideally the trickle charger I have.
Asked by Mark Lancaster on 10 Dec 2014
We would need to know the power consumption or energy used by the trickle charger to calculate feasibility but would generally just suggest buying a solar trickle charger rather than try to add something to the kit that is working well and risk stopping it from working well.
Hi, What is the voltage and amps produced by the solar panel? I would like to install two of these lights on the side of a single story building, so the light and solar panel cable will be within reach of anyone on the ground. If the cable between the solar panel and light is damaged or cut, I need to know that touching the cable attached the solar panel will not be dangerous. Regards
Asked by Paul Davison on 8 Dec 2014
It shouldn't be dangerous. Solar panels tend to trickle charge batteries and don't produce a high enough voltage (usually around 6v) to give a substantial shock.
Hello. I have an old set of your lights. I need a battery replacement. It's a NI-MH AA 1200x2 factory-wrapped with one red and one black wire - with a red plug. Can't find one anywhere here across the pond. In the alternative, what is the color of the wire on you 300-light multi/solar?
Asked by Mary Johnson on 7 Dec 2014
This style of battery was discontinued roughly 2 years ago and is no longer used. Unfortunately we do not have any in stock to send you.
Will the connector on this product fit my Everbright Solar Fairy Lights - White 300 LEDs?
Asked by Ashley Ford on 6 Dec 2014
This will not fit the Everbright Fairy Lights.
What warranty comes with the Evo15?
Asked by Robert Oakey on 5 Dec 2014
It is a 12 month warranty from date of purchase.
Is it available in white or if not is it suitable for repainting?
Asked by Peter Ward on 5 Dec 2014
Unfortunately this is not available in white. This is not suitable for repainting.
the light goes on for 25 seconds after detecting motion. If I need to use it as a shed light, how can I keep it on all the time
Asked by whitney myezwa on 5 Dec 2014
The light will stay on continuous all the time it is detecting motion. This can wear out the battery if it is done too often, hence why it is not designed to stay on for long periods.
Would these lights be suitable for Marine environments? For example on floating pontoons?
Asked by Brian on 4 Dec 2014
We do not recommend these for floating pontoons.
How many mAh is the current rechargeable battery in the wall light? Can I replace it with a 1900mAh one?
Asked by Stelios on 4 Dec 2014
It is a 1300mAh. You can replace it with a 1900mAh but please be aware that the solar panel may struggle to fill that battery especially during winter seasons.
I cannot seem to find in any descriptions, what type of bulb is fitted to the Evo SMD Security Light and how long do the bulbs last
Asked by Errol Taylor on 3 Dec 2014
The bulbs are SMD's (surface mounted diodes). They are the little yellow squares you can see in the picture in the middle of the light unit. The SMD is the new LED and can go for as long as LEDs but use less energy.
What is the extended returns period for Christmas presents please
Asked by Gill West on 3 Dec 2014
It is two weeks from Christmas day: 7th Jan. Normally it would be 30 days.
Can the battery unit be replaced with a new one?
Asked by Gary on 3 Dec 2014
You can replace the battery. We just request that you let us know what colour the battery is when ordering from the website.
Where is the PIR mounted and waht is its detection area
Asked by Jim Simpson on 2 Dec 2014
The PIR is underneath and towards the front of the unit. Range is 3m.
Can the lights be made to come on automatically for say 6 hours and off for 18 hours
Asked by Eric Ellison on 2 Dec 2014
These lights will turn on automatically when it gets to dusk and will go until the charge runs out. You cannot set the time manually.
But On reading the description I notice it says only for spring summer and autumn, would they not work at all during the winter or do you just not advise they be used in winter?? If unable to use them in winter do you advise they be stored away in a garage away from the elements?? Many thanks Martyn
Asked by Martyn wilton on 1 Dec 2014
Yes, that would be worthwhile, at this time of year they won't produce much light anyway.
Do these lights have an off switch please
Asked by Deborah on 1 Dec 2014
The light has an override off switch. The unit will still charge in the off position.
Hi there. What is the equivalent light strength in terms of traditional mains powered halogen bulbs? Eg 20 watts, 40 watts etc
Asked by Mark on 1 Dec 2014
Each LED bulb is 1.5 watts per head which is 3 watts total and 88 lumen output. As per the website they will shine up to 25m.
what height are they
Asked by verdi james on 30 Nov 2014
75cm from the top of the ball to the bottom of the spike.
I have 9 of these Canterbury lights the white shades demerit in colour and go very brittle around the top do you sell replacements.
Asked by JOHN VASEY on 29 Nov 2014
Unfortunately we do not sell the white shades separately.
How long is the cable with the lights on?
Asked by Charlotte on 29 Nov 2014
5m in length
What is the difference between EVO 36 and EVO SMD. What is the warranty period on EVO36. Would the booster work on EVO SMD as well as EVO36
Asked by KIM MARTIN on 28 Nov 2014
The Booster will not work with the Evo SMD. They both have 12 months guarantees. The Evo SMD is the most up to date unit of the two and has better technology which includes better waterproofing and the new LED called an SMD (surface mounted diodes).
Can't find details of the 3m extension lead as mentioned in the instructions - where can I buy them ?
Asked by Karen Timms on 28 Nov 2014
The extension lead is listed as for the Evo 36 and Evo 56. You can purchase this on the website.
How many Torino solar garden lights do you get for Ā£25.52? It is unclear on the details. Do you get 1,2 or 4 for this price?
Asked by Dianne on 28 Nov 2014
It is 1 unit.
I have just installed these and they are working fine. I would really like more length up to the first light - do you sell an extension lead to plug between the panel unit and the light string - 2 or 3 metres, say, please?
Asked by Charles on 27 Nov 2014
We do not sell extension cables for these lights. Please accept my apologies.
Is there an on off switch ? We can't get it to work ? Thanks
Asked by Amanda on 27 Nov 2014
The on/off switch is the little hole to the left of the PIR sensor (white bubble underneath). You can turn it on using the tiny pin supplied with your unit.
How do these compare to your other product, Everbright Solar Fairy Lights - White 50 LEDs besides the amount of LED's and not having the USB charging option? Do they work better on Solar only?
Asked by Mark Trebilcock on 26 Nov 2014
The Everbright lights have always been slightly higher in quality but that gap is now closing with the new Blingstring lights. We would still recommend the Everbright lights for Winter use especially with the back-up USB charging option. The Blingstrings are not guaranteed to work during Winter.
on this light 12 volt dc Geo Led 30 watt can you tell me the cable length please
Asked by ron kite on 26 Nov 2014
Approx 30cm
Are the battery packs replaceable? If so what type are they/ thanks, ian
Asked by Ian on 26 Nov 2014
The batteries are replaceable. It is one AA rechargeable battery.
are the batteries included or do I need to purchase them separately?
Asked by joanne on 24 Nov 2014
Batteries are included.
is there a switch so that the light does not come on at night when not required ? what are the new power saving tops?
Asked by james on 24 Nov 2014
You can manually turn these off. They will still charge in the off position. The power saving tops can be used with this light and have a separate setting which uses nearly half the energy and lasts for longer but is slightly dimmer than normal tops.
I have a problem with my Paverlights i.e installed yesterday into a block driveway and them floating on the driveway am following day in a pool of water. There is a lot of space to fill with jointing sand and the pavers are very light do you have any suggestions.
Asked by TJC on 23 Nov 2014
A little bit of concrete or cement mix on the corners to fix it should stop this from happening. Another idea is to make sure there is ample drainage below so a puddle cannot form.
Are these ok for winter use- will they charge up & emit light?, Many thanks...Alan
Asked by Alan M on 23 Nov 2014
These are not advertised as a winter working unit. They were intended as a summer sun product. We cannot guarantee they will work all year round.
Do you know if you will be getting anymore Everbright Solar Party Lights - 20 White Balls. Thanks Teresa
Asked by Teresa Sherriff on 23 Nov 2014
Unfortunately we do not expect any more until Spring 2015
are these bulbs available in warm white
Asked by barry on 23 Nov 2014
These are available in cool white or warm white. Please specific which colour temperature when ordering using drop down list.
Would these work strung inside a solid roofed glass sided porch (North facing) ? Thank you
Asked by Sue on 19 Nov 2014
So long as you can get the solar panel outside and facing south (to the sun) it should be fine.
Just received these. Great service! It says to charge for 3-5 days before use. Do you then leave them outside in the light not turned on before placing them or is there a quicker way to charge them if there is a lack of sun!
Asked by Amanda Aldridge on 19 Nov 2014
The best way is to leave them outside in a sunny location but turned off. There isn't a quicker way to charge them. You may need the full 5 days if there is a lack of sunshine!
Hi, How bright is the bulb in the solar Wall light? I'm looking to use it as a light for our house sign. would this be to bright? Kind Regards, Daniel Norton
Asked by Daniel on 19 Nov 2014
This light would be able to do what you want. It does give off some light downwards and is considered to be very bright.
Do the lights need to be switched on or off daily? I read a review regarding required access to a switch.
Asked by Tia on 18 Nov 2014
The lights will switch on automatically at dusk. The only time you need to access the switch is if you wish to turn them off.
Have jut purchased this and am trying to work out how to turn it on. When I put the pin into the hole the 4lights come on and stay on if I press it again they go off. Have screwed it to the wall with them off! Thanks for your help.
Asked by Amanda Aldridge on 18 Nov 2014
The light should eventually turn off so long as the solar panel is receiving daylight.
Could you confirm the colour of this unit, is it a chrome/silver or is it white ?
Asked by Ian Starr on 18 Nov 2014
The top metal part is silver. The bubble part underneath is white.
Is the size and strength of the solar panel for the 300 the same as for the 100 bulb size? I thought it might be better to get 3 x 100 so that the light would stay on for longer.
Asked by Charlie MacCormack on 18 Nov 2014
Both the 100 and 300 lengths work for the same time due to the size of the batteries and also the specifications of the solar panel. The solar panel charging units are different.
How long is the cable from the solar panel to the lights I want some lights on a north facing house so may need to position the panel quite far away.
Asked by Craig perrin on 17 Nov 2014
There is 2m of cable from the solar panel to the first LED light.
Hi I have some thick sawn off chunks of a tree that I want to drape lights over for my front garden this Xmas. can I just drape the lights over them? thanks
Asked by lesley on 16 Nov 2014
These can be draped over items. So long as the LEDs aren't sitting in a puddle on the items (tree chunks in this case) you're good!
I would like to buy these for a Xmas present so they won't be opened/tried until late December. Is it possible to return them at this point if there are any problems with them please?
Asked by Steph on 16 Nov 2014
The answer is yes so long as they are unused and un-opened. Over Christmas we operate an extended money-back period to assist with these types of problems.
What size of battery , and can these be recharged with manual battery charger and if not what cost is it to replace batteries Thanks Kevin Thanks
Asked by Kevin Wood on 15 Nov 2014
It is 1 x AAA battery. You can charge these using a battery charger. You can use rechargeable AAA batteries from any high street supermarket.
With the Power Saving Top only using half the power, does it still provide the amount of illumination as Solar Post without the power saving top?
Asked by Tony Matthews on 14 Nov 2014
The illumination is slightly less as it is using less power. However, it isn't a massive difference.
Hello the instructions say that you should remove the protective film from the solar panel. I have tried but it's not obvious where the film edges are. Without taking a knife to it I can't lift anything . I don't want to damage it so can you please confirm that there actually is a protective film and and the best way to remove it. Thank you
Asked by geoffrey lloyd on 14 Nov 2014
The protective film should be very obvious. If you cannot see it then it sounds like it does not have one on your unit.
what is the overall wire length?
Asked by Laura on 12 Nov 2014
The Solar String Lights are 10m long with 50cm back to the panel.
Can I use solar monkey adventure to charge up lithium AAA Batteries in power chimp charger?
Asked by Simon on 12 Nov 2014
Unfortunately, no you cannot. It is a different voltage. Lithium iron batteries need a special charger.
How much cable between the solar panel and the first light on the string please?
Asked by Daisy on 11 Nov 2014
There is 2m of cable between the solar panel and the first LED light.
are the power tops better at recharging in low day light winter use than the standard top ,the two i have only work in full sunlight and are very dim without the sun this is no use with the weather we have. regards john
Asked by john peck on 11 Nov 2014
They charge about the same (same spec PV panels) but with the power-saving tops it uses up to half the energy. This means you will get more time out of the charge.
Just bought a pack of these for a step project aiming to get more if they work well. I'm hoping to fit them a little like Johnathans question. Just wondering the diameter of hole I am to make in the sleepers as couldnt find it in spec and need to order the correct drill bit. Would it be something like 35mm as the outer face is 39mm? So i can feed the cable through and the light sits well in the recess etc..thanks
Asked by Alexis Montaigu on 11 Nov 2014
The recessed part of the light measures at approx 2.5cm tapering slightly towards the bottom. The top including the stainless steel ring outer is approx 3.9cm.
Does it have a separate on/off switch? And is the cable connecting the light fitting and solar detachable (so that cable can pass through a small gap or hole in wall)?
Asked by Siew on 10 Nov 2014
The on/off switch is on the front of the light unit. It will still charge while turned off. The cable is dis-connectable so you can pass it through a small gap or hole.
What's the difference between the Blingstring lights and the Everbright lights ?
Asked by Helen on 10 Nov 2014
The Everbright Lights offer the back-up option of USB charging and are available in more colours and sizes. Both designs have 8 different flashing/constant settings and are solar powered.
Is the lamp replaceable in this light? Do i need to but the wires to connect it to the mains? Thank you
Asked by Lana on 9 Nov 2014
The SMDs are not replaceable in this light.
Hi can you tell me how long the light cable is and how much cable there is between solar panel and the first light.? Thank you
Asked by Billy on 8 Nov 2014
There is 32m in total. 30m of lights and 2m of cable from the first LED to the solar panel.
Where is the on-off switch located, please, and is it suitable for regular use? We only want the light on when we really need it but it would be best if it wasn't too fiddly! Any suggestion for alternatives suitable for external use?
Asked by Michele on 8 Nov 2014
The on/off switch is underneath the solar panel. It is suitable for regular use. The light will still charge while the unit is turned off.
I'd prefer to purchase a set of all the same size balls-22mm. Is this possible?
Asked by Chrissy on 6 Nov 2014
Unfortunately we are unable to offer the same size balls in one pack.
live in north scotland so in winter dark at 3 pm. Will these work if no direct sunlight as we often have days which are cloudy all the time .
Asked by Doug on 6 Nov 2014
I would recommend purchasing the new power-saving tops and ensure that they get as much direct sunlight as possible on the solar panels.
can I extend the cable to the panel by 1-2 m? (Edinburgh solar) Do they have a switch or can I add one?
Asked by steve richards on 4 Nov 2014
The cable cannot be extended. The solar panel has an override switch.
how long is the cable from solar charger to leds and how long is the string of less. thanks
Asked by calum sinclair on 4 Nov 2014
It is 2m from solar panel to first LED then another 30m of lights. (32m in total)
Can you use this with the Geo 2 Mains free Solar Lighting Kit to have the lights turn on and off at programmed times?
Asked by Vance Burke on 3 Nov 2014
Yes, this will work perfectly with all the Geo Kits and any 12v lighting setup.
What is the output from each light in lumens please?
Asked by Phil on 3 Nov 2014
This is intended as a decorative light only where the light is diffused rather than directed like a spotlight. It is the approximate equivalent of a 3w LED bulb.
Are the bulbs replaceable?
Asked by Karen Sutton on 3 Nov 2014
The LEDs are not replaceable but will last for a very long time.
Can you tell me are the batteries replaceable and if so how can order some. Thank you.
Asked by L. Bancroft on 3 Nov 2014
You can replace the batteries by undoing the unit. Is it two rechargeable AA batteries.
I dont want something that will stay on all night just 5-10 minutes at a time Does the remote control version do this as i dnt want to uspet neighbours but have horses and will be down very early?
Asked by sharon on 3 Nov 2014
You use the the remote to turn the unit off after 5-10 minutes. Alternatively you could have a look at the Astron 64 Solar Security Light which is basically the same light but works on a PIR sensor.
I would be interested in coloured ones, if you do them in the future. My question is though - what is the on/off switch meant for?
Asked by Tania on 3 Nov 2014
We hope to have coloured options in the future. The on/off switch is an override switch to prevent the lights from turning on when you don't want them to (I.e. holiday and the lights don't need to work)
How bright will this light be compared to the Geo - I kit which you also sell?
Asked by Elaine on 1 Nov 2014
The Vortex is slightly brighter than the Geo 1 kit when it is set to full brightness. However, the Vortex lacks the run-time and flexibility of the Geo 1 kit.
I purchased 2 of these a few months back and yesterday morning bought them both in to charge up for a Halloween party tonight, one by the mains and one by the computer, the light when plugging in was red. Looking at them this morning they are still red, should they not turn green to let me know they have charged? Thank you.
Asked by Annie on 31 Oct 2014
Only the new versions of the Everbrights turn to green once charged. You can unplug the set you have there after a few hours, it will be charged.
Can I get replacement caps for this product? I need 3 as the lights have stopped working and look corroded.
Asked by Tim Yates on 31 Oct 2014
Yes, you can get standard tops here or Power Saving Tops here . If you're still within warranty please contact us for a replacement.
Is there a minimum installation height required for the sensor to pick up movement effectively? For example, we are thinking of mounting them on a fence which is no more than 5ft tall at it's highest point!
Asked by Annaliese Goede on 31 Oct 2014
You won't have any issues there at all. We've had customers use them at around 30cm above the ground, while this does reduce the detection range, they will still pick up motion.
Thanks for your reply. Do I understand that if the light is pointing downwards the angle is 120 degrees, so that on the pavement side the outwards angle of detection from the vertical is half of that, i.e. 60 degrees (easier with a diagram). One does not want it to be triggered by every passer-by beyond the front gate (approx. 12 feet away). Please advise.
Asked by M. Taylor on 31 Oct 2014
Yes, you're correct. I've checked with a colleague who has one of these installed, he has advised users before to cover part of the sensor or paint over it to reduce the detection angle if required.
Does the on/off switch connect the solar panel to the battery or the battery to the lighting circuit?
Asked by Christine mander on 29 Oct 2014
It connects the battery to the lighting circuit. With the switch set to on the lights will turn on automatically at dusk. If the switch is off the lights will not operate at any time.
Am considering fitting evo 36 or evo 56 light, due to property orientation will need to install 2 solar panels but the distance between unit and second panel will be approx. 13m, is there a longer extension or can they be linked to form a longer run.
Asked by Don on 28 Oct 2014
They can be daisy chained however we recommend daisy chaining no more then two extension cables together giving you 11m of cable between the panel and the light unit.
Does the Kensington have an off switch so that it is only on when we want it? If not, which of your lights do? Thanks Clive
Asked by Clive on 28 Oct 2014
Yes, there's a switch to turn it off when not required.
could you please let me know how long the Everbright Solar Fairy Lights - White 50 LEDs . I would like to light up hanging baskets on our garage during christmas .. are these suitable and if not what can you suggest Many thanks
Asked by chris lambert on 27 Oct 2014
These would be suitable. The total length of cable is 5m. There is 2m without lights on between the solar panel and the first LED and then another 5m with lights on.
Do you sell the eco wedge solar motion with dusk/dawn photo cell?
Asked by matt maxwell on 26 Oct 2014
The Eco Wedge Solar Motion Light has a sensor in the solar panel that will tell the light when to start working when it gets dark.
Hi, I bought a set of these lights via Gizoo in July this year. They work very well and continue to provide plenty of illumination with the original batteries even during the current overcast days. However, some of the globes have started to mist-over inside and collect/pool water at the bottom of the globe. At first, I assumed that it was a due to moist air trapped during the manufacturing process but too much water is collecting. Can/should I drill a small hole to drain the water? Also, if the moisture is getting in via the bulb connection, should I seal them up with some silicon sealant? I like this product and I'm considering purchasing several more but would like your advice before progressing. Also, can you advise as to a suitable transparent paint covering to dress them up for the festive season? Thanks. Tony
Asked by Tony J on 25 Oct 2014
These lights should not let in water. Please contact Gizoo for a replacement set.
With regard to the porch light being triggered by passers-by on the pavement, what is the angle in question? If the light is fixed underneath the ceiling of the porch at, say, 9 feet high, what is the maximum lateral distance from which movement will be detected?
Asked by M. Taylor on 25 Oct 2014
It is 120 degrees detection from the front of the unit's PIR with a maximum of 12m range.
how can I change the batteries?
Asked by hilmi bilgin on 25 Oct 2014
Please contact the office for a quotation. The batteries are not on the website for purchase yet.
what type of battery and are they d,i,y replaceable?
Asked by barker on 25 Oct 2014
You cannot replace the battery in this unit.
I am installing the Geo 2 kit and we do not have a large clear diagram of how the wires connect to the battery terminals and what is a spade? And what is it used for. Thank you
Asked by Paul Lebovic on 24 Oct 2014
The spade connector is the ring connectors. The wires connect to the battery terminals using the crocodile clips. Please contact us for full pictorial instructions.
Hi, we purchased and Evo SMD security recently, once installed it didn't work. I then followed the trouble shooting tips and charged or for three days and with the recommended settings but yet it still doesn't work. Any thing else I can do? !
Asked by Andy on 24 Oct 2014
Please contact the office. It sounds like your unit may have a fault and needs to be replaced.
What is the range of the PIR sensor?
Asked by Richard Lee on 23 Oct 2014
8m from the front of the PIR sensor.
Does the light have to be in direct sunlight to charge? As I would like to put a light in my porch which is covered. If not can you recommend another solar light that doesn't require direct sunlight. Thank you
Asked by Mark on 23 Oct 2014
The solar panel, which is on the top of the unit, must have direct sunlight. I would recommend this: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/Solar_PIR_Porch_Light-379-78.html instead.
Can you confirm what type of batteries they are? Are they AA or AAA? thanks
Asked by James on 20 Oct 2014
It is AA rechargeable batteries.
Can the Everbright Solar Fairy Lights be charged on our computer, or do they require their own charger.
Asked by Margaret McAlister on 20 Oct 2014
The Everbright Solar Fairy Lights come with a USB cable to connect them to a computer to charge as a back-up option on rainy days.
How long do the solar panels on these lights last. Before they require to be replaced. I think these lights are great will buy more. They work well. Thanks
Asked by J.Russell on 19 Oct 2014
These have been built to last. You can even change the batteries (usually after 1-2 years) and keep on using them.
Good Morning Are the batteries replaceable in years to come? Or is it a sealed unit.
Asked by Paul on 17 Oct 2014
The batteries are replaceable. You would need to contact us to order the replacement battery.
Will the PIR motion sensor & dusk sensor work in the presence of other abient lights? i.e. street lighting.
Asked by A Cunningham on 17 Oct 2014
The presence of other lights can affect this unit. So long as it is not shining directly on the solar panel or PIR it will be fine.
Why has my solar eye security light stopped working after just 12 months?
Asked by mrs obrien on 17 Oct 2014
Please contact: Returns@TheSolarCentre.co.uk to complete some troubleshooting so we can resolve the issue.
I am thinking of buying these, do they come in any other bulb colour, or are the bulbs able to be changed?
Asked by Ian on 17 Oct 2014
They only come in white and you cannot change the bulbs.
Hi, I have 3 questions if you don't mind. 1. What is the overall height of the back plate? 2. Will the solar panel still work if I mount the light inverted at around 45 degrees (on the chamfered edge of a sandstone plinth above a door?). This would roughly put the LEDs facing down with the solar panel vertical (hope that made sense). 3. How long does the light stay on after being activated and can this be adjusted? Thanks.
Asked by David Hayhurst on 15 Oct 2014
1, Overall height is 113mm. 2, The solar panel must be facing the sky and receiving direct sunlight. 3, 10 seconds which cannot be adjusted.
Do these lights require direct sunlight. Will they operate in shaded location
Asked by Alan nicholls on 15 Oct 2014
These lights need as much direct sunlight as possible. They will not operate very or at all in a shaded location. Please see the Edinburgh Solar Stainless Steel Deck Lights (set of 8).
can you take it down for six months then put it bk up after six months will the battery be ok thanks
Asked by Paula Henry on 14 Oct 2014
Yes, this will be absolutely fine with the Eye.
can the lights be mounted in vertical timber walls
Asked by Stephen mills on 14 Oct 2014
The lights must be installed so that the solar panel is facing the sky. They cannot be installed in walls and have been known to develop faults when they have been due to lack of sun to charge.
I am interested in these lights for a path in a wooded bit of my garden...will the shade from the trees prevent the battery charging?
Asked by isabel milner on 13 Oct 2014
The trees will reduce the charge however the light will probably still work just fine. Pay attention to the shadows that occur where you place the panel around midday, if you can keep the panel out of the shade around this time you will be fine.
Can I add this to the 30w floodlight kit? If so then how many lights will the kit run?
Asked by Neil Fowler on 13 Oct 2014
If you add another 30w floodlight it will reduce the runtime by 50%. You can add more floodlights but each one will reduce the run time of the kit. If you need more detail please contact us to discuss your requirements. We can always add more panel and/or batteries to the kit.
I want to install circular solar lights into the coping stones surrounding a swimming pool in the Canary Islands (so very good solar conditions) would these be suitable or do you have a more suitable product? I would need about 12. With regards to the screw fixings would I therefore need to fit a timber Patrice to screw the lights to as they would be going into stone, what do you suggest?
Asked by steve j on 13 Oct 2014
You'll need to drill a hole in the stone to allow for drainage so they don't "sit" in water. If this isn't possible the Edinburghs will be your best bet as they don't require the drainage hole.
Can it be used with a timer? I want to illuminate my hen hut for a couple of hours in morning and again in evening - will it or something like it have timer facility?
Asked by jacky frankland on 13 Oct 2014
You'll need a 12v kit like the Geo 1 to use with a 12v timer .
Is the battery Ni-Cad, Ni-Mh or Li-On?
Asked by John on 13 Oct 2014
The Eye has a Lithium Ion Battery.
Hello - is there no Warm White 50 LED option? 100 LEDs will be too long for our need. many thanks
Asked by Keith Monk on 12 Oct 2014
We only have white available in the 50 LED option.
Hi. Will the solar panel still charge the battery during daylight, even if the PIR unit is in a permanently dark space? I ask because the statement at Amazon.co.uk says, "At dawn the Evo SMD stops activating and starts charging again ready for the night ahead" which might suggest light must be detected by the PIR for the system to allow the battery to recharge. Thanks.
Asked by Alex Quant on 11 Oct 2014
Yes, the panel is trying to charge the light whenever the light is not activated, regardless of the PIR.
Have just mived into a property and have these lights on decking but do not operate. Is it most probable that the battery would need replacing? They are roughly 10 years old
Asked by Andrew smart on 11 Oct 2014
Yes, that would be a good first and cost effective step to take. It may be the units need replacing if they're 10 years old, depending on how much wear and tear they've been subjected to.
Hello, is it possible to fix the light and solar panel to posts as I want to light a path where there are no walls or buildings to fit them to. Thank you
Asked by Rachel B on 11 Oct 2014
Yes, this will be fine with this light.
would these lights work indoors a garden room which has a lot of natural daylight? thank you
Asked by Debra on 10 Oct 2014
If you can mount the panel outside this would be fine. If inside the glass can cut out a huge amount of the charge on offer and significantly reduce the performance of the lights.
Can this be supplied with a wall mounting bracket for the solar panel and if so, how much extra would this be please? Regards Pete
Asked by Peter White on 9 Oct 2014
We have various different solar panel brackets available here . (about halfway down the page)
will this cable also extend the space between panel and everbright solar fairy lights?
Asked by Kate on 8 Oct 2014
No, this cable is not compatible with any of the fairy lights.
How is the 12V supply connected / plugged-in to the lamp? What type of connector?
Asked by Peter English on 7 Oct 2014
You can connect them using a connection block. There are two wires that come from the light.
Hi there, I'm asking the same sort of question as P Bateman, as I have just purchased 2 of these from you through Amazon.When I turn them on; they come on dim and brighten up fully when motion is detected but then they stay on dim indefinitely until motion is detected again, they do not turn off completely, are they faulty as don't really want them on permanently rather just when they are activated.
Asked by Alistair Burrows on 7 Oct 2014
We changed the Wedge to remove the dim mode by popular demand. Some of the earlier batches are still being sold by trade partners of ours.
What is the expected battery life? And are the batteries replaceable?
Asked by Chris Killick on 7 Oct 2014
3 - 5 years. The batteries are not replaceable.
Hello, are they motion sensored?
Asked by Louise Cobham on 6 Oct 2014
These are not motion sensor activated. They will turn on at dusk.
Once charged, is it better for the solar batteries to leave the lights on all the time? Can they be turned off for days and weeks without affecting the battery?
Asked by Mrs Margaret Noble on 5 Oct 2014
It is better for the lights to be left out in the sunshine and left on. The solar panel will still charge the batteries even if the unit is switched off.
how long is the warranty on the lights
Asked by Nick on 5 Oct 2014
All our products are covered by a 12 month warranty period from date of purchase.
Can you tell me the spread of light from these units as I intend to use them on a driveway that has no street lighting on it
Asked by R Blair on 4 Oct 2014
Roughly a 5 foot spread. It is good for a entrance way and very bright but it has not been designed to cover lots of meters.
Does this light have an on/off switch so we can use it manually and not just rely on the pir. We want to use it in a stable but don't want the light to come on when the horse moves only when we switch the light on.
Asked by caroline on 3 Oct 2014
This does not have a manual on switch. It does have an override off switch but only activates (shines) on PIR detection.
Hi the round tube connecting the light to the sensor has come loose is this correct or is their a fault on the unit
Asked by Stuart Barlow on 3 Oct 2014
This sounds like a fault on the unit. Please contact: Returns@TheSolarCentre.co.uk to resolve the issue.
hi how do I put this onto existing light
Asked by a ogden on 2 Oct 2014
The booster panel comes with a "Y" connector to give another socket for another cable. If you do not have a connector with your booster panel please contact: Returns@TheSolarCentre.co.uk
- Can the spotlight be fence mounted? - Will the light charge when the override is set to off? Thanks.
Asked by Calvin on 2 Oct 2014
The spotlight can be fence mounted. The only thing to consider is whether the solar panel will get enough direct sunlight in this position. The light will continue to charge when the override is set to off.
Good morning I like these lights but I am after a pair of coloured solar powered garden spotlights but i can only find white ones. Do you offer coloured variations or do you have other coloured solar powered garden spotlights please?
Asked by Timothy Pickard on 1 Oct 2014
We do not have any coloured solar garden spotlights at current.
Hello I was thinking of buying this product could you please tell me what is the watts coming out from this light. and can you get bulbs for this once they have blown
Asked by M.Habeeb Naseer on 1 Oct 2014
LED bulbs typically do not blow. They will dim after a long time. You cannot replace the LEDs but they should last a very long time. It is roughly a 50w equivalent.
good day. I live on the coast in South Africa and we have a maritime climate. are the panels sealed to prevent water damage from rain and condensation? Thank you
Asked by bryan on 30 Sep 2014
The solar panels are sealed.
Hi there, I've purchased two of these lights and had them charging all day today however they still do not want to light up? I know it says 3 to 5 days just wondering how often it really takes this long to charge?
Asked by Adam on 30 Sep 2014
We recommend 3-5 days for a full charge before use. If you are experiencing issues please e-mail: Returns@TheSolarCentre.co.uk so we can resolve the problem for you.
Could you supply me dimensions of the light unit and pir ?
Asked by Steve on 30 Sep 2014
The light unit and PIR together is approx. 11.5 x 14.5 x 9.5 cm
Do you deliver to spain.
Asked by Sue brown on 28 Sep 2014
We can deliver to Spain, yes. The international postage will be added as you purchase the item.
What is the total size of the led lights when on a fence?
Asked by sam on 27 Sep 2014
There is 12m of wire in total. 10m has LEDs and there is a blank 2m of wire from the first LED to the charging unit.
I am looking for spotlights to light up some large flower circles. Bases on one of the comments that the solar panel is best facing south is it possible to angle the panel at a different angle to the light. The lights would be pointing east and west.
Asked by Christine roycroft on 24 Sep 2014
You can only angle the solar panel up and down. You cannot twist it from left to right to catch more sun.
Is it possible to run two PIR sensors? Thank you
Asked by Nathan H on 24 Sep 2014
It is not possible and is not something we are planning on implementing at current. Very sorry.
Is there any update on adding an extension cable to the Evo SMD Solar light. thank you
Asked by Amanda McLaren on 24 Sep 2014
There is no update at current.
1)In the FAQs there is reference to a modified design which would be fully operated by the PIR. Is that design available yet? 2) If the PIR is continuously triggered does the lamp stay on? 3) How long after PIR off is the light sustained?
Asked by John Holdgate on 24 Sep 2014
1) This is now available. The light no longer has a dim function. 2) The lamp will stay on while detecting movement and will stay on for a further 10 seconds after movement has stopped. 3) 10 seconds.
sorry but seems to be some confusion - does the " ECO Wedge Solar Motion Welcome Light " now turn off completely to save power or does it come on dim then get brighter when sensing motion?
Asked by p bateman on 24 Sep 2014
The Eco Wedge Solar Motion Welcome Light will only turn on if the PIR detects movement. The light will stay on for 10 seconds and then will completely turn off to save power until it detects movement again.
I have a retaining wall made of 75mm WoodblocX. If these were installed into the wood, will it be OK if the wires/fittings are buried in soil behind the retaining wall and then linked to each other that way, as opposed to the norm of the wires hanging below decking?
Asked by Jonathan on 24 Sep 2014
This should not pose any problems. We recommend double checking everything before filling it in.
I want to put the lights on a Christmas Tree outdoors. I would like the solar panel hidden from the tree to fully show the tree. Is that possible or would I have to use the USB during Christmas? Can one use another set of normal batteries or do they have to be rechargeable ? Thanks, Sunny
Asked by Sunny on 24 Sep 2014
You must place the solar panel where it can receive as much direct sunlight as possible. The USB charging function is intended as a back-up for days when there is little to no sunshine. The batteries must be rechargeable.
Does this light have a manual over-ride 'Off' button? Enabling the light to be off when i want but will still charge.
Asked by Marc on 23 Sep 2014
Yes. This light does have a manual over-ride off button.
Have you managed to configure this light so that it is only activated by the PIR yet? If not, can you confirm that the Curve Solar motion light now only comes n when activated by the PIR? Many thanks
Asked by Andrew Smith on 23 Sep 2014
Both the Eco Wedge Welcome Light and Curve Solar Motion Light are now only activated by PIR detection. They no longer have the dim function.
please could you advise whether you could use these in a cluster or do they have to be strung up (idea is to use them in a glass bowl with pebbles) ? thanks
Asked by Liz on 22 Sep 2014
We have had customers cluster these in glass bowls and vases. So long as the bowl/vase has drainage so the lights do not sit in water then you should be good!
Hi. it's me again. ref: 150 w. S-P- Station. I can only put this outside facing north, will it take a good charge. I know you have told me that the 120 w S.P.Station will charge up in overcast weather
Asked by Derek Tapp on 22 Sep 2014
We would not recommend this location for the solar panel. It will still work but at a fraction of it's full potential and it will struggle over winter in particular.
Hi Barry, what size batteries are needed and is it easy to get at them without a screwdriver to change them?
Asked by Sam on 21 Sep 2014
It requires 2 x AA batteries. You do need a screwdriver to change the batteries but changing them is easy.
I have a block paved driveway and paid for 6 spotlights to be positioned , 1 in each corner and 1 either side of the entrance. After only 4 months , they stopped working and the cost of the repair is very high. I am wondering if the circular decking lights would be suitable since they wouldn't actually be driven over and would be a cheaper alternative ? Many Thanks , Alison
Asked by Mrs A lison Hibberd on 21 Sep 2014
The round decking lights are not suitable for a driveway. Please take a look at our Paverlight Solar Brick Lights which have been designed for vehicular traffic.
Are these compatible with the flower LED attachments x 100
Asked by Helen Foster on 21 Sep 2014
Yes
When fitted to side of our conservatory we require one light to show in direction of our garden gate, the second light in the opposite direction towards our garden path, if fitted in correct position are the light heads a solid fixture? or can they be adjusted in the right position for convenience
Asked by Vince Macey on 19 Sep 2014
The light heads can be adjusted to shine in the right direction once fitted.
How many watts is the solar panel included with this? Thanks
Asked by Chris on 19 Sep 2014
The solar panel is designed to work with the light. The light is equivalent to a 100 watt halogen light.
Is it 5m from the panel to each lamp e.g. can I place one lamp 5m to the left of the panel and the other lamp 5m to the right?
Asked by Bob on 19 Sep 2014
Yes: you can place one lamp 5m to the left of the panel and the other lamp 5m to the right.
What's the 2200 battery charging voltage? Or put another way, the max output voltage of the solar panel?
Asked by Chris Graff on 16 Sep 2014
The solar panel is 6v
Can the Durham solar post light be installed in the lawn? Unlike the garden lights it does not seem to have the post fixing so how would it be installed on grass to remain stable. Many thanks
Asked by Geraldine on 15 Sep 2014
You'd need to concrete it in to install it in grass. It comes with hooks to do this. Alternatively if you're able to screw it down to a hard surface near grass that's one other option. The other spike post lights available are: London Post Lights and the Solar Glow Post Lights
Where is the solar panel? I can't see it in the picture?
Asked by Barry on 15 Sep 2014
Hi Barry, The solar panel is located on the top of the post. Hope that helps.
Hi will the EVO SMD work in a bad winter ie snowy I am south facing also about the batteries can they be replaced and where do I buy them and the cost Many thanks
Asked by normanlea on 11 Sep 2014
We will be adding replacement batteries to the website. The Evo SMD has been designed to work in UK winter conditions.
Do any of your solar fairy lights have a black string?
Asked by Corinne on 10 Sep 2014
All our solar fairy lights have a garden green string.
Edinburgh Solar Stainless Steel Deck Lights: Do these come in any other colours other than white?
Asked by Glenn on 10 Sep 2014
All of our solar deck lights have a white light.
Does this unit have an extra socket available, and would it fit the "Evo Booster Solar Panel"?
Asked by Anne on 8 Sep 2014
It does not have an extra socket.
These are much more expensive than other 100 bulb, 10m solar fairy lights which I have seen for around Ā£10. What is better on these that justifys the cost, or what additional features do they have?
Asked by Liz on 8 Sep 2014
Ours come with a 12 month warranty. They are built to last and with up to date technology. The Everbright range also offers the ability to re-charge via USB on rainy days as a back-up.
what colour is the cable?
Asked by mary on 6 Sep 2014
The cable is green.
Is it possible to have this timer to on switch at dusk but to turn of at a set time like 23:00 Cheers
Asked by Jez on 4 Sep 2014
It is possible with this bit of kit added to the circuit: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/products/12v_Digital_Programmable_Timer-667-57.html
How secure are they ? Is there any antitheft fittings ?
Asked by Shirish on 4 Sep 2014
There are no anti-theft fittings. It is intended to be mounted flush with the floor so thieves cannot get their fingers under to lift it out.
Do these work and change up, when the sun's not out
Asked by derektapp on 2 Sep 2014
Yes, as with all solar products the amount of charge received by the panel is reduced in cloudy conditions however the battery has spare capacity to deal with dull days.
If you wish to recharge one's fairylights from the mains (or computer USB), do you have to bring in the whole solar unit to recharge and not just the Nimh rechargeable batteries?
Asked by Patrick Buckley on 2 Sep 2014
The solar panel will disconnect from the lights. You can then bring the solar panel indoors to charge it via the USB.
Hi, can you run along with a led bulb a set of fairy lights with the geo 1,2 systems .
Asked by grant allen on 2 Sep 2014
Yes, any 12v lights can be connected to run from the Geo Kits.
I am about to install a Geo 2 kit to provide lighting in our lock-up. Can I extend the system to provide power in order that I can charge up a battery drill or boil a kettle ?
Asked by Trevor Hobson-Frohock on 31 Aug 2014
The kit has been designed to run lights. Anything with a larger power-draw (like a kettle or power-drill) would empty the battery too quickly. The kit would not be appropriate in this instance.
340 lumens is equivalent to what ? I'm just wondering is it brhghter than 60 LED lamp or not ?
Asked by Marcin on 31 Aug 2014
It is roughly 100watts.
Are they waterproof or will the rain affect them as with some others
Asked by paul on 28 Aug 2014
They are IP44 water-proofed. You can use these in the garden but do not install near constant running water.
Unless i am mistaken the 300 Led's use the same batteries as the 100 version but both last the same amount of time in use, is this correct?
Asked by Brad Spanner on 28 Aug 2014
The batteries and solar panel specifications are slightly larger for the larger sets of lights like the 300 LEDs.
My lights are not working what do I need to do.
Asked by Julie burns on 28 Aug 2014
Please contact the office to complete some easy troubleshooting.
are these fairy lights suitable for use with the mini ball led attachments x 100?
Asked by yvette macleod on 27 Aug 2014
Yes they are compatible.
Two questions. For ambient lighting on a 8' x 8' deck these or 'Set Of 4 Solar Round Decking Lights'? How easy is it to fit these to an existing deck that is already in place?
Asked by nick dowling on 25 Aug 2014
The lights are very easy to install. Most customers usually do one light per square meter for ambient lighting.
What distance does the floodlight beam luminate? If I have a 25m x 50m outdoor riding arena how many floodlights would I need to light it
Asked by Aoife on 25 Aug 2014
The floodlight will cover 30m out from the front of the unit. I would recommend 3 units for your project.
Can the lux sensor be turned off, so the light only comes on when I choose to turn it on? Thanks.
Asked by Christy Evans on 25 Aug 2014
You cannot turn off the lux sensor however you can unplug the solar panel which will allow the light to work during the day. This means it will not be charging so you must remember to plug the solar panel back in.
how could they be secured to brick paving?
Asked by Robert Crossland on 25 Aug 2014
The base of the light has three holes. I would recommend using some form of screw anchor through these holes into an appropriate fixing for bricks.
My lights work fine when charging at a USB. But nothing when I take them off the USB ?
Asked by Serena on 22 Aug 2014
Please contact the office to complete some troubleshooting.
I'm renovating a property in France and would like to install a solar power station which can be removed for security when not there. I am already using tow of your solar astron lights to good effect. I'm new to this use of solar power and would be grateful for your advice about what you have available that could meet my needs: to run a small domestic fridge, 600W microwave, and various power tools, such as a circular saw rated at 1400W, though not all at the same time! Thank you, Chris v V
Asked by Chris van Vlymen on 20 Aug 2014
We do not provide a kit which can power the items you want. Very sorry but we are unable to help.
Is an extension cable available for this light
Asked by Amanda McLaren on 19 Aug 2014
The extension cable is here
When are these back in stock? Thank you
Asked by Georgia on 18 Aug 2014
These are being discontinued. Please accept my apologies for any inconvenience this causes.
This light looks really good, but how do I know if the wall I want to fit this on is south facing? I want it to light the front of my house covering my front door and am woried it might not be and the light wont work.
Asked by ak roper on 17 Aug 2014
There are a few mobile phone apps for compasses or you can use Google Maps.
Can't get my lights to stay on constant. What mode setting is it? I keep pressing mode button but just get various flashing or dimming settings
Asked by Eliza Callender on 17 Aug 2014
Please contact the office to complete some troubleshooting regarding your issue. Thank you.
If two of this style light were fitted to each side of a wooden pergola beam over a dining table, in your opinion would there be sufficient illumination to see what one was eating from said table?
Asked by Margaret Mills on 16 Aug 2014
This is more of a decorative light, although it is very bright. I don't think it would be adequate for what you want. For what you want I would recommend spotlights instead.
Can you tell me how long a bulb would last and can you get replacements?
Asked by Sue Wood on 15 Aug 2014
There will be replacement tops available soon. The bulb will last in excess of 20,000 hours.
Is this compatible with the new iphone connector and also the Nokia Lumia?
Asked by Barry Pettitt on 12 Aug 2014
Yes
Is the solar panel part of the light fitting and if not how far away can the panel be placed?
Asked by Elaine Watson on 12 Aug 2014
The solar panel is in the metal cap which you can see on top of the white part.
How to install it? Do I hang the panel or where do I put it? How bid is the panel? Why is there wire?
Asked by Cora Angeles on 12 Aug 2014
The solar panel comes with a stake to push in to the ground. The ball posts also have stakes. The solar panel must be getting as much direct sunlight as possible. The wire is what sends the charge to the LEDs. The panel is not huge.
I have purchased 6 of these lights over the last 9 months but two of these do not hold the charge . I have followed instructions regarding switching off to recharge but still not working.
Asked by Valerie Gunning on 10 Aug 2014
Please contact the friendly team to go through some troubleshooting regarding the two tops.
Do they have an independent on/off switch?
Asked by Jill Draves on 10 Aug 2014
The on/off switch is inside the metal casing unit. If it is switched off it will still charge but won't shine.
Is there an extension cable available for these lights to enable the solar panel to be further away from the lights? I notice you have several extension cables available for various lights, are they the same connector as these?
Asked by Steve Butler on 10 Aug 2014
There is no extension cable that is compatible with these lights.
I am interested in the GEO4 kit. Please can you advise what battery I would need to purchase?
Asked by ALAN IRVINE on 10 Aug 2014
We recommend the 104Ah battery which you can add to the your order at time of purchasing.
Can I manually switch this on and off?
Asked by Marc on 10 Aug 2014
There is an over-ride off switch. The light will still charge while in the off position but it will not shine at night.
Does the solar panel come with a spike for pushing into grass.
Asked by Neil on 9 Aug 2014
Yes. It has two options: stake or wall/fence multi-mount.
can you supply these lights in 'soft' white? Thanks
Asked by susannah burke on 7 Aug 2014
There is a warm white option here
Does the kit include the battery?
Asked by David hopper on 6 Aug 2014
You have the option to add the battery (recommended size or other) at time of ordering.
Can you buy just the solar light unit ( without the pole)
Asked by Kjg baker on 6 Aug 2014
You can purchase the solar part only here
We have Solarcentre White 280 LED /28m lights - Several bulbs are not lighting. The batter has marking A 20000S*3. What is the likely problem? Many thanks.Pat Ryan - 5th August 2014.
Asked by Pat Ryan on 5 Aug 2014
Please contact the office to talk to one of our friendly team about your fairy lights.
is the lantern classed as all year round quality for the uk
Asked by John on 4 Aug 2014
The Solar Centre does not class this as a year round product. It may work a little but we cannot guarantee it will.
Can the light be positioned in low-light areas? We wish to mount inside an open porch but the location , although an open area, does not receive direct sunlight.
Asked by Andrew Asker on 3 Aug 2014
The solar panel needs to be positioned in direct sunlight. The light part does not need direct sunlight.
Hi, I want solar lights in my back garden, but it 's north facing . I have sun on the end of the garden, but is limited throughout the day. The garden is about 10 meters long. The only way I could do this is to have a long enough cable to reach the front of the house then run it round the outside wall! Please do you have anything like that in stock? James Harrison
Asked by James Harrison on 3 Aug 2014
A lot of our security lights can be used with the appropriate extension cable (available on the website). The Evo SMD does not have an extension cable yet. I would recommend The Eye Solar Security Light instead.
Does this come with a cable to connect to the Evo 56 or do I have to buy one separately? Thanks
Asked by V. Gamble on 2 Aug 2014
It comes with the required cable.
Can I take it apart, temporarily, so that I can have the light inside a summerhouse, and the PV bit on the roof?
Asked by Oriole on 1 Aug 2014
The little LED is screwed into the top of the ball as part of installation. You could poke it through the roof (providing it doesn't exceed the length of the chain/wire).
Can you tell me the dimentions of the lantern please
Asked by karen whippy on 31 Jul 2014
The width of the PIR light is 15cm and the height is roughly 30cm.
What is it about the glow mode? Some people mention that it is always glowing and goes brighter when it is triggered. This is not mentioned in the description and I would imagine that it depletes the batteries quickly. Can I switch this off? I only need light when somebody is there.
Asked by Christian on 31 Jul 2014
This light no longer has the dim function as it was a big drain on the battery life. It will only turn on when activated by the PIR.
I was planning on a little customisation - What voltage do the LEDs run off? Is it a 12V or 24V system?
Asked by Ben on 30 Jul 2014
We are unable to give advice on customizing our lights. Sorry we cannot be any more helpful.
Hi. Can you use the pump without a fountain head? I want to connect a short length of hose to take the water into the bottom of a small jug type vessel so the water trickles over the lip of the jug and back into the hidden reservoir in which the pump will be hidden (a bucket hurried in the ground with a mesh top and gravel over the top). I Don't have a problem with sighting the solar panel.
Asked by Roger Atkins on 30 Jul 2014
Yes, you can use the pump without a fountain head. What you want to do is entirely possible.
How big is it
Asked by Jackie on 29 Jul 2014
It is 15cm diameter.
Will this power monkey be able to charge an iPad?
Asked by Anne on 29 Jul 2014
I would recommend the Solar Power Monkey Extreme for charging iPads.
How tall is the aria crystal ball stake light?
Asked by Malc on 28 Jul 2014
75cm from the top of the ball to the bottom of the spike.
I bought 2 Cole & Bright, Ref No 18389, Supa Bright post lights in April this year. They have failed already despite replacing the batteries. If I order two of your Torino lights are these more likely to perform better ? Are they of better quality.?
Asked by Derek Falder on 28 Jul 2014
The Torino is a high quality garden light. We hope the customer reviews back this up.
Hi, I really like the look of the Evo SMD Solar Security Light. I'm just wondering how long the cable is that connects the solar panel to the light? Kind regards Rhys
Asked by Rhys on 27 Jul 2014
The cable between the panel and light is 5m.
Is it easy to remove the solar panel/light unit from the top as per the London solar posts that I already have? I only ask because I would like to put the post at the front of the garden by the pavement and I am concerned that someone could take off the top and walk away with it. Thanks.
Asked by Kris Gardiner on 26 Jul 2014
It's the same as the London's. Luckily we've never had any theft reports on any of these lights!
Where is the solar panel on the London solar post light.
Asked by Malc Tomlinson on 26 Jul 2014
The Solar Panel is located on to of the post.
Where is the solar panel on the London solar post light.
Asked by Malc Tomlinson on 26 Jul 2014
The solar panel is on the top of the post.
Is the Eye Solar Security light suitable for mounting INSIDE a shed and will it take an additional solar booster panel?
Asked by Keith Tether. on 26 Jul 2014
Yes, just make sure you factor in the PIR position for activation. Also note the light won't activate during the day while the panel is charging the light. The Eye is designed to work without an additional booster panel.
What is the brightness of this light equivalent to in a mains format?
Asked by Scott Johnson on 25 Jul 2014
It is approx equivalent to a 500 watts halogen mains light.
it comes with battery? if so what type and often it require replacing? thank you..Troy
Asked by Troy on 25 Jul 2014
It comes with a Lithium Ion battery that won't need replacing for at least 2 - 3 years depending on usage.
Does this product charge an Iphone 5 - do you need any other connectors? Thanks
Asked by Daniel on 25 Jul 2014
Yes, it's designed to work with the iphone 5. It has a USB out so you can use your lightning cable to charge your phone.
Do all these types of solar garden lights need cables? , I'd assumed they were all independent and you simply pushed them in the earth?
Asked by paul on 24 Jul 2014
The Solar Glow Posts are connected by a cable: They are daisy-chain with 1m of cable between each light (with 1.5m from the solar panel to the first light). The wire eventually goes back to the solar panel in a starburst or big "O" pattern.
can i buy replacement lights without buying the solar panel?
Asked by brian jobson on 21 Jul 2014
We do not sell lights or solar panels separately at this time. If something has gone wrong with your lights I recommend you contact returns.
What are the dimensions of the net?
Asked by Lois Seu on 19 Jul 2014
Approx. 1.6m x 0.9m. This can vary during manufacture due to construction of diamond netting so may not be the exact measurement you will experience.
I have several of these units (4 yrs old). One of them has started working backwards! On during the day & off at night. Is there a reset?
Asked by Paul Robinson on 19 Jul 2014
There is no reset for these lights. If it is 4 years old then it could have developed a fault with the lux sensor which is making it work incorrectly.
how do i change the mode on my solar fairy lights please? Huge storm last night -lightening struck and first set of light started to flash, then lightening came again and the second set did the same! They were both on constant and I don't know to change them back? Thanks
Asked by Jill robinson on 18 Jul 2014
Push the mode button to change the setting back to constant.
If the 5m cable from the panel to the light is not long enough do you do an extension cable?
Asked by Mike on 18 Jul 2014
There is no extension cable available at this time. It may be something we add later.
The spec states it will come on 500 times per night. Assuming 10 seconds per time = 5000 seconds divided by 60 + 83 minutes. Does the battery really only last 1 hour and 23 minutes? Can you recommend another product that has a 6-8 hour battery that will recharge in 1 day. Intended use is in hot tropical place with 12 hours sun per day. Many thanks.
Asked by Ren on 17 Jul 2014
This light is not intended to stay on for long periods hence the short working time. It should not be continuously triggered via PIR to keep it on. If you want a light that will stay on for a long time I recommend you look at the spotlights which turn on at dusk and off once it runs out of battery hours later.
Hi, You have great products of which I'm very interested in. However, I'm looking to have them used in Zimbabwe and I have 2 questions; 1- I am wondering what your delivery costs are for that side of the world. and; 2- Do you have any experience with customers in the southern hemisphere, what has their experience with the product been like? Kind Regards,
Asked by Sam Mawoyo on 13 Jul 2014
We have people using these (and other) lights in Africa and they've been happy with the performance and quality. To send to Africa we need to do a quotation for the delivery cost. Please contact the office to find out more.
hi i am looking for some replacement tops but mine are black plastic, lipped to fit in to a pot and approx 3'' in diameter. what size are these ?
Asked by martin on 12 Jul 2014
These are approx. 78mm in diameter.
Can you charge a 24v battery with a 12v solar panel?
Asked by S McCusker on 11 Jul 2014
The short answer is no. However you can if you take 2 x 12v panels and wire the positive of one to the negative of the other panel together to create a 24v panel.
I am planning to buy a Powermonkey-eXplorer Solar I want to use it amongst other things to charge my toothbrush (it has a simple 3 pin plug that plugs into the main), so I need to know if I could plug the charger into a muliple adapter plug and the toothbrush plug in the same, and would the power transfer to my toothbrush? Thanks.
Asked by Isa on 11 Jul 2014
This item would not work for what you want to do.
How powerful/bright is the light in lumen?
Asked by marc beale on 8 Jul 2014
It is 350 lumens.
Hi will this work with a sony xperia z tablet and does the solar panel charge only in bright sunlight or will it charge slowly in any light? Thankyou.
Asked by Toni stone on 8 Jul 2014
The Power Monkey Explorer will work with the Experia tablet. The newer models take the micro USB connector tip which comes as standard in the pack. The older models use a larger tip which doesn't come as standard but you can use the female USB tip and the cable supplied with the tablet. The panel will charge the Power Monkey in low light conditions, but it will be slower. The charge rate from the panel is dependent on the UV level outside - the higher the UV, the more powerful the charge from the panel.
Can you definatley turn the thea solar garden spotlight off if you want to.
Asked by Linda Stewart on 7 Jul 2014
There is a manually over-ride "Off" button. The light will still charge but it will not turn on and shine.
How many Lumens (maximum) does the Spotlight "Thea" produce?
Asked by Hans on 7 Jul 2014
It is 140 lumens.
Assuming the lights can be mounted onto a wall can the lights be adjusted so that the light is shining on the wall just above where it is mounted please?
Asked by Mr Paresh Patel on 7 Jul 2014
The bracket will not allow the light to tilt that far.
How long do they last?
Asked by Dean Hodson on 6 Jul 2014
On a full charge these can run for up to 12 hours. They are built to last and you can replace the batteries.
I would like to hang 2 in my conservatory. Is this feasible? Thanks
Asked by Sally on 6 Jul 2014
The solar panel needs to have access to direct sunlight as much as possible. We do not recommend charging solar panels behind glass. I would not recommend these for your conservatory.
Are you getting any more of the galaxy spinner lights in?
Asked by Sally on 6 Jul 2014
These are being discontinued.
Can I change individual led bulbs on my garden fairy lights - a few have stopped lighting completely
Asked by Mrs B Dunn on 6 Jul 2014
You cannot change the individual LEDs. If some of the lights have stopped working I would advise you contact returns@thesolarcentre.co.uk regarding the issue.
I need six lights that I can bolt to a patio wall- ie with a round base and not a spike. About 12" tall.
Asked by John F. Wolfe on 3 Jul 2014
You can screw these down on to a patio wall if you remove the spike. The screws to do this are not provided in the box.
How are the lights attached to each other?
Asked by barney on 2 Jul 2014
The lights are linked by wire which goes under the decking by a waterproof connector plug. There is 1.6m of cable between each light on the daisy chain.
Can the length of cable between the cell/lamp and the solar panel be shortened easily, so the lamp and panel can be mounted near to each other without messy excess cable? Thank you for your assistance.
Asked by Hazel on 1 Jul 2014
The cable cannot be easily shortened.
Hello, I recently purchased the Eye Security light and I know realise I need an extension to put it where I'd like to. Ideally the light would be 11 meters from the solar panel but this would require 2 extension cords, is this possible or not a good idea for best results? Many thanks, Joe. PS, light looks very bright on testing so thank you!
Asked by Joe Parsons on 30 Jun 2014
You can use multiple cables but this will reduce the performance as the electricity has to travel further and will result in a small percentage being lost.
Can you tell me how long the Everbright 100 solar fairy lights are please. Thanks
Asked by Christine Lawton on 29 Jun 2014
The total length is 12m. There is 10m of lights and 2m of cable to the solar panel.
The area I wish to use these in is a particularly large shady area. I'm concerned that the solar panel will not get enough direct sunlight. Is there anyway I can extend the 2 metre cable to the panel so that I can place in a better lit position?
Asked by Sharon Worsell on 26 Jun 2014
There is no way to extend the cable currently.
What is the IP rating, max wattage and halogen equivalence on the Kensington?
Asked by Donna on 25 Jun 2014
It is IP44 and is roughly the equivalent of a 15w incandescent bulb. It is intended as a marker light rather than one to work/read by.
Hi What is the distance between each bulb please. I have a fence with glass marbles in it and would like to light each marble from behind. Thanks.
Asked by Jill Symes on 24 Jun 2014
There is 10 LEDs per meter each with equal spacing. This is roughly 10cm.
When the light is set to automatically come on when it gets dark, how many lights come on: 12, 24, or 36. And if the batteries are fully charged, how many hours do the 12 lights, 24 lights, or 36 lights stay lit?
Asked by Terry on 24 Jun 2014
This depends on the setting you have chosen. If you only want 12 to work then chose 12. The next night it will only automatically turn on 12 LEDs. The length of time it will run for depends on how many LEDs you chose to have on. We normally advise that it will go for 6 hours on a full charge.
Do the bulbs hang from protruding strands off the main wire or are they just slightly proud of the wire and if so do you have any that hang in strands, need this type as want to push them into glass bottles for lighting up a raised flower bed!
Asked by Jenny Knight on 24 Jun 2014
The LED bulbs protrude slight off the main wire. The lights would look great in glass bottles and with the solar panel elsewhere to get the sunshine.
Hi there, I recently purchased the edingburgh solar deck lights and upon installing have found myself in need of one more light. I was wondering if it would be possible to purchase one and how much, regards, jay
Asked by Jay Sinclair -Pearson on 24 Jun 2014
We do not sell the lights separately. The recommended maximum is 8 per solar panel. During testing we found that the stability and performance of the unit dropped if it was over 8.
What are the ground stakes made of? The ground next to our driveway is very hard and stoney, so plastic stakes break - I'm looking for lights with metal stakes (or something hard and durable)!
Asked by Peter on 23 Jun 2014
They are metal spikes.
I am interested in the power monkey extreme. I need to be able to charge my camera battery and don't think I will be able to do this directly with this product. But is there a charger caddy of some description you could recommend which I couple plug in to charge the battery?
Asked by Lavinia on 23 Jun 2014
The Freeloader Pro comes with a caddy to charge a camera.
Please can you give me the details of the dimension (height, depth and diameter)?
Asked by Karin grell on 21 Jun 2014
Dimensions 78mm diameter, 365mm high, 145mm from wall to outside of light, Wall Bracket: 112mm diameter
Would the round lights be suitable for concrete patio slab 32mm deep with a circular cot out of 10cm diamator,
Asked by Jim Kennedy on 20 Jun 2014
I would not recommend this light for your chosen location due to drainage issues.
what colour is the electric string the lights are located on. we would like it on our white veranda and dont think green string will suit?
Asked by andy waters on 17 Jun 2014
It is a green wire. This may present a problem on a white veranda unless there is a way of hiding the wire?
Can I install this light on a 5 metre pole would it still give good light and coverage
Asked by David Granger on 15 Jun 2014
It would still give good light and coverage. Most people tend to install it 3m up.
Hi,is it possible to buy a new charger/solar panel bit? Ours seems to have stopped working.
Asked by Linda on 14 Jun 2014
All of our lights are covered by a 12 month warranty. If your set is still within the warranty and not working you may be eligible for a replacement. We do not sell the solar panel separately.
I was just about to order these then noticed that they are mixed sizes, how many do you get in each size? And which of your light sets can we use them with, it states 5mm but I can't find a light set which mentions this size?
Asked by Lesley Blount on 14 Jun 2014
It is a mix of each size. They will fit all the fairy light options we sell.
how many square lights would be recommended for a decking area of 11 ft x 13 ft. thanks
Asked by gerard nolan on 13 Jun 2014
This is mostly based on personal preference. Usually our customers do 1 per every half a meter.
Which solar charger would you use with a Tom Tom please and could you tell me if the Power Monkey or Freeloader is the best one for this. Many thanks
Asked by Beth on 12 Jun 2014
I would use the Power Monkey Explorer due to versatility.
Hi, does the solar panel have to have been in full sun as I am not sure my requirement would meet this i.e I am not sure it would ever be in the sun. Thanks
Asked by Amanda on 12 Jun 2014
The solar panel needs to be receiving as much direct, unobstructed, sunlight as possible.
Hi, Any idea how many lumens it emits please.
Asked by Charmaine on 11 Jun 2014
It is estimated at 80 lumens.
Could you let me know if there is a guarantee on this product & if so, for how long? Thank you
Asked by E-J Ellis on 10 Jun 2014
All of our lights are covered by a 12 month warranty period.
What is the total height of the posts and lights please, how tall do they stand? Thanks.
Asked by Jo Morton on 10 Jun 2014
The ball is roughly 6cm in diameter and the total height (including ball but not sunken spike) is 21cm
Can the london post lights be charged via USB and if not can you charge them manually in a battery charger?
Asked by matt on 9 Jun 2014
You cannot charge these via USB. You can remove the batteries and charge them manually.
Hi , where is the solar panel located ? I would like to hang this under neath a large garden umbrella over the table , to give light whilst eating , will it charge in this location ? And would it give enough (or 2 ) light to eat by ? -thanks
Asked by Julien Giles on 8 Jun 2014
The solar panel is on top of the metal circular part you see half way down the chain. If you were to hang this under an umbrella it would not charge sufficiently.
Hi Just to confirm that these lights can be manually turned off yes? Thanks
Asked by Jill Symes on 7 Jun 2014
Yes. There is a manual over-ride off button. The lights will still charge but won't automatically turn on.
Hi, I am looking for a string of lights with either white or clear cable to hang on my white fence. You don't mention the colour of the cable on your lights and I hope you can help. Many thanks
Asked by Bernice on 7 Jun 2014
The cable is green.
what if someone else steels a sola light from your own frount garden!
Asked by Mrs Cindy Louise cave on 6 Jun 2014
Unfortunately this is a downside to stake style solar lights. If you think your front garden is at risk from thieves I would not recommend these lights. There are other style of lights which can be screwed to a wall.
Do you have a data sheet for the cable? What I really want to know are its current and temperature specifications?
Asked by Stephen Platt on 5 Jun 2014
Current rating (A): 5.75. Insulation is PVC. Nominal outside diameter is 2.5. Temperature: +70Ā°C.
Why is it "for 3 season use" . I love the look of it and the hanging ones but want something that will work in Winter too. Have you any suggestions please? Thanks
Asked by Kate Hammond on 5 Jun 2014
We cannot guarantee how well this light will work in winter hence only 3 season use. You may find, with a great solar panel location, that it will still work in winter but not as long as it would in summer.
Hi, I just bought one of these and it wasn't clear from the website that the light comes on in dimmed mode when it gets dark and gets bright when it detects movement. I had expected it to be off unless movement is detected, based on the answer to another FAQ. Can you confirm this is the correct operation and my light is not faulty? If it is correct it's no problem for me but I'd like to be sure it's working properly so I know the battery won't drain quicker than it's meant to. Thanks.
Asked by Alex on 5 Jun 2014
This operation is correct at the moment. It is not a faulty light. We are looking in to having it just as a PIR activated light at the moment.
Please can you provide me with the dimensions of the pump and float, in order that I can check if it will fit in my bird bath. Thank you.
Asked by Michelle Muir on 4 Jun 2014
Flotation pad is 17cm diameter by 1cm thick. Pump is 7 x 3.5 x 4.5cm. The shortest you have have the spout part is roughly 5cm.
What is the power rating /charging rate of the solar panel eg 2V, 300mA. Also what is the power of the supplied batteries eg Ni-MH, 1.2V, AA , 1000mAh? Thanks
Asked by Mark on 4 Jun 2014
The power of the supplied batteries (for the 100 LED sets) is 1000mAh rechargeable batteries. There are two batteries in the unit.
Dear sir could you tell me how long the battery pack on this solar light last I will be using it in a hot country.
Asked by Mohammed yusuf on 3 Jun 2014
We have customers who have used this light in a hot country with no problem.
Hi, A few questions about these lights... a) What's the battary capacity and can they be replaced b) Is there an manual on/off switch c) Can the solar panel be wall mounted d) Can additional lights be purchased to extend the chain of lights? Thanks, Sean
Asked by Sean on 2 Jun 2014
The batteries can be replaced. There is a manual on/off switch if you don't want the lights to work automatically. The solar panel will still charge the batteries with the switch in the off position. It only has a spike mount option currently. You can chain more lights but we have found that 8 or below provides the most stable performance.
Hi, Do you recommend suspending them from a separate cable or is the feed wires sufficiently robust to support the lights . Regards Fraser
Asked by Fraser Ross on 2 Jun 2014
The wire is robust enough to support the lights.
Does this work on a iPhone 5s and does it have an adaptor for this?
Asked by sally sadler on 31 May 2014
This does work on an iPhone 5s. You would need to use the white cable that came with your iPhone and the female USB connector in the pack.
Can these be attached to decking?
Asked by Kathy Forrest on 30 May 2014
It is not recommended as the supporting struts need to be embedded in something.
Where is the solar charging unit on this? Would it be suitable for putting the globe inside a porch with the charging unit threaded into the roof?
Asked by Jane Mackenzie on 30 May 2014
The solar charger is the circular shape on the chain that leads to the hook.
Hi do you know what the range of the motion sensor please thanks
Asked by Neil Sutton on 30 May 2014
The range is 2-12m from the front of the sensor.
I bought some outside solar spotlights from The Fine Lighting Company a year ago. They are now completely corroded and not working. I do not want to make the same mistake again. Do you have a guarantee on your spot lights and are they very weather resistant - I am about 3 miles from the south coast of England. Best wishes, Jill
Asked by jill swainson on 29 May 2014
Our lights come with a 12 month warranty in case anything goes wrong. We also try and provide the IP rating (how water-proof and dust-proof) the unit is so you can make an informed decision. We have had customers along the coast use these lights and many of our other lights and only a few have suffered from the salty-sea air.
Would I be able to use these inside a beach hut? Does the solar panel detach so I can charge it during the day outside?
Asked by Anne Wakefield on 29 May 2014
You can use this item inside a beach hut but the solar panel must be outside and getting direct sunlight. You cannot detach the solar panel on this product but you can detach the solar panel on the Everbright range.
Can you get an extension cable for this item, if so which one please.
Asked by Ian on 29 May 2014
There is no extension cable for this item.
could this product works in winter (as per durham model)?? how many lumens could be made a singolar light ???
Asked by cristian on 28 May 2014
This light can work in winter providing it has a great location. It will not work for as long as it does during summer.
Is it possible to extend the cable length to solar panel? Thanks
Asked by Monty Sharman on 28 May 2014
There is no way to extend the cable at current without modifying the unit which would invalidate the warranty period.
Please can you tell me what the height of the light is above the spike. Thanks
Asked by Maz on 27 May 2014
The lights are 400mm tall above the spike.
How big are the actual globes?
Asked by Samantha on 27 May 2014
The Globes have a circumference of 190mm.
Is this light suitable to illuminate a house name sign on the brick wall at the front of our house? We live in an area with no street lights which makes it very hard for people to find us!
Asked by Ali on 26 May 2014
It should be fine for this purpose - as long as the sign is approximately the same width as the light.
Can i buy the replacement battery pack from you for these lights?
Asked by Lisa on 25 May 2014
The current range we have available have regular AA rechargeable batteries inside that can be easily replaced.
Hi, is it possible to choose one colour rather than have them changing into different colours?
Asked by Jim Hedgeland on 24 May 2014
These only have a colour changing mode available.
Hi , low many meters does this cover?
Asked by Lindsay Rhodes on 23 May 2014
32 meters in total. 2 meters from the solar panel to the first light and then 30 meters of lights.
How do the fix into the ground?
Asked by Tim on 23 May 2014
These are fixed into the ground with spikes.
What colour is the lead? Or do you do any fairy lights with white cable?
Asked by Kayleigh on 23 May 2014
The lead colour is green. Unfortunately we have no fairy lights with white cable.
Are these lights suitable to use on a driveway / drive over? If not please can you reccommend sloar powered ones that are. Thanks
Asked by Penny Theophanous on 22 May 2014
We do not recommend these lights for a driveway or for driving over. These lights: Paverlight Solar Brick Lights (Set of 2) have been designed for driveway use.
How many LED bulbs in the Aluminium Solar Lantern , not mentioned in the description or details.
Asked by Annette Hackett on 22 May 2014
1 LED which flickers to look like a candle.
I have a solar powered lamp post would this bulb be suitable
Asked by j jones on 22 May 2014
It depends on how large the solar panel is, what size battery you have, and how long you intend to use the light for.
I know the lantern is plastic, but what about the post? What is that made of?
Asked by KCT on 22 May 2014
Aluminum
How bright are these lights? I'm looking for a solar powered LED strip to add enough light underneath a large umbrella to allow visiability to the people underneath. Would this suit what I want?
Asked by Will on 21 May 2014
Yes. This set would give out an ample amount of light. You could also use the 10meter sets but the amount of light would be less.
What are the ground spikes made of in these solar lights, and how deep do they go? Thanks Laura
Asked by Laura Palmer on 21 May 2014
It is made from plastic and is about 8cm long.
Hi, I'm thinking of using these to light up a drive when reversing in. Will they pick up the movement of a slow moving car? I'm sure they do but wanted to double check. Oh and what sort of area do they light ?
Asked by Mark on 19 May 2014
PIR (passive infra-red) detectors rely on heat being detected so may not work on the movement of a car. This light is the equivalent of a 50 watt bulb and would be roughly 5m at an average height.
Please can you advise if in this model you can manually switch on before dusk automatically triggers them on? Many thanks.
Asked by Natasha Groves on 17 May 2014
This light cannot be manually turned on. If you switch it on the lux sensor will still over-ride the lights and keep it turned off if it is daylight.
I am looking to install one solar light on either side of a gate entering our property. This unit (Selene Solar Landscape Spotlights - set of 2) strikes me as a possible candidate, but as my entry is shaded by trees much of the day and I cannot run cables across the drive, I'd like to buy two of these and run only one light on each. This will work as long as they aren't wired with the lights in series. Are the lights in parallel so I can run just one light ? Thanks, Mike
Asked by Michael Wauk on 17 May 2014
The lights do not plug in separately. The connector is "Y" shaped with the bottom of the Y going to the solar panel and the top parts going each to a light.
We are considering ordering 6 is there a discount. 3 will be fixed on brick pillars and 3 on timber sleepers. How are they fixed and do you provide the fixings? If we order now can we have a timed delivery Friday or Saturday morning. Thanks
Asked by John White on 15 May 2014
The fixings are supplied. There are L-shaped screws which go into the ground. You can order them on a next working day delivery for an extra charge or a Saturday delivery which is more expensive.
How long is the cable in total
Asked by John & Gayle on 15 May 2014
32m in total. 2m from the solar panel to the first light and then 30m of lights.
Do I need to cut a square hole into the Decking? If so, how would you recommend doing that?
Asked by rhys on 15 May 2014
You would need to cut a square hole in the decking to fit this light. The sunken part of this light is 25 x 92 x 92mm. We do not give DIY advice but this can be done with a jigsaw.
On everbright multicoloured solar fairy lights can you advise what colour the cable is please.
Asked by melanie ames on 13 May 2014
The cable is green.
Are these wireless??
Asked by Angie on 13 May 2014
These are wireless. All of the wiring and solar panel is inside the unit.
Could you please tell me the total boxed weight of the light and solar panel with all attachments thanks
Asked by Ganesh on 13 May 2014
Boxed weight is roughly 2.50kg.
How long is the cable between solar cell and panel please. Also how does the light output compare to the curve.
Asked by Tony Bennett on 12 May 2014
There is 5m of cable. The Eco Wedge is brighter than the Curve Solar Motion Light as it is directed light rather than diffused light.
Does this include the batteries?
Asked by Annabel on 12 May 2014
Yes.
Can the solar panel be screwed to something or is there only a ground post?
Asked by Anna Blake on 11 May 2014
It is supplied with a spike. There is no alternative way to install the solar panel at current.
What is the diameter of the ground spike at its widest? I'm trying to work out if these could be placed on decking by dropping the spike into a suitable diameter hole. Thanks
Asked by Simon Judd on 11 May 2014
These could be dropped into a custom made hole in decking but would not be very stable as the stake is not supported all of the way down.
We want to place the lights behind a small wall. The problem is the wall height is not the same all the way along. How far can these lights be pushed into the ground to make the height of the lights uniform?
Asked by Geoff Martin on 10 May 2014
The spike is 10.5cm when installed. You could push it further in but this would put some of the post below ground level.
If battery fully charged how long last to use this for small fan at night time for example,
Asked by Amer karim on 10 May 2014
We cannot answer this question based on the information given. The answer depends on the wattage of the unit and how long it will be used for, etc.
I'm interested in using the 100 set as lighting in a tent. I prefer the look of the warm white. But I'm concerned they may not be as bright as the cold white. Have they been tested for lumen output? Is there a difference?
Asked by Alex langley on 10 May 2014
They use the same solar panel, batteries, and type of LEDs. The only difference is colour. The output is the same.
What is the total length of the lights please?
Asked by KPG on 10 May 2014
7m in total. 2m between the solar panel and the first light then 5m of lights.
Would this light a patio area approx 4.5m x 2.4m?
Asked by Sam on 9 May 2014
It is more of a decorative light. It is not designed to light a large area.
Would this light a patio area approx 4.5m x 2.4m?
Asked by Sam on 9 May 2014
It is more of a decorative light. It is not designed to light a large area.
How long is the string of 100 blue lights?
Asked by ashley on 9 May 2014
12m in total. 2m from solar panel to the first light and then 10m of lights.
Does the solar panel work on sunlight or daylight.?
Asked by Eamonn on 9 May 2014
This light requires direct sunlight.
Are the lights rust proof including the screw?
Asked by paul on 9 May 2014
Yes.
do solar lights come in different strengths of light? ie. does one get a brighter the light the more one pays?
Asked by greybird on 9 May 2014
This is a decorative light designed to give a nice candle effect glow. All solar lights are different depending on what job you want it to do.
I can't see anywhere what the length of these light are - can you tell me the overall length and also the length of cable that is covered by the lights? Apologies if I have missed this detail! Thanks
Asked by Liz on 8 May 2014
There is 2m between the solar panel and the first light. There is 10m of lights: 10 lights per meter. Overall there is 12m.
Do these lights work as well in Winter as they do in Summer?
Asked by Susan on 7 May 2014
They will operate for less time in Winter due to the lack of sunshine and shorter daylight hours.
how long is the cable between the first light and the solar receiver?
Asked by Stewart on 7 May 2014
There is 2m between the first light and the solar panel.
Just bought a set of the everbright solar fairy lights and I would like to disconnect the panel from the light string to charge up the batteries. Do I just pull apart or do I unscrew ??
Asked by Brian Jackson on 4 May 2014
The connector between the solar panel and lights just pulls apart with a little wiggle.
Do the screws rust? MAnythanks
Asked by JJames on 4 May 2014
No. The screws should not rust.
Can you confirm, is it 1 meter or 5 meters between the light and the sensor?
Asked by Kate on 2 May 2014
You can have the motion sensor between 0.3m and 1.3m from the light head. Extension cables are available should you wish to extend this.
What is the depth of each light?
Asked by mark roberts on 2 May 2014
Each light is approx 3.1cm deep and the base is 2.5cm in diameter.
Is the on/off switch accessible from the top, as I wouldn't want the lights on every evening.
Asked by Scott on 1 May 2014
The on/off switch is only accessible from the underside of the light to enhance the waterproofing.
Can you please tell me how much the Light and fixing bracket weight just on their own ?
Asked by Andy H on 1 May 2014
1.5kg
Are theFixing brackets on the solar panel removable ?
Asked by Andy H on 1 May 2014
Yes the fixing brackets are removable.
Could you please advise me if this light can be set to stay on for a period of time. i.e. if you wanted to sit in the garden and have the light on. thanks
Asked by Tina on 30 Apr 2014
The Eye will remain lit for up to 10 mins once motion has ceased. If motion is detected within this period the timer will start over again.
how far apart are the lights from each other?
Asked by dave newman on 29 Apr 2014
There is 3.3m of cable from the panel to each light. It is not a chain wire but more an explosion pattern with all the lights coming from the solar panel.
I Know you have a 5m extension cable available . Do you have a longer one or is it possible to connect two 5m cables together ?
Asked by Andy H on 29 Apr 2014
You can connect the cables together. For each cable you connect you will lose a small amount of charge due to the longer distance for the power to travel.
Can one change the light bulbs into warm white or yellow ones? Super bright white light looks too harsh in the countryside. Do you sell the bulbs separately?
Asked by Anita Teistela on 28 Apr 2014
You cannot change the LED bulbs. We do not sell the bulbs separately.
Q1 does this fitting have an over ride switch so that it can be used as a light for a fixed period of time? Q2 what are it's dimensions? thank you
Asked by glen robinson on 28 Apr 2014
This light only actives via PIR. There is no override switch. The dimensions are: 86.5 x 114.5 x 41.5mm.
What is the guarantee on it
Asked by Alex on 28 Apr 2014
All orders have a 12 month warranty guarantee from the date of purchase.
Is it weatherproof?
Asked by Paula on 27 Apr 2014
Yes. This light is weatherproof.
Please can you tell me how big is each light? Thanks, Lynne
Asked by Lynne Davey on 26 Apr 2014
Each light is an LED with spikes coming from it. The spikes are roughly 4.5cm across from tip to opposite tip.
I am thinking of using the lights inside some wall mounted terracotta lanterns. Can these lights be used without the ground spikes as illustrated? Also could you please supply the rough diamaters of the globes?
Asked by Cliff on 24 Apr 2014
The globes are attached to the post. The globe is roughly 5cm.
what is the total length of the light string?
Asked by sue forster on 22 Apr 2014
There is 16m of cable with 0.8m between each ball.
What length of cable to go between the light & sensor is included in the box?
Asked by Rob Winter on 22 Apr 2014
The cable from the light to the sensor is 1m. You can purchase an extension here
are these lights screwed down onto the decking or simply dropped in place ?
Asked by martin o'donnell on 21 Apr 2014
They are both. They drop down into the decking and then are screwed into place.
Can you tell me how many lumens your lights produce on full charge and what the beam angles are?
Asked by James on 21 Apr 2014
Each light head Lumen is about 40, total is 80. The light head angle is 15~20 degrees because of the reflector shape. The farther distance beam the more area covered.
With regard to the coloured lights - are the plastic globes coloured or is it the LED bulbs that provide the colour? Just wanted to know if the fittings would be 'white' colour when the lights are turned off in the day
Asked by jo w on 20 Apr 2014
The plastic globes are white. It is the LEDs which create the colour.
What is USB charging
Asked by Colin girdlestone on 18 Apr 2014
The lights come with a cable that allows you to plug the charging unit into your computer using the USB ports. This can charge your lights as a back-up when the weather is poor.
Are these free standing or do you need to insert something into the earth?
Asked by Jan on 18 Apr 2014
It is free standing and more a table light. If you want one that is inserted into the earth I would recommend the Murano Globe Lights.
Would this light be ok fitted in a porch
Asked by Stewart on 16 Apr 2014
The top of the light is where the solar panel sits. The solar panel needs as much access to direct and unobstructed daylight as possible. If it doesn't then the light's performance may suffer.
How long will the battery last under usual conditions before it will stop recharging/need replacing?
Asked by Mark on 16 Apr 2014
This very much depends on how much it is being used and the climate of the installed location. However, it is a lot like a car battery which can last 5-10 years.
Does the light have a switch so you can have it as a constant light sorce if needed.
Asked by Paul joyce on 13 Apr 2014
The short answer is no. It is PIR activated only. However, all the time something is moving in front of the sensor the light will stay on. It will drain the batteries quickly if the light is staying on.
What is the light power output in lumens on these ? (Canterbury solar wall light)
Asked by Chris on 13 Apr 2014
It is the equivalent of a 6w light bulb.
I am looking for blue decking lights are they blur ?
Asked by Mathew on 13 Apr 2014
These lights are a sharp, crisp white. We have had customers commenting that it is marginally blue because it is so sharp a white.
are these 'warm' or white bright lights
Asked by andrew on 12 Apr 2014
It is a crisp white light.
Can these be put into the ground (have a spike?) or do they have to be attached to wall/fence?
Asked by Guy on 12 Apr 2014
These lights have both options. It is supplied with a spike and also a wall/deck mount.
Hello. I have a couple of questions about charging the lights. It seems very restrictive to only be able to charge via computer USB (excluding solar), I often dont have my laptop with me, and really dont want to be leaving it turned on just to charge the lights. Would it be ok to plug into a 240v wall socket (with USB output) that is designed for mobile phone or ipod? Is it ok to charge using a 12v leisure socket using a USB converter? Thank you.
Asked by Jenni on 11 Apr 2014
You can use a charger that has been designed for a USB connection (I.e. car charger, iPod, iPhone, Blackberry, etc.) However, you must not link multiple plugs together to create the right connection as this is dangerous.
I want to fix solar powered wall light on east facing wall where there is morning sun for about four hours on a sunny day. I need light up to about 10 pm to see the key hole to front door. Please advise whether this would be enough. How accessible the batteries to recharge in winter if needed. How much spare batteries cost? Do you supply spare batteries?
Asked by Kirit Talati on 9 Apr 2014
We would not recommend this light for the location. This light works best on a south facing wall and benefits from as much direct (and unobstructed) sun as possible. If you have a less than ideal location the light may struggle to work in winter. The batteries are underneath the top and simple to replace by removing two screws and popping them out. It is 2 x AA batteries than can be purchased from any supermarket or shop.
Can I link more than 1 extension cable together?
Asked by D. Oxberry on 7 Apr 2014
You can but for each extension cable added you loose a small amount of charge due to more distance and resistance.
how is fixed to the ground
Asked by Joan Rutherwood on 7 Apr 2014
It is a spike that pushes in to the ground.
Can you turn it off when you go to bed and will it still charge in the morning if in the off position
Asked by Marie Wakeham on 7 Apr 2014
The light will still charge even when turned off. You could turn it off before bed if you want. The light would normally run until it exhausts the charge.
i am considering purchasing the Eye Solar Security Light will this unit perform just as well with 2 Light extensions fitted to the main unit ? i need a total length of approx 14 meters
Asked by K. Lee on 6 Apr 2014
You get 5m with the light. You can also use 2 extension cables linked together to achieve the length required. With every extension cable you add you lose a small amount of charge but if the location for the panel is ideal then it may be worth it.
Do you have an extension kit available for this light yet so that the distance from the light to the panel can be extended?
Asked by David Oxberry on 4 Apr 2014
There is the option to purchase an extension cable here: Astron 64 Panel Extension Cable (5m)
Does the cell need full sunshine or will it work/Charge on 'brite' days as well ?as with the UK sun can be a bit rare some times !
Asked by Andrew Blunt on 4 Apr 2014
Our lights have been designed to work in the UK where sun is a bit rare! The light has bigger batteries and a larger solar panel to allow for the less sunny days. The location of the solar panel will still need to allow for as much unobstructed sun as possible and for as long as possible.
hi can the lantern be used without the spike? ie hung or placed. thanks
Asked by zoe l on 3 Apr 2014
Yes. You don't have to use the spike supplied. The lantern is separate from the spike.
Is this lantern made from plastic?
Asked by Helen Frewin on 31 Mar 2014
These lanterns are made from plastic. The plastic is very tough and we often have customers commenting on how robust the lights are.
What is the angle of the projected light?
Asked by Steve on 31 Mar 2014
The light can be adjusted using the dial on the side of the light so you can point it in the right direction. From the light outwards it is 120 degrees.
Where is the solar panel located. Is it on the lantern itself?
Asked by Susan Rees on 27 Mar 2014
The Solar Panel is built in to the top of the Lantern.
When used as a wall light, mounted at six feet off the ground - what is the PIR detection distance approximately
Asked by Val Smith on 27 Mar 2014
The PIR Detection range is approximatley 5 to 8 metres from the light and 6ft is a typical height for installation so this should be true of your installation. The PIR is generally more sensitive the more charge the light has
When used as a wall light, mounted at six feet off the ground - what is the PIR detection distance approximately
Asked by Val Smith on 27 Mar 2014
The PIR Detection range is approximatley 5 to 8 metres from the light and 6ft is a typical height for installation so this should be true of your installation. The PIR is generally more sensitive the more charge the light has.
I have bought 4 of these lamps and installed them in my hose in Spain. First year worked perfectly, after first year none of them works properly. Should I replace batteries? If yes, which kind of battery? Do yo sell them?
Asked by LISARDO GONZALEZ on 26 Mar 2014
The batteries can be changed but should not require changing after just one year. They use standard AA rechargeable batteries and you should be able to get these from your local convenience store. If this does not resolve the problem please get back in touch with us at info@thesolarcentre.co.uk.
Does this light work well in winter? Thank you
Asked by Bette on 24 Mar 2014
The light should give reasonable winter performance in a good, unobstructed, south facing location. We would not recommend it as a winter working light.
Can these work if sunk on to grass surface?
Asked by MRyan on 23 Mar 2014
We would not recommend it due to drainage issues that a grass surface could present. The lights need good drainage like a deck.
can these lights be used on a driveway and be driven over by a car?
Asked by steve on 22 Mar 2014
We do not recommend these for areas which will have vehicle traffic.
Hi...I have recently bought 2 of your solar spotlights which I use to illuminate bushes in the garden which are really good, Can you tell what the difference is between these and the landscape lights. Thanks Mick
Asked by Mick Dudding on 21 Mar 2014
Please see guidance from our blog regarding the various spotlights we sell: https://www.thesolarcentre.co.uk/blog/2014/01/29/choose-solar-garden-spotlight/
where is it made?
Asked by walaa on 20 Mar 2014
This item is manufactured by Konstsmide.
what colour is the finish
Asked by alethea on 20 Mar 2014
It is brushed aluminium.
Is the cable length 3.3m to first light, but then how much in between each light?
Asked by Matt on 19 Mar 2014
There is 3.3m of cable from the panel to each light. It is not a chain wire but more an explosion pattern with all the lights coming from the solar panel.
Can you tell me what the best battery is for the Geo 2 Mains Free Solar Lighting Kit? Thanks
Asked by Andy Ritchie on 14 Mar 2014
We recommend the Sealed AGM 12volt 34AH Cyclic Battery
Dear Sirs, I would like to ask which other finishes and colors are available for the Urban Mushroom. Thank you in advance. Best regards.
Asked by chiara castellarin on 13 Mar 2014
The only colour available is green. This item is due to be discontinued soon.
If I mount the solar panel on a wall (presume this is possible first?), does the fixing allow for tilting the panel up towards the sun ? e.g at 30 degrees from the wall vertical?
Asked by Andy on 12 Mar 2014
The solar panel allows for tilting towards the sun using a rocking joint.
I installed my light about two weeks ago and left it to charge for 3 days before connecting the light and have been very pleased with the performance, however, my garden is enclosed by a high wall on the south side and I am concerned that it is not getting enough charge because I have been away for the weekend and it now appears to be completely flat and I have no light at all. Do you think the extra panel would be advisable
Asked by John Davis on 11 Mar 2014
It's highly unlikely to be related to charge at this time of year - unless it's subject to many activation's every night. Please try assessing the panel location between approx 10am - 2pm to ensure it's unshaded to rule this out as an issue.
How long does the LED lights last?
Asked by Dennis Sinclair on 11 Mar 2014
The LEDs will last for 50,000+ hrs so in all likelihood will outlive the rest of the product.
Is it possible to get a replacement bulb for the murano glass globe?
Asked by Katy Miller on 8 Mar 2014
The bulb isn't replaceable however it may just need a fresh, easily replaceable, battery if the unit is over 12 months old.
Is the evo 56 fully waterproof thanks
Asked by Sarah on 7 Mar 2014
The waterproofing on the Evo 56 has been superseded by the waterproof Eye Solar Security Light .
How long is the guarantee with the evo 56
Asked by Sarah on 6 Mar 2014
All of our lights carry a 12 month guarantee from date of purchase.
Will this work indoors?
Asked by Boris on 5 Mar 2014
No. It will not have a chance to recharge indoors and we do not recommend trying to charge solar products behind glass.
Hi - I am looking to use the Helios Solar Spotlight over my car port. Does it have an inbuilt motion sensor? Thanks! Simon
Asked by Simon on 4 Mar 2014
The Helios Solar Spotlight does not have a motion sensor. It does have a lux sensor that will turn it on once darkness falls. If you want a light that works on a motion sensor I would recommend having a look at our security lights.
Are the batteries inside the Eye Solar Security Light replaceable? NiMH batteries?
Asked by R Booth on 3 Mar 2014
The batteries are Li-Ion and are wired into the unit. They could be replaced (with some technical know-how) but shouldn't need to be for a good few years.
I'm thinking of the the ego 4 light for a cabin. I believe that all the lights will go on at once, I was hoping to have three areas of which not nessasary wanting light at all times can they be separate or is it to buy three single lights thank you
Asked by Dawn Muggridge on 3 Mar 2014
You can purchase further light switches and add them into your circuit to stop all of the lights turning on at once.
Hi can the sola panel get to much sun and does this shorten the life of the product if it's not activated to use up the energy.
Asked by Dawn Muggridge on 3 Mar 2014
The solar panel cannot get too much sun. The energy is stored on a battery and once the battery is full any extra energy is wasted. Inactivity (lack of activation's from the light) will not shorten it's life-span.
Does the Selene Solar Landscape Spotlight use other colour lamps besides white and do you sell such lamps?
Asked by Adu-Brako on 2 Mar 2014
The only colour for the Selene Solar Landscape Spotlight is white. We are currently investigating manufacturing a spotlight that can utilize different colour slides.
Hi please can you tell me the dimension of the when wall mounted and if bracket to mount it is included? Thanks
Asked by Jenny on 2 Mar 2014
The bracket is included in the box. The width of the PIR light is 15cm and the height is roughly 30cm.
do you sell the replacement head (solar bit) for this product) as mine have broken Many Thanks Martin
Asked by Martin Wright on 27 Feb 2014
We sell just the top part of the light here: Replacement top
Hi, Are the lanterns silver or black? They look black in the picture but the description states silver, just wanted to confirm. Thanks
Asked by Hannah Conybeare on 25 Feb 2014
The lights are black.
Are the bulbs replaceable and do you sell them please? Thanks
Asked by Amanda on 24 Feb 2014
The bulbs are not replaceable. The bulbs are LEDs are should last for a very long time.
What is the difference when the switch is set to ON and when it is set to PIR ?
Asked by David on 24 Feb 2014
One LED operates the whole time at night. The other eight LEDs come on when motion is detected.
Hi, I would like to wrap these along a length of railing. Would you be able to tell me how long the length of fairy lights for. The start where the charger pack is, to the final one. Thank you!
Asked by Rebecca Scott on 24 Feb 2014
The 100 LED fairy light sets are 10m long. From the charging pack to the first LED it is 2m.
Looking for a light for outside a stable, can this light be tilted to shine into the stable as well as used out in yard area ? Also could the motion sensor be turned off? Thank you
Asked by Elaine on 23 Feb 2014
Unfortunately there isn't a way the motion sensor can be turned off. I would recommend the Astron Solar Floodlight if you want a light you can turn on/off. The Eye Solar Security Light has a unique mount that can be tilted in all angles to a degree.
Hi, can the extension cable be used with the EVO15 Solar PIR Utility Light?
Asked by Jan Hancox on 23 Feb 2014
This extension cable can be used with the Evo 15 Solar PIR Utility Light.
I am considering buying the Eye42. Could you please confirm the angle and range of the light and also the angle of detection of the motion sensor? Many thanks.
Asked by C H Rowe on 22 Feb 2014
You can move the Eye 42 Solar Security Light using it's innovative new curved mount to almost any angle you like or that would best suit your needs. The light covers up to 30m and the PIR range is 120 degrees from the front of the sensor and extends outwards up to 12m.
Does the lantern turn on automatically via a solenoid or do you have turn it on manually?
Asked by Ben Ellis on 22 Feb 2014
The lantern will turn on automatically as dusk approaches. You will only need to turn it on once during installation.
Have just installed the Eye 42, I don't think it has any charge yet, how do I know if it is on or off?
Asked by Bob Smith on 21 Feb 2014
The best way to tell if the Eye Solar Security Light is on or off is to unplug the solar panel and PIR motion sensor and then push the on/off button a few times. The light should turn on regardless of other settings, day or night.
I have installed light as per the instructions. There has only been a couple of hours of good sun light since installed two days ago and there is no light or any indication that it is charging. How long will it take before it has sufficient charge to start working?
Asked by steve edginton on 20 Feb 2014
A lot of our lights come with a little big of charge in them already. The recommended charging period is 3 - 5 days but it should work after just one (for testing purposes). If it still isn't working I would recommend contacting the office: Returns@TheSolarCentre.co.uk to complete some troubleshooting.
I run a residents association and am looking to purchase security lights for our shared car parks after some recent unwanted visitors. I am looking to confirm what the PIR range is and what kind of area this light would light up.
Asked by John Fortune on 19 Feb 2014
The PIR detection range is 2m to 12m. The light is the equivalent of a 150 watt halogen light and will cover up to 30m.
Your description states Ni-cd batteries. Can Ni-MH batteries be used when getting replacements? Please advise mAh rating required.
Asked by Brian Poole on 18 Feb 2014
Yes, you can use NiMH batteries when getting replacements. The batteries that come with the units are now NiMH. (Each light takes 1 x NiMH battery at 300mAh)
I bought an Evo15 light a couple of years ago. It has stopped working. Could this be because it has been so dull that the battery has run down completely? If not, any idea what the problem is?
Asked by C Rower on 18 Feb 2014
If it is a couple of years old then it is entirely possible that the battery has finally died. You cannot replace the batteries in an Evo 15 Solar PIR Utility Light.
Wires have become detached in control unit at back of solar panel. Can you supply a wiring diagram so I can re-solder, or is it possible to obtain replacement panel?
Asked by Robert Fulton on 18 Feb 2014
We do not have a wiring diagram for the panel so you can re-solder it. We may have a spare panel that you could purchase. Please contact the office on: 01727 841014
Do you sell replacement solar panel as mine seems to have stopped working on some cycles.
Asked by julie on 15 Feb 2014
We don't sell replacement solar panels for this unit. If you are still within the 12 month warranty period I would recommend contacting the office: Returns@TheSolarCentre.co.uk to complete some troubleshooting or potentially replace your unit.
Ive recently purchased the Geo 1 - Mains Free Solar Lighting Kit plus charge controller. Ive noticed that the the video, instructions and diagram all show different ways of connecting the kit. Can you please confirm which way is correct. i used the video, and the light is working but i only done it today so dont know if the batterys going to charge.
Asked by Steve on 15 Feb 2014
The video is the best method as you can see it directly as it is happening: step by step. All of the instructions should say the same thing although the Geo 1 Mains Free Solar Lighting Kit doesn't normally have (or use) a charge controller.
Can I take the batteries out and charge them in winter when there is insufficient sunlight for the usual recharging process? If so, do I need a special battery charger?
Asked by Geoffrey Barker on 14 Feb 2014
You can take the batteries out and charge them. You won't need a special battery charger as a regular battery charger should be sufficient.
Do these PIRs have a guarantee? I bought 2 about 1 year ago and one of them no longer lights from the sensor, although it can be switched on manually (which doesn't really help!). Can I get a replacement?
Asked by Stewart Archer on 14 Feb 2014
All of our lights are covered by a 12 month guarantee. I would recommend checking when you purchased the lights exactly and contacting the office to complete some troubleshooting: Returns@TheSolarCentre.co.uk
Can the light be switched on and off
Asked by P.egan on 13 Feb 2014
You can turn the light on and off using the button on the front of the unit. You have the the option to light all 36, 24, or 12 LEDs .. or none at all!
Regarding my previous question i need a light that will stay on (as in the solar floodlight) for as long and as often as i like but also when im not about that will come on with a motion censor?? will a bigger solar panel with the 64 solar security light work???
Asked by Tony on 12 Feb 2014
The Astron Solar Floodlight has a lux sensor. This means that in automatic mode it will turn on when it gets dark enough (if you are not there to click turn it on). We do not currently manufacture a light that does both jobs but I will pass your suggestion to the design team.
Are the SMD bulbs replaceable? Is it easy to purchase from shops?
Asked by Yosh on 11 Feb 2014
You cannot replace the SMD bulb and shouldn't need to as it will last a long time. The only thing you will need to replace is the 2 x AA batteries. You can buy a replacement top here: here if you want a new top.
Can this be fitted with a motion sensor like the cheaper model
Asked by Tony on 11 Feb 2014
This light cannot be fitted with a motion sensor. Modifying the unit would invalidate the 12 month warranty period. I would recommend the Astron64 Solar Security Light if you want one to activate on motion.
What is the length of the cable supplied from light to charger please
Asked by Anne Donkin on 7 Feb 2014
In the box there is 5m of cable between the light and the solar panel. We are currently working on an extension cable that you can purchase to add another 5m which should be available within the coming months.
what sort of light source is it and how many watts?
Asked by lucy@rockford company on 7 Feb 2014
It is lit by a one super bright SMD (surface mounted diode - the new LED) and is intended to be a nice diffused glow.
the aluminium one says ithe lantern is also made of plastic do u have any that look like wrought iron and are metal?
Asked by lucy on 7 Feb 2014
The Aluminium Solar Lantern is the closest we have for your requirements. The majority of it is metal and built to a high standard.
Can the sensitivity of the light be adjusted to not turn on every time a fox or cat enters the garden?
Asked by Pauline Whitbread on 7 Feb 2014
The sensitivity cannot be adjusted on this light. If you are looking for a light where you can adjust the sensitivity I would recommend the Evo 36 or 56 Solar Security Light for the job.
Where can I buy a replacement internal battery pack for this unit?
Asked by N Douglas on 7 Feb 2014
You would need to contact the office via e-mail or by telephone to purchase a replacement battery pack as this is a specialist item.
Would i need to use a charge controller with this kit?
Asked by Steve on 7 Feb 2014
No. You do not need a charge controller with the Geo 1 or Geo 2 Mains Free Lighting Kits.
If a a bulb goes do the remainder continue to work?
Asked by Simon & Julia Matthews on 6 Feb 2014
As these are LEDs it would be very unusual if one was to "go". LED lights are designed to last and not "blow" like an ordinary household light would. If there's an LED not working it's more likely be a break in the wire. The other lights will not work if the wire is broken.
What functions and range does the remote control have please.Can it be turned on and off at will during the course of an evening? Thank you.
Asked by christine flanagan on 6 Feb 2014
The remote control has a 50m range to turn it on and off. You can turn it on and off at will during the course of an evening.
Is it possible to extend the distance of the solar panel to the light? I need about 12 metres from the light location to the ideal panel location.
Asked by David Oxberry on 4 Feb 2014
We are intending to have an extension cable available (within the next couple of months) to increase the distance between the light and the PIR and also the light to the solar panel due to customer feedback.
Is this a continuous light?
Asked by Rebecca on 4 Feb 2014
The Thea Solar Garden Spotlight will turn on as dusk approaches and will stay on (as a continuous light) until it runs out of battery (which will charge up again the next day).
I have bought a 600watt oil heater to put in my summer house behind my gagage it has electricity but would like to run the heater seperately with a solar panel need to know what size to get and would it work with a timer THANKS
Asked by ada on 3 Feb 2014
Unfortunately we cannot provide the solar kit that would be required to power the oil heater. Our systems have been designed to run lights. Anything else will drain the battery very quickly.
Can I put more power full mAh NiMH batteries ?
Asked by Max on 2 Feb 2014
You could use more powerful batteries but it would not be recommended as the solar panel is designed to fill the current battery. You may find the solar panel won't be able to fill the larger size battery which will lead to wear and tear on your battery.
Are extension cables available that would allow me to mount the solar panel further away from the light? If so, from whom? Thanks
Asked by Andy Wilson on 1 Feb 2014
We are intending to have an extension cable available (within the next couple of months) to increase the distance between the light and the PIR due to customer feedback.
What is the equivelent brightness of the EYE in terms of Watts
Asked by colin bewick on 1 Feb 2014
It is the equivalent of a 100 watt halogen light.
Can the solar light have a booster PV cell if placed on a north elevations? Or replace the 'in box' cell with an Evo 36 booster?
Asked by Thomas Lodge on 31 Jan 2014
The Solar PIR Porch Light does not have the option of a booster solar panel and will not work with the Evo 36 Security Light solar panel due to difference of connector. I would recommend a different light that has the option of an extension cable in this instance. (I.e. the Evo 36 Solar Security Light.)
Dear Sirs, Is this product suitable for lighting a pathway if fixed to a 2 metre high timber hoarding. If so could you confirm the recommended spacing and fixing height. Regards Oliver Kannemeyer
Asked by oliver kannemeyer on 30 Jan 2014
At 2m above the path the Kensington solar wall light will struggle to light the pathway well. If there was anyway this height could be reduced it would do a much better job. Spacing wise at 1 - 1.5m above the path you'd need approx 1 every couple of metres.
How bright can I reasonably expect these to be please? And will they provided decent light in winter when needed the most? Thanks
Asked by Richard on 28 Jan 2014
These have 2 LEDs in each light do give off a good bright decorative illumination. As they're uplights the brightness is often relative to how close they are to a wall / bush etc. to give something for the light to reflect off. With a well located panel these work reasonably well in the winter.
I bought a PIR out side light some time ago. How do I charge it up? And do I need to depress the button for it to charge? Regards Jas
Asked by jas on 28 Jan 2014
Plug the panel firmly into the socket on the light and mount the panel in an unshaded location. The light will charge in the on or off position.
What is the recharge time for the light,I.e. How many triggers per day can it cope with please? I wish to fit it in a long passage
Asked by Albert Page on 28 Jan 2014
It will activate up to 500 times in one night and will pick up enough charge during the day to get the battery topped up again.
Where is the bulb? I received a pair of lights for Christmas and can only see the batteries - the light diffuser section is empty!
Asked by jenny milledge on 27 Jan 2014
The bulb is a cutting edge SMD bulb. If you remove one of the "tops" from the lights and put it solar panel down on a flat surface and flick the switch on the SMD in the centre of the light will illuminate!
Hi, I know You recommend these for south facing walls but my porch is north facing. Will these work?
Asked by David Giles on 26 Jan 2014
We can't recommend these for North facing walls, at this time of year you won't get much out of them at all. Where possible it may be worth considering a light with a remote panel such as one of the Security Lights that give you more flexibility on panel placement.
What is the minimum and the maximum of the range for triggering the PIR sensor?
Asked by Maureen on 26 Jan 2014
The minimum detection range is 1.5m, the max up to 15m.
Once fully charged are the 16 hours retained for future use, over a number of days, or is there some 'seepage'?
Asked by Robert on 25 Jan 2014
There's some drain from the batteries if the light isn't being used, mostly from the PIR working to detect motion. This drain is deliberately very low so the light will work for many consecutive dull days once it's had it's initial base charge.
Could you please tell me the output wattage of the LEDs?
Asked by Florrie on 24 Jan 2014
The Evo 56 solar security light is roughly the equivalent of a 100 - 150w Halogen security light, I'm afraid I don't have the individual wattage of the LEDs.
What size area does the EVO 56 cover please ?
Asked by Jena on 24 Jan 2014
The Evo 56 will cover up to 40m away from where the light is mounted.
Does it only come in black or are white ones available?
Asked by Taylor on 24 Jan 2014
The Evo's are only available in black.
What is the IP rating of the complete unit?
Asked by Lyndsey on 24 Jan 2014
The Evo 36 & 56 have an IP44 rating.
When fully charged how long/What is the burn time of the evo56?
Asked by Philippa on 24 Jan 2014
From a full charge the Evo 36 & Evo 56 could operate for up to 2 hours assuming there was motion in front of the light for this length of time.
Would these lights be suitable for an 8 garage compound area. Can they be angled so as not to reflect in rooms?
Asked by Tobias on 24 Jan 2014
Yes, the Evo 36 would be fine for this - it will depend on the area of the compound area as to how many you need and it may work out more cost effective to use the Evo 56. Yes, they can be angled down, to approx 25 degree's to save it shining in rooms.
Can the sensor be pointed downwards as I wish to site in a 3ft sideway over a door which is positioned halfway alang this sideway? Is there an extention lead to extend over 5 metres?
Asked by Graham on 24 Jan 2014
Yes, you can rotate the PIR so it's pointed straight down on the Evo security lights. You can daisy chain extension leads however we recommend no more then one extension lead (5m with panel as standard + 3m extension) with any one panel. If you're struggling to get the panel in a South facing location we recommend facing one panel West, purchasing a Booster Panel and facing this one East to capture the day's sun that way.
Can you please inform me if this product is Wire Less? and the distance from unit it will operate?
Asked by Harold on 24 Jan 2014
The Evo 36 has a 5m wire running between the light and the solar panel. The PIR will detect up to 15m away.
Is this product weather proof and can it be mounted on an outside wall?
Asked by Ronald on 24 Jan 2014
Yes, the Evo36 it is weather proof and fine to be mounted outside. We recommend, as with mains powered security lights, mounting it under the eaves so it's not drenched when there are downpours.
Does it only come in black or are white ones available?
Asked by Alexa on 24 Jan 2014
The Evos are only available in black.
Does this product have an IP rating? Does it have any guarantee period?
Asked by Bernadette on 24 Jan 2014
The Evo 36 has an rating of IP 44 and comes with a 12 month guarantee.
Can you replace the lamp element if it goes??
Asked by Alan on 24 Jan 2014
The LED bulbs are rated to last for 100,000 hours of use so they will not need changing.
Hi there, looking at the mounting for the solar panel on the EVO 36 can it be mounted on the end of two walls at the corner of the house. I.E one wall SE facing and one SW facing
Asked by Harris on 24 Jan 2014
Yes, you're right, you can corner mount the panel as you describe on the Evo's.
How long does the light stay on for once triggered?
Asked by Rodney on 24 Jan 2014
The light stays on for as long as there is motion in front of the sensor and will turn off up to 80 seconds after the motion stops.
How many Watts are the lights?
Asked by Aidan on 24 Jan 2014
The Evo 36 light is the equivalent of a 100w Halogen bulb.
How long does it take to charge a34ah battery the first time
Asked by Rod nicholls on 24 Jan 2014
Approximately 24 hrs of sunshine will charge the battery up to full with the Geo 2 Kit.
Hi. I have several booster panels and require the lamps and any cabling to connect. What part number do I require and where can I purchase from? Regards Herik.
Asked by Henrik on 24 Jan 2014
The Booster Panel is compatible with the Evo 36 & Evo 56 Solar Security Lights.
Does the Booster solar panel come with the cable?
Asked by Oscar on 24 Jan 2014
The booster panel comes with 5m of cable and Y plug adaptor to connect to the Evo 36 or 56.
1) I'm assuming they are fully waterproof? Would this include when decking is washed? 2) Obviously people will walk on the decking - will these take the weight of a person on the glass without breaking?
Asked by Miles on 24 Jan 2014
1) Yes, they are fine left outside all year round. I'd probably recommend popping them out their recess if you use a high pressure hose on you deck to be on the safe side. 2) Yes, people can walk over these without any problems.
Do these lights come with holes for fixing to the decking with screws?
Asked by Jojo on 24 Jan 2014
Yes, there are screwholes in the base part that can be used to fix it down to the deck if required.
Is the whole of the solar PIR porch light totally waterproof? Also can the 30 second lighting up be extended?
Asked by Wes on 24 Jan 2014
The Porch light is shower proof but no more then that, ideally it wants to be mounted in a porch or shed or somewhere undercover - the panel is fine anywhere of course! You can't adjust the lighting time, your best bet for adjusting the lighting time will be the Evo 36 .
PIR is 2 - 6.5m, can this be set to less than 6.5m?
Asked by Ralph on 24 Jan 2014
You can't adjust this on the Porch Light. If you want an adjustable PIR your best bet will be the Evo 36 as it has 3 PIR adjustment settings.
Can the light be ceiling mounted?
Asked by Kerry on 24 Jan 2014
Yes it can, it comes with an easy to install clip that allows you to mount it to the ceiling.
Where are the batteries housed in the Solar Porch Light?
Asked by Jaylin on 24 Jan 2014
The batteries are housed in the Solar Porch Light unit.
Can you get an extension cable for this product to allow the solar panel to be further away from the light?
Asked by Stacey on 24 Jan 2014
Yes, you can use this extension cable .
is it possible to override the PIR sensor for continuous light?
Asked by Danny on 24 Jan 2014
The light will stay on for as long as there's motion however there is no way of overriding the PIR sensor with the Evo 15 Solar PIR Utility Light.
Can this light be switched off but still connected to the panel?
Asked by Darius on 24 Jan 2014
The Evo 15 Solar PIR Utility Light can be switched off and remain connected to the panel.
Is it possible to extend the duration the light stays on, i.e. from 25 secs, to 120 secs?
Asked by Issy on 24 Jan 2014
The length of time can't be adjusted however the light will stay on for as long as there's motion in front of the sensor. If you want to adjust the length of time the light stays on for you may want to consider the Evo36 .
Is this light IP rated?
Asked by Linden on 24 Jan 2014
The Evo 15 Solar PIR Utility Light is IP44 rated.
how wide is the angle of the PIR detector?
Asked by Dom on 24 Jan 2014
The angle of the PIR detector is 120 degrees wide.
Are these lights made of plastic or metal?
Asked by Tye on 24 Jan 2014
These lanterns are made from plastic. The plastic is very tough and we often have customers commenting on how robust the lights are. We do offer similar aluminium solar lanterns .
Will it sit on a table or does it have to be suspended?
Asked by Debby on 24 Jan 2014
This lantern can sit on a table if you prefer.
Does the light flicker?
Asked by Kenrick on 24 Jan 2014
Yes, the LED light does flicker.
how many hours will the light work when fully charged in bright sunlight?
Asked by Eliot on 24 Jan 2014
The LED Solar Light will last for up to 8 - 10 hours during the summer.
Where is the solar panel on this light?
Asked by Davina on 24 Jan 2014
A The solar panel is located within the housing of the light at the bottom where it receives most light.
Could these be easily attached to the posts of decking? Also do they work in the winter?
Asked by Clarence on 24 Jan 2014
You could strap these to decking posts if you wanted to without too much trouble. In a good south facing location you'll still get something out of these in Winter - certainly more then other comparably priced lights.
Are they metal or plastic?
Asked by Titus on 24 Jan 2014
The lower light body is made from plastic, the top of the light, pole and hook are made from metal.
Can you please let me know about the range of motion it detects and the range of light it spreads. Also about the warranty etc Thx
Asked by Muhammad on 23 Jan 2014
The PIR senses motion up to 12m away. The product is supplied with a full 12 month warranty.
Can you tell if the whole system can be switched off and on, at will manually? (e.g when it is not wished fairy lights to be lit at night). How long can a fully charged battery keep its capacity if lights are switched off ..?
Asked by Lee on 23 Jan 2014
The fairy lights do have an on/off button so if you do not want them on you can turn them off, however with all solar products it is recommended that they are left on charge even if not in use.
Will this product charge the iphone 3GS and iphone 4?
Asked by Mark on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, it will charge all versions of the iphone. It uses a USB output so that you can plug any mobile device or tablet Including iphone 1,2,3,3s,4s and the 5 and 5c. Almost anything that charges via USB with this great solar gadget.
Does the charger come with the required connectors for use on my iPhone or must I then purchase additional?
Asked by Ian on 23 Jan 2014
The Power Monkey comes with the necessary connector for the iPhone in the box.
Will this product charge an iPad 1 and/or 2?
Asked by Alvaro on 23 Jan 2014
The best value option for the iPad 1 or 2 is going to be the Power Monkey Extreme. It costs a little more but has a much more powerful panel and higher battery capacity that matches up much better with the iPad.
No mention is made of the solar panel. Is it incorporated in the light?
Asked by S Perry on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, the solar panel is incorporated into the top of the light on the Solar Power Security Light.
Hello,can you tell me whether the pir sensor is 360degree, or can it be adjusted in any way to detect movement?
Asked by Jenny on 23 Jan 2014
The PIR sensor is the small white "bubble" on the front of the light - you can see it if you click to enlarge the photo with any luck. It can't be adjusted at all but will detect to approx 180 degrees.
Could you tell me if there is an on/off switch to this light? Also, which is the brightest out of SS7414 or the Cambridge Solar light?
Asked by David on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, there is an on/off switch. The Cambridge is slightly brighter then SS7414.
How bright is the light? What would be the wattage of an equivalent incandescent mains powered light? The picture shows what looks like a black lamp. Is this the case and if so, how would I order it?
Asked by Luke on 23 Jan 2014
This light is roughly the equivalent of a 20w incandescent bulb. The light is finished with a stainless steel effect, not black.
Does increasing the length of the cable cause a corresponding decrease in charging efficiency?
Asked by Linda on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, there is a small drop off however this is offset if you're able to get the panel in a sunny south facing location. We recommend using no more then one extension cable, so 8m in total (5m with the panel as standard).
Is the colour of the light Blue/white ,yellow/white or pure white?
Asked by Pantelis on 23 Jan 2014
The light given off by the Solar Garden Spot is the equivalent colour to moonlight
Can I turn the light off at night if I want to?
Asked by Yvonne on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, the light has an on / off switch that allows you to override the automatic dusk / dawn operation.
Are the batteries in this unit replaceable?
Asked by Shahid on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, the batteries are replaceable in the Thea Garden Spotlight.
What is the lifetime of the solar panel? Can a replacement be fitted if required?
Asked by Maria on 23 Jan 2014
You'll be looking at least 10 - 15 years out of the panel, a replacement cannot be fitted.
Have bought one of the Thea Solar lights and one set of the Selene spots. Being plastic as opposed to metal like the Selene's, how weather resistant is the Thea? I'm about to buy a second one.
Asked by Danny on 23 Jan 2014
The Thea's are very weather resistant. We've been selling them for approx 4 years now and have had a much less then 1% failure rate. They're a product we can recommend without hesitation.
I am looking for something exactly like this but with coloured light rather than just 'white'. Can the bulbs be changed or can you recommend another product with similar price?
Asked by Ricky on 23 Jan 2014
You can't change the bulbs however a lot of customers have recommended adding a piece of cellophane over the front of the glass to change the colour of the light that's projected.
Does the solar panel require direct sunlight to operate or does it charge in daylight conditions?
Asked by Mike on 23 Jan 2014
It operates best in a south facing location that is unshaded although it will still work well in overcast conditions.
How far away can the solar panel be put to gain the most sun, as where the fountain will be does not get much sun, we want it mainly to oxygenate the water.
Asked by Michelle on 23 Jan 2014
As long as the pump can be submerged the Everjet will work fine in a pebble pond.
Will your solar fountain work in a pebble pond?
Asked by Martin on 23 Jan 2014
There's 5m of cable between the solar panel and the pump.
Does the curve solar motion light have a movement sensor built in?
Asked by Martin on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, the PIR is mounted under the lip at the front to detect motion.
How deep is the light from the wall plate to front edge? and how wide an area does it illuminate and how long does it stay on for when triggered?
Asked by Michael on 23 Jan 2014
The Curve is 130mm deep. It illuminates an area of up to 10m sq metres and stays on for 30 seconds when triggered - It will stay on for as long as there's motion.
Will it come on every time a car goes past.? The road is about 20feet away from garage.
Asked by Robert on 23 Jan 2014
It won't pick up motion that far away. The max distance is approx 4m, this varies a little depending on the height the light is installed.
Can the Curve Solar Light be positioned on an outside wall unprotected from the weather?
Asked by Peter on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, it's IP64 waterproof so can be installed in exposed locations.
How long is the cable between each light?
Asked by Jon on 23 Jan 2014
There is 3.3m of cable from the panel to each light.
How long can i expect this light kit to work on a typical winters day
Asked by Ian on 23 Jan 2014
This kit is designed to generate enough energy on a typical winters day to run the light for 2 hours per night. However the light will work for longer than this if you have spare capacity in the battery you are using.
How long can i expect this light kit to work on a typical winters day
Asked by Lynn on 23 Jan 2014
This kit is designed to generate enough energy on a typical winters day to run the light for 2 hours per night. However the light will work for longer than this if you have spare capacity in the battery you are using.
How long can i expect this light kit to work on a typical winters day
Asked by Umberto on 23 Jan 2014
his kit is designed to generate enough energy on a typical winters day to run the light for 2 hours per night. However the light will work for longer than this if you have spare capacity in the battery you are using.
How long can i expect this light kit to work on a typical winters day
Asked by Colin on 23 Jan 2014
This kit is designed to generate enough energy on a typical winters day to run the light for 2 hours per night. However the light will work for longer than this if you have spare capacity in the battery you are using.
What is the lifetime of the LED's? Can they be replaced?
Asked by Kathleen on 23 Jan 2014
The LED bulbs should last for in the region of 100,000 hours so there's no need to replace them during the lifetime of the product.
Does the astron 64 solar security light with pir come with a remote control?
Asked by Sasha on 23 Jan 2014
The Astron Floodlight is the only light we sell with a remote control.
What is the activation time range?
Asked by Anna on 23 Jan 2014
The range is approx 4 - 120 seconds that you can adjust yourself.
Do these lights come on when heat- or movement- activated.please? Hoping to find one I can push into the soil but not easily pullupable.
Asked by Peter on 23 Jan 2014
The Light is activated via a standard Passive Infra Red (PIR) that works in exactly the same way as any mains powered version. With regards to fixing it to the ground it could easily be bolted down to concrete.
Can the solar panel be easily mounted onto concrete roof tiles?
Asked by Paul on 23 Jan 2014
The Solar Panel is surprisingly small so could be easily mounted with a bead of silicone under the edge of the panel to concrete roof tiles.
How long can i expect this light kit to work on a typical winters day
Asked by Deirdre on 23 Jan 2014
This kit is designed to generate enough energy on a typical winters day to run the light for 2 hours per night. However the light will work for longer than this if you have spare capacity in the battery you are using.
How long can i expect this light kit to work on a typical winters day
Asked by Cath on 23 Jan 2014
This kit is designed to generate enough energy on a typical winters day to run the light for 2 hours per night. However the light will work for longer than this if you have spare capacity in the battery you are using.
How long can i expect this light kit to work on a typical winters day
Asked by Paul on 23 Jan 2014
This kit is designed to generate enough energy on a typical winters day to run the light for 2 hours per night. However the light will work for longer than this if you have spare capacity in the battery you are using.
How long can i expect this light kit to work on a typical winters day
Asked by Paul on 23 Jan 2014
This kit is designed to generate enough energy on a typical winters day to run the light for 2 hours per night. However the light will work for longer than this if you have spare capacity in the battery you are using.
What is the difference between the blingstring and the everbright fairy lights?
Asked by Ann-Marie on 23 Jan 2014
The main differences are explained halfway down the solar fairy lights page by clicking the "What's the difference?" button.
Hallo, we are looking for solar floodlights to replace halogens to light our 20x40 outdoor school. Please can you recommend the best lights for the job?? I have been looking at the Aston flood but its quite pricy & wonder also about Evo 56. The lights need to be weatherproof as we live in wet west Wales!
Asked by Christopher on 23 Jan 2014
The most cost effective way of doing this job is going to be with the Astron Floodlight . It's more expensive then the Evo 56 as it can stay on for longer and therefore needs bigger batteries and a more powerful solar panel to keep it running. The Evo 56 is great as a motion activated light but isn't designed to stay on continuously.
Can you switch them off if you don't want them on for any reason?
Asked by Jean on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, there's a waterproof magnet switch underneath to allow you to turn them off if you want to.
Can these be buried into grass as well as brick? I would like to run them along the grass at the edge of the driveway.
Asked by Richard on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, these could be buried in grass with no problems at all.
Are the rechargeable batteries replaceable when they eventually run out or is it a sealed unit?
Asked by Oliver on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, they're individual AA rechargeable batteries that are very easily replaced.
How do the lights get attached to the ground? Doesn't seem to be a spike or screw holes?
Asked by Paula on 23 Jan 2014
The Durham and York are attached to the ground by way of screwing it to decking or similar. Alternatively it comes with "L" shaped prongs that can be buried in firm earth or concrete to keep it upright.
How fast does the LED lamp brightness degrade over time with the EVO36?
Asked by Neil on 23 Jan 2014
The LEDs used in these lights have an expected lifetime of 100,000hrs is the same with most good quality LEDs. With this product if you used it for an 1hr a night every night of the year the LEDs should last approximately 273 Years. You will need to change the battery at some point within this time though!
I was just wondering how this conects to solar pannels? and if this can be used for power in a shed?
Asked by Tom on 23 Jan 2014
his connects up to a 12v battery that forms part of a 12v circuit. Put simply, the panel charges the battery, then you take the power from the battery into the inverter that presents as a 3 pin plug so you can use it to power items from the inverter.
How fast does the LED lamp brightness degrade over time with the EVO36?
Asked by Mark on 23 Jan 2014
The LEDs used in these lights have an expected lifetime of 100,000hrs is the same with most good quality LEDs. With this product if you used it for an 1hr a night every night of the year the LEDs should last approximately 273 Years. You will need to change the battery at some point within this time though!
Is the solar panel integrated in the lights or is mounted elsewhere with a cable to the lights please?
Asked by Stephen on 23 Jan 2014
The panel is located on the top of each light. For products with a remote panel you've got a couple of options, either the pathway posts or the glow posts .
Are the batteries replaceable when they eventually run out?
Asked by Kath on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, they're standard rechargeable batteries that can be easily replaced.
Are the batteries still able to be charged by solar on a cloudy or dull day?
Asked by Helen on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, while there will be an inevitable drop in performance they will still work and we've had good runtime over winter.
Can these be fixed by screw to decking?
Asked by Christen on 23 Jan 2014
No, the Durham is the best option for this. It's the same style but taller and can be easily screwed to decking.
Whereabouts on the light is the solar panel located
Asked by Mary on 23 Jan 2014
The Solar Panel is located on top of the light.
Where can these, and the Bath Lights be used? I would like to use these somehow in my flat...
Asked by Wendy on 23 Jan 2014
The Canterbury and Bath Solar Wall Lights are designed to be used on outside walls. An unobstructed sunny south facing location is always best.
What is the diameter of the wall fitting of the Canterbury Solar Wall Light? I want to fit a couple on 100mm fence posts and want to know whether they will fit.
Asked by Peter on 23 Jan 2014
The diameter of the wall fitting is 112mm so there would be a slight overlap on either side of your post. The plastic insert within the light is 97mm so the lights would be securely fastened in place.
Can you tell me the difference besides the price between SS9054 and SS7501? Is there a quality difference between the two products?
Asked by Joshua on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, there is a huge quality difference between the two products. Briefly this Set Of 4 Solar Round Decking Lights has a: much more powerful solar panel much more powerful battery much brighter LED bulb much longer run time much more reliable performance and better build quality
Could these be used in a gravel path, around stepping stones?
Asked by Ian on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, they could be used like you suggest with no problems at all.
Are these recessed lights screwed/ fixed into the deck or do they simply just sit in the recessed hole and therefore are easily popped out, am thinking about the possibility of them being easily stolen?
Asked by Don on 23 Jan 2014
The lights have been designed to allow you to screw them down as well. There are 3 additional holes in the frame (behind the top cover) that mean these aren't going anywhere!
Hi. Would it possible to add a PIR lamp and laptop/phone charging facility to a geo 3 or 4 size kit, for occasional use, or would you need a larger panel?
Asked by Dr Martin on 23 Jan 2014
Yes it is possible, it all depends on how much you need to use the lights / laptop, etc. You can add an inverter to the battery that presents as a 3 pin plug socket to use as required. A PIR and floodlight can be easily added to the lighting circuit.
Is this kit suitable for mounting onto a shed roof please?
Asked by Paul on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, the Geo Kits all come with roof mounting blocks for easy mounting to a shed or garage roof for example.
Does the kit include the charge controller?
Asked by Anthony on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, the Geo 3 & 4 Kits come with a 5A Charge Controller. The other kits don't need this.
Could this kit be altered to run the lights individually by adding extra switches and wiring? (for a caravan)
Asked by Richard on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, the kits are all modular so you can wire in additional switches, light bulbs, etc. as required.
Hi, I'm interested in purchasing one of your 20W panels to provide lighting in my garage; I note that you advertise that the installation is exempt from Part P building regs - Is building reg approval required for the installation of the panel on the roof given that this adds (minimal) additional structural loading?
Asked by Ian on 23 Jan 2014
You won't need building reg approval to fit a small panel to your roof. The approval requirement is for large scale grid tied PV systems.
I'm looking at purchasing your Geo 2 - Mains Free Solar Lighting Kit with a 34ah battery - can you tell me which of your charge controllers you would suggest for this set up?
Asked by Irene on 23 Jan 2014
This charge controller is the best option if you want to add one into the circuit however it's not essential. If the kit isn't getting much use in the summer you can just disconnect the panel from the battery using the crocodile clips instead.
I have a 12volt car battery fully charged all the time can i use it for this system Geo 2
Asked by Michael on 23 Jan 2014
es, our batteries are top of the line deep cycle sealed gel batteries but you don't have to use them, any 12v battery will do the job, just bear in mind the capacity.
Hello,is it possible to install a timer switch to the Geo 2 wiring system so that I can control the on/off times?
Asked by Peter on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, you can wire in this 12v timer as part of the circuit.
Can I use a timer on this system?
Asked by Paul on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, you can easily add this 12v timer into the lighting circuit.
How do the lights fix in the soil? if spike how long?
Asked by Deasy on 23 Jan 2014
The lights come with a 6 inch spike for use with each light.
I need a shed light that will come on for 5 mins and is bright as a 60 watt bulb, which do you recommend?
Asked by Debora on 23 Jan 2014
This light will do the job, it's the brightest shed light we do by some margin.
Will this light come on automatically when it gets dark and run until it's flat like the solar garden lights do, or do you need to switch it on?
Asked by Tamsin on 23 Jan 2014
The Vortex has a lux sensor to come on automatically at dark. This was added after much consultation with customers.
Hi, can the solar panel be mounted on a vertical wall to gain the correct angle to the sun?
Asked by Malcolm on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, the solar panel can be easily mounted to a wall.
Will they fit most led solar fairy lights?
Asked by Cam on 23 Jan 2014
As long as the LEDs have a 5mm diameter you'll be fine to use the attachments - they just slip over the top of the LED. Please note you can always return them in an as new condition if they don't fit.
am not to clear on the modes can you select which one you want also can you switch them off.
Asked by Ben on 23 Jan 2014
You can select any mode you like on the party lights and you can also switch them off should you wish to.
Is the Freeloader PICO - Solar Charger compatible with the 3g iPhone?
Asked by Marion on 23 Jan 2014
Your best bet at this price point is going to be the Rio . My colleague has your phone and has used it successfully with the Rio numerous times.
I was wondering how long the Solar Fairy Lights - Multi 280 LEDs are in total?
Asked by Arlene on 23 Jan 2014
The string length is 28m (92ft) and you get one LED bulb every 10cm.
Hi, is there an option/feature with the 2 solar spot lights prod ID SS7570 to add another solar panel?
Asked by Barry on 23 Jan 2014
No, there's not an out the box solution to this, you could wire in another panel manually but this would involve cutting cable and shouldn't be necessary. The Landscapes come with a very powerful 1.6w panel so it should provide more then enough power year round to keep operating well if the panel is in a good location.
hi,do the solar spotlights come in other colours?
Asked by Shahid on 23 Jan 2014
They don't I'm afraid although we have had customers tell us they've put coloured cellophane or similar over the lens to great effect.
Are they suitable for lighting a passage, wall mounted with windows overlooking: ie not too bright as to show though curtains.
Asked by Mark on 23 Jan 2014
These are quite tightly focussed lights so should be fine depending on where you choose to focus them. Please note you have up to 14 days to decide to return them if you decide they're too bright.
Is it possible to run these lights in manual on/off mode? If so, when switched off does the battery still continue to charge? If this light set is not suitable for this operation mode please suggest an alternative.
Asked by Simon on 23 Jan 2014
The Selene Landscape lights will charge in the on and off positions and the panel can be detached from the lights and left somewhere to charge as well as the batteries are in the panel section.
What is the colour of the light? Cool white or warm white?
Asked by Andy on 23 Jan 2014
The light colour is more of a cool white, think full moon white.
Are the batteries replaceable?
Asked by Joanne on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, the batteries are regular AA NiMH rechargeable batteries that can be easily replaced.
Will the controller power up to the same mode night after night? i.e. Can I just set to "Allways ON" on day one and they will always be "Allways ON" every night
Asked by Heiko on 23 Jan 2014
Yes, the controller works exactly as you have described in your question.
What length of wiring is there between the solar panel and the first lights please?
Asked by Peter on 23 Jan 2014
There's 2m of cable between the panel and the control box, there's then another 1m between the control box and the first LED bulb.
Your video shows the solar panel and control box in white and the installation guide shows the solar panel and control box in green. Can you confirm what colour the solar panel and control box will be in this set?
Asked by Andrew on 23 Jan 2014
I can confirm the fairy lights all come with a green control box - the installation photo's are from an older batch of lights.
I am looking for white solar led fairy lights but must have white or clear wire can you help?
Asked by Simon on 23 Jan 2014
The icicles or the curtains both have a white wire in between each LED bulb.
is glass globe actually blue or only when light is on?
Asked by Andrew on 22 Jan 2014
The globe itself is blue, the LED bulb inside that illuminates the glass is white.
Is the LED replaceable?
Asked by Alan on 22 Jan 2014
The LED isn't replaceable but this will not fail - they're generally rated to last for around 100,000 hours.
If switched to colour changing mode, can it switch to one colour say yellow only without mixing the other colours?
Asked by John on 22 Jan 2014
No, when you select colour changing it cycles through the colours.
Can you turn these lights off?
Asked by darren on 22 Jan 2014
Yes, there is an on / off switch on the underside of the light.
Can I change the batteries when they are finished?
Asked by WAYNE on 22 Jan 2014
Yes, the battery pack can be swapped over for a new one after 2 - 5 years.
Can you tell if the whole system can be switched off and on, at will manually? (e.g when it is not wished fairy lights to be lit at night). How long can a fully charged battery keep its capacity if lights are switched off ..?
Asked by Ruth on 22 Jan 2014
The fairy lights do have an on/off button so if you do not want them on you can turn them off, however with all solar products it is recommended that they are left on charge even if not in use. We would recommend a full charge is carried out every 3 months if you do intend to put them away, once fully charged the battery would loose all its charge within this period (approximately 10% per week).
Does the system require sunlight to charge it, or merely daylight? ie,in overcast winter skies?
Asked by Philip on 22 Jan 2014
Everbright Fairy Lights will work right throughout the winter period. A well located panel, see here, will give up to 8 hours run time per night.
I want to wrap them around a large tree, in order to USB charge them would i need to take them off the tree each time and bring them indoors to be charged at the mains?
Asked by Sara on 22 Jan 2014
If you wanted to USB charge them you can easily disconnect the string and just take the base pack indoors to charge them. The light string can be left in position.
How will the lamp be charged
Asked by kam on 22 Jan 2014
The solar panel is integrated into each solar powered decking light. A battery also within the light will store the solar energy during the day and then the light switches on during darkness to light up garden paths or decking.
Even when its installed where there is no direct sun ray.Will the day light alone charged it enough for the night operation?
Asked by kam on 22 Jan 2014
As with all solar products the performance of the decking lights will be reduced if not in direct sunlight however they will still charge in daylight.
How can you prevent theft? Can they be set in cement/concrete?
Asked by Peter on 22 Jan 2014
The Paverlights can be set in concrete however the majority of customers put these in with sharp sand surrounding the lights in keeping with the rest of the driveway. From a glance it's not obvious that the lights aren't mains powered so we've only ever had one case of theft.